Spee an 
ESN 
Seats 
5 “on ahs 


cm *, 


has re ey 8G heh OD FD weds VOAA ae 
3 RPS E 


vanes NANNERL 
Wy Bagges ean aerate baa 
aco = Sheena one 

anor sth wn anes : 


m SOT oor 
=~ as ee 


aac 


ee 
ew eee a Se 
Seah TSS ~ 


FEB 19 197 


LIBRARY OF THE 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 
AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


GEOLOGY. 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2011 with funding from 
University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign 


http://www.archive.org/details/reportuponunited0/whee 


ENGINEER DEPARTMENT, U. S. ARMY. 


REPORT 


UPON 


UNITED STATES GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS 


WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN, 


IN CHARGE OF 


FIRST LIEUT. GEO. M. WHEELER, 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS, U.S. ARMY, 


UNDER THE DIRECTION OF 


BRIG. GEN. A. A. HUMPHREYS, 


CHIEF OF ENGINEERS, U. S. ARMY. 
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE HONORABLE THE SECRETARY OF WAR, 
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACTS OF CONGRESS OF JUNE 23, 1874, AND FEBRUARY 15, 1875 


IN SEVEN VOLUMES, ACCOMPANIED BY ONE TOPOGRAPHICAL AND ONE 
GEOLOGICAL ATLAS. 


VOL. VIJ.—ARCHAOLOGY. 


WASHINGTON: 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
1879. 


FORTY-THIRD CONGRESS, FIRST SESSION. 


CHAPTER 455. 


Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress 
assembled, That the following sums be, and the same are hereby, appropriated, for the objects hereinafter 
expressed, for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-five, namely: 

* * * * * * * * 

For engraving and printing the plates illustrating the report of the geographical and geological 
explorations and surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, to be published in quarto form, the 
printing and binding to be done at the Government Printing Office, twenty-five thousand thousand. 

* * * * 


* * * * 


Approved June 23, 1874. 


FORTY- THIRD CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION. 


CHAPTER 76. 


Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress 
assembled, That the act entitled ‘‘An act making appropriations for sundry civil expenses of the Govern- 
ment for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-five, and for other pur- 
poses,” approved June twenty-third, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, be, and the same is hereby, 
amended by adding to the clause of said act relating to the engraving and printing of the plates 
illustrating the report of the geographical and geological explorations and surveys west of the one 
hundredth meridian, the following words: ‘‘and that two thousand copies of the report shall be printed 
by the Congressional Printer,” after substituting the word ‘‘dollars” in lieu of the concluding word of 
said clause. : : 

Approved February 15, 1875. 


FORTY-FOURTH CONGRESS, FIRST SESSION. 


“Mr. VaNncr, of Ohio, from the Committee on Printing, reported the following resolution; which 
was read, considered, and adopted: 

“Teesolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the following distribution 
shall be made of the reports of the United States geographical surveys west of the one hundredth 
meridian, published in accordance with acts approved June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875, as the 
several volumes are issued from the Government Printing Office, to wit: Nine hundred and fifty copies 
of each to the House of Representatives, two hundred and fifty copies of each to the Senate, and eight 
hundred copies of each to the War Department for its uses.” 

March 29, 1876. (See Congressional Record, vol. 4, part 3, page 2037.) 

Agreed to by the Senate May 4, 1876, (See Congressional Record, vol. 4, part 3, page 2969.) 

ii 


WOT EK. 


Seven volumes, accompanied by one Topographical and one Geological 
Atlas, embrace reports upon Geographical Surveys of the territory of the 
United States west of the one hundredth meridian of longitude from 
Greenwich, as follows: 

Volume 1I.—Geographical Report. 

Volume IJ.—Astronomy and Barometric Hypsometry. 

Volume II]—Geology and Mineralogy. 

Volume IV.—Paleontology. 

Volume V.—Zodlogy. 

Volume VI—Botany. 

Volume VII.—Archeology. 

The Topographical Atlas edition, consisting of Title-page, Legend, and 
Conventional Sign Sheets, Index, Progress and Basin Maps, and Sheets 
Nos. 49, 50, 58, 59, 66, 67, 75, 76, 83, 53 (C), 61 (B), 61 (C), 61 (C,), 61 
(D), 62 (A), 62 (C), 65 (D), 69 (B), 69 (D), 70 (A), 70 (C), and 77 (B) 
have been issued at date of sending forward the MS. of this volume. 
Other sheets, of which there are twenty-seven in various stages of comple- 
tion, will follow as rapidly as they can be prepared, engraved, and printed. 

Sheets 53 (C), 61 (B), 61 (C), 61 (D), 62 (A), 62 (C), 65 (D), 69 (B), 
69 (D), 70 (A), 70 (C), and 77 (B) are projected upon a scale of 1 inch to 
4 miles, while the scale of 1 inch to 2 miles has been used for sheet 61 
(C,), the latter embracing a part of the San Juan mining region of 
Southwestern Colorado. The scale of 1 inch to 1 mile has been selected 
for the six-sheet map of the lake region of the Sierra Nevada encircling 
Lake Tahoe; and the contour map of the Washoe Mining District, in which 
is situated the famous Comstock Lode, drawn to a scale of 1 inch to 500 
feet, will be published to the scale of 1 inch to 1,500 feet, making a map of 


the size of four regular atlas sheets. ; 
ee 


iv NOTE. 


The following Geological Maps, forming a part of those supplementing 
Volume III, based upon the topographical sheets, have been published, 
i. e., Title-page, Index Sheet, Restored Outline of Lake Bonneville, Nos. 50, 
59, 4 of 58, and 4 of 66, 67, 75, 76, and 83. Other sheets are in the course 
of completion. ‘ 

The Topographical Atlas referred to, embracing the entire area west 
of the 100th meridian, will comprise 95 sheets, on a scale of 1 inch to 8 
miles, numbered consecutively from 1 to 94, inclusive, while the ‘‘ Geolog- 
ical Atlas” will consist of the same number, using the topographical maps 
as a base. (See Progress Map of 1878.) Upon a number of the topo- 
graphical maps as a base, the classification of lands into the following divis- 
ions, (1) Agricultural with irrigation, (2) Timber, (3) Grazing, (4) Arid 
and Barren, is shown by colors. It is intended to expand this classification 
to embrace the entire area, thus gathering data upon which a new legal 
subdivision to settlers, to accord'with presumable values as to class, may 
be made, pursuant finally to the following divisions: 

without irrigation. 
1. Arable or Agricultural, with irrigation (sufficient water being avail- 
able) or by drainage. 
; 1. Large, ) with prevailing species, as Live 
2. Timber, : . ; 
2. Small, Oak, Cedar, ete. 
1. Good, ) with species and quality of 
2. Bad, 
4. Arid or barren, including ‘‘desert lands.” 


3. Pasturage or Grazing, 
erasses. 


5. Swamp, tide, and overflowed. 
6. Location of the precious and economic minerals, such as— 


1. Gold, in place or placer. 8. Tin and nickel. 

2. Silver. 9. Antimony and arsenic. 

3. Cinnabar. 10. Sulphur. 

4. Copper. 11. Sodium, chloride and carbonate of. 
5. Lead. 12. Alum and borates. 

6. Iron. 13. Peats, marls, and clays. 

1. Goale..?, 14. Asphaltum, petroleum. 


Each full atlas sheet represents two degrees and forty-five minutes in 


NOTE. Vv 


longitude and one degree and forty minutes in latitude (an area of from 
17,000 to 18,000 square miles, or an average of 11,200,000 acres), and is 
so constructed, upon a special projection, as to admit that the several sheets 
may be joined to comprise entire political or other divisions. 

The plan for the systematic prosecution of a detailed topographical 
survey of the territory of the United States west of the one hundredth 
meridian, as the main object, was submitted to the Engineer Department 
by the officer in charge shortly after the return of the expedition of 1871, 
was then approved by Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers, 
and the honorable the Secretary of War, and received the sanction of 
Congress by a specific act, approved June 10, 1872. 

In addition to the astronomic, geodetic, topographical, and meteor- 
ological observations needed for the preparation and construction of the 
map, such observations as are required, and are commensurate with the 
present condition of development of this region, are made in the branches * 
of mineralogy and mining, geology, paleontology, zodlogy, botany, arche- 
ology, ethnology, and philology. 

The quarto reports embrace the results of the special branches of the 
Survey that are completed at the date at which each is separately submitted, 
while annual reports of operations of the work, accompanied by maps, 
showing progress during the fiscal year, are regularly submitted to the 
Chief of Engineers, and appear as appendixes to his Annual Reports. 

From the accumulation of field data, the finished topographical maps 
are completed as fast as the draughting force permits, and, with the neces- 
sary additions, special editions, showing geological formations and land clas- 
sification, are issued from time to time. Neither atlas will be complete 
until the whole work is finished. 


U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN. 
1st Lirut. GEO. M. WHEELER, Corps or ENGINEERS, U.S. ARMY, IN CHARGE. 


Eo Ears 
UPON 
ARCHAOLOGICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS FROM VICINITY OF 


SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA, AND FROM RUINED PUEBLOS OF 
ARIZONA AND NEW MEXICO, AND CERTAIN INTERIOR TRIBES, 


BY 


FREDERICK W. PUTNAM, 


CURATOR OF THE PEABODY MUSEUM, CAMBRIDGE, MASS., 
ASSISTED BY 


C. C. ABBOTT, M.D., S.S. HALDEMAN, LL. D., H.C. YARROW, M.D., H.W. HENSHAW, 
AND LUCIEN CARR, AssisTANT CURATOR PEABODY MUSEUM. 


WITH APPENDIX OF INDIAN VOCABULARIES, 


REVISED AND PREPARED BY ALBERT S. GATSCHET. 


IN TWO PARTS, WITH TWO APPENDIXES. 


ILLUSTRATED BY A FRONTISPIECE, SKETCH, 20 PLATES, AND 135 TEXT CUTS. 


aos 
Mul: 


es ‘ 7 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


LETTER OF LIEUTENANT WHEELER TO CHIEF Of ENGINEERS.....-.--.----. ----0- -2-2-0 +22 
OTR ORs SILA NAMEEDAT: no aon see = oc eben ane ee ele sieeaae eee eae ae sScgee $Sc0c one eic 


PART I. 


INTRODUCTION: GENERAL ARCHEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA -.-------- 
Report oF Dr. H. C. YARROW, IN CHARGE OF PARTY MAKING COLLECTIONS ....------------- 
COLLECTIONS AT, DOS PUEBLOS: AND! UA (PATERA.—-- =. <= sone on ee a seem eee aw einen cease maceee 
CHIPPED STONE IMPLEMENTS: DAGGERS, KNIVES, SPEARPOINTS, ARROWHEADS, BORING Im- 

BNE MEN TH | RNG eens meas a cee ae ais icin iss hee am mene aes aneetnaa San aiemve memnlouee vents 
NU RE MORTARS PANDIERSINES, (CUPS) RTOs s 26. 2lses dap ta amin eee nea clee asec wan ea eae wane 
CooKi1NG VESSELS, BAKING STONES, FOOD VESSELS, ETC..--.....---- ---- ---------- -----+ ¢----- 
METHOD OF MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS ....25- 2-22 ~ cece scene ccewes cncnas oneness sas 
ROA EM ADE ORY WO OM as cite = seis ate cae oem ce ca anes onion eee a Sete a eee teatd eae nee ieele cele 


MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS OF STONE: TUBES, PLUMMET-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS, HAMMER-STONES- 
BRUNET TEAR URES ES PR oe eh ke ee ae See alas Co See eae ae ote dana asten dove web ease ase 
IMPLEMENTS AND WEAPONS MADE OF BONE AND WOOD.....-----.---- eee Sidenttce sate eases 
MURIGAD INSTRUMENTS) MADE OF DONESieecesr oak ons daewcct ecm er sccccscccccclcweseskewcceenwen = 
Denn Ce ABRION) DAGKEI- WORK. JBRUSHES poocuc cur castunnenececs saan seee Secs ere=scesa=ne 
RIRNAMENNS AND AEN oe stoma eles alee ao eae woe ane nese aaa Sase eeon was ea uawwlenne a= 


IrRoN IMPLEMENTS AND OTHER OBJEOTS OBTAINED BY CONTACT WITH EUROPEANS ..----. ------ 
OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA FROM CALIFORNIA ....------------ Be SE ee Nt se oe Te 


APPENDIX TO PART I. 


TRANSLATION OF THE ACCOUNT OF CABRILLO’S VOYAGE ALONG THE WEST COAST OF NORTH 
AMERICA.—WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTES..--....-..--------------- ee Bec Gene waa ts 


PART I. 


THE PUEBLO RUINS AND THE INTERIOR TRIBES.—INTRODUCTION -.----.----------+----- ------ 
NOTES ON THE PUEBLOS AND THEIR INHABITANTS ..---- sescebsswocs We dio waueawanamanewentee 
THE PUEBLO OF ACOMA......-..------------ Setaaeosereece 

Wed POBBLO. OF) LAOS. << ce qescinane oman Saco ee 

(Pre PURELO OF BAN JUAN = soca. mage score ce cuae 
Tue Cacuina: A ZuNI DANCE..---- ele eee e aula a ad cane Cn mciiamwas ewan aan «eee 
REPORT ON THE RUINS AND PUEBLOS IN NEW MEXICO.- 
IRomB TN NEW MEXIOO 2. ...c5.sc0ccs—nes se erie Wanaeee detuerosce 
ANCIENT POPULATION IN NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO ...-.-- 


X TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


RUINED PUEBLO AND BURIAL PLACE IN THE VALLEY OF THE RIO CHAMA.......-...----.---- 
THE PUEBLO PINTADO AND OTHER RUINS IN THE CIIACO CANON.... .--..--.---------- +--+ ---- 
Cimr House AND (Cavan IN NID W, MInSaCO)jee-eaee ose een eee renee eee ee eee 
RUINS IN THE CANON DE CHELLE...-.---...--------- T eaee ea sent ce See ee See ere ae ee 
NOTES ON THE IMPLEMENTS, POTTERY, AND OTHER OBJECTS FROM NEW MEXICO AND ARIZONA. 
NOTES UPON HUMAN CRANTA AND SKELETONS) =esclos ela ee er enee tea ae ae eee 


APPENDIX. 


LETTER: OF TWRANSMYTTAL cose. cs me ota ae a ee ee eae ee 
CLASSIFICATION OF WESTERN INDIAN DIALECTS.---------..----. ------ ---- eee ene one woe oe nn es 
COMPARATIVE TABLES OF FORTY VOCABULARIES.... -- 
APPENDIX :—ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES 
INDEX: ‘TO VOLUME 2.2 oncec seco cases nace ma eee ee Soe cle Soe a aie eee oe Oe ee See aerate 


401 
403 
424 
467 
487 


LIST OF PLATES: 


FRONTISPIECE.—THE CACHINA: A ZUNI DANCE.....-..----..----. ----0: Facing title-page. 
SKETCH Map.—Coast OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA -..--...----- fossa ctecee Facing page 298 
PLaTE I. CHipPpED STONE IMPLEMENTS, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ....--..------------- a s 49 
II. CH1pprD STONE IMPLEMENTS, Us S60 8 Ses clases vanes ae an 52 
Ill. Curprep STONE IMPLEMENTS, os rol AR ee oreo os CG 54 
IV. Stone anp IRON KNIVEs, Of) OE We cesar e Be Ue 60 
V. STONE VESSELS, a hd ee eodedsenwe naam Ly ae 70 
VI. Stonr VESSELS, ae en eee ee eee eos a ce 93 
VII. STonE PIres, es SF eee apactSeseeses ee gn es 
VIII. Stonr PrPEs, £6 he Osc ots vote aecees cede a se> chaed, 
IX. Stone Pipes, ce FD isseeseacecsiens aeeace a *S- 5199 
X. BRONZE CLUBHEAD AND PERFORATED STONES, CALIFORNIA, PERU, AFRICA, 
ETO .0--ccs2e ween encener a nomsekeessetaseas Pe ah Bae ae cae 135 
XI. ARTICLES OF BONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ..........----. -----. --2------ s « Re 
XII. ORNAMENTS, BEADS AND FISH-HOOKS OF SHELL, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA... “ ye 
XIII. StonE, Copper, GLass, AND SHELL BEADS; PERFORATED SHELLS; SHELL 
PENDANTS, ETC., ORNAMENTS OF TEETH AND ASPHALTUM, SOUTHERN CAL- 
ER ORNIA tac ooo ae seine = Satowctss Pe R i ao assert SOIC eRe SCEE «6 66 263 
XIV. FRAGMENTS OF WOVEN FaBRIcs, BASKET-WORK, NETS, AND WATER BOTTLE, 
(CATIRORRTAS occ oe sae eae a aie nee mebica skews = eee ae Senos aaa ae Li. “« 239 
XV. Iron KNIVES AND AXE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.......--..-----2---------- bs chs ae 
Vie STONE IMWPnRMENTS. NEW MEXICO soso06 2 fcsccccn cs sce~ cnaseey Saas ae ans ee “374 
XVII. Stone ImPLeMENts, ‘“ Roh © Sreccteetcncaseas necse ECAC REE oe es “ 6376 
XVIII. Stone IMPLEMENTS, “ ee re een Se ad a ea a eae ee enna af “ 378 
XIX. STONE IMPLEMENTS, ‘“‘ SS acs Soeseise Coated se repere asses «380 
XX. RUINS IN THE CANON DE CHELLE, NEW MEXICO .........--. Senora assy et: “« 372 


. a ; Pee f 
: s v 


Tae 


he eae | 


: x 
; oe Aide yl eee ; 
( hy oh oe | saree > 

! en te aay \ ‘ok ee 

a ght BES Nie ; ‘ coll yy Og uae Pate 


a nnne = be eee Tine 2 
‘ 
a 
4 . 7 
‘ ¢ . 
: 24) aot ae ea 
el : 4 
F f “= a (tee seeeee® PD 
: - / as 
‘ 
eres re edly ’ 
=): <a bey ae rt re i) Olay 
‘- ris “s 
e 
5 , ce; 


y+ cet yr eae ddl ARS og Mba a eae 
Cas Fie 2 tah] Saad Pia ar 
‘LNB at bith ee Se 


a | ‘ ; 
= Ch Ode Soon 


. j 
A at 
\ i] 
rt : f 
2 Zz o. 
é 
; 
® " 
¥ 
~ a 
a 
y 
' 
° » « 
, 7 
a @ - bg * 


Unirep Srates ENGINEER OFFICE, 
GrocrapnicaL Surveys West or THe 100rH MERIDIAN, 
Washington, D. C., May 15, 1879. 

Genera: I have the honor to present herewith reports, submitted to 
constitute Vol. VII of the series of quarto volumes, the publication of which 
is authorized by acts approved June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875. 

The collections at vicinity of Santa Barbara and adjacent islands 
were made by a special party of the expedition of 1875, under Dr. H. C. 
Yarrow, assisted by Dr. J. T. Rothrock and H. W. Henshaw, the oppor- 
tunities for search having been pointed out by Prof. 8. F. Baird, now sec- 
retary of the Smithsonian Institution, whose keen appreciation and foresight 
served not alone to prompt this office, but others, to the examination of a 
number of localities, from which abundant material has been gathered. 

The localities at which special examinations and excavations were 
made, are Dos Pueblos and La Patera on the main land, shown on the 
accompanying sketch of the coast in the vicinity of Santa Barbara and out- 
lying islands, and near Prisoner’s Harbor upon the island of Santa Cruz. 

Mr. Paul Schumacher and Mr. Stephen J. Bowers have since made 
successful searches at Carpenteria, at points on the Santa Maria River, 
along the western flanks of the Santa Inez Mountains, and on the Santa 
Barbara Islands. Some of this material has been accessible to Professor 
Putnam. 

The portion of the within report bearing on the Indian pueblos of the 
interior has resulted from collections made at several of the existing and 
extinet pueblos of the Colorado and Gila River basins and that of the Rio 
Grande, by a number of assistants, among whom notably are Dr. H. C. 
Yarrow, Oscar Loew, Ph. D., and Francis Klett. 


Xiv LETTER OF TRANSMITTAux. 


The voéabularies have been gathered, as circumstances permitted, 
from forty distinct localities, and are divisible into seven linguistic stocks. 
Their preparation for publication was intrusted to the philologist Albert S. 
Gatschet. The Cachina, a sacred dance of the Zuni, a representation of 
which appears in the frontispiece, was observed and described by Francis 
Klett, accompanied by a small party. The entire contribution has resulted 
from the incidental labors of members of several expeditions, and but 
points the way to a large and almost untrodden field of research among 
aboriginal remains. The opportunity for further exploration in the west- 
ern mountain, plateau and valley region, among the mounds, débris of 
habitations, caves, sites of present and extinct pueblos, and search for in- 
scriptions, is great, and the work is most fascinating. The ruins of early 
habitations line numbers of the little mountain valleys of the Southwest, 
especially in New Mexico and Arizona. 

Exhaustive search will doubtless yield much to reward the investigator 
and throw a more certain light upon the origin and condition of the pre- 
sumably populous Indian tribes that once occupied this now sparsely-settled 
region, glimpses of which reach us from the writings of the earliest historic 
period. 

When considering the primitive source whence aboriginal stocks are 
drawn, Northern Mexico and portions of the southwest of the United States 
comprise an uncertain ground, and whether migrations to these localities 
set in from north to south or from south to north still remains uncertain, and 
how far the sources have been from Asiatic lands to the eastward as against 
a migration following from the rising to the setting of the sun still remains 
a subject of speculation. 

Professor Putnam has been assisted in the preparation of his reports 
by Dr. C. C. Abbott, Dr. S. §. Haldeman, Dr. H. C. Yarrow, H. W. 
Henshaw, and Lucien Carr, the labor of each of whom merits a grateful 
recognition. 

A sketch of the Santa Barbara Islands and the contiguous coast is in- 
troduced to show the sites where investigations were conducted by the sur- 
vey, and also the locations of numerous shell-heaps and burial places. 

It remains but to make mention of the assistants who, in addition to 


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. XV 


other labors, have contributed the material within discussed to the interest- 
ing subject of antiquities. 

The quarto illustrations of many of the articles from the Santa Bar- 
bara collections are reproduced by the Heliotype Company of Boston, 
Mass., while the colored plates, the originals of which were executed with 
creditable skill and taste by Mr. H. J. Morgan, have been lithographed at 
the well-known and excellent establishment of Thomas Sinclair & Son, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 

Very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
GEO. M. WHEELER, 
Lieutenant of Engineers, in Charge. 

Brig. Gen. A. A. Humpnreys, 

Chief of Engineers, United States Army, Washington, D. C. 


al 


Fae. ne Sy: ek 
: A LeMay yd Lea a "a 
4 rat ia ae ae 


a ae nae 
Hk Alf ir een hs, & 


; peta h 
¢ ' 
! 4) a} 
i 
' 
. 
* 
4 
: 
‘ 
— 
> 
* 
x da 
= 


Peasopy MusruM or 
American ARCH@mOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY, 
In Connection with Harvarp UNIVERSITY, 
Cambridge, Mass., May 10, 1879. 


Sm: I have the honor herewith to transmit the reports on the arche- 
ological collections made from the ancient burial places in the vicinity of 
Santa Barbara, Cal., in 1875, by the party acting under your orders and 
under the personal charge of H. C. Yarrow and J. T. Rothrock, acting 
assistant surgeons, United States Army, assisted by Mr. H. W. Henshaw, 
of the expedition. 

The collection obtained from these cemeteries of a race which has so 
rapidly declined whenever brought in contact with the antagonistic elements 
of our own people is of great ethnological interest, as by it can be traced, 
even better than from the fragmentary and often conflicting records of the 
early writers, the condition of the Indians of California at the time they 
came in contact with Europeans, and the stage they had reached in the 
ereat march of humanity from a primitive state towards civilization. I 
write the words towards civilization with due thought as to the meaning 
conveyed, and with the conviction that all the evidence relating to the 
antiquity of man points to the great Mongolian as one of the primitive 
stocks from which have sprung many branches. Among these branches 
must be grouped most of the American tribes, and the advance made by 
many of them shows what was possible for all, had time, the only element 
wanting, been allowed them. 

While a study of the articles found in the graves shows that the Santa 
Barbara tribes were contemporaneous with the opening of our historical 
period, it is also evident, from the similarity of the articles with those found 
in the upper Tertiary deposits of California, that they were in some way 
connected with the earliest race of man on our own continent of which we 
have geological record. 

In describing the articles obtained in the collection made by the party 
under your direction, I have also incorporated notices of specimens secured 


xvii 


XVili LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 


by other explorers in the vicinity of Santa Barbara. For this privilege I 
am indebted to the officers of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington 
and to the Peabody Museum at Cambridge. 

To my friend Dr. C.C. Abbott, of Trenton, N.J., I am much indebted 
for the preparation of a considerable part of the descriptive matter contained 
in the several chapters over which I have placed his name, he willingly 
coming to my assistance when it became impossible for me to prepare the 
entire manuscript, as I had anticipated doing. 

To Dr. S. S. Haldeman, of Chickies, Pa., who has long made a special 
study of the subject, I am obliged for friendly assistance in reporting on 
the beads obtained from the graves. 

To Prof. J. D. Whitney, Prof. Raphael Pumpelly, Dr. M. E. Wads- 
worth, and my fellow-laborer in the museum, Mr. Lucien Carr, I am very 
much indebted for assistance freely given. To Prof. Pumpelly and Dr. 
Wadsworth I am under great obligations for the mineralogical identifica- 
tions, and for much valuable information in that connection. 

To the late Mr. J. G. Anthony, of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, 
and to his successor, Prof. C. E. Hamlin, I am obliged for the identification 
of several of the shells from which objects were made, and to Mr. J. A. 
Allen, of the same museum, I must express my thanks for aid in identify- 
ing several bones of animals. 

To Mr. Carr I am also particularly obliged for the important cranio- 
logical report he kindly prepared at my request, which adds much to the 
ethnological value of this volume. 

In relation to the illustrations, I can only say that the heliotype repro- 
duction of the photographs gives accurate representations of the articles, 
and that the careful drawings by Mrs. M. J. David, of Cambridge, which 
have been reproduced by the photo-relief process, for use in the text, are 
perfect in outline and detail. This process, though not so agreeable to the 
eye as more expensive wood-cuts would have been, has the advantage of 
securing as perfect representations of the objects as the pen of a skillful 
artist could make them. I may add that while economy was desirable, 
truthfulness of delineation was, at the same time, the principal object in 
adopting the photo-relief process. 


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. xix 


The thanks of archeologists are due to the gentlemen of the expedi- 
tion through whose zeal and industry this interesting collection was made. 
In this connection it would be unjust to Dr. Rothrock, whose duties as 
botanist of the Survey have prevented him ‘from preparing any part of this 
report, not to mention that the important results obtained by the expedition 
are largely due to his persistent efforts during the exploration, and to the 
knowledge which he had obtained from the examination of similar burial- 
places on the island of Santa Cruz. It is safe to state that the interesting 
material obtained by the party has since led to extended explorations on 
the mainland of Southern California. 

The account given by Dr. Yarrow, which forms part of this report, 
embraces the field-notes of the party, and contains a detailed description of 
the places explored, with other important information. 

The translation of the journal of the voyage of Cabrillo, with editorial 
notes by Mr. Henshaw, and identifications of the places mentioned by Com- 
mander Taylor, which is furnished as an appendix to the report on the 
archeology of Southern California, will be found to possess much ethno- 
logical and geographical interest, as it is the earliest account of the region 
in which the explorations were made. 

As a separate report, intended to form part second of the volume, 
I have brought together the archeological and ethnological information 
collected by the several field-parties of the Survey while engaged, under 
your direction, in New Mexico and Arizona. The material for this part 
of the volume is very limited, nevertheless it is of considerable interest, 
and, as I have stated in the brief introduction to the part, it adds materially 
to our knowledge of the pueblo tribes and of the interesting ruins of that 
portion of our country. 

The colored plates of implements of stone, which you have caused to 
be made to illustrate this part of the volume, will be very acceptable to all 
archzologists, as they give truthful representations of the beautiful imple- 
ments so characteristic of the region whence they were obtained, and are, 
moreover, the finest illustrations of this character with which I am 
acquainted. 

The plate intended as the frontispiece of the volume is a reproduction 


xx LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 


of Mr. Klett’s drawing of one of the ceremonies of the Zuni, and is of 
importance in representing some of the costumes of this interesting tribe. 
In presenting these reports, and thanking you for the opportunity 
which has been given me to study and make known the important collec- 
tions obtained by the Survey under your direction, I cannot pass unnoticed 
the interest you have taken in the work, and the kindness you have shown 
to me personally during the trying period of my severe domestic affliction 
and personal prostration, which, following on a time of unexpected duties 
and overwork, made it impossible for me to complete the report at as early 
a day as was expected. 
I have the honor to remain, very respectfully, yours, 
FE. Wo PUTNAM 
To Lieut. Geo. M. WuHeExLer, 
Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, 
In charge of Geographical Surveys west of 100th Meridian. 


U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN. 


1st Lizut. GEO. M. WHEELER, Corps or ENGINEERS, U. 8. ARMY, IN CHARGE. 


PART L— Vor. Vil—Arcuotoey.) 


REPORTS 


UPON 


- ARCHAOLOGICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS. 


BY 
FREDERICK W. PUTNAM, 
CURATOR OF THE PEABODY MUSEUM, CAMBRIDGE, MASS., 
ASSISTED BY 


C: C. ABBOTT, M. D.; S. 8. HALDEMAN, LL. D.; H. C. YARROW, M. D.; H. W. HENSHAW, 
AND LUCIEN CARR, AssISTANT CURATOR PEABODY MUSEUM. 


5 Td 
A) 


THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 


EN TRODUCGTION, 


Tue discovery of the Peninsula of California, in 1534, by an expedition 
fitted out by Cortés, brought the Spaniards into contact with native tribes 
that were in several respects unlike the nations they had already met and 
partially conquered. The naked savages of this newly discovered land 
maintained their rights to their home, and, probably in return for the usual 
Spanish treatment of those days, killed Grijalva, the commander of the 
expedition. The next year, it is stated, Cortés himself explored the penin- 
sula (at that time thought to be an island), and in this expedition he was 
accompanied by negro slaves and settlers, as well as by priests and soldiers. 
The expedition under Ulloa followed in 1537, and from that date we receive 
accounts of the inhabitants; but it was not until one hundred and sixty 
years afterwards that the Jesuits began to establish their missions and take 
possession of a country, the settlement of which had been abandoned, after 
numerous disasters, by the leaders of the Spanish military expeditions. 

The heroic acts of the Jesuit Fathers in the fulfilment of their labors 
of ‘‘christianizing” the savages are well known, and will not be recapitu- 
lated here; but while all credit is due those worthy men for their disinterested 
motives and benevolent intentions, it can hardly be questioned that it is in 
great part owing to their misguided work in endeavoring to “ save the souls 
of the savages” regardless of the body, that the deluded Indians of por- 
tions of the Californias owe their rapid and almost unresisted extermina- 
tion. Naturally indolent, unclean, licentious, and thoughtless of the 
morrow, under *the missionary system they were reduced to slavery, con- 
fined in towns, subdued in spirit, and treated, to use a phrase from Forbes, 

lor 


2 INTRODUCTION. 


like “herds of human animals”. In consequence of this treatment they 
became diseased, and the natural result soon followed.* 

To the ethnologist this degradation of the race is of interest in con- 
sidering the inherent qualities which made it possible. 

Though Upper California had been discovered by Cabrillo as early as 
1542, it was not until the expulsion of the Jesuits from Lower California, 
in 1767, that the Indians of the more northern portion were doomed, under 
their ‘“‘christianizers,” the Franciscan Fathers, to an experience even worse 
than those of the peninsula. 

Forbest copies from Humboldt a list of eighteen missions which had 
been established in Upper California between 1769 and 1798, and states 
that in 1831 the number had been increased to twenty-one. The mission 
of San Diego was that first established, and thence they were spread along 
the coast, reaching as far north as San Francisco, where a settlement was 
made ten years afterwards. 

The rapidity with which the deluded Indians were at first brought 
into the missions, not always by gentle means, as shown by Beechey’s 
account of a proselyting expedition, was probably very satisfactory to the 
Fathers, and it tells its story of the natural condition of the Californians. 
In 1786 La Perouse found the number of domesticated Indians at the ten 
missions in Upper California to be about five thousand. Humboldt, twenty- 
six years afterwards, gives the number at the eighteen missions then estab- 
lished as between fifteen and sixteen thousand. At this date the rapid 
increase at the missions falls off, probably in great part owing to the 
increased death rate and the removal of the remnants of the wild tribes 
from the immediate vicinity of- the missions, for during the next twenty- 
nine years the total number was only three thousand more, though 
three additional missions had been established.{ From this time the doom 


of VENEGAS, and particularly to the carefully considered statements by ForBeEs (History of California), 
pp. 210-234. 

tForses’ History of California, 8vo, London, 1839. * 

{ FoRBES gives the total number of domesticated Indians at the twenty-one missions in Upper 
California as 18,683, and at that time there were less than five thousand inhabitants other than Indians 
at the twenty-one stations. As showing the rapid decrease at the mission of Santa Barbara the follow- 
ing note received from Dr. Yarrow is of interest: ‘In 1834 there were 1,200 Indians at this mission; in 
1840 there were only 400,” 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 3 


becomes apparent, and of the thousands of free and indolent savages 
who formerly inhabited the beautiful garden-land of our Pacific coast, 
how few and how degraded are those now left in the vicinity of their old 
homes. 

California has, unquestionably, been the meeting ground of many 
distinct tribes and nations of the wide-spread Mongoloid stock. In no 
other way does it seem possible to account for the remarkable commingling 
of customs, arts, and languages From such a mixture, and the over-popu- 
lation of the most desirable portions of the country, would naturally result 
the formation of the hundreds of petty tribes that existed in both Upper 
and Lower California when first known to the Spaniards. Especially in 
Upper California has this diversity of tribes been noticed by all who have 
written from personal experience. Father Boscana, who lived at the 
Mission of San Juan ‘Capistrano for about thirty years, and wrote his 
account of the Indians during the first quarter of the present century, 
thought that the California Indians, in general, corresponded to the descrip- 
tion of the Chichimecas* of Mexico as given by Torquemada, but qualifies 
this and points out some distinctions in the following words: 


“The diversities of language, and other peculiarities, render it extremely difficult 
to ascertain to a certainty if all the inhabitants of Alta California descended from the 
Chichimecas. Those between Monterey and the extreme northern boundary of the 
Mexican domain shave their heads close; while those to the south between Santa 
Barbara and towards St. Lucas wear their hair long, and take great pride in cultivat- 
ing its length as a mark of beauty. Those between Santa Barbara and Monterey 
differ considerably from these, as regards their habits; being much more industrious, 
and appear an entirely distinct race. They formed, from shells, a kind of money, 
which passed current among them, and they constructed out of logs very swift and 
excellent canoes for fishing. ‘Their dead they interred in places appropriated to that 
purpose. The diversity of language is so great, in California, that almost every 15 or 
20 leagues you find a distinet dialect; so different, that in no way does one resemble 
the other. * * * the natives of San Diego cannot understand a word of the lan- 
guage used at this mission, and, in like manner, those in the neighborhood of St. 
Barbara, and farther north. If it should be suggested that people thus separated 
could have corrupted the original language in all its phraseology, and manner of 
pronunciation, I would reply, that such might be the case; but still, there would be 
some connection or similarity, so that they could understand each other.”{ 


* This name cannot be considered as a tribal designation. It corresponds more closely to the term 
“savage tribes of Mexico” in contrast with the more advanced nations of the period of Spanish con- 
quest. 

t Pages 239 and 240, RoBINson’s translation. 


4 INTRODUCTION. 


Mr. Stephen Powers has taken the most pains of late authorities to 
correctly understand the character, customs, and languages of the rem- 
nants of the numerous tribes, especially those of the northern and central 
portions of the State, and, in his several interesting articles,* has called 
repeated attention to the great diversity of language and customs which 
exists among many of the tribes. As the result of his personal observa- 
tions, Mr. Powers is inclined to consider the tribes located north of Mount 
Shasta as coming originally from a different stock from those south of that 
line, which latter he considers as probably of the Chinese stock. He further 
considers the race as one that has greatly deteriorated. The following 
quotations from his paper read before the California Academy of Sciences 
express his reasons: 


“The simple fact of the almost total lack of ceramic remains, and the character of 
the relics found in the Alameda and other shell-mounds, show that the present race 
must either have supplanted or descended from one which was little more advanced 
than themselves. The few and simple stone implements used by the California Indians 
resemble, in their main purpose and design, those of the extinct races exhumed in the 
shell-mounds, only they are conspicuously ruder and simpler. Take the stone mortars, 
for instance. The pre-aboriginal mortar is carefully dressed on the outside, and has 
three general shapes, either flattish and round, or shaped like a duck’s egg with the 
bowl in the large end, and the small end inserted into the ground. But the Indian 
takes a small bowlder of trap or greenstone and beats out a hollow in it, leaving the 
outside rough. Whenever one is seen in possession of a mortar dressed on the outside, 
he will acknowledge he did not make it, but found it; in other words, it is pre-aboriginal. 
The pre-aboriginals used handsomely dressed pestles, evenly tapered to the upper end, 
or else a uniform cylinder for about three-fourths of the length, with the remaining 
fourth, also uniform, but smaller, for a hand-hold; but the squaw nowadays picks up 
along slender cobble from the brook. The pre-aborigines fought with heavy knives, 
or swords, carved out of jasper or obsidian, which were, probably, used as daggers 
rather than as swords; that is, the combatants sought to pierce each other with the 
point instead of dealing blows with the edge. The Indians of to-day fight with rough 
stones, such as they pick up, choosing those which are long and sharp pointed; and 
their constant aim is to strike each other in the face with the points, just as their 
predecessors or ancestors probably did with their carved knives. The pre-aborigines 
made, out of sandstone or other soft stones, a small and almost perfect sphere as an 
acorn-sheller; but the squaw nowadays simply selects a smooth cobble from the brook 
for this purpose. In the collection of A. W. Chase, Esq., of the U. S. Coast Survey, 
there are spindle whorls of stone, some of them found in mounds made by extinct tribes, 
and others found among the Klamath River Indians and the Nome Lackees, all of 
which bear a close resemblance; and, in this instance, there is no perceptible deteriora- 


~* Overland Monthly for April, 1872, and following numbers. 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 5 


tion in the workmanship. I strongly suspect, however, if the Indians possessing these 
implements had been closely questioned they would have acknowledged that they found 
them and did not make them, just as they acknowledge in regard to the superior stone 
mortars and pestles. That is, they are really indebted to their ancestors for them. 
Near Freestone, Sonora County, I saw, in possession of its finder, what was probably 
a spindle whorl of pottery—the only instance of the kind I know of. In regard to 
tobacco-pipes the deterioration is not so manifest, for I have seen soapstone pipes of as 
handsome workmanship as any obtained from the mounds. But I still think there is 
deterioration shown in the fact that the Indians nowadays use so many wooden pipes 
of the rudest construction; though we have no means of showing that their ancestors 
did not use equally poor ones, since their wooden pipes, if they had any, have perished. 
* * * JTmight extend these instances and comparisons, but it isnot necessary. The 
California Indians, like their predecessors, belong unmistakably to the Stone Age; and 
the fact that they have degenerated from a higher to a lower grade in that age argues 
strongly that their ancestors, after crossing the sea, might have degenerated from the 
Bronze Age or the Iron Age of China. 

‘* For these reasons I am disposed to believe that the California Indians have sim- 
ply deteriorated from what we (perhaps erroneously) call a pre-aboriginal race; and 
ultimately from the Chinese. * * * China itself, with all its vast populations, has 
stood still for twenty centuries; and a colony from it wandering into a new land, where 
the abundance of nature and the genial climate invited them to relax the efforts which 
a crowded community had necessitated for the maintenance of life, might degenerate 
to a low point without difficulty. When the Chinese of to-day come to this land of 
plenty, how poor are the dwellings and implements they construct for themselves, com- 
pared with those they used in China. How poor are our own, compared with those we 
made in the East! * * * 

“The theory of degeneration above advanced is quite in accord with the climatic 
changes and the deforestation which have taken place on this coast, even within the 
historical period. We know, from the statements of Viscaino and other early Spanish 
explorers, that extensive forests were flourishing near San Diego and Monterey three 
hundred years ago, where now there are none. Viscaino says the natives of Santa 
Catalina Island had large wooden canoes, capable of sea voyages, whereas that island 
is now comparatively treeless. * * * 

“While there is nothing to show that the present race of California Indians is de- 
scended from an agricultural people, like the New Mexican Pueblos, there is much to 
show that their predecessors were superior to them, and that their predecessors were 
also their ancestors. The Caliornia Indians are simply a poor copy of the people 
whom we usually call pre-aborigines; but the copy follows the original so closely that 
there can be little doubt that it is a copy made by transmission.”* 


*Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. v, p. 392, 1875. 

Just as this introductory chapter leaves my hands I have received the third volume of ‘‘Contri- 
butions to North American Ethnology” (bearing date 1877, but not received in Cambridge until May, 
1878), published by the Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, under 
charge of J. W. Powreii. This volume contains the important and interesting account of the ‘Tribes 
of California,” by SterHEN Powers, and on page 432 is given the substance of what I have quoted 
above, with some changes. The principal change is the discarding of the Chinese element, and the 
substitution of the word pre-historic for that of pre-aboriginal in the several instances where the latter 
expression was used in the former publication. 


6 INTRODUCTION. 


That there is a marked difference between the tribes of the northern 
portion of the State bordering on Oregon and the degraded remnants of 
those of the rest of the State until its southern portion is reached, is evident, 
and though this degradation is unquestionably due, in great part, to the 
central and southern tribes having been largely brought into a condition of 
slavery about the missions and reduced by domestication and disease, still 
the early accounts show a marked contrast in favor of the northern and 
southern portions, even including the peninsula, over the central part of the 
present State of California, rendering it extremely probable that the pre- 
vailing blood was somewhat different; and it must not be forgotten in this 
connection that Dr. Pickering, of the United States Exploring Expedition, 
expresses himself very decidedly of the opinion that the tribes of the Sacra- 
mento had Polynesian affinities of a marked character,* and that he classed 
the Californian with the Malay race. Though to accept Dr. Pickering’s 
view and consider the Californians as Malays, would be slightly changing 
the ground from Mr. Powers’ determination that they have Chinese affini- 
ties, yet the statements of the two authors are conclusive as to the marked 
difference which they have each noticed between the Indians of the North 
and East and those of Central California; and it must be remembered that 
in both cases it is simply an endeavor to discriminate between two groups 
of a single type, while the type itself, as now existing, is made up of rays, - 
the uniting centre of which has probably long been buried with the races 
of the past.t 


* Races of Man. Bohn’s edition, p. 108. 

t For several interesting statements relative to the theory of possible connection of Chinese, 
Japanese, and Polynesians with the tribes of the Pacific coast of America, see, among others, articles by 
the following authors: 

BEECHEY, Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Strait, in his Majesty’s ship Blos- 
som, in the years 1825-’28. London, 1831, Part 1, p. 186. 

WILson, Prehistoric Man, 2d ed., p. 601. 

Dat and Dayipson, Remarks in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 1873, 
vol. iv, p. 268. 

Forbes, History of Upper and Lower California. London, 1839, p. 299. 

Davis, Overland Monthly, October, 1872. 

Brooks, Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 1875, vol. vi, p. 95. In this paper 
Mr. Brooks offers evidence of the American origin of the Chinese. p. 113. 

Powers, Atlantic Monthly, March, 1874, p. 313. 

As stated in a preceding note, Mr. Powers in his last work does not mention the theory of Chinese 
contact which he had formerly advanced, but substitutes for it an ‘‘invasion from the north before the 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. | 


Mr. Morgan, in his comprehensive work,* has taken a decided step in 
a new field to prove the Asiatic origin of at least a large part of the Ameri- 
can nations. ‘The results which Mr. Morgan has attained, after many years 
of labor, lead him to believe that there is no evidence of the Americans, or 
the Ganowdnian + family, as he designates the nations of both Americas 
exclusive of the Eskimos, having been derived from the Polynesians, and 
he is forced to the conclusion that its system of consanguinity unites the 
Ganowidnian with the Turanian family of Asia. He points out { the great 
probability of the route of migration having been by way of the Kurilian 
and the Aleutian Islands$ at a very early time, and, as he thinks, long prior 
to the passage of the Eskimos, as hyperboreans, across Behring’s Straits. 


“Tn other words, the Turanian and Ganowdnian families drew their common system 
of consanguinity and affinity from the same parent nation or stock from whom both 
were derived; and that each family has propagated it with the streams of the blood to 
each of its subdivisions upon their respective continents through all the centuries of 
time by which their separation from each other is measured.” || 


Mr. Morgan’s argument against the migration of the Malay type by 
way of the Polynesian Islands is that the Malays of the islands were from 
an early migration, before the peculiar system of family relationship 
expressed by the Ganowdnian and Turanian system was developed,{ and 
that the difference is such that the system would show itself had such a 
migration taken place, whereas the Ganowdnian family was an offshoot at 
a later period, when other forms had been engrafted on the original stock. 
Though Mr. Morgan had not the materials upon which to base any decided 
conclusions as to the union of the Eskimo family with that of any Asiatic 
stock, he conjectures that its affinities will be with either the Tungusian 


historical period,” p.435. He, however, dwells upon the same facts, showing the differences between the 
tribes north and south of Mount Shasta. 

Lorw, Annual Report U. S. Geographical Surveys West of 100th Meridian, 1876, p. 321. 

Hype CrLarke, Journal Anthropological Institute, London, 1874, vol. iv, p.-148. 

Bancrort, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, p. 187. 

* Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family. By Lewis H. Moraay, Smith- 
sonian Contributions, No. 218, Washington, 1871. 

t Bow and arrow people, p. 131. 

¢ Page 426. 

§ For a statement of the physical conditions which Mr. Dall thinks should throw the Alentian 
route out of consideration, see DALL, Tribes of the Extreme Northwest, pp. 96,97. (1877.) 

|| Page 508. 

7] Page 509. 


§ INTRODUCTION. 


or Mongolian stocks.* He states conclusively, however, that his investi- 
gations have shown that the classificatory system of consanguinity among 
the Eskimos differs radically from that of the Ganowanian, Turanian, and 
Maylayan. 

“Tt appears to remove any remaining doubt with respect to the non-connection of 
the Eskimo with each and all of the families.” 

In regard to the Ganowdnian family in itself considered, Mr. Morgan’s 
work is replete with solid information; and though he may not have given 
that attention which seems to be demanded to the indication of some 
influence upon the family outside of itself, he has probably brought forward 
the strongest arguments yet deduced to prove the North Americans, exclu- 
sive of the Eskimo, of one stock, though he freely admits that there are 
some doubtful points yet to be made clear. The argument in favor of the 
identity of the Village Indians of New Mexico and Arizona with the Roving 
Indians of the North, inasmuch as it would prove the culture of the former 
to be simply one of advance of a portion of the same original family, not 
accompanied with any radical change of domestic institutions,t will be, 
indeed, if accepted, the clearing away of many theories. 

From the gradual development of the Village Indians from a state cor- 
responding to the communal conditions of other branches of the family, Mr. 
Morgan sees no difficulty in accounting for the culture of Central America, 
and in considering the “‘ palace” at Palenque as a communal house of the 
same character as the Pueblo of Zuni, and simply a further development of 
the communal house of the Iroquois. 

It would not be doing justice to Mr. Morgan, even in this mere glance 
at his valuable work, to omit mention of the very important influence which 
he attributes to the valley of the Columbia, the natural advantages of 
which he considers gave ‘‘a permanent and controlling influence over all 
other parts of North America,” and, he thinks, ‘“‘it can be shown over South 
America as well. Wherever the Indian family commenced its spread it 
would sooner or later come in possession of this region; and from that time 
onward it would become the seed land of the family, and the initial point 

The abun- 


of successive streams of migration to all parts of the continent. 


* Page 510, t Page 255. 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 9 


dance of subsistence in the valley of the Columbia, tending constantly to 
a surplus of inhabitants, determined for this region a species of supremacy 
over both North and South America, as the predominant centre of popula- 
tion and the source from which perpetual streams of inhabitants would flow 
so long as the family remained in its primitive condition. * * * All the 
great stems of the Ganowanian family found upon the North American con- 
tinent point their roots to the valley of the Columbia.”* At first it seems as 
if there were irreconcilable difficulties between the results of Mr Morgan and 
of those who have worked in other directions towards the same end, but, 
though Mr. Morgan does erect a barrier that should check too hasty con- 
clusions as to the Polynesian migration of comparatively recent times to 
America, his reasons do not apparently conflict with that’ pre-Malayan 
migration to which archeological evidence leads by way of the same 
Polynesian route afterward covered by the Malayan wave. Of this latter, 
perhaps only a slight portion ever reached the eastern limits attained by its 
predecessor. It must be remembered that Mr. Morgan’s arguments can only 
refer to tribes and nations now existing. 

Relying on linguistic evidence, Mr. Morgant includes the tribes of 
the southern portion of the State of California with the Shoshonee nations, 
as follows: ‘“‘1. Shoshonees or Snake Indians; 2. Bannacks; 3. Utahs of 
the Colorado; 4. Utahs of Lower California; 5. Comanches.” Under the 
general term of ‘“Utahs of Lower California,” he embraces the Cahuillos, 
Kechis, Netelas, and Kizhes; and states that— 


“There are reasons for believing that the Shoshonee migration was the last of the 
series in the order of time, which left the valley of the Columbia and spread into other 
parts of the continent. It was a pending migration at the epoch of European coloni- 
zation. * * * The initial point of this migration as well as its entire course stands 
fully revealed. Almost the entire area overspread, showing the general outline of a 
head, trunk, and two legs, is still held by some one of the branches of this great stem. 
Upon the south branch of the Columbia River the Shoshonees still reside; south of 
them along the mountain waste of the interior are the Bannacks, a closely affiliated 
people who occupy quite near to the headwaters of the Colorado. The mountains and 
the rugged regions drained by the Upper Colorado and its tributaries are held by the 
Utahs in several independant bands or embryo nations, who are spread over an area 
of considerable extent. Here the original stream of this migration divided into two 
branches; one of them the Comanche turned to the southeast and occupied the western 


* Page 242. t Page 251. 


10 INTRODUCTION. 


parts of the present State of Texas; whilst the other keeping the west side of the 
Colorado, descended towards the Gulf of California, and appropriated the regions near 
the Village Indians of the Lower Colorado. These are the Pah-Utes. Still other 
bands moved westward and southward and occupied Lower California. These are the 
Cahuillos, between the San Gabriel and Santa Anna Rivers; and the Mission Indians, 
namely the Kizhes of San Gabriel, the Netelas of San Juan Capistrano, and the Kechis 
of San Luis Rey. Upon the basis of linguistic affinities the conclusion is inevitable 
that both the Comanches and Netelas are the descendants of original migrants from 
the valley of the Columbia.” 

Mr Bancroft, in his work on the Native ‘Races of the Pacific States,* 
has separated these tribes of Southern California from the Shoshonees and 
groups them with other tribes, under the geographical name of Southern 
Californians; while in discussing their language in the third volume of his 
work he classifies them under the Shoshonees, at the same time considering 
that the tie is only “through their Sonora and Aztec connection,” as pointed 
out by Buschmann It is also of importance to notice here that the 
Dieguenos, though living within the same region and of course included by 
Mr. Bancroft in his group of Southern Californians, are by their language 
united with the Yuma group, which includes the Yumas, Mojaves, Yampais, 
and several other tribes, all east of the limits assigned by Mr. Bancroft to 
the Californians. It is also well to mention here that the tribes of the 
Peninsula, or Lower California, are placed by Mr. Bancroft in his geo- 
graphical division of New Mexicans, which comprises the Apache family 
in which are included the above tribes of the Yuma group that are not 
located in California. 

From this network, only a small portion of which has been shown in 
what has preceded, it is evident that the elements exist from which more 
satisfactory conclusions will be reached when they are separated and ana- 
lyzed, and that it may yet be possible to show whence many of the elements 
going to make up the medley are derived. } 

The great antiquity of Man in California, founded on the evidence 
obtained by Prof. J. D. Whitney, which proves that man existed on the 
Pacific coast at a period extending back at least to the time when animals 
now extinct lived on that coast, is one of the most important points in 
relation to the subsequent mixture of races, as to this early race we must 


*Vol. i, 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 11 


look for much that at present it seems impossible otherwise to account for; 
and it is only at that early period that unity of characters can be expected 
between the primitive stocks of both sides of the Pacific, and if geological 
evidence should in future prove what it now hints at, that there was a com- 
paratively recent subsidence of a continental mass in the Pacific Ocean, the 
unity of this type could hardly be questioned. 

Dr. J. G. Cooper thus describes the conditions under which man prob- 
ably first existed in California. 


“From these evidences we perceive that the climate of that day was tropical. The 
country consisted of peninsulas and islands like those of the present East Indies, re- 
sembling them also in climate and productions. From the extent of water surrounding 
them there was abundant rainfall and luxuriant vegetation, suitable for the animals 
mentioned. 

“Tt is not unlikely that some of these animals* may have existed before and after 
the pliocene epoch. * * * The termination of this tropical epoch in California was 
marked (as described first by Professor Whitney) by enormous volcanic outbursts which 
poured out great streams of lava on the slope of the Sierra Nevada, covering entirely 
large tracts towards the north. At the same time the whole country was apparently 
raised by the elevation of new mountain ranges and increase of old ones, causing the 
lakes to be drained and their beds filled by washings from the hills mixed with voleanic 
materials. This great convulsion, no doubt, exterminated most of the tropical flora 
and fauna of California, although some of its representatives might have existed later 
in neighboring regions. * * * Many extinct land animals have been found to have 
lived in Europe since the appearance of man on the earth, and there is strong evidence 
in the ‘Calaveras skull,’ and others, that the same fact is true of California.” + 


It is necessary to add here that Professor Whitney is satisfied that the 
evidence he will shortly publish will be convincing as to the existence of 
man in the Pliocene of California. 


[Since the above was written Professor Whitney has delivered a lecture in Cam- 
bridge (April 25, 1878), on the Antiquity of Man in California. In this lecture he gave 
a portion of ihe: evidence, both geological and legal, in relation to the position of the 
Calaveras skull and other human remains found in the pliocene gravel under the 
basaltic layer of Table Mountain. He also mentioned nearly twenty other instances 
of the finding of human remains, or the works of man, in the auriferous gravels of the 
same formation as those of Table Mountain. He further stated that the evidence of 
the existence of man during the post-pliocene period, the deposits of which were formed 
subsequently to the cessation of volcanic activity in the Sierra Nevada, which period 
at activity was closed by the erupuon of the basalt, was so well established as to show 


* The anims nals mentioned are tiger, wolf, Tama, buffalo, horse, rhinoceros, elephant, two species 


of mastodon, and a large tortoise. 
t Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. v, p. 389 (1874), 1875, 


12 INTRODUCTION, 


“ 


that man continued to exist in California in company with the Mastodon and other 
extinct animals. As the archeologist has no right to be governed by any preconceived 
theories, but must take the facts as he finds them, it is impossible for him to do other- 
wise than accept the deductions of so careful and eminent a geologist as Professor 
Whitney, and draw his conclusions accordingly, notwithstanding the fact that this 
pliocene man was, to judge by his works in stone and shell, as far advanced as his 
descendants were at the time of the discovery of California by the Spaniards. | 

In this early race there would then be found one element which would 
tell for a long time on its successors :—the furnishing anew of blood of one 
branch of the original stock to the modifications formed in other branches 
developed after long separation and under different conditions. Among 
these conditions would be, possibly, that of contact of some of the branches 
with some other primitive stock; for until we find the ‘“ missing link” 
which holds at least two pendants of the chain, we hardly have the right to 
assume that man had but one birthplace, and ignore the apparently primary 
differences which now exist between races. Even granting the postulate 
that man is developed from some early Primate, is it not as possible that he 
was an offshoot from the generalized monkeys of the Eocene of America 
as from the ape stock of the Old World? 

It is probable that what may be called the Eskimo element in the phys- 
ical characters and in the arts of the Californians is due to the continuance 
of the impress of type from a primitive American stock, which in the 
present Eskimo, or Innuit, is probably to be found its purest continuation. 
Of course, the important objection can be made that this early race was 
not the primitive race of the coast of California, because it had reached too 
high a degree of development; but it must be remembered that the race 
through its different representatives, has probably existed on the coast for 
an immense length of time, and under favorable climatic conditions which 
would allow of all that we know of its development in the arts of savagery. 
Mr. Dall, in his valuable paper on the Tribes of the Extreme Northwest, 
has shown that on the Aleutian Islands at least a decided development has 
taken place since the period of the deposit of the echinoderm heaps, appar- 
ently left by the first inhabitants of the islands, through the fishing and 
hunting stages, and it is very likely that a similar development may yet be 
found on the coast of California, if not destroyed by the violent geological 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 13 


changes, at the opening of the present geological period, to which the coast 
was subject. It is more than probable, however, that the development 
noticed is not simply one of original growth, but rather that of successive 
inroads of more advanced tribes from various directions. 

The Malay characteristics noticed by Dr. Pickering among the Indians 
of the Sacramento indicate, with other kndwn facts (upon which fair theories 
have been founded), especially that of the early migration of the Malay 
race after that branch of the original stock had come to be Malays, that an 
impress was left on the Californians by a migration, perhaps accidental or 
forced, from one of the early Malayan centres. 

It may be said that if the Malays and the Californians are of the same 
post-pliocene stock, this resemblance would naturally follow without recourse 
to a migration; but the fact, pointed out by Mr. Bancroft, that out of a vo- 
cabulary of one hundred and seventy words of one of the Pomo dialects 
fifteen per cent. indicated Malay similarities,* cannot be accepted in that 
light. 

Mr. Powers, as already stated, has traced a number of Chinese analogies 
in the Californians which are worthy of consideration in connection with 
the existing diversities and the very probable contact of that branch of the 
original stock with the American branch, while the marked-contrast pointed 
out by several authors as existing between the tribes north and east of 
California and those in the central portion, and the development of what 
may be called the “Tartar” element in the northeastern tribes, are indicative 
of an early contact with a nomadic Asiatic stock. 

As Mr. Morgan has pointed out the important part which the valley of 
the Columbia has taken as the nursery of nations, it should be considered 


* Bancrort, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. iii, p. 646.—If linguistic evidence is of any 
value, and upon it is now based the present classification of our Indian tribes, it seems proper to give 
this instance indicating a Malayan contact, and those mentioned by Mr. Powers and Dr. Loew indicat- 
ing a Chinese contact, their due weight, notwithstanding the following statement made on preceding 
pages (pp. 559, 560) of the same volume by Mr. Bancroft: ‘It is not at all improbable that Malays, Chi- 
nese, or Japanese, or all of them, did at some time appear in what is now North America in such 
numbers as materially to influence language, but hitherto no Asiatic nor Enropean tongue, excepting 
always the Eskimo, has been found in America; nor have aflinities with any other language of the 
world been discovered sufficiently marked to warrant the claim of relationship. Theorizers enough 
there have been, and will be for centuries to come ; half-iledged scientists, ignorant of what others have 
done, or rather have failed to do, will not cease to bring forward wonderful conceptions, striking analo- 
gies; will not cease to speculate linguistically, ethnologically, cosmographically, and otherwise to their 
own satisfaction and to the confusion of their readers.” 


14 ; INTRODUCTION. 


in this connection, though it seems very probable that what is called the 
Malay element has always been confined to or near the coast in its migra- 
tions,* and, in reality, probably consists simply of the forced migration of 
one branch of the descendants of the primitive race. It is also very prob- 
able that while the dispersion of the tribes of the second or Asiatic branch, 
after its development on this continent, was mainly north, east, south, and 
southeast from the Columbia valley, there was also a route of migration 
westward over the Sierras, and southward through California, the descend- 
ants of tribes following this route meeting those which had taken the route 
down the Colorado valley at the head of the Gulf of California. 

A very strong argument in favor of such a line of migration, and also 
of its having been very early in time, is the absence of the art of pottery- 
making} by the tribes of Southern California, while those of the Colorado 
valley have the highest development in this art of all the tribes north of 
Mexico. Had the migration been a late one from the Colorado valley and 
extended to.the Pacific coast, it is hardly probable that if these tribes had 
once learned the art of making pottery it would have become a lost art 
without leaving some trace in the many ancient burial places which have 


* One cannot read the early accounts of the Indians of Florida without being impressed with the 
many resemblances between them and the Southern Californians. The habit of cutting off the limbs 
and heads of enemies is a very marked instance. The only skull yet known from the lower portions of 
the shellheaps of Florida more nearly resembles that of a Californian Indian than it does those from the 
burial-mounds of Florida. 

t In the large collections made by Dr. Yarrow’s party, and by Mr. Schumacher, only two vessels 
of clay were obtained, both by Mr. Schumacher. One from the island of San Clemente, where many 
articles of Spanish manufacture were also obtained, is a small and plain pint bowl. It has the appear- 
ance of wheel-made pottery, and was very likely obtained from the Missions. The other, which I have 
not seen, was from Ni-pd-m6, near San Luis Obispo. Mr. Bowers has also obtained a few small articles 
of pottery of a similar character, judging from the few pieces I have seen, which consist of fragments 
of asmall bowl found on the island of San Miguel. Dr. Yarrow also informs me that Mr. Bowers states 
that he has found fragments of pottery at four places on the mainland, at one of which, a burial-place 
on the Santa Inez River, he also obtained “‘a round vessel with a somewhat flattened bottom, which 
would hold about a gallon.” The ‘hunting-whistle of baked clay” found by Mr. Bowers, and the 
““spindle-wheel of pottery” mentioned by Mr. Powers, are so decidedly Mexican in character as to lead 
me to the belief that they were originally from that country. As we know from the statements in the 
narrative of Cabrillo’s voyage, and from other evidence, that the Indians of the coast had intercourse 
with the tribes of the interior, small articles of pottery may have been obtained by barter with them, 
but, as stated in the text, there is not yet sufficient evidence to class the coast tribes as potters. 

Since the above was written a report has gained credence that Mr. Alphonse Pinart, during his 
explorations on the mainland about Santa Barbara, excavated at a greater depth than the former 
explorers and found articles of pottery. Should this report be confirmed, and the articles of pottery 
numerous, it may be necessary to slightly modify the statement in the text so far as to account for the 
presence of pottery at an early time. If the art ever existed on the coast it was evidently a lost art there 
at the time of Spanish contact. 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 15 


been-opened in California; whereas if the route of migration was as above 
suggested probable, and at a period before the art of pottery-making was 
known, such tribes coming in contact with those of the Colorado already 
advanced in the art would soon learn to manufacture vessels of clay. The 
same objection also holds against a late migration from the Asiatic side of 
the Pacific, for since the ceramic art was early developed and carried to great 
perfection on the opposite coast of Asia, a people migrating to America 
would naturally have brought the art with them. 

* Prof. E. 8. Morse has recently made important examinations of the 
shellheaps of Japan, and the collection of pottery, implements of bone, 
ete., which he obtained, show this ancient shellheap people to be of the 
same period of development in the arts as those of South America and of 
some portions of North America east of the Rocky Mountains. This 
early pottery from Japan is of similar pattern with that from the shell- 
heaps of the Amazon, and from the St. John’s River in Florida; with 
the former it perhaps more nearly corresponds, though all the specimens 
LT have seen are simply ornamented by pinching, punch-marks, cord-marks, 
basket-marks, or incised in simple patterns. 

In the pottery from the shellheaps of the Amazon, as shown by the 
collection in the Peabody Museum, received from the late Prof. C. F. Hartt, 
various simple forms of ornamentation similar to those of the Japanese 
pottery exist, and, in addition, more elaborate incised work, while a. still 
higher type of ornamentation is seen in the sculptured feet, handles, and 
knobs of the vases of various shapes.* 

In the Florida pottery all the simpler forms of ornamentation also 
occur, and with them that of stamping by movable and more or less com- 
plex stamps. This stamped pottery is more common in the shellheaps on 
the coast of Florida than in those on the fresh waters. The animal and 
other sculptured forms similar to those of the ornaments on the Amazonian 
pottery are, I think, not to be found in the Florida shellheaps, though the 
later burial mounds there have yielded some sculptured work. 

Professor Wyman has shown, in his “Memoir on the shellheaps of 


* A still higher class of pottery is found on the Island of Paccoval, of which a large collection was 
sent to the Peabody Museum by Professor Hartt, but’this was not from a shellheap, like that I have 
mentioned, which was from Taperinha. 


16 INTRODUCTION. 


Florida,” that the oldest layers in the Florida shellheaps were without pot- 
tery, which is only found in the later deposits, and is most abundant in the 
shellheaps of the coast. From this and other evidence, he argues the 
appearance in Florida of distinct tribes who have successively formed and 
occupied the shellheaps. It is also important to note that implements of 
stone are almost absent in the shellheaps of Florida, except on the surface, 
where they have been left by recent tribes, while bone and shell implements 
are abundant. In the collection from the shellheaps on the Amazon there 
are several bone and stone implements, but their comparative abundance I 
do not know. In the Japanese shellheaps stone implements were very few 
in number, as in those of Florida, while implements made of bones, teeth, 
and deer’s antlers were common in both Japan and Florida. To carry this 
comparison a step further, it is only necessary to call attention to the fact 
that the shell-heaps of the Atlantic coast of the United States from Florida 
to Maine abound in fragments of pottery and bone implements, while only 
a few stone implements have been found. 

If we contrast the shellheaps of the Atlantic coast, Brazil, and Japan 
with those of the coast of California, we find in the three former localities 
pottery and bone implements common to all, while articles of stone are rare. 
In those of California we find pottery only in very exceptional instances and 
on the surface, in such connection with other articles of European manu- 
facture and of such peculiar structure as to lead to the conclusion that it 
was only known in California after European contact, or by an occasional 
article received from a distance. Articles of bone and shell are common, © 
and articles of stone exist in great abundance and of fine workmanship. 

If we extend our comparison to the Northwest, we find that the lowest 
beds of the oldest deposits of the Aleutian Islands hold a similar relation to 
the overlying beds that the lowest layers of the Florida heaps do to those 
above them. In both cases, these lower beds were formed by people who 
were in the lowest stage of savagery. On the Aleutian Islands, as shown 
by Mr. Dall’s very thorough researches, which he has so well presented in 
his recent Memoir,* the earliest deposits consist principally of the remains 


* Tribes of the Extreme Northwest, by W. H. Dall, published as Part I of the Ethnology of the 
Geographical and Geological Explorations of the Rocky Mountain Region, under direction of the De- 
partment of the Interior, J. W. Powell in charge. 1877, pp. 41,91. 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 17 


of Echinoderms, and in these first evidences of man on the Aleutian Islands 
only the rudest stone implements have been found, and nothing else. In 
the Fish-bone layer and Mammalian layer, which successively overlie the 
Echinoderm layer, a great change has taken place, and either the old race 
has made a sudden advance, or, what is more likely, as thought by Mr. 
Dall, a migration to these places of another and more advanced people has 
taken place. In these middle and upper layers stone and bone implements 
are found, and the stage of development approximates to that of the tribes 
which formed the shellheaps of Oregon and California, as described by 
Mr. Paul Schumacher and others. 

In regard to the particular Ethnical period to which the Californians 
should be referred, there are several difficulties. The absence of pottery 
would at once place them in the Upper Status of Savagery, as defined by Mr. 
Morgan.* The absence of pottery, however, may be owing, on the one 
hand, to the difficulty of obtaining clay suitable for the purpose, and, on 
the other, to the abundance of soft stones, like steatite and serpentine, which 
were easily worked, and from which could be made more desirable utensils. 
This fact, however, would not hold if the tribes had once been pottery- 
makers, for in that case would be found some signs of the decay of the art 
betore that of working in stone was so greatly developed. After the 
missions were established the Indians belonging to them were taught the 
art of making pottery, which shows that clay, at least to a limited amount, 
could be obtained by those who knew what to look for, and probably 
it is these mission pots of clay, showing signs of having been made on the 
wheel, which have been found sparingly in the shellheaps. 

That the ancient Californians were in every other respect as highly 
developed in the arts belonging to the Lower Status of Barbarism, defined 
by Mr. Morgan, as were other tribes in various parts of North and South 
America, is shown by the high state they had reached in the manufacture 
of chipped implements of flint and quartz; the use of the bow and arrow; 
the manufacture of many articles of use and ornament from stone, bone, 
and shell; the very exceptional skill with which they made cooking pots, 
dishes, pipes, and other articles from steatite and serpentine; the skill and 


* Ethnical Periods, by L. H. Morgan. Proc, Am. Assoc. Ady. Science. Vol. xxiv, B, p. 266. (1875.) 7 
2cI 


18 INTRODUCTION. 


labor they bestowed on their large and small mortars and pestles made out 
of extremely hard stones, and in the perfection attained in many other of 
the early arts. Particularly, in this consideration of the status of any race, 
should due weight be given to the perfection of the adaption of means to 
ends, and certainly the old Californians who lived, and buried their dead 
on the islands off Santa Barbara and on the mainland in that vicinity, had, 
to judge from the articles found in the graves and shellheaps, very little 
material benefit to hope for from a contact with a higher race, and every- 
thing to dread. They were provided by nature with an unfailing supply of 
food in the waters, and in the forests; they had developed methods of 
easily securing, and properly preparing, abundant harvest. Their want of 
vessels of pottery was abundantly supplied by those of stone, by water- 
tight baskets, and asphaltum covered vessels, while the ever ready asphaltum 
enabled them to make many articles of use and ornament. They were also 
workers in wood, of which they made various articles, often holding the 
several parts together by the use of asphaltum. They also had large 
canoes. 

From this brief review of some of the arts of the Californians and 
their perfection in them, it is evident that they were as far advanced as 
many other American tribes or nations which had reached the stage of 
pottery making. It is therefore evident that it is necessary to add to Mr. 
Morgan’s definition of the period of the Lower Status of Barbarism, which he 
considers characterized by the introduction of pottery, that of the substitute 
for pottery, the manufacture of cooking vessels of stone. 

From what has preceded, it will be seen that the Californians have 
probably developed by contact of tribe with tribe through an immense 
period of time, and that the primitive race of America which was as likely 
autochthonous, and of Pliocene age, as of Asiatic origin, has retained its 
impress on the people of California. Still more is the character of this 
autochthonous race preserved in the Innuit, and probably in the natives of 
Terra del Fuego, the remnants of the race driven north and south, and to 
the shores of the continent, by people probably of Asiatic development, and 
in part with early and slight Polynesian admixture. 

It is remarkable that there are on the basis of linguistic evidence two 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 19 


great families, the Shoshone and the Yuma, that have representatives on 
the coast of Southern California and in the Colorado valley, yet neither 
group are pottery makers in California. 

That there has been a general move up the valley of the Colorado is 
indicated by what has taken place in the movements of the Coco-maricopas 
or Maricopas, a tribe of the Yuma family that has migrated from the Gulf 
of California some distance up the Gila.* Professor Turner places the 
Mojaves and the Dieguenos,+’ with other tribes, in the Yuma family. That 
the Dieguenos of the coast and the Mojaves of the Colorado possess many 
similarities, besides that of language, which would go far to prove their 
close relationship, is shown by many of their customs. 

The Kizh of the San Gabriel, the Kechi of the San Luis Rey, the 
Netelas of San Juan Capistrano, and the Cahuillos of the region east of the 
Netelas and approaching the country of the Mojaves, are considered by 
Professor Turner and others as belonging to the great Shoshone family 
that extends from southeastern Oregon south to New Mexico and Texas, 
including the Shoshonees, Utahs, and Comanches. 

The Apaches, Navajos, and their congeners of the Colorado region, are 
by their language not only of a different family from the tribes above 
mentioned, but they belong to the wide spread Athapascan family that 
extends north, east, and south of the Shoshone and Yuma families, on the 
north even reaching the Pacific, according to Professor Turner,{ at the 
Trinity River in Northern California, while he also states § that the Apache 


* “ Coco-maricopas.—This tribe was encountered by Father Kino at the end of the seventeenth 
century, and is represented to have occupied the country south of the river Gila, nearly 150 miles in 
length, from its mouth upward. Colonel Emory says: ‘We know that the Maricopas have moved gradu- 
ally from the Gulf of California to their present location in juxtaposition with the Pimas. Carson 
found them as late as the year 1826 at the mouth of the Gila; and Dr. Anderson, who passed from 
Sonora to California in 1828, found them, as near as he could reckon from his notes, about the place in 
which we are now encamped.’ Their present position, as already mentioned, is in a village on the 
northern bank of the Gila, a few miles west of that of the Pimas, in about west longitude 112°.”—TURNER, 
in Pacific R. R. Reports, vol. iii, pp. 101, 102, of Report on Indian Tribes, by Whipple, Eubank, and 
Turner, 1855. 

tThis name was given after the establishment of the mission of San Diego by the Spaniards, 
though according to the manuseript report by Don Jose Cortez, dated 1799, in the Peter Force Library, 
and in part translated and printed in the third volume of the Pacific Railroad Reports, the tribe was 
known under the name of Cuieil. ‘‘These are the Cuieil who are on the borders of the port of San 
Diego and whose towns continue to the outlet of the channel of Santa Barbara,” p. 125.—Report on 
Indian Tribes, by Whipple, Eubank, and Turner. 

tl. ec. p. 84. . 

$1, c. p. 83, 


20 INTRODUCTION. 


nation seems to have been a barrier to the southern descent of the Shoshone 
tribes. 

In the same region where have met Shoshone, Yuma, and Athapascan 
nations, the greatest development of the North American Mongoloids, next 
to that of Anahuac, has taken place, and here are found the ruined dwell- 
ings of an ancient people, and their probable descendants the Pueblo 
tribes. 

Mr. Bancroft* gives a general account of the Indians of Southern 
California which agrees in all essential particulars with the statements made 
by the several authors I have had the opportunity to consult, and will be 
freely used in the following brief notice of the people. It will be observed 
that very many of the statements made in the following résemé are fully 
sustained by the evidence furnished by the objects which have been found 
in the graves and about the sites of the villages of the several tribes, as 
described and figured in the following chapters. 

Mr. Bancroft writes: ‘‘As we approach the southern boundary of Cali- 
fornia [from the central portion of the State] a slight improvement is 
manifest in the Aborigines. The men are here well made, of a stature quite 
up to the average,t comparatively fair complexioned, and pleasant features 
* * * The beard-is plucked out with bivalve shells, which answer the 
purpose of pincers.” 

While often going naked they were also found, by the early voyagers, 
to wear skirts and capes made of skins. The variation in this respect noted 
by several writers is probably accounted for by the different customs of 
the many distinct tribes that formerly existed on the coast, and by the 
difference in the time of year in which the observations were made. It is 
evident from the fragments of fur garments which have been found in the 
graves, particularly at Dos Pueblos, that the people of the vicinity of Santa 
Barbara made use of garments, though very likely they were discarded or 


* BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, pp. 402, 422. 
t This statement is shown to be correct by the numerous skeletons and portions of skeletons 
which have been obtained. 

As already noted, Mr. Powers’ volume on the ‘‘Tribes of California” has appeared since these 
pages were written, and though Mr. Bancroft had the use of certainly a large part of Mr. Powers’ 
manuscript, the volume should be read as the most valuable work on the present Indians of the State 
of California, ; 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. oi 


very scanty during the hot season. That the people of the coast and islands 
were extravagantly fond of ornaments is shown by the great abundance of 
such articles made of shell, bone, stone, ete., found in the graves. Mr. 
Bancroft states that ‘around Santa Barbara rings of bone or shell were 
worn in the nose. At Los Angeles nasal ornaments were not the fashion. 
The women wore cylinder-shaped pieces of ivory, sometimes as much as 
eight inches in length, attached to the ears by a shell ring. Bracelets and 
necklaces were made of ivory ground round and perforated, small pebbles, 
and shells.”* 

In the journal of the voyage of Cabrillo, under the date of October 
17, 1542, it is mentioned ‘“‘many canoes came to the ship from the populous 
coast,” and that the people ‘‘went clothed with skins, and wear their hair 
very long and tied up with long strings to which are attached small daggers 
of flint, bone, and wood.” Mr. Bancroft also states that “they take much 
pride in their hair, which they wear long. It is braided, and either wound 
round the head turban-like or twisted into a top-knot; some tie it in a queue 
behind.” Dressing the hair in the form of a queue has prevailed extensively 
throughout both North and South America, and it will be an interesting 
study to ascertain the particular tribes having this custom, and their con- 
nections. In ancient times it was a prevailing custom among the coast 
Peruvians, who also wore false hair by which they extended their elaborate 
braids, while “switches” of false hair, sometimes arranged over a skein of 
large thread, helped to enlarge the queue. That it was also a common way 
of wearing the hair among the ancient people of Missouri and Tennessee 
is shown by its representation on some of the human-shaped vessels of 
pottery. 

Bearing on this subject is a very interesting carving from Alaska, in 
the Peabody Museum. This carving, which is in wood, represents a man 
with the head held back by means of his long queue tied to the hands, which 


* Mention is here made of ivory, and it is possible that it was used to some extent for ornaments, 
though, as far as I know, articles made of ivory have not been found in the graves. The bones of various 
animals were used for ornaments, and it is very likely that the long hollow bones of birds were mistaken 
for ivory, as might also have been the cylindrical perforated ornaments made of a large bivalve shell, as 
they were highly polished. Beautiful beads of stone, both of fluor-spar and serpentine, have been found 
in the graves. Several species of shells, particularly a small Qlivella and the beautiful Haliotis, were 
used for the manufacture of ornaments, 


99 INTRODUCTION. 


= 


are placed behind his back, conveying the idea of a prisoner securely bound; 
and as, I believe, the Aleuts do not wear their hair in a queue, it would 
seem as if they had at some time taken prisoner either a queue-wearing 
Asiatic or a Californian. 

Tattooing was, according to Father Boscana, a custom of some of the 
tribes of Southern California, the girls being tattooed in infancy.* 

In common with savages in other parts of the world, the Californians 
were fond of ornamenting themselves with paint of various colors. As is 
the case the world over, red ochre, or hematite, was most used for the 
purpose, and considerable masses of it have been found in the graves. 
Wad, or hydrous oxide of manganese (bog manganese), was also used as a 
paint and has been found in the graves, generally in receptacles, such as 
shells and small vessels made of stone. A mixture of wad and a specular 
variety of hematite, evidently prepared for use by the addition of a small 
quantity of clay, has been found in masses cut into various shapes. Similar 
carved masses of prepared hematite, without the admixture of wad, have 
also been found. Besides these there is often found a black pitehy mixture 
which was probably used as a paint. Mr. Bancroft, when writing of the 
Central Californians,t states that the tribes of that part of the State were 
more lavish in the use of pigments than those of the southern portion, and 
particularly mentions that cinnabar was used, and that ‘‘the New Almaden 
cinnabar mine was a source of contention between adjacent tribes.” I have, 
however, not yet detected cinnabar among the substances which came from 
the graves in Southern California, and Dr. Yarrow informs me that it can 
hardly be supposed that cinnabar, or sulphuret of mercury, was used to 
any extent as a pigment, for its constant employment would assuredly pro- 
duce constitutional derangements of a serious nature. 

The accounts we have of the various articles in common use among 


tattooing adopted by numerous tribes. The custom is apparently confined to females, and is thought to” 
be principally for the purpose of tribal identification. It may be noted in this connection that the coast 
Peruvians also tattooed, as is shown by anarm, from the ancient cemetery at Ancon, now in the Peabody 
Museum. 

tBancrort, Native Races of the Pacific States, i, p. 370. 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. = 


in the graves and about the ancient dwelling sites, though there are several 
patterns of implements found in the graves which have not been noticed by 
writers who were early in contact with the Indians. Among these the per- 
forated stones, now often mentioned as “weights to digging-sticks,” although 
as likely to have been used as heads to clubs and for other purposes, 
similar to those found in many other parts of the world, represent implements 
of this class; as, also, do the singular hook-shaped stones of various sizes. 

Among the prominent domestic utensils which were extensively made 
and used down to a very recent period are the large stone mortars and 
pestles, the soapstone cooking-pots and baking-stones, and the small, beau- 
tifully made vessels of steatite and serpentine. It is now known that the 
soapstone vessels, and probably many of the mortars, were made by the 
tribes on the islands off Santa Barbara. The immense number of these 
pots which have been found in the graves on the mainland indicate an 
active trade between the islanders and the coast tribes, and it is very likely, 
from the identity of articles from the graves in both places, that the people 
were closely affiliated. ' 

The weapons included bows and arrows, knives of stone and bone, 
and daggers and swords of stone, bone, and wood. The stone daggers or 
lance-heads were beautifully made, and in perfection of workmanship are 
probably among the finest of chipped implements found on the continent. 
The swords or large knives were often made from the jaws of cetaceans, 
and were efficient weapons, while those made of wood are said to have had 
“edges that cut like steel.” Bone awls, and drills or borers made of stone, 
were extensively used and are often found in the graves, while rude stone 
chisels were used in the manufacture of the large pots, mortars, ete. 

Mr. Reid and other writers, as quoted by Mr. Bancroft, state that 
vessels used for holding liquids were made of rushes, and plastered outside 
and in with bitumen or pitch. Fragments of such a vessel were found in 
the burial place at Dos Pueblos by Dr. Yarrow. In this instance the vessel 
was bottle-shaped, and had been roughly coated inside and out with as- 
phaltum. 

Besides basket-work, which was an undoubted prehistoric art, nets and 
woven fabrics are mentioned by the later writers as being made by the 


24 INTRODUCTION. 


Indians; but, while fragments of the latter have been found in the graves, 
it is not certain that netting and weaving were not introduced by the Span- 
iards, though there is an equal chance of their having been derived from 
the more highly-developed nations of the south. Being in location between 
the higher nations of the north and south, it is very likely that many of the 
arts of both sections would-in time become known to the Californians in the 
simple course of trade and warfare of tribe with tribe. From the known 
facts we certainly have good reasons for assuming that inter-tribal communi- 
cation was pretty extensive throughout the greater part of America in very 
early times, and as we know that the ancient Peruvians, for example, had 
attained as high a development in many of the arts as the Europeans at the 
time of the conquest of the country, we must be guarded in attributing too 
much of the development in the arts to Spanish influence, especially when 
we realize that the Indian tribes, probably without exception, have rapidly 
deteriorated under contact with the white race. 
Like nearly all other North American nations, the Californians were 
smokers; using as pipes large tubes made of stone, and slightly conical in 
shape, the mouth-piece being formed by the insertion of a small hollow 
bone of a bird at the small end of the tube. In many of the graves pipes 
of this character, beautifully made of steatite and allied minerals, have been 
found still having portions of the mouth-piece held in place by asphaltum. 
Among the present Indians of the State similar pipes are occasionally found, 
and it is very likely that this early, perhaps primitive, form of smoking-pipe 
has been handed down, and is only giving way of late years to the more 
universal shape, having the bowl perpendicular to the stem. Tubes made 
of stone and copper, of various sizes and shapes, have been found in many 
parts of North America, and while they have been often considered as used 
for other purposes than that of smoking, the majority are now called pipes 
by most archzeologists. The tubular pipes, in shape like those found in the 
graves of California, have been rarely discovered in other parts of the coun- 
try, and but few have been recorded, the most interesting specimen in this 
connection being one now in the Peabody Museum at Cambridge, which 
was found in Andover, Mass. Another of slate has recently been found by 
Dr. C, C. Abbott in New Jersey. Professor Powell has informed me that 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 25 


similar pipes are occasionally used by the Utes of the Colorado, by whom 
they are regarded as of great value. Mr. Powers,* in his note about the 
“wild tobacco (Nicotiana plumbaginifolia)” called “pan” by the Neeshenams 
of Bear River, California, mentions that this tobacco, which “has a pungent 
peppery taste,” is smoked with great satisfaction “‘in a wooden or stone 
pipe,t which is constructed of a single straight piece, the bowl being simply 
a continuation of the stem, enlarged.” He also describes one made of soap- 
stone, about six inches in length, “which tapered down to a bulb, which 
was inserted in the mouth.” That their pipes or smoking tubes were not 
alone used for the simple gratification which smoking affords is evident from 
the several accounts given by the early writers, and they unquestionably 
were used in many of the tricks of the ‘‘medicine men” and in superstitious 
observances. Venegas says: “They applied to the suffering part of the 
patient’s body the Chacuaco, which is a tube formed out of a very hard, black 
stone. * * * Sometimes the tube was filled with cimarron or wild 
tobacco, lighted.” t 

In 1728 Father Luyando, of the Loreto Mission, “as a preliminary to 
baptism, insisted on the abjuration of faith in the native jugglers or priests, 
and demanded the breaking and burning of their smoking tubes and other instru- 
ments and tokens of superstition as a proof of this.”§ It would seem, 
however, that the pious fathers of the missions in the vicinity of Santa 
Barbara had not been very successful in this work of destruction, judging 
from the number of perfect pipes found in the more recent graves. 
. Pedro Fages in his description of the burial ceremony in Southern 
California says that, “At the head of the procession marches one smoking 
gravely from a large stone pipe, followed by three others; he three times 
walks round the idol and the corpse; each time the head of the deceased is 


* Aboriginal Botany, by STEPHEN Powers. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. v, p. 378. 1875. 

+The Neeshenams called the tobacco-pipe *‘ panemcoolah.” 

t Quoted from ForBeEs, p. 20. Dr. Rothrock, in his report on the Botanical collections of the sur- 
vey (vol. vi, p. 47), states that various indigenous species of tobacco appear to have been used by the 
native population, past and present, among them N. Clevelandi, Gray, which he found only in associa- 
tion with the shellheaps on the coast of California. Dr. Rothrock believes this species to have been the 
standard supply of the Indians of Southern California, and from personal experience he pronounces it 
excessively strong. 

§ ForBEs, p. 20, 


26 INTRODUCTION. 


passed the coverings are lifted, and he who holds the pipe blows three 


pufis of smoke upon the body.” * 


In the way of musical entertainments it is evident that the Californians 
were limited to very primitive instruments, the only kind that have been 
found in the graves consisting of whistles made of bones of animals. Some 
of these, however, exhibit considerable ingenuity, and it may be that they 
were played upon with skill. 

As would be expected from the fact that the islands off the coast were 
inhabited, boats of several kinds were constructed. In Cabrillo’s Journal 
mention is made of canoes seen on the coast, and other writers have stated 
that the Indians had boats made of pieces of plank shaped by heating, 
joined together and paid with asphaltum. Other canoes are said to have 
been made out of a single log, while the tule raft or “balsa” was also in 
use. Bancroft states that the boats were sometimes large enough to carry 
twenty persons, and he also mentions that the paddles were long and 
double bladed. The graves have yielded portions of wooden structures, 
which are probably the remains of canoes formed of boards and still show- 
ing the peculiar and ingenious method of uniting the pieces with asphaltum. 

The houses of the Southern Californians were probably of a simple con- 
struction, though varying somewhat in different localities. Usually they 
are described as conical in shape, and built over a hole dug to the depth of 
a few feet. Around this hole poles were set forming the frame which was 
covered with rushes and earth. The door was sometimes on a level with 
the ground, while in other houses it was placed near the top, when it also 
served for an exit to the smoke. The statement in Cabrillo’s Journal that 
he saw houses built after the manner of those in New Spain, is thought by 
Mr. Bancroft to refer to the houses on the coast of the Santa Barbara 
Channel, where there was an improvement in architecture, and this prob- 
ably indicates that the square-framed lodges existed here as in other places 
farther to the north. Dr. Yarrow, however, informs me that ‘no remains 
of houses or dwellings of any description, nor any particular indications on 
the surface of the earth showing where habitations had been (with the 
exception of kitchen and shell heaps), were noticed either at La Patera or 


* BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, p. 421. 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 27 


Dos Pueblos. Boards and posts were found at La Patera, but they marked 
areas of burials, not habitations.” That each tribe or village had a general 
“‘council-house,” or some special edifice of a public nature, is very prob- 
able, and Boscana has described a structure in the vicinity of the mission of 
San Juan Capistrano, which he designates as a temple or Vanquech, in 
honor of their god Chinigchinich. This “temple” seems to have consisted 
simply of two circular fences, one of which was six feet high, and as they 
were not roofed in, the “temple” was very much like the staked areas of 
the Indian tribes of the Atlantic coast, and in which they performed some 
of their ceremonies. The ‘“temescal” or subterranean “‘ sweat-house” was 
also a public institution which seems to have existed throughout the whole 
State.* 

In Cabrillo’s Journal mention is made of enclosures which were be- 
lieved to be temples. * * * ‘and they have an enclosure like a circle, 
and around the enclosure are many blocks of stone placed in the ground 
and reaching above the surface about three palms in height, and in the 
middle of the enclosure are many sticks of timber driven into the ground 
like thick masts, and on these posts are many pictures, and we believe they 
worship there, for when they dance they caper around the enclosure.” 

Mr. Paul Schumacher, who has made very extensive explorations of 
the ancient village sites on the coast of California and Oregon, has described + 
in detail one of these sites or shell-mounds, and states that either a natural 
sandy place, properly located in regard to water, food, and safety from sur- 
prise by enemies, was selected, or in case of other things proving a desir- 
able location and the sand wanting, the latter was brought to the place, as 
in the site he describes on the Island of Santa Cruz in the Santa Barbara 
Channel. In his description he states that the sites of the former houses 
are shown by the depression on the surface of the shellheap, while “the 
original depth may occasionally be traced by still remaining upriglit boards 
of the former subterranean enclosure. After the erection of the dwellings 
the accumulation of the kjékkenméddings began to spread all over the 
town-site, but was kept imbedded in sand by fresh supplies, thus raising 


*Descriptions and figures of the several form’ of houses are given in Power's “Tribes of 
California.” 
t Popular Science Monthly, Jan., 1877, p. 253. 


28 INTRODUCTION. 


the level of the village gradually, and increasing the depth of the subter- 
ranean part of the hut until the latter was deserted, or built over with a new 
structure. * * * The size of a town-site varies from about 100 metres 
in length and width, to 1,200 metres or three-quarters of a mile in length, 
and from 100 to 300 metres in width, the extent of Os-bi a rancheria in 
Santa Barbara County, about five miles from Point Sal, which is the largest 
shellmound derived from permanent habitations thus far explored on the 
coast.” 

From the numerous subdivisions of the people, and the many villages 
of small size governed by chiefs who apparently had but limited power, it is 
evident that warfare was not conducted on an extensive scale by the South- 
ern Californians, though petty quarrels were undoubtedly of common 
occurrence. In their weapons the Southern Californians were probably 
inferior to their northern neighbors, and, although bows and arrows are 
mentioned as having been in use, fragments of bows have not been found 
in the graves about Santa Barbara, and as comparatively few small points 
of stone such as would be classed as arrow-heads have been discovered, it 
is probable that their arrows were principally provided with wooden points. 
Swords or large knives of bone, stone, and even of wood, and probably 
clubs, seem to have been the most important weapons. The perforated 
stones, which have been considered by some as weights to digging-sticks, 
would also have formed efficient clubs, and many of them may have been 
so used, on the principle of adapting the one article to all the uses possi- 
ble. Mr. Powers casually mentions the sling when writing of the Pomo, 
and again in his list of weapons of the Californians. It can hardly be 
doubted that the sling was one of the earliest weapons, but it seems to have 
been superseded by the bow and arrow, and has only survived as a weapon 
in a few limited areas, as, for instance, among the Peruvian tribes, which 
have so many things in common with the tribes of the west coast of North 
America. It is stated that in battle no quarter was given to men, and that 
the killed were decapitated and scalped ; still, scalping after the method of the 
eastern tribes does not seem to have prevailed to any great extent. Women 
and children are said to have been taken prisoners and retained as slaves. 

The office of chief is stated by Bancroft to have been “hereditary, 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 29 


and in the absence of a male heir devolved on the female next of kin.” 
In the Journal ef Cabrillo’s voyage it is stated that while on the coast “a 
Jemale chief visited the ship and remained two nights.” 

Polygamy was evidently practised to some extent, but probably de- 
pended principally upon the wealth of the individuals, and hence was gen- 
erally confined to men in power; but this, like many other customs, varied 
with different tribes. 

In keeping with the general Indian character, dancing and gambling 
are stated to have been the chief occupations of the men when not engaged 
on a raid or in procuring food. Many of the dances were in connection 
with their ceremonies and superstitions, while others are mentioned as sim- 
ply for amusement. The sorcerers were numerous and had great power 
from the superstitious character of the people. 

In the vicinity of Santa Barbara and on the islands cremation does not 
seem to have been practised so far as known, though north, south, and east 
of this district it prevailed to some extent, adjoining tribes having different 
customs in this respect. In the Santa Barbara region each village, as a 
rule, had its particular cemetery; but slight differences in the character of 
the burial places and in the designation of the graves have been noticed. 
On the island spoken of in Dr. Yarrow’s report, near La Patera, while the 
principal burying ground was doubtless near the edge of the cliff (see his 
report on a following page), yet instances of isolated burials were discov- 
ered in various kinds of places. In the majority of the villages the ceme- 
tery was very near the sites of the former houses, often even in the accumu- 
lated débris forming the shellheap, as described by Mr. Schumacher. In 
one case on the islands he found that an old cemetery had been abandoned, 
_ and the more recent burials had been in the deserted houses on one part of 
the shellheap. Onthe mainland the cemeteries were often of considerable 
extent and long used. In some instances the bodies had been buried here 
and there in the sand, but usually they were placed close together, and 
the same ground used over and over, as in some modern burial places 
of our own, where in course of time old and forgotten graves are disturbed 
to make a new one. In this way many of the bones of bodies and articles 
of greater age were found to have been disarranged and mixed with those 


30 INTRODUCTION. 


of later interment; often three or four graves were placed one over the 
other, or two or three old graves were disturbed in making one of compar- 
atively recent date. In several of the cemeteries the graves were partitioned 
off by slabs of stone, boards, or bones of whales; in other instances such 
partitions were wanting. No regularity was observed in the position of 
the bodies, which were evidently done up in bundles, covered with mats 
and other articles, and buried in the smallest space possible. That the 
nearly universal custom of burying with the deceased articles valued while 
living, and such as were thought to be of use in the future state, prevailed 
among the Southern Californians to a very great extent is fully shown by 
the large number found in the old cemeteries, many of which will be 
described in the following pages. 

For several years the antiquities of California have been looked upon 
with exceeding interest on account of the peculiar conditions under which 
many implements and articles made of stone have been found, and the great 
length of time which must have elapsed since their burial under beds of 
volcanic material, where they are associated with the remains of extinct 
animals. Many of these articles have been described, particularly by 
Foster,* and by Bancroft,t the latter of whom gives several figures of arti- 
cles found at great depths, which are of the same character as those from 
the graves and shellheaps. 

Special examinations of the shellheaps and graves have been made by 
several reliable persons, and descriptions of the heaps and articles found 
have appeared from time to time in the Proceedings of the California 
Academy of Sciences, and other journals. More recently Mr. Schumacher, 
who has made extensive explorations for the Smithsonian Institution and 
the Peabody Museum, has published several articles in various journals 
giving an account of his work.{ At the time Mr. Schumacher was making 


*Transactions of the Chicago Academy of Sciences, vol. i, p. 232, 1869. 

t BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. iv, p. 697, 1875. 

{The most important of these papers were printed in the Reports of the Smithsonian Institution 
for 1874 and following. The Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Surveys of the 
Territories, vol. iii, No. 1, 1877. Popular Science Monthly, Jan., 1877. 

Articles by Mr. SCHUMACHER have also been printed in the Archive fiir Anthropologie, vol. viii, 
and specimens collected by him have been described and figured in BaNncrort’s Native Races of the 
Pacific States, vol. vy, and in the paper by Dr, Rav on the Archeological Collection of the National 
Museum (Smithsonian Contributions, No, 287, 1876). 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 31 


explorations on the coast and islands at the joint expense of the Smithsonian 
Institution and the Peabody Museum, the party under Dr. H. C. Yarrow, 
acting assistant surgeon, United States Army, detailed by you for the pur- 
pose, were also exploring the ancient sites in Santa Barbara County. 

Since the collection was made by your special party, to which this 
report particularly relates, Mr. Schumacher has made another exploration 
on the islands of San Clemente and Santa Catalina, acting under the direc-_ 
tion of the Peabody Museum ; and Mr. Bowers, who was with Dr. Yarrow 
at La Patera, has made extensive collections on the mainland for the Smith- 
sonian Institution and for private parties.. The amount of material that 
has thus been obtained from the numerous burial-places and village-sites 
along the coast of Southern California and the adjacent islands is very 
large, and our knowledge of the archeology of California will soon be 
more complete than that of many other portions of our country. 

The field report which was submitted by Dr. Yarrow on the return of 
the party sent to explore the region about Santa Barbara, contains so much 
of interest and importance in relation to the conditions under which the 
various articles described in the succeeding pages were found, as to make it 
essential to reprint it here from the Annual Report of the Chief of En- 
gineers for 1876,* and for this purpose he has kindly rewritten some 
portions of the report and made numerous additions of interest. 


* Appendix JJ, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1876, p, 312. 


32 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF A SPECIAL PARTY FOR MAKING ETHNOLOGICAL 
RESEARCHES IN THE VICINITY OF SANTA BARRARA, CAL., 
WITH A SHORT HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF 
THE REGION EXPLORED. 


By Dr. H. C. Yarrow, 
Acting Assistant Surgeon, United States Army. 


THE following statements regarding Cabrillo’s exploration of the coast of Cali- 
fornia are taken from a volume, the full title of which is subsequently given. Only 
those portions bearing on the work performed and the occurrence oi Indians on the 
coast at different points are here noticed, more especially as the entire narrative is 
inserted in another portion of this work. 

On the 27th day of June, 1542, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, a Portuguese navigator 
in the service of Spain, left the port of Navidad, New Spain, with two small vessels, 
the San Salvador and La Vittoria, to explore the coast of California, which he sighted 
on the 2d of July. 

The first mention made of Indians is, that on the Isle of Zedros they saw signs 
of them, but no individuals were seen. After sailing to the northward for a day, 
they reached a good port, which was named Puerto de Santa Clara, and here they saw 
four, who instantly fled. No mention is made of their villages.. On Tuesday, August 
22, they landed at a place which they named Puerto de la Posesion, and found some 
Indian fishermen near a Jake, all of whom immediately fled; but one they captured and 
gave presents to. This port is stated to be in 314 degrees, an assertion which must be 
received with much allowance, as Cabrillo’s reckonings of latitude are obviously 
wrong. Near this place a few days afterward thirty fishermen were seen. They were 
peaceable, and some went off to the ships and received presents. These people in- 
formed the Spaniards by signs that they did not live near the sea-shore, but had their 
habitations in the interior, and that there were many of them. They also informed 
them that in the interior they had seen white men with beards, cross-bows, and swords, 
and that they could be reached in a five-days’ journey. These Indians were curiously 
marked on the body and thighs with slashes of some white pigment. They were 
dressed in skins and carried bows and arrows, the latter flint-tipped. In their -own 
country they said “was much maize and many parrots.” In 324 degrees Cabrillo’s ves- 
Sel again anchored, the Sth of September, near a point which he called Cabo de San 
Martin. Landing for water a small lagoon was discovered, and near it forty naked In- 
dians, armed with bows and arrows, from whom were received fishes and roasted agaves. 
Proceeding up the coast, near Cabo Santa Cruz some Indians were seen in very small 
canoes. From this point northward the appearance of the land improved very much, 
and Indians became quite numerous. At a place called by Cabrillo San Mateo, and 
which may possibly now be known as San Diego Bay, many animals resembling sheep 


CABRILLO’S VOYAGE. 33 


were seen. On the 27th and 28th the vessels passed three islands, one larger than the 
others. Ata port which was called San Miguel he remained a short time. One eve- 
ning a party went on shore to fish, when they found many Indians, who saluted them 
with arrows, wounding three men. However, the Indians became peaceable and went 
off to the ships, telling Cabrillo of people like him and his followers, armed similarly, 
going on horseback, and killing many of the natives, for which reason they were much 
afraid. This port of San Miguel is supposed to be near San Pedro or Wilmington Har- 
bor. On the 7th of October he came in view of two islands some distance from the 
mainland, which he named after his vessels; these islands, lying in Santa Barbara 
Channel, southwest of San Pedro, are supposed to be San Clemente and Santa Cata- 
lina. On these islands Cabrillo found many Indians, who at first showed great fear 
of the Spaniards, but finally, becoming friendly, told him of numerous other Indians 
on the mainland. Resting here but two days, he set sail on the 9th. Shortly after- 
ward, reaching a spacious bay and following its shore-line, he came upon a large vil- 
lage of Indians close to the sea-shore. Here his ships were visited by the savages in 
canoes, from the great number of which he called their town Pueblo de las Canoas. 
It appears impossible to fix the exact location of this town, but circumstances seem 
to indicate that it was near the head of Santa Clara valley. Mr. Bowers con- 
siders this town to have been called Xuco by the Indians. On the 13th, resuming 
his voyage, he passed near two large islands, supposed to be Santa Cruz and San 
Miguel, and anchored in front of an extremely fertile valley. Here he was visited 
by many natives coming to sell fish, who informed him that the whole coast was 
densely populated as far northward as Cabo de Galera, or Point Concepgion of the 
present day. . Northwest from the Pueblo de las Canoas he discovered two islands, which 
he named San Lucas, afterward known as San Bernardo, and which at the present day 
are supposed to be those of Santa Rosa and San Miguel. On his way up the coast, 
Cabrillo speaks of anchoring in front of two villages (Dos Pueblos), largely populated, 
and this is probably the place where some important discoveries were made by our 
party. 

Point Concepgion was reached by this Portuguese navigator on November 1, 
after much suffering from cold, winds, and tempests. Anchoring near this place to ob- 
tain wood and water, he called the port.Las Sardinas, from the abundance of fish there- 
abouts. Here were found many natives, of most friendly disposition, one of whom, an 
old woman, said to be the Queen of the Pueblos, came off to the captain’s ship and re- 
mained two nights. Returning to the islands of St. Lucas on account of bad weather, 
on the 3d of January Cabrillo died on the island called La Posesion, believed to be the 
present San Miguel. Of the manner of his death and his notes in regard to the Indians 
he saw we shall have occasion to speak hereafter.* 

It is worthy of mention that nearly all the Indians met with by Cabrillo seemed 
familiar with the appearance of himself and friends, as he was repeatedly informed at 
different points that numbers of men, presumably his countrymen, were journeying in 
the interior, some of them near a very large river, doubtless the Colorado. 

With this account of one of the earlier explorers of the region visited by our- 


*Tt should be mentioned that the identification of the localities in the former report were made 
before Lieut. Commander Taylor, U. 8. N., had an opportunity of comparing Cabrillo’s narrative with 
the charts of the coast; consequently his determinations should be accepted, not mine. See paper by 
Mr. Henshaw and Cabrillo’s narrative in another place.—H., C. Y. 


3 O01 


34 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


selves, as a proper preliminary to a report of our own operations, we now proceed to 
give the latter in detail; first, however, briefly mentioning the circumstances which 
led to the exploration in question. 

It is reported that some years ago the captain of one of the small schooners com- 
mon to the Pacific coast returned from a visit to the island of San Nicolas, and stated 
that he had seen quantities of pots, stone implements, skulls, and divers sorts of orna- 
ments on the surface of shellheaps, which had been uncovered by storms, and exhibited 
in proof of his assertion a number of these articles which he had brought with him, 
and which he distributed among his friends. It is also reported that this captain 
again visited San Nicolas and its neighbor, Santa Catalina, and returned with a full 
schooner load of relics, but this part of the tradition lacks confirmation. 

Little attention was paid to this most valuable archeological discovery until 1872 
and 1873, when Mr. W. G. W. Harford, of the United States Coast Survey, happened to 
visit the islands of San Miguel and Santa Rosa, lying to the northward and westward 
of the islands before mentioned. From these islands this gentleman procured a 
small but exceedingly valuable collection of interesting objects, which came into the 
hands of Mr. William H. Dall, a most intelligent and enthusiastic collector, from which 
he deemed the localityof sufficient importance to visit it in person. This he did in the 
winter of 1873 and 1874. Myr. Dall visited San Miguel and Santa Catalina, but as his 
time was limited, no thorough examination was made of this mine of archeological 
wealth lying then temptingly open to view. He, however, procured many interesting 
specimens. During the same season Mr. Paul Schumacher, well known for his investi- 
gations farther up the coast, discovered in the vicinity of San Luis Obispo and the 
Santa Maria River deposits similar to those found on the islands. ‘The results of these 
discoveries being communicated to the Smithsonian Institution, this establishment de- 
termined to make a thorough and exhaustive exploration of not only the mainland, but 
of the islands also; and in the spring of 1875 Mr. Schumacher was named to conduct 
the work in behalf of the National Museum. By a fortunate coincidence, one of the 
parties of the Expedition for Explorations West of the One Hundredth Meridian, under 
the War Department, of which the writer and Dr. Rothrock were placed in charge, 
was about to visit the Pacific coast, and an arrangement was entered into whereby 
hearty co-operation and unity of effort were effected. Mr. Schumacher was to explore 
the islands, and the Exploring Expedition party the mainland along the coast from 
Santa Barbara north for a distance of 20 or 30 miles. 

Leaving San Francisco June 4, after a pleasant sail of forty-eight hours we arrived 
at Santa Barbara, and there found the other members of the party, consisting of Dr. J. T. 
Rothrock, botanist, Dr. O. Loew, mineralogist, and Mr. H. W. Henshaw, ornithologist, 
whom you had directed to assist in the enterprise. Arrangements were at once made 
to explore the neighborhood, and on the day following that of our arrival we started 
under the guidance of the Rev. Stephen Bowers, who we were informed had already 
made some excavations in the sections about to be visited, for the ranch of T. W: allace 
More, near the little village called La Patera, some eight miles from Santa Barbara. Ar- 
rived at a spot where our guide informed us he had found a few bones and arrowheads, 
the work, digging a trench in a north and south direction on a cliff overlooking the sea 
and probably 80 feet above it, was at once commenced. There were no indications that 
this locality had been used as a burial-place, but after digging a few feet, and beyond 


DISCOVERIES OF CEMETERIES. Sa 


some loose bones that had been reinterred by Mr. Bowers on the oceasion of his first visit, 
we came to an entire skeleton in situ. It was lying on the right side, facing the west, 
with the lower limbs drawn up toward the chin. No ornaments or utensils were found, 
but a quantity of marine shells were near the cranium. Continuing the excavation 
deeper, two other skeletons were discovered in a similar position to the first, and near 
them a few broken arrowheads. These were remoyed, and the excavation extended 
downward and backward from the sea-cliff, the labor being rewarded by the finding of 
seven other skeletons. These latter, however, were huddled together, and gave no 
evidence that care had been taken, in the burial of the bodies, to place them in any par- 
ticular position. Near by were a few shell beads and other ornaments, and an abalone 
shell (Haliotis splendens) containing a red pigment. The bones were so friable as to 
crumble to pieces on exposure to the atmosphere, and on this account none could be 
secured. On excavating to a depth of 5 feet, a layer of marine shells was reached, 
under which was a firm stratum of yellow, sandy clay, beneath which, as our subse- 
quent experience proved, burials were never made.* After digging for several hours, 
and finding nothing further of special interest, the trench was refilled. 

Moving around from place to place in the field, our attention was finally attracted 
to a depression in the center of it, some 200 yards from the sea-cliff, which, on examina- 
tion, gave undoubted evidences of being a burial-place, ribs and vertebra of whales 
being scattered about, and small inclosures found that had been made in the earth by 
setting up large flat stones on their sides. Digging into one of these inclosed areas, 
broken bones and some broken pestles and mortars were found, but nothing of special 
value. The excavation was continued to a depth of 3 feet only, which, as subsequently 
ascertained, was not sufficient. We left this locality for a time, returning to it later in 
the season, when deeper and more careful excavations abundantly rewarded us, as 
many teresting objects were found. 

While engaged in the interesting search in question, Dr. Rothrock, who had 
strolled off some distance after botanical specimens, communicated to us that he had 
discovered, on the opposite side of a small estero to the northward, a locality which he 
believed to be a burial-place, founding his belief on the fact that he had seen a number 
of whales’ ribs, placed so as to form arches over certain spots. As we well knew that 
the Santa Cruz Island burial-grounds were similarly marked, we anticipated a “ good 
find,” and, indeed, so richly were our anticipations rewarded that we named it the “Big 
Bonanza.” The following diagram, made from a rough sketch on the ground by the 
writer, will give an idea of this place and the several other localities already mentioned. 

It is but fair to mention in this connection that the discovery of this valuable 
locality is entirely due to Dr. Rothrock, any assertion to the contrary notwithstanding, 
as no one in the neighborhood had the slightest knowledge of any burials having been 
made at this point. 

The next morning found us at an early hour near the spot discovered by Dr. Roth- 
rock, and from the surface indications it could hardly be doubted that at some period 
it must have been a burial-place of note. The surface of the ground, instead of pre- 
senting the appearance of mounds, or hillocks, was rather depressed in a semicircular 
form, and in various spots ribs and vertebra of whales had been partially buried in the 


*T am informed that M. de Cessac, of M. Pinart’s party, is said to have discovered pottery 
beneath this stratum, but I feel confident that it is a mistake.—H. C. Y. 


36 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


ground, the ribs in some instances being placed together, as reported by Dr. Rothrock, 
in the form of arches. Selecting what appeared to be a favorable place, 20 feet from 
the edge of the cliff, fronting the estero shown in the sketch, a trench was commenced 
running due north and south. Two feet below the surface the first indications of 
burials were reached, quantities of broken bones being met with at every stroke of the 
spade, interspersed with pieces of whales’ bones and decaying redwood. At a depth of 
5 feet the first entire skeleton was found in position, and near it several others were 
subsequently uncovered; in all of them the head fronted northward, the face was-down- 
ward, and the lower limbs were extended. Over the femur of one of the skeletons was 
a flat plate of steatite, a sort of soapstone, 12 or 14 inches square, with a hole in one 
end, which we called a “tortilla-stone,” its probable use having been for cooking cakes, 
or tortillas, or else for heating water, the hole in the end serving to withdraw it from 
the fire when thoroughly heated. In rear of the skeleton, and to one side of the plate, 
was an olla, or jar, of steatite, broken, but containing some fine glass beads and human 
teeth, and behind this a stone pestle of symmetrical shape, about 3 feet in length, of a 


Slezteh No. L. 


Mores env 


Yeade of Beck 


- were ro eo COREL two 


[SERRE CTL """LaFatera 
= = et 


hard species of sandstone, and another plate of steatite, and two large ollas of over 
five gallons capacity, their mouths or apertures fronting north, and just above was a 
single cranium facing the cliff, face downward, and on top of it a single femur. Con- 
tinuing the excavations toward the cliff, a small sandstone mortar was exhumed con- 
taining a mass of red paint, and in its immediate vicinity a large number of beads of 
glass and shell with ornaments made from the lamina of the abalone shell, which is 
common to this coast, being found in great abundance on the islands some 20 miles 
distant. Digging still farther, other skeletons were found in similar positions, but in 
many instances the lower limbs were flexed wpon the body, while in a few cases the 
fingers of the right hand were in the mouth. One skeleton was that of a child, near 
which were found beads, ornaments, tortilla-stones, and two more ollas, one of which 
contained portions of the cranium of a child. This skeleton had apparently been 
wrapped ina kind of grass matting, as small portions were found attached to the bones 
and scattered near by. In the olla containing the head-bones of the child were a great 
number of small black seeds, smaller than mustard-seed, which were recognized by one 


EXCAVATIONS. Si 


of the laborers as a seed used by the present California Indians and natives in making 
demulcent drinks and eye-washes, the Spanish name being chia (Salvia Columbaria 
Benth.). 

A second trench, opened 40 feet from the first, yielded quite a number of excellent 
crania and other specimens, among which were fish-bones, crenated teeth (of fossil 
shark possibly), and a very large olla containing bones and covered on top with the 
epiphysis of a whale’s vertebra. The following are the notes furnished by the gentle- 
man in charge of the excavations at this point: First trench, 6 feet by 2, running 
north and south, trending to the westward. Indications of burials, whales’ bones, and 
rocks set up vertically. Two and one-half feet below the surface found skeleton with 
face downward, head to the north. Three feet below surface reached a large flat stone, 
which being removed was found to cover ribs and shoulders of a female skeleton, head 
pointing north, body resting on left side. A small mortar was over the mouth, small 
sandstone mortar and pestle of fine workmanship near top of head. This locality prov- 
ing rather unprolific, a second trench was commenced 40 feet below last, nearer cliff, and 
about of same size. Two feet below the surface, to our great surprise, a large steatite 
olla was discovered, which proved to contain the skeleton of an infant wrapped in 
matting. Unfortunately, upon exposure to the air, the bones crumbled away. Beneath 
the olla was a cranium, apex west, face north. Three feet below the surface were two 
skeletons in fair condition, with crania to the north. Our discoveries this day had de- 
veloped so much of interest that it was not until darkness had overtaken us that we 
discontinued our work. 

In order to give some idea of the amount of material recovered during the excava- 
tions, a record of each day’s work follows: 

June 10.—This morning began work shortly after sunrise at both trenches opened 
the day before, digging in a westerly direction in the first. In this, numbers of crania 
and bones were found in similar positions to the first met with, and also several fine 
ollas, tortilla-stones, mortars, and pestles. All these utensils were invariably in the 
immediate vicinity of the heads of the skeletons; in fact, in many instances the crania 
were covered by large mortars placed orifice down. In tlhe second trench, the digging 
was in an easterly direction, and the first discovery that of a skeleton and a fragment 
of iron near the right hand, probably a knife or spearhead, which, archologically 
speaking, was a source of great grief to us, our hope being that no remnants of Span- 
ish civilization would be found in these graves. It could not be helped, however, al- 
though a great deal of prehistoric romance was at once destroyed. Near this skeleton 
was another, and by its side the first pipe met with, which was similar in appearance 
to a plain modern cigar-holder, and consisted of a tube of the stone called serpentine, 
8 inches long, the diameter of the wider orifice being a little over an inch. At the 
smaller end was a mouth-piece formed from a piece of a bone of some large water-fow], 
and cemented in place by asphaltum. How these pipes were used with any degree of 
comfort is impossible to surmise. 

Continuing this excavation, the next discovery was a steatite olla containing a 
skull, differing in many respects from those found in the graves; if from one of the same 
tribe, it shows marked differentiation. Near the olla was a large sandstone mortar, 
over 2 feet in diameter, and behind it another olla containing more bones, and another 
pipe, 105 inches in length, and near this latter article a smaller olla filled with red 


38 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


paint. It should have been mentioned that from this trench was procured a femur 
showing evidences of a fracture through the neck of the bone, which had become ab- 
sorbed, the head uniting to the upper portion of the shaft between the greater and 
lesser trochanters. Further search revealed at the same depth a mortar, covered by 
the shoulder-blade of a whale, which also contained the skull of an infant covered with 
an abalone shell, while near by were paint, a piece of iron, a nail, and various shell orna- 
ments and beads. Near at hand, to the rear, were a broken mortar and pot, underneath 
which was a small olla, the whole covering the skuli of a child; and a little deeper a 
skull resting upon a fine, large, pear-shaped steatite olla, the outside of reddish color. 
These remains appeared to have been inclosed in a sort of fence, as a plank and stakes 
of decayed redwood were near by. At the bottom of this trench, just above the firm 
clay, and under all the specimens just described, was a fine sandstone pestle 174 inches 
in length. 

June 11.—Continued in same trench, advancing in a northerly direction toward 
trench No.1. Ata depth of 4 feet were two skeletons, and near them was a square 
cake of red paint; alongside were two more skeletons, over one of which was a large 
mortar, mouth downward, and close by another similar utensil. Under this skeleton 
were an instrument of iron 14 inches in length, a long iron nail, and two pieces of red- 
wood, much decayed. A little farther in was a small canoe carved from steatite. ATI 
the skeletons were face downward, heads to the north. In trench No. 1 the digging 
was continued in a southerly direction. The first object encountered was an enormous 
mortar, 27 inches in diameter, with its pestle near by. This article was on its side, the 
mouth toward the south; around it were no fewer than thirty crania, some in a fair 
state of preservation, and others very friable, broken, and worthless. Lying on top of 
this mortar, on further removal of the earth, was an almost entire skeleton, with frag- 
ments of long bones and of steatite pottery. As surmised by some of the party, the 
perfect skeleton was that of a chief, and the remains those of his slaves slain with him; 
which is at least a possible, if not a plausible, view of the case. 

Experience by this time had taught us that nearly all the burial-places or spots 
had been carefully marked, since near the head of each skeleton were either bones of 
the whale or stakes of redwood. 

Being obliged to leave for Los Angeles June 12, for a few days, Mr. Bowers was 
employed to continue the work, who, up to June 25, secured the following articles from 
the two trenches commenced, viz, 32 skulls, 24 large steatite ollas, 6 large mortars, 7 
large pestles, 2 small serpentine cups, 7 tortilla-stones, 7 abalone shells, 3 iron knives, 
4 stone arrowheads, 1 iron ax (of undoubted early Spanish manufacture), quantities of 
glass and shell beads, paint, shell ornaments, black seed of the character previously 
mentioned, 2 pipes, 2 soap-root brushes with asphaltum handles, and a copper pan 8 
inches in diameter, which was found covering the top of a skull—the copper evidently 
having preserved a portion of the hair, which was quite black and silky, and not coarse, 
as is usually the case with Indians. 

June 25.—The same excavation No. 2 was continued, and 3 crania were uncovered, 
also an olla containing the bones of a child, not far from which were 3 mortars and 2 
ollas. Just above the stratum of clay the most interesting discovery was made of an 
entire skeleton, which had been buried in a redwood canoe, but which was so decayed 
that only a small portion could be preserved. Near the head of the canoe were a large 


EXCAVATIONS. 39 


olla and mortar, the mouths northward. On removing the skeleton, which was lying 
on its back, the bones fell to pieces. In the canoe, alongside of the skeleton, were 3 
pestles, 2 pipes, an iron knife or dagger blade that had been wrapped in seal-skin or 
fur, and a stone implement of triangular form and about 6 inches in length, probably 
used as a file, or perhaps for boring out pipes. This skeleton was probably that of a 
chief, or a noted hunter or fisherman. 

June 26.—Trench No. 2 was abandoned and work resumed in No. 1, which yielded 
several crania in bad condition. Near a whale-rib, standing on end, was an empty 
broken olla, and not far off a skeleton on its right side, legs drawn up, head facing west. 
On its right-hand side, near by, was a small highly-polished serpentine cup and a small 
mortar and pestle. After excavating awhile and finding nothing but broken bones, dig- 
ging here was discontinued and an excavation commenced ten feet to the northward 
and near the edge of the cliff, but after going down 5 feet through kitchen refuse, ashes, 
bones, shells, it was filled up and work resumed at the second trench. Several hours’ 
digging resulted in finding nothing, but finally the “lead” was once more struck. The 
first discovery was a skeleton, which, from the appearance of the pelvic bones, was 
that of a female, and near which were great quantities of beads, shell ornaments, 
and seeds. It was here we first encountered what at first sight appeared to be dried 
cloves, but which on closer examination proved to be ornaments of asphaltum, hollow 
in the center, and in some instances having at one end a small piece of dried grass or 
fiber by means of which doubtless they were fashioned into necklaces. Some abalone 
shells were also found, in close proximity to which were the bones of a child. Another 
mortar was discovered, containing some bones in bad condition. 

June 27.—Being Sunday, operations were suspended until the next day. 

June 28.—Work was resumed at trench No. 1, but for 6 or 8 feet nothing was met 
with save isolated bones. Digging to the southward, however, a skeleton was found 
with top of head to the northward, the position of which was nearly face downward. 
On its removal we found beneath it a large mortar, cavity down, slightly tipped, and 
facing west. In another direction, to the eastward, was a large sandstone mortar facing | 
north, and beneath it a skull in good condition, while near by was a small olla contain- 
ing ornaments of shell, beads, seeds, and paint. Deeper down, still another small olla 
was revealed, filled with the black seeds, and near it a small pestle. A number of crania 
and bones were also found, but all in bad condition. One of them, however, was par- 
ticularly interesting from the fact of two arrowpoints, one of a porphyritic stone, the 
other of obsidian, being imbedded in the outer table of the skull.* From the position 
of the arrows it was inferred that the wounds were received by the person while lying 
down. Digging in a northerly direction in this trench, 8 or 10 more skeletons, all 
huddled together, were exhumed, also 2 small pestles, 2 mortars, and some abalone 
shells containing ornaments. In one of the larger of these shells were the head-bones 
of a young child, and near it two polished serpentine dishes, containing some of the 
clove-like asphaltum before alluded to. A broken dish had been neatly mended with 
asphaltum and probably sinew, as drilled holes were found in both pieces. Not far 
from these cups was found a leather (?) pouch curiously ornamented on the outside 
with circles of shell-dises.t 


*Since this was written Mr. Bowers has reported the finding of skulls with arrowpoints imbedded 
in the parietal and temporal bones. 
t Since ascertained to be the hilt of a native sword. 


40 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


On June 29, finding that our labor was not so richly repaid as formerly, further 
excayation in this locality was delegated to Mr. W. L. Shoemaker, who, having discov- 
ered only six crania, and those in poor condition, after six hours’ faithful labor, the “ Big 
Bonanza” was abandoned, and in the meanwhile the writer was prospecting. 

Crossing the estero, and reaching the ranch of T. Wallace More, esq., we visited 
the asphaltum mine, from which it is probable the Indians whose resting-places we 
had been so ruthlessly disturbing, procured their supplies of this, to them, most pre- 
cious material, since it must have been extensively used in fastening on their arrow- 
heads or spearpoints, and in mending and filling up cracks and holes in their canoes. 
Not far from this mine the spot was reached which has been mentioned as that where 
burials were indicated by whalebones and flat stones, and it was determined to explore 
it next. Near it was a depression, in which appeared to have been either a threshing- 
floor or dancing-place, oval-shaped and 60 feet long by 30 or 40 wide. It had been 
beaten or trodden down so firmly that no vegetation could flourish thereon. In the 
afternoon, not far from camp, one of the party discovered some fragments of human 
bones which had been thrown out of a squirrel-burrow, which circumstance led us to 
search for relics. Opening a trench 300 yards to the westward from camp, at a depth 
of 3 feet, some broken bones were found and one skull; near the latter were a quantity 
of beads and a matted mass of fur, apparently of either the seal or sea-lion. After 
some hours of fruitless labor, digging in this locality was discontinued. This was the 
only instance in our experience where the burial of but one individual had taken place 
in one spot. 

On the following day, one of the laboring party, assured of finding something to 
repay further labor in the “ Big Bonanza,” urgently suggested the same, whereupon 
excavating was again entered upon at that place; and, curiously enough, after a little 
digging, a remarkably fine knife or dagger of obsidian was discovered, nearly 10 inches 
in length; a bone implement, similar in appearance to a sword-blade; and two pipes, 
one of them ornamented. This ornamented pipe was the first of the kind we had met 
with, and we congratulated ourselves upon having yielded to the suggestion of the 
workman. ; 

July 1.—Resolved to excavate in the locality last discovered, and an early start 
was made. This trench on T. Wallace More’s ranch was commenced 200 yards from 
the sea-cliff. At a depth of 2 feet broken bones were uncovered, and at 4 feet entire 
skeletons, which in many instances had been inclosed with flat stones, forming a kind 
of coffin. Some mortars and pestles were here also met with, as well as pipes, arrow- 
heads, and another fine spear of flint, and one of iron. After four days of hard work, 
with no other results than those mentioned, this trench was abandoned. It is doubt- 
less probable that many more articles might have been found here, but the time that 
would be consumed in securing a few small articles was demanded where results would 
most likely prove richer and more interesting. Subsequent experience proved that 
we had abandoned this locality too hastily, for Mr. Bowers, excavating on his own 
account, soon after discovered many valuable articles, notably some fine knives or 
daggers of obsidian. : 

From Dr, Taylor, of La Patera, a gentleman who for years had studied the ethnol- 
ogy and archeology of the Pacifie coast, we learned of the probable existence of bur- 
ial-places at a spot some 12 or 15 miles up the coast, known as Dos Pueblos. Dr. Taylor 


DOS PUEBLOS CEMETERIES. 41 


having there seen the remains of numerous kitchen-heaps, inferred that a large popu- 
lation once lived in that locality, and that their dead would be found not far distant. 
Accordingly Dr. Rothrock and the writer started on a prospecting tour, and after a 
couple of hours’ ride came in sight of the Dos Pueblos ranch, occupied by Mr. Welch 
and family. Making ourselves and object known to Mr. Welch, we received a hearty 
welcome, and were invited to dig anywhere we might think proper. Mr. Welch showed 
us in his potato-patch numbers of broken bones that had been turned up by the plow; 
but being attracted by some whalebones partially imbedded in the earth of the sea-cliff 
near by, we immediately left the potato-patch, knowing from experience that where 
the whalebones are there also were graves. The position of these graves, as well 
as some others subsequently discovered, may be seen from the map. This is undoubt- 
edly the “Dos Pueblos” of Cabrillo, near which he anchored. (See Sketch 2.) 

The next day it was determined to 
move the entire party to this locality and | Stel Ne. 2. 
excavate, which was done, the first trench 
being made at the point marked 1, near the 
brow of the cliff, where were whalebones 
and large, flat stones. At a depth of 44 
feet, great quantities of bones were found 
huddled together, but no skeletons in a par- 
ticular posture. In some instances, stone 
receptacles, similar to the one already de- 
scribed, were encountered, but from their 
infrequency this burial feature was appar- 
ently not common. All the bones were in a 
very bad state, much worse than those about 
La Patera, and but few were preserved. 
Throughout the graves, but not placed in 
particular position, were several large mor- 
tars, large and small ollas, pipes, beads, and 
ornaments, besides bone awls. In locality 
No. 2, the same class of articles was brought 
to light, but in larger number. 

In the narrative of Cabrillo, by Bar- 
tolome Ferrel, this locality is called Dos 
Pueblos, from the fact of there being two 
towns on opposite sides of the creek, which aekonts Clie ue 
runs down from the Santa Inez Mountains. - 

These towns were densely populated with 

a mild, inoffensive people. We were informed by Mrs. Welch that she had heard from 
an aged Indian woman that two separate tribes, speaking different dialects, lived on 
opposite sides of the creek, which constituted the boundary-line between them, and 
that the tribes were not permitted to cross this creek without first obtaining each 
other's consent. This old crone for many years continued to visit this spot annually to 
mourn the departed greatness of her people. 


PLA ORR 


42 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


Continuing our excavations in No. 2, a long, straight pipe and a small mortar 
having a handle (the first of its kind), and containing red paint, were found, and near 
the latter a pipe only partially bored out. On the opposite side of the creek a trench 
was opened beneath a gigantic piece of whalebone, but several hours’ work revealed 
nothing but broken bones, and it was abandoned and work resumed in Nos. 1, 2, and 3. 
During the 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th, the excavating was continued, resulting in the 
discovery of mortars, ollas, pipes, etc., and curiously enough in No. 3 of no fewer than 
30 skeletons which had been buried in sea-sand, and under which were 3 fine stone 
spearheads and some fragments of iron. In No. 2 were several large ollas and mor- 
tars, and near the head of a skeleton, presumably that of a female, some china cups 
and saucers of very ancient shape. The time allotted to these explorations having 
now nearly expired, the remainder of our stay was devoted to filling up holes and 
packing the specimens. The specimens were roughly estimated as weighing from 10 
to 15 tons. 

Regarding the people of whom we have been speaking, and of whom no repre- 
sentative remains to tell of their history, but little could be learned; the crumbling 
bones and household gods we had so ruthlessly disturbed, were the only witnesses of 
the former existence of a once populous race; but beyond this they made no revelation, 
while careful examination of the entire literature of the Pacific coast proved fruitless 
in throwing light on these early generations. All the writers who speak of these In- 
dians, and it is but fair to state that few, if any, of them were possessed of original 
information on the subject (having gathered their materials from Ferrel’s narrative), 
are of the opinion that they were friendly, peaceable, and inoffensive, which opinion 
is enforced by the absence in their graves of warlike implements to any extent. Ca- 
brillo states that they were armed with bows, the arrows being pointed with flint 
heads, similar to those used by the Indians of New Spain; he alwm speaks of clubs, 
but mentions no other weapon. As to population, he states that on some of the islands 
there were no people, but that others were densely populated; the former we have not 
been able to identify. The Indians told him they had occasionally suffered from the 
attacks of warriors armed like the Spaniards, and trom the fact that toward the middle 
of the eighteenth century the mission priests of Santa Barbara removed their savage 
parishioners from the islands to the mainland to escape the ravages of the Russians 
and their Kodiak allies, it is supposed that this warfare had been going on for a num- 
ber of years. As to the extent of the population we can form an idea only from the 
number of burials, at different points, and villages, the names of which have been 
handed down to us through Cabrillo. At a rough guess, our party must have exposed 
at their main trenches the remains of no fewer than 5,000 individuals, and, from what 
we have subsequently learned, there are hundreds of these burial-places along the 
coast. 

With regard to the towns, the Indians informed Cabrillo that the whole coast was 
densely populated from the Pueblo de las Canoas to 12 leagues beyond the Cabo de 
Galera (Point Concepgion), and gave him the names of these towns; from the extended 
list it may be inferred that a large population once lived in the region explored. 

With regard to the time that these people disappeared we can only conjecture. 
Irom the Mission records it appears that in 1823 the total number of Indians in the 
vicinity of Santa Barbara was upward of 900, but this census embraced all Indians, 


LAST SURVIVING ISLANDER. 43 


and not alone those from the islands and sea-coast. In 1875, the year in which we 
write, not a soul can be found to give any information as to the ancient inhabitants of 
this part of the coast. There is a tradition that many years ago a Mr. Nidever, while 
on v trip to the island of San Nicolas, discovered there, much to his surprise, an aged 
hag, and that he removed her to Santa Barbara, but no one could understand her 
language, and after a short time she died; also, that she was a young woman at the time 
the Indians were removed to the mainland, and returning from the boats to seek her 
children, in the hurry and confusion of the embarkation she was left behind; that when 
found she was clothed in furs, ornamented with the feathers of birds. Doubtless this 
woman, if the story be true, was the last survivor of the island tribes. 

Of their manner of living little if anything is known. Cabrillo states that on most 
of the islands miserable huts existed, but on the mainland there were houses similar 
to those of the Indians of New Spain. On one of the islands, however, which he states 
was four leagues long, there were many good houses of wood. We are at a loss for 
further information on this point, but it is certain that the dwellings of these people 
“were constructed of perishable materials and not of adobe bricks like the Pueblo 
Indians of New Mexico, since no trace can be discovered of such material, and it is 
hardly possible this would be the case in the short space of time since Cabrillo’s visit. 
It is extremely probable, therefore, that they built their houses of timber, or else used 
the skins of animals slain in the chase. Referring to the matter of houses of wood 
upon the islands, some doubt might apparently be thrown upon this portion of Cabrillo’s 
narrative, for at present no trees of a size sufficient for building purposes are found on 
the islands; but this author states that on the Isle de St. Augustin he saw trees simi- 
lar to red cedar or cypress that had been washed up by the sea, 60 feet in height, and 
of such girth that two men could not encircle them with their arms joined. 

In their choice of localities for towns these ancient people showed the same 
degree of sagacity as that evinced by the American aborigines down to the present day. 
On the islands were myriads of water-birds and quantities of sea-lions and seals; the 
water fairly teemed with fishes and molluscous animals, affording a plentiful supply of 
food, and no doubt at the time they were occupied there was plenty of sweet water to 
be had, which, unfortunately, is not the case at present. On the mainland, at all the 
localities visited, the circumstances of environment must have been such as to render 
the struggle for existence extraordinarily easy. For instance, at Santa Barbara and 
up the coast, or what was called the Pueblos de las Canoas, the land is extremely fer- 
tile, and must have yielded good crops, for Cabrillo especially mentions that the Indians 
lived in a fertile valley, and had an abundance of corn and many cows.* In addition to 
their pastoral pursuits, the Santa Inez Mountains afforded them game, and the waters, 
fishes, clams, mussels, ete. From the great quantities of shells found in the graves 
and kitchen-heaps, and the absence of mammalian bones in any quantity, it is fair to 
suppose that the tribes living near the seaside derived the greater portion of their 
sustenance from the waters. The favorite places for towns appear to have been not 
far from groves and near small mountain-streams. Anterior to 1542 these Indians must 
have been idolaters, but we have good reason for believing that after the advent of 
the Mission priests many of them embraced the Roman Catholic religion, and faithfully 
followed its teachings. Cabrillo speaks of having seen on one of the islands (probably 

* Probably bison. r a 


44 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


San Miguel) a temple of wood, with paintings on its walls, and idols. San Miguel and 
some of the other islands have been carefully searched for this temple, butin vain. Mr. 
Schumacher considers Santa Catalina as the island on which was the temple. 

It is hardly necessary to refer again to the different utensils found in the graves 
of these people, but it may be well to state that all the ollas, mortars, cups, pipes, and 
pestles met with were fashioned out of steatite, or magnesian mica, a sort of soapstone, 
consequently very soft, which alone was used for the ollas, sandstone of different 
degrees of hardness for the pestles and mortars, and serpentine for the cups and pipes. 
It is easy to understand that the ollas were readily carved from the soft soapstone-like 
material by means of stone knives, but how the gigantic and symmetrical mortars 
were hewn out with such rude tools is beyond our comprehension; yet they must have 
been easily procured, otherwise such lavish generosity in burying them with the dead 
would hardly have been possible. It is thought that the steatite articles were not 
made by the mainland Indians, since no deposits of this mineral were at their disposal, 
but by the dwellers on the islands of Santa Catalina and Santa Rosa, where alone this 
mineral existed, and the supposition is that the islanders trafficked with those of the 
mainland for their commodities, giving in exchange utensils of steatite. The ollas 
were doubtless used for cooking, as many of them bear marks of fire, and the mortars 
for bruising grain, acorns, and grass-seeds, the smaller cups and basins for ordinary 
household purposes, and the pipes for smoking. Canoes are mentioned by Cabrillo, 
who states that some were small, holding only two or three persons, while others were 
of sufficient capacity for ten or twelve. These were probably hewn, not burned, from 
logs of redwood cast up by the waves. The one mentioned as discovered by our party 
containing a skeleton was, however, formed of three planks, which had been lashed 
together by sinew or cord, the joints being payed over with asphaltum. The orna- 
ments and beads of domestic manufacture were made of the nacre of shells and of 
small shells, but the glass beads found were undoubtedly of European workmanship. 
There seems but little doubt that nets were used for trapping fishes, a small portion of 
what appeared to be mesh-work being found. Furs are spoken of as articles of clothing 
in Cabrillo’s narrative, but beyond this nothing is known. In speaking of the employ- 
ment of furs, mention is made of the long, fine, black, and beautiful hair of the natives; 
this statement is corroborated by the appearance of some hair found on the skull which 
we have spoken of as being found covered with a copper pan.* 

It was at first supposed that a certain design had been followed in the manner of 
interment, or rather of the posture in which the bodies were placed, but an examina- 
tion of the notes already given will show that such was not the case, although most of 
the entire skeletons discovered at La Patera were in the same position, but those at 
Dos Pueblos were in all attitudes; consequently we infer that there was no regular 
mode of procedure. From the fact that so many loose and broken bones were found 
close to the surface of the earth, it is probable that the same spot had been used over 
and over again for burials, the remains of the previous occupants being shoveled out 
to make room for new-comers. Perhaps the utensils disinterred were also made to serve 
for more than one burial. A question in connection with the burials, which is yet to 
be satisfactorily answered, is, How were these people enabled to pass the heads of 


*A second cranium covered with a copper pan was discovered by Mr. Schumacher on Santa Cata- 
lina Island. 


CABRILLO’S BURIAL PLACE. 45 


children, and even grown persons, through the narrow openings in the ollas, except in 
a mutilated condition? It is true that some savage tribes expose the bodies of their 
dead until the flesh is removed, but we know of no instance where savages are in the 

_ habit of cutting up their dead for burial purposes. It may be these people practiced 
the cutting method, or that, finding bones in digging anew, these were thrown in the 
ollas simply as a ready means of their disposal. 

In addition to the burial localities already mentioned, we are cognizant of others 
to the northward and southward of Santa Barbara, and quite a number of them have 
already been explored, although doubtless others still remain perdu to excite further 
archeological inquiry. Mr. Paul Schumacher has examined a number in the vicinity 
of San Luis Obispo and on the Santa Maria River, and Mr. Bowers quite a number in 
Santa Barbara and in the vicinity of Carpenteria, lying south of that city. 

Since our discoveries in the localities mentioned, Mr. Schumacher has resumed 
the work at Dos Pueblos where we left off, and Mr. Bowers has examined some of the 
islands and a good part of the coast; and M. Alph. Pinart, of France, assisted by M. 
de Cessac, also have been exploring for the French Government, their labors being 
amply repaid by the fine collection made. 

We have carefully consulted all available works which would tend to throw light 
on the history of these people, but, with the exception of the narrative of Cabrillo, 
have found little pertaining to the subject. The death of Cabrillo, as already stated, 
occurred on the Isla de la Posesion, on the 3d of January, 1543, and was caused by 
injuries received from a fall which broke his arm near the shoulder. Before his death, 
he named as his successor Bartolome Ferrel, ‘ Piloto mayor de los dichos navios,” and 
to this successor we are indebted for all we know of the people under discussion. 

Mr. Paul Schumacher, referring to the death of Cabrillo and the locality where 
he was buried (Bull. U. 8. Geolog. & Geog. Sury. of Terr., vol. iii, No. 1, p. 45), says: 
“Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel, it is well known, were discovered by Ca- 
brillo in 1542, and named by him San Lueas. . He died ina harbor in one of those islands. 
The record says, “ He sailed from Monterey Bay, and anchored on the 23d of November, 
1542, in a harbor in one of the group mentioned before, and named by him San Lucas. 
* * * On San Lucas Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo was buried on the 3d of January, 
1543. The port in which he died was called Juan Rodriguez.” There seems to be 
hardly any doubt that the port selected by Cabrillo among the group as a shelter was 
the present Cuyler Harbor, which is the only well-protected port in the three islands. 
Water is obtainable in the springs the year round, and is plentiful in the season in 
which his stay occurred. Further the record says: “ Ferrel, his pilot (forced by strong 
winds to return from his northern trip, made in compliance with the wishes of the dying 
commander to proceed as far to the north as possible), dared not to re-enter this port 
on account of dangerous breakers at its entrance.” This corresponds entirely with the 
appearance of Cuyler Harbor during the time of rough sea, because from the eastern 
side of the bay to the rock-islet heavy breakers roll over the partially exposed reef and 
the rocks in the bay a little to the westward of it, so that coming from the northwest, 
its way of approach, the entrance seems barred by breakers and impassable. Taking 
Cuyler Harbor and the ports in Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa into consideration as 
shelter, and comparing their natural formation with the historic record, there seems to 
be no doubt that the harbor in San Miguel, and not Prisoner Harbor in Santa Cruz, as 


46 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES. 


some believe, is the port in which Cabrillo died. We did not spend any time in seareh- 
ing for his grave in San Miguel, where the best location is offered between the spring 
below the house and the east end of the harbor, but, to satisfy my curiosity, we dug in 
a place at Prisoner Harbor, which was well described to me in a letter of a southern 
gentleman, and in a very positive manner, as the grave of Cabrillo; but in vain did 
we try to enable the Spanish nation to erect for him a monument in commemoration of 
his noble deeds.” 

De Mofras, in his work Exploration de ’Oregon, states that Cabrillo died in the 
island of San Bernardo, January 5, 1543. This island, he says, is 8 miles east of a 
group of rocks called “el Farallon de lobos.” 

It may with propriety be stated that we have here only endeavored to show the 
results of the exploratory work performed in the vicinity of Santa Barbara by the party 
sent out under the auspices of the expedition in your charge, and that no attempt has 
been designed toward solving questions appertaining thereto, more particularly in view 
of the fact that the entire subject will be fuliy and ably discussed by Prof. F. W. 
Putnam, of the Peabody Museum of Archeology, Cambridge, to whom the entire col- 
lection has been submitted for examination and study, and who is perhaps better fitted 
for this most entertaining task than any other person in the country. In his hands we 
willingly leave the subject, confident that, with the rich materials gathered as a basis 
he will elucidate many hitherto mysterious problems connected with the customs of this 
extinct race, and bring to light much of their now hidden history. 

In conclusion, it would be a serious omission did I fail to offer my sincere thanks 
to the many persons residing near Santa Barbara who so kindly assisted with their 
courteous advice and assistance, exemplifying the well-known and traditional hospi- 
tality of Californians. Every facility was afforded and invitations were freely extended 
to explore in all directions. Among those who showed special favors may be men- 
tioned Mr. T. Wallace More, Mr. Alexander More, Dr. Taylor, Mz. Parks, Mr. Bowers, 
and Mr. Welch of the Dos Pueblos ranch. To Capt. H. Taylor, United States Navy, 
commanding the Coast Survey steamer Hassler, and to his officers, we are also indebted 
for many kindnesses. To yourself I beg to extend my gratitude for the privilege of 
engaging in this work, and for the invariable readiness which at all times you have 
shown to assist me in my special department; nor should I forget to acknowledge the 
invaluable services rendered by Dr. Rothrock, Mr. H. W. Henshaw, Mr. Shoemaker, 
and other assistants. 


DOS PUEBLOS AND LA PATERA. 


In the preceding account of the excavations by the party at Dos 
Pueblos and La Patera, Dr. Yarrow has given all that can be said in rela- 
tion to the condition under which the various articles described on the fol- 
lowing pages were found in the cemeteries of these old Indian towns. It 
is therefore only necessary for,me to state that, as there is great uniformity 
in the character of the materials obtained from the several excavations, it 
has not been considered essential to mention the precise spot whence the 


DOS PUEBLOS AND LA PATERA. 47 


articles were obtained, except in a few special instances. Therefore through- 
out the following pages it will be understood that the articles described and 
mentioned are from the collection made by Dr. Yarrow’s party, unless par- 
ticular reference is made to the contrary. 

For the purpose of making the account of the archeology of this por- 
tion of California as complete as circumstances would permit, many of the 
articles obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the Santa Barbara Islands have 
been compared with those of the mainland, and are here described. The 
same reason has led to the incorporation of some of the material obtained 
by Mr. Bowers, but of the latter only a small portion has been available 
for this report. 

The illustrations, both in the text and on the plates, represent the 
actual size of the articles figured, unless the contrary is stated. 


a . 
‘ 
> 
r & 
ar 
. F + 
i 
) 
cS 
. 
; 


Ul. 


| 
Wis 


1 ARLES 


NST 


—s- * 


CHIPPED STONE IMPLEMENTS. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


Prominent in the collection are several specimens of long, narrow, 
dagger-like blades of a nearly black flint ( Plate I, Figs. 4, 5, 6, and 7); all 
of which are very finely chipped over the entire surface, and brought to 
very sharply defined edges and acute points. The three largest specimens 
collected by Dr. Yarrow measure, respectively, ten, eight and one-fourth, 
and six and three-fourths inches in length. Fig. 4 is a representation of a 
specimen from San Miguel Island, collected by Mr. Schumacher. Through- 
out their entire length, they are of nearly uniform width, the tapering at 
the point being quite abrupt, but varying somewhat, so that, in connection 
with the rounded base, they have much the appearance of an exaggerated 
elongated leaf-shaped arrowhead. 

These implements, when compared with typical lance or spearheads, 
exhibit a noticeable difference in that the blades are thickest at the middle, 
and slope uniformly to the edge, which is very sharp, and remarkably 
straight. They are, therefore, although varying in this respect, distinctly 
oval in section; which gives them greater strength than thin flat spear- 
heads of the same size. 

To determine the use of this form, if indeed these implements were 
used solely for one purpose, is manifestly impossible. The want of strength 
in such slender blades would seem to forbid their use in warfare, for while 
admirably adapted for thrusting into the body of a man or animal, with 
fatal effects, it is doubtful if they could be withdrawn unbroken; and, 
however skillful the California coast tribes may have been in chipping flint 
and other minerals, they could scarcely afford to produce so elaborate an 
implement for purposes that would almost certainly destroy it the first time 


it was used. 
401 49 


50 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


An allied but not identical form of implement has been collected in 
the shellmounds of Oregon, lat. 42° 05’ to 42° 15’, by Mr. Schumacher. 
Photographs of these (Peabody Mus., No. 7631), labelled ‘Obsidian and 
Jasper Knives,” show them to vary much in size; the largest measuring 
fifteen inches in length, the others eight and six inches. These so-called 
knives differ from the blades figured on Plate I in that they are pointed at 
each end, and the largest specimen is considerably narrowed in the middle, 
where, if a knife, it would be grasped by the hand. That these Oregon 
specimens may be knives is very probable, although they certainly are not 
in any way such convenient cutting implements as the smaller flints secured 
to wooden handles; but the double pointing, on the other hand, does not 
suggest their use as simply a thrusting weapon, or dagger. They certainly 
may be considered as varying sufficiently from the Dos Pueblos specimens 
to render it doubtful if the two forms were similarly used. 

Fig. 7, Plate I, has still adhering to the base, and extending upwards 
about one inch, small scales of asphaltum, which indicate that a handle has 
been attached to this blade. This handle I conceive to have been a short 
one, by which, dagger-like, the point, rather than the edges, was most prom- 
inently brought into play; or, less probably, that this handle was a staff, 
and the complete implement used as a lance or spear. 

If these long, delicate blades were not in common use, might they not 
have been used only on ceremonial occasions? If abundant, and the 
occurrence of fragments would testify to this, they doubtless varied, in ac- 
cordance with their size, as to the purposes for which they were made, 
being a cutting implement, or a piercing weapon. Dr. Yarrow suggests 
that they may have been used for spearing or lancing the smaller ceta- 
ceans which abound on the coast, or that they may have been used to 
spear the rayfish which are even at the present day extremely abundant in 
the estero near La Patera. He is led to this suggestion from the fact of 
finding similar implements in the wooden canoe with the skeleton spoken 
of in his preliminary report. 

[Mr. Powers, on page 53, ‘‘Tribes of California,” gives a figure of 
several weapons of war of the Yurok of Northern California. In this 
sketch two long chipped implements are represented, one of which is 
pointed at both ends and the other is very much like the large specimens 


FLINT KNIVES. 51 


from Dos Pueblos. The middle portion of the double-pointed knife was 
probably wrapped to allow of its being held by the hand. The other im- 
plement is mounted dagger-like, on a handle of not quite the length of 
the stone blade. In describing the weapons of war of the Yurok, Mr. 
Powers, p. 52, states: 

“Another weapon made by them is a sword or knife about three feet 
long, of iron or steel procured from the whites. Of course this is not 
aboriginal, but is rather a substitute for the large jasper or obsidian* knives 
which they used to make and use, but which nowadays are kept only as 
ornaments or objects of wealth to be produced on occasion of a great 
dance. * * * Mr. Chase mentions some very large jasper spear-heads 
four inches long and two inches wide; but these also are now brought forth 
only at a dance, to give the owner distinction.” 

Again, when writing of the Hupa, a tribe located on the Lower Trinity, 
Mr. Powers says, p. 79: “There are other articles paraded and worn in this 
and other ceremonial dances which they will on no account part with, at 
least to an American, though they sometimes manufacture them to order 
for one another. One of these is the flake or knife of obsidian or jasper. 
I have seen several which were fifteen inches or more in length and about 
two and a half inches wide in the widest part. Pieces as large as these 
are carried aloft in the hands in the dance, wrapped with skin or cloth to 
prevent the rough edges from lacerating the hand, but the smaller ones are 
mounted on wooden handles and glued fast. The large ones cannot be 
purchased at any price, but I procured some about six inches long at $2.50 
apiece. These are not properly ‘knives,’ but jewellery for sacred purposes, 
passing current also as money.” 

The last collection made by Mr. Schumacher on the Islands of San 
Clemente and Santa Catalina, and recently received at the Peabody Museum, 
contains several of these long and beautifully chipped implements. Some 
of these still show traces of the wooden handles to which they had been 
fastened by asphaltum. 


* So far as the collections I have examined from California can prove the matter, obsidian was 
seldom used by the Californians, as there are but one or two arrowheads or small knives of that min- 
eral among the many chipped implements. A beautiful blue-black variety of flint was very commonly 
used for the larger and finer chipped implements, and as this mineral has a resemblance to obsidian 
it is very likely thatit is often called by that name.—F. W. P. 


5D CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


Mr. Powers mentions that the present Indians of California, when 
fighting, use sharp pieces of stone with which they endeavor to cut each 
other in the face. For such a method of warfare these long points mounted 
on short handles, it seems to-me, would be well adapted, when as simply 
thrusting implements they would be of little use, as stated above by Dr. 
Abbott.—F. W. P.] 

Less delicately wrought, but much more durable, and by far more 
common, are other certain dagger-like flint blades, one of which, collected 
by Mr. Schumacher near Santa Barbara and now in the National Museum 
(No. 15242), is represented by Fig.1. These vary from five to six inches in 
length, and when narrow in proportion to their length, bear a close resem- 
blance to the Danish flint daggers.* When of smaller size than the speci- 
men here figured, whether broader in proportion to the length or not, they 
become identical with a form that the writer has classed as ‘jasper knives,” 
when treating of the stone implements of the Atlantic coast States. When 
this form has distinctly serrated edges, they were very probably used as 
saws, even if serrated only upon one side, and not the entire length.t 

Daggers, if such they are, like Fig. 1, are not peculiar to the Pacific 
coast. Of this form, and some more carefully shaped, in which the blade 
and handle are separated by barb-like projections, many are found in 
Alabama, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey.{ 

Plate II, Figs. 1, 2, and 3, and possibly also Figs. 23 and 27 of Plate 
III, represent very beautiful specimens of spearheads, as we propose to 
call them. Those figured on Plate IT are about, or quite, the maximum size 
of this form of weapon;§ while Figs. 23 and 27 of Plate III are veritable 
links between the spear proper and the arrowhead. Fig. 27, in fact, may 
possibly have been used as a cutting-tool, and not as a hunting implement 
or weapon. These specimens are chipped from brownish-gray jasper with 


* Prehistoric Times, 2d ed., p. 97, fig. 117, London, 1869. 

+Stone Age in Scandinavia, 2d ed., p. 80; pl. v, figs. 87, 88, and 90-93. (Some of these, the 
author has denominated semi-lunar knives, but being serrated along one edge, were more probably 
used as saws, and not simply for cutting.) 

{Several specimens of this character and made of the same dark flint were obtained on the Cum- 
berland River in 1876, and are now in the Peabody Museum.—F. W. P. 

§ Annual Report Smithsonian Institution for 1875, p. 270. (The specimen here described—the 
illustration omitted—was probably an exceptional instance, no other specimen of like measurements 
being on record from New Jersey.) 


SPEARHEADS. 53 


red veins, and show the same care in workmanship that is so noticeable a 
feature of the implements figured on Plate I. The specimens figured are 
from Dos Pueblos, and were collected by Dr. Yarrow and Mr. Schumacher. 
Another specimen, now in Peabody Museum (No. 13581), 
from near Santa Barbara, collected by Mr. Schumacher, 
is of the same character as the one represented in Fig. 
3 of the plate, but is about one inch longer, with well 
defined serrated edges. 

As already mentioned, while the chipping is very 
carefully done, there is a marked difference between 
these spearheads and the preceding, in that in section 
they are not oval, but of uniform width from edge to 
edge, and these edges are not so smoothly wrought as in 
the case of the dagger-like implements. 

- While disposed to consider such large specimens as 
those figured upon Plate II as heads of spears or lances, 
and that the point rather than the edges was the principal 
feature of the implement; yet, as weapons of this charac- 
ter, they were necessarily greatly exposed to fracture, 
and the labor of producing them seems scarcely war- 
ranted. The allied forms, if not identical, found in the 
Atlantic coast States are seldom so delicately fashioned, 
and are somewhat thicker—a difference arising, doubt- 
less, from the peculiarities of the mineral rather than 
want of skill on the part of the workman. There are oc- 
casionally met with, in New Jersey, objects of this char- 
acter, of chaleedony, which, for delicacy of finish, are 
quite equal to those here described. Especially such as 


have been taken from graves, or discovered in the re- 


Flint Dagger. 


moval of supposed mounds, are of remarkable finish 
and beauty. Such spearheads from Gloucester County, New Jersey, 
associated with tubes of clay-slate, also in many respects like Pacific coast 
specimens, have been met with. The numbers of these elaborate specimens, 


as compared with those of smaller size and ruder finish, is such, in New 


ARROWHEADS. 5D 


being mostly upon one side, the other being the weather-worn surface of 
the stone, from which the specimen was made. : 

From observations of thousands of Atlantic coast specimens, I am 
led to believe that the so-called arrowheads of this and many other 
patterns, when they exceed the measurement of Fig. 10, were put to other 
uses, probably being utilized as cutting-tools. If there is nothing to guide 
one, however, in determining the particular uses of the various stone imple- 
ments found in a given locality, it is scarcely safe to form an opinion based 
upon our own capabilities in the use of the tools and weapons once wielded 
by savage man. Arrowheads of much larger size than Fig. 10 have been 
found by the writer under such circumstances as to at once suggest the 
bow as the projecting instrument rather than the arm, as in thrusting a 
lance. Weight, perhaps, rather than size should be considered, and modern 
iron-tipped arrows have their metallic points much heavier than some 
spear (?) heads of twice the size of Fig. 10, to which we have referred as 
being probably of the maximum size of an arrowpoint. 

Figs. 6, 11, and 12, same plate, represent the ordinary triangular 
arrowheads, these specimens having slightly concave bases. They are 
all of flint, of dark color, and in workmanship exhibit no particular skill, as 
compared with specimens of this pattern from ether localities. It is, in fact, 
a very common form wherever arrowheads are found,* at least in this 
country, the majority of such specimens varying solely in being of some- 
what larger size. 

Figs. 7, 13, and 14, Plate III, are additional examples of this pattern, 
but with slight modifications, the principal of which is the concavity of the 
base being a more distinctive feature. In the foregoing specimens this con- 
cavity is so slight that it may have been accidental, but it is unquestionably 
intentional in the latter. Fig. 13 is otherwise noticeable for its great length 
as compared with the breadth. Its shape and lightness both suggest the 
arrowpoint rather than a cutting tool. Fig. 14 varies from the preceding 
in having distinctly convex sides, and by this feature more nearly ap- 


*Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 348, fig. 332. London, 1872. (In England it 
seems that this form is of rare occurrence; but it is, I judge, more common on the Continent.) See also 
Nature, vol. vi, p. 392, London, 1872, for a comparison of English and American forms as to variety of 
shapes and skill in workmanship. 


56 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


proaches the succeeding variety. At the present day the forms of arrow- 
heads, whether of metal or stone, vary greatly even in the same tribe, 
notably those of metal among the Apaches of New Mexico and Arizona. 
The opinion, so often expressed in various localities, that triangular arrow- 


heads are ‘‘war-arrows,” does not seem to be based upon any very well 


defined reason. So far as those of this pattern from New Jersey are con- 
cerned, they are never found under any circumstances that indicate they 
had any purpose not common to the several other forms. In the heaps of 
refuse indicative of the former sites of arrowmakers’ labors, this pattern 
occurs about as frequently as any other, but as a rule they are of much 
smaller size. As in the case of the allied form with a convex base, they are 
occasionally met with of sizes too large to be available for arrowheads, 
and are presumably knives. The use of the term “knife” in such a con- 
nection is, however, somewhat objectionable, as it serves solely to cover 
our ignorance of the use or uses of certain forms of chipped implements 
having a moderately sharp edge. A long triangular knife is not a con- 
veniently designed cutting implement, and if such specimens of chipped 
flints were knives, they served some special purpose, of which we know 
nothing. 

Figs. 2, 3, 8, 9, 15, and 16, Plate III, represent the well-known leaf- 
shaped form of arrowpoints. When this form does not exceed the size of 
the specimens here depicted we consider it far more probable that they were 
used for tipping the shafts of arrows than for other purposes. When longer 
and thicker, it is well known that they were commonly used as knives,* from 
the fact that specimens still attached to their wooden handles have been 
found (see Plate IV). This, of itself, cannot be considered a sufficient reason 
for considering all leaf-shaped flints of small size as knives, particularly 
those found in the Atlantic coast States. Of hundreds of the latter, 
gathered by the writer, none exhibit the slightest trace of gum or other 
material as is seen on the California specimens, even when the handle has 
itself wholly disappeared. Associated with this leaf-shaped form, in the 
Atlantic coast States, also, are numbers of chipped jasper implements, that, 


* Archeological Collection of Nat. Mus., Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No, 287, p. 
2, fig. 1, Washington, D. C., 1876. 


Y= 


——— 


ARROWHEADS. 57 


from their shape, it is safe to conclude, were knives They certainly could 
not be put to any other use, least of all, made available as arrowheads, 
and it is improbable, considering this, that the more inconveniently shaped 
leaf-form was used solely as a cutting tool. For these reasons, we have no 
_ hesitation in classifying the six specimens in question, and also Fig. 3, Plate 
I, as arrowheads. This form occurs of greater proportionate width than is 
shown in any of these, but none are more slender and delicate in the chip- 
ping than Fig. 15. It has been suggested that the arrowpoints with convex 
bases were intended to remain in a wound when made, those with concave 
bases to remain on the shaft; but this theory can hardly be considered ad- 
missible, as arrow-points with convex bases are in the Museum so firmly 
attached to the shaft as to require considerable force to detach them. 

Figs. 1 and 2, Plate I, the one by reason of its size, the other from the 
peculiarly broad base and traces of asphaltum still adhering to it, give us 
instances of one form of implement merging into another. Fig. 1, Plate I, 
represents an admirably chipped leaf-shaped specimen, originally three and 
one-half inches in length, by one and one-fourth in greatest breadth. The 
base is not as distinctly curved as usual, but prolonged so as to form a broad 
stem; still the outline is not sufficiently varied from the typical leaf-shaped 
form to class it otherwise. This specimen seems much too large for an 
arrowpoint, but if the size is not objectionable the weight would not be. 
It bears a marked resemblance in both shape, size, and finish to European 
specimens, designated by some as ‘‘daggers,” and again as ‘javelin heads.”* 

Fig. 2, Plate I, is within the limit, as to length, of arrowheads proper, 
but the base is very thick, and of uniform width for nearly one-half its 
length, a feature foreign to the ordinary forms. This peculiarity of the base 
may have been a distinction made by the ancient flint-worker; when de- 
signed for a cutting tool it was much stouter and more distinctly oval in 
section than specimens of the same outline intended for arrowpoints. A 
second specimen, from same locality, is somewhat smaller, of a reddish- 
brown flint, but not so delicately chipped as the preceding. 

Fig. 1, Plate III, is a well-marked example of the common stemmed 
arrowpoint, but is not as finely chipped and as slim as the majority of the 


* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 312 and p. 331, figs. 264 and 274, 


58 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


preceding forms. With the stem proportionately shorter, this form is quite 
common throughout the length and breadth of the continent, and common 
also in Europe. 

Figs. 4, 5, 17, and 22, Plate III, are additional examples of stemmed 
arrowpoints, no other use seeming possible to which to put them. These 
likewise do not show the same skill in their fashioning as compared with 
the larger specimens of the same general outline, and are far ruder than the 
triangular and leaf-shaped arrowheads of the same size found associated 
with them. Fig. 4 is the most accurately finished of the series, and un- 
usually small for specimens of that pattern. The material of which all 
these examples are made is apparently identical with the jasper of the 
Eastern and Middle States, and varies but little in color, Figs. 4 and 5 being 
bluish-green, the others a slightly mottled black. Dr. Yarrow has had in 
his possession black obsidian arrowpoints, similar to Fig. 4, from the Pah 
Vant Indians in Southern Utah, but they were probably made years ago, 
as it is well known that modern Indians use arrowpoints of stone picked 
up in different places. 

Figs. 18 to 26, exclusive of Figs. 22 and 23, of Plate III, represent 
specimens that perhaps can be best described by the somewhat vague term 
of ‘chipped flints. 


” ‘They are noticed here as being in many respects closely 


allied to the arrowheads proper, and because they were probably used as 


such, or may have been “failures.” 


The edges are not sufficiently sharp to sug- 
gest a cutting tool, and the points bear evidence of being blunt from use 
rather than from being so chipped. Arrowheads equally as unsymmetri- 
eal and carelessly chipped are figured in the works of both American and 
European archzeologists, and the writer has gathered many of just such 
specimens in New Jersey. They can scarcely be considered as unfinished, 
as they are found singly, scattered wherever the more elaborately fashioned 
ones occur, and are not at all like the “failures” found upon the former sites 
of ancient arrow-maker’s workshops. It seems probable that when found 
singly, on the surface, they were made in the field to meet an emergency, 
or were designed for occasions where the danger of loss was unusually 
great. As the specimens here figured were taken from ancient graves they 
are very likely finished implements. 


FLINT KNIVES. 59 


Fut Knives—Among the earliest wants of savage man, and the most 
necessary to his very existence, is a cutting implement. Nothing in the way 
of clothing could well be made without some means of cutting the skins that 
were used, and a carcass could scarcely be made available for food until first 
disjointed and reduced to pieces of convenient size by the help of some kind 
of cutting tool. Almost any splinter of stone may be used, but the savage 
would be quick to discern a great difference in the value of chance splinters, 
some being almost worthless, while others were all his needs required, and, 
we now frequently find chance fragments of flinty stone that bear abundant 
evidence that they were long used as knives; but the finding of such stones 
at the moment a cutting implement was required was far too uncertain, and 
based upon their more primitive experience as to the relative values of cer- 
tain stones with reference to their retention of sharp edges, artificially 
chipped flint knives were largely made, as we now know from their great 
numbers in every locality where stone implements of any description are 
found. 

The specimens, therefore, that are here brought together, although from 
one locality, are of every variety of shape; and while some of them were, 
undoubtedly, solely used as knives, others pass imperceptibly on the one 
hand into typical arrowpoints, and on the other into scrapers. In endeay- 
oring to distinguish between simple cutting tools and arrowpoints, it must 
be borne in mind that while one well-chipped knife would meet the savage 
man’s requirements for a long time, he would need a great many arrow- 
points either in hunting or warfare, and this, I think, renders it very probable 
that by far the larger part of all small chipped flints, if acutely pointed, were 
used as arrowheads. The circumstances, too, under which these several 
forms are met with in the Eastern States certainly favor this view; the 
rude, or knife-shaped arrowpoints being scattered over the whole country, 
while typical knives, i. ¢., chipped flints not practicable to be used as arrow- 
points, are met with usually in situations that from other circumstances are 
easily recognized as the sites of aboriginal villages. 

Plate IV represents a beautiful series of flint knives,* the blades of 
which are available as heads of arrows and spears. Either entire or broken, 


* Fig, 8 is one with an iron blade, for comparison. 


60 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


a handle of wood is still attached to each specimen. Fig. 4 would, I think, 
if found without a handle, be unhesitatingly classed as a cutting implement, 
the want of symmetry indicating such a use. Figs. 1 to 3 are of minimum 
size as knives, as their availability, even for cutting skins, would be greatly 
diminished if any smaller. These examples are not particularly regular in 
outline, or otherwise well wrought, and certainly by no means exhibit the 
same care that is so marked a feature of many of the arrowpoints proper. 
These specimens were obtained near Santa Barbara and on Santa Cruz Isl- 
and by Mr. Schumacher, and, with the exception of Figs. 3 and 6, are in the 
National Museum. Fig. 8, from Santa Barbara, is in the Peabody Museum 
(No. 13582), and Fig. 6, from Santa Cruz Island, is also in the Peabody 
Museum (No. 13583). Figs. 5 and 6 are exceptionally well wrought, Fig. 
5 being made of white quartz, and more acutely pointed than any of the 
accompanying specimens. If not attached to the handle the blade would 
be doubtlessly classed as an arrowpoint. Fig. 7 is of jasper, and its shape 
suggests the possibility of its being a spearpoint. These knives, as men- 
tioned, are still attached to their original wooden handles, which are now 
more or less entire, and are held in place by the use of asphaltum. They 
are identical in every respect with the stone knives in the National Museum 
obtained by Maj. J. W. Powell from the Pah-Ute Indians. It is a curious 
fact that no stone knives with handles attached were found by Dr. Yar- 
row’s party at either La Patera or Dos Pueblos. Dr. Yarrow informs me 
that he has seen a photograph of a knife, found by Mr. Bowers on the island 
of San Nicholas, which differs from those figured on Plate IV in having a 
flint point at each end of the redwood handle. 

As a substitute for the asphaltum used by the Californians to secure 
the stone points to their handles, some other less durable substance was 
probably used on the Atlantic coast, and has now wholly disappeared from 
the specimens, especially as certain chipped flints that are believed to have 
been knives, must, to have been available, have been securely attached to 
handles of at least the size of these Pacific coast specimens, which measure 
from four to six inches in length. 

Other than the hafted knives figured on Plate IV, are eleven specimens 


that present a considerable range both in size and shape. 


INOLS Z-T S814 GOOM AO STICNVH | 


INV 


a + 


- J ~~ hee ee — fey a iy 
. + “4 oe 

de 
* LA 

os ° 

* 
. 
2 i774 : 


TT hil er i Btu ee < -e ~/ 


aT curtiahe= byes F 


‘ 
" 
; 
‘ 
. 
y 
“e 


fii Teta 1 : beaded sata ie 


FLINT KNIVES. 61 


Fig. 2 represents a well-chipped knife of striped grey flint, having a 
flat, well-defined base, and the sides tapering to an obtuse point. The under 
Fie. 2. surface is much flatter than above, although not 
the plane of a single cleavage. The cutting edges 
show well-marked secondary chipping. <A frag- 
ment of the handle, held FG. 3. 
by asphaltum, is still attached. bY.) 
This specimen is of much in- 
terest, as it is of precisely the 
same shape, size, and material 
of hundreds found along the | 
Atlantic coast. An identical 


form is common in Great 


“TV 


Flint knife. Britain, where they are usu- 
ally referred to as “trimmed flakes,” a truly descriptive 
name, but which does not convey any knowledge of Flint knife. 
Frc. 4. the use of such “flakes,” which 


is known to be for cutting. 
Fig. 3 is closely allied to 
the preceding, but less labor 
has been put upon it. The 
original concavo-convex  sur- 
faces of the chip have not been 
wholly flaked away, but sim- 
ply the edges made available 
by secondary chipping, which 
are, however, very irregular in 
outline. Like the preceding, 
this specimen also preserves 
traces of the asphaltum by 
which it was formerly united 
to its handle. 
Flint knife. Fig. 4 represents a speci- 


men of cutting tool presenting many differences from the typical knives 


62 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


we have been considering. This specimen is nearly square in shape, two 
of the angles being quite prominent. One of these has been the point of 
the blade, the other, at which the bulb of percussion is very distinct, 
Pie 6 and to which the asphaltum still clings, 
was inserted into the handle of the im- 
plement. This knife is formed from a 
flake presenting upon one side a single 
plane of cleavage, and but two planes 
are upon the other. The cutting edge 
has been produced by minute secondary 
chipping, which extends back less than 
one-fourth of an inch. This subsequent 
chipping is upon both sides, and gives 
} the margins a dull but quite straight 
cutting edge. Long use may have 
made them more blunt than when first 
chipped, but if as sharp as when finished, 
the specimen approaches closely that 
class of implements known as ‘‘serap- 
ers,” although the peculiar bevelled edge 
of. a true scraper is quite different from 
that of this specimen. 
Chipped jasper and chert specimens, 


of this general outline and of like dimen- 
sions, occur frequently in the “finds” of the Middle and Southern States, 
and are also common to Great Britain, where they have been described as 
“horse-shoe” and ‘oyster-shell shaped scrapers.” 

Fig. 5 represents a rudely-chipped jasper implement bearing some 
resemblance to several different, well-worked forms of stone implements. 
The under side presents a uniform surface; the upper, that shown in the 
illustration, is ridged and somewhat chipped over the whole surface. The 
curved margin of one side is brought to a well-defined cutting edge, and is 
quite sharp; the opposite, straighter side is much more blunt and somewhat 
fractured. Probably but the one side has been used. The base is still 


CHIPPED FLINTS. 63 


discolored by traces of the asphaltum, which either held in place a wooden 
handle, or is what remains of a large rounded mass, which was itself grasped 
as a handle. 

Except for this trace of asphaltum at the base, this specimen might 
readily be considered an Eastern or Southern chipped flint. It is scarcely 
less rude than many of the primitive implements of argillite and allied 
minerals found in the gravel beds of New Jersey, and bears much resem- 
blance to them. The simi- ‘Fic. 6. 
larity to European specimens, zi 
both from the “drift” and from 
the surface, is very marked, 
and is a good example of the 
uniformity of chipped flints of 
the more primitive types that 
obtains throughout the world. 


Fig. 6 represents one of 
those puzzling shapes of arti- 
ficially-chipped flints that may 
be considered any one of sey- 
eral forms; yet in all respects 
like no one cf them. While 
classing it here as a cutting 
tool, it may be a true scraper. 
The specimen has the end and 
both sides quite evenly flaked, 
and the under surface (that 
shown in the illustration) is 


very smooth and a single sur- 
face. There is no trace of asphaltum, and nothing otherwise that indicates 
its having ever been attached to a handle. The oblique base has been 
caused by a fault in the mineral, and is not a subsequent fracture. It is 
evidently a finished implement, though it may not have been designed for 
a knife or cutting implement of any kind. 


64 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


Fig. 7 represents a diminutive knife-blade, such as occur in all parts 
of the country. Carefully chipped from bluish-green jasper, the cutting 
edges are all well defined, while the base terminates 
in a blunt point. Securely fastened to a wooden 
handle, this little specimen would be an excellent 
knife, and its shape is one better adapted to cutting 
than are the sharply-pointed, leaf-shaped knives 

Flint knife. figured upon Plate IV. 
Fig. 8 represents a second specimen of this pattern of small knives, 


but which, in this instance, is much less distinctly knife-shaped; being more 
nearly circular, and equally wrought upon both sides, it 
has not as well defined and uniform edges as the pre- 
ceding. There is no trace existing of any attachment 
to a handle, and the general appearance of the edges 
seems to indicate that, for whatever purpose the speci- 


men was designed, it has never been put to use. The 
Flint knife. material is obsidian, or some closely allied mineral. 
Circular knives or implements of this pattern, made of jasper, have 
occasionally been found in New Jersey, which are not only more symmet- 
rical in outline, but are chipped with greater care, and so have better 
Fig,,9: defined cutting edges. Their size is very uniform, and 
t varies little, if any, from that of the specimen here 
figured. In classifying these specimens I have fol- 
lowed the custom of other writers, and called every 
chipped implement a knife, the use of which we can- 


‘e not readily determine. 

Flint knife, Fig. 9 closely resembles the preceding, but is 
made of jasper. Along the straight base the specimen is quite thick, but 
tapers rapidly to the edges, which are sharp. Possibly projecting from 
what now constitutes the base there may have been a stem to act as a han- 
dle, or to which a handle was fastened. Stemmed knives of this pattern 
are not uncommon in the Atlantic coast States, and are all characterized 
by unusual care in their manufacture. 


FLINT FLAKES. 65 


Fig. 10 brings us to a pattern of cutting implements, often designated 
simply as “trimmed flakes.” This specimen is a thin flake of pale-brown 
jasper, two and three-fourths inches axe. AM. 
in length, and less than one inch 
in aoe breadth. Having a 


point, and somewhat thinner ear 


Flint knife. 
men has much in common with the blades of modern knives. Along the 


edges extends a very delicate secondary chipping, producing slight serra- 
tions which are possibly intentional. This form of knife, also, is quite 
characteristic of the ‘‘finds” in the Middle and Southern States, and occurs 
frequently in England and in some of the caves of Southern France. 

It has been reported that the Rev. Stephen Bowers has discovered 
some chipped flint knives in the vicinity of Santa Barbara, more deli- 
cately fashioned and smaller than any described in this paper. These are 
sealpel-like in form, and extremely sharp along the cutting edge. 

Fut riaKxes.—Simple fragments of a flint pebble, whether produced 
by natural or artificial means, can scarcely be looked Fig. 11 
upon as stone implements, although, when the edge 
was sufficiently sharp, sucha splinter or flake might 
readily have been utilized. If a large number of 
such flakes, of varied forms and sizes, are found in 
a limited locality, they mark the site of some an- 
cient workshop, where flint implements of different 


one side than the other, this speci- 


patterns were made, especially when associated with 
broken arrowheads and other forms. _ 

Fig. 11 represents a flake wholly different Sie 
any of the preceding knives and knife-like speci- 


ee : 


mens. There is an entire absence of secondary caine 
chipping, and its outline being so illy adapted for 
cutting purposes, I am inclined to believe it was not i 
used as an implement. Flakes of identical size, Flint flake. 


shape, and mineral are very common in the Middle States, especially 
5cr 


66 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


on village sites, where implements generally have been chipped. Singly 
this form does not often occur, showing, I think, it is a chance flake ‘only. 

Fic. 12. There is a general resemblance running through this 
pattern of chipped flint and the spoon-shaped scrapers; 
but the absence of smoothed or bevelled re. 13. 
edges enables a distinction readily to be 
made. 

Fig. 12, likewise, is a chip or flake 
only, but one so similar in outline to Fig. 2 
that it might well have been used as a 
cutting tool. The difference between the 
two, however, is quite marked. The one 


Nit has a well-defined secondarily chipped 

Hlint flake. cutting edge; the flake, Fig. 12, has but 
the naturally thin edge, characteristic of a splinter of flint of 
allied mineral. 

IMPLEMENTS FOR DRILLING: PERrorATors.—The ordinary 
stone drill, so common in the Atlantic coast States, and occur- 
ring in numbers in the Oregon shellmounds, as shown by the 
beautiful specimens collected by Mr. Paul Schumacher (Pea- 
body Mus., No. 7636), is not represented by any specimens 
from Dos Pueblos, although the existence of the Oregon 
specimens renders it probable that they’ were in use by the 
California coast tribes. 

Another and almost unique form was met with, however, 
which, for want of any definite knowledge of its use, is here 
provisionally described as a drill or perforator, the distinction 
being drawn between the two that drills were used in boring 
in stone, and so were rapidly worn away, while a perforator 
was intended for making holes in softer substances. This dis- 
tinction may, indeed, not be warranted, but the variation in 
the character of these pointed flints suggests this difference in 
their use. Flint drill. 


Fig. 13 represents a beautifully worked implement of opaque grey 


DRILLS, ETC. 67 


flint, five and three-fourths inches in length, distinctly triangular in section 
and originally acutely pointed at each end. This specimen is so wholly 
unlike any that the writer has seen from other localities, that he offers 
nothing but conjecture as to its use. The specimen is not unique; one, 
“almost an exact copy,” being obtained by Mr. Schumacher (Nat. 
Mus., No. 18165) on the island of Santa Cruz, California. The speci- 
men, of which Fig. 13 is a representation, was obtained at Dos Pueblos, 
and when found was in one of the tubular pipes. There appears upon the 
sharper end of this slender implement a somewhat polished surface, which 
leads to the supposition that it has been used as a drill for some softer min- 
eral than itself, although it is difficult to see what advantage the regularly- 
wrought triangular sides would have over a drill of the ordinary shapes, 
except, perhaps, for boring serpentine pipes. Not until many more of 
these beautiful specimens of flint work are exhumed, and every cireum- 
stance connected with their discovery noted, will it be safe to hazard any 
opinion concerning them. If simply drills, they should be quite common 
on former village sites, as are the common Eastern forms of that implement. 
The apparent rarity of their occurrence does not suggest any commonplace 
use to which so elaborately wrought a flint was put. 

Fig. 14 represents a drill or borer, as we suppose it to be, of mam- 
moth dimensions, and is from San Miguel Island. (Nat. Mus. No. 
18256.) It measures nearly ten and one-half inches in length, and is a 

Fig. 14, 


Flint drill. 4. 


trace over two inches in average width. Two inches of its length, that 
most carefully chipped, is less than one-half an inch in width, and this por- 
tion, like the whole length of the preceding, is triangular in section. Judg- 
ing from the well-worn and polished point on a similar specimen from Santa 
Cruz Island, Mr. Schumacher (P. M., No. 9302), it is presumable that this 


68 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. 


specimen has been used for drilling in stone. A noticeable feature of this 
implement and of others, as the one referred to above, and a third in the 
National Museum (No. 18305), Fig. 15, from Santa Cruz Island, is the 


Fig. 15. 


, ves ’ 
a l 
1: 2 
HP. Vip. 

ti. A 


\ Q 


AE i 
\ NG A 
va" 


y - 


Quartz drill. 


three-sided stem, as already mentioned. This peculiarity gives the appear- 
ance of this drill being really an unfinished specimen of Fig. 13, and also 
indicates that triangular drills were those commonly in use. If so, Fig. 13 
is properly classed. (See description of “Pipes,” on a subsequent page.) 

It is scarcely possible to determine the particular use of any flint tool, 
unless we can find associated with it some finished weapon, implement, or 
ornament which shows that just such a tool as found is absolutely neces- 
sary or eminently adapted to fashion it. In such a case, there is little 
doubt as to the proper designation to give the specimen.* 

The material of which Fig. 14 is made is a dense, opaque, greyish- 
white flint, that readily yields to delicate flaking, and of itself suggests no 
reason why the drill proper should have attached to it so unnecessarily 
heavy and rough a base. 


* Other forms of these large drill-like implements have been collected on the islands by Mr. 
Schumacher and Mr. Bowers. Some of them approximate the rude chisels, and it is very probable 
that these large implements were used for many purposes besides that of drilling, among which was 
that of digging out the steatite pots.—F. W. P. 


IMPLEMENTS OF FLINT, ETC. 69 


Fig. 16 represents a delicate splinter of flint. Similar splinters of 
chert and jasper are quite common Fic: 16. 
. (he 
everywhere, and it seems probable that 


they are only a natural product of the : Flint flake. 
chipping of masses of these minerals, when fashioning various implements. 
They might readily be utilized as awls, or perforators of substances soft 
as leather; and attention has been called to similar flakes in Kurope, as 
allied to, or identical with “the flint flakes of bone harpoon heads oceca- 
sionally found in Scania,” which “are also made of extremely small flakes” 
(Evans). Inasmuch as fishing was doubtless a prominent occupation of the 
California coast tribes, and as these splinters of flint are quite abundant, 
it is quite probable that such Fig. 17. 
fragments were put to several 
uses, as the one above sug- 
gested, but no trace of usage 
exists upon the specimen fig- 
ured, or any of the accompany- 
ing smaller ones. 

Fig. 17 represents a 


chipped implement of white ao 
quartz, found by Mr. Schu- Implement of quartz with handle of asphaltum. 
macher on Santa Cruz Island (Nat. Mus. No. 18302), that bears some 
resemblance to the large drill, but which to a greater degree recalls the 
paleolithic implements of Europe. This tool or weapon, as the case may 
be, measures a little more than three inches in length, by two in breadth. 
It is quite smoothly chipped upon its three sides, but is not acutely pointed. 
Its broad and thick base is covered with a mass of asphaltum, smooth 
and fitted to the hand. 

Oval pebbles of the same size, and larger, with a similarly chipped 
point at one end, but with the other preserving the natural surface of the 
stone, are not uncommon to New Jersey and more southern States. These, 
having an unworked base, would answer the purpose of the specimen rep- 
resented by Fig. 17, if, as we suppose, the asphaltum attached was intended 
solely to give the hand a better hold. 


MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


Tue stone mortars, with and without accompanying pestles, from the 
graves at Santa Barbara, vary greatly in size. The workmanship expended 
upon them, more especially the larger examples, shows that their value as 
vessels for preparing food was the principal object in view, and so that 
they met that requirement, they were all that was desired. No attempt at 
ornamentation by incised lines occurs in the series; a feature common 
to a few of them, indicating attached decoration, will be noticed hereafter. 
From other localities, however, examples with a few deeply incised lines 
have occurred.* 

The majority of these mortars are made of a hard sandstone, but many 
of them are cut out of boulders of basaltic rock. 

The general shape characterizing these vessels is like that of a modern 
Wedgewood mortar; and the modifications from a typical specimen are 
but slight. Fig. 18, and Fig. 2, Plate V. In many, the opening is the 
greatest diameter; in others, it is equal to it; but the sides are extended 
upward without inclination. Some few have the sides of the vessel inclin- 
ing inwards. 

The size varies from nearly two feet in diameter by a foot in depth, to 
examples as small as five inches in diameter by two inches only in depth. 

The largest specimen collected was obtained from the graves at La 
Patera, and is of hard compact sandstone. It is regularly made, and very 
symmetrical in shape. The entire surface is pecked and subsequently 
smoothed, or has been worn smooth by use, both exteriorly and interiorly. 


* Native Races of Pacifie Coast; by H. H. BANCROFT, vol. iv, p. 701. Also: Smithsonian Contri- 
butions, No, 287, p. 39, Fig. 157. 
70 


VOL. VII ARCHA20 LO GY 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 71 


There is a well-marked projecting rim, a feature not common to mortars 
of this size as aclass. The projecting edge, being both within and without 
it, in the first instance, adds materially to the value of the vessel, in pre- 
venting the pounded seeds or grain from being spilled. In time, however, 
this inside rim is nearly or quite worn away by the casual rubbing action 


of the pestle. 
Fie. 18. 


Mortar and pestle of stone. 4. 


The ineasurements of this specimen are as follows: Greatest diameter, 
22.2 inches; height exteriorly, 14.4 inches; depth of vessel inside, 11.1 
inches; thickness of rim, 1.8 to 2 inches. 

Another large specimen from La Patera, made of a medium hard sand- 
stone, is quite regular in outline, wide at the top, and with a comparatively 


72 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


broad and flattened bottom. The surface, as in the preceding example, has 
been pecked to its present shape, and purposely smoothed, or worn so by 
use. There is also a projecting rim, but extending inside only. On this 
projecting rim are ten short longitudinal grooves, which were intended, as 
other specimens have shown, for attaching, by means of asphaltum, cypreas, 
and fragments of abalone (Haliotis) shell. These were intended, of course, 
for ornaments only. 

This mortar varies but little from the preceding in exterior measure- 
ments, though of smaller capacity. The diameter is 20.8 inches; height 
exteriorly, 10.2 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.9 inches; breadth of rim, 
1.6 to 1.9 inches. 

It may be possible that these large ornamented mortars were used for 
ceremonial more than for useful purposes, as utensils so ornamented, if in 
every-day use, would, probably, not long retain the lamine of so fragile a 
shell as the Haliotis. 

A third specimen from La Patera is more in common with the general 
character of these Californian mortars. This example is made of a medium 
hard sandstone, and has a uniformly pecked surface. In outline, the mor- 
tar is regular, with a slightly defined rim extending along the inner edge. 

The greatest diameter is 20.5 to 21 inches; the height outside, 12.6 
inches ; depth of the vessel inside, 9.5 inches; the breadth of rim, 1 to 1.5 
inches. 

A specimen of these large mortars varies from the preceding in being 
shallow and more basin shaped. This example is made of medium hard 
dark sandstone. It is very regularly shaped, the surface uniformly pecked. 
The bottom is flattened for a small portiononly. The rim extends inwardly 
about .2 of an inch. 

The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 20 inches; height, 
outside, 9.2 inches; interior depth, 7.8 inches; thickness of rim, 7.8 inches. 

A fifth example is also of compact sandstone partly scaled off in many 
places, probably owing to alteration chemically of the material subsequent 
to burial. The outside, as in all these large mortars, is pecked over the 
entire surface. The bottom is flattened, but is not so broad as in others. 
The rim slopes inward, but is not very sharply defined. 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 73 


This example measures as follows: Greatest diameter, 18.6 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 12 inches; depth of vessel inside, 10.1 inches; breadth 
of the rim, 1.5 inches. 

In the following example we have almost a duplication of the preceding; 
also of sandstone, with the bottom somewhat flattened, and with the edge 
extending inwards. The interesting feature is, in this case, the fact of a 
small piece of the mineral having become detached and replaced and 
then fastened by means of asphaltum. This method of repairing injuries 
will be better described in noticing other specimens. 

The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 17.3 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 11.3 inches; depth of vessel inside, 9.3 inches; breadth 
of rim, 1.5 inches. 

A mortar quite similar to the preceding, but in every measurement 
except the breadth of the rim, about one inch less, has the rim sloping 
outward, and in this are six short grooves; but now without asphaltum, 
which still adheres to many specimens from the same and neighboring 
localities. 

The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 17 inches; height, 
exteriorly, 10.2 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.8 inches; breadth of rim, 
1.3 inches. 

Another, considerably larger, of the same material, with the rim pro- 
jecting inwards, has but two depressions on opposite sides, one of which 
is partly broken away. 

The measurements in this example are: Greatest diameter, 21.5 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 12.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 10.1 inches; breadth 
of rim, 2 inches. 

Still another, showing the character of an overlapping rim, has the same 
projecting rim both outwardly and inwardly, and wants the depressions 
referred to in the other specimens. This is made of a softer sandstone. 

The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 17.5 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 10.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 7.1 inches; breadth 
of rim, 1.5 to 1.75 inches. 

Another example from Dos Pueblos, of very regular shape, has neither 
the projecting rim nor the depressions. It is noticeable, in this connection, 


74 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


that the surface is quite rough, the pecked surface being in no degree worn 
away, or intentionally smoothed. 

The following are its dimensions: Greatest diameter, 21.6 inches; height, 
exteriorly, 13.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 10.9 inches; breadth of rim, 
varying from 1.7 to 2 inches. 

A specimen of these larger mortars, from La Patera, has upon its rim 
four pieces of asphaltum for attaching shell ornaments. It is of the usual 
hard sandstone, pecked into shape, and now quite smooth 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 16.5 inches; height, ex- 
teriorly, 12.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 9.5 inches; breadth of rim, 
varying from 1 to 1.5 inches. 

Another example, of the same general outline, and also made of medium 
hard sandstone, has the surface pecked quite smooth. The bottom of the 
vessel is not flattened. 

There is a portion of the rim wanting, but it is seen by the remains of 
the asphaltum that it had been put back and mended by the aid of that 
material. The rim of this specimen has nine grooves for holding the 
asphaltum by which ornaments were attached, and traces of it still remain 
in two of the depressions. 

The measurements of this mortar are as follows: Greatest diameter, 
15.5 inches; height, exteriorly, 10.9 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.7 
inches; breadth of rim, 1.2 inches. 

A want of the usual symmetry is shown in a large mortar of soft sand- 
stone, which, however, is quite smooth upon its surfaces. The rim is 
undulating and slopes outwards. 

This specimen, which is from La Patera, measures in greatest diameter 
14 to 15 inches; height, exteriorly, 8.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6 
inches ; breadth of rim varying from 1 inch to 1.3 inches. 

An interesting specimen of these larger mortars is one made of moder- 
ately dense sandstone, having the surface pecked, but not smooth. The 
bottom is irregularly flattened. On the rim, which is slightly undulating, 
and slopes outwards, are four small bunches of asphaltum, but without the 
usual grooves for its reception. This material, however, was doubtlessly so 
placed for the one purpose of holding ornamental objects on the rim, 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 75 


The dimensions of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 14.4 inches ; 
height, exteriorly, 9 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.9 inches; breadth of 
rim, 1.2 inches. 

An example of these large mortars, of nearly the same dimensions, 
is made from hard granitic or basaltic rock. It is very regular in its 
shape, and evenly pecked over its exterior surface. The bottom is flat- 
tened and quite smooth, evidently from long use. .The rim is quite even, 
with a slight outward slope. An interesting feature is the careful mend- 
ing of the vessel by securely replacing a portion of one side by means of 
asphaltum. 

The measurements of this specimen are as follows: Greatest diameter, 
14.2 inches; height, exteriorly, 9.5 inches; depth of vessel inside, 7.7 
inches; breadth of rim, 1.2 inches. 

Allied to the above is a broken specimen of dense granitic rock, quite 
regular in form and with the usual pecked surfaces. The bottom is flattened. 
The rim projects outwardly slightly, and its inner edge is worn by the 
movement of the pestle. 

This mortar measures in greatest diameter 14 inches; height, exteriorly, 
8.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 7.6 inches; breadth of rim, varying from 
1 to 2 inches. 

A mortar of less diameter, but somewhat larger capacity, of compara- 
tively regular shape, well finished and smooth, with the rim slightly sloping 
outwards, and worn on both the outer and inner edges, is of hard, fine- 
grained sandstone. 

Its measurements are: Greatest diameter, 13.5 inches; height, ex- 
teriorly, 10.5 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.3 inches; breadth of rim, 
1 inch. 

Another example, made of soft sandstone, and smooth upon the surface, 
is moderately regular in outline. The rim is much worn, slightly sloping 
outwardly, and undulating. ‘The bottom is worn from long use. 

This mortar measures in greatest diameter 13.5 inches; height, ex- 
teriorly, 7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.1 inches; breadth of rim, 1 
inch. 

Another, of nearly the same dimensions, is made of medium hard, 


76 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


dark sandstone, with the bottom curved. The surface is smoothed both on 
the inside and out. The rim is slightly undulating, and has nine grooves 
for ornaments, such as we have noticed on several of the preceding speci- 
mens. 

This mortar measures, in greatest diameter, 13 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 7.3 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.2 inches; breadth of rim, 1 
inch. 

An example, of nearly the same size, is of regular form, with rounded 
bottom, and made of medium hard sandstone. The edges are undulating, 
without any well-defined projection of the rim. 

This specimen measures, in greatest diameter, 13 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.5 inches; breadth of rim, 1 to 
1.5 inches. 

An interesting specimen, made of very hard sandstone, is noticeable for 
its great regularity of shape, and in having nine depressions, each about 
two inches in length, on the rim, which is slightly cut underneath on the 
inside. 

The measurements of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 12.5 to 
12.75 inches; height, exteriorly, 7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.1 
inches; breadth of rim, 1 inch to 1.25 inches. 

One example, showing perhaps a greater care in the finish than is 
usual among the larger sizes, is made of fine-grained, hard sandstone. It is 
regular in its shape, with surface evenly pecked. The rim projects inward 
slightly, and is flat and even. 

The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, 12.7 
inches; height, exteriorly, 8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.3 inches; 
breadth of rim, 1 inch. 

The description of the above specimen will apply very well to another 
example which is nearly of the same size, but has a smaller flattened base. 
It is of dense granitic rock, regular in shape, and has the characteristic 
pecked surface. : 

The dimensions are: Greatest diameter, 12.5 inches; height, ex- 
teriorly, 9.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.2 inches; breadth of rim, 1 
inch, 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 77 


A very beautiful example of these mortars, made of dense, fine-grained 
gray sandstone, is basin-shaped, and wrought with great care. It is very 
symmetrical, with an even rim, sloping inwards. 

It measures, in greatest diameter, 12 inches; height, exteriorly, 6.2 
inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.3 inches; breadth of rim, 1 inch. 

Another, of the same diameter, of hard sandstone, and the surface uni- 
formly pecked, is of regular shape, and with a flat rim. In this specimen 
there is a circular hole, about one inch in diameter, evidently worn or 
broken through the bottom, which has been mended by filling up the 
space with asphaltum; its doubtless served in this condition simply as 
a receptacle. 

The dimensions of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 12 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.6 inches; breadth 
of rim, 1 inch. 

An example made of soft, fine-grained sandstone, is of regular shape, 
and has smooth surfaces, with the bottom well finished and flattened. 
This has the rim sloping outwards, and is somewhat basin-shaped. 

The dimensions are as follows: Greatest diameter, 12 inches; height, 
exteriorly, 6.6 inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.3 inches ; breadth of rim, 1 
inch. 

A somewhat smaller specimen is made of soft sandstone, and has its 
surfaces smoothed. It is regular in outline, and the rim originally was 
regular and even, but is now much worn and undulatory. The bottom 
also is well worn, indicating that the specimen had been long in use prior 
to its being placed in the grave from which it was taken. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 11 inches to 11.5 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.8 inches; breadth of 
rim .7 to 1 inch. 

A mortar of fine-grained but not very soft sandstone, of a dirty 
gray color, is quite regular on the sides and bottom, but has the rim 
uneven. The bottom is very flat. The characteristic pecked surface is 
partially smoothed. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 11.2 inches; height, exte- 


78 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


riorly, 5 to 5.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 4 inches; breadth of rim, 1 
inch. 

An interesting example of an ornamented mortar obtained at La Pa- 
tera, is of fine-grained, hard sandstone. It is carefully made, regular in 
shape, with the one exception that the sides are not of uniform height. It 
is flattened upon the bottom. On its uneven rim are four grooves, each 
about 1.7 inches long; and in each there still remain portions of a shell 
(Cyprea) which had been thus placed as an ornament. 

The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, 11 inches; 
height, exteriorly, varying from 5.6 inches to 6.8 inches; depth of vessel 
inside, 4.7 inches ; breadth of rim, 1 inch. 

A specimen, of somewhat smaller size, is of hard sandstone, with the 
surface uniformly pecked, and is very regular in shape. The bottom is 
flat, and very smooth from use. The rim, which is quite even, projects 
slightly inside. The edges are much worn from long use of the mortar. 

This mortar measures: Greatest diameter, 10.5 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.2 inches; breadth of rim, 1 inch. 

A similar specimen from Dos Pueblos, with a somewhat less bulging 
outline, is of hard sandstone, and quite smooth on the exterior surface. 
The shape is regular; but the rim has been much fractured, apparently at 
different times, from ordinary usage. 

This specimen measures 10.5 inches in its greatest diameter; height, 
exteriorly, 7.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.9 inches; breadth of rim, .8 
of an inch. 

An example of the medium-sized, coarse-grained sandstone mortars 
has the sides more vertical than usual, and having also a flattened bottom, 
is somewhat cylindrical in appearance. 

This specimen, which is from La Patera, measures 9.6 inches in great- 
est diameter; height, exteriorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.2 
inches; breadth of rim, .8 of an inch. 

A similar specimen from Dos Pueblos, but with somewhat smaller 
capacity, made of hard, fine-grained gray sandstone, differs principally in 
having the bottom less flattened. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 9.5 inches; height, exte- 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. . rt 


riorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 4.4 inches; breadth of rim, .7 of 
an inch. 

A smaller specimen, also from Dos Pueblos, of soft, fine-grained sand- 
stone, is regular in outline, smooth upon the surface, and flattened upon 
the bottom. 

The measurements are : Greatest diameter, 9 inches ; height, exteriorly, 
6.8 inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.9 inches; breadth of rim, .6 of an inch. 

An interesting specimen from Dos Pueblos, Fig. 12, Plate V, of fine- 
grained gray sandstone, of medium density, is regular in its shape, and 
with the rim sloping outwards. The inner edge of the rim projects inward, 
along the larger portion of the circumference; but in some places is much 
worn, and almost obliterated, probably from the wearing action of the 
pestle. This mortar has had a large piece broken from the bottom, which 
has been replaced, and secured by the use of asphaltum. Probably no 
further use had been made of the vessel as a mortar, subsequently to being 
mended, as the asphaltum shows no trace of battering; and, indeed, could 
not withstand a blow from a pestle. As simply a receptacle for pigment 
or for seeds, ete., it retains its usefulness, and is still discolored by traces 
of the red powder common to many of the smaller vessels. Thus repaired, 
it doubtlessly was considered equally as good as an unbroken one for 
holding articles placed in the grave. 

This specimen measures: Greatest diameter, 8.5 inches ; height, exte- 
riorly, 3.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.8 inches; breadth of rim, 1 
inch. 

An example from Dos Pueblos is made of very soft sandstone, which 
seems too friable to be able to withstand the ordinary rough usage to which 
most of these mortars were subjected. This specimen was originally quite 
regular, but the stone has scaled off in many places. It has the rim sloping 
outward. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 7.6 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 4.4 inches; depth of vessel inside, 3.3 inches; breadth of rim, .6 
of an inch. 

When found, this mortar was filled with the fine black seeds of Salvia 
Columbaria. These seeds have been found in receptacles of various kinds 


80 . MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


and placed with other articles in the graves. It was unquestionably used 
as food by the Indians of former times as well as of the present, and its 
presence indicates one of the uses to which the mortars were put. 

The identification of this seed is by Dr. J. T. Rothrock, botanist of the 
Expedition, from whose report on the Botany of the Expedition, p. 48, we 
take the following abstract: 


“During the summer of 1875 my attention was called, while in Southern California, 
to a mealy preparation in popular use among the Indians, Mexicans, and prospectors. 
On inquiry I found it was called “Chia.” Further examination proved that it was 
furnished by the seeds of Salvia Columbarie Benth. The seeds are collected, roasted, 
and ground in the native way between two stones. This puts it in the condition in 
which I first saw it. It is used as a food by mixing it with water and enough sugar to 
suit the taste. It soon develops into a copious mucilaginous mass, several times the 
original bulk. The taste is somewhat suggestive of linseed meal. One soon acquires 
a fondness for it and eats it rather in the way of a luxury than with any reference to 
the fact that it is exceedingly nutritious besides. It is in great demand among the 
knowing ones who have a desert to cross or who expect to encounter a scarcity of 
water, and what there is of bad quality. By preparing it so thin that it can be used 
as a drink it seems to assuage thirst, to improve the taste of the water, and in addition 

“to lessen the quantity of water taken, which in hot countries is often so excessive as to 
produce serious illness. As a remedy it is invaluable from its demulcent properties in 
cases of gastro-intestinal disorders. It also holds a place among domestic remedies 
for the same purpose that flaxseed occasionally does with us, 7. e.; a grain of the seed 
is placed in the eye (where it gives no pain) to form a mucilage by means of which a 
foreign body may be removed from the organ. I have found it of great service as a 
poultice. As a matter of archeological interest it may be noticed that quantities of 
this seed were found buried in graves several hundred years old. This proves that the 
use of the seed reaches back into the remote past. Indeed, I find several allusions to 
the name Chia in the second volume of Bancroft’s great work on the ‘“ Native Races 
of the Pacific States,” pp. 232, 280, 347, 360. Chianpinoli appears to have been made 
by the so-called Aztee races from corn which was roasted and ground as the Chia was. 
Chia was among the Nahua races of ancient Mexico as regularly cultivated as corn, 
and often used in connection with it. Indeed, it was one of the many kinds of meal 
in constant use, and which appear to have gone then as now under the generic name 
of pinoli.” 


Dr. Yarrow informs me that these statements as to the uses of Chia 
are corroborated by one of his diggers living in Santa Barbara, who at once 
recognized the seed when first discovered in the graves, and then and there 
mentioned the various ways in which it was used at the present day, 
particularly as a demulcent drink, and for placing in the eyes when it was 
desired to remove obnoxious foreign substances or inflammatory action. 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 81 


A mortar of hard sandstone, pecked on the exterior surface, and of 
regular shape, has the rim much worn. In this specimen there is a hole 
about 2 inches in diameter broken through the bottom, apparently from a 
blow of the pestle, when in use as a mortar. This hole has not been 
mended, as was done in one of the preceding examples. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 7.5 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 5.6 inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.8 inches; breadth of rim vary- 
ing from .5 to .8 of an inch. 

A small, fine-grained sandstone mortar, of regular shape, and not flat- 
tened on the bottom, has the rim sloping outwards, and irregular or uneven, 
as though accidentally chipped at different times when in use. It is slightly 
discolored inside by red pigment, and with a few black scales that are 
apparently asphaltum. This mortar contained, when found, portions of a 
human lower jaw. 

The measurements of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 6.1 inches ; 
height, exteriorly, 2.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 1.8 inches ; breadth of 
rim, .6 of an inch. 

A specimen (Fig. 13, Plate V) of hard, fine-grained, light-colored sand- 
stone, is regular in shape, with the bottom flattened. The sides are more 
vertical than is usual with this class of stone vessels. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 6 inches; height, exteriorly, 
7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.4 inches; breadth of rim, .8 of an inch. 

A marked variation in form is seen in a specimen made of fine-grained 
and very hard, light-colored sandstone. It is regularly made and much 
rounder than many others, the greatest diameter being below the opening. 

The measurements, which of themselves explain its peculiarities, are: 
Greatest diameter, 6.5 inches; at the opening, 4.3 inches; height, exteriorly, 
4.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.4 inches ; and with no distinct rim. 

A second example of this form, but smaller, of fine-grained and very 
hard, light-colored sandstone, is equally well made. 

The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, 5.5 inches ; 
at the mouth, 3.8 inches; height, exteriorly; 3.3 inches; depth of vessel 
inside, 1.8 inches; no distinct rim. Presented by D. A. Miller, Esq. 

A mortar of the more usual form, of the same material as the majority 

601 


82 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


described, is regularly shaped, but has a portion chipped off the side near 
the bottom; perhaps accidentally detached in making the vessel. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 5.8 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 3.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.3 inches; breadth of rim, .6 of 
aninch. _ 

A smooth, hard sandstone mortar from La Patera is quite irregular 
in shape, and has the rim very undulating. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 4.8 inches by 5.5 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 4.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 3 inches; breadth of 
rim, .5 of an inch. 

A very symmetrically shaped specimen (Fig. 11, Plate V), of hard, fine- 
grained, light-colored sandstone, has the bottom very flat and distinct from 
the sides on the outside, but curved and continuous with the sides on the 
interior. There is marked uniformity in the width of the rim and thick- 
ness throughout the sides and bottom of the vessel. There is some discol- 
oration from the characteristic red pigment that may have been pulverized 
in many of these mortars; and one of this size was probably used more for 
this than any other purpose. 

The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 5.1 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 2.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.1 inches; breadth of rim, .5 of 
an inch. 

The detailed descriptions above given of forty-four examples of these 
mortars, varying from what may be considered the maximum to the minimum 
sizes, in connection with the several illustrations, give a good general idea 
of their range of variation, not only in size, but in shape and style of deco- 
ration. Except as exhibiting proofs of excellent mechanical skill, great 
patience, and long-continued labor, as a class these productions of aboriginal 
art are not particularly attractive objects.* 

Similar forms of vessels appear to be unusual in other localities in 
North America; their place being taken by an occasional small example of 


*The Rey. Stephen Bowers, in a MS. entitled ‘Aboriginal Man in Santa Barbara County, Cali- 
fornia,” as I am informed by Dr. Yarrow, mentions having found mortars different in shape and form 
from any here described, which had on the sides square projections left in the carving by which they 
could be lifted. As none of these have reached either the Smithsonian Institution or Peabody Museum, 
a more detailed description is impossible. 


MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 83 


a hollowed pebble that has been, perhaps, used as a paint-cup for toilet pur- 
poses, and by simple receptacles of pottery. 

Regarded as mortars for preparing food and reducing mineral pigments 
to powder, these vessels are represented in the interior and on the Atlantic 
coast by objects for like purposes, but of two distinct forms; one being 


’ which are 


natural hollows in stationary rocks, known as ‘ pot-holes,’ 
also found in California,* and, the other, irregular boulders of porta- 
ble sizes (such as Fig. 5, Plate V) that have more or less deeply worn 
depressions on one or both sides; a third form of mortar, at one time in very 
common use, was made of wood. To these we need not further allude. 

Dr. Yarrow has given me the following interesting information in rela- 
tion to some ancient mortars fotind near the site of his excavations: ‘“ Just in 
the rear of Mr. Thomas More’s ranche-house mortars were found in a gulch, 
made by rain and erosion, that were nearly like Fig. 5, Plate V, but 
larger; others were almost identical with the metates used by the Pueblo 
Indians and Mexicans, and nearly all, if not all, had been used until a hole 
had been worn through the bottom. Some of these articles had been cov- 
ered with 8 and 10 feet of earth. No skeletons or bones, no vessels of 
steatite, in fact nothing but the remains of grinding-stones, were discov- 
ered. It was intended to fully explore this locality, but circumstances 
prevented further work here. All of these mortars were oblong in shape, 
and made of sandstone. The largest were quite 24 inches in length. 
Mr. Bowers has also found similar mortars or grinding-stones, but with 
feet.” 

The large sandstone mortars found in the graves were made from blocks 
of stone and from boulders. Many of the smaller ones give every appear- 
ance of being ordinary oval, water-worn pebbles, that have been laboriously 
pecked out upon one side until a maximum capacity has been obtained 


*Mr. Powers mentions that the Yokuts, who inhabit the central portion of the State, use holes in 
boulders as mortars : 

“They say that in remote times they were accustomed to rub their acorns to flour on a stone 
slightly hollowed like the Mexican metate, which was a suggestion of the mouse; but nowadays they 
pound them in holes on top of huge boulders, which was a suggestion of the wiser coyote. On a boul- 
der in Coarse Gold Gulch I counted eighty-six of these acorn-holes, which shows that they must have 
been used many centuries.”— Tribes of California, p. 376.—F. W. P. 


84 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


consistent with the strength necessary to withstand the violent pounding 
and rubbing action of the pestle. 

Mortars of this character, in some instances, are quite irregular in 
shape exteriorly, the pebble utilized remaining unaltered; and when the 
depression is circular in outline there is a great variation in the thickness 
of the sides, especially when oval pebbles were selected. Others again 
have the hollow of the same shape as the pebble used. Such small exam- 
ples as these, not worked upon their exterior surfaces, most nearly approach 
the Eastern forms of stone mortars, and are essentially the same, except in 
size, with the toilet cups already referred to. 

Mr. Schumacher writes to the Peabody Museum as follows, in describ- 
ing the manufacture of the large stone mortars: 


“ On the southwestern shore, near the southeast end of San Clemente island, where 
a fair landing exists, we found a station prominently located on a-shallow dune, about 
a mile below what is known as Chinese Point. To this place large numbers of beach- 
worn boulders of basalt of different sizes had been brought, mostly such as were best 
suited for the manufacture of mortars. Some of the rocks were broken in the rough 
state in the attempt of splitting off a section of the globular form to make a surface in 
which to cut the hollow; others of a more convenient semi-circular form, bore marks of 
the chisel, as, in one instance, a circle, outlining the intended size of the basin. Some 
broke in the hands of the worker, while working the basin; and one, we found had been 
abandoned on account of a flaw in the rock. The work of shaping the stone was first 
done with the hammer consisting of a piece of hard rock, especially of quartz, of about 
a pound in weight, with sharp edges and points. Persistent well-directed blows with 
such a hammer, applied either direct with the hand, or attached to a handle, will 
detach even large pieces with sufficient accuracy to form, if the tendency of cleavage 
is properly taken in consideration; while the finishing and smoothing of the surface 
was done by directing the hammer vertically against the face, the same as the serrated 
hammer of the modern stone-cutter is used. The basalt rock, although very hard, is 
of a crumbling nature and will granulate easily under a pointed hammer. We found, 
therefore, but few chisels on the sites of the workshops of Clemente island, which were 
applied more for working out the basin, when the hammer could not be conveniently 
used. When of sandstone, the common material of the mortar, which is softer, and, 
instead of being brittle like the basalt, is more adhering or tougher, I believe, the 
chisel has been used to a greater extent, as indicated by the sharper peck-marks. 
Judging the progress of work by the advance of a single stroke of the hammer or 
chisel, I am of the opinion, a neat mortar of common dimension—twelve inches in 
diameter—did not require more than a week’s work; and a pot made of soapstone 
probably did not require so long a time, not however including the detachment of the 
mass from the ledge, which probably took another week’s labor.” 


: MORTARS, OR CUPS, OF STONE. 85 


Dr. Yarrow thinks that Mr. Schumacher’s statement as to the time 
required to make a mortar with stone implements is much underrated ; for 
while at San Ildefonso, N. Mex., he was requested by an Indian squaw to 
loan her a geological hammer to hollow out a large block of stone (hard 
sandstone), and at the end of a week, with constant work of several hours 
daily, she had only made an excavation about two inches in depth. The 
mortar was about twelve inches Fic. 19. 
in diameter and the hammer had 
a steel cutting edge. 

Fig. 19 represents, of actual 
size, one of several diminutive 
mortars or cups of sandstone, 
which we have thought proper 
to describe in connection with 
the ordinary mortars, inasmuch 
as they were doubtlessly used for 
similar purposes ; although these 
very small vessels were probably 
designed and used principally for 


holding and grindingsmall masses 


Small stone mortar or eup. 


of mineral pigment. Pestlessmall 

enough to use in connection with these little mortars have been feed asso- 
ciated with them in the graves; although any ordinary cylindrical pebble 
could have been used as a pestle. 

This mortar or cup shows the same careful workmanship that charac- 
terizes many of the small cups of serpentine (see Plate VI, Figs. 1, 7, and 
11), and is smoother upon its exterior surface than the large mortars above 
described. The principal difference between this and the two following 
specimens, and such cups made of serpentine as will be subsequently 
described, is that the bottoms and sides at the base are much thicker, and 
“evidently intended to withstand the blows and crushing force of a pestle ; 
and again the bottoms are rounded and not angular on the inside, so that 
every particle of the contained pigment or other substance could be reached 
and crushed by the curved end of the pestle. 


86 MORTARS AND PESTLES. . 


Fig. 20 represents, also of actual size, another of these diminutive mor- 
tars. This specimen has likewise been shaped with great care, and is very 
Fra. 20. symmetrical. The bottom is flattened ; 
the sides gently curved outwards; the 
rim level and quite smooth. The pecked 
surface, characteristic of the larger mor- 
tars, is -very distinguishable on this little 
example of this form of stone vessels, 
indicating a like method having been 
adopted in making this as in those of the 
largest dimensions. 


Fig. 21 represents the least, in size, 


of the series of mortars, and yet it has 
Small stone mortar or cup. in every particular the features that char- 
acterize the largest examples. The material, however, instead of being 
sandstone, as are the preceding, is serpentine. The base is not flattened, 
but curved in continuance with the sides. ‘The rim is very broad and flat. 
Fig. 21. The cavity is not deep, so that 

the bettom is much thicker than 
in the preceding two small mor- 
tars, above described. The in- 
terior surface is still discolored 
. with red paint, and we are thus 
: shown the use, or one use at 
‘ least, of this small stone vessel, 


which not only was available for 


Sapien mortar or cup. preparing a small pol tion of the 
paint for ready use, but convenient as a receptacle for it until needed by its 
owner in preparing his toilet. In consideration of the exceedingly limited 
capacity of many of these stone vessels, it is highly probable that they 
were sometimes made more for the amusement of children than for use by 
adults, especially as miniature weapons, and imitations of domestic utensils 
are frequently made by savages as playthings for their children. 

Of whatever size, the vessels to which we have here called attention 


PESTLES MADE OF STONE. 87 


were used in connection with cylindrical stones which were usually worked 
into their present shapes with great care, and many of them are ornamented 
at the upper end. These implements are known universally as | M16. 2. 
Pestles, or the pounding stones by which the material, whether 
intended for food or for pigment, is reduced to meal or pow- 
der, as the case may be. They are common, not only to 
the locality where the carefully wrought mortars occur, but 
throughout all North America. Those from the Pacific coast 
show, in many cases, the same care in their manufacture that 
characterizes the mortars; but, as a class, they are not so read- 
ily distinguished from the examples found along the eastern 
coast as are the associated mortars. 

While great length, uniform and regular shaping through- 
out, whether truly cylindrical or tapering, are features at once 
noticeable of very many, these highly finished examples pre- 
sent but little variation. There is seldom a trace of orna- 
mentation proper; the pointed or rounded heads, as they may 
be called, with their projecting collars, being evidently more 
for use than for ornament One marked exception has, how- 
ever, been noticed by Mr. Henshaw on a pestle obtained at La 
Patera, which is about the size and shape of the one represented 
by Fig. 25. Lines crossing each other have been cut over its 
surface, and, although now nearly worn away, they are in 
places sufficiently distinct to show that a rude ornamentation, 


similar to that on many other articles here described, formerly 
existed. 

Fig. 22 represents a carefully wrought example of these 
pestles of about the maximum size. It is made of a moderately 


dense, dark-colored sandstone; is comparatively smooth, but 


still retains the slight depressions or hammer marks made in Stone pestle, t. 
shaping the specimen. It is 24.5 inches in length, and 9.2 inches in cireum- 
ference at the lower or rounded end. At a distance of two inches from 
the end by which the pestle was held by the hands, there is a double 


collar, or ring, with a shallow circumferential depression one-half of an 


88 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


inch in width. This projects about one-fourth of an inch from the body of 
the pestle, and may possibly have been used for suspending the implement. 

Tig. 23 is similar to the one represented by Fig. 22, but is three 
inches shorter, and nearly one and a half inches less in circumference at the 
end. It is made of a much harder mineral, is of darker color, and quite 

Fic. 23. MG. 24. highly polished; but still retains traces of its orig- 
{ inally pecked surface. The head has the collars 
one inch and a half in width, and the depression 
separating them is much deeper than in the pre- 
ceding example. 

Fig. 24 is but three-tenths of an inch shorter 
than the preceding, but varies in both finish and 
mineral, being of much softer sandstone than either 
of the others. It has received little or no polish, 
and is still pitted with the marks of the hammer 
stone. The projecting collars at the head are 
more prominent than in the foregoing examples, 
but have the separating depression less defined. 
These collars also, in the present instance, are at 
the extreme end of the implement; but a slight 


swelling or elevation about their centre, above, 
may really be a trace of a continuation of the 
cylindrical body of the specimen that has been 
broken off, and the fractured surface subsequently 
worn down to its present condition. The pound- 
ing or crushing end of this’ pestle is somewhat 
battered, and one large flat splinter has been 
broken off. 

Fig. 25 represents a long, symmetrical pestle, 


“iibrap edie made of medium dense sandstone. Either through 
use or by design it has been polished over the entire surface, and in many 
places the pecked surface has been obliterated Evidently, however, the 
stone has considerably decayed since its burial in a grave, as it is now almost 


too soft to use for the purposes for which it was intended. 


PESTLES MADE OF STONE. 89 


This example varies from the foregoing in having but a single collar, 
which is well defined; and beyond this the pestle extends a little over 
an inch, with uniformly decreasing diam- Fra. 95. Fig. 26. 
eter, but terminates in a blunt point. 

The pounding end is somewhat more 


bulging than in the others, is well worn, 


Fic. 27. 


but not battered, and appears to be of 
denser structure than the head, or has 
escaped some destructive agent to which 
other portions have been exposed. 

Fig. 26 represents a pestle, half an 
inch less in length, and a little smaller in 
its greatest diameter than the one last 
described. While in general shape it is 
quite similar, the material of which. it is 
made is much more compact, and the 
implement, although smaller, is heavier. 
It has considerable polish extending over 


"LVN ge 


much of its surface, but not obliterating 


ihe 
Sam 
e 
Nit 
SS 
N 
Sh 
\ 


the marks of the pecking or hammering 
by which it was reduced to its present 
shape. In common with the preceding, 
it has a single projecting collar at the 
head, beyond which the stone extends, 


of a uniform cylindrical shape, for one 
inch. Stone pestiles, 4. 


Fig. 27 represents a somewhat smaller specimen, that in general out- 
line closely resembles pestles which have been found in interior and east- 
ern localities. This specimen measures 8 inches in circumference at the 
end, and gradually decreases in girth from near the end to what I have 
termed the head. The projecting ring or collar is not so prominent as in 
the preceding examples, and, quite unlike all the others, is much farther 
from the head, being about three and three-fourths inches distant. 

Besides the specimens here described in detail there are many others 


90 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


of more or less careful workmanship, and also several which are apparently 
water-worn cylindrical pebbles that have not been altered in shape, although 
Fig. 28. they exhibit traces of hard usage by their battered ends ; 

; others have been wrought with the same care as the large 
specimens here figured, and differ from them only in size; 
thus exhibiting, as do the mortars, the same care in the 


Sa 
ayy 
Fi! 


manufacture of the smallest examples 


Fig. 29. 


as of those of the greatest dimensions. 


Or: 
fis: 


ia mW 
WV. “ih 


Several of the rude pestles are repre- 
sented by Figs. 28, 29, 30, and 381. 
The one use of these pestles is so 


"i 
ipl 


evident that it seems scarcely neces- 


i sary even to refer to it, and only the 
f method of their use, in connection 
with the projecting collars or rings 


y Hi of some, need be mentioned. This 
LAN 
Uh 
CH 


a feature clearly, in the large speci- 


Ray ( 


mens, is for use and not merely orna- 
mental. By it the pestle could have 
been suspended by a cord to an 


Sono aaa, Stone Teas, 3. elastic branch of a tree; and, again, 
it effectually prevents the hand from slipping, if used either solely by the 
lifting power of the arm, or in connection with the limb of a tree, as 
suggested. 

Schoolcraft * refers to one of the plates in his work as exhibiting “ the 
mode of pounding maize by suspending the stone pestle from the limb of a 
tree, as practiced by the ancient Pennacooks of the Merrimack Valley, in 
New Hampshire,” and adds, “‘the pestle was commonly ornamented by the 
head of a man or quadruped, neatly carved from greywacke or compact 
sandstone, the mortar being also of the same material.” From this we learn 
that ornamentation proper occurs on some pestles of the largest size, 
though it is not common on the Santa Barbara specimens. The statement 
in the above quotation, that these pestl.s were ‘“ commonly ornamented,” 


* History and Cendition of Indian Tribes, Pt, IV, p. 175, pl. 21. « 


PESTLES MADE OF STONE. 91 


may be questioned. At least such are now quite rarely met with in com- 
parison with the vast numbers of perfectly plain examples that have been 
Fig. 30. found in our fields. Referring to this ornamentation of 
pestles, we find it stated in the American Naturalist,* how- 
ever, in commenting on a specimen of pestle, with a wolf’s 
head carved upon it, from Vermont, that ‘in the collection 
of the New York State Museum, at Albany, there is a long 
pestle of identical pattern and same rough carving as the 
one described from the Burlington Museum. These are the 
only ones that have come under my observation having the 
handles carved to represent animals, 
though most of the longer implements of 
this character have a knob at the handle 
as if for the purpose of suspension.” 
These knobs or eollars at one 
end cannot be considered as constant 
, features of pestles, as found in the 
‘\ whole extent of the Atlantic coast 
if States. The writer has, as yet, never 
met with a specimen thus finished, 


in New Jersey, out of probably two 


Stone pestle, 4. Stone pestle, 3. hundred examples of this form of im- 
plement, though there are several examples in the Peabody Museum, from 
various localities in New England, that have such finished heads. It must 
also be mentioned, with reference to these domestic implements, that in the 
series of California specimens there are many with similar rings or knobs 
which are but 3 or 4 inches in length. In such cases this character may 
be rather for ornament than use, especially as these diminutive specimens 
may have been toys, and not designed for practical work. Finally, it may 
be well to call attention to the marked similarity between these small 
collared and knobbed examples and many of the so-called plummets or 
fishing-line sinkers. 

These pestles of all sizes have been obtained by all collectors on the 


* American Naturalist, Vol. V, p. 12, (Foot-note by F, W. P.) 


92 MORTARS AND PESTLES. 


California coast, and are more numerous than the mortars. Particularly is 
this true of the smaller kind and those of comparatively rude finish. The 
largest and best finished were found at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, and 
these have been selected for the illustrations. 

My attention has been called to a small book,* in which the author, 
on page 62 et seg., endeavors to show that some of the large pestles found 
in California are emblems of phallic worship. He considers the pestle as a 
phallus, and a round, shallow mortar, figured in the text, as representing 
the yoni or female organ. 

It is hardly necessary to add that such deductions are simply ridiculous, 
and, even should we find pestles, or other articles, so carved as to represent 
the male organ, they might well be considered simply as examples of savage 
obscenity or fantasy. 


* | The | Masculine Cross | and | Ancient Sex Worship | by Sha Rocco | New York: | Asa K. Butts 
& Co., 36 Dey Street | 1874. | 


U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN 
VOL. VII ARCHAOLOGY. 


we Hetmryys Paowtiwo Co. 220 Devewsstne Sr Boston 


VESSELS OF STEATITE AND SERPENTINE. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
*% DIAMETER 


Ps 
J 


STEATITE COOKING POTS, PLATES, AND FOOD VESSELS. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


TuroucHout the whole extent of North America the mineral known 
as soapstone or steatite was much sought after and utilized by the Indians 
as a material well adapted for many purposes, in consequence of its being 
wrought with little labor to any desired shape, and yet being sufficiently 
firm to withstand quite hard usage, while its adaptability for use in contact 
with fire is a valuable feature. Some of the most elaborate smoking-pipes 
are carved of this material ; but it is in the large vessels for cooking food, 
especially, that its great value becomes evident; and such stone pots are 
not an unusual feature among ordinary Indian relics wherever found, 
although wherever the art of making pottery existed the majority of the 
cooking vessels were made of clay. 

Where large deposits of steatite occur there will frequently be found 
traces of the ancient quarrying; and in the Peabody Museum is an inter- 
esting series of rude stone implements and fragments of steatite from near 
Christiana, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, concerning which it is stated* 
“these tools are believed = * : to have been used by Indians 
of a comparatively recent time for the purpose of shaping the blocks of soap- 
stone into dishes and pots, and are of interest in showing the use of very 
rude implements for certain purposes by a race quite far advanced in the 
stone age.” 

It is from the graves of Dos Pueblos and La Patera, however, and from 
the neighboring islands, that cooking vessels made of this material have 
been obtained which in size and general excellence of workmanship excel 
all others. 


*F. W. Putnam in 9th Annual Report Peabody Museum, p. 16; Cambridge, Mass., 1876. 
93 


94 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


The several illustrations and following descriptions of a number of speci- 
mens will give an idea of the general character of these interesting produc- 
tions of savage art. Figs. 32 and 33 represent the prevailing forms of the 


———— ee) viata 


<> 


xy 
Nee 


Sistem 
qi alae OF 
fy DONG Rn ON N 
Y i : NX ae Le Na 


LE. TJ 
Li Yigpme Zz 
a 


we 


Uy 
Ville 


Y 


Steatite cooking pot, 4. 


large cooking pots. As will be seen by reference to the dimensions given, 
the same variation in size occurs in this form of domestic utensil as was 
noted when describing the large series of stone mortars. As a class they 
are uniformly well made, being smooth upon both their exterior and inte- 
rior surfaces, but while there is a gradual lessening of the thickness of the 
walls, as they approach the opening or mouth, this is not always uniform. 
The bottom, however, whether the specimen be globular or with a flat- 
tened base, is always thicker than the rim at the mouth and the sides for 
some distance from it. While the greater number of these pots or ollas are 
globular in form, some examples have been found differing materially in 
shape. Of this character were two found at La Patera, but not at hand 
at the time these descriptions were prepared. Dr. Yarrow informs me that 
these were pyriform in shape, very handsomely finished, and had not been 


COOKING POTS OF STHATITE. 95 


exposed to fire. On the outside they were quite smooth, and had been 
colored with red pigment, which appeared to have been rubbed in. Their 
nearest resemblance is to Fig. 33. 

Of a series of thirty specimens collected from the ancient graves of Dos 
Pueblos and La Patera, Pia. 33, 
the largest example is 
globular in form, the 
bottom not being flat- 
tened to any appreciable 
extent. It has a small 
level rim around the 
mouth, and beneath it a —S 
series of incised lines 
forming half diamond 
figures, with the points 
directed outwards, and 


others with no regularity - 


of direction. These lines Steatite cooking pot, }. 
are not now very distinct, but probably were well defined when the vessel 
was news This specimen measures in its greatest diameter 17.6 inches; 
diameter of mouth, 7.5 inches; height, exteriorly, 13.6 inches. 

A second example, differing only in size and in having the incised lines 
more distinctly cut about the rim of the vessel, which is of the same 
character as in the preceding, measures in its greatest diameter 16.3 inches; 
diameter of mouth, 5.6 inches; height, exteriorly, 15 inches. 

A third specimen, somewhat smaller, but with a rim and ornamenta- 
tion of incised lines immediately below it, as in the preceding cases, meas- 
ures in its greatest diameter 16 inches; diameter of mouth, 5.2 inches; height, 
exteriorly, 13.4 inches. 

The following example, besides being, in every dimension, somewhat 
smaller, is interesting from the fact of having no distinctly defined rim, nor 
trace of the V-shaped lines that constitute the ornamentation of these 
utensils. This specimen measures, in its greatest diameter, 15.5 inches; 
diameter of mouth, 5.8 inches; height, exteriorly, 12.5 inches. 


96 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


One of the large pots of this series, when found, contained a number of 
human bones. This vessel had the flat-topped narrow rim around the 
mouth, common to many. ‘The measurements of this specimen are: Great- 
est diameter, 15.2 inches; diameter of mouth, 6 inches; height, exteriorly, 
13 inches. 

A sixth example, still smaller in every dimension, except greatest 
diameter, has the ornamental lines incised on the rim itself, and not beneath 
it, as in the preceding examples. This specimen measures in greatest 
diameter, 15.2 inches; diameter of mouth, 5.2 inches; height, exteriorly, 
12.4 inches. 7 

A seventh, of less capacity, has no rim or trace of ornamentation. 
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 14 inches; diameter of mouth, 
5 inches; height, exteriorly, 12 inches. 

A very interesting example of these large cooking vessels was taken 
from the ancient graves at La Patera, and was half filled with human 
bones. The mouth of this pot was closed by a lid which proved to be an 
intervertebral bone of a large cetacean, measuring 11 inches in diameter. 
The rim in this instance had no incised lines upon it. The measurements 
of this vessel are: Greatest diameter, 13 inches; diameter of mouth, 5 
inches; height, exteriorly, 11.8 inches. 

Another of these vessels, represented by Fig. 33, in perfect condi- 
tion, and still much blackened beneath by contact with fire and smoke, has 
a well-defined rim with incised marks extending obliquely across it. The 
bottom of this vessel is flat on the inside, and concave exteriorly; thus 
making the base comparatively thin over a portion of its extent, but quite 
thick at the obtuse angle of the base and sides. This specimen measures as 
follows: Greatest diameter, 14.2 inches; diameter of mouth, 5.3 inches; 
height, exteriorly, 10.3 inches; height, interiorly, 9 inches. Locality: Dos 
Pueblos. (Peabody Museum, 9209.) 

As a form intermediate between the large specimens, with a com- 
paratively small mouth considering the greatest diameter of the vessel, 
Figure 32 may be taken as a representative example. This pot is not 
as regular in outline as is usual, and apparently less care has been taken 
with the exterior finish. The inside, however, is quite smooth. The bot- 


COOKING POTS OF STEATITE. 97 


tom is flattened, and on the interior is covered with a thin coating of as- 
phaltum. The dimensions of the specimen here described are: Greatest 
diameter, 10 inches; height, exteriorly, 6.3 inches; diameter of mouth, 
6.6 inches. Locality: Santa Cruz Island, California. Collected by Paul 
Schumacher. (Peabody Museum, 9273.) 

Besides the several examples of the larger sizes of these vessels for 
cooking food are many of quite limited capacity, and which present many 
marked variations from the typical form, as represented by Fig. 33. This 
vessel may, indeed, be considered as an intermediate form, although some 
of the smaller specimens are but miniatures of the larger, as we stated 
when considering the stone mortars. 

Fig. 2, Plate VI, represents a cooking vessel from La Patera in no 
important feature differing from the preceding, and is here brought particu- 
larly to notice as exhibiting the principal means employed in repairing a 
broken vessel of this character, so that it might be subsequently utilized as 
a receptacle for food. In the middle of the side exposed in the figure, 
there will be noticed an extensive fracture extending to the base of the pot, 
which is irregularly flattened. About one inch from the rim that surrounds 
the mouth of the vessel is a small hole drilled through the side, and on the 
other side of the fracture a second hole, but at a greater distance from the 
rim. Between these, a shallow groove has been cut, joining the two per- 
forations. The inside of the ressel has a corresponding groove. Into these 
there has been poured melted asphaltum, which, when hardened by cooling, 
has formed a band of cement, holding the fractured edges together. It is 
not improbable that, previous to applying the asphaltum, a cord, either 
of some fibrous vegetable substance, as bark, or possibly a strip of skin 
or tendon of an animal, was first used to draw the edges together, the 
asphaltum poured over it, and thus added strength gained. A vessel thus 
repaired would, of course, be no longer available for cooking food, as the 
necessary exposure to heat would soften the luting; but rendered water- 
tight by this material they were valuable as receptacles for food, whether 
solid or liquid Dr. Yarrow informs me that several of these ollas were 


dug up, the bottoms of which had been partially fractured, probably by 
‘TOI 


98 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


heat. They had a warped appearance, and no attempt had been made to 
repair them. 

Fig. 14, Plate VI, represents a flattened, shallow cooking pot, quite 
similar to the preceding, but somewhat smaller. It is even more irregular 
in outline, and the bottom not flattened. The rim is well defined, level, 
and slightly overlapping the sides on the outside, and still more so inte- 
riorly. The characteristic V-shaped incised lines are very prominent. 
The measurements of this vessel are: Greatest diameter, 7.8 inches; height, 
exteriorly, 3.7 inches; diameter of mouth, 6 inches. 

Fig. 13, Plate VI, shows the outline of a symmetrical and beautifully- 
designed example of these smaller vessels. Quite unlike the generality of 
these steatite cooking pots, this specimen has a small but carefully-flattened 
base, from which the sides extend upward with a gradual increase in their 
curvature, and then contracting suddenly, giving something of a flattened 
top in excess of the mouth of the vessel. There is a well-defined rim pro- 
jecting above the level of the surrounding surface, but this has no trace 
remaining of incised lines, such as are common in this class of stone pots. 
This specimen contains three large masses of red paint,* and is much dis- 
colored by it, both outside and within; but beneath this can readily be 
traced, upon the exterior surface, especially the bottom, abundant evidences 
of long and frequent exposures to fire. The measurements of this small 
specimen are: Greatest diameter, 6 inches; height, exteriorly, 4 inches; 
width of base, 2.5 inches; diameter of mouth, 3.3 inches. 

Fig. 3, Plate VI, represents a ‘still smaller specimen, differing mate- 
rially from the preceding in having the mouth of nearly as great diameter 
“as its largest transverse measurements. There is a well-defined rim, formed 
by a deeply-incised line extending around the opening of the vessel at a 
uniform distance. This specimen is much more decomposed upon its exte- 
rior surface, from exposure to the fire, than any of the larger pots, and is 
also much encrusted with black scales of what appears to be an admixture 
of asphaltum and ashes or soot. This specimen, in size and general out- 
line, closely resembles a series of small vessels of serpentine found asso- 


* These masses of paint may have been placed in the pot for transportation simply, as these ves- 
sels were utilized in that way by the members of the party making the excavations. 


COOKING POTS OF STEATITE. 99 


ciated with the large mortars and cooking vessels, to which we will shortly 
call attention. 

Closely allied in use, although widely different in shape, are certain 
slabs of steatite of various sizes, for which the name “plate” has been sug- 
gested. These were called by the men employed by Dr. Yarrow Tortilla 
plates, they seeming to understand what use they had been put to by the 
Indians. These interesting utensils, as represented by the series collected, 
generally exhibit traces of exposure to fire upon the under surface, which 
is convex in many of the specimens. This indication of exposure to fire, 
taken in connection with the position of the one large hole drilled in each 
specimen, and the presence of a shallow rim extending around the sides 
of some of the quadrangular specimens—in some instances omitted on 
the end opposite that which is perforated—point conclusively, we think, 
to the fact of their having been used as pans for baking, being practically 


the same as modern “ griddles,” 


which at this time are largely made of the 
same material.* In this connection, it is well to add that the hole at one 
end was doubtlessly used, in connection with a crooked stick, as a means 
of drawing them from the fire. 

Of a series of ten specimens, from the same general locality, each has 
a hole so placed as to give nearly or quite the maximum surface for spread- 
ing the food to be cooked. When a slab of steatite has been chosen for 
making one of these pans de novo, it is quite flat, regular, and usually quad- 
rangular in shape, somewhat tapering at the perforated end, and with a 
carefully wrought rim slightly raised above the general surface. Such 
specimens have a slight convexity of the under surface. Many of these 
utensils are, however, evidently fragments of the larger steatite pots, such as 
we have just described. The curvature of many of these pans is the same 
as the sides of the larger examples of the cooking pots ; and as they are quite 
irregular in outline, without marginal rims, which is replaced by the greater 
concavity of the upper surface, and have the hole for the supposed hook- 
handle variously placed, as determined by the outline of the slab, it is safe 
to infer that they are utilized fragments of large cooking pots. 


*Mr. Schumacher proposes the name of comali for these stones, on which the tortillas, or thin 
cakes of bread made from various vegetable substances, were baked, somewhat after the manner of tho 
Southern hoecake.—?’. W. P. 


100 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


Fig. 34 represents a carefully wrought and highly finished example of 
these stones for cooking food. Nearly rectangular in shape, one inch in 
thickness, and with more prominently raised margins than the others, 
this specimen may be considered as typical of this form of domestic uten- 
sil. It shows distinctly on the under side, and upon the end without the 
rim, marks of the fire by the blackening of the surface. This example 
measures at the upper or perforated end 7 inches in width; the sides are 
10 inches each in length, and the width at the broader end is also 10 inches. 

se Another of these cooking uten- 
2 sils, while similar in general outline, 
is even smoother upon the upper 


“i Eee Dies 
ioe Ny ‘ : . 
f i) Nt "y i Si, side, and has the marginal elevated 
Wiad) 5 NAb TY il : ; 
i eat) lit ai ridge extending around the four 
rl Aad fyi . 5 > 
Asif ns sides, which are slightly curved out- 


ward, the perforated end being most 
nearly straight. This specimen is 
quite thin, and slopes toward the 
edge at one of the lower corners, 
4 giving it the appearance of having 


x -SS, eG Wu 

ee a 
i? 3 ie? Ss co " 
aN 


‘5 become warped. It measures 6 
KN Ly, inches in width at the upper end; 
Steatite ARETE stone © "ig 12 inches in length on one side, 

and 11.5 inches on the other; width at the lower end, 10 inches. 

Another of these cooking utensils is of a much plainer pattern, and 
is probably a fragment of a large pot, squared and smoothed along the 
margins. The upper surface is concave. The upper or perforated end is 
narrower than the other, and the perforation, which is about .75 of an inch 
in diameter, is quite sloping at the circumference, being in general ap- 
pearance a repetition on a larger scale of the countersunk holes in the 
so-called “‘ twisting stones,” and in many gorgets. One of the lower cor- 
ners has been broken off, leaving an even, oblique fracture. The measure- 
ments of this specimen are as follows: Width of the perforated end, 2.5 
inches; of the sides, which have a uniform outward curve, 9 inches; width 
of the end, 4.5 inches. 


BAKING PANS OF STEATITE. 101 


A fourth specimen is of the same general outline, but somewhat 
larger. It has a small concavity on the upper side and may be a frag- 
ment of a cooking pot, but probably it has been made from a slab of soap- 
stone direct, as was Fig. 34. There is on this specimen a series of parallel 
lines, perpendicular in direction, deeply incised on the edge of the upper 
or perforated end. This ornamentation, if such it be, occurs on no other 
of the ten specimens of the series here described. The measurements of this 
specimen are: Width of the upper end, 4 inches; length of the sides, 
which have an outward curve, 10 inches; width of the lower end, 3.5 
inches; of this and the oblique margin, 7 inches. 

A large specimen of these baking pans of steatite, from San Miguel 
Island, California (Peabody Museum, 9261), collected by Paul Schu- 
macher, is of greater dimensions than any of the preceding, and, having a 
very deeply curved surface, may possibly have formed originally a part of 
a large cooking pot; but if so, of one of even greater capacity than Fig. 
32. This specimen has not a raised rim, but otherwise resembles Fig. 
34 of this series. The measurements are: Width of the upper end, 5.5 
inches; length of the sides, which are straight, 11 inches; width of the 
lower end, 9 inches. 

An example of somewhat smaller size is interesting as showing that 
considerable value was placed upon these utensils. The perforation, near 
the middle of the smaller or upper end, having been destroyed by a 
fracture, which detached a large piece from one corner, a second hole has 
been drilled in the middle of the projecting half of the remaining end. 
While this gives quite an irregular outline to the article, the available sur- 
face for baking has not been lessened. This specimen has a worn sloping 
edge, and the depth of the concave surface renders it probable that it was 
a fragment of a pot. The measurements are: Width of cooking surface, 
8 inches; length of same, 7.5 inches; width of projection having the per- 
foration, 3 inches; length of same, 2 inches. It was obtained at Dos 
Pueblos by Mr. Schumacher. (Peabody Museum, No. 9225.) 

An example of still more irregular form, in the Peabody Museum, in- 
dicates that the constant exposure to intense heat caused many of these 
baking utensils not only to crumble about their edges, but to break into 


102 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


many pieces. The specimen here referred to was originally probably quite 
symmetrical, as one side is comparatively straight. ‘The other, however, is 
very irregular and splintered. The original perforation has in this speci- 
men, also, been broken away, and a second made at a short distance from 
it. This example has a much more curved surface than any of the others, 
and bears every indication of being merely a utilized fragment of a cooking 
vessel. It was collected at Santa Cruz Island, California, by Mr. Schu- 
macher. 

An irregularly shaped and comparatively flat example of these 
domestic utensils, also from Santa Cruz Island, was probably made directly 
from a slab of steatite quarried for the purpose. It is somewhat boat-shaped 
in outline, with the sides slightly higher than the middle, but with the 
ends more nearly on a level with the lowest portion of the main surface. 
The hole is quite near the middle of the slab, being farther from the end 
than is usual. This specimen measures 10 inches in length by about 6 
inches in average width. 

A small example, showing no signs of exposure to fire, is quadrangular 
in shape, without a raised rim, and with a countersunk hole in one corner. 

Fic. 35. Its general appearance sug- 
gests that it is a fragment of a 
still larger specimen, which 
has not been used since its 
detachment from the original. 
It measures 4.5 inches in aver- 
age width; length, 6.5 inches, 
and is from Santa Catalina Isl- 


and, California. Collected by 


Paul Schumacher. (Peabody 
SURI US Museum, 9268.) 

Fig. 35 represents an example of stone implement that at first glance 
is apparently of the same character as the preceding, but as the convexity 
of both surfaces is pronounced, and there is no trace of exposure to fire, 
the use of the implement in question is not demonstrated by any of its 
features. Whatever may have been its use, which doubtlessly was other 


BAKING PANS OF STEATITE. 103 


than a culinary one, the specimen is interesting as showing how readily 
one well-known form merges into another. This was also collected by Mr. 
Schumacher on Santa Catalina Island. (Peabody Museum, 9269.) 

These cooking utensils of steatite from the coast of California and the 
adjacent islands must not be confounded with the beautifully wrought 
circular and quadrangular plates found in the interior of the country. 
The latter are usually decorated with incised lines and marginal notches, 
and we are not yet warranted in considering them cooking utensils ; 
their elaborate workmanship and regularity of form rather suggesting 
that they were designed for other and more ornamental purposes than the 
perforated slabs we have just described. 

An implement of steatite, said to have been lately found in New 
Jersey, is, in all respects, similar to the smaller comali here described ; its 
size alone renders it doubtful whether the proposed name is in this case 
properly applied. That it was used simply as a heating-stone with which 
to bring water to a boiling point, after the well-known method of many 
savage tribes, is not probable, as it is too small to be of much use in this 
way, and it is not so well adapted to that purpose as are the perforated flat 
pebbles of irregular shapes and sizes which occur in great abundance in 
the immediate vicinity of where this wrought steatite implement is said to 
have been found. The latter have been considered, we think with good 
reason, as heating or boiling stones, although they have also been regarded 
as perforated sinkers. ‘ 

[Among the articles received by the Peabody Museum from Mr. 
Schumacher’s explorations of 1877 on the islands of San Clemente and 
Santa Catalina, are numerous small plates made of steatite, similar to 
those described above by Dr. Abbott. Several of these are rudely orna- 
mented by deeply incised lines or by raised surfaces, while others show 
transitions to implements of other characters, particularly to the grooved 
stones which have been called “ arrow-shaft straighteners,” and some even 
pass into small, oblong, cup-like vessels. From a study of these specimens 
it appears that many of these stones, having one or more holes, were used 
for purposes where a heated stone was required, and that the hole was 
simply intended to afford the means of taking the stone from the fire. 


104 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


Such stones would be very serviceable in heating water in water-tight 
baskets, and for other similar purposes; while if a hot stone was required 
for the purpose of straightening an arrow-shaft, or any other piece of wood, 
those having a deep groove running transversely on what may be called 
the under side of the stone would serve admirably for such purpose. Some 
of these that are grooved on one face have the opposite surface deeply 
excavated, thus forming a small receptacle, showing an economical use of 
the stone. | 

One specimen, also of steatite, is of a peculiar shape, and without any 
marks of exposure to fire. This has the general outline of one of the small 
pestles with a knob at its smaller end and a groove about the larger, but is 
hollowed out from one surface, making an oval-shaped cup. This article is 
rudely worked, and its whole appearance is such as to give the idea that it 
had been attached by cords to some other article. To strengthen this sug- 
gestion a small depression has been drilled on one side, as if it had been 
at first thought necessary to make a hole through the side for the purpose 
of assisting its attachment, and the idea was afterwards abandoned. The 
measurements of this article are: Length, 5.5 inches; width, 2 inches; 
cavity, 1 inch in depth. (Peabody Museum, 13492.) 

Another of these stones (P. M., 13168) is about 4.5 inches long by 1.75 
inches wide and .75 of an inch thick. One end of this specimen is roughly 
pointed, and has a small hole bored from both sides. On one surface of the 
stone are two deeply cut grooves in the form of a letter X. If found on our 
eastern shore this article would be unquestionably regarded as a sinker, and 
it is very probable that such was its use, though it shows signs of having 
been exposed to fire, but that may be entirely due to its having been made 
from a fragment of a cooking utensil. 

Among the specimens in this lot are several which were probably used 
as baking stones. Of these the following are specially worthy of note : 

One (P. M., 13165) is nearly symmetrical and regularly finished; 
5.5 inches long, 5 inches broad at one end, and 4 inches at the other, with 
the sides slightly and regularly curved throughout its length. On the nar- 
row end are three carefully bored holes, the central one being .5 of an inch 
in diameter, and nearly a third larger than the two others. These holes are 


FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 105 


not couritersunk, and are nearly of the same diameter throughout. On the 
under or slightly convex surface, and on each side of the central hole, two 
smaller holes have been started and carried nearly through the stone. The 
upper surface of this stone, which is about .5 of an inch thick, is slightly 
concave. 

Another specimen (P. M. 13166), of about the same size and shape 
as the one just described, has a hole, about .75 of an inch in diameter, in 
the centre, near the front or narrow edge. Running transversely on the 
under surface is a lozenge-shaped raised portion about .5 of an inch wide in 
the centre and standing out from the surface about .25 of an inch. 

A third specimen (P. M. 13167), of nearly the same size as the others, 
has been very carefully cut out and regularly finished. The hole in this 
is in the centre of the front end, and has been carefully worked out. On 
the under side a ridge has been left along the front and hind edges, and 
‘running longitudinally upon this surface from ridge to ridge are eight 
deeply cut grooves. 

A fourth specimen, though showing by the changed character of the 
steatite that it has been exposed to continued heat, seems to be of too small 
size to have been of much value as a baking stone. It is very regularly 
cut, and all its edges are carefully and squarely finished. The hole placed 
in the centre near the front edge is of the same size throughout and nearly 
half an inch in diameter. This stone is 2.75 inches wide at its front margin 
or narrowest portion, and increases to 3.5 inches measured on the opposite 
border, and is of a uniform thickness of .25 of an inch. Continued around 
the stone are two raised portions, with a deep groove between them, form- 
ing a band .75 of an inch thick, and thus materially interfering with its use 
for baking purposes —F. W. P.] 

Foop VESSELS AND PAINT Ccups.—Accompanying the large mortars, 
with their pestles, the cooking pots, and plates or pans for baking, which we 
have already described, are a number of smaller vessels, usually made of a 
different mineral, and quite artistically shaped, and sometimes ornamented. 
As in modern wares, we give, for convenience, special names to certain 
forms, as vase, cup, bowl, and mug, so we might readily separate these sev- 
eral forms under like headings, but it is doubtful if such designations would 


106 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


really give a clearer idea of their probable uses, it being more than likely 
that these various forms of stone vessels, whatever their size or shape, were 
not intended for a more extended range of use than as receptacles for food, 
whether cooked or raw, and for such pigments as were in use for decorating 
the persons of their owners. Some of the smallest examples, indeed, may 
be simply toys for children. Whatever their use, it will be seen, on refer- 
ence to the illustrations and to the detailed descriptions, that much care 
has been given to their manufacture and an unusual degree of taste exhib- 
ited in the design of very many. 

Of a series of nearly thirty specimens collected by Drs. Yarrow and 
Rothrock, Mr. Henshaw, and Mr. Schumacher, all but seven are made of 
serpentine; the others of fine-grained sandstone. 

Fig. 12, Plate VI, represents a beautifully wrought example of a bowl, 
or, as we suppose, receptacle for food. This example is circular at the rim, 
and gradually curves to a flattened base of very limited surface. The bot- 
tom and sides of this bowl are of nearly uniform thickness, and the interior 
and exterior surfaces are equally well polished. The ornamentation con- 
sists of two deeply incised lines near the rim, with an intervening space of 
the same width. The space referred to is highly polished, and stands out 
in bold relief, surrounded by the dulled surfaces of the incised lines. 
There is no trace of exposure to fire on this bowl, and no special indica- 
tions of wear or long usage, unless the slight chippings about the rim may 
be considered as such. The measurements of this vessel are: Diameter 
at the top, 5.2 inches; height, exteriorly, 2.8 inches; thickness of sides, .2 
of an inch at the rim, and somewhat larger at the base. 

A much larger but very similar example of these bowl-shaped vessels 
is of unusual interest, as it shows that, although badly broken, the specimen 
was made available for some uses by carefully mending it by the use of 
asphaltum poured into holes and connecting grooves, as already described. 
(See Fig. 2, Plate VI.) In this specimen, however, instead of a single 
fracture, closed by a single fastening of asphaltum, the vessel has been 
broken into three pieces, and subsequently held together by six connecting 
grooves and eleven perforations, showing conclusively that great value was 
placed upon these serpentine bowls, and that the labor of making them 


FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 107 


was so considerable that every practicable means, however laborious, was 
adopted to preserve them, even when so greatly damaged as was this 
specimen. The measurements of this bowl are: Diameter at the mouth, 
7.5 inches; height, exteriorly, 4 inches; thickness of sides of the bow], 
varying from .3 to .4 of an inch. 

Fig. 10, Plate VI, represents a very beautifully wrought serpentine bow] 
of somewhat smaller capacity than Fig. 5, varying also in being less in 
diameter, but of greater depth. The degree of polish and general finish 
is the same. The ornamentation consists of a single shallow groove near 
the rim. This example is interesting as showing one of the uses to which 
such vessels were put, it having still in it two masses of red pigment, which 
it contained when taken from the graves at Dos Pueblos. This bowl 
measures 4.2 inches at the rim in diameter, and slightly exceeds this below 
the mouth of the vessel; height, exteriorly, 2.7 inches. The flat surface of 
the rim is .25 of an inch in width, and has numbers of transverse. incised 
lines, probably intended as an ornamental design, which are now, however, 
scarcely discernible. 

‘ig. 8, Plate V, represents a very symmetrical but perfectly plain 
bowl that closely approaches a typical mortar in its appearance, and is of 
the same hard sandstone that most of the mortars proper are made of. 
This specimen has the sides and base, which is flattened, of nearly uniform 
size, and both the interior and exterior surfaces are very smooth, but not 
polished. On the rim are two shallow depressions, of less than an inch in 
length, each of which have been filled with asphaltum, upon which shells, 
or fragments of abalone shells, have been placed as ornaments; being 
the same decoration that we noticed on some of the mortars. This 
specimen measures: Greatest diameter, 5.3 inches; height, exteriorly, 3.2 
inches. 

Fig. 1, Plate V, represents a remarkable specimen of workmanship in 
stone, especially when the conditions of the maker and the character of his 
tools are considered. It is wrought out of a dense serpentine, and excels 
in finish, the rim being strictly circular, and not simply approaching to it, 
while the flaring sides of the vessel decrease uniformly in thickness. 
The base is flattened, and large enough to permit the vessel to stand firm 


108 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


and steady. The rim slopes outward slightly, and overlaps the interior 
surface, and is noticeably sharp and unworn on the edge. There is no 
trace of ornamentation by incised lines, or other decoration. This speci- 
men measures, in greatest diameter, 5.2inches; height, exteriorly, 2.5 inches; 
breadth of rim, .35 of an inch. 

Another form of these food receptacles is the oval or boat-shaped, 
examples of which also occur in the series of stone vessels from California. 
It is not clear that this shape has any connection with a particular use, and 
it is not one peculiar to the Pacific coast. A specimen from Massachusetts, 
figured in Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 287, p. 36, Figure 
143, is distinctly boat-shaped, with a small projecting handle at each end, 
and Dr. Rau there refers to others from the Atlantic coast States as being 
of this general pattern. 

Numerous objects made of steatite have been found in New Jersey 
and have been examined by the writer. The similarity of some of them 
to implements of this material from California and the adjacent islands 
has been noticed One marked instance, among several, is the occurrence 
of a beautifully wrought oval dish, 22 inches in length and 9 in width, which 
in finish and symmetry quite equals any from the Pacific coast. Frag- 
ments of several small boat-shaped vessels have also been met with, but the 
great majority of those from New Jersey, seen by the writer, have been 
circular in outline and of much ruder finish than the average stone vessels 
from the Pacific coast. 

A specimen from Santa Barbara, collected by Mr. Bowers (National 
Museum, 20207), may be considered, perhaps, the typical form of boat-shaped 
or oval vessels. This handsome specimen of savage art, in finish and design, 
excels all others in the collection, although there possibly may be no more 
skill required in shaping an oval than a circular vessel. Be this as it may, 
the evident intention of the artistic workman has been accomplished, and 
in every detail the vessel is complete. This specimen is made of steatite, 
and is prettily veined with black upon gray and brown tints. It is highly 
polished upon every part, and has the sides of uniform width. The base, 
which is curved longitudinally, is somewhat flattened transversely, and is 
of double the thickness of the sides. The ends are curved; the sides and 


FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 109 
base gradually merging into each other so as to give a’ uniform surface, 
both within and without. In addition to this curving of the ends there is 
also at one end a prow-like projection which is very symmetrical, and 
greatly adds to the boat-like appearance of the specimen. Extending 
along either side and starting from this projection is a raised rim that is flat 
upon its surface in front, but somewhat curved upon the sides of the vessel. 
This rim has been originally marked by numerous closely arranged incised 
lines, extending transversely across it. These are now nearly obliterated in 
some places, and are not distinctly seen, except on careful examination. 
This specimen measures, in extreme length, 9.5 inches; in width, 4.9 inches; 
height, exteriorly, at the middle of sides, 2 inches; at the projecting end, 
3.1 inches; at the curved end, 2.9 inches. 

Another boat-shaped utensil was found in “ Bonanza No. 1,” La Patera, 
in close contiguity to the canoe mentioned in Dr. Yarrow’s report, but was 
unfortunately broken in transit to Washington. It has, however, been 
mended, and is in the National Museum. It is about twice the length of 
the one just described, which it resembles, though it is without the promi- 
nent prow.* 

Fig. 15, Plate VI, represents an irregularly oval bowl, of excellent 
workmanship, so far as uniformity of width of sides and general smoothing 
of the surfaces extend, but the want of symmetry is very marked. The 
rim is now quite smooth and flat, and its undulating character, in connection 
with the unsymmetrical shaping of the bowl itself, is apparently not the 
result of fracture, but intentional. This seems the more probable, as a 
faintly discernible incised line runs parallel to the rim for a short distance 
on one side. A shallow indentation on each side of the rim has the ap- 
pearance of grooves for asphaltum, such as we have already noticed 
on the large sandstone mortars. This specimen measures, in extreme 


*Another specimen of these finely finished boat-shaped utensils was found in a grave on Santa 
Catalina, by Mr. Schumacher, and sent to the Peabody Museum, in 1577. (P. M., 13270.) This vessel is 
8.5 inches long, 2.75 inches wide, and 3.25 inches deep at the ends, which are .5 of an inch higher than the 
sides. The sides are .25 of an inch thick, and the vessel is hollowed toadepth of 1.5 inches. The mate- 
rial is steatite. The perfect construction and shape of this vessel afford almost convincing evidence of 
its representing the boats of the islanders. The still later exploration of the island of Santa Catalina 
has furnished, among other articles, a large boat-shaped vessel over two feet in length. This was ob- 
tained at the ancient quarry-on the island, and is of particular interest, as it is not a finished piece of 
work; the exterior having been cut into shape while the interior is only partly excavated.—F. W. P. 


110 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


length, 7.3 inches; in width, 6.2 inches; height, exteriorly, varying from 3 
to 3.7 inches. 

Fig. 6, Plate VI, represents a well-defined oval bowl or vessel which, 
perhaps, would be more properly classed with such small specimens cf simi- 
lar general finish as will be subsequently described as cups. This example 
of the oval-shaped specimens bears much resemblance, except in size, to 
the preceding, being carefully wrought on the sides and base, and carefully 
polished both on the interior and exterior surfaces. The rim, however, as 
in Figure 7 of same plate, is quite undulating; the lowest part being on 
the sides, as in the other. There is no attempt at ornamentation by the 
usual incised lines or any other means. The measurements of this vessel 
are: Extreme length, 4.1 inches; width, 3.1 inches; height, exteriorly, at 
the ends, 2.3 inches. t 

Fig. 5, Plate VI, represents what may be considered the most special- 
ized form of the stone pots and vessels taken from the ancient graves at 
Dos Pueblos. The bowl proper, if it may be thus considered, is admirably 
wrought, of uniform thickness of sides and base, which is scarcely flattened, 
and with a well-defined flat rim projecting inwards to a greater distance 
than is usual among this class of domestic utensils. On the rim, in three 
equidistant positions, are traces of asphaltum. The one peculiar feature 
which widely separates this specimen from all others is the handle-like pro- 
jection. The measurements of this interesting specimen are: Diameter 
varying from 4.3 inches to 4.5 inches; length of handle-like projection, 1.5 
inches.* 

Associated with those above described, and more numerous, it would 
appear, from the relative numbers of the two series taken from the one gen- 
eral locality, are several shallow bowls, or saucer-shaped vessels, made of 


* A smaller specimen of these ladle-like cups received frcm Mr. Schumacher, from the island of 
Santa Catalina (P. M., 13292), has a handle nearly 3 inches long, while the cup part is about 2.5 inches 
in diameter, and is excavated to the depth of 1.5 inches. A still smaller and spoon-like, rather than 
ladle-like, specimen from the same locality (P. M., 13147) has a short bluntly pointed handle of about 
an inch in length projecting from the bowl portion, which is about 2.5 inches long by slightly more than 
1 inch in width, and an interior depth of one-half an inch. The thickness of the bowl of the spoon is 
not over one-eighth of aninch. The shape of the short handle is such as to conyey the impression that 
it was inserted into a longer one of wood. Both of these articles are made of steatite, without attempt 
at ornament, except that on the larger one a slight groove has been cut partially round the lip of the 
bowl.—F. W. P. 


FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. ETT 


different materials, but mostly of serpentine. While many, and perhaps all, 
of these specimens have been manufactured de novo, several strongly sug- 
gest the probability of their being the bottoms of larger vessels, such as 
have been already described, which have been utilized, by giving an even 
and uniform edge to what were the fractured sides of a deeper bowl or cup. 
Others, again, are certainly things of themselves, and in no way referable 
to other patterns of stone vessels.* In some instances, as Fig. 3, Plate VI, 
there is a trace of ornamentation of a primitive kind in the one incised line 
extending along the rim; but as a class they are not symmetrical in outline, 
nor do they exhibit any care in the finish. Their appearance is strongly 
suggestive, especially the smaller specimens, of being mere playthings for 
children ; which is the more plausible from the fact that our present Indians 
still fashion, both in clay and stone, similar articles as toys for their children. 
One of the smallest, however, and also the rudest (Fig. 9, Plate V), still has 
some of the characteristic red pigment adhering to it, and such vessels pos- 
sibly were not considered too small for toilet cups for adults. Figs. 4, 6, 7, 
8, 9, 10 of Plate V, and Figs. 3 and 4 of Plate VI, represent a series of these 
saucer-like vessels, and scarcely require detailed descriptions. As they are 
represented on the plates reduced to a uniform scale of one-fourth their 
diameter, reference to special measurements is unnecessary + 

The presence of pigment in one specimen, as already referred to, will 
searcely give us a clue to the intended uses of the shallow vessels; but, 
whether for adults or children, there are so many possible suggestions that 
‘an be made by reference to similar forms in our own homes that it is 
scarcely necessary to give them any definite name or ascribe as probable 
any one or more special uses to them. 

In addition to these, which as a class were probably used more in con- 


* Among a number of articles said to have been taken from Indian graves, lately discovered in 
Gloucester County, New Jersey, are two steatite saucers of the same shape as the larger examples of 
this pattern from California. As no others of this form have been found, or at least appear in any of 
the large private collections in the State, it is presumable that this saucer-shaped pattern was but 
little used by the Indians of the Atlantic coast, and even the genuineness of many of the steatite articles 
which are said to have been found in Gloucester County may well be questioned. 

tSeveral much smaller specimens of these little paint-cups have been received from Mr. Schu- 
macher’s later explorations on the islands, and are now in the Peabody Museum. One is hardly over 
an inch in diameter and less than one-half an inch in depth. Several others, made of steatite and of 
serpentine, vary from this size to 3 inches in diameter.—F. W. P. 


112 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


nection with food and cooking than as toilet-cups or for the preparation 
of toilet materials, is a small series of very beautifully-wrought bowls, or, 
more properly, cups. These vessels are noticeable from the fact that their 
depth is equal to or greater than the transverse diameter. 

Fig. 7, Plate VI, represents a beautifully-wrought example of these 
carefully-fashioned cups. This cup is well polished on its exterior surface, 
but is comparatively rough within, and exhibits clearly the marks of the 
flint knife used in hollowing out. The rim is narrow and slopes inward, 
and is well defined by a deeply incised line or groove extending around it. 
This specimen measures 3.5 inches in diameter at the mouth and is 3.2 
inches in height. The sides are quite thin and the bottom is .6 of an inch 
in thickness. 

[In relation to ornamented vessels of the general pattern described 
by Dr. Abbott, three examples cut out of steatite, and received recently in 
Mr. Schumacher’s collection from the island of Santa Catalina, are worthy 
of special mention. 

One of these (P. M., 13316) is of the shape shown in Fig. 7, Plate VI. 
It has a diameter of 5 inches, measured from side to side, and is 4 inches in 
height; is excavated to the depth of 3 inches and has a diameter at the mouth 
of 3.5 inches. On the outside of this cup or bowl is the following ornamen- 
tation: A raised band, about one-quarter of an inch wide, is continued 
round the cup, one-half an inch from the edge of the lip. Round the bot- 
tom portion are two deeply-cut grooves, about half an inch apart. Between 
the band above and the grooves below, on the bulging sides, are three 
groups of X-like marks. This specimen does not show any indication of 
contact with fire. 

A much smaller cup of the same shape (P. M., 13143) has a similar 
band about the lip, but in this case so near to the edge as to be in part upon 
the upper surface of the lip. Below and in part on the bottom of the cup 
are four deeply-incised lines, forming three raised bands between them. 
On the sides, in two groups, with a smooth space of about an inch between 
them, are series of irregularly-cut, oblique lines. One of these groups con- 
tains sixteen lines and the other twenty. The inside of this cup is discol- 
ored by red pigment and was evidently used for toilet purposes. 


SMALL CUPS OF STONE. its 


A still smaller, globular, and symmetrical cup (P. M., 13146), about 
2.5 inches in diameter by 1.5 high, is smoothly finished on the outside, and 
ornamented by four rows of shallow indentations, like the punch-marks on 
rude pottery. These marks extend from the lip to the central portion of 
the bottom of the cup. On one side, close to the lip, there are six dots or 
small pits uniting with two of the downward lines.—F. W. P.] 

A cup nearly resembling the one shown on Plate VI, Fig. 5, is much 
‘smaller and a trifle less bulging at the sides, thus making the diameter of 
the mouth and the greatest diameter of the cup more nearly equal. 

Fig. 1, Plate VI, represents a form varying in some respects from the 
last, and approaching both the typical mortar and the bowls. This cup 
is carefully carved in steatite, and still shows the flint-knife. marks and 
scratches over its entire surface, which has been smoothed but not pol- 
ished. The general outline is symmetrical, and the sides are straighter 
and thicker than im any other of the specimens of similar pattern. The 
measurements of this stone cup are: Greatest diameter, 3.5 inches; height, 
exteriorly, 2.8 inches; thickness of sides varying from .3 to .35 of an inch. 

Fig. 11, Plate VI, represents a symmetrical and beautifully-finished 
example of serpentine cup. This specimen varies in its pattern from the 
others described, but more nearly approaches Fig. 7 of same plate, except 
in size. On the base and sides are’still seen the tool-marks, which subse- 
quent polishing have but partially obliterated. At the rim, which is some- 
what less in circumference than the base, there is a narrow incised line, 
but no further markings of a decorative character. The rim itself is level 
and highly polished. A faint trace of red pigment in the deeper tool- 
marks on the bottom shows that the cup has been used as a receptacle 

-for this material. The measurements of this specimen are: Diameter of the 
mouth, 2.6 inches; of the base or greatest diameter, 3 inches; height, exte- 
riorly, 2.5 inches. 

Fig. 9, Plate VI, represents a diminutive example of these small ves- 
sels, which closely resembles the preceding, but is of much smaller size. 
Broad and flattened upon the base, the sides curve upward and inward to 
a narrow edge, which shows in one portion of its extent a narrow, incised 


line. Below this, on the sides of the cup, are a few very faint lines, 
8 ol 


114 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


extending at right angles to the rim line. Much of the edge of the cup 
is fractured, but enough remains to indicate that when new it had consid- 
erable decoration, consisting wholly of delicate lines or scratches. Their 
regularity and uniform width and depth distinguish them from the ordi- 
nary tool-marks, which are still discernible over the whole exterior surface. 
The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, or that near the 
base, 2.2 inches; diameter of the mouth, 1.85 inches; height, exteriorly, 
1.4 inches. This specimen, like Fig. 10 of same plate, contains a mass of 
red paint, and has doubtlessly been used as a toilet-cup exclusively. Stone 
cups of even less capacity have been found in Indian graves along the 
Atlantic coast, with similar masses of pigment in them. 

In connection with the large series of stone vessels of various patterns, 
and doubtless for many and varied uses, it is desirable to call attention to a 
very interesting wooden vessel, which, while somewhat similar to certain of 
those of stone that have been described, still varies materially in its general 
character, although it was probably put to much the same use as many of 
the former. 


Fig, 36. 


Wooden vessel, 4. 


Fig. 36 represents the wooden vessel to which we have just referred. 
It is irregularly quadrangular in shape, the sides being quite straight and 
parallel, but the ends are unequally curved outward. The sides are quite 
thin and of uniform width. The bottom, while flat upon the outside, is 
curved interiorly. At one end, and much nearer one side than the other, is 


a narrow handle projecting from the vessel about 2.5 inches. This wooden 


VESSELS OF WOOD AND OF SHELLS. 115 


ladle or dipper, as it may be called, has been figured and described by Dr. 
Rau as “a wooden bailing-vessel, with a short handle, fitting in a rectangu- 
lar hole cut into the vessel.”* A careful examination of the specimen leads 
me to consider this last statement a mistake, and that the handle is part 
and parcel of the ladle or dipper, and was carved at the same time with 
the body of the implement from the one piece of wood, and is not an addi- 
tion thereto. It would be of great interest to know the exact date of the 
carving of this interesting specimen; for if made previously to the intro- 
duction of metals, it reflects great credit on the skill of the stone-age work- 
man, as it is apparent that, although more yielding, wood is probably harder 
to shape and hollow with flint knives than is stone ; but with whatever tool 
this vessel has been made, it reflects credit on the skill of the maker. 

This wooden vessel or ladle measures 5.8 inches in length; 3.6 inches 
in width at the top; and is 2.4 inches high, measured exteriorly. Locality: 
Santa Cruz Island, California. P. Schumacher. (National Museum.) 

Besides the vessels of stone and this of wood, there occurs a form of 
dish, or receptacle, which is simply a utilized shell of the abalone (Haliotis). 

Fic. 37. 


Oe 
Ging 
LPF Ss 

hg, 


Dish made of a shell. 


To render these available as dishes the series of holes or ‘‘eyes” in 
the shell has been carefully closed with asphaltum, and a convenient dish 
is thereby obtained (Fig. 37). A large shell of this kind, taken from 


* Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 287, p. 88, Fig. 314. 


116 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS. 


the graves at La Patera, was filled with seeds which Dr. Rothrock* has 
shown to be those of the Salvia Columbaria. 'These utilized shells do not 
appear to be altered in any way other than as mentioned above. Dr. Rau,t 
in referring to the occurrence of shells in ancient Californian coast graves, 
remarks, concerning the ancient inhabitants of this locality, “that they util- 
ized the unaltered shells of Haliotis, Cardium, Pecten, Patella, Spondylus, and 
Panopea as the receptacles for asphaltum is demonstrated by a number of 
shells, still filled with that substance, which were obtained from graves on 
the Santa Barbara group of islands.” Shells of the above-named genera 
were also found by Dr. Yarrow’s party, and contain various substances, 
principally the red and black pigments. Dr. Yarrow also informs me that 
Fic. 38. some of the Haliotis shells found were 
placed on top of the crania in the 
graves. 

In connection with the small re- 
ceptacles of various kinds, should be 
classed the cups made from vertebrze 
of large fishes, inasmuch as the ma- 
jority of such bone cups, of which 
many have been found in the graves, 

are filled with substances evidently in- 


a = tended for use in savage decoration. 
SU DSTE OE OE NEEISED GLE UIE One of these cups, of about the max- 


imum size, is represented in Fig. 38. Similar cups made from fish-bones 


were evidently used for other purposes, as shown further on, where a 
peculiar ornament is described as partly made from a vertebra of a fish.t 


*See page 80. tL. ¢., p. 67. 

{The explorations of the Santa Barbara Islands have brought to light several more of these singu- 
lar cups of various sizes. It is of interest in this connection to recall to memory the ‘large drinking- 
cup made from the vertebra of a whale” which was found on the Isle of Eday, Orkney, and figured in 
WILson’s Prehistoric Annals of Scotland, vol. 1, p. 113.—F. W. P. 


THE METHOD OF MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS. 


By PAuL ScHUMACHER.* 


In my investigations among the remains of the aborigines of the Pa- 
cific coast, south of San Francisco, I was always rewarded by finding 
the olla,t one of the most beautiful utensils of genuine aboriginal work- 
manship. The pot is usually of globular form, with a narrow opening on 
the top; sometimes pear-shaped, and others of the Mexican form, with a 
wide opening. Illustrations of the principal types are given in Bancroft’s 
“Native Races of the Pacific States,” Vol. IV, page 693, from my own 
drawings. The stone of which this utensil for culinary purposes, and some 
other articles of our Indians were worked out, has been well known and in 
use for like purposes since the classic times of Theophrastus and Pliny. 
The Magnesian stone (“ayvArzs AiMos) and the kind quarried at Siphnus 
and Comun, the /Japis ollaris of a later period, of which in ancient times 
vessels were hollowed out in the turning-lathe and carved, coincide in 
nature and composition with the pot-stone of our Indians. The stone is 
a steatite, usually of a greenish-gray color, sometimes showing hexagonal 
prisms in stellated groups, with pearly lustre and greasy touch, especially 
when reduced to powder. It changes in some portions of the same ledge 
into a more flaky and micaceous character, while in neighboring deposits, 
as at Santa Catalina Island, it exists crystallized in stellated groups of well- 
developed hexagonal needles of glistening apple color, which are easily de- 
tached from the weathered surface. The living rock is not as bright or 
shining as are the fragments of pots that had been exposed to heat; it loses 
its greasy character the more a utensil has thus been in use, and the color 


* Extracted in advance from the 11th Annual Report of the Peabody Museum. 


t Olla, from the Latin olla, a pot; Mexican pronunciation dya, 
117 


118 MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS. 


is changed to a bright metallic lead color. Some years ago I showed a 
potsherd, the color of which had thus been changed by fire, to a mineral- 
ogist, who pronounced it Magnesian mica. 

The first information I gained of the locality of quarries of pot-stone, 
or where pots were made, was from a venerable Spanish lady while exhum- 
ing in Nipomo rancho, San Luis Obispo County, in the spring of 1874. 
She recollected a narrative of her mother, according to which the Indians 
had brought ollas in canoe-loads from the islands in Santa Barbara channel 
to the mainland, which they exchanged for such necessities as the island- 
ers were in want of.* Two years later, in Santa Barbara County, I re- 
ceived similar information from an old Mexican, then my guide. While 
making researches among the islands, at the jot expense of the Smithsonian 
Institution and the Peabody Museum, I gained the assurance, during my 
short stay on Santa Catalina, that the stone exists in certain places on that 
island, but did not then succeed in finding the quarries. But during my last 
expedition to that locality, made at the expense of the Peabody Museum, I 
made the discovery, finding pits, quarries, and tools, together with unfinished 
articles. I noticed that the softer stone usually obtained in the pits, which 
is of a more micaceous character, was used for pots, while the close-grained 
rock of darker color, serpentine, was mainly used for the weights of digging- 
sticks, cups, pipes, ornaments, ete. 

While in camp at Little Springs, my attention was first arrested by a 
small mound of silvery hue, which same hue also extended over the 
adjoining ground. The mound is in front of a large outcropping rock of 
pot-stone, which I found to be an impressive witness of the tedious labors 
of the aborigines, it being entirely covered with marks where pot-forms had 
been worked out or left in various stages; some even were only begun and 
abandoned, while others were nearly worked out in rough outlines, but 
still united with the living rock. At the foot of the bluff is a burrow in 
which, and among the débris forming the mound, many potsherds, a broken 
pot of which the outside had already been well worked and even the hol- 
low started, and a pot-form as broken from the mother rock, were brought 


*This statement is corroborated by Dr. Yarrow, who was informed of the same circumstances by 
the Senora Welch at the Dos Pueblos ranch, the principal articles of barter given in exchange for tha 
ollas being grass-seeds, furs, skins, acorns, and roots of different kinds.—F, W. P. 


ANCIENT SOAPSTONE QUARRY. 119 


to light, with many tools of hard slate in the shape of chisels, and scrapers 
of quartz. 

From the Little Springs we followed the canon to the northward, and 
crossed the pass, easy of access from this side, into Pots Valley. It is a wide 
hollow canon, in which pot-stone, silicious slate, and “float”-quartz are found 
abundantly. The pot-stone is found especially below the small spring, 
which makes out near the base of a very conspicuous, isolated, large rock, 
which stands nearly in the centre of the valley; while the slate, of which 
the chisels are made, crops out boldly, higher up near the pass. Several hun- 
dred yards below the spring, at the ravine to the right going down, is found 
a pit; and the ledge of pot-stone close by forms a face in the ravine, which 
shows the same marks of the chisel as at Little Springs. About eight dis- 
tinct marks cover the lower face, while others are obliterated by subsequent 
mining. One, having only been commenced, shows the outlines of a pot- 
form in a circle worked to a depth of only an inch, and measures 16 inches 
in diameter Between this place and the second ravine, about 50 yards to 
the northwestward, is another pit of larger dimension—about 15 feet in 
diameter and still 5 feet deep—where, too, among the débris, potsherds and 
quantities of slate fragments and quartz are found; some of which had evi- 
dently been used in working the mine and making the pots Besides these 
places there are many more pits in the valley, and a quarry especially prom- 
inent about four hundred yards to the eastward from Pots Valley boat-land- 
ing, close to the steep ocean shore. In fact, on entering the canon by the 
pass, as we did, when the grand rock near the spring, the lesser cliffs, and the 
scattered boulders can be overseen, I was struck, on examining the locality 
through a field-glass, by the discovery of so many silver-hued mounds, the 
débris of pits, the rock quarries, and the open-air workshops, so that I 
believed I had found the main factory of the ollas of the California abo- 
rigines. Even those not interested in aboriginal remains cannot fail to 
notice the manufacturing propensities of the people that formerly roamed 
here, and the locality was appropriately named. 

In examining the slate quarry I found the rock had been first broken 
into accidental shape and size, and such pieces as were best adapted for 
chisels were then selected and trimmed. The scrapers, usually made of 


120 MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS. 


milky quartz, found in abundance all over the island, are sometimes quite 
well chipped, but oftener simple flakes. I will mention here that we de- 
tected among the chisel-marks on the living rock, as also on several pot- 

Hee SE sherds, distinct signs of metallic tools having been” 
Hie. used. These were probably of iron, and like those 
which we frequently found in the burying-ground on 
the Isthmus. 

Fig. 39 illustrates a chisel made of slate (P. M. 
13411), half its natural diameter, and Fig. 40 a scraper 
made of quartz (P. M. 13412), of natural size. I also 

Fie. 40. give a sketch, Fig. 41, of 
a part of the bluff near the 
boat-landing, which gives a 
better idea of how the rough 
work of detaching the rock 
was carried on. 

After the pot-form had 
been worked out, it was 
broken from the living rock 
by working under it and by 
the gradual pressure of the 
chisel around the base. The 
detached pot-boulder was 
next rounded into proper 


OS 


ae Ss form; it was then hollowed 
Chisel of slate, 4. Scraper of quartz. out until a certain thickness 


of the pot was reached, and was finally carefully finished with the scraper. 


As the thickness of the olla increases toward the bottom—it usually thick- 
ens from about half an inch at the rim to one and a half at the bottom—it 
requires skill to attain this evenly. No mechanical apparatus was used 
for this purpose (as shown by certain irregularities in the form of the pot), 
but simply the touch of both hands in antiposition, one gliding outside the 
already finished surface, while the other worked inside toward’ the guiding 


ANCIENT SOAPSTONE QUARRY. ial 


hand. In this wise, with some practical experience, a greater accuracy is 


attainable than at first might be supposed, especially if the work proceeds 
Fig. 41. 


Sketch of a portion of the steatite ledge, showing the method of detach- 
ing the pot-forms. 


from a known thickness, to which reference can be taken, which is here 


the case, as it progressed from the rim.* 


*Tt is of special interest, in connection with the manufacture of these pots on the coast of Cali- 
fornia, to note that the Indians of the Atlantic coast adopted the same method, though the pots made 
were of a different shape, being generally oval and shallow, and having knobs for handles at each end. 
This interesting fact [recently had the opportunity of observing on the land of H. N. Angell, in the town 
of Johnston, near Providence, R. I. At this place Mr. Angell has uncovered an old soapstone quarry, 
from which hundreds of these pot-forms have been taken in former times, as shown by the deep excava- 
tions made in the soapstone ledge, and the remains of the pot-forms, the broken vessels, rude stoue 
implements, ete. Since this note was written other ancient quarries of the same character have been 
found, particularly one in Virginia and another near Washington.—F. W. P. 


ARTICLES MADE OF WOOD. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


ATTENTION has already been called to a beautifully made vessel of wood. 
(See Fig. 36.) Its size, shape, and general appearance are such as to indi- 
cate that it was put to some useful purpose ; but such examples of the use 
of wood, instead of steatite or sandstone, for making domestic implements 
of any kind are, as yet, of rare occurrence ; and, so far, we cannot deter- 
mine whether or not their origin dates previous or subsequent to the 
period of contact of the native Californians with the Spaniards. If these 
specimens of wood-working are of comparatively recent date, of course 
much of their interest is gone. That they should be of recent date, either 
from the fact of the known rapid decay of wood, or their general absence 
from localities where stone implements occur, does not necessarily follow; 
for it is well known that wood was largely used by savages both for 
making weapons and domestic implements, and that under favorable cir- 
cumstances, such as might readily occur at times, wood has proved to be 
as imperishable as stone. 

It may not be out of place to here call attention to a curious wooden 
implement which was found under circumstances indicating great age. 
This artificially shaped implement of wood, as it appears to be, was found 
on the east of the Connecticut River, near Hartford, Conn.* It was found, 
apparently im situ, in a deposit of blue clay, over which extends a deposit of 
loam of several feet in thickness. The writer of the article in the report, 
to which we have referred, infers that the clay-bed wherein the implement 
was found is not a river deposit, but ‘‘an older formation than the loam, 
but not so old as the unmixed clay in the neighboring hills,” and also “ that 


the implement, having been found partly imbedded in the clay, and having 


*Smithsonian Annual Report for 1876, p. 445. 
422 


“—~ 


TOY BOATS. 


presented characteristic marks of condition identical with those of 


associated wood similarly placed, its burial was coin- 
cident with that of the other wood.” 

Admitting the inferences drawn, as above stated, 
to be correct, and there is little reason to question 
them, it is evident that wooden implements are of 
very great antiquity ; and the examples found in the 
graves of Dos Pueblos are probably as old as any of 
the associated stone implements and weapons, though 
the fact that many articles obtained from the early 
Spanish visitors to the coast were found in some of 
the graves of course throws a doubt on many of the 
objects being of a greater antiquity than the period 
of Spanish contact. 

Fig. 42 represents a canoe-shaped wooden vessel, 
which may be simply a toy boat, as has been sug- 
gested, or a receptacle for food, such as some of the 
saucer-shaped stone vessels are supposed to have 
been. At one end of this article a hole has been 
drilled either for suspending the object, or, if a toy 
boat, for attaching a cord, whereby the little vessel 
might be drawn over the water. It is difficult to de- 
termine to what extent. toys, as miniature representa- 
tions of articles in common use, were made by this 
and other extinct tribes of Indians, although it is 
well known that such toys are made by some exist 
ing tribes. Whether an article for use or a toy, Fig. 
42 represents a well-finished piece of work, particu- 
larly if made solely by the aid of flint or obsidian 
knives. 

Fig. 42 is of actual size, and other similar boat- 


shaped articles-have been collected of both larger and 


“yRoq AOL Tapoo Ay 


123 


other 


‘OI 


% 


smaller dimensions. This specimen was collected by Schumacher from a 


grave on Santa Cruz Island, California. (National Museum, No, 18178.) 


124 ARTICLES MADE OF WOOD. 


Another example of wood-work, which was obtained from the graves 
at La Patera, consists of a series of small slabs of red-wood, so joined as 
to form a triangle, with a broad base, made of several pieces of the same 
wood. These are joined together by rivets of asphaltum. Holes have been 
drilled at the several junctions of the strips forming the object, and these 
have been filled with asphaltum, which overlaps so as to form rivet-heads, 
thus holding the structure together. This is practically the same plan as 
we have seen was adopted in mending the steatite vessels. 

A wooden sword with an ornamented handle is described in another 
place, and is probably one of the best pieces of work of this material. 

Objects of wood manufactured in ancient times by the Indians of the 
Atlantic coast have not often been found, and we can only recall the large 
wooden mortars formed by hollowing a section of a trunk of a tree, and 
portions of canoes or ‘‘dug-outs.” One of the latter, of great antiquity, 
was discovered* “while digging a canal on one of the rice plantations on 
the Savannah River.” : 

Those who were personally engaged in excavating at La Patera and 
Dos Pueblos were struck with the almost entire absence of articles of wood, 
the principal object being represented by the almost decayed canoe at La 
Patera. This was of red-wood, which it is well known is almost as inde- 
structible as red cedar, and yet it was nearly rotted away. Some of the 
burial places were indicated by red-wood posts which had almost entirely 


decayed. 


*JONES, Antiquities of Southern Indians, p. 53. 


7. ¥ iJ 7 » 
_ *3 ab "G re a oF — 7 

4 r 4 = : ; a 
oe A ad 

‘rm ‘ . 

= 
a 
Oo sant : 
‘ ‘ . v 


STONE PIPES FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ; 


si, 


SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


From the general character and use of smoking-pipes and the proba- 
bility that every Indian either fashioned his own or obtained it by special 
barter—that is, not from a professional pipe-maker—it is not strange that 
so little in common is seen in the ordinary stone and clay pipes found in the 
Eastern States. In the region once occupied by the mysterious Mound- 
builders there have occurred, in their numerous earth-structures, certain 
pipes representing entire animals, or heads of animals and of men. These 
are small, and generally have a thin, flat base, through which extends a 
small perforation. This flat base, projecting more or less beyond the carved 
object constituting the bowl of the pipe, was probably used as a mouth- 
piece; but such a form, however, cannot be considered as exclusively Mound- 
builders’, and it is known that that people also had other pipes of widely 
different pattern. In all these patterns of smoking-pipes there is either a 
combination of bowl and stem carved from one piece of stone or so shaped 
in clay; or a bowl only, to which a stem of other material, as a hollow 
reed, was attached. An extensive series of specimens, however, shows such 
great variation in the two patterns that the opinion, elsewhere expressed,* 
that a division might be made of stemmed and stemless bowls, is not war- 
ranted. It is certain that but few pipes, however carved or otherwise 
decorated, can be referred without doubt to a particular tribe of Indians or 
section of our country. The small “animal” pipes of the Ohio Valley are 
nearest to being peculiar to a certain people; and next, the pipes from Dos 
Pueblos and neighborhood, which are of quite a uniform type, being cylin- 
drical tubes, or, more properly, “of an elongated, conoidal shape.” 


*Nature, vol. xiv. June, 1876. 


126 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE. 


Sixteen of the pipes collected from the graves at Dos Pueblos and La 
Patera by Dr. Yarrow’s party are represented on Plates VII, VIII, IX, and 
it will be seen that they are more uniform in design and finish than the 
same number of pipes from any other locality would prove to be. Their 
principal variation is that of size; the largest specimen measuring 105 
inches in length; the smallest, 34 inches. They are made of steatite, tal- 
cose-slate, or of serpentine. 

Fig. 3, Plate VII, may be taken as a type of this peculiar pattern of 
smoking-pipes. Like the majority of the series, this specimen is made of 
steatite. It has a smooth, uniform, perfectly plain surface, circular at the 
larger end or mouth, which orifice is margined with a narrow, slightly-pro- 
jecting rim. From the mouth of the pipe extending backwards for about 
one-third of its length, exclusive of the bone stem or ‘‘ mouth-piece,” the 
diameter is very nearly uniform; thence it decreases gradually to the 
smaller end or base, where the diameter is about one-third that of the 
opposite end. As a mouth-piece, for the more comfortable contact with 
the smokers’ lips, there is a section of long bone of a bird, securely 
attached by means of asphaltum, which attachment is aided by the rough- 
ness of the bore at this part of the tube. This pipe measures 9 inches in 
total length, and has a diameter of an inch and a half at the mouth. 

Fig. 2, same plate, does not materially differ from the preceding. It is 
a fraction of an inch less in length, and has no projecting rim at the mouth. 
The diminution in diameter, unlike the preceding, is uniform from end to 
end, the variation being from 12 inches to half an inch. There is in this 
specimen, also, a bone mouth-piece, fitted very closely to the pipe, but the 
asphaltum used in securing it is wanting, and there is no trace of any con- 
siderable quantity having been used. 

A curious feature of this specimen is the presence of a fragment of 
hoop-iron, about 2 inches in length and 1 in width, placed obliquely in the 
mouth of the pipe, and projecting from it about one-fourth of an inch. 
From accumulation of rust apparently, more than through design, this piece 
of metal has become quite securely fixed. 

Fig. 4, same plate, represents a third specimen of plain steatite tube- 


TUBULAR PIPES. 127 


pipes. It is not as symmetrical as the preceding and is more nearly cyl- 
indrical in shape Interesting features are the presence—in this case, at 
some distance from the mouth—of a small piece of hoop-iron, that is also 
rust-bound, and the fracture at the small end, where a piece has been 
broken off and the orifice subsequently closed by a mass of asphaltum. In 
such condition, it is difficult to conceive of any use to which it might be put. 

Fig. 1, same plate, represents a beautifully-wrought and highly-fin- 
ished pipe made of serpentine In shape and finish it is like the preceding, 
and is somewhat larger than the two perfect pipes represented on the same 
plate. The base has been slightly broken and the ‘bone stem or mouth- 
piece is wanting. 

Besides these four large specimens there are five others of the same 
general pattern, varying somewhat in size, but not in shape or finish. 
Among them is the largest pipe of the lot, measuring 104 inches in length. 
This specimen is made of steatite, is smooth but not polished, and orna- 
mented at the mouth with two parallel, narrow, raised rings. It still 
retains a fragment of the bone mouth-piece, secured by asphaltum. The 
others present no noteworthy variation from those already described. 

Fig. 1, Plate VIII, represents a smaller specimen of the same pattern 
of smoking-pipe as that given on the preceding plate (Fig. 1). It is made 
of dark, greenish-black steatite, is highly polished, and ornamented with a 
slightly projecting, narrow, marginal rim at the mouth. This pipe has a 
well-preserved bone mouth-piece, secured by asphaltum. It is very nearly 
6 inches in total length. The diameter of the mouth is 1 inch; that of the 
base, one-half of an inch. 

Fig. 2, same plate, represents a pipe in all essential features the same 
as the preceding. The sides are thicker, and there is less difference in the 
diameters of the mouth and base respectively. The bone mouth-piece is 
slightly curved; a feature of interest, if it is not an accidental one, as this 
curvature gives the bowl of the pipe a slight upward position, when the 
stem is held between the lips, thus approaching the relative position of stem 
to bowl in the ordinary forms of Atlantic coast stone pipes and of modern 
smoking-pipes. ° 


128 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE. 


Fig. 4, same plate, represents a still shorter and broader specimen of 
the same pattern of pipes. This example is made of light, bluish-gray 
steatite, and formerly had a high polish. The diameter of the mouth is 
14 inches ; that of the base, one-half an inch. We have.in this instance 
these proportions brought more nearly than in any of the preceding to the 
same proportional measurements of most of the pipe-bowls found in the 
Atlantic coast States and in the interior of the country. 

Fig. 7, same plate, is of a much softer mineral, without polish, and 
is somewhat irregularly shaped. The capacity is greater than some others 
of the same exterior dimensions; but the sides of the pipe, although of 
less width than usual, are of uniform thickness. It is not as carefully 
finished as the other pipes found in the graves. A fragment of the bone 
mouth-piece still remains in the base of the pipe. 

Figs. 3 and 5, same plate, represent the two smallest examples of 
these tubular smoking-pipes. They are of the same general appearance, 
but one is more artistically finished than the other. Fig. 3 has a narrow 
raised rim about the mouth, and two incised lines extend obliquely down 
nearly the whole length of the pipe. These lines are cut in opposite direc- 
tions and cross each other near the base of the pipe. It is probable that 
they are intended as an ornament. Fig. 5 does not show the slight con- 
vexity in outline noticed in Fig. 3. 

Fig. 3, Plate IX, represents a dark-blue steatite pipe of high polish, 
but wanting the regularity of outline so marked in the majority of these 
articles. This example is not circular in section, but distinctly flattened. 
It is slightly convex on one side, while the surface shown in the plate is 
slightly flattened. The base has a roughened mass of asphaltum surround- 
ing it, through which projects the broken bone mouth-piece. This exterior 
mass of asphaltum, which has much the appearance of an acorn-cup, is not 
a common feature of these pipes. Usually that material is simply used 
as a means of securing the bone to the base of the pipe; but in this case it 
is apparently intended as an ornament also. So considered, we have in 
this example a decorated pipe, and thus dissimilar to those previously de- 
described. Although there is little now to indieate the fact, it is probable 


U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100 MERIDIAN 
VOL. VII ARCHASO LOGY PI 


STONE PIPES FROM SOUTHERN .CALIFORNIA. 


ae bab are: eTon 


“er b ore aarp | ww ~~. fa” 
h —yr, ee OU me, OY a ee Ve tea veoeugoe; ts so ee 
- 7 
a # . _ 


‘ 
a 


ee ee ee ee ee 


VOL. VIT ARCHA20 LOGY. PLATE 


Tue Hetwryve Pentine Co. 22 kvows1ane 2+ Boston 


STONE PIPES FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. 
FULL SIZE. 


TUBULAR PIPES. 129 


that this exterior mass of asphaltum may itself have been covered with 
minute fragments of abalone shell, which were extensively used for deco- 
ating many objects in common use. 

Fig. 1, same plate, is another example of a plain pipe that has an 
exterior coating, in places, of asphaltum, as shown in the figure. A very 
interesting feature of this specimen is the remains of two bands of asphal- 
tum, each nearly an inch in width, one within a short distance of the mouth 
or larger end; the other just above the middle of the pipe. Of itself, this 
material could scarcely have been considered an ornament, and probably 
was used to secure the attachment of pieces of shell or other material. 

Fig. 2, same plate, represents a very elaborately ornamented pipe. 
Like the preceding, it has asphaltum encircling the body of the pipe near 
the mouth or larger end, which is further ornamented by a well-defined 

rim, having on it a series of closely-made, incised oblique lines. The 
asphaltum, in this instance, is in a series of narrow bead-like lines, and 
nota nearly uniform mass, as in the preceding. Near the middle of the pipe 
there is, in bold relief, a broad band, bounded on each side by a narrow 
one. This central band is itself ornamented with nearly equi-distant, 
deeply-incised cross-lines, forming diamond-shaped figures that are very 
pleasing in effect. When we consider that this pipe was probably deco- 
rated at the mouth of the bowl with brilliant fragments of pearly shell, and 
that the body of the pipe is highly polished, it is seen that it was really an 
artistic production. Of the series here described it is the most noticeable 
specimen, except in the one feature of length and corresponding massiveness. 
Fig. 4, same plate, represents another example of an elaborately- 
carved pipe; but although even more has been attempted than in the pre- 
ceding, the workmanship is inferior, and this failure to execute artistically 
the evident design makes the specimen of far less pleasing appearance than 
the preceding. The prominent feature of the carving consists of a series 
of eight prominent ridges, with concave interspaces of different widths. 
The continuity of these ridges is broken by an irregular transverse incised 
line that is duplicated over one-half of the series of eight ridges, as seen, 


in part, in the illustration. 
9OI 


150 


9 
? 


Fia. 


retained 


in 


the 


SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE. 


Stone pipe. 


Fig. 43 represents a very marked 
specimen of these tubular pipes, not 
in being highly decorated or elabor- 
ately carved—it is, on the contrary, 
perfectly plain in this respect—but 
in its variance in the direction of the 
usual character of the pipes found in 
the interior of the country and along 
the Atlantic coast, where we find, as 
arule, the bow] and stem of smoking- 
pipes, not in a continuous line, but 
atanangle. Ofall the pipes here de- 
scribed, this comes nearest to the form 
for comfortable smoking as judged 
from a modern smoker’s standpoint. 
The bowl proper projects at an angle 
of about 45° when holding the stem 
or smallerend in a horizontal position. 
At the junction of the bowl and stem, 
on the under or outer side, is an 
elongated oval hole cut in the pipe 
very near the surface, leaving a nar- 
row exterior band by which by means 
of a cord the pipe could be readily 
suspended to the dress or person of 
its owner when not in use. At the 
bottom of the bowl, on one side, is 
an elongated oval hole, which has the 
appearance of being a flaw in the 
mineral rather than the result of ac- 
cident when shaping the specimen, 
or of long usage. It has been closed 
with asphaltum. This pipe has also 
the characteristic bone mouth-piece 


majority of the specimens. It was collected by Mr. 


TUBULAR PIPES. 131 


S. Bowers at Santa Barbara, Cal., and is now in the National Museum. 
(No. 20218.) 

Although there is not the same artistic skill displayed in the shaping, 
finishing, and ornamentation of these pipes, that is exhibited in the carving 
of the animal pipes of the Moundbuilders and of some more modern 
Indian tribes, the ingenuity exercised in successfully producing these 
elongated, conoidal-shaped pipes was very considerable, and a study of 
the series as such with reference to the probable method of drilling or other- 
wise perforating these stone tubes is desirable. 

The material of which they are made, whether steatite, talcose slate, 
or serpentine, is not difficult to work, and is, we believe, more easily cut 
and worked when newly quarried than after long exposure. From the 
fact that many large vessels of the same material were made by the same 
people, and that many of these pipes are of unusual lengths, it is probable 
that newly-detached masses of bed-rock were chosen exclusively. Even 
at present these articles are easily cut with flint flakes, and the material 
readily yields to the rotating motion of a flint drill. Presuming that the 
makers of these pipes were not in possession of any metal implements, 
which, in fact, would scarcely be better adapted to the purpose, it is prob- 
able that in the pipes we have an explanation of the uses to which some 
of the flint knives already described (Plate 1V) and the large drills, as Figs. 
13 and 14, were put. 

From the finished exteriors of Fig. 6, Plate VIII, and Fig. 5, Plate IX, 
it will be seen that the pipe was first shaped, and subsequently drilled, 
inasmuch as these two specimens are symmetrically finished, and even 
polished; yet the drilling has been only partially completed; in Fig. 6, 
Plate VIII, being scarcely more than an inch in depth; in the longer 
example, for about one-third of its length. These specimens are instruc- 
tive, in reference to the method of manufacture, in thus showing that they 
were first shaped; and the series of short incised lines, extending longi- 
tudinally, yet crossing each other at irregular distances, are evidently tool- 
marks. The stone, thus cut from time to time, and subsequently rubbed, 
would soon be reduced to the desired shape, but the final polishing has in 
every instance failed to wholly obliterate the last marks of the flint knife 
that probably was used. 


r32 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE. 


Having progressed thus far, the drilling was commenced ; and to effect 
this it would appear that a stone drill, and not a hollow reed, was used. 
The tool-marks, especially in the unfinished cavities of these two speci- 
mens, are very distinct, and the hole is conical in shape, without a trace 
of a projecting nipple at its base, as when a reed with sand and water 
is used. Such a drill as that represented by Fig. 13 would, I think, readily 
effect a perforation throughout the entire length of either of these speci- 
mens without being materially dulled by the operation. 

The perforations are not of uniform diameter throughout. In all there 
is a marked difference in the diameter of the hole, from the mouth of the 
bowl extending downward about two-thirds of the length of the pipe, and 
the remaining third was apparently bored by a slender drill from the base 
until the hole through that portion met the longer cavity, which is the 
bowl proper. They are thus somewhat like other pipes found in the inte- 
rior of the country, and approach in character modern smoking-pipes, as 
they only require an angle at the junction of the two perforations to make 
them practically the same. 

Considering that the stem or mouth-piece, in all cases of bone in those 
here described, is in a direct line with the bowl, it is not very easy to 
determine how such pipes could be used in smoking tobacco or other veg- 
etable substitutes, if such tobacco or other material in any way resembled | 
that used by smokers of to-day. There appears to be no way of retaining 
the material burned unless the smoker rested on his back and smoked in 
that star-gazing attitude; or worse, threw his head backward at a dangerous 
angle with his body, and thus essayed to draw comfort from the-cumbrous 
stone pipe, that needed the additional strength, in many cases, of his arm to 
support it.* Still no other use than that of smoking-pipes can be suggested 
for these implements; although as such they are far behind the not less 
remarkable productions of the Moundbuilders and Indians, whose works in 
the same direction, so far as convenience and, we may add, luxury are con-| 


* Bancroft, in his ‘‘ Native Races of the Pacific Coast,” states, vol. 1, p. 394, that the Central Cali- 
fornians ‘‘use a species of native tobacco of nauseous and sickening odor.” And also that ‘‘they burned 
the avalone shell for the lime, to mix with their tobacco, which they swallowed, to make them drunk.” 

Mr. Schumacher has, with other notes sent to the Peabody Museum, given the following: ‘The 
pipe is a funnel-shaped tube like a thick, enlarged modern cigar-holder, with an opening usually over an 
inch at the wide end, which narrows to one-third of an inch toward the other one of corresponding 
decreased thickness. The hole was drilled from both ends, but only to a short distance from the smaller, 


TUBULAR PIPES. 133 


cerned, have hardly been improved upon by the still later productions of 
civilized nations. . 

We have spoken of these tubular smoking-pipes from Santa Barbara 
as peculiar to that locality, but in so doing the intention was to assert their 
being the only form from that locality, and not that the same form did not 
occur elsewhere, as in the interior and in the Atlantic coast States. With 
one exception, these Dos Pueblos pipes are straight, 7. ¢., with the bow] and 
stem in line, and not at an angle, and such straight or tubular pipes have 
also been occasionally in use elsewhere. Some, if not all, of the shorter 
stone tubes found in the Eastern States were smoking-pipes, and tubes of 
clay, stone, and copper, found in mounds in Ohio by Professor Andrews, 
approach in many respects the Santa Barbara pipes, although they have 
some important differences. The curator of the museum, in commenting 
on these specimens from Ohio, remarks :* 


“These tubes of stone, clay, and copper described by Prof. Andrews approach so 
near to the long tube-like pipes made of stone and still used by the Utes, that I ean- 
hardly refrain from classing them with pipes. The principal difference consists in these 
tubes having what would be the mouth-piece made by the termination of the pipe itself, 
while in the stone tubes that are unquestionable pipes the mouth-piece is probably 
made by inserting a hollow reed or a bone. These tube-like pipes have been found in 
number in the old burial places of California, and there has recently been one received 
at the Museum, which was collected in Massachusetts. Dr. Abbott has also found 
fragments of similar pipes in New Jersey. In Squier and Davis’ ‘ Ancient Monuments 
of the Mississippi Valley,’ several of these stone tubes are described, one of them iden- 
tical with one collected by Prof. Andrews, and the authors of that work suggest that 
these tubes may be pipes.” 


Those found in New Jersey by the writer} are of stone and of clay ; 
and while the one of stone (64 inches long, with a circular, uniform, and 
direct hole drilled through) is exteriorly much the same as a California 
pipe, there is not that variation in the diameter of the perforation to which 


and the mouth of the pipe was then enlarged by scraping parallel with the longer axis. As a mouth- 
piece, which protrudes about an inch, a piece of a wing or leg bone of some bird was inserted and tightly 
secured with asphaltum. The pipe was usually made of steatite, and is sometimes neatly finished. 
Among the Klamaths of the present day a pipe of a like form is smoked; and if amused me to see them 
bending back their heads to bring the pipe in a vertical position so as not to lose any tobacco (which I 
founda sickening narcotic, they smoke still the native tobacco, Nicotiana attenuata) while taking along 
draught which was inhaled to longer enjoy the short opportunity, as the pipe must be passed on.” 
See, also, note on page 25 of this volume, referring to Dr. Rothrock’s discovery of N. Clevelandi on the 
shellheaps.—F. W. P. 

*Tenth Annual Report Peabody Museum, p. 73. Cambridge, 1877. 

tNature, vol. xiv, p. 154, with figures. 


134 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE. 


I have referred as characteristic of those from California. Those of clay 
are also of uniform diameter, but they are too small to have been avail- 
able for smoking; and yet do not appear to have been simply pipe-stems, 
which they somewhat resemble. While, therefore, the stone tube, which 
had a perforation of half an inch in diameter, may have been used as a pipe, 
the clay specimens must have been for some other purpose. On the other 
hand, an unquestionable pipe from New Jersey* is practically of the tubu- 
lar pattern, inasmuch as the hole for the insertion of the stem is directly 
opposite the main orifice, or mouth of the bowl. Pipes of this shape are 
not uncommon in New Jersey, but the hole for the stem is, as a rule, in 
the side of the bowl, near the base, and not through the latter. When 
in the side the stem is at an angle, and we have the common eastern form; 
when in the base, the bowl and stem are in line, and we have an excep- 
tional form in the East, but which on the Pacific coast is the common form. 
It may therefore be concluded, I think, that while tubular pipes are char- 
acteristic of the California coast Indians, the smoking-pipes of the interior 
and Atlantic coast tribes were of a very different pattern; and that among 
the relics of both occur certain tubes of stone, and in the interior, of clay 
(and copper), which, while having the general appearance of tubular 
pipes, were in all probability used for other purposes, such as ‘“ medicine 
tubes,” for example, to which I have elsewhere referred in detail; and, 
also, that pipes in no way distinguishable from those obtained at Santa 
Barbara were also in occasional use among other and far distant tribes.t 


*Smithsonian Annual Report for 1875, p. 341, fig. 179. 

tAmong the articles received by the Peabody Museum from the last exploration of the islands of 
San Clemente and Santa Catalina by Mr. Schumacher, are a number of these tubular pipes, most of 
which are made from a different material from those found on the mainland. At first I thought that 
these pipes were made from mixed clay, and should be classed as articles of pottery, but a careful exam- 
ination shows that they are made from a natural clay-rock, which is of a red color and yery soft. That 
they were cut from a mass, and not formed by hand while the material was in a plastic state, is shown 
by the condition of several unfinished and broken specimens. One of these red clay pipes is of large 
size, measuring 9 inches in length, by 23 in diameter at the opening of the bowl. One of the smallest of 
the lot shows signs of having been bored out.in a different manner from the others, perhaps by a metallic 
tool, and is only 2 inches long by 1} in diameter. Another, which is 1} inches long and not quite an 
inch in diameter, has two grooves cut around, forming a rude ornamentation. With these is a small 
pipe cut from steatite, and only 3 inches in length, which shows the peculiar circular lines within the 
bow], and equal diameter of the boring, that indicate a metallic tool.—F. W. P. 


se ~ 
Loe * 


a 4 


U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN 
VOL. VII ARCHEOLOGY. 


> 
7 
3 
% 
= 


WEIGHTS, WHORLS, ETC. 
FIG.1. BRONZE HEAD MOUNTED ON WOODEN HANDLE, FROM PERU. 
FIGS. 2. 21.0F STONE, FROM VARIOUS COUNTRIES. 
FIGS. 22.38.0F STONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. 


ke DTARAR MOD 


PERFORATED STONES. 


PERFORATED stones, of the character of those considered in this chapter, 
have been found in such abundance on the mainland and islands of 
Southern California that they are now prominent objects in all collections 
gathered from that region. Many have been taken from graves where they 
were associated with other articles, while many more have been obtained 
from the ancient refuse-heaps and shellmounds, particularly from those on 
the islands. 

Similar stones have been found in other parts of the world, and have 
been classed as hammer-stones, weights for digging-sticks, club-heads, net- 
sinkers, or as spindle-whorls. 

The particular uses to which these California stones were put will prob- 
ably always remain conjectural, though it is evident that the wants or neces- 
sities they were intended to supply must have been very common, since they 
are found to be widely distributed among uncivilized tribes. As it is more 
than probable that the same wants, under similar conditions, gave rise to 
the same means of satisfying them, we are justified in looking to the use 
made of similar stones by savage tribes of recent times for some expla- 
nation of the purposes to which they were applied by the Indians of Cali- 
fornia. In this connection it is of interest to note that it is to the negro 
tribes of Africa we must look for information in relation to one class of these 
stones. Mr. William J. Burchell, in the account of his travels in the interior 
of Southern Africa,* has given a figure of an implement used by the Bush- 
men, and the following information in relation to it: “ We were visited by 
ionatives * * j.§ outinsearch of wildroots * * * . 
The other carried what my Hottentots called a graaffstok (a digging-stick), 
to which there was affixed a heavy stone to increase its force in pecking up 


*Vol. ii, p. 29, and figure on p. 45, 1824. 
135 


136 PERFORATED STONES. 


bulbous roots. The stone, which was 5 inches in diameter, had been cut 
or ground very regularly to a round form, and perforated with a hole large 
enough to receive the stick and a wedge by which it was fixed in its 
place.” The Rev. J. G. Wood also gives a figure of a digging-stick in his 
account of the Hottentots,* of which he writes: ‘This is nothing more than 
a stick of hard wood, sharpened at one end, and weighted by means of a 
perforated stone, through which it is passed, and which is held in its place 
by a wedge. With this rude instrument the Hottentot can break up the 
ground faster than might be imagined, but he oftener uses it for digging up 
wild plants and unearthing sundry burrowing animals than for any agricul- 
tural purposes.” Mr. E. L. Layard, in his remarks on the Stone Imple- 
ments of South Africa,t mentions that perforated round stones, of various 
sizes, found all over the country, are said to have been used by Bushmen 
of late days for the purpose of weighting their bulb-digging sticks In the 
same journal are recorded the remarks by Mr. C. L. Griesbach, on the 
weapons of the Kaffirs and Bushmen of South Africa,t as follows: “A 
singularly-shaped tool is employed by the Bushmen, consisting of a rounded 
stone perforated for the passage of a stick, which is used for digging up 
roots, and may also be employed as a weapon.” Prof. J. W. P. Jenks, of 
Brown University, pointed out to me, among the specimens in the museum 
of the University, a large perforated stone, weighing over three pounds, 
which he had received from Southern Africa, with the statement that it was 
used by the natives as a weight to their wooden spades—“ the person dig- 
ging letting the stone fall down the handle of the spade, the force thus 
imparted to the blade driving the spade into the earth.” I take this state- 
ment, however, with some allowance, as Professor Jenks was not sure that 
his informant had seen the stone used as he described. On Plate X, Fig. 
18, is represented one of these African stones now in the Peabody Museum 
(6761), which was received several years since from the South African 
Museum, with the following description attached: ‘Stone perforated by 
tribes of Bushmen, now extinct, and used as a weight to give greater force 
to the blow of the wooden stick used in digging up roots and bulbs.” 


* Natural History of Man, vol. i, p. 254. 
t Anthropological Journal, vol. i, p. ¢ (Proceed. Ethn. Soe.), 1871. PEC.3 ps CLV. 


SIMILAR STONES FROM AFRICA AND INDIA. 137 


That these stones were used for any purpose for which they were 
handy, or easily adapted, is confirmed by the following statement by Mr. 
Stevens :* “In the Christy collection are some perforated stone disks, 54 
inches in diameter, used for crushing or grinding grasshoppers, spiders, &e., 
by the Buchuanas of South Africa, who regard these insects as forming 
a valuable article of food. When digging wild roots they put this stone 
upon the digging-stick to give it greater weight. A specimen of such a 
digging-stick, with the stone attached, is in the Museum of the Missionary 
Society of London.” 

In illustration of the common use of the digging-stick in Africa, the 
following myth, expressing the Zulu theory of the origin of Apes, is of in- 
terest: ‘The Zulus still tell the tale of an Amafeme tribe who became 
baboons. They were an idle race who did not like to dig, but wished to 
eat at other people’s houses, saying, ‘We shall live, although we do not 
dig, if we eat the food of those who cultivate the soil. So the chief of 
that place, of the house of Tusi, assembled the tribe, and they prepared 
food and went out into the wilderness. They fastened on behind them the 
handles of their now useless digging-sticks, these grew and became tails, hair 
made its appearance on their bodies, their foreheads became overhanging, 
and so they became baboons, who are still called Tusi’s men.”+ 

Mr. V. Ball has shown f that perforated stones of the same character 
as those found in Africa and America were also formerly used in the cen- 
tral provinces of India, and gives a figure of the single specimen which had 
come under his notice. This stone was found on the surface at the Mofini 
coal mines, and is described as “a water-worn pebble of basalt weighing 1 
pound 10 ounces. The central perforation is bevelled away to both faces.” 
The figure shows the stone to be from 4 to 44 inches in diameter and 14 inches 
in thickness, with a central perforation nearly two inches in diameter on either 
face, and about three-fourths of an inch in the centre. In every respect 
this stone is identical with many specimens from California. Mr. Ball sug- 
gests that as it was too heavy for a spindle-whorl, it may have been used 


* Flint Chips, p. 95. t Tyler, Primitive Culture, vol. i, p. 376. 
tOn an ancient perforated stone found in the Satpura Hills. Proceedings Asiatic Society of 
Bengal, March, 1874, p. 96, pl. v. 


138 PERFORATED STONES. 


as a hammer by being held in the hand, or as a “ knuckle-duster, or for 
flinging, like a quoit, at small animals.” Mr. Evans* mentions another 
specimen from the central provinces of India, found in 1866, and recorded 
in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for that year. 

At the sites of the ancient lake dwellings in Switzerland, numerous 
perforated disks of stone, pottery, and horn have been obtained in connec- 
tion with the many thousand relics which these old dwelling-sites have 
yielded to Dr. Keller and the other archeologists who have so carefully 
investigated them. With these more or less flattened disks and, sometimes, 
conical and bead-shaped articles of stone and pottery, there have been found 
other perforated stones more like the majority of those of medium size from 
California, which, like their American representativés, are generally made 
of hard stones, often of circular pebbles, and highly polished. In general 
terms, these disks and perforated pebbles from the Swiss lakes have been 
called net-sinkers, spindle-whorls, and, occasionally, hammers. It can 
hardly be doubted that many of the pottery disks and those made of 
sandstone and other soft materials, which are generally flat and not very 
thick, were spindle-whorls, whilst some of the irregularly-shaped exam- 
ples of soft stone and of easily-perforated pebbles may have been used 
for weights of various kinds and as net-sinkers ; but it is not likely that 
perforated stones costing so much labor, as did many of these disks, 
would have been made simply for net-sinkers, when any beach pebble 
or piece of stone could have been easily notched so as to answer the 
same purpose, as is clearly shown by figures in Keller’s Lake Dwellings.t 
I may also add that similar notched stones are very common at many stone- 
age fishing-stations in the United States, and are generally classed as net- - 
sinkers. 

On Plate X, Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5 represent four of the thirty examples of 
flat disks from the stations of St. Aubin and Concise, on Lake Neuchatel, 
now in the Peabody Museum. These are of the form that seems best 
adapted for use as a spindle-whorl. Fig. 5 may represent an unfinished 
specimen, as it has the appearance of a stone that has been ground flat and 
bored, but not yet finished on its edges. 


* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 207. 
tPlate xxiv, figs. 1 and 2, Lee’s translation, 2d ed. 


SIMILAR STONES FROM THE SWISS LAKES. 139 


M. Troyon, in his report on the researches rade at Concise in 1861,* 
mentions that there were obtained “twelve stone disks, from 13 lines to 
2 inches in diameter, and from 2 to 8 lines in thickness, which have a fun- 
nel-shaped hollow on each side or face. The incomplete hollows on two 
of them enable us to perceive the workman’s mode of procedure. He com- 
menced by cutting away the stone by gentle strokes of an angular instru- 
ment, working first on one side of the disk or plate and then on the other, 
and when the two hollows met he finished the boring by turning a punech— 


of silex, no doubt—rapidly round and round, until he had smoothed away 
all the inequalities left by the first operation. The use of these plates or 
disks of various kinds of rock is doubtful as yet. They may have served 
as spindle-whorls or as weights for a net. A small pebble, oval in form 


and pierced on both sides so as to be suspended from a string, would seem 


rather to indicate the latter as their use.” 

A typical “ spindle-whorl of very hard stone,” from the lake of Varese, 
is figured in Keller’s Lake Dwellings.t Another of sandstone, from the 
lake of Bourget, is represented in the same work.t 

Of the irregular or rude forms of perforated disks found in the Swiss 
lakes, and corresponding with many found in the United States, there are 
some from the lake of Neuchatel, which are described in M. Louis Ro- 
chat’s report, translated by Mr. Lee, by whom the figures are reproduced § 
Of the specimen represented by his Fig. 5, M. Rochat writes: “An 
irregularly-shaped pebble, pierced with a great hole If intended as a 
hammer, it must have been a very inconvenient one.” M. Rochat also 
doubts the adaptability of many of the perforated stones as spindle-whorls. 
Certainly such rude and eccentric specimens as his Figs. 4 and 5 represent 
ean hardly be regarded as anything more than simple stone weights, possi- 
bly for fish-nets, for which purpose it seems more likely they were used 
than the larger and carefully-made implement figured by M. Figuier]] as a 
net-sinker. Professor Desor had previously figured just such a specimen 
as the one last mentioned, and stated that he believed “ such stones to have 


*Translated in the Smithsonian Report for 1861. § LZ. ¢., pl. ciii, figs. 3, 4, 5. 
tLee’s translation, 2d ed., pl. elxii, fig. 13. || Primitive Man, fig. 79. 
$ Pl. cliii, fig. 5. 


140 PERFORATED STONES. 


been spindle-whorls rather than weights to fishing-nets.”* The form of 
the implements just mentioned is like that represented on Plate X, Figs. 
17, 19, 83, &e, the stone being of considerable thickness and the hole 
countersunk on each face. 

I now have to note another form of these stones from the lake dwell- 
ings in the Atter See (Upper Austria) as described and figured in Mr. Lee’s 
second edition of Dr. Keller’s Lake Dwellings.t This stone very closely 
resembles the one from California represented on Plate X, Fig. 34, and, like 
the California specimen, it has the hole of nearly the same size throughout. 
Count von Wurmbrand’s description is as follows: ‘“‘There was a very 
peculiar round stone ball of polished serpentine found here, which had a well- 
formed hole in the middle for a handle. It must have been too costly for 
a net-sinker, or for any object of daily use. We may probably consider it 
as a weapon or a mace.” With these views as to this stone being probably 
the head of a mace I am inclined to concur, and also to consider of the same 
character the specimen found at Robenhausen and described by Dr. Keller.t 
Of this last Dr. Keller writes: ‘‘ A very singular stone implement. It is 
made of tough stone like serpentine, with a round hole in the middle.” 
The figure given represents this implement as a thin flat disk, about four 
and a half inches in diameter, with a sharp cutting edge, and a hole in the 
centre about three-quarters of an inch in diameter. The very close resem- 
blance of this stone with one now forming the head of a club from Queens- 
land, which will be described farther on, is such as to suggest the proba- 
bility that it was used in the same way. 

Such perforated stones as are now under consideration are, apparently, 
not very abundant in the north of Europe, though there are fifteen speci- 
mens in the Peabody Museum, obtained from Denmark, contained in the 
“Rose Collection.” Several of these are represented on Plate X, Figs. 6, 
8, 9, 11, 18, 14, and 17. Of these the two represented by Figs. 14 and 
17 are thick oval stones, with countersunk holes, and in every way like 
examples from the Swiss lakes and from California, and also like the one 


* An illustration of one of these stones is given in the translation of Professor Desor’s Memoir, 
contained in the Smithsonian Report for 1865, p. 365. 

t Abstract of an account by Count yon Wurmbrand, p. 624, pl. exe, fig. 6. 

}Lake Dwellings, Lee’s second edition, p. 58, pl. xii, figs. 4, 5. 


SIMILAR STONES FROM DENMARK. 141 


described by Professor Nilsson* as a hammer-stone, “in which the usual 
indentures have been carried through the stone.” Another specimen (Plate 
X, Fig. 11) is made of a very hard and heavy black stone, probably basalt, 
with a straight perforation through its longest diameter. It is difficult to 
consider such a stone as this as having been made for any other purpose 
than as a weapon of some kind, and the small hole suggests that the stone 
was fastened to a handle by means of a thong of hide. Mounted in this 
way it would form a formidable weapon like a “ slung-shot.” Two other 
specimens in the collection, one of which is beautifully polished, must be 
regarded as of the same character as the one first described. Fig. 8 of the 
plate represents one of the rudest specimens in the lot, and consists of a dis- 
coidal pebble of quartz schist, which has been perforated. A stone like this 
may have been used as a net-sinker, or for any ordinary purpose where a 
small weight was required, as it seems too rude and rough for a spindle- 
“whorl, and it is not heavy enough for a club-head or for a hammer. Two 
of the Danish specimens, Plate X, Figs 9 and 13, are identical with the 
thin flat examples from the Swiss lakes, and may well be considered as 
spindle-whorls. With them should be classed the bead-like specimen 
represented by Fig. 6, which is probably made of baked clay. In con- 
nection with these Danish specimens, I was much interested by finding 
four which illustrated the method of manufacture, and showed that much 
labor was expended in the production of the largest and best made of 
these perforated stones. These examples showed that the desired form, 
either spherical or discoidal, was attained by first hammering the stone 
roughly into shape and then polishing. A close examination of all the 
larger perfect specimens from Denmark shows that they were thus finished, 
and that they were not simply perforated pebbles. The same is the case 
with most, if not all, of the best finished of the California specimens. One 
of the Danish stones appears to have been ornamented by numerous incised 
lines, but this is the most weathered of the lot, and, although made of a 
hard stone, its long exposure to atmospheric action has so disintegrated its 
surface as to nearly obliterate the markings. Several of the Californian 


stones show similar rude attempts at ornamentation by incised lines 


142 PERFORATED STONES. 


In Great Britain numerous perforated pebbles or artificially-shaped 
stones of quartzite and other hard materials have been found, several of 
which, identical in shape and size with some from California, have been 
beautifully represented by Mr. Evans.* He classes them as a group under 
‘“‘ Perforated Hammers,” which, by an easy transition, passes into “ Perfor- 
ated Axes,” all of which have the common character of a perforation pre- 
sumably for the purpose of hafting the implement. While there can be 
little doubt as to the use of many of these British perforated implements, 
both as axes and hammers, the series runs, as in other localities, into sey- 
eral forms of doubtful use; and in the case of the hammers passes into 
the simple pebble, either with a straight or a countersunk hole, which may 
or may not have been used as a hammer. Perforated disks of stone, some 
of which are ornamented, have also been found in Great Britain, and are, I 
think, properly classed as spindle-whorls by Mr. Evans, who gives figures 
of four of this character. 

It is of interest to note that Dr. Schliemann found many perforated 
stones during his extensive explorations at Hissarlik. Among his photo- 
graphs there are twenty-five or thirty of them represented, and in his vol- 
ume numerous references are made to “ quoits,” “weights,” and “ hammers” 
of hard stone of various shapes, though the majority represented in the 
photographs appear to be oval and circular pebbles. Thus, for instance, 
he writes: ‘‘ Large and small hammers, axes, and balls, with a hole through 
the centre ; ie : = quoits made of granite and other kinds 
of stone, with a hole through the centre for throwing them.” ‘The ham- 
mers do not all possess a perforated hole; upon many there is only a 
cavity on both sides about one-fifth to two-fifths of an inch deep.” ‘Are 
clumsy hammers of diorite, but occasionally also hammers of the same or 
of green stone very prettily worked: some of them have a wide hole at 
both sides and a narrow one in the middle, and I cannot understand how a 
handle could have been fixed into them.” 

In arecent conversation with General di Cesnola, he informed me that 
he had found two similar stones during his explorations in Cyprus. These 


*Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, pp. 204-5, figs. 155, 156, 157, and on p. 372 are 
figures of four typical spindle-whorls. 
t Troy and its Remains, pp. 163, 238, and 252. 


4 Aa 


CLUBS WITH HEADS OF STONE. 143 


were of serpentine, and about the size of the largest flattened specimens 
from California. He was unable, however, to give any information as to 
their use, but was surprised at finding only two during his explorations of 
over sixty thousand tombs. 

As there is as much evidence that circular perforated stones were used 
by savages of modern times for heads of clubs, as there is of the use of the 
same kind of stones as weights for digging-sticks, it is very likely that many 
of the ancient stones were designed for weapons, as has already been sug- 
gested by several writers and noted in the preceding pages. 

The rudest form of these clubs armed with stone is that described by 
Sir John Lubbock,* as used by the Australians. It, however, differs from 
all others, inasmuch as the club-head is not made of a perforated stone, 
but of two stones placed on opposite sides of the stick, and held together 
by a mass of gum. It is also stated that this club, or, as he calls it, 
“hammer used for killing seals and other animals and for breaking shell- 
fish,” has a ‘‘ handle from twelve to fifteen inches long, pointed at one end.” 
In contrast with this rude implement or weapon is one in the Peabody Museum 
(No. 13945) received from Queensland,t Australia, This consists of a handle 
of hard wood three and a half feet long, one inch in diameter at its largest 
end, and tapering gradually to a sharp point. Two and a half inches from 
the large end there is fastened a disk of hard dark-colored stone, four and a 
half inches in diameter and three-quarters of an inch thick in the centre, 
where it has a straight perforation, and through this the handle passes. 
This stone is finely polished and worked to a sharp or cutting edge, which 
has been slightly abraded by use. The stone is* prevented from slipping 
down the stick by three rings apparently made of split and braided bam- 
boo. Above the stone is a similar ring, over which and covering the stick 
for the whole space above the stone, is fine braided work ending in a 
tuft of bright-colored feathers. Such an article as this might well be con- 
sidered as a sort of baton; but after holding it in the hand for a moment 
it becomes evident that it would be as formidable as a weapon as it is orna- 


tI do not find any account of similar weapons from Queensland, and it is probable that this one 
was originally from New Guinea or some adjacent island. 


144 ; PERFORATED STONES 


precludes the idea of its having been intended as a digging-stick, though 
its pointed end would allow of its being so used. Mr. Evans* mentions 
similar weapons from “the southern part of New Guinea and in Torres 
Straits” as “sharp-rimmed perforated disks of stone, mounted on shafts 
so as to present an edge all round.” In referring to the weapons of the 
Tahitians, Sir John Lubbockt states that they had “pikes headed with 
stone,” which perhaps would imply a similar weapon to that above 
described. Mr. Stevens also statest that ‘similar drilled stones$ are used 
for arming clubs by certain savages, and one, fixed to the end of a stick, 
from the Solomon Islands, is in the Christy Museum. Mr. Robert Day, 
jr, of Cork, possesses another of these stone-headed clubs from San, 
Cristoval.” 

While the proofs of these pages were in my hands I had the good for- 
tune to receive from Mr. Appleton Sturgis, of New York, a club-like pike, 
of the character of those mentioned by the authors quoted in the preceding 
paragraph, and as the stone with which this weapon is armed so closely 
resembles many of the hard, circular, perforated stones from California, the 
weapon is of great importance in suggesting a very likely use of stones of 
this character wherever found. Mr. Sturgis informs me that this weapon 
was received with eight others, now in the American Museum, from the 
Island of New Britain, and that the others vary from this simply in the 
length of the staffs and the size of the stones, the latter being in a few 
instances from half to three-quarters of an inch greater diameter, and the 
longest staff is about five feet in length. The one before me (Peabody 
Museum, No. 20,000) has a staff of hard wood, which is four feet four 
inches in length, the largest end of which measures two inches across the 
top, but this size is gradually reduced to one-half of that diameter three 
inches down the staff, at which point the perforated stone is firmly fixed by 
means of a very tenaceous gum. The staff below the stone is of a uniform 
diameter of 1 inch, with the exception of the last ten inches of its length, 
which form the long sharp point of the weapon. The stone is hard, and 


* Ancient Stone Implements, p. 193. tPrehistoric Times, p. 477. ¢ Flint Chips, p. 95. 
§ Mr. Stevens is here writing of the larger drilled stones, which have generally been called net 
sinkers, and calling attention to the necessity of caution in classing all the ancient specimens as such. 


STAR-SHAPED CLUB-HEADS OF STONE AND BRONZE. 145 


while it is not polished its rounded surface has become very smooth and 
black from use. The perforation was made by drilling from both sides of 
the stone, and the hole is a little more than half an inch wider on each face 
than in its centre, thus leaving a space between the staff and the stone 
which has been filled, above and below, with the gum by which the stone 
is held in its place. The stone is three inches in diameter and one and a 
half in thickness. The only attempt at ornamentation on this weapon con- 
sists of a single circle of small pieces of shell placed in the gum on each 
side of the stone. 

Another instructive implement of modern times, taken in connection 
with the former use of these stones in California, is an Eskimo implement 
in the Blackmore Museum. This is described by -Mr. Stevens* as ‘“con- 
sisting of a stone ball with a drilled hole, through which a strip of raw 
hide is passed to serve as a handle.” 

Closely allied to the larger of these perforated stones, which were 
probably used as club-heads, are the two found in Scandinavia, which are 
furnished with several projections. One of these is figured by Professor 
Nilsson. It has four points and an extreme width of about eight inches. 
The central perforation is straight and about one inch in diameter. Such a 
stone mounted on a strong handle would prove a weapon of no mean order, 
and it is classed by Professor Nilsson as a battle-axe, though, as he states, 
he and others once considered it as an anchor. 

This form of perforated stones leads tothe star-shaped club-heads of Peru 
and Chili, of which several have been described, made both of stone and of 
bronze. Mr. Thomas Ewbank, in his account of the antiquities of Chili and 
Peru,{ describes and figures two of these heads of war-clubs, or six-pointed 
maces, made of bronze, and mentions another made of nearly pure copper. 
These were all found in a grave in the province of Cusco. They are about 
the size of the one from Scandinavia, which is made of stone, and figured 
by Professor Nilsson. The hole for the handle is about one inch and an 
eighth in diameter. One of these bronze mace-heads has one of the rays 
longer than the others and sharpened like a hatchet. 


*Flint Chips, p. 499. t Primitive Inhabitants of Scandinavia, p. 75, pl. ix, fig. 189. 
tIn U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere during the years 184952, 
Lt. J. M. Gilliss, Supt., vol. ii, p. 138, 1855. 
10 01 


146 PERFORATED STONES. 


Closely resembling these is the weapon* from an ancient grave at 
Ancon, Peru, of which a representation is given on Plate X, Fig. 1. This 
club is provided with a handle of hard wood, which is twenty-one inches 
long and seven-eighths of an inch thick at its larger end, from which 
it tapers gradually to a sharp smooth point. Between three and four 
inches from the thick end, a bronze (or copper?) head with six rays is 
attached and held in place by narrow strips of cloth, now evidently some- 
what changed from their original position. The bronze head has a straight 
perforation a little larger in diameter than the wooden handle, so that it 
requires the thickness of the cloth to keep it in place. This bronze head. 
is about one inch thick, and the rays are of an equal length of one inch, 
with flattened sides and rounded points, some of which are a little battered 
by use. With a weapon like this a powerful blow could be given, and 
although the pointed end of the handle has suggested the possibility of its 
having been used as a digging-stick, it seems more likely that its primary 
use was as a weapon. | 

Mr. E. G. Squiert has figured a similar six-pointed bronze club-head 
in his description of articles found in ancient graves at Chimu, of which he 
says: ‘Several varieties of bronze war-clubs are found here as elsewhere.” 
On one of the two plates of antiquities in Gay’s History of Chili there 
is represented an elaborately made club-head of bronze, which has seven 
projections. 

In the large private archeological collection belonging to Mr. William 
S. Vaux, of Philadelphia, there is a singular club-head of copper or bronze 
from Peru. This is 34 inches in diameter and # of an inch thick, measured 
through the hole, which is straight and 1 inch in diameter. Its marked 
peculiarity consists in the six rounded projections, each of which repre- 
sents a human head, the face on one side and the hair on the other, which 
features are reversed on alternating projections. 

In the American Museum, New York, there is a seven-pointed club- 
head made of stone, also from Peru. This is 54 inches in extreme diameter 
and 13 inches thick. The hole is slightly contracted in its centre, and is 
1# inches in diameter. 


*Peabody Museum, No. 8767, presented by Mr. Alexander Agassiz. tPeru, p. 177, 1877, 


SIMILAR STONES FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA. [47 


In Mr. Vaux’s collection, also, there are two of these Peruvian club- 
stones with points. The largest is from Huatasani, near Lake Titicaca. 
This is made of a granitic mineral, and has six rounded projections. The 
hole is straight and a little over an inch in diameter. The stone is about 
14 inches thick and 4$ across, measured from opposite points. The other 
specimen is made of a much softer stone, and is from Solida. It is of the 
same shape as the first, but is a little smaller. 

Mr. Evans* also mentions ‘‘a perforated spheroidal ball of hard red 
stone,” of which he says this is “of a different type from any of those which 
I have described, and which came from Peru. It is about 3 inches in diame- 
ter, with a parallel hole an inch across. Around the outside are engraved 
four human faces, each surmounted by a sort of mitre. It may be the head 
of a mace” 

In the Peabody Museum there is another of these stones with rays. 
In this instance the stone is very much weathered, but it is considered 
by Mr. Wadsworth to be andesite. The rays, ten in number, are short and 
thick, and do not project over one-quarter of an inch. They were evi- 
dently formed by notching the original circular outline in ten places at 
nearly equal distances apart. This stone is 34 inches in greatest diameter 
and 14 inches in thickness. The hole is countersunk, and only half an inch 
in diameter in its centre, where there is a sharp ridge, while at each face its 
diameter is 14 inches. This specimen (P. M., 9699) shown on Plate X, 
Fig. 16, is from Puntas Arenas, Central America, and was received with 
another (P. M., 9698) from the same locality, also represented on the same 
plate, Fig. 19. As will be seen by the figure, this second Central American 
specimen, which is made of a piece of compact andesite, is circular in out- 
line. It is 2? inches in diameter and 1# in thickness. The perforation is 
14 inches in diameter on each face, and tapers to the centre, where its 
width is half an inch less than on either face. 

Mr. Vaux’s collection contains four perforated stones from Costa Rica, 
which are of unusual interest. One of them is made of lava, and is 3 
inches in diameter by 24 in thickness, and the periphery is so cut as 
to form a row of eight bosses. The perforation in this stone is about } 


“Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 207. 


148 PERFORATED STONES. 


of an inch in diameter in the centre, and widens towards each face. The 
second stone is cut from a piece of colored lava of about the size of the 
first, but has a slightly smaller hole, and the surface is so carved as to form 
three rows of rounded knobs. The third specimen is nearly spherical, 
about 24 inches in diameter, with a small perforation widening to about an 
inch in diameter at each end; although the stone of which this is made is 
very hard, its surface has been carved to represent a human head with the 
eyes, nose, and mouth. The last of these interesting stones is of a white 
marble-like material of about the size and shape of the last mentioned, and 
has the surface very elaborately ornamented with deeply-cut and confusing 
lines, so characteristic of Central American work, among which the profile 
of a human face can be distinguished. 

It is evident that all these specimens have been made from blocks of 
stone worked to the required size and shape. The elaborate ornamenta- 
tion of several, their small size, and their small perforations, all point to 
these stones having been used as weapons rather than as weights to dig- 
ging-sticks or as net-sinkers, while, in size, they are rather large for spindle- 
whorls, for which purpose they are also not adapted by the character of 
their perforations. 

Mr. Darwin* states that near Santiago, Chili, he was ‘‘shown one 
of the perforated stones which Molina mentions as being found in many 
places in considerable numbers. They are of a circular, flattened form, 
from 5 to 6 inches in diameter, with a hole passing quite through the cen- 
tre. It has generally been supposed that they were used as heads to clubs, 
although their form does not appear at all well adapted for that purpose. 
Burchell states that some of the tribes in Southern Africa dig up roots by the 
aid of a stick pointed at one end, the force and weight of which is increased 
by a round stone with a hole in it, into which the other end is firmly 


wedged. It appears probablet that the Indians of Chili formerly used some 
such rude agricultural instrument.” 


* Voyage of a Naturalist, New York ed., 1846, vol. i, p. 345. 

tMr. Bollaert,in his volume on Antiquarian and Ethnological Researches, ete., in South America, 
London, 1860, p. 178, in referring to the stone mentioned by Mr. Darwin, changes this supposition of Mr, 
Darwin's into the statement that these stones “‘ were fixed on the ends of sticks, and formed a rude agri- 
cultural instrument.” Of this he seems to have had no evidence, and it does not appear that he even 
knew of these stones except through the statement of Darwin. 


SIMILAR STONES FROM CHILI AND PERU. 149 


In Molina’s work on Chili,* referred to by Mr. Darwin in the preced- 
ing quotation, I find only the following mention of these circular stones : 
“Tn the plains and upon most of the mountains are to be seen a great num- 
ber of flat, circular stones, of 5 or 6 inches in diameter, with a hole through 
the middle. These stones, which are either granite or porphyry, have 
doubtless received this form by artificial means, and I am induced to 
believe that they were the clubs or maces of the ancient Chilians, and that 
the holes were perforated to receive the handles.” Thus Molina does 
not give any use for the stones from actual knowledge, though he par- 
ticularly mentions that the Indians at the time he visited the country, about 
one hundred years ago, used a spade of hard wood, “forcing it into the 
earth with their breast.” Elsewhere he again states:{ ‘“‘One of their 
strongest men then attempts to harrow it by means of a machine formed 
of two large sticks of hard wood made sharp and fastened together, which 
he forces into the ground with his breast, and thus covers the seed.” Among 
a people still having such primitive agricultural methods, it does not seem 
probable that the weighted digging-stick would have gone out of use if 
once employed, and though these large perforated stones may at some time 
have been used as weights to digging-sticks, yet the fact that they were 
not so used, a hundred years ago, by a people at that time retaining so 
many of their old methods of work, renders it probable that the stones were 
intended for some other purpose, or, if not, that they were used by a people 
anterior to the Chilian tribes occupying the country at the time of the 
Spanish discovery. 

Among the specimens in the Peabody Museum is one from Chili (7079) 
and another from Chimbote, Peru (10001), which, judging from their size 
and the shape of their perforations, may possibly have been weights to dig- 
ging-sticks, as suggested by Mr. Darwin. They are both represented on 
Plate X. Fig 2Listhe one from Chili. It is not perfectly regular in outline, 
but was evidently worked out of a block of granite. It is about 4 inches 
in diameter and 2? in thickness. The hole is very large, being a little over 
2 inches across on either face of the stone, and 14 inches in diameter in the 
centre. There is evidence of considerable wear on one side of the stone, as 

“if caused by a long-continued vertical movement. 


* Translation, American edition, 1808, vol. i, p. 55. t Vol. ii, p. 14. t Page 185. 


150 PERFORATED STONES. 


Fig. 20 represents the Peruvian stone, which is the largest and heaviest 
of all these perforated stones that I have met with, weighing three pounds 
thirteen ounces. It measures 54 inches in its greatest diameter, and has a 
thickness of 24 inches measured on one side of the hole and 3 inches at the 
opposite side. The hole through the stone is 14 inches in its least diame- 
ter and 2 inches across its outer margins. This seems to have been made 
from a natural granite pebble. Its whole surface, with the exception of a 
few abrasions, is very smooth and polished, as if by long-continued use, and 
the same is the case with the perforation. Such a heavy stone as this 
would add great power to a digging implement, while it seems rather heavy 
and clumsy for a club-head, for which purpose one of smaller size and more 
nearly symmetrical would probably be equally effectual. A smooth cireu- 
lar stone made of serpentine (?) in Mr. Vaux’s collection, and found near 
Lake Titicaca, is better adapted for a club-head than the large one men- 
tioned above. This is about 3 inches in diameter and 14 thick, with a hole 
1 inch wide. 

As allusion has been made to the probable use of perforated discoidal 
stones as spindle-whorls, particularly in reference to some of those found in 
the prehistoric sites of the Lake Dwellers, it may not be out of place here 
to call attention to several discoidal and conical pieces of terra-cotta, bone, 
and wood, which are unquestionably spindle-whorls, and closely resemble 
in shape many of those to which allusion has been already made in this 
chapter. Indeed, Figs. 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, and 13 of Plate X correspond in size 
and outline with several of these. 

The whorls to which I refer, some of which are attached to the spindles, 
are from Brazil and Peru. Some of them are of prehistoric date, while 
others were obtained from the present Indian tribes of those countries. 
The largest of those obtained from existing tribes is one (P. M. 7705) from 
Brazil, about which Mr. O. A. Derby writes to the Peabody Museum as 
follows: ‘This constitutes the spinning-wheel of the Brazilian Indians, and 
is still in general use. The cotton is rolled out loosely and attached to the 
notch at the longer end of the spindle. Then by rolling the shorter end 
along the leg it is set revolving and thrown to the floor, where it spins like 
a top while the cotton is played out between the fingers.” The stick: 


SPINDLE-WHORLS. 151 


forming the spindle is made of a hard wood, and is 23 inches long. 
The greatest diameter of the stick is just below the whorl, which is held 
in place by the increased size of the spindle, 4 inches from the lower 
end. The whorl is made of bone 4 of an inch thick, perfectly cireular in 
outline, and about 24 inches in diameter. The hole through which the 
spindle passes is 4 of an inch in diameter and perfectly straight. The upper 
surface of the whorl is ornamented by eight incised lines forming four leaf- 
shaped rays, which start from the margin of the hole and meet a well-cut 
circle a quarter of an inch from the outer edge of the whorl. All these 
lines are filled with a black pigment. This is in every respect a well-made 
and symmetrical implement, and when set in motion spins well. 

Very much like the disk of bone described above are portions of six 
perforated disks from a prehistoric station near Santarem, Brazil These 
are now in the Peabody Museum (7972), and were collected by the late 
Prof. C F. Hartt Although these specimens are all broken, and now 
consist of halves and quarters of the original disks, they are of great inter- 
est, owing to their fine finish and elaborate ornamentation. They are all 
made of a compact red claystone. The largest shows a disk 34 inches 
in diameter, $ of an inch thick in the centre, and a little less at the edge. 
The smallest is 24 inches in diameter and 4 of an inch thick. One is orna- 
mented on both sides and the others only on one. The ornamentation on 
all consists of well-cut lines forming circles, spirals, and groups of lines 
crossing each other, all symmetrically arranged. The specimen with incised 
lines on both surfaces has those on one face more like hieroglyphies than 
simple ornamentation, and they bear some resemblance to the carvings on 
rocks in South and Central America. With the ornamented bone disks 
for comparison, it is almost impossible not to consider them as spindle- 
whorls. ¢In the same collection also are two perforated disks of terra-cotta 
(7984). One of these is only ; of an inch thick and 14 inches in diameter, 
and is ornamented by a single incised line, making a circle about a quarter 
of an inch from the margin. The other is 2 inches in diameter, and about 
twice the thickness of the smaller specimen. The peculiarity of this con- 
sists in its having a double groove cut on its edge. 

In the large collection of Peruvian antiquities in the Peabody Museum 


152 PERFORATED STONES. 


are numerous examples of spindle-whorls with and without the spindle. 
One of them (8594), taken from a grave in Pisagua, Southern Peru, is 
made of bone, and is about 4 of an inch thick and 2 inches in diame- 
ter. Another of about an inch in diameter is of terra-cotta. This is 
conical, with a flat, smooth base, and is $ an inch in thickness. The conical 
portion is ornamented by two circular depressions and a waved line in relief 
near the apex. Another specimen of terra-cotta, in the shape of a trun- 
cated cone, is 1 inch in diameter and about 4 of an inch thick. This is 
without ornamentation, except that it has been coated with red pig- 
ment. This whorl was found in a grave in Southern Peru, still attached 
to its spindle, which is a slender stick 9 inches in length. A figure of 
this is given in the Eleventh Report of the Peabody Museum. In con- 
nection with these Peruvian spindle-whorls should be mentioned many 
small bead-like articles of various shapes, and made of dark baked clay, 
nearly all of which are elaborately ornamented with deeply-cut lines, 
forming circles, frets, and numerous other figures, which are generally 
painted white or red. With these are other specimens made of stone. If 
these peculiar relics had been found by themselves probably all archzol- 
ogists would have classed them as beads. They are all small, being a half 
inch in diameter and from a quarter to an inch in length. They have, 
however, been found in such numbers mounted on the central portion 
of slender and pointed pieces of wood about eight to ten inches in length 
as to prove that they were made for that purpose, and as many of the sticks, 
with such bead-like articles, have more or less fine-spun thread wound over 
them, I believe them to be spools for thread. 

There is also in the Peabody Museum a spindle-whorl of terra-cotta 
collected by Mr. Derby at the prehistoric burial-place on the island of Pac- 
coval in the Amazon. This is spherical in shape, about 1 inch in height, 
measured through the hole, and 14 in transverse diameter. It is orna- 
mented by incised lines over its whole surface.* 


*Dr. Rau has given figures of two highly ornamented spindle-whorls of terra-cotta from Mexico, 
on page 87 of his important volume on the Archological Collection of the Smithsonian Institution, 
and there has recently been received at the Peabody Museum a collection of similar whorls from 
Mexico, These are of various sizes; some are ornamented by carefully-carved lines and are well fin- 
ished, while others were made in clay moulds, in which the ornaments had been cut and stamped, as 
shown by several moulds found with the whorls. 


SPINDLE-WHORLS. 153 


The Indians of Peru now seldom, if ever, make the elaborate spindles of 
old, and are content with rude spindles with rough wooden whorls, of whic): 
there are several examples in the Peabody Museum, presented by Mr. Alex. 
Agassiz. These are of interest in comparison with two similar spindles with 
wooden whorls, which were presented by Mr. John Blake, who took them from 
an ancient grave in Southern Peru. Though the recent wooden spindles 
are rudely made, the wooden whorls upon them are of the same forms as 
in ancient times. Several of them are discoidal and others are conical in 
shape. They are 14 to 2 inches in diameter, and from about 4 of an inch 
to 2 inches in thickness. ‘Two of them even have a slight attempt at orna- 
mentation, inasmuch as four groups of four lines each are cut upon the 
under surface. 

Turning our attention now to the perforated stones which have been 
found in various parts of North America, we find that several have been 
discovered which are similar to those we have mentioned from other parts 
of the world. ) 

Mr. C. C. Jones* has given a figure of what is probably a spindle- 
whorl, found in a stone grave in the Nacoochee Valley, and remarks that 
it closely resembles the spindle-whorls found at Meilen and other places in 
Europe, though he is “inclined to the belief that it was probably suspended 
as an ornament.” The specimen figured by Mr Jones is about 14 inches 
in diameter. 

In the Peabody Museum is a similar article consisting of a flat circular 
piece of white clay (11492) found by Mr. Charles B. Johnson on his farm 
in Lee County, Virginia. It is 14 inches in diameter. The hole through 
it is countersunk, and is about one-quarter of an inch in diameter. There 
is a slight groove cut around its periphery as if for a string, though it may 
be simply an attempt at ornamentation. This disk may have been used 
as a spindle-whorl, for which it is well adapted by its size and shape. It 
is, however, no larger than many disks of shell, such as we know are used 
as beads or ornaments, which are often found by hundreds in the burial- 
mounds of the Southwestern States. 

Mr. Morgan, in his far-famed volume, ‘‘ The League of the Iroquois,” 


* Antiquities of the Southern Indians, 1873, p. 235, pl. vi, fig. 11. 


154 PERFORATED STONES. 


p- 381, gives a figure of a fire-drill, consisting of a wooden shaft about 4 
feet long and an inch in diameter. 'To the upper end of the shaft there is 
fastened a string with its bow, and towards the lower end there is ‘‘a small 
wheel” to add to its momentum. As Mr. Morgan states that this form of 
fire-drill is ‘‘an Indian invention of great antiquity,” it may be possible 
that some of the perforated stones which have been found were used as 
whorls to such fire-drills. The heavy stones with small straight perforations 
would seem to be the form best adapted for this purpose. 

A disk of sandstone, about 24 inches in diameter and one-third of an 
inch thick, with a slightly countersunk perforation of nearly half an inch in 
width, is probably a spindle-whorl. This stone (P. M. 1583) was found in 
a mound near Mount Sterling, Ky. It is rudely ornamented by an incised 
circle on each face about a quarter of an inch from the edge of the stone; 
and on one face there are four short lines cut from the circle towards the 
central hole at equal distances apart. The hole is smooth as if from long 
use; and if we have any right to draw deductions regarding the use of 
implements of prehistoric people from the knowledge we have of the use 
of apparently identical implements among present or recent nations of 
probably about the same stage of culture, we should consider this perfo- 
rated stone from Kentucky as a spindle-whorl. There is now sufficient 
evidence that our Moundbuilders made woven fabrics of comparative fine- 
ness, and the finding of spindle-whorls in the mounds and ancient graves 
should not cause surprise. Indeed, the discovery of so few stones that 
can be so classed may indicate that, like the present Indians of Peru, this 
ancient people probably commonly used perishable whorls of wood.* 

On Plate X, Fig. 15, is represented a ‘“chungke stone,” with a small 
central perforation. The specimen is made from quartzite, and, while 
agreeing in other respects with many well-made ‘“ chungke stones,” which 
are so common in the Mississippi and Ohio Valleys, the perforation rather 


* Since the above was written, the Peabody Museum has received ten small perforated stones 
which were taken from six different stone graves of the Southern Moundbuilders, near Nashville, Tenn. 
Several of these stones, from their small size, may possibly have been ornaments; but others which are 
larger seem to me to be spindle-whorls. Most of them are made with care, generally of limestone, and 
are smooth and symmetrical. They vary in diameter from 1 inch to 1.7, and in thickness from half an 
inch to one and a fifth. The hole in some, particularly in the larger specimens, is straight, and is .3 of 
an inch in diameter; in others it is countersunk on both faces, 


PERFORATED PEBBLES. 155 


indicates that it was put to a different use, though this would not prevent 
its being used for the game of “chungke,” as described by Adair. This 
stone (P. M. 2299) was found in Marion County, Tennessee. Dr. Rau also 
figures two similar stones from Ohio. 

Another of these perforated stones (P. M. 7803) is from Southeastern 
Missouri. It, also, is made of quartzite, but is not over one-half the diam- 
eter of the one from Tennessee. The outer portion is smooth and sym- 
metrical. The concavity on each face begins close to the outer edge of the 
stone and terminates in an irregular perforation of about three-quarters 
of an inch in diameter. The irregularity of this stone is such as to suggest 
that it has been subjected to hard usage of some kind. Allied to this is 
a stone found in Chatham, Mass. (P. M. 2689, cast), which is probably sim- 
ply a perforated pebble of a little over 2 inches in diameter, through which 
a hole has been pecked from both sides. Two similar perforated pebbles 
are represented on Plate X, Figs. 7 and 12. The locality from which the 
latter were obtained is not known, though they are probably from New 
‘England. They are of special interest, as being of the same character as 
one recently received from the island of Santa Catalina, which is the rudest 
of the perforated stones from California. 

In the large and important collection of stone implements secured by 
Dr. Abbott in New Jersey are two small perforated stones. One of these 
is a sandstone pebble from 15 to 2 inches in diameter, with a hole about 
an inch in diameter, which was evidently bored, and not pecked, as in the 
stones last mentioned. The other is about an inch in diamcter, and is made 
from a piece of steatite circular in form - The hole in this was also made 
by adrill. It is slightly countersunk, and is a quarter of an inch wide in 
its smallest part. It is very difficult to assign a use to these rude speci- 
mens. They may possibly be classed as sinkers, for which the heavier 
one would answer very well, though probably no better than a notched stone, 
which could be made with much less labor. The smaller one, however, 
may equally weli be considered as a bead or ornament. 

Mr. Jones, in his volume on the Antiquities of the Southern Indians, 
has described and figured * a number of perforated pieces of steatite which 


* Page 337, Plate XIX, 


156 PERFORATED STONES. 


he thinks were used in various ways as sinkers by the Southern Indians. 
Of these he writes: ‘‘ All of the perforated sort I have seen, with one ex- 
ception, were formed either of soapstone or of clay. Consisting generally 
of flat or rounded pieces of soapstone irregular in shape, they vary in 
weight from scarcely more than an ounce to a pound and upwards. The 
perforations are from a quarter of an inch to an inch in diameter, and 
are indifferently located either in the centre or near the edge of the stone.” 
It seems very probable from their abundance on the banks of the Sa- 
vannah River and other streams in Georgia that Mr. Jones has assigned 
the proper use of these perforated stones. A similar piece of steatite, with 
a central perforation (P. M. 2754) is shown on Plate X, Fig. 10. This is 
from East Tennessee, and the hole seems to have been made by cutting 
and gouging with a sharp point of stone, the marks of the cutting imple- 
ment being still plainly visible. 

Dr. West, of Stewart County, Tennessee, has recently presented to 
the Peabody Museum a perforated stone (18397), found on his farm, 
which, in size and shape and character of the large countersunk hole, resem- 
bles many of the stones from California, but it was made either of a very 
soft material or is greatly decomposed, and now has a greater resemblance 
to the rings of clay found in the Swiss lakes than to a club-head. It is 
nearly 3 inches in diameter and 14 in thickness. 

Although perforated stones of the character represented by Figs. 22 
to 38, on Plate X, are so common among the remains of the former inhab- 
itants of Southern California, I have not seen any of the kind among the 
numerous collections of stone implements obtained from localities east of 
the Rocky Mountains. There is, indeed, one specimen in the American 
Museum, New York, which is without a special label, and may possibly 
have been found in the Atlantic States, though, as I understood two years 
ago, it was no longer possible to determine the locality whence it was ob- 
tained. I have, however, been informed by Mr. N. Vickary, of Lynn, that 
he had within a few weeks seen one of these stones in the possession of a 
farmer in North Amherst, Mass., who had several years since ploughed it up 
on his own land. As Mr. Vickary was looking at the California specimens 
at the time he made the remark about the Amherst stone, and pointed to 


WEIGHTS FOR DIGGING-STICKS. 157 


one between three and four inches in diameter with a large countersunk 
hole, as being “just like” the one he had seen so recently in Amherst, I 
have no doubt as to the character of the stone. Dr. Abbott has also re- 
cently informed me that there is in a private collection in New Jersey a 
perforated stone between three and four inches in diameter, which was 
found in Burlington County in that State, and is in every way like the 
smooth and well-made examples from California. 

From the foregoing account of perforated stones of various kinds from 
other parts of the world we can better understand the peculiar character 
and probable use of those from California, but before describing these in 
detail I shall quote the views of Mr. Paul Schumacher, whose researches 
have added so largely to our information of all that pertains to the arche- 
ology of the Pacific coast of the United States. 

In his account of the shellheaps and graves of the Santa Barbara 
Islands and adjacent mainland,* Mr. Schumacher states that he was told by 
an ‘old vaquero, with some Indian blood,” that a perforated stone he had 
considered as a club-head was used ‘‘as a weight to the shaft of a wooden 
spade * * *, the half-breed was very positive, and earnestly tried to 
impress on us the idea by roughly making the implement used by his 
ancestors as a spade” Mr Schumacher gives an ideal figuret of this im- 
plement, which consists of a stick with a flattened and pointed narrow 
blade, which passes into a rounded handle or shaft, near the upper end of 
which is placed one of the circular perforated stones. 

In a short paper published after his explorations of the islands in 1877, 
made under the direction of the Peabody Museum, Mr. Schumacher gives 
his views about these perforated stones more in detail, as will be seen from 
the following quotation from the Eleventh Annual Report of the Peabody 


Museum :t} 

“WEIGHTS FOR DIGGING-STICKS.—These implements—as are so many others that 
have a hole, a notch, or other means of fastening a line—are often considered as sinkers. 
One of the less frequent types of net sinkers, indeed, resembles the weight for a dig- 
ging-stick, but yet there is as much difference between the two as between a mortar 
and anolla. The sinker is of a different material; is coarsely finished; the hole is much 


*Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, Vol. IL, 
No. 1, p. 41. tL. o., PJ. 22, b. t Cambridge, 1878, pp. 265-268. 


158 PERFORATED STONES. 


smaller and narrower in the middle; and is hardly ever drilled, or finished by drilling, 
but simply pecked.” My first impression, on finding these perforated stones, was that 
they were the heads of war-clubs, to which those of a pear-shape especially seem to 
answer. By examining a large number of fragments, however, I found most of the 
stone-rings had been broken in two, parallel with the hole, which could not be caused 
by the side pressure of the club, but by a wedge-like action against the inner sides. 
The suggestion that these stones were weights for digging-sticks, such as are still in 
use among the Hottentots, I received from an aged half-breed while working on Santa 
Cruz island in 1875, and [ have since become convinced that such was their use. If we 
examine a stone-ring which has done some service, we find the hole shows a polish and 
fine strix running lengthwise, and wear on one end of the ring imparted by the hand 
while in use and in carrying the digging-stick where it naturally would rest, with its 
projecting stone weight, against the hand. I found some of the weights thus deeply 
worn, and by mounting one on a proper stick it fitted nicely to the grasped hand. I 
also noticed a specimen, among the many sent to the Peabody Museum, in which the 
hole had been enlarged in full width but in one direction only—making an elliptic hole— 
worn by the digging-stick while worked, when its own weight could only act against 
the sides of the stick corresponding to the flattened ends of the wooden spade. There 
were two methods by which the hole in the stone was made, both of which are illus- 
trated by numerous specimens in the collection. In one instance the weight, almost 
exclusively of steatite, but occasionally of a harder stone, was first roughly worked 
into the desired ball or a more flattened disk; the hole was then chiselled from both 
sides until it met; it was then drilled out to an equal width throughout; and the weight 
was finally finished by working the outside in a symmetrical form. The more elab- 
orate weights, however, were finished in outline before the hole was bored. The hole 
Was made, no doubt, with a flint point; the strie are deep and the width of an unfin- 
ished hole decreases towards the centre. <A drilling apparatus might have been used, 
for the streaks of the drill are well defined and in full circle, which could hardly be 
attained by turning the borer simply between the hands. 

“Among the weights for digging-sticks we find many of small sizes and inferior 
make, which could not have been of any practical use for this purpose, and often deviat- 
ing so much in form as to make it doubtful if they were designed as weights. The 
same deviation from the practical size we find sometimes among mortars—not meaning 
the paint-cups—the pestles, and frequently among the comales (the flat stone plates for 
baking tortillas) which were formerly extensively in use, judging by the many speci- 
mens collected. Such articles we may safely bring under the head of children’s play- 
things, in whose graves they are usually found.” 


Thus on the evidence otf the half-breed Mr. Schumacher is strongly 
inclined to consider that at least one use of the perforated stones was 
identical with the use of similar stones by the natives of Southern Africa. 
It is therefore important to note that the present Indians do not make any 
use of stones of this character, and that unless we give full credence to the 
story of the half-breed we are surrounded by the same mystery regarding 


these perforated stones in California as in Chili, though we know that in 


BOLAS-STONES. 159 


California they were used for some purpose after contact with the Spaniards 
during the sixteenth century, as they have been found in connection with 
iron and other articles of Kuropean manufacture. 

Mr. Powers, in his work on the California Indians,* gives a figure of 
two of these perforated stones connected by a cord, of which he writes : 
“In the accompanying sketch + are figured two implements, which may 
have been only net-sinkers, but are said by an old pioneer to have been 
used formerly as bolas are in South America, being tied together with raw 
hide and hurled at the feet of an enemy to entangle him and throw him 
down. Tome it seems more probable that they were used rather like a 
slung-shot.” From the statements I have made in the following pages it 
will be seen that I incline to the belief that many of these perforated stones 
from California were used somewhat after the method of “slung-shots,” or 
as club-heads fastened by pieces of hide. I may mention, however, that 
Lieut. A. W. Thackara, of the U. 8. Navy, who had just returned from the 
Strait of Magellan, informed me that at Sandy Point he saw one of these 
perforated stones, which was about 4 inches in diameter, and he was told by 
an old resident of the place that it was a bolas-stone. Unfortunately the stone 
he saw was not then actually forming part of a bolas, and I have not noticed 
any account of perforated stones being used by the Patagonians for that 
important weapon. There is a bolas in the Peabody Museum, and another 
in the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem. Each of these is made by 
enclosing three round imperforated stones in strips of raw hide, which are 
braided and united together.t 

On page 433 of the same work, Mr. Powers writes: “In the collection 
of Mr. A. W. Chase, of the U. S. Coast Survey, there are spindle-whorls of 
stone. Some of these were found in mounds raised by extinct tribes, and 
others found among the Klamath Indians and the Noamlakki in gravel. 
mining claims. The Indians of this day use no such implement for any 
purpose whatever. Near Freestone, Sonoma County, I saw in possession 
of the finder what was probably a spindle-whorl of pottery, the only 
instance of the kind I know of.” 


* Page 53. tOf weapons of war of the Yurok. 

t Dr. CUNNINGHAM, in his Notes on the Natural History of the Strait of Magellan, 1871, p. 148, 
describes the bolas as made of either two or three round balls of stone, iron, or brass covered with 
leather. 


160 PERFORATED STONES. 


I also find in Mr. Powers, instructive and valuable volume on the hab- 
its of the California Indians the following references to the digging-sticks 
as now used. In his account of the Indians of the Eel River Mountains 
(p. 130), he writes: “Armed with her ‘woman-stick’, the badge of her sex, 
which is a pole about 6 feet long and 14 inches thick, sharpened and fire- 
hardened at one end.” Again, when writing of the Modok (p. 256), he 
says: ‘ With a small stick, fire-hardened at the end, a squaw will root out 
a half bushel [of kais roots] or more in a day.” 

From the foregoing it will be perceived that the digging-stick of the 
present Indians is not weighted, and although one tribe may have had very 
different methods of work from others adjoining, it seems hardly probable 
that such an implement as a weighted digging-stick would have gone entirely 
out of use in fifty to a hundred years, had it been common before then; 
though the negative fact that the perforated stones are not now used at all 
is no more an argument against their having been used as weights to 
digging-sticks than for any other purpose. In connection with the form of 
digging-stick described by Mr. Powers, the use of similar implements by 
some of the Pacific Islanders is of interest, and I, therefore, quote the fol- 
lowing from Sir John Lubbock’s ‘“ Prehistoric Times”: 


“The digging-sticks [of the Figians] are made of a young mangrove tree. They 
are about the size of an ordinary hay-fork, and the lower end is tapered off on one 
side after the shape of a quill toothpick. In digging this flattened side is kept down- 
wards. When preparing a piece of ground for yams, a number of men are employed 
divided into groups of three or four. Each man being furnished with a digging-stick, 
they drive them into the ground so as to enclose a circle about two feet in diameter. 
When by repeated strokes the sticks reach the depth of eighteen inches they are used as 
jevers, and the mass of soil between them is thus loosened and raised.”—Page 455, quot- 
ing from Williams, “ Figi and the Figians,” vol. 1, p. 63. 

The only instrument for tillage used by the Maories of New Zealand was “a long 
narrow stake sharpened to an edge at one end, with a short piece fastened transversely 
= a little distance above it, for the convenience of pressing it down with the toot.”— 

Page 462. 

The Tahitians for cultivating the ground “had instruments of hard wood, about 

five feet long, narrow, with sharp edges and pointed.”—Page 471. 


On Plate X, seventeen of the perforated stones from California are 
represented under Figs. 22 to 38, and on the upper half of the plate, * which 


' This pl ate was arr ranged, as will be seen by the position of the pins upon which the stones were 
hung when photographed, to be printed in such a manner as to make what is now the right side of the 


POSSIBLE USES OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 161 


is divided by the Peruvian club, with its bronze, star-shaped head, are shown 
a number of perforated stones, of various sizes and shapes, from North and 
South America, Europe, and Africa, all of which have been specially referred 
to in the preceding pages. It is, therefore, only necessary to call attention 
to the very close resemblance between several of these foreign specimens 
and those from California, as for instance Figs. 14 and 17 from Denmark, 
Fig. 18 from South Africa, Fig. 19 from Central America, Fig. 20 from 
Peru, and Fig. 21 from Chili. 

At the time this plate was photographed comparatively few stones 
of this class had been collected in California; hence several interesting 
examples from later explorations, which would have added much to the 
value of the plate in showing their great diversity in size, shape, and orna- 
mentation, are not included Several of these are, however, shown in the 
following figures in the text. 

A careful study of the hundred examples of these stones from Cali- 
fornia, now before me, has confirmed my belief that they were used for 
various purposes by the old Californians, and that while some may, possibly, 
have been used as weights for digging-sticks and for net-sinkers, as Mr. Schu- 
macher believes, it would certainly be going too far to include all the speci- 
mens in these two groups, even should we agree with Mr. Schumacher in 
regarding many of the smaller specimens as toys for children. Dr. Yarrow 
has kindly given me his views as to the probable use of these stones, the 
substance of which is as follows: 


It seems inconceivable to me that any one who has examined carefully any num- 
ber of these larger perforated stones can for a moment hold to the theory of their being 
primarily used for digging-weights. That they may have been occasionally used as 
such is possible, but their probable use was more likely similar to that to which the 
Eskimos put their perforated stones—as a club, with a loose or flexible handle. 
If they were used for digging-sticks, how is it that not a single example of these sticks 
has ever been found, not even a trace? For instance, at Dos Pueblos we found ollas, 
mortars, pipes, cups, iron hatchet (Spanish), China cup and saucer (modern), a few 
articles of wood, and perforated stones in juxtaposition ; is it not likely that digging- 
sticks as a necessary article for use in the next world would also have been found if in 
such common use as is indicated by the great number of the stones in question? I see 


plate its top. The reference numbers to the figures have the appearance of having been placed at ran- 
dom over the plate, but the nearest number to the upper margin of each figure is its indicator, notwith- 
standing the fact that in several instances the number is close to some figure to which it does not refer. 

3 DT 0 


162 PERFORATED STONES. 

nothing improbable in the statement that these stones may have been used as net- 
sinkers. A net large enough to fish outside the beach on this coast must have taken 
a long time to make, and may have been the property of the town, or of several indi- 
viduals, and it seems to me that the same care might have been devoted to the neces- 
sary stone sinkers that was given to the construction of the net. 

Among these hundred specimens from California are several which, by 
their battered and fractured surfaces, show that they have received hard 
usage Others are smooth, and many are even highly polished over a more 
or less extended surface. Still others are rudely ornamented, either by 
incised lines similar to the markings on pottery in the early stages of the 
development of the ceramic art, or by deeply-cut grooves. Of a few there 
are only fragments, and as the fractured portions of these are often as much 
weathered as the rest of the stone, there can be little doubt that these exam- 
ples were broken while in use. Most of these broken specimens are halves 
of stones, which, apparently, have been broken. by a pressure exerted in the 
central perforation, thus causing the stone to split. A few, however, are 
fractured transversely to the perforation, as if caused by a blow the force 
of which was exerted upon the outer edge of the stone. In shape and size, 
and in the character of the perforations, there is great diversity, and 
although the intermediate forms prevent a strict classification, the specimens 
now before me can be approximately arranged in several groups by their 
shape, such as conical, globular, and flattened. 

The first to be described is from the island of Santa Catalina (P. M. 
13420). This is made from a piece of chlorite-schist, which has been ham- 
mered and ground into a shape unlike any of the other specimens. It has 
a flattened base and a somewhat conical top above its five flattened sides. 
The surface of the stone has been rubbed very smooth, and considerable 
labor must have been expended in manufacturing this implement, the use 
of which is problematical. It is 4 inches in diameter by 25 in height, and 
weighs forty-five ounces. The hole, which is through the centre, was bored 
probably by a stone drill, and this was most likely mounted so as to give 
a full revolution, as the well-defined and continuous circular lines made 
by the drill can be seen. That the hole was made entirely by the drill is 
shown by the circular striz coming out flush with the surface of the stone 
at each end of the hole. The boring of the hole was started from the flat- 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 163 


tened portion or base, where it is { of an inch in diameter, and carried 
through the stone, gradually decreasing in size to 3 of an inch at the opposite 
end. The size and weight of this stone are against its having been used as 
an ordinary spindle-whorl, though it would be none too large for use as a 
whorl for a bow-drill. The hole is too small to allow of the supposition that 
it, was a weight to a digging-stick, and the same objection would apply 
to its having been mounted ona handle asaclub We seem, therefore, 
reduced to regard this either as a net-sinker, a whorl to some large fire- 
drill or boring implement, or as a club-head which was fastened to a handle 
by means of a withe or a strip of hide. 

Of the conical forms there are several modifications. One (P. M. 13422), 
which is of impure steatite, was found in “ Pots Valley,” the locality on the 
island of Santa Catalina where pots and other articles of steatite were 
extensively manufactured. This specimen is 14 inches high and 3 inches 
in diameter, and while it might be classed with the group that I have called 
flattened or ring-like, as its transverse diameter is twice its height, yet it is so 
decidedly conical in shape that it seems most appropriate to mention it in 
connection with the other more or less conical forms. The concentric striz, 
formed by the boring implement, are very distinctly seen on the sides of 
the hole, which was started by pecking from both sides of the stone and 
afterward bored, making a perforation which is only $ an inch in diameter 
in the centre, while it widens to about twice the size at each face of the stone. 
From this brief description it will be seen that this stone, with its half- 
inch perforation, so far as can be determined from known uses of similar 
stones, would have to be classed as a club- -stone, a whorl, or a sinker, and 
to me it seems best adapted for use as a club-head fastened by thongs to a 
handle.* 

Of the globular-conoid form, there are two specimens from the island 
of Santa Cruz, which are of nearly equal size, and both have large holes. 
They are probably made of an impure and rather hard steatite. 

Figs. 44, 44a, and 45 represent one of these specimens of actual size 


* Since this che apter was written I have received ‘the account of Mr. Bower's explorations on the 
island of Santa Rosa, Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1877. Mr. Bowers there states that he 
found a ‘conical disk, which was probably used in spinning.” From the context I judge that this 
“conical disk” is of stone, and probably similar to the one I have described above. 


164 PERFORATED STONES. 


(P. M. 9296). Fig. 44 does not show the exact outline of the stone, as the 
artist has tilted the specimen forward so as to give a view of the upper 

Fig. 44. end of the hole, and thus 
i represented the stone as 
more globular than a 
direct view would haye 
shown. Fig. 44a is a 
- diagonal view of the un- 
der side of the stone, 
showing the nearly 
straight and smooth per- 
foration, and also several 
of the small punctures, 
seventeen in number, 


which form an irregular 


Perforated stone from island of Santa Cruz. row around the lower 


portion of the stone, as seen in the three figures. Fig. 45 is a view looking 
directly into the hole from the under side, where it is 15 inches in diameter, 
eee while at the top, as shown 
3 in Fig. 44, the hole is 4 
of an inch smaller. 
The other specimen 
(P. M. 9298) from Santa 
Cruz differs from the one 
just described in being 
slightly more conical in 
outline, and in having a 
groove cut around the up- 
per margin of the hole, 
thus forming a rim not 
quite a quarter of an inch 
wide. The surface of each 


of these stones has been 
Perforated stone; side view of hole of Fig. 44. carefully smoothed. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 165 


Another example (P. M. 13692) of this form is from the island of San 


Miguel. It is 34 inches in diameter and 24 inches high. The hole is of 


the same size and shape as in the two preceding specimens. Portions of 
Pia. 45, 


the surface of this stone are 
much battered, and several 
fractures have resulted from 
the hard usage to which the 
implement has been sub- 
jected. The mineral is much 
decomposed, but is probably 
basalt. The fractured por- 
tions and the sides of the 
hole are, like the rest of the 
stone, very much weath- 
ered. 

These three stones are 
so admirably suited by their 


shape, size, and large per- 


forations, for hafting and Perforated stone’ hottom@view of Fig. 44. 
for use as heads of clubs that I am inclined to consider them as such; and 
the fact that two of them are rudely ornamented is favorable to this view, 
as is also the rough usage that one of them has received. 

Among the most remarkable of the conical forms are three which, 
while they vary slightly in outline, are yet so much alike that they form a 
little group by themselves, and their close agreement in size is so remark- 
able as to suggest that they were made after a particular and established 
pattern. ‘Two of these are from the island of Santa Cruz and the other 
is from the island of Santa Rosa. Dr. Rau, in his account of the arche- 
ological collections in the Smithsonian Institution, figures (p. 90, fig. 320) 
another specimen of the same type, but does not give the locality whence 
it was obtained, though it is probably from the island of Santa Cruz. 
There is also a specimen* in the Smithsonian collection from Santa Cruz 


* The specimen here alluded to may be the one figured by Dr. Ran. 


166 PERFORATED STONES. 


(S. I. 18289) which varies but slightly in size from the one in the Peabody 
Museum from that island. Like another specimen from the same island 
(P. M. 9297), it has a slight rim cut round 
the hole at the pointed end. One of these 
stones, of which only a half is preserved, 
is shown in section by Fig. 46. The two 
other specimens now before me, and the one 
I measured belonging to the Smithsonian 
Institution, differ from the figure here given 
only in having their greatest diameter 
nearer the base, and hence are not so globu- 
lar. The measurements taken of these 


Perforated stone from islaud of Santa Cruz. 
Section showing hole, 4. 


ing their close agreement, and are as follows: 


several specimens are of interest in show- 


c=) 
1. P.M. 9295, Santa Cruz; height, 4 inches; diameter, 43 inches; weight, 43 oz. 
22 Slee S289 iC a a on te Cc 44 
Sp leg Wk WeeiiG oe oe aye oe hey (Fig. 46.) 
4, P. M. 13810, Santa Rosa; “ Spe ef 4p weight, 40 oz. 


The perforations in all four are very nearly of the same diameter, 
and in the three other specimens are more nearly straight than in the one 
shown in section by Fig. 46. The diameter of the holes measured across 
the opening on the lower face is about 13 inches in each, while, measured 
at the opposite end, it is $ an inch less, and in the centre it is from 1 to 
14 inches. In two of these stones, which weigh forty and forty-three 
ounces, respectively, the sides of the perforation show many fine longitu- 
dinal striations and a smoothness of surface indicative of long-continued 
use, as does also the smooth and polished surface about the upper or pointed 
end. Mr. Schumacher has suggested that the polished portion on many of 
these stones was occasioned by carrying the stone in the hand when, as he 
considers, it was fastened to a digging-stick; but it seems to me impossible 
to account for the polishing in that way, as many of the specimens exhibit as 
high a polish in the little fractures just within the margin of the hole as on the 
surface about it, which certainly could not have been caused by handling. 
The high polish given to many of these stones, generally on only half 
the surface, particularly on those made of the dark steatite and allied min- 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 167 


erals, was probably purposely produced asa finish. Others, however, as is 
the case with the large specimens now under particular consideration, were 
evidently burnished by long-continued rubbing while in use—such as 
would be caused, for instance, by the stone being attached to a handle by 
means of hide or leather which enclosed its pointed end; and as the three 
stones now before me have their most prominent or bulging part more or 
less battered as if by use, while the polished portions are not injured, we 
may have a good reason to regard these particular stones as club-heads. 
The great uniformity of the four stones of which I have given the 
measurements is also favorable to the theory that they were designed as 
club-heads of an established form, while the amount of labor bestowed 
upon them is against their use for inferior purposes. 

The next group to be considered consists of three cylindrical stones 
with large perforations. One of these is of a hard material—probably 
quartzite—and, like so many other examples, bears considerable polish at 
one end and a slighter finish about the margin of the hole on the opposite 
‘end. This implement is slightly over 24 inches thick, and is 34 inches in 
its transverse diameter. The sides are but slightly bulging, and as the 
smallest diameter of the nearly parallel perforation is a little over an inch 
and a quarter, they are nowhere over an inch in thickness. As in the 
majority of the specimens, the hole was made by working from both ends - 
of the stone, and the central portion was afterwards considerably enlarged. 
It is from the island of San Clemente, whence it was obtained with eigh- 
teen others of different shapes by Mr. Schumacher, and is numbered 
13521 in the Peabody Museum. There are no perceptible signs of bat- 
tering on the surface, and while the worn and smooth sides at the nar- 
rowest portion of the hole, which has been made slightly oval, apparently 
show that it has been in long-continued use on a handle of some kind, 
there is no more reason for considering it as a club-head than as a weight 
for a digging-stick, if any of these stones were applied for the latter pur- 
pose, as stated by the half-breed Indian to Mr. Schumacher. If, however, 
we accept the theory that special wants of man will result in the use of 
corresponding methods of supplying them among people of the same degree 
of development living under similar conditions, we must accept the prob- 


168 PERFORATED STONES. 


ability of these stones being in part applied to the same purpose in Cali- 
fornia as elsewhere; and as they are known to have been used for several 
purposes, among others as weights to digging-sticks, in other parts of the 
world, some may have been so used in California, as stated by the Indian 
to Mr. Schumacher. Still, the simple statement of this Indian should not 
be received without due caution until it is confirmed by other evidence. 

The second stone of cylindrical form (P. M. 14799) is from the island 
of Santa Catalina, and is of talcose slate, or ‘‘serpentine.” In diameter it 
is a quarter of an inch larger than the one just described. The hole is 
also slightly larger, tapers but little towards its centre, and shows signs of 
long-continued use. The surface at one end of the hole is highly polished. 
In weight this stone is about equal to the one last described, and they 
were both probably used for the same purpose. 

The third example of this group (P. M. 14801) was found with the one 
last described; but it differs from it in several particulars, and is of much 
smaller size, as it is only 14 to 2 inches in diameter and about 2 inches in 
height, measured from end to end of the perforation, which is rudely made, 
and tapering, and in its narrowest part is only one-half of an inch wide. It 
is of the same kind of steatite as that of which the large cooking-pots were 
made, but is not formed with the degree of symmetry characteristic of 
most of the specimens; and unless made for some such purpose as a net- 
sinker, its small size and rude workmanship may indicate that it was a toy, 
or, perhaps, the first attempt of an inexperienced workman. 

From the graves on the island of San Clemente Mr. Schumacher ob- 
tained twenty-two of these perforated stones, one of which (P. M. 13520, 
Fig. 47) is unlike any of the others, inasmuch as it is oval in form, and 
has a groove about a quarter of an inch wide and half as deep cut around 
the central portion of its surface. As in so many of the other specimens, 
about a third of the surface of one end around the hole is much polished, 
and this part is stained by the red pigment, of which a considerable quan- 
tity was obtained from the graves. The stone is hard quartzite, and must 
have been difficult to work into its present symmetrical form. The per- 
foration does not show signs of having been made by boring, which would 
have been a difficult matter, and it was probably made by pecking and 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 16 


scraping. The hole tapers from both faces, where it is about 2 inches in 
diameter, to its centre, where it is not over an inch wide. The central 
ridge in the hole, caused by the meeting of the tapering perforations from 
both surfaces, has been worn smooth, and is even polished, showing that 
there was more or less movement of the stone upon its handle. The greatest 
diameter of this implement is 44 inches, and its thickness, measured through 
the perforation, is 25 inches. The use to which this stone was put is, of 


course, conjectural, but the polished portion on one face and the encircling 


a TACHA 
AALS EMU tos 
nk 


i 


Perforated stone from the island of San Clemente. 


groove may be connected with the method of mounting it on a handle, and 
it seems proper to class this specimen with the large ones of conical shape, 
already described as club-heads. 

Specimens of the next group, of which there are now before me no less 
than twenty-four, are more or less depressed globular in shape, and vary 
in size from 2 to 44 inches in diameter, and from 14 to 34 inches in thick- 
ness. In weight they vary from a few ounces to over 34 pounds. They 
are all well made, generally symmetrical, and of various minerals. The 
perforations vary in size and shape, and while there is a general resem- 


blance in the lot, it will be necessary to subdivide the group for the pur- 


170 PERFORATED STONES. 


pose of description. Several of these are highly polished, and a few are 
ornamented by incised lines. The amount of labor which must have been 
bestowed on many of them in order to give the perfect finish which they 
possess, and the fact that some are rudely ornamented, suggest their having 
been devoted to an important use; and while some may possibly have been 
weights to digging-sticks, and others whorls, as a group they seem better 
adapted for club-heads than for any other purpose. 

The largest (Fig. 48) and best made of these globular stones 1s from 


Fig. 48. 


ig 3 AEE Y 
mye Nort) END 
Wis SS NEN 


Perforated stone from the island of Santa Catalina. 


“Pots Valley,” island of Santa Catalina (P. M. 13419). It weighs fifty- 
eight ounces, is of steatite, and has been smoothed and finished with care. 
y is as near perfection as could be expected, and around the 


upper or polished end of the hole there is a slight rim, about an eighth of 


Its symmetr 


an inch wide, formed by a groove. This portion, which I call the top of 
the stone, is highly polished, the polishing also extending down the sides 
and including about one-third of the surface. That this polishing is the 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 171 


result of use is shown by the partial obliteration of the groove forming 
the rim. The stone is 4§ inches in diameter and 34 inches in thickness. 
The perforation starts from each face with a diameter of 1} inches, and 
tapers to the centre, where it is only 1 inch. The sides of the hole are 
smoothed by the action of the handle. Such a carefully-finished and sym- 
metrical implement as this would hardly have been made for use as a 
digging-stick, and it seems eminently proper, notwithstanding its size, to 
regard it as a club-head. That it was not used as an ordinary hammer is, 
I think, shown by the sides not being battered. 

Another specimen (P. M. 13358) is from the same island, but was 
found, with twenty-three others of various sizes and shapes, in a refuse-pile 
or shellheap. It is of nearly the same size as the one last mentioned, and 
is made of the same material. It differs from that, however, in not being 
so symmetrical, and the hole is a quarter of an inch greater in diameter. 
There is an irregular incised line encircling the hole on top, and this por- 
tion of the stone is highly polished. Its most interesting peculiarity con- 
sists in the fact that the perforation is worn smooth on one side only, while 
the rest of the hole is nearly as rough as when the stone was first put to 
its use. This peculiar wear of one portion of the hole would be favorable 
to the view that this stone was a weight to a digging-stick, as Mr. Schu- 
macher suggests. 

A third stone (P. M. 13155), of the same material, and originally of 
about the same size, but having an old fracture, from which cause nearly a 
quarter of the stone is missing, was found in a grave on the same island 
with the last two mentioned. Like the others, this is polished around 
one end of the hole, which is very smooth from use, and is 14 inches in 
diameter in its smallest part. 

In the preceding descriptions I have noted the fact that two of the 
large globular-shaped and most of the conical specimens have grooves 
cut about the holes at the polished ends; but this is not the case with any 
of the others, though several that are yet to be mentioned are rudely 
ornamented. 

Another specimen (P. M. 13358), from the shellheap of Santa Catalina, 
is also of steatite, and is a little smaller than the one from the grave, 


172 PERFORATED STONES. 


being about 3 inches thick and 34 in diameter. The top is polished, and 
the hole is smoothed by long-continued use. It differs from the last three 
described in the character of its perforation, inasmuch as the hole is straight 
and of nearly a uniform diameter of about 14 inches from end to end. 

Another of these, also from a shellheap, and of “serpentine,” is fash- 
ioned from a block of stoné that was not quite large enough to enable 
the worker to carry out a symmetrical design of the size he desired, and 
hence there is left a flattened and indented portion on one side. This is of 
about the same size as the specimen last mentioned; but the hole is much 
smaller and tapers from both ends to its centre, where it is only three- 
fourths of an inch wide; and although the sides of the hole are consider- 
ably worn the marks of the boring-tool are visible. 

Still another from the shellheap is made of dark talcose slate or ser- 
pentine, which is capable of receiving a high polish, as is shown by the 
lustre covering about a third of the surface of this example. This stone is 24 
inches thick and 384 in diameter, and in shape, approaches the much-flat- 
tened forms which will be described further on. The polished surface of 
one end extends over the edge of the perforation, which is also very much 
worn and smooth throughout, and was made by boring and pecking from 
opposite ends. A longitudinal section through the perforation shows that 
the diameter in the centre of the hole is 14 inches, and that it is regularly 
increased to about 1? inches at each end; and yet the wear on the sides 
is nearly the same in the widened portions at the ends as in the centre, 
which could hardly occur if this stone had been simply placed on a rod of 
wood, for in that case the wear would have been confined to the narrowest 
portion of the hole, as is the case with many of the specimens. If, on the 
contrary, the stone had been fastened by a material like leather, or even by 
strips of raw-hide or other more or less pliable substances, passing through 
the hole, the wear would be nearly equal on all its parts, as is shown to 
have been the case in this specimen. 

The two smallest of these depressed globular forms are from the island 
of Santa Catalina. One is from Pots Valley, and is made of basalt. Only 
one-half of this specimen was found. It is 1 inches thick and 23 in diam- 
eter. The perforation was made by working from both ends, though its 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 173 


narrowest part is within half an inch of one end of the hole, and is not 
over half an inch in diameter. The fragment is much weathered, but is 
evidently a portion of a carefully-worked and symmetrical implement. 
The other and slightly smaller example is from the shellheap, and is made 
of steatite. This is a symmetrical little stone, and would naturally be 
called a spindle-whorl. The hole has been bored from both faces, is one- 
half an inch in diameter in its smallest part, and does not show any signs 
of wear. 

One of the specimens from the island of San Clemente is made of 
basalt, and is of the same thickness as the one just described, and about 
half an inch greater in diameter. The surface is much decomposed and 
somewhat battered. The hole is five-eighths of an inch in diameter in the 
centre, and widens to about an inch at each end. This would have been 
serviceable as a whorl, a small club-head, or as a ‘“slung-shot.” Three 
others from San Clemente do not differ in size and shape from those 
already described from Santa Catalina. One is formed of a brown cellu- 
lar basalt; another is of steatite. Of these two, only half of each was 
found. That of steatite shows as much weathering on its fractured portion 
as on other parts of the stone, and the part that was formerly polished is still 
smooth. The third example (P. M. 13521) is of large size, being about 23 
inches thick and 43 in diameter. It is of a hard and somewhat cellular 
basalt, and weighs forty ounces. The perforation was made from both 
ends, and has been worn to a slightly oval shape in its centre. The sur- 
face about one end of the hole is polished as in the examples made of 
softer material. 

On the island of Santa Cruz Mr. Schumacher collected a number of 
these perforated stones of depressed globular form, most of which are in 
the Smithsonian Institution, and not now before me. One of them, how- 
ever, is represented on Plate X, Fig. 22. The particular interest attached 
to this specimen is due to the probability that it was fractured and a large 
piece broken from one side. The fractured surface was afterwards smoothed 
over. The sides of the hole are nearly straight. Two others from Santa 
Cruz are in the Peabody Museum (9299, 9390). They were made of a 
compact basalt, though now it is considerably decomposed. The hole is 


174 PERFORATED STONES. 


in each about 14 inches in diameter. In the larger specimen, which is 24 
inches thick by 34 in diameter, the perforation was made by boring, and 
the sides of the hole are now parallel and considerably worn. In the 
other, which is 13 by 23 inches, the hole is slightly bell-mouthed at each 
end, though its sides are nearly straight. 

There is also in the Peabody Museum (13761) a beautiful example of 
these perforated stones from the island of Santa Cruz, found by Mr. 8. Bow- 
ers. It is more flattened than the others, and differs from those heretofore 
described in being polished on both ends, and even a portion of the inter- 
vening surface shows polishing in places. The hole is slightly bell-mouthed, 
with straight sides, and is highly polished throughout. A deep notch on 
one side near the hole, caused by a flaw in the stone, is as much polished 
as the surface adjoining, which, as mentioned in other instances, seems 
favorable to the theory that these stones were sometimes fastened to shafts 
by hide or leather thongs. Certainly the polished surface on this stone 
could not have been brought about simply by handling, for the natural 
cavity on its side and the edges of the hole through its centre could 
not have been reached, much less rubbed smooth, by the skin of the hand 
during any ordinary use of the implement as a weight to a digging-stick. 
This specimen is 2 inches thick by 34 in diameter, and the hole is 14 
inches wide. 

From the island of San Nicholas numerous examples of these de- 
pressed globular stones have been obtained by Mr. Schumacher; two of 
them are in the Peabody Museum, and others are in the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution. On Plate X, Figs. 33, 34, 35, 36, and 38 are taken from San 
Nicholas specimens. 

Fig. 34 represents one now in the Smithsonian Institution (18420). 
It is of a soft stone, probably a clay slate, and is 2 inches thick by 24 in 
diameter. The hole tapers from both ends. 

Fig. 36 is taken from another Smithsonian specimen (18444). This 
is symmetrical, and is well made from a hard stone, probably basalt. It is 
about 24 inches thick and 34 in diameter. The hole, as is well shown in 
the figure, is deeply countersunk on both faces. 

Fig. 33 is from one in the Peabody Museum (9353), and is very much 


CALIFORNIA STONES WITH OVAL HOLES. 175 


like that represented by Fig. 36; but, while it is a little smaller, the hole 
is larger, measuring about § of an inch across the central portion, from 
which it widens towards each end. The material is probably basalt, and 
has been worked into a symmetrical implement. Though not polished, as 
are so many others, one end is much smoother about the margin of the 
hole than the other. The central portion of the hole has also been worn 
smooth. 

Fig. 38 shows another (P. M. 9354) of the same material as the last. 
It differs from the rest in having the hole 2 inches wide at the surface on 
one face, and, as shown in the figure, the tapering is not so gradual to- 
wards the centre as is usual. Inthe centre the perforation is a little over 
an inch in diameter. At the other end, the hole is not over 14 inches wide. 
The surface adjoining the widest end of the perforation has been consider- 
ably battered as if by use. 

From the island of San Miguel I have seen three specimens which 
were collected by Mr. Bowers and are now in the Peabody Museum 
(13692). As these were received from the Smithsonian Institution, there 
are probably others of the same character in that museum. The three 
before me are made of what is probably basalt, although its character has 
been so greatly changed by decomposition as to appear now more like a 
sandstone. They are each about 2 inches, or a little more, in thickness, 
and vary from 34 to 4 inches in diameter. The smallest part of the hole 
is, in each, about an inch in diameter, and it increases in width at both ends, 
though in the largest the sides of the perforation are straighter than in the 
other two, and the hole is more nearly of equal diameter throughout. 

In all the specimens described in the foregoing pages the perforations 
are circular in form. There are, however, six of these stones that have 
come under my notice in which the holes are oval. They are all of soft 
material, and it seems probable that the shape of the hole in each is due 
entirely to the wear of the sides of the stone in a particular direction, 
owing to some peculiar method of use. Two of these stones with oval 
holes are shown on Plate X. 

Fig. 23 is a representation of one now in the Smithsonian collection 
(20367), and was obtained at Dos Pueblos by Mr. Schumacher. It is 


176 PERFORATED STONES. 


made, as Mr. Wadsworth has informed me, of tale schist, containing grains 
of chromite. The tale, being very soft, has worn away and left the chro- 
mite projecting. The thickness of this specimen is about 14 inches, and its 
diameter is nearly 3 inches one way and a quarter of an inch less the other. 
The stone has been carefully fashioned and the sides of the hole are straight 
from face to face. The diameters of the hole are 1 inch and 14 inches. 

Fig. 24 represents one obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the island of 
San Nicholas (P. M. 9352). It is of dark steatite, and of nearly the same 
size as the one from Dos Pueblos, being 14 inches thick and about 2$ in 
diameter. The hole is an ellipse, 1 inch by 14 in its diameters; its sides 
are perfectly straight, and show many parallel and longitudinal striations. 
One face is smoother than the other, though it is not polished. That shown 
in the figure is uneven as if broken by use. Asa weight to a digging- 
stick this stone is too light to be of service except to a child, and the great 
amount of use it has had is not favorable to that conclusion. As a whorl 
it is also obviously not adapted; and it seems more likely to have been 
used for some purpose which required that it should be moved loosely up 
and down on a shaft of wood or bone. Another, with an oval hole, is 
from the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13525). In this the perforation 
is not quite an inch wide by 14 in length, and has straight sides. This 
specimen is 34 inches in diameter, but its original thickness can only be 
approximated, as it has been broken, and probably is not now over half 
its original thickness, the fracture having been nearly transverse to the 
perforation. The character of the fracture, which is an old one, favors 
the view that this stone was used as a club-head. 

Another specimen from San Clemente, also collected by Mr. Schumacher, 
is of steatite, and is 14 inches in thickness and 23 in diameter. The ellip- 
tical hole has two straight sides, and is % of an inch wide by 14 in length. 
One face of this stone is more level and smoother than the other. 

A third specimen from the same lot as the last (P. M. 13522) is also 
of steatite. It is 2 inches in thickness and 34 in diameter. One face is 
flattened, perfectly smooth, and slightly polished. Surrounding the hole 
on this face is a depressed portion, about half an inch wide, which is per-_ 
fectly smooth. The perforation is egg-shaped in outline, and of the same 


CALIFORNIA STONES WITH ORNAMENTATION, 177 


size throughout, as in the others. The portion of the stone nearest to the 
small end of the egg-shaped perforation is not so thick as the rest, and 
this may have caused the peculiar shape of the hole, which was probably 
circular at first and afterwards worn into its present shape by use. 

The last of those with oval holes is from the shellheap on Santa Cata- 
lina Island (P. M. 14804). It also is of steatite, and of the flattened form, 
1 inch thick by 23 inches in diameter. The surface of the stone is decom- 
posed, but there are signs of one face having been polished. In this speci- 
men the perforation, which is 14 inches in its largest diameter, has parallel 
sides, and passes through the stone at a slight angle. 

Among these Californian stones which have been described on the 
preceding pages are a few that have a more or less well-defined rim about 
the hole on the end which is polished, and this I have considered as a slight 
attempt at ornamentation, though in some of the conical forms it may also 
have been made with reference to the mounting of the stone upon a handle 
of some kind. Be this as it may, there are now to be mentioned nine 
of these stones, five of which are from the shellheap on the island of Santa 
Catalina, one from Pots Valley on the same island, two from the island of 
San Clemente, and one from the mainland, all of which are undoubtedly 
ornamented by incised lines more or less deeply cut and of several designs. 
Similar rude attempts at the first stage of savage decorative art have been 
noticed on the dishes, cooking-pots, pipes, etc., by the same people, and 
will also be mentioned further on when describing the several masses of 
pigment found in the graves of the former inhabitants of California. 

The two specimens from San Clemente (P. M. 13522) are of the de- 
pressed globular pattern. One is of steatite, 2 inches thick and 3$ in diam- 
eter, with a straight circular perforation 1 inch in diameter. One face is 
smooth, but can hardly be called polished, though the stone is considerably 
weathered and this may have destroyed the polished surface. The orna- 
mentation on this stone consists of a simple line cut around the central 
part of the surface. 

The other specimen from this island is made of a talcose schist, contain- 
ing grains of chromite, which stand out on the weathered surface of the stone. 


This stone is 2 inches thick by 3 in diameter, and the straight perforation 
Wot 


178 PERFORATED STONES. 


is about 14 inches in diameter. There are still some traces of the polished 
surface on one face of the stone, and on this face four pairs of nearly paral- 
lel lines, about a quarter of an inch apart, extend at equal distances from 
the margin of the hole to about the central portion of the sides of the stone. 

From Pots Valley Mr. Schumacher obtained a small perforated stone 
of steatite, which in two places on each face has small notches cut from the 
margin of the hole. This stone is only 1 inch thick and 2 inches in diam- 
eter. The hole was made by boring from one face through to the other, 
and tapers throughout. At the smallest end it is a little over half an inch 
in diameter. . 

Of the five specimens from the shellheap on Santa Catalina Island, one 
is aring of serpentine, highly polished on one face, and over this polished 
portion are ten nearly obliterated short lines diverging from the margin of 
the hole.- The hole has straight sides, and is about 1 inch in diameter. 
The stone is 14 inches thick and 24 in diameter. 


Fig. 49. 


\ 


LN TMU 


Cun 


aun sreven eee a 
PMS mH EMU YY GG . 


tho 


Perforated stone from island of Santa Catalina. 


€ 


A larger stone of steatite 24 inches thick by 34 in diameter, and with 
a nearly straight hole about 14 inches in diameter, has a similar ornamen- 
tation on the polished end; but in this instance there are about thirty lines, 
each about half an inch in length, diverging from the margin of the hole 
(Pa Me 13350) 


CALIFORNIA STONES WITH ORNAMENTATION. 179 


One of the largest and most nearly symmetrical of the ring-like stones 
is from the shellheap, and is made of serpentine. This specimen (P. M. 
14798) is 24 inches thick and 44 in diameter. The perforation is nearly 
of the same size throughout, with straight sides, and nearly 14 inches in 
diameter. As will be seen by Fig. 49, there is a deeply-cut line around 
the centre of the stone. All the surface above this line is highly polished, 
while the portion below it, though smooth, is without a polish. 

A much smaller example (P. M. 14803), cut from a block of steatite, 
was found in the shellheap, and was broken in three pieces. This is 13 
inches thick by 2 in diameter. The hole is three-quarters of an inch across 
in the centre, and widens towards each end to about an inch. The ends 


50. 


are smooth, but not polished. Seven Fia. 
deeply-cut grooves, at nearly equal 
distances apart, run around the sur- 
face of the stone and thus form six 
ridges, above the upper of which is 
a wider portion around the hole, and 
on the bottom the space left is about 
twice the width of that on the upper —- 


portion. The character of this orna- = 
mentation is well shown by Fig. 50. Parhrratod aida Exc Neen inition. 

The last of the five from the shellheap is of a depressed globular form 
with a large perforation. This ornamented specimen (P. M. 13358) is also 
of steatite. It is about 24 inches thick and 33 in diameter. The hole was 
made by working from both ends, and the central ridge was afterwards 
removed, the hole being now nearly straight, and 14 inches in diameter. 
Both faces of the stone are polished, and on nearly one-half of the surface, 
extending diagonally from the margin of the hole on one face to the mar- 
gin on the opposite face, are six sets of nearly parallel lines with cross- 
lines between them, making six bands of a lozenge-shape pattern, as will be 
seen by reference to Fig. 51. Between these bands are plain spaces. 

A specimen from Santa Barbara, now in the Smithsonian Institution 
(20362), collected by Mr. Schumacher, and of which Fig. 52 is a representa- 


180 , PERFORATED STONES. 


tion of one face, of natural size, is of steatite, and has four of the lozenge- 
figure bands extending from the hole to the sides of the stone. 
Fig. 51. The method of 
—— making these perfo- 
rated stones is well 
illustrated by three 
specimens obtained 
by Mr. Schumacher 
\ in Pots Valley, isl- 
fi) and of Santa Cata- 
lina. One of these 
(P. M. 13425) is a 
pebble of indurated 
mica schist. The 


() 


ts 
vs 
\Y 


= 
= 


— 
oe 
—<s 


—S= 


natural surface of 
about half of the 


Perforated stone, with incised lines, from island of Santa Catalina. pebble has not been 


disturbed, but the remaining portion has been hammered into the shape de- 
sired, leaving the stone about 2 inches thick by from 3 to 33 in diameter. 

Eig, 52. Taken by itself this stone would probably be con- 
sidered as simply a rude hammer, but studied in 
connection with the two other specimens, show- 
ing further stages in the process of manufacture, 
and compared with perfectly made examples of 
the same material, I have not the slightest hesi- 
' tation in considering it as showing the first stage 
in the manufacture of a perforated stone of ordi- 
nary size. The second stage of manufacture is 


from Santa Barbara. shown by a mass of serpentine of the same di- 
mensions as that of mica schist just mentioned. This mass still has its 
original surface on one face. All the rest of the stone has been pecked 
by a pointed implement, after having been first brought nearly to its 
present form by blows which detached larger masses than the secondary 
pecking. The stone is now in the stage immediately preceding its perfo- 


METHOD OF MAKING THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 181 


ration. ‘The third stage, or the perforation of the stone, is exhibited by 
the third example, which consists of a mass of serpentine about 4 inches in 
diameter and 24 in thickness. This has been hammered and pecked into 
its present shape, and has the perforation begun from both sides. These 
two cavities, which are each # of an inch deep and 14 in diameter, 
have been made by pecking with a hard stone. A borer, made of quartz, 
such as are shown by Figs. 14 and 15, could now be easily used in com- 
pleting the perforation thus begun, or the hole could be made by con- 
tinued pecking, and the central portion then enlarged and made even 
by a borer or by cutting. The perfect specimens show that all three of 
these methods have been followed. After the stone has been perforated, 
. the last stage in its manufacture would consist in simply rubbing the sur- 
face on another stone until the desired smoothness was obtained. 

The next group of these perforated stones consists of numerous speci- 
mens which differ from those I have designated as of a depressed globular 
form simply in being still more flattened. They are of many sizes and of 
several different minerals; some approximate the globular form so closely 
as to be equally well classed with either group, while others are of extreme 
flatness, and the series runs into small stone rings that may have been 
used entirely as ornaments, and as such could be appropriately classed with 
the stone beads described further on.* 

For the purpose of description, I shall further subdivide these flattened 
stones into several groups, and first I wish to call attention to the symmet- 
rical circular stones made from masses of basalt and other hard minerals, 
with double bell-mouthed holes. These vary in size from 1 inch in thick- 
ness by 24 in diameter, to 2 inches in thickness by 44 in diameter. Three 
of this group are represented on Plate X. 


*Mr. Bowers, in his report on Explorations of Santa Rosa Island, in the Smithsonian Report for 
1877, p. 319, states that among the specimens obtained from the graves and shellheaps were ‘perforated 
disks from the size of a silver half dollar to 5 or 6 inches in diameter. These were used in games. It 
required either three or four to play a game with these disks. Two individuals, standing at a given 
distance, rolled the disk rapidly upon the ground between them, while one or two others stood at the 
side with sharpened sticks and caught the disks as they were whirled rapidly by.” 

A game similar to this was in vogue by the Indians of the coast, as mentioned by Bancroft (Wild 
Tribes, Vol. I, p. 393), but it was played by a hoop, through which an attempt was made to throw a stick. 
It is to be regretted that Mr. Bowers has not given his reasons for the statement he has made, which, in 
its present form, can only be received as offering a possible use of some of the stones. 


182 PERFORATED STONES. 


Fig. 37 on the plate is from one found by Dr. Yarrow’s party in one of 
the graves at Dos Pueblos It is of basalt, now very much decomposed, 
and apparently was long used. Its present weight is nineteen ounces. It 
is nearly 2 inches thick by 4 in diameter. The hole is larger than usual, 
being 2 inches in diameter at each face, whence it tapers toward the centre, 
where it is 14 inches wide. 

Fig. 29 represents a similar stone from the island of San Nicholas, and 
is now in the Smithsonian collection (18426). This is about 1$ inches in 
thickness by 4 in diameter. 

Three of like character (P. M. 13521), varying from 34 to 44 inches in 
diameter, were obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the island of San Clemente. 

A smaller specimen from San Nicholas is represented on Plate X, Fig. . 
28. This stone has been much changed by decomposition, and the character 
of the original perforation is from this cause much altered in shape. 

Another specimen, now about 24 inches in diameter, collected by Mr. 
Bowers on the island of Santa Rosa (P. M. 13809), is so much weathered 
and decomposed as to make it impossible to decide upon its original shape, 
which may possibly have been globular. 

From the island of San Miguel Mr. Bowers obtained a small example 
made of basalt and not much decomposed. A large fragment has been 
broken from one side, and the fractured surface exhibits as much weather- 
ing as the rest of the stone. This example is about 1 inch in thickness 
and 24 in diameter. 

Closely allied to the several last described are some which consist sim- 
ply of flattened and more or less oval pebbles of basalt, and other hard 
rocks, that have been perforated by pecking the hole through from both 
sides. Stones of this class may have been used as sinkers, and they seem 
to be better adapted for that purpose than for any other of the several uses 
-attributed to the various forms of these perforated stones. 

The largest of these perforated pebbles measures 4 inches in its longest 
diameter and 2 inches in thickness. The hole is 2 inches in diameter meas- 
ured across its ends, and 14 inches in the centre. It was obtained at the 
island of San Miguel by Mr. Bowers (P. M. 13692). A similar stone, but of 
smaller size, is from San Nicholas Island, and was collected by Mr. Schu- 


PERFORATED PEBBLES FROM CALIFORNIA. 183 


macher. It is now in the Smithsonian collection, and is represented on 
Plate X, Fig. 35. 

Another specimen closely resembling the last, but not over an inch 
thick, is shown by Fig. 31 of the plate. This was found on the island of 
San Nicholas by Mr. Schumacher (P. M. 9350). 

Two others in the Peabody Museum (13521, 13524) are of the same 
character as the last, but somewhat larger, being 34 and 4 inches in diame- 
ter. These were collected on the island of San Clemente by Mr. Schu- 
macher. 

Fig. 27 of the plate represents another perforated oval pebble from San 
Nicholas Island, also obtained by Mr. Schumacher (P. M. 9355). 

A perforated pebble from Santa Rosa Island was obtained by Mr. 
Bowers (P. M. 13809). This is 14 inches thick and 3 inches in diameter. 
Another, still smaller, was received from Mr. Schumacher, and came from 
the island of San Clemente. It is 1 inch thick and 24 inches in diameter 
(P.M. 13523). 

A pebble somewhat triangular in shape, 14 inches thick and 44 inches 
in its longest diameter, has a large and evenly pecked hole through its 
centre. This hole is 14 inches across its narrowest part and widens to 2 
inches at each face of the stone. This sinker, as I am inclined to regard it, 
is represented of 4 its diameter on Plate X, Fig. 32. It was found on San 
Nicholas Island by Mr. Schumacher, and is now in the Peabody Museum 
(9349). : 

Another rather irregularly-shaped specimen is shown by Fig. 50 of the 
plate. As will be seen by the figure, this stone has a five-sided outline, 
which is probably in part the natural shape of the pebble. It is a little less 
than 4 inches in diameter, and not over ? of an inch in thickness. This 
may be a sinker. It is from the island of San Nicholas, and is in the Pea- 
body Museum (9356). 

I have now to notice twenty or more of these flattened stones, which 
differ from the others in their mineralogical character and in the shape 
of their perforations. These are of steatite, serpentine, and allied min- 
erals, with one exception, which is apparently made of a very soft clay- 
stone. They are.all smooth, and several are polished. In most, the hole is 


184 PERFORATED STONES. 


straight; in a few, it is slightly tapering. Three of the lot show the con- 
centric striz on the sides of the hole made by the boring instrument; in 
all the others, the sides of the hole have been more or less worn, and, in 
many, longitudinal striations can be seen. One has evidently had hard 
usage, and probably about half of it has been lost by a blow, which caused 
a fracture diagonally across the stone. This stone is 4 inches in diameter, 
and the hole, slightly oval, with straight sides, is about 1 inch in width. 
The specimen was obtained on the island of San Clemente by Mr. Schu- 
macher (P. M. 13524). 

A finely-polished example (P. M. 13597), circular in outline, but of 
unequal thickness, is made of serpentine. It is 34 inches in diameter and 
14 in its greatest thickness. The hole, made by boring from one side, is 1 
inch across on one face and tapers to 3 of an inch at the opposite end. 
This was obtained by Mr. Schumacher from a grave at the same place 
where Dr. Yarrow excavated on the mainland near Santa Barbara, and is 
of particular interest from the fact that the whole surface of the stone is 
polished. 

Two others, of thesame material and size as the last described, are 
from the island of Santa Catalina; one (P. M. 13362) is from the shell- 
heap, and the other (P. M. 13421) is from Pots Valley. They differ from 
the Santa Barbara example in having larger and perfectly straight holes 1 
inch in diameter, and in being polished over half of the surface only. 

Two smaller specimens of steatite (P. M. 13359, 14800), which seem 
to have been exposed to heat, are from the shellheap on the island of Santa 
Catalina. They are symmetrical and well made, with large straight holes, 
which have been much worn and are now over 1 inch in diameter. A still 
smaller specimen (P. M. 13859), also from the shellheap, and made of 
steatite, is 24 inches in diameter and 14 in thickness. The hole was prob- 
ably bored, and is slightly tapering from one end to the other. 

One of the same diameter as the last, but not quite so thick, and with 
a hole not quite as large, is also of steatite, and was obtained by Mr. Schu- 
macher on the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13523). 

A smaller specimen made of steatite was obtained by Mr. Schumacher, 


CALIFORNIA STONES OF TRREGULAR SHAPES. 185 


probably from Dos Pueblos or La Patera, and is now in the Smithsonian 
collection (20365). It is represented by Fig. 53. 

A fine specimen, made of serpentine, and polished over half its sur- 
face, was found in one of the graves on Santa Catalina Island, associated 
with articles of European make. This is 2 Fig. 53. 
inches in diameter and 1 inch in thickness. * 
The perforation is straight, } of an inch in di- 
ameter, and is much worn (P. M. 13156). 

Another specimen of steatite from a grave 
on Santa Catalina may well be called a stone 
ring, as it is 24 inches in diameter and only half 
an inch thick, while the hole is about 1 inch 
wide (P. M. 13203). 

Fig. 54 is a representation, of full size, of 


Perforated stone from near Santa 
the smallest of these regular circular stones. It Barbara. 


is from Santa Catalina (P. M. 13350); is made of steatite, and has been pol- 
ished over its whole surface. This little ring, which might as well be classed 
with the stone beads or ornaments as with the group 
of stones now under consideration, is only 14 inches in 
diameter and not quite $ inch thick. The perforation is 
4 inch in diameter. 

Among the perforated stones formed from basalt and 


other hard minerals are some which are simply perforated 


Perforated stone from 


pebbles of oval shape. In the lot now under special “4. 
consideration, made of softer materials, are many of irreg- Catalina. 
ular and of oval forms, which seem to have been made simply by perfo- 
rating pebbles, or irregularly-shaped fragments of stone. The largest of 
these is shown on Plate X, Fig. 25. This is of serpentine, and is polished 
over its whole surface, with the exception of a narrow band around the 
edge, which is slightly battered, as if by use. The hole is 14 inches in 
diameter, with straight and polished sides. The stone is 34 inches in diam- 
eter by 1 inch in thickness. This specimen was obtained by Mr. Schu- 
macher on the island of Santa Cruz (P. M. 9301). 

Fig. 55 represents a small and somewhat oval pebble of steatite, 


island of Santa 


186 PERFORATED STONES. 


which has been perforated, and has a deeply-cut line running around one 
side, as if an attempt had been made to cut the stone in two. This speci- 
men, which is shown of full size in the figure, was found by Mr. Schumacher 
in one of the graves at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina. 

Pi. 55. Six others of these small steatite 
; pebbles of irregular shape are in the 
Peabody Museum. They are from 2 
to 24 inches in greatest diameter and 
from # of an inch to 1 inch in thick- 
ness. The perforations are 1 inch or, 
less in diameter. They are all from 
the island of Santa Catalina; some 
from the graves and others from the 


shellheap. 


i acl An irreeularly-shaped stone, which 
Perforated stone {rceni the island of Santa gularly-snay ’ ’ 
Ronan: probably, should be considered as a 


large bead of steatite (P. M. 13656), was found by Mr. Schumacher in a 
grave at the isthmus on Santa Catalina Island. It is 1 inch thick and 
14 in diameter. The hole was made by boring, and is nearly ? of an inch 
wide. ‘There are a few deep scratches on one side, and two notches are cut 
on the margin of the hole on one face. 

From ‘the island of San Miguel Mr. Bowers obtained a perforated cireu- 
lar mass of clay, which is the only example of the kind that has come under 
my notice from California. It is 2? inches in diameter by about } of an 
inch in thickness, and has a hole, with straight sides, nearly 1 inch in 
diameter. The use to which this specimen could be put is beyond my 
powers to define. The soft and easily broken substance of which it is made 
seems to preclude the idea that it was designed for the same purpose as the 
others, and as it has not been burned we cannot regard it as a support toa 
cooking-pot, as similar clay rings were probably used by the Lake-dwellers 
of Switzerland. 

Another interesting specimen, unlike those I have already mentioned, 
was obtained by Mr. Schumacher from the graves at Dos Pueblos. This is 
shown of full size by Fig. 56, which represents the stone as seen from one 


PERFORATED PEBBLES FROM CALIFORNIA. 187 


end. The hole in the centre, as will be seen in the figure, is very small, 
and was made by boring from both faces. The mineral is probably ser- 
pentine. As the specimen belongs to the Smithsonian Era. 
Institution, and is not before me as I write, I cannot 
give a more detailed description. 

Among the perforated stones found by Mr. Bowers 
on the island of San Miguel are three (P. M. 13691) 
oval pebbles, which have not only been perforated, 


but their sides have been more or less flattened. One : : : 
Perforated stone of peculiar 

of these, a worked pebble of basalt, is shown of actual shape from Dos Pueblos. 
size in Fig. 57.- This has been worked smooth and flat on both faces, as 
well as on the sides, and its perforation is large, regular, and smooth, 
though slightly tapering to 
the centre. This stone is 1 
inch thick by about 23 
inches wide and 34 in length. 
The second specimen is 
a granite pebble, about 4 of 
an inch thicker, $ inch wider, 
and 1 inch longer than the 
last. The sides are not so 
even and the hole is not so 
large nor so well made. Mr. 


Evans, in his’ exhaustive 


work on the Stone Imple- Perforated pebble front aland of Ban Miguel 
ments of Great Britain, has figured* a very similar perforated pebble, 
which was found in Cambridgeshire, and mentions several other English 
specimens of this character. 

The third example is also a granite pebble, with a perforation 3? of an 
inch in diameter at its contracted part. It is thicker than either of the 
others, and the ends of the stone have not been flattened.t+ 


The last of the perforated granite pebbles which I have to mention 


* Page 204, fig. 156. 
t Since this page was putin type, Mr. Evans has kindly given to the Peabody Museum a perforated 
pebble from the north of Ireland which closely resembles this California stone, 


188 PERFORATED STONES. 


(P. M. 13596) is in shape like a large hen’s egg. Its long diameter is 49 
inches, transverse 34, and measured through the hole, it is 34 inches. The 
perforation is 14 to 1? inches at each end and tapers to $ of an inch in 
diameter at the centre. The surface of the stone does not exhibit the least 
signs of battering, and the perforation looks as if it had not been made to 
the full size intended. 

There now remain to be mentioned three rough pieces of steatite from 
the island of Santa Catalina, which may be rude sinkers. One of these 
(P. M. 13361) was found in the shellheap by Mr. Schumacher, and is shown 

Fie. 58. of full size in Fig. 58. This stone is of un- 
sx equal thickness, but nowhere exceeds $ an 
inch. 

The second piece of steatite (P. M. 13423) 
was found in Pots Valley. It-has the appear- 
ance of a water-worn pebble of irregular shape, 
and a large piece has been split off from one 
face while in use. The perforation was made 
by pecking on each face of the stone, and 
where the two pits meet the hole is not over $ 
of an inch in diameter. This rude specimen 
is very much like the two represented on Plate 
X, Figs. 7 and 12, though larger, as it is about 


Rude sinker from the island of Santa ‘ 
Catalina. 1 inch thick and 3 by 34 inches in diameter. 


The third rough piece of potstone (P. M. 13426) was also found by Mr. 
Schumacher in Pots Valley. It is apparently one-half of a large rude sinker 


like those from Tennessee, of which one is shown on Plate X, Fig. 10. 
Two perforated stones, of which figures are given (p. 189), were found 
in the shellheap on the island of Santa Catalina. They are unlike any that 
have been recorded in the preceding pages, and probably were intended for 
entirely different purposes, but as so many forms of unknown use have 
been mentioned in this chapter it will not now be out of place to include 
these at its conclusion. Fig. 59 represents an ovoid piece of talcose slate, 
which has been carefully and symmetrically shaped, as will be seen by the 
figure. It is flat on one surface and slightly convex on the opposite, and 
the edges are smooth and rounded. This stone (P. M. 13387) was broken 


PERFORATED STONES OF SINGULAR SHAPE. 189 


in several pieces, but all were secured except a small portion of one side. 


as shown in the figure. In length it is 5$ inches, in width 33, and in thick- 
Fig. 60. 


Perforated stone, of unusual shape, Perforated disk, with notched edge, from the island of Santa 
~ *from the island of Santa Catalina, 4. Catalina. 


ness is nowhere over 4 of an inch. The hole through the stone is about 13 
inches in diameter, and the sides are smooth and rounded to each face. ; 

The other unique and singularly-shaped stone (P. M. 13375), obtained 
by Mr. Schumacher at Santa Catalina Island, is of steatite. "The two faces 
are polished and regularly convex, and the hole, which is perfectly straight, 
is 3 of an inch in diameter and 4 of an inch in length. The thin edge of 
the stone was probably of a regular outline at first, but was afterward cut 
and notched in such a manner that its present shape will be best understood 
by reference to Fig. 60. 


MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


Unner this heading we have brought together descriptions of: several 
implements and other articles made of stone, the uses of some of which it 
is impossible, at present, to determine. Certain suggestions as to the use 
of a few can be obtained from the evident adaptability of the articles them- 
selves to certain purposes, or from the knowledge that articles of a similar 
character are still in use by savage tribes. 

Fig. 61 represents a perfect specimen of a large tube of stone. It is 
made of a comparatively soft clay slate of a dull gray color. This tube 
measures 104 inches in length, and is almost perfectly cylindrical from end 
to end, with a variation of an 4 of an inch in diameter. At the end having 
the groove about it (Fig. 62), the perforation is 3? of an inch, while at the 
other end (Fig. 683) it is one inch in diameter. The exterior surface of 
‘the tube is perfectly plain, except a possible attempt at ornamentation at 
one end, where the surface for a width of about 1 inch is slightly depressed. 
This may, however, have been connected with the use or uses to which 
the implement was applied. The hole has been partially drilled, as seen 
by the well-marked circular striz, which extend one-third of the length 
from the larger end of the tube. In the remaining two-thirds of the per- 
foration there are irregular deep grooves or cuts apparently made by a 
sharp flint implement. These incised lines are very close to each other, 
but do not quite cover the whole surface, and the circular striz cannot 
be detected on the intervening smooth spaces. It is thus evident that 
the perforation was made by two different implements, or that the wider 
orifice was drilled by a revolving borer, after a perforation of uniform calibre 
through the entire length of the tube had been made by the cutting tool. 

These stone tubes have been the objects of much conjecture on the 


part of archeologists. To two of the suggested uses, in all probability, they 
190 


TUBES. 19] 


were never put: that suggested by Schooleraft, of their being telescopes 

Fic. Gl. for the better observance of eclipses; also, that they were 
trumpets for producing far-reaching sounds, or as veritable 
musical instruments On the other hand, the suggestion, 
based upon certain passages in the writings of various early 
travellers in North America, that they were medicine-tubes, 
seems to us the one plausible explanation of these labori- 
ously-wrought stone implements. Fic. (2. 

Mr. C. C. Jones,* in describing 
certain specimens of these tubes, 
varying in no important feature from 
that here figured, remarks that— 

“These authorities confirm our im- 
pressions that tubes—like those we have 
been considering—were medicinal in their 
uses, aud materially assisted the primitive > 
physician—at once quack and conjurer— Actual sizeof upper end of tube. 
in performing his wonderful cures. * * * By the cireular open- 
ing at the larger end, the seat of pain could have been conveniently 
covered. The weight of the instrument 
enhanced its efficiency and rendered 


more facile its preservation in the de- 
sired position. While under treatment, 
Indian patients were compelled to assume 
more than a recumbent position. They 
were obliged to he flat down, now on 
the back, and again on the stomach. If 
we go one step farther and suppose the 
cavity next to the flattened end [in our 
specimen, simply smaller, but cylindrical) 
aN ‘ filled with punk, dried tobacco-leaves, 
Tube of stone, 3. or some combustible material, the other Actual size of lower end of tube. 


end of the tube being firmly applied to the part affected, which had been pre- 
viously scarified, we will perceive, when the contained substance was ignited, how 
readily this tube would have answered the purposes either of cauterization or cupping. 
In the one case the particles of burning matter dropping through the central opening 
would have blistered and burnt the diseased spot; while in the other, the active fire 
kindled in the upper portion of the tube—the ashes by a simple contrivance being pre- 
yented from falling through the narrow portion of the bore below—would have created 
and maintained, during its existence, a vacuum in the lower part of the tube, thus 
causing the blood to flow freely from the incisions made in the flesh.” 


* Antiquities of the Southern Indians, p. 364, New York, 1573. 


192 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


While this description calls particular attention to the contracted bore 
at the middle of the tube—a feature that is scarcely noticeable in the speci- 
men here figured—it is certain that the specimen from Dos Pueblos is 
equally available for the purposes mentioned in the above quotation.* 

Stone tubes, and allied articles made of clay, are not characteristic of 
any one locality in North America, although the most elaborately wrought 
and largest specimens have been found in or near the mounds of the 
Ohio Valley and throughout the known, or supposed, range of the so-called 
Moundbuilders. As is the case with very many forms of stone implements, 
the size largely determines the probable use; and we here find that these 


tubes of several inches in length, and with a tapering bore, are undoubt- 
Fig. 64. 
(ES > 


edly simply smoking - pipes; while other short 


tubes with a uniform bore were merely orna- 
ments. Indeed, a regular unbroken series can 
be made, from the diminutive bead to the beauti- 
fully drilled and polished tube a foot or more in 
length. 

It has been suggested that inasmuch as cer- 
tain Indian conjurers and medicine-men pretend 
that disease is caused by the presence of cer- 
tain foreign substances in the body or affected 
part, such as small animals, birds, bones, peb- 
bles, feathers, worms, etc., which they withdraw 
by sucking, these tubes would afford a ready 
means of concealment for such things. 

Figs. 64, 65, 66, and 67 represent four speci- 
mens of probably one class of implements, to 


Plummet-shaped implement of ‘ : Zé 
stone. which various names have been given, and which, 


considering the slight variations in their shapes, may have been put to sev- 
eral and widely different uses. It is quite impracticable to determine the 
one particular purpose for which any one of these specimens may have 
been made, especially as nothing connected with their discovery throws 
any light upon their history. Fig. 64 (S. I. 21875) is made of serpentine, 


*TIn this connection see a quotation from Venegas on page 25 in relation to the use of medicine- 
tubes by the Californian Indians.—F. W. P. 


PLUMMET-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS. 193 


has been smoothed rather than polished, and is noticeable, like the following 
(Fig. 65), in having a well-defined groove at one end, and simply termi- 
nating in a blunt point at the other. This specimen is broader for its length 
than the majority of those I find recorded from the Fig. 65. 
various localities throughout the country where these 
implements occur. If it were not for the terminal 
tapering point this implement would be identical with 
the generality of so-called ‘‘sinkers” found on our 
Atlantic coast; and for any of the purposes suggested 
to which such an implement might be applied it is diffi- 
cult to see what advantage this slender ungrooved 
termination would give. 

Fig. 65, from a grave at Santa Barbara (S. I. 
21873), differs from the preceding in being much 
more slender in proportion to its length. This varia- 
tion in shape possibly arises from their being shaped 
from ordinary oval water-worn pebbles, the carefully- 
wrought ends being completed. - The pebbles other- 
wise were not materially altered in shape or reduced in 
bulk. This specimen is made of greenstone, and, 
like the preceding, is carefully smoothed, but not 
highly polished; but many, both of this and other ma- 
terials, have been brought to as high a polish as was 
possible to produce on the mineral. The presence of 
the groove at one end of both this and the preceding 


indicates that but one end was intended to be attached 


Plumimet-shaped implement 
to a cord, whether that cord was a fishing-line or a of stone. 


plummet-string, as has been insisted upon by various writers. 

[Three other of these implements from the graves at Santa Barbara, col- 
lected by Mr. Bowers, and now in the Peabody Museum (13591), are made 
of a talcose slate, and are in general character like the two figured above; 
one being long and slender like Fig. 65, though slightly longer originally, 
but now broken at one end. The two others are more like Fig. 64 in 


being short and thick. One of these is broken at one end, and it is now 
13 OI 


194 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


impossible to state if that end were pointed or not. The other, though 
much battered on its sides, is perfect at both ends, and, like the majority 
of similar implements from the Atlantic coast, is only provided with a stem- 
like portion at one end. The number of fractures on the surface of this 
specimen, evidently the result of use, leads to the suggestion that imple- 
ments of this character may have been used in some way as light hammers 
or club-stones as well as for other purposes—I*. W. P.] 

An implement, in every way similar to the one shown in Fig. 65, is 
described by Stevens* as ‘‘a plummet-like object of tale, grooved at one 
end, and with the other end worked to a corresponding blunt point ; Ohio.” 

Fig. 66 represents what I judge to be an implement for much the 

Fig 66, - same purposes as the preceding; and yet if fin- 
: ished, it is difficult to see how it could be used at 
all unless held in a net-work or skin bag. The 
specimen is as carefully shaped and smoothed as 
either of the others. It is made of serpentine, and 
was obtained by Mr. Schumacher near Santa 
Barbara (8. I. 15182). 

In an article in the American Naturalist? on 
these so-called “ plummets,” the author suggests 
that ‘they might have been used as sling-shots, a 
string being attached to the weapon and to the 
wrist, while the implement itself was grasped in 
the hand.” This refers to the specimens, like the 
preceding, which have a groove at one end; but 


suggests to the writer the possibility of such a 
gg I ) 


Pluninet-shaped implement of 
stone, specimen as Fig. 66 being encased in skin and 


fastened to a flexible handle, thereby making a war-club, that, properly 
wielded, would have been a formidable. weapon. In the absence of all 
information that might throw light on its use, we consider it best to class 
this specimen, although wanting the all-important groove, with the pre- 


ceding plummet-shaped stones. 


*Flint Chips, p. £00, fig. 92, London, 1870. 
tAmerican Naturalist, vol. vi, Nov., 1872. Notes on “ Plummets,” by J. G. Henderson. 


PLUMMET-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS. . 195 


Fig 67 represents an allied specimen from Dos Pueblos of these un- 
grooved, pear-shaped weights. It is made from a fragment of coral rock, 


and apparently pecked or hammered into shape; but 


Fic. 67. 


this is by no means certain, and an interesting feature 
of the specimen is the uncertainty of the method employed 
to thus correctly shape this material. The whole sur- 
face is quite rough, and exhibits no attempt at polishing 
at any point. 

A similarly-shaped implement, made of serpentine 
and well finished, was obtained by Mr. Bowers at San 
Miguel Island (P. M. 13671) 

A photograph of a series of these “ weights,” col- 
lected by Mr. Schumacher at various localities in Cali- 
fornia (P. M. 76.5), represents seven specimens of 
various shapes, but all of one general form. One of 
these, 7 inches in length, is quite similar to Fig. 67, but 
is not as acutely pointed at one end, and is more bluntly 
terminated at the other. These specimens are all 
labelled ‘ Spindle-whorls, or weights for distension of 
thread.” 


An editorial note at the conclusion of Mr. Ilen- 


derson’s paper, from which I have quoted, gives, as it . 
Pluminet-shaped imple- 


seems to me, an admirable résumé of our present knowl- 
ment of stone 


edge of this class of implements, and I quote it entire: 


‘These ‘plummets’ or ‘sinkers,’ as they are more commonly called in New Eng- 
land, are of quite common occurrence in the vicinity of Salem, Mass., and we have in 
the collection of the Peabody Academy a number of specimens varying in size from an 
ounce or two to several pounds in weight, but all made on the general pear-shaped pat- 
tern, though they exhibit about as many modifications within the shape, as shown by 
the hundreds of varieties of the pear itself. Local archeologists here in general con- 
sider them as ‘sinkers, principally from their shape and from the fact that they are 
more often found along the seashore than in the interior, though not unfrequently met 
with at a distance from the coast. The very large sjze of some of the specimens would 
perhaps indicate some ditferent use from any proposed by Mr. Henderson, and in fact 
some of them run so decidedly into the group of implements classed as ‘pestles’ that it 
is almost impossible to draw the line between the two groups, which are well marked 
by their extremes, The peculiar shape of these instruments has also caused them to 


196 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


be regarded as weights used to stretch the thread in spinning. This supposition is ren- 
dered very probable by the fact that stone weights have been used in spinning, and from 
the statement (made to me, in conversation, by Dr. Palmer, of Washington, I think) 
that similar stones are still in use among the Indians of the Northwest. As it is gen- 
erally accepted that the Mound Builders were informed in regard to the spinning of 
fibre of some kind, and certainly of the twisting of materials which they could manu- 
facture by some process akin to weaving, the use of these implements as weights seems 
very probable, and as household implements they would o*ten be more or less elab- 
oratcly finished or carved. For my own part, I have for some time considered them as 
representing, to a greater or less extent, according to size, material, shape, and finish, 
Ist, pestles; 2nd, sinkers; 3rd, spinning-weights; 4th, ornaments. That their principal 
use was as ‘plummets’ may be perhaps questioned, as there are far too many of them 
found, and of too great a variation in size, to lead us to infer that they were used mainly 
for that purpose. Though if it were necessary, in ancient architecture, to establish a 
perpendicular line, the implements were at hand as ‘weights’ with lines attached.— 
F. W. PUTNAM.” 


Inasmuch as the specimens here figured were all found in graves im- 
mediately on the sea-coast of California, and near a creek that doubtlessly 
afforded excellent fishing, I am disposed to consider that the Dos Pu- 
eblos specimens were probably more or less elaborately finished sinkers 
for fishing-lines. : 

[Since the preceding pages were written by Dr. Abbott large collections 
from the graves and shellheaps on the coast and islands of Southern Cali- 
fornia have been received at the Peabody Museum. Among the numerous 


Fa. 68. 


Sinker made of stone, with asphaltum at the ends. 


articles made of stone are several which, there seems to be little doubt, 
were used as sinkers, and by their shape are allied to the implements Dr. 
Abbott has described on the preceding pages. Two of these are of great 
interest, as they still show the method by which they were fastened to fishing 


nets or lines. They are all, however, of coarse material and finish, being 


ARROW STRAIGHTENERS AND SMOOTHERS. 197 


made of the same hard stone used for many of the pestles and mortars. 
Two of these sinkers, collected on the island of San Migtel by Mr. Bowers, 
are more or less cylindrical, and somewhat pointed at each end. The smallest 
(P. M 13672) is represented of full size by Fig. 68. Both of the stones 
were fastened to lines or nets by means of asphaltum. This asphaltum has 
preserved a portion of the twine which was wound around each end of the 
stone, and it is evident that in this way the string was held in place on the 
sinker, which was thus easily attached to a line or net. The larger (P. M. 
13673) of these two interesting specimens is about 8 inches in length by 
nearly 2 inches in its greatest diameter, and is somewhat flattened on one 
side. A small stone of the same shape and material as the one represented 
by Fig. 68 was probably used in the same way as a sinker, but there are 
now no signs of asphaltum on its ends. This little sinker (P.M. 13295) is 
only 24 inches in length by #? of an inch in diameter at its centre, from 
which it tapers toward each end. It was obtained from the island of Santa 
Catalina by Mr. Schumacher. From the same island Mr. Schumacher also 
collected a small plummet-shaped stone (P. M. 13274), 24 inches long by 
1 inch in thickness, which differs from the last in being pointed at one end 
only, and this pointed portion is very smooth, while the rest of the stone is 
rough and with an irregular surface—F. W. P.] 


Figs 69 and 70 represent a top and side view of an interesting form 


Fic. 69. 


* Arrow-straighteuer.” 


of implement which is supposed to have been used in straightening arrow- 
shafts, by Mr. Schumacher, who collected the specimen (S. I. 18341) fig- 


198 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


ured on Santa Cruz Island, and I translate what he has written concerning 
it, as follows:* 


“The aboriginal warrior was well aware of the advantage of a straight arrow-shaft 
over a crooked one, and when, therefore, nature did not provide the desired perfection, 
ingenuity was resorted to, by which it was attained. The way it was accomplished I 
learned trom living witnesses, and by the many implements found which were used for 
the purpose of straightening -the arrow-shaft. The twigs were cut into the proper 
length, worked by scraping into the desired thickness, and were left to dry in the shade. 
When partially dry such bends and crooked parts which resisted the common practice 
of straightening were subjected to the action of the arrow-straightener. This utensil 


‘*Ton view of arrow-straightener.” 


is made of steatite, a rock that well resists the destructive power of the fire to which 
it is subjected during the process of straightening the shafts, and retains the heat long. 
It is usually oval in shape, and slopes toward both ends and sides, and has a flat base, 
upon which it rests when in use. Across its ridge passes a groove (sometimes two and 
even three), corresponding in its width to the thickness of the arrow-shaft, while in 
depth it varies, often to twice its width, according to the service it rendered, by which 
the grooves are deepened and its width enlarged. The size varies from the one illus- 
trated to about 5 inches in length and 24 in width. [Which is the size of the one rep- 
resented by Figs. 69, 70.] Into the groove of the heated implement the crooked part of 
the shaft is pressed, and by heating, or steaming, the wood becomes very flexible, and is 
easily bent and straightened, which position it will retain when cooled off. It is the 
same principle now employed in the manufacture of furniture, wagon-wheels, ete., of 
bent wood, brought into almost any shape by the process of steaming.” H 


In a conversation with Dr. Yarrow regarding these implements he 


informs me that he has seen similar stones used by the Indians of Southern 


*Archiy fiir Anthropologie, vol. vii, page 263 et seq. 


ARROW-SMOOTHERS. 199 


Utah to polish their arrows. The stone, however, was not heated, but held 
in the hand and rubbed up and down the shaft of the arrow with consider- 
able rapidity. He therefore thinks the term ‘arrow-smoother” would be 
better than ‘“arrow-straightener,” and thinks that the longitudinal striz in 
the grooves are such as would be made by rubbing the arrow-shaft with 
the stone. Many of the specimens also—especially those of serpentine— 
show no action of fire on their surfaces. In all that I have seen the grooves 
retained their polish, which, probably, would not be the case had they been 
exposed to fire. The shape of many of these articles is obviously intended 
to conform to the hand; and to hold one of these stones in the hand, heated 
sufficiently to straighten an arrow-shaft, would not be an easy task. Admit- 
ting that they were not held in the hand, their shape seems ‘to pre- 
clude the idea that they could be retained in any particular position with 
any degree of fixity One specimen obtained by Mr. Schumacher is in the 
form of a double cone with rounded points; sucha shape as this could hardly 
have been chosen to serve as a straightener. An examination of Figs. 69 
and 70 will indicate the different points regarding side wearing of grooves 
and shape of implement. Professor Powell has informed me that he has 
seen Indians straighten their arrow-shafts by heating them and then hold- 
ing one end of the shatt between the teeth, straightening with the fingers. 
Sometimes a bone ora horn straightener is used, but the shaft, not the im- 
plement, was heated. 

These grooved stones are not peculiar to the Pacific coast. Mr. C. C. 
Jones* gives a figure and description of a similar implement from Georgia, 
which has two grooves crossing each other at right angles. The writer has 
met with a single specimen from New Jersey that could safely be classed 
with these Pacific coast implements. This form of implement does not 
appear to occur in Europe, but Evans} figures a ‘“rubbing-stone” found 
in one of the Wiltshire barrows, and refers to others. He says of them, 
“These instruments vary but little in shape, size, or character, being usually 
of a truncated half-ovoid form, with a rounded groove along the flat surface, 
and formed of sandstone.” 


“Antiquities of the Southern Indians, p. 366, pl. xxii, fig. 1. 
@ Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 241, fig. 185. London, 1872. 


-. © 


. 


200 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


Figs. 71 and 72 represent a specimen from Santa Barbara.(S. I. 15188) 
which, though closely allied to the preceding, varies in two particulars; 


the principal one being the hole ‘through it at one end; the other differ- 
ence being the much shallower groove. The perforation in this imstance 
probably has nothing whatever to 
do with the use-of the implement, 
but was intended simply to enable 
a cord to be securely attached to 
the stone that it might the more 
easily be carried, and the danger of 
being lost lessened when not in use. 

[The later collections made by 
Mr. Schumacher for the Peabody 
Museum embrace many of these 
erooved implementsof various forms. 
They are nearly all made of steatite, 
which in several is more or less 
changed in character by heating. 
The largest (P. M. 13288) of a lot 


of sixteen now before me, from the 


shellheaps and graves on Santa 
Perforated “arrow-smoother;” front and side views. Catalina, is 8 inches in length and 
3 in width. This stone has a flat base and pointed ends, increasing in 
thickness to the centre, across which is a deep groove. Another speci- 
men of about the same size and shape (P. M. 13388) has a_ hole 
through one end for suspension. Another example is also furnished 
with a hole at one end. This last (P. M. 13428) is of the same 
length and width, and, seen from above, of about the same outline as the 
one represented by Fig. 70, but it is much thinner, and the under surface 
is hollowed so that the deep groove on the upper has but a thin portion of 
the stone under its central part. A specimen from the island of San Cle- 
mente is of a similar shape, and also has a hole for suspension. Still others 
of the Santa Catalina specimens (P. M. 13332 and 14797) have been made 
by cutting the groove across the bottom of irregularly-shaped little vessels 


POLISHING-STONES. 201 


of steatite, the articles thus serving a double purpose. One of these im- 
plements (P. M. 13335), evidently made from a fragment of a large olla, is 
of particular interest, as it has two deep grooves cut upon the rounded 
surface. These grooves, while at right angles, do not meet, and only one 
of them could be used at a time. One circular and roughly cut mass 
of steatite, from Santa Catalina (P. M. 13414), has a deep groove across 
one surface, while the opposite is roughly cut out and forms a small eup 
about | inch deep and 2 inches in diameter. A triangular piece of steatite 
(P. M. 13339), with a hole in one corner, which may also have been used 
as a small comali, has a groove a little over 3 inches long on one surface. 
From these examples it is evident that while implements were often made 
with care for the particular purpose for which these stones were used, it 
was far more usual to make the required groove in any piece of steatite 
that was at hand. Several of the flat pendants, similar to those mentioned 
further on, are also provided with grooves which sometimes cross each 
other (P. M. 13168 and 13420), and although some are too small to be 
of use for smoothing arrow-shafts, they may have been used for simi- 
lar purposes. One oval and water-worn pebble of hard sandstone, from 
a grave on Santa Catalina Island (P. M. 13170), has a roughly-cut groove 
across its centre. The structure of this stone would not allow of its being 
used in a heated state, and this fact, with the roughness of the groove, may 
indicate that its proper use was for sharpening or rubbing articles of bone and 
shell. Stones similar to this are known from the Atlantic States.—F. W. P.] 

Figs. 73 and 74 represent a piece of pumice-like stone that bears con- 
siderable resemblance to an ordinary celt or ungrooyed axe, such as are 
common on the Atlantic coast. Six and one-half inches in length by nearly 
34 in width, this specimen has a flattened base worn smooth by rubbing, 
and on its superior surface it is very evenly and uniformly sloped from a 
dorsal ridge. This ridge at one end slopes downward at the same angles 
as the sides; while the base in front slopes upward at about the same 
angle. Another trace of use, besides that of a rubbing-stone for skin- 
dressing, which was very likely the principal use of the implement, is 
noticeable in a few deep and narrow grooves along one edge. These re- 
call the grooves characteristic of the so-called sharpening-stones of the 


202 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


Eastern States; but it is very doubtful, considering the very friable charae- 
ter of the mineral, if this specimen was ever used in any way connected 
Fig. 73. with the sharpening or pol- 
ishing of other stone imple- 
ments, although it might 
have been employed in 
polishing articles of bone, 
shell, or wood. 
In the collection made 
by Dr. Yarrow’s party are 
two sandstone eelts, one of 


Polishing-stone, ? 4. which, from La Patera, is 
of peculiar interest, as it still has adhering to its base a quantity of asphal- 
tum, showing that by the use of this material a handle had been attached. 

Fie. 74. The edge of this speci- 
men is still well de- 
fined, and shows a 


considerable degree of 


Pe he 


Polshiestoue MAORI polish. The material 
is a moderately dense sandstone, but, as exemplified by the celt itself, not 
capable of sustaining much hard usage. Although quite symmetrical in 
shape the specimen can in no wise compare with similar celts of porphyry 
and other minerals found in the Central and Eastern States. 

The accompanying specimen from Dos Pueblos, being devoid of any- 
thing like a cutting edge, and smoothed but little, if any, upon its sides, 
might readily be considered a chance-shaped water-worn pebble were it not 
that its sloping edge gives some indication of having been once a polished 
cutting edge now crumbled away. The mineral is now so light, porous, 
and friable, that a cutting implement could not be made of it; but as these 
conditions are probably the result of long exposure to intense heat, this 
stone implement may originally have been as well formed as the other. 

[Among the many interesting articles obtained by Mx. Schumacher in 
Pots Valley (the place where the extensive manufacture of the soapstone 
pots was carried on) on the island of Santa Catalina, there is a large 


GROOVED STONES. 


203 


grooved axe (P. M. 13431) identical in form with many found in the Atlan- 
tic States, and, so far as I am aware, the first implement of this character 
from California. It was made of a very hard stone by pecking, hammering, 
and polishing, in the same way as those on the Atlantic coast were formed. 


Fig. 75 is a reduced representation of the axe, 
and shows its peculiar shape. The specimen 
is 10 inches in length, 85 in width along the 
groove, and 14 in thickness at the groove. 
The head is slightly bulging and the lower 
portion is pointed. The surface of this imple- 
ment is smooth and greasy to the touch, owing 
to the particles of steatite which have become 
firmly united to the stone. This fact, taken in 
connection with the place where it was obtained, 
is pretty conclusive evidence that the imple- 
ment was used for working upon the steatite 
‘in the manufacture of the many articles made 
from that material, and, although it would be 
naturally classed with the stone axes, its use 
was unquestionably more as a pecking than a 
cutting instrument.—IF. W. P.] 

Figs. 76 and 77 represent examples of com- 
mon grooved pebbles, such as occur every- 
where where stone implements are found. As 
is the case with several other patterns of stone 
implements, a great many uses have been sug- 
gested for these stones, and it is very likely 
from their general adaptability that they were in 


Grooyed exe of stone, 4. 


some instances used as weapons and in others as implements for several dif- 


ferent purposes. Consequently they have been designated as club-heads, 


slung-shots, net-weights, sinkers, and hammer-stones. They are known as 


net-weights and hammers in the Eastern States, and occur in great abun- 


dance in NewJersey. That they were in common use as net-sinkers is shown 


by the fact that numbers of them are still occasionally found in the beds of 


204 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


creeks, as though the net had been lost or forgotten, or possibly carried 
away by a freshet. The perishable net having long since rotted away, 
the girdled pebbles alone are left 
to mark an ancient fishing-station. 
On the other hand, single speci- 
mens found on the upland show, 
as a rule, considerable battering 
of the edges, and thus as clearly 
indicate that they were used as 
hammers, while it is possible 
that some of the more elaborately 
wrought specimens were weap- 
ons, especially those that are oval 
rather than circular in outline. 


Grooved stone. Grooved pebbles, such as are here 
figured, are described by Evans* from Great Britain, by Nilssont from 
Scandinavia, by Jonest from Georgia, by Rau§ from Rhode Island, and 
by the writer|| from New Jersey. 

Fig. 78 represents a simple hammer-stone, 
with no. other trace of usage or work upon it 
than the well-battered edges. It in no way — 
differs from like specimens found along the 
Atlantic coast. From their abundance on the 
former sites of arrowhead-maker’s workshops it 
would appear that these, small hammer-stones 


were in some way used in the manufacture of 


ss 


Grooved stone. chipped-flint implements; at least their associa- 


tion with cores, chips, broken specimens, and unfinished arrow-heads leads 
to this conclusion The specimen here figured and other smaller ones ac- 
companying it are all of a hard stone, but like many of the Dos Pueblos 
specimens appear to have been subjected to great heat. Those that are 


* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p 211, fig. 159. London, 1872. 
t Stone Age in Scandinavia, pl. xi, fig. 216. London, 1868. 

t Antiquities of the Southern Indians, pl. xix, figs. 7 and 5. New York, 1573, 
§ Smithsonian Contributions, No. 287, page 27, fig. 107, Washington, 1876, 

|| American Naturalist, vol. vi, p. 226, fig. 83. Salem, Mass., 1872. 


HAMMER-STONES. 205 


smaller and more nearly globular, like many from California, were possible 
sling-stones, though the history of this weapon is so involved in obscurity 
that it is scarcely safe to classify any globular or grooved pebble as such. 
It must be remarked that two of the 
specimens, found in the graves, bear 
no marks of use, nor do they appear 
to have been artificially brought to 
their present shape by any pecking or 
grinding, and they may be simply 
water-worn pebbles. 

[A large amount of material, illus- 
trating the various forms of hammer- 
stones and sinkers, has been received 
from the ancient village sites in Cali- 
fornia since Dr. Abbott wrote the above. 


Among the most interesting is a round Hammer-stone. 

grooved stone of the size shown by Fig. 77, that still has a portion of 
a cord made of twisted fibres, which was wound round the stone in 
the groove and held in place and preserved by asphaltum. This stone 
(P. M. 13291) was taken from a grave on the island of Santa Catalina. 
The presence of the small cord secured by the asphaltum is pretty good 
evidence that this stone was used as a sinker. Another form of sinker is 
probably represented by a stone nearly 3 inches long and 24 wide, which has 
a deep notch at each end and a groove cut from side to side on one surface 
within an inch of one end. This sinker (P. M. 13499) was found by Mr. 
Schumacher in the shellheap at San Clemente. Another stone which was 
probably used as a sinker was found in Pots Valley, Santa Catalina Island 
(P. M. 13429). It is an oval mass of basalt, much changed by long expo- 
sure, about 6 inches long and 8 in its opposite diameter. The groove extends 
lengthwise round the stone. 

Among the specimens which, most likely, were used as hammers, are 
several circular masses of flint from Santa Barbara (P. M..13580), and 
three pieces of hard stone from the island of San Clemente. Of these last, 
one (P. M. 13514) is evidently simply a water-worn pebble weighing four 


206 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


pounds, upen opposite faces of which ‘“ thumb-and-finger” cavities have 
been pecked out, and, to still further aid in holding this large stone, por- 
tions have been broken out into which the ball of the thumb and the lower 
joint of the second finger nicely fit when the stone is held in the right hand. 
One of the two smaller of these hammer-stones (P. M. 13517) has evi- 
dently been carefully worked into its present cylindrical shape, while 
the other was used as found. They both show the marks of long-continued 
service in their battered ends. Several specimens of hammer-stones of 
different sizes, with the thumb-and-finger pits similar to those so com- 
mon all over the country, are also in the later collections received from 
California. 

In relation to the different uses towhich grooved pebbles may have been 
put, it is of interest to note in particular three specimens now in the Peabody 
Museum. Two of these were obtained by Mr. J. A. Allen, of Cambridge, 
while among the Sioux Indians on the Yellowstone several yearsago One is 
a large oval pebble weighing three pounds and nine ounces, with a groove 
cut across it a little nearer to one end than to the other. Around the groove 
extend two pieces of some easily bent wood, tightly lashed together by 
sinews, and with their ends lashed, by a cord made of twisted and braided 


sinews, to two pieces of tough wood, which are flattened on their inner sur- 


face and rounded on the outer, forming the substance of a handle 15 inches 
long. Over this wooden frame, and also covering the stone except about 
its lower third, was stretched a piece of raw-hide, which was firmly sewed, 
with a strip of the same, along the back of the handle and over the top and 
front of the stone, and further tightened by several stitches on the under 
side, where the stone came nearly in contact with the ends of the wood that 
forms the handle. By this method this large stone was held firmly in its 
place, and as the handle was simply lashed to the portion that passed 
over the stone and held in place by the elastic hide, a heavy blow could be 
given with the stone without causing much of a jar to the arm that wielded 
the implement The stone itself, while much battered on the exposed end, 
is perfectly smooth over the rest of its surface, and as many of the grooved 
circular stones found throughout the country show the same effects of use 
on one end only, it is very likely that they were mounted in a similar way 


— 


HAMMER-STONES. 207 


as hammers. Others, however, exhibit battering at both ends, and may 
have been secured to a handle by a withe passing round the groove, thus 
leaving both ends of the stone free for use. The Sioux hammer or club, 
which is here described, is furnished with a small loop for suspension, 
at the end of the handle. The other Sioux hammer is much smaller, 
the handle being only 4 inches long, and the stone weighing less than a 
pound, but it is secured to the handle in the same manner as the large 
one. Mr. H. W. Henshaw, while among the Apaches, saw several clubs 
of a similar character to the Sioux hammers or clubs here described; 
but he informs me that they were made as follows: A piece of raw- 
hide was slit towards its centre, forming several ribbons extending from 
the central portion, in which a smooth stone was placed and the ribbons 
were folded over and sewed with sinews; the ends of the ribbons 
were then wrapped around a short handle of wood, to which a wrist-loop 
was attached. 

The third grooved stone, to which I have alluded above, is used for 
an entirely different purpose, and is one of the valuable contributions to 
the Peabody Museum received from Dr. Edward Palmer during his eth- 
nological researches in Mexico conducted for the Museum. This stone 
weighs just a pound, and is suspended by a small string, which passes round 
the groove, to one end of a balance-stick 16 inches in length. On the 
other end of the stick there is a simple loop of string with a few notches 
cut in the wood indicating various weights that could thus be readily 
determined by holding the stick by a string in its centre, thus forming a 
rude and primitive balance or “‘steelyard.” Dr. Palmer states that this 
balance is in common use by the Indians and half-breeds of San Luis 
Potosi—F. W. P.] 

Fig. 79 represents a circular thin plate of serpentine quite carefully 
worked upon both sides, and perforated by eight holes, placed nearly equi- 
distant around the edge. (8. I. 20421, Santa Barbara, Schumacher.) For 
want of positive knowledge in the matter, this and similar specimens are 
classed as ornaments. Such an ornament was perhaps fastened by the aid 
of the marginal holes to that portion of the dress covering the breast, and 


when newly made and exhibiting a high polish might justly be considered 


208 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


as a decoration, even by civilized eyes. Smaller but otherwise similar speci- 
mens of circular stone ornaments, found in the interior of the country and 
along the Atlantic coast, are as a rule ornamented with lines, rows of dots, 
semicircles, carvings of 


the human face, and other 
designs. These usually 
have but asingle perfora- 
tion, for suspension sim- 
ply. The most perfect 
of these, found in New 
Jersey by the writer, has 
a human face’ quite ar- 
tistically cut upon it, but 
the incised lines and de- 
pression representing the 


Disk, with perforations. 

mouth are so shallow that some bright pigment 
was probably used to make the design of the 
artist more plainly visible. Of the same gen- 
eral character as the preceding is the large 
oval slab of steatite (S. I. 20422), with a single 
perforation, and ornamented with lines run- 
ning obliquely across it, and in portions of it, 
in opposite directions, thus dividing the sur- 
face into small diamond-shaped spaces. This 
specimen, Fig. 80, is much larger than the 
generality of these oval pendants, and other- 
wise differs from eastern specimens in having 
the edges unworked and somewhat irregular. oa 
It measures over 7 inches in length by 4 inches Bee De ae ee 


in greatest breadth, and is the largest of its class of which I have knowledge. 


ORNAMENTS. 209 


A large specimen, of the same general character of ornamentation, but with 


two perforations, is figured in the Smithsonian Annual Report for 1875 
Fic. 81. 


without any history being given of its origin other than that 
it was found in New Jersey.* A_ beautiful specimen, ap- 
proaching Fig. 80 in size, but much more rarefully finished, 
is figured and described by Dr. Rau, from Connecticut. 
Squier and Davis have also described a similar specimen from 
Ohio,t and the writer one from New Jersey.§ 

Fig. 81 represents a small pendant made of serpentine 
without any incised lines upon its surface. It is carefully 
made and well finished, and its size suggests that it was per- 


haps a central pendant to a necklace. This was found ina 


grave on the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13504). Panitasrt of etink. 
Figs. 82, 83, and 84 represent, of natural size, three other forms of 


Fie. 84 


Pendant of Pendant of Pendant of Stone ornament. 
stone. stone. stone. 


several small ornamental pendants found in the graves on the island of 
Santa Catalina during the explorations of Mr. Schumacher. Like most of 
these small ornaments of stone, they are made of serpentine and of talcose 
slate. 

Of the same general character as these pendants are certain thin 
pieces of stone which are perforated, and may be considered ornamental 
stones. ‘The two specimens from the graves at Dos Pueblos, here figured, 


* Annual Report of Smithsonian Inst. for 1875, p. 331—foot-note—fig. 169. Washington, 1576. 

tArcheological Collection of National Museum; Smithsonian Contributions, No. 237, p. 52, fig. 
205. Washington, 1876. 

t Ancient Monuments Mississippi Valley, fig. 136, No. 14. Washington, 1847. 

§ American Naturalist, vol. vi, p. 226, fig. 82. Salem, Mass., 1872. 


1401 


210 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


are of serpentine, very thin, and highly polished. Fig. 85 is a semilunar- 
plate, one-eighth of an inch in thickness, and without any attempt at orna- 
mentation. Atthe middle of the curved margin is a small circular hole, very 
neatly drilled, and of nearly the same size throughout. The perforation in 
this specimen was drilled only from one side, and probably by the aid 
of one of the slender spicule of flint, such as has already been noticed and 
figured on a preceding page. Opposite the hole in this specimen, at the 
middle of the straight margin or base of the gorget, is a shallow notch, 
which may have been a hole drilled through the centre of the stone, when 
a perfect disk, which subsequently has been broken in half, and the frac- 
tured edge carefully smoothed down. We have frequently found frag- 
ments of various patterns of ornamental stones thus preserved by drilling 
a new hole for the suspension of the specimen after being broken. A small 
oval pendant from Santa Catalina (P. M. 13153) is an illustration of this. 
In this case fcur holes have been used at different times, only one now 
remaining perfect. 

Fig. 86 is a fragment of a quadrangular ornament of the same gen- 
eral character, having two perforations, which vary greatly in size. 
Such perforated tablets of stone are common over the 
whole of North America, and much conjecture has been 
indulged in as to their probable use; but there is little reason 
to suppose they are other than simple ornaments. Speci- 
mens found in ancient graves in New Jersey show, from 


their position, that they were placed upon the breast of the 
Stone ornament. ¢orpse when buried; and from this it is safe to infer that they 
were simply ornaments. 
Allied to the above are the separated laminz of a square piece of mica 
-neatly perforated by numerous small holes, to secure, we presume, its at- 
tachment to the clothing. Similar small pieces of this mineral occur on 
Indian village sites in New Jersey, and have been often found in graves and 
mounds in other parts of the country. Like the Dos Pueblos specimen, 
many are thus perforated. Another use for these plates of mica, when large 
enough, is believed by some to be that of mirrors. In treating of the South- 
ern Indians Mr. Jones * remarks of this muterial, “large plates of isinglass 


* Page 376. 


ORNAMENTS. 211 


are frequently found in the sepulchral tumuli of Georgia, associated with 
articles of use and ornament, the property of the dead at the period of the 
inhumation. * * * Being thick, and readily reflecting the opposed 
image, they answer tolerably well the purposes of looking-glasses.” The Cali- 
fornia specimen is quite too small, being but little more than an inch square, to, 
use as a mirror, and it is seldom that a fragment occurs in New Jersey larger 
than 3 inches each way. As this mineral is usually so charged with other 
materials that it seldom reflects an image, it seems more likely that its bril- 
liant display of prismatic tints was the cause of its adoption for ornaments. 

Other specimens of ornamental wrought stones are cylindrical and 
pointed, such as shown by Figs. 87 and 88, which have well-defined heads 
and points; the former having a care- 
fully-drilled hole. The specimens, Fig, 88. 
indeed, suggest a needle; but we are 
inclined to consider them pendants, 
probably placed on strings of beads 
forming necklaces. Two specimens 


from Dos Pueblos are perfect. They 


are made of serpentine, dark in color, 
hi ghly p olish ed, and symmetrical. Stone pendant. Stone pendant. Stone ornament. 
One is a little larger than the other, and proportionately thicker. They 
measure, respectively, 14 and 14 inches in length. 

Associated with these pendants is a curiously wrought and perforated 
stone, Fig. 89, that has much the appearance of four beads which have not 
been cut apart. The illustration so clearly exhibits its peculiarities that 
further description is unnecessary. The mineral is the same as the small 
needle-like pendants. 

[Another carved stone, which must 
for the present be classed as an orna- 
ment, is shown of its full size in Fig. 90. 


This carving, which is of serpentine, looks 
as if designed to represent the rattle of a 
rattlesnake. It was found by Mr. Schumacher in Pots Valley on the island 
of Santa Catalina (P. M. 13439). 


Ornament of stone. 


212 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


From a grave at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina, at a 
place called ‘“Cabrillo’s Rancheria,” Mr. Schumacher obtained an interesting 


ENG. 91. ornament (P. M. 13269) cut from a piece of steatite. 


= The shape and markings of this stone are well shown 
ay in Fig. 91. The tablet is about a quarter of an inch 
thick, and is slightly concave on its ornamented sur- 
face and smooth and convex on the opposite. The 
incised lines on the surface of the stone repre- 
sented in the figure are continued on the edges, 
and at one end are two very small holes through 
which a string has been passed for fastening or sus- 
pending the ornament. At this end of the stone, as 
shown in the figure, a small portion of finely-woven 
cloth has been preserved by contact with an iron 
implement, which was found much decomposed in 
Ornament of stone wih the grave. Thus, while this ornament was unques- 
cloth attached. tionably of Indian workmanship, it was retained by 
its owner as a valued article after European contact had furnished the tribe 
to which he belonged with ornaments of glass and implements of iron. 

A triangular piece of steatite, about 3 inches long, and possibly a por- 
tion of a large pot or olla, had formerly a small hole at one corner, probably 
for suspension. From this corner two deeply-cut lines, a quarter of an inch 
apart, run parallel across the convex surface of the stone, and from each 
of these lines several others, about an inch long, run out obliquely. 
This example of rude ornamental art came from the island of San Clemente 
(P. M. 13490). 

A fragment of what was probably a pendant of steatite, 3 or 4 inches 
long, is ornamented on each side with numerous longitudinal and trans- 
verse lines. This was found by Mr. Schumacher in Pots Valley (P. M. 
13438). 

In a grave at Johnson’s Place on the island of Santa Catalina, Mr. 
Schumacher found an oval piece of polished serpentine (P. M. 13275) 
nearly 2 inches long and ? of an inch wide. This stone has a notch cut at 
each end and a groove about its centre, and on one side there are two 


PEBBLE ORNAMENTS. Piles 


furrows, each an inch in length. Perhaps designed for a similar purpose 
as the last-mentioned ornament, or implement, is a little pebble (P. M. 
13513) of steatite, about 14 inches long and 1 in width, which has a small 
deeply-cut groove around its centre. With this little pebble is another 
stone from San Clemente which may be classed with it (P. M. 13502). 
It is made of ‘an impure steatite in the form of a cylinder, 14 inches long 
and nearly 1 inch in diameter, and has a groove around it about half an 
inch from one end. Another stone, of singular shape and unknown use, 
from a grave on San Clemente Island (P. M. 13500), is a piece of serpen- 
tine which has been carefully cut, but not polished, into a three-cornered 
form, with sides about 2 inches long, one of which is straight and the 
other two are concave. . 

Fig. 92 is an outline of a nearly regularly hexagonal-shaped stone 
which was obtained near Santa Barbara by Mr. Schumacher, but of which 
a description was not taken while the specimen was Eig, 2 
temporarily in my possession. It is now in the Smith- 
sonian Institution. 

Another class of stones, of which many examples 
have been found during the later explorations on the 


islands, corresponds to the smooth “slick stones” of the 
Atlantic States. They are of various sizes and shapes, and Tisai meaimaen Sana 
are generally made of smooth pebbles, one face of which has been rubbed 
flat. Many of them are very small—being less than an inch in length— 
while others are so large as to have some resemblance to large flat grind- 
ing-stones, of which several examples are also in the collection from Cali- 
fornia. Similar small stones are now used by the Indians of Mexico in 
giving a polish to their pottery before it is burnt, as shown by the collec- 
tion made by Dr. Palmer; and those from California may have been used 
for polishing the many articles made of serpentine and allied minerals.— 
mW ..P.) 

Water-worn pebbles, when found of the desired globular and oval 
shapes, were undoubtedly used as ornaments, and occasionally some of 
these little pebbles were made into pendants by grinding the stones to a 
slight angle at one end and making a hole through the narrowed portion. 


214 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


Other specimens show no trace of alteration of their natural surface, and 
their use as ornaments becomes somewhat doubtful. Might they not rather 
have been the toys of children? A single specimen in the collection, how- 
ever (Fig. 93), throws some light on the use of the smaller pebbles. This 

Fic. 93. specimen is an admirable imitation of an acorn, and consists of 
a small pinkish pebble of quartz carefully inserted into a por- 
tion of the vertebree of a fish, which has been rubbed or cut 
down in size until it resembles an acorn-cup in shape. With 


these pebbles and the “acorn” ornament, there are five speci- 
comet, on. en8 of fish vertebree of different sizes, but much larger than that 

nament. illustrated in Fig. 93. With one exception, they have been 
much cut or ground down to their present cup-shaped condition. 

In some of the graves at Dos Pueblos, and at other places, were found 
small lots of ordinary quartz crystals of moderate size. These have in no 
way had their natural surfaces intentionally altered; but the sharp defining 
lines of the several faces of each crystal have been worn away, indicating 
that for a long time they have been subjected to violent rubbing action as 
though constantly jostled together in a bag. For what particular purpose 
these quartz crystals were gathered cannot be determined, but they may 
have once formed the mysterious contents of the bags of ‘‘ medicine-men,” 
or the choice play-things of children. 

[A number of peculiar implements unlike any heretofore described, to 
my knowledge, have been obtained from the graves in the vicinity of Santa 
Barbara, and the adjacent islands, but until implements of similar forms are 
noticed in actual use, or are found under such conditions as may suggest 
their application, it is hardly worth while to do more than call attention to 
them. That they are implements and not ornaments is apparent from the 
signs of use which they all more or less exhibit. Among the most inter- 
esting of these are several hook-like implements which vary in size and 
also somewhat in their form, but they all have a hook-like projection at 
one end, with the opposite end more or less thickened, as if intended for a 
handle. Fig. 94 is a representation of one of the three largest. It is made 
of serpentine, and has been highly polished. The hook-like projection on 
the under side has been broken off the specimen figured. A top view of this 


HOOK-LIKE IMPLEMENTS. 215 


implement, showing its width, is given in Fig. 95. This was presented to 
the Peabody Museum by Dr. Yarrow, and was obtained by Mr. Bowers in 
the vicinity of Santa Barbara, Fic. 94. 

as was also another, which is 
made of steatite (P. M. 11074), 
and is about one-third longer 
than the one figured. Another, 
in size between the two above 
mentioned, also made of stea- 
tite, is of a more decided hook- 
shape than the others, having 


a pointed projection 14 inches 
long. This specimen (P. M. Ee ae 

13276) was found in a grave at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina 
by Mr. Schumacher, who also obtained three much smaller examples of 
these peculiar implements (P. Era.i25- 
M. 13154) from other graves 
at the same place. Fig. 96 
is a representation of one of 
the small specimens, which 
are made of the same kind 


of slate of which some of the 


pipes and other articles were 
manufactured. The one figured is the best finished and only perfect one 
of the lot. This has been polished, and has a small hole drilled through 
the portion I have called the “handle.” It also Fic. 96. 

differs from the others in having the ‘ hook” on 
the under side much smaller. The second speci- 
men of this lot is nearly 24 inches long, and has a 


pointed projection 4 inch long, forming the hook. 
The third specimen was much smaller, probably — Hook-like implement of stone. 
less than 14 inches in length, but only the hook portion was found. 
Designed, perhaps, for a somewhat similar use as the preceding is the 
small implement (P. M. 13503) made of serpentine, which is represented in 


216 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE. 


Fig. 97 ‘This was found in a grave on the island of San Clemente by Mr. 
Schumacher. It is a thin piece of serpentine, less than 4 of an inch in 
thickness, with a smooth surface and rounded edges. 
The under portion has been partly cut away to the 
depth of about $ of an inch, as shown in the fig- 
ure, leaving a corresponding projection at each end. 


Around the centre of the stone, which is slightly con- 
cave at this point on the upper surface, a small string has been held in place 
by asphaltum, as shown by minute portions still adhering to the stone. 
Another kind of implement, as I am inclined to re- 
gard the specimen, notwithstanding its general appear- 
ance is rather that of an ornament, is a thin piece of slate, 
not over 4 of an inch in thickness, and is represented 
by Fig. 98. This was found in a grave on the island 
of Santa Catalina by Mr. Schumacher (P. M. 13440). A 
mass of asphaltum on one side of the stone at the per- 
forated end may indicate that the implement was inserted 
in a handle, in which case the object of the perforation 
is not apparent, and it is more likely that the asphaltum 
is due to accidental contact. The deep notch at the oppo- 
site end of the stone has evidently been utilized to a con- 


siderable extent for some purpose which has caused the 
formation of several little parallel grooves and many striz, and even, 
on one side, the wearing away of the stone to a considerable extent at the 
base of the notch. 


Implement of stone. 


A much larger implement (P. M. 13378), made of serpentine, is shown 
by Fi 


ge. 99. This also was found in a grave, either the same or near the 


PECULIAR IMPLEMENTS. 217 


one containing the implement last described, and although so unlike the last 
in shape it seems to have been similarly used. The small notch at one end 
of the stone exhibits the same kind of striz and grooves at its base as in 
the other specimen, and the stone has been worked down to a thin edge at 
that part. The opposite end of the stone was deeply notched to near its 
central portion (further than shown in the figure, as the asphaltum partly 
covers it), which is here nearly # of an inch in thickness. The implement 
has, however, been broken in this portion, and one side is now missing, 
the fractured part being covered with asphaltum.—F. W. P.] 


SCULPTURES. 


Tue former Indians of California were unquestionably superior work- 
ers in stone, and often finished their weapons and utensils made of that 
material with care, but they cannot, as a people, be regarded as sculptors in 
the ordinary acceptance of the term. Yet we find that they had made a 
beginning in ornamental art, the further development of which was prob- 
ably prevented by the intrusion of the white race. Both north and south 
of the Californians, sculpture early attained its highest development on the 
continent. Thus on the Columbia River and northward on the coast we 
find tribes, here and there, who were, and in some instances still are, skillful 
workers in stone, bone, and wood, and also sculptors of considerable ability. 
The results attained were in great part the imitation of natural forms, but 
with these were combined the grotesque, and a peculiar style of grouping, 
which is often expressive of savage humor, with a symmetry of design 
and execution that could hardly be attained without long experience in 
the art. At the south, in Mexico and Central America, we also find a 
similar barbaric art, in very many respects agreeing in its forms with that 
of the north; but here, associated with a comparatively high plastic art, we 
have massive work in stone, and the sculptors not only taking isolated 
portions of the human body for their model, but often treating their subject 
in a conventional manner, and generally surrounding the chief objects in 
their design with a profusion of ornamentation which, though detracting from 
the force of their work, is evidence of the high stage they had reached in its 
mechanical execution. The Californians were without knowledge of the 
plastic art, and therefore, like their northern neighbors, could not derive 
ideas from that; but like them they were provided with soft or easily 


worked stone, and it is in a variety of serpentine, capable of a high polish, 
218 


SCULPTURES. 219 


and in the easily cut steatite of the region, that their best work in carving 
was done. 

In the preceding pages attention has been called to rude ornamenta- 
tion on various articles made of these soft stones. Generally this has con- 
sisted of parallel and cross lines cut upon the surface of the stone, like the 
rude ornamentation on early pottery, but by a reference to Figs. 2 and 4 of 
Plate IX it will be seen that ornamentation by carving in relief was not only 
attempted on the two pipes represented, but was successfully accomplished. 
It is, however, to sculpture “in the round” that I wish particularly to 
refer, in connection with three examples which have come to my per- 
sonal knowledge as the work of the Southern Californians. 

Taken in connection with the marked difference which exists between 
the crania from the island of Santa Catalina and those from the other isl- 
ands of the group, as will be seen by reference to the special account of 
the crania further on, for which I am indebted to Mr. Carr, it is of interest, 
and perhaps of some ethnological importance, to dwell upon the fact that 
these three carvings are from the island of Santa Catalina, or the island on 
which the dolichocephalic people, whom I believe to be of northern ances- 
try, were the leading type.* 

All three of these sculptures were collected by Mr. Schumacher during 
his several trips to the island, but of one, now in the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion (No. 18360), and of which Fig. 100 is a representation, I only have 
the record that it was obtained on Santa Catalina Island. Of the others, 
however, we have the special information that they were taken from graves 
at Johnson’s Place on the island. In the several graves opened at that place 
were found the fine boat-shaped dish of steatite, one of the hook-like imple- 
ments, and several other well-worked stones, with articles of bone, shell, 


* Mr. Schumacher, in his account of the exploration of San Nicholas Island (Bull, U. 8. Geological 
and Geographical Surveys, vol. iii, No. 1), mentions that he found seulptures in serpentine representing 
sea-lions, fishes, and birds; and in a letter to me he states that these carvings were sent to the Smith- 
sonian Institution. It is therefore probable that they are the carvings now in the National Museum, 
to which Mr. Henshaw has kindly called my attention. These, Mr. Henshaw states, are two (20426, 
20427) representations of cetaceans, one (20428) of a seal or sea-lion, and two specimens (20387, 20400) 
of objects which he regards as of doubtful determination. These specimens are, however, now labelled 
“Santa Barbara,” and while I can hardly doubt that they are the carvings referred to by Mr. Schu- 
macher, their authenticity must be ascertained before they can be regarded of importance in relation 
to any difference that may have existed between the tribes on some of the islands and those of the 
mainland about Sarta Barbara. 


220 


SCULPTURES. 


and wood, red paint, and glass beads; the latter giving conclusive evidence 


that the burial of at least one of the bodies was after the period of Euro- 
Fa. 100. 


pean contact. Only two 
skulls were obtained from 
these graves, and their 
measurements can be had 
by reference to Nos. 13286 
and 13287 of the Cranio- 
logical Record of the Pea- 
body Museum. One is 
dolichocephalic, and the 
other is orthocephalie. 
The first of these sculp- 


Fragment of a carving in stone, probably representing an animal, }. tures is only a fragment, 


as will be seen by reference to Fig. 100, which is one-half the diameter of 
Fig. 101. 


the original. It is, like 
the others, cut from a 
bluish-gray steatite, and 
probably represents the 
hind quarter of some ani- 
mal. It is not nearly so 


good a piece of work as 


Carving in stone, 


ees 


representing a whale. 


the two others, but it may have been of a more difficult design. 


Fic. 102. 


Carving in stone, representing a whale, }. 


‘The smallest of the three 
sculptures (P. M. 13272) is 
shown of its full size in Fig. 
101. It is a very good 
representation of a whale, 
with its square head, flip- 
pers, low dorsal fin and flat 
tail. It is well and sym- 
metrically cut, and the sur- 
face has received nearly as 
high a polish as the material 


would allow. 


SCULPTURES. 221 


Fig 102 represents, of one-half the length of the stone, a much larger 
piece of sculpture (P. M. 13271), which, judging from the prominent dorsal 
fin, is probably intended as a representation of the cetacean known under the 
name of ‘“fin-back.” The flippers are not so prominent as in the smaller 
sculpture, but they may have been broken, as their ends are not smooth like 
the rest of the carving. The tail is well formed. In order to fully pre- 
sent several little points of resemblance to the animals intended, which are 
observable when the sculptures themselves are viewed from different posi- 
tions, several views of each would be necessary, but the figures on the pre- 
ceding page are correct in outline. 


IMPLEMENTS AND WEAPONS MADE OF BONE AND WOOD. 


By C. C. ABBoTT AND F. W. PUTNAM. 


THE range of variation in the forms of implements made of bone, 
wherever found, is much more limited than that of stone. As weapons, 
with few exceptions, they were not so effective as similar forms chipped from 
flint or obsidian. On the other hand, for certain purposes, bone was found 
particularly well adapted; and for these, the world over, it has been largely 
used. ‘The articles made of bone represented by the collections from Dos 
Pueblos and the adjacent islands, include nearly every form characteristic 
of other localities, and embrace needles, awls, fish-hooks, harpoon-points, 
knives, swords, and, also, a variety of ornaments. 

Figs. 1 to 3, Plate XI, represent three beautifully-wrought bone fish- 
hooks, of a peculiar pattern, with sharp points and barbs. These hooks are 
flattened, and are longer than wide. The outer, or convex, outline of the hook 
is rounded, but the concave, or inner, line is flat and sharp at the angles. 
Extending lengthwise with the straight portion, or shank, is a deeply-cut 
groove for attaching the line. This was further secured by the liberal use 
of asphaltum, as shown in Figs. 2 and 3. The barbs in these specimens 
are, judged by fishermen of to-day, on the wrong side for a good fish- 
hook, and the point is much too near the shank. By having the line so 
fastened that the point of tension is at the notch at the base of the shank | 
(see Fig. 1), instead of at the extreme end of the stem, the defects of the 
design of the hook would be somewhat remedied, as the barb would be 
forced down, so that it might possibly catch itself in the lower jaw of the 
fish that had taken the hook; but, however used, although well made, it can 
hardly be considered as a well-designed fish-hook. These specimens were 
collected by Mr. Schumacher on Santa Cruz Island (S. I. 18188 and P. M. 
13707). 


999, 
www 


, U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100 MERIDIAN 
VI ARCHAOLOGY: PLATE XI 


Rucerrve Paariwe Co 220 Devewsman Sr Bostox 


ARTICLES OF BONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
FULL SIZE 


FISH-HOOKS. 223 


Bone fish-hooks of somewhat different patterns occur in various parts 
of the world, as more rarely do similar hooks made of flint. Nilsson* fig- 
ures a bone fish-hook from “one of the old peat-bogs in the south of Scania.” 
The barb in this specimen is on the inner side and near the point, and while 
it is not finished more artistically than the California specimens, it is, cer- 
tainly, a better fish-hook. 

Another interesting form of fish-hook, although made of shell, can be 
appropriately noticed here. It was first discovered by Mr. Schumacher on 
the island of Santa Cruz; and that gentleman has, in Vol. VIII of the 
Archiv fiir Anthropologie, given a description of the implement itself, and 
also of the method of its manufacture. It is made of the thick portions of 
the shell of Haliotis, which are first cut into circular pieces of an inch or 
more in diameter, and then perforated, the margin of the hole forming ulti- 
mately the inside of the hook. This is then cut and rubbed into the required 
shape, and that portion of the shell, between what is to form the shank and 
the barb of the hook, is finally cut away, and the hook is made complete in all 
its parts by polishing. In arranging the plate of ornaments of shell from 
Dos Pueblos and La Patera, these fish-hooks were included, as they were at 
first thought to be ornaments. Plate XII, Fig. 27, is a photographic repre- 
sentation of a piece of shell after it was bored, and Figs. 24, 25, and 26, 
three of the hooks of different sizes, and of slight variation in form. From 
the later explorations by Mr. Schumacher and Mr. Bowers many speci- 
mens of these shell fish-looks have been received, illustrating the sev- 
eral stages of their manufacture. The largest one is 2? inches in length 
and 1 inch wide at the middle of the shank. This, with several smaller 
specimens, came from Santa Catalina (P. M. 14846). Many specimens 
were also obtained from the islands of San Clemente, San Miguel, and 
Santa Cruz, and from the mainland about Santa Barbara, accompanied 
by the stone implements used in their manufacture. 

A form of bone implement used in capturing fish and large marine 
animals, and one which is found in many and widely separated coun- 
tries, is the barbed harpoon-point, such as shown by Fig. 103. One of 
this character, from which the figure is taken, was obtained by Mr. Schu- 


“Stone Age in Scandinavia, 2d ed., London, p. 21, plate 11, fig. 30. 


224 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE. 


macher, and is in the Smithsonian collection (No. 20527) labelled “Santa 
Barbara”. This harpoon-point, nearly 9 inches in length, is made of a 


Fic. 103. 


Bone harpoon or fish-spear, 4. 


portion of a rib of a cetacean. There are now no distinctly defined tool- 
marks upon it. The slight curvature of the implement is that of the bone 
in its natural condition. As shown in the figure, it is long and rather 
slender, of nearly uniform width, tapering at the basal portion where it 
was inserted into a shaft, and somewhat acutely pointed at the barbed 
end. At a distance of 1yc inches from the end is a well-defined barb xo 
of an inch in length. 

Harpoons of bone similar to the above are quite common in Green- 
land, and also in Northern Europe. Nilsson* mentions that implements, 
“sharp pointed, with barbs on one side, are occasionally found in our ancient 
peat-bogs in Scania.” Usually these harpoons have more than one barb. 
Dr. Raut figures specimens from Alaska and Michigan, with three barbs, and 
in both instances there is a perforation at the base for securing the shaft. 
Some of those found in Scandinavia were simply notched for the attach- 
ment of a cord which was also fastened to the shaft, but not so as to keep the 
point and shaft together when the weapon was withdrawn from the body of 
the animal struck. Of such an one, Nilsson remarks, ‘this harpoon-point 
appears, like those from Greenland, to have been fastened to its long shaft 
in such a manner as to be disengaged therefrom, when it stuck fast in the 
harpooned animal, because above the point of attachment is a projection 
over which the strap or line seems to have been tied.” Nilsson further adds: 
“It is very remarkable that among the objects which Messrs. Christy and 
Lartet have found in the caves of Perigord, and which may be consid- 
ered as being among the most ancient traces of man in Europe, are harpoons 
of bone, which seem to have been helved in the same manner”; and also 


*Page 29, plate iv. tPage 64, figs. 240 and 241. 


HARPOONS. 225 


“a great number of bone harpoons, more or less like this one [and that from 
California] are to be seen in the British Museum, all from Tierra del Fuego 
labelled Heads of Fishing-Spears used by the Natives of Tierra del Fucgo. 
We thus see that these bone points are really fishing-harpoons. They are 
alike both in length and shape, and there is therefore every reason to 
assume that they were destined for nearly the same purpose. But we are 
not aware how they were used in Tierra del Fuego, whether they were shot 
from a bow, thrown by the hand, or used for striking, because we have not 
seen in the British Museum or elsewhere any specimen having a shaft.” 
To the above remarks of Professor Nilsson is added an important foot- 
note, which we also copy, as follows: 

“Captain Werngren informs us that the savages in the islands of the Pacifie are 
in the habit of fishing sometimes with hooks and at other times with well-made nets, 
and that they occasionally shoot the jish with arrows from their canoes; when the fish 
rise they pierce them with their javelins, then jump overboard and secure their prey. 
It seems that the harpoons of this kind found in Scania may also have been used by 
fishermen, while sitting in their boat, to shoot or transfix the fish, especially as these 
harpoons have been discovered at the bottoms of bogs which have formerly been small 
lakes, where the skeletons of gigantic pike are occasionally found, which may have 
been proper objects of such fishing with harpoons.” 

Harpoons of bone, such as above figured, are not common on the 
Atlantic coast, but smaller ones have been occasionally found in the shell- 
heaps. The Southern coast tribes used another material for making a simi- 
lar weapon, and Mr. C. C. Jones, jr.,* quoting from Brickell’s Natural His- 
tory of North Carolina, informs us that “the North Carolina Indians have 
Fish-gigs that are made of the Reeds or Hollow Canes; these they cut and 
make very sharp, with two Beards, and taper at the Point like a Harpoon.” 

Barbed harpoon-points made of bone are evidently of rare occur- 
rence in Southern California and on the islands, for notwithstanding 
many articles made of bone have been received from the later explora- 
tions by Mr. Schumacher, we have only seen from California the har- 
poon-point, figured above, and one other, also in the Smithsonian 
collection, which was obtained at the same time. On the Northwestern 


coast, implements of this character are in common use to this time, both as 


226 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE. 


fastened to the shaft, and in other instances they are fitted into sockets and 
held to the shafts by strings. In some thirty specimens, principally from 
Alaska, belonging to the Peabody Museum, there are many varieties and 
sizes of barbed points of bone with their accompanying shafts; and in 
many instances the barbs are on one side only of the bone, though they 
are often several in number. These bone points vary much in size, and 
are from 1 to 6 or 7 inches in length. One bone implement 8 inches long, 
which evidently once fitted into a socket, has a hole at its base for the 
string, and is of special interest from the fact that it has three barbs on 
each side, and also has the point of the bone tipped by a sharp point of 
shell. To accomplish this the bone point was cut away so as to allow the 
shell point to be firmly lashed, and at the same time to place the lashing 
below the surface of the bone. Similar bone points are in the Museum, 
and are like those described and figured in Mr. Dall’s instructive memoir on 
the “Tribes of the Extreme Northwest.” There are also three long bone 
points in the Museum from Terra del Fuego. Two of these bear a close 
resemblance to two of the figures given by Mr. Dall. The rudest very 
closely resembles Mr. Dall’s No. 16063 with a single barb, while the second 
has two barbs on each side; and although at least twice the size of Mr. 
Dall’s 13023a, itis of the same pattern. The third is about 10 inches long, 
and has thirteen barbs on one side. In the New England shellheaps there 
have been found many small, pointed and barbed bones, which may have 
been arrow-points, as they are very much like the arrow-points of bone 
from the Northwestern coast. 

Bone was also largely used by the California Indians for certain do- 
mestic implements ; and these, as has already been remarked, are in many 
respects identical with implements of the same material found elsewhere. 
Fig. 9, Plate XI, represents a very beautifully-wrought pointed bone, with 
a double groove and triple collar at the head instead of a perforation or 
eye, as if for the attachment of a thread. Articles of this character may 
be sewing implements, and in that sense needles; but they so closely ap- 
proach what are apparently awls or perforators that it is difficult to dis- 
sociate the two forms. This implement was found at San Miguel Island 
(S. I. 18322). 


POINTED TOOLS. 227 


Figs. 10, 11, 12, of Plate XI, represent specimens of what may be per- 
forators, or awls, pointed at each end; but after a study of a number of fish- 
hooks from Alaska, in the collection of the Peabody Museum, which have 
long barbs made of pieces of bone pointed at each end, and so lashed to 
a wooden shank as to permit the projection of the pointed ends of bone 
above and below the lashing, we are inclined to regard these double-pointed 
bones from California as the barbs of large fish-hooks. At all events, 
they could not be distinguished from the Alaskan barbs were the latter re- 
moved from their lashings. Those from California vary in size, and to a 
slight extent in quality of finish, but they are essentially the same form of 
implement. The same material, however, is not always used. Many of 
the smaller ones are of much denser material, and appear: like, and may 
possibly be of, ivory; while others, such as Fig. 12, are simply splinters of a 
very porous bone, subsequently smoothed, sharpened, and pointed. On the 
one represented by Fig. 12 there are traces of asphaltum. Fig. 11 is made 
of a dense material like ivory, and is very beautifully worked with remark- 
ably sharp points at each end. It was collected by Mr. Schumacher, and 
is labelled ‘Santa Barbara” (S. I. 20539). 

Figs. 13 to 17, inclusive, of Plate XI, and Fig. 104, of the text, repre- 


Fig. 104. 


Pointed implement of bone, 4. 


sent a series of perforators of the same general character, though with some 
variation in the details of finish. Fig. 14 has been drilled at the base; but 
the perforation is of such large size that it was more probably intended for 
suspending the implement when not in use, thereby avoiding the risk of 
loss, rather than as an eye toa needle. Indeed, the great width of the 
base, of itself, indicates that the point only was used, like the one shown 
in Fig. 15, which is not perforated at the base, but has had, apparently, 
a head of asphaltum. Perhaps that substance was used to attach a handle 
to the implement. 

Figs. 16 and 17 are probably awls, or perforators, though their shape 
suggests the spear and arrow point. Fig. 16 is simply a splinter of bone 


228 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE. 


with one end ground to a sharp point; while Fig. 17 has been worked over 
the entire surface and is pointed at each end. These specimens were col- 
lected on the mainland. Fig. 104 represents a long pointed implement from 
the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13533). 

Figs 18 to 21, Plate XI, inclusive, are taken from specimens found at 
Dos Pueblos and La Patera, and represent other forms of perforators. They 
are all more or less worked fragments of long bones of mammals and birds, 
with more or less well-defined points. Fig. 18 is cylindrical, tapering, and 
worked over its entire surface. The fragment is too small to determine any- 
thing concerning it. Fig. 19 is identical with the larger bone awls wherever 
found. Jones, in his work on the Southern Indians,* figures a similar speci- 
men, of which he writes: ‘(It is made of a deer’s tibia, and is 73 inches in 
length.” Similar specimens are in the Peabody Museum from the Swiss Lakes 
and other places. Fig. 19 was longer in its entire condition than now, as 
the base is broken off abruptly. The surface is much decayed, but the 
specimen appears to have been very carefully polished over its entire surface. 
Similar perforators of bone are not uncommon in the Atlantic States, espe- 
cially in the shellheaps on the sea-coast, and many of like character have 
been found in the burial-mounds of the South and West. Fig. 20 is a frag- 
ment of a bone implement similar to Figs. 13 and 14, except that it is 
cylindrical. The entire surface has been worked with great care and 
gradually brought to a point, as in Fig. 13. Fig. 21 is a fragment of an 
implement similar to Fig. 19. 

In most collections of implements or weapons, be they of stone or 
bone, there will be some specimens of an indefinite character; and it is not 
surprising that articles of curious shapes, and others of no apparent use, 
- should occur in the graves at Dos Pueblos. Figs. 22 and 23, of Plate 
XI, are examples of this kind, and consist of masses of bone which have 
been cut and ground down as shown by the figures. Figs. 24 and 25 
are probably mouth-pieces used in connection with the ponderous smok- 
ing-pipes of stone, already described, and are simply the hollow bones of 
birds. 

Fig. 105 represents a section of a bone of some mammal which has 


* Page 292, pl. xvi, fig. 1. 


TUBES AND WEDGES. 229 


been hollowed and somewhat worked on the exterior surfaces; but it 
offers no evidence in its present condition of having had any particular 
use. It is introduced here as a Fic. 105. 

bone tube. Dr. Rau* has re- 
marked of a somewhat similar 
specimen, that it “‘ may have been 
a receptacle or a part of a tool, 


an unfinished whistle, or, perhaps, 
an appendage to the dress. There Rubs ob bane 

is a possibility, too, that it was the sucking instrument of a medicine- 
man, made to replace one of the stone tubes which are known to have 
been employed among the Californians in curing the sick.” 

Figs. 106, 107, and 108 rep- Fic. 106. 

resent a form of massive bone 
implements of a wedge - like 
shape, varying in length from 
3 to 6 or more inches, and com- 


mon in the graves and on the ? iycase shaped atoplemcnt gilianend. 
shellheaps of the islands and mainland. They appear to be made from 
portions of the ribs of large cetaceans. They are all bluntly pointed, 
but many have smooth cutting edges, and Fic. 107. 

the rounded portion is often very smooth. 
A few have their thick or blunt ends much 
battered, as if they had been used as wedges; 
but in most, the thick ends are square and 


even, and as some of these latter are slightly | Wedge-shaped implement of bone, 2. 


curved from end to point, it is possible that they were fastened to handles 
of wood and used as knife-blades Other implements, somewhat similar 

Fig. 108. in shape, but much larger, may 
have been used as clubs or 
blunt-edged swords. Of the 
latter form is one 15 inches 


Wedge-shaped implement of bone, }. long, which was obtained by 


* Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 289, p, 65. 


230 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE. 


Mr. Dall on San Miguel Island (P. M. 13737), and several others of nearly 
the same size obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the island of San Clemente 
(P. M. 13539). 

Another form of implement, of which there are several examples 
among the later collections from San Clemente, is a sort of polishing bone 
(P. M. 13532) identical in shape with those from the sites of the ancient 

Fie. 109. ¥ habitations on the 


Swiss Lakes. These 


vary in length and 
Smooth bone implement. width from the exam- 
ple here represented (Fig. 109) to three times that size. » They are smooth 
and often highly polished at each end, and appear to be made from the 
small ribs of cetaceans and other animals. 

An interesting pin-like ar ele, shown in Fig. 110, was obtained by Mr. 
Schumacher from a grave e= Fre. 110. 
on the island of San Clee 4 — 
mente, and is of particular 


importance from its resem- : A bone pin. 
blance to similar articles made of shell, often found in the mounds of 
Tennessee. 

The later collections from the islands have also brought to light sey- 
eral implements made of the hollow bones of large birds. One of these 
from San Clemente (P. M. 13531) is represented by Fig. 111. Mr. Schu- 
macher thinks that implements of this character were ‘‘ marrow-extractors.” 

Fig. 111. _ They are made simply 


Ges by sharpening one end 

“Marrow-extractor” mage of ieee i. of the bone, as shown 
in the figure. In this single example the opposite end has a groove cut 
around it as if for the attachment of a string. 

Many other bone implements more or less allied to those here described 
have been received from the later explorations. The most interesting of these 
are three thin-pointed bones (P. M. 13129), each perforated at the broad end 
by a small eye, and which, there is hardly any reason for doubting, were 
used as needles. 


SWORDS. 231 


The early writers who have left us brief accounts of the weapons of 
the Californians have mentioned that they had swords made of bone and of 
wood, and of these materials are several found in the graves, both by Dr. 
Yarrow’s party on the mainland, and by Mr. Schumacher and others on 
the islands. 

Fig. 112 represents a sword made from the ribs of a large cetacean. 
In shaping this weapon the natural curvature of the bone was retained; 
the convex Fig, 112. 
portion Was (2S SS SS 


erounddown & 


to form the S——— bone, 2 
cutting edge, and the back was left of a uniform thickness of about half 
an inch. Toward the point the bone has been ground away on each side. 
This sword is 17 inches in total length, and the portion cut out for a handle 
is 24 inches long, with a terminal knob or hilt of about 1 inch in length. 
The handle certainly suggests that either the owner of the sword had a very 
slender hand, or else, what is perhaps more likely, that the indented portion 
of the bone was for the purpose of attaching a wrapping of hide or some 
other substance in a manner similar to that on the sword-like clubs of bone 
of which there are two examples from Alaska in the Peabody Museum. 
This sword was obtained by Mr. Schumacher, and is now in the Smith- 
sonian collection (No. 20477). In massiveness it has some resemblance 
to the Alaskan weapons referred to above, but it is in some respects a 
transition form between them and the thinner-bladed swords of which the 
next figure is a representation. 

Several specimens of these swords with thin blades were found in the 
graves explored by Dr. Yarrow’s party, and others were collected on the 
islands by Mr. Schumacher. They vary in length and width, and each is 
made from a bone of | Fie. 113. 
the lower jaw of a por- 
poise. Fig. 113 repre- 


sents the slightly con- Bone sword, }. 
vex side of one of these swords, the opposite surface of which is concave—a 
character due, entirely, to the natural shape of the bone, which has been 


232 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF WOOD. 


but slightly altered, except toward the point, where it has been cut or ground 
away so as to make a rather sharp point and double edge, which is better 
adapted for thrusting than for cutting. The later explorations on the islands 
have furnished so many specimens of these weapons as to prove that they 
were formerly in common use. From the graves on the island of Santa 
Catalina alone over twenty specimens were obtained by Mr. Schumacher 
(P. M. 13125-15126). Several of these have small holes on the margin of 
the bone at the “hilt,” and it is hardly to be questioned that these blades, 
made of porpoise-jaws, were mounted in handles, very likely of wood. One 
small jaw about 6 inches long (P. M. 13392) has been worked into a regu- 
lar dagger, and when furnished with a handle must have been an efficient 
weapon. Similar dagger-like blades made of other kinds of bones are also 
in the Peabody Museum; one obtained by Mr. Bowers on the island of 
Santa Cruz (P. M. 13766) is a good example of these. 

A fine specimen of a wooden sword was obtained by Mr. Schumacher 
from a grave on the island of Santa Cruz, and is now in the Smithsonian 
collection (No. 18312). It is shown, of one-quarter of its length, in Fig. 


Fig. 114. 


Wooden sword, with an inlaid handle, 4. 


114. The blade is very thin and not quite 2 inches in width at its widest 
part. The total length of the weapon is 184 inches, of which the handle 
forms about one-fifth. The blade is well and symmetrically pointed, and its 
edge was formerly sharp. It is probable, however, that the weapon was 
used, like the thin swords of bone, niore for thrusting than for cutting. 
Additional interest attaches to this weapon on account of the elaborate 
ornamentation of the handle, as indicated in the figure. Many pieces of 
brilliant abalone shell, each about 35 of an inch wide and - of an inch long, 
are arranged side by side, in seven rows on each side of the handle. This 
inlaid work is neatly done, and the pieces of shell are held in place by a 
thin cement of asphaltum, the whole forming a piece of ornamental work 
of considerable excellence. 


INLAID WORK. 233 


On Plate XII, Figs. 30, 31, 32, are shown pieces of shell set in asphal- 
tum, which, very likely, are the remains of a similar piece of inlaid work, 
and Mr. Schumacher has sent to the Peabody Museum a portion of a 
handle of wood inlaid with shell very like that of the wooden sword 
above described. This fragment (P. M. 13127) was found in a grave, at 
the isthmus, on the island of Santa Catalina, and a note attached to the 
specimen indicates that Mr. Schumacher considers it to be the remains of 
a handle of one of the swords or dagger-like weapons of bone, which was 
too far decayed to be saved. 

Several other articles made-of wood were found by Dr. Yarrow’s party, 
but they were so much decayed that only fragments could be saved They 
are, however, in a few cases, of interest as showing the important use made 
of asphaltum. In one instance, two pieces of wood, probably a portion of a 
canoe, had been joined by a withe of bark or hide, and melted asphaltum 
had then been poured over the place to make it tight and firm. In another 
piece of wood a sort of asphaltum bolt had been formed. 


MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS MADE OF BONES. 


By C. C. ABBOTT. 


TxeE production of measured sounds, both by means of the voice and 
by a variety of instruments, principally as an accompaniment to certain 
motions—often as violent and ungraceful as the sounds are shrill and cacoph- 
onous—is common to all savage races. Such sounds we are led to call 
“music,” thinking we have in them the origin of the developed harmony 
of civilized races; and such movements we call ‘‘dancing,” as nearest re- 
sembling that graceful amusement of modern times and of advanced 
peoples. In thus tracing back the triumphs of modern civilization to the 
customs of savages, we find, in certain of the rude productions of the Pacific 
coast tribes, the primitive forms of our modern fife and flute. 

Musical instruments of this simple pattern are, or were, common, prob- 
ably, to all the native tribes of America. Bartram,* in writing of the South- 
ern Indians, remarks, ‘‘These people like all other nations, are fond of 
music and dancing: their music is both vocal and instrumental; but of the 
latter they have scarcely anything worth the name; the tambour, rattle- 
gourd, and a kind of flute, made of a joint of reed or the tibia of the deer’s 
leg; on this instrument they perform badly, and at best it is rather a 
hideous melancholy discord, than harmony. It is only young fellows who 
amuse themselves on this howling instrument.” It is probable that the 
‘“‘music ” obtained from the whistles and other instruments found in the 
eraves in California was of a similar character to that described by Bar- 
tram. 

Fig. 115 represents a large example of what we must consider a bone 
whistle, although, in its present condition, it would not be of use, even in 


* Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, Dublin, 1793, pp. 202-3. 
234 


a musician’s hands. 
Fre. 115. 


Bone whistle. 


WHISTLES. 


As will be seen in the illustration, the end farthest 


from the lateral hole is closed, the material, as usual, 


being asphaltum, applied in a soft state, which closes per- 
Fic. 117. 


fectly the irregularly oval opening of the bone 
at this end. The opposite opening is more 
nearly circular, and is now without any ob- 
struction. The two ends have been cut or 
sawed off, and the edges are very smooth and 
even. The instrument, therefore, was never 
longer than at present. It is made of a por- 
tion of a leg-bone of some large mammal, and 
is 64 inches in length. The lateral opening, 
which is nearly an inch nearer one end than 
the other, is $ inch in diameter. The exter- 
nal surface is smooth and even somewhat 
polished. 

Fig. 116 represents a smaller, but otherwise 


Fic. 116. similar whistle. In this instru- 


ment, however, the end nearest 
the lateral opening is closed with 
asphaltum, and there is a ridge of 
asphaltum within the tube oppo- 
site the side hole. This is an im- 
portantfeature inthis style of whis- 
tle, as we shall see when refer- 
ring to a more modern imple- 
ment of a similar character. The 
closing of one end, however, in 
the instruments above noticed, 
and in others from the graves, is 
an important difference between 
the two forms. This smaller 
specimen measures 3,45 inches in 


length. It was obtained by Mr. 


Bone whistle. 


Bone whistle. 


236 


MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS MADE OF BONES. 


Schumacher at Santa Cruz Island, and is now in the collection of the Smith- 


sonian Institution (No 18323). 


In most respects similar to the above, and yet differing in the one 
Tre. 118. 


Bone whistle 
of Sioux In- 
dians, %. 


important feature of being open at each end, is a longer and 


¢/ more slender bone whistle, which, although apparently perfect, 


will not give forth any sounds, however carefully, gently, or 
violently it may be blown. This whistle is represented in Fig. 
117. As is shown by the dark shadings in the figure, it has 
been coated with a black pigment, and has a glossy surface. 
It is made of a long bone of some animal, and is simply an 
irregularly oval tube, open at each end. At about 2 inches from 
one end there is a square hole cut in the bone, and directly 
beneath this lateral opening there is a transverse ridge of asphal- 
tum. It measures 64 inches in total length, and is also from 
Santa Cruz Island (S. I. 18162). 

Fig. 118 represents a ‘twar-whistle of band of Big Dogs, a 
society among the Sioux. It is used in making the charge” 
(P. M. 7883). As will be seen on comparing the two illus- 
trations, there is an identity of pattern between this Sioux 
whistle and the preceding. It is simply the wing-bone of a 
bird, probably of the sand-hill crane, and, like the preceding, 
has a lateral opening, opposite which is a rounded ridge of 
eum occupying about one-half the hollow interior of the im- 
plement. When blown with a quick, strong blast, there results 
a very keen, piercing, fife-like note of great power. Persons 
accustomed to the use of various wind instruments, in experi- 
menting with this whistle, have been able to produce a louder 
and more piercing note than upon an ordinary fife. If the 
similar “‘war-whistles” found on the Pacific coast produced as 
shrill notes as the Sioux whistle here introduced for compari- 
son, the opinion of Bartram concerning those of the Atlantic 
coast Indians is applicable to them; the sounds produced being 
‘“‘a hideous, melancholy discord,” and the whistles “howling in- 


struments.” 


DOUBLE WHISTLES. 237 


Associated with these simple whistles are other musical implements 
made of bone, but of a somewhat different pattern, of which Fig. 119 is a 


Fig. 119. 
a SS SSS = 


“oe & 


Bone fife. 


representation. This specimen is probably made from the femur of a bird. 
It is very white, highly polished, and uniformly hollowed out As will be 
seen on reference to the illustration, there Fie. 120. _ 

are four holes instead of one, and so it may 
be called a fife or flute, for doubtlessly 
these four holes were intended to pro- 
duce a series of sounds different from the 
shrill notes of the whistles. This was ob- 
tained from a grave by Mr. Schumacher 
at the same place where Dr. Yarrow’s 
party were at work (S. I. 20532). 

{From the graves at the isthmus, on 
the island of Santa Catalina, Mr. Schu- 
macher obtained eight whistles of a differ- 
ent form from any found during the early 
explorations, and from a grave on the isl- 
and of San Clemente he secured another 
of the same kind. These instruments 
are made from the tibiz of the deer, two 
of the bones being required to form the 
perfect instrument. As shown in Fig. 120, 
the two bones were placed side by side 
and held in position by a large mass of 
asphaltum at one end, and by carefully 
winding thin strips of bark around the 
bones. This lashing of bark was cov- 


ered by a light coating of asphaltum, and 


238 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS MADE OF BONES. 


instrument. Inside the tube, formed by scraping out the cellular por- 
tion of the bone, and opposite the lateral opening, a mass of asphaltum has 
been placed in such a position and of such size as to leave but a small space 
above or below the lateral opening. In using this instrument both tubes 
were probably blown into at the same time. The figure of this interesting 
_ double whistle gives a better idea of its character than can be conveyed by 
further description. On some of the specimens large pieces of shell have 
been partially embedded in the mass of asphaltum, probably for ornament; 
and on one there is a small string of shell beads wound round the base of 
the whistle (P. M. 13116-2t, 13529, 14830). A single whistle, also, made 
of the tibia of a deer, but with the mouth-part at the opposite end, was ob- 
tained by Mr. Bowers on Santa Cruz Island (P. M. 13769). The graves at 
the ‘‘Isthmus” were particularly rich in small whistles (P. M. 13122-3) ~ 
made of bones of birds, and having a single lateral hole, which in some 
was near the mouth-end, and in others near the centre of the instrument. 
Most of these have one end of the bone closed with asphaltum; in a few 
both ends are open. They are all provided with the asphaltum “stop” op- 
posite or just below the lateral opening. Many of these small whistles are 
more or less coated with asphaltum, and several have been ornamented 
with small shell beads, like those shown in Figs. 3, 4, and 5, of Plate XII. 
Whistles of this same character, of which Figs. 116 and 117 are representa- 
tions, were also obtained from the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13530) 
by Mr. Schumacher, and on the mainland at Santa Inez (P. M. 13822-3) 
by Mr. Bowers.—F. W. P.] 


v v1 


hrilbe, 
J lyihi ye: 
Thin: 


* 


“Thy 
ie ats? 
Sai"! 
if ul 

ma VV, 
~ 


VOL. VIL ARCHA0LO GY. 


U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100 MERIDIAN 


Tue Henoryre Peoria Co. 220 Devonsrane St. Bostox 


FABRICS, BASKET WORK &C. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. 
FULL SIZE. 


aa 


TEXTILE FABRICS, BASKET-WORK, ETC. 


Ir is probable that of the natural materials which man has adapted to 
his requirements, he early made use of the flexible twigs of trees, stems of 
reeds, stalks of long grasses, and the tough, pliable leaves and roots of 
various plants, which he bound together, and in different ways united, for 
temporary or permanent convenience. However long the time may have 
been for the progress of primitive man to the state corresponding with that 
of the lowest form of savagery as now known, he, apparently, had then 
everywhere acquired the knowledge of the use, and adaptability to his 
requirements, of many natural materials. The particular kind of vege- 
table fibre, or of bark, grass, ete., that has been or is now used, of course 
has varied with the natural conditions surrounding man in his distribu- 
tion over the world, and while one race or nation has made use of palm- 
fibre, another has used flax, and so on through a long list of plants. 

Among the earliest traces of textile substances in the remains of the 
settlements on the Swiss Lakes, flax has been found in such quantity, and 
made into so many articles, as to prove that its use was general and 
extensive, although other materials, such as bast, grasses, and reeds, were 
also utilized. What the flax was to the lake-dwellers of Europe, the several 
species of Agave and Yucca are to the present Indians of all the great south- 
western portion of our continent; and other plants are similarly used by 
man in other regions. 

Mr. Davidson* has given an account of the twine made by the Indians 
of British Columbia, of which he writes: 


* Proceedings California Academy Science, vol. v (1874), p. 400. 
239 


240 TEXTILE FABRICS. 


“The twine is well made and strong, and is formed from the fibrous covering of the 
tall, rank nettles which abound around all their villages. They collect the nettles, strip 
off the leaves, dry the stalks, and when brittle beat them until the woody parts are 
separated from the fibre. ie i “s They also make twine from the inner 
fibrous bark of the Hpilobiwm angustifolium.” 


Of the Indians of California Mr. Powers* likewise says: 


“There are two plants used for textile purposes. One is a kind of tule-grass or 
small bulrush (Juncus), which they hetcheled with flints or with their finger-nails, 
bleached, and wove into breechcloths. For strings, cords, and nets they used the inner 
bark of the lowland milkweed (Asclepias). When it is dry the Indian takes both ends 
of a stalk in his hand and crushes it in his teeth, or else passes it over a stone while he 
gently taps it with another, then strips off the bark and twists it into strands, then 
into cords.” 


Dr. Palmer has, also, during his several explorations under the direc- 
tion of the Peabody Museum, collected much information in relation to 
the plants used for textile and other purposes by the Indians from Utah 
to the Pacific Ocean, and has recently published a summary of his obser- 
vations, from which I extract the following:t 


“Yucca baccata.—This is one of the most useful plants to the Indians of New Mexico, 
Arizona, and Southern California. Its fruit is eaten while fresh and in the dry state. 
It grows from 2 to 18 feet in height, and becomes a tall tree further southward, vary- 
ing in diameter from 8 to 20 inches. The bodies of these plants are very fibrous. The 
Indians and Mexicans, when in want of soap, cut the stems into slices, beat them into 
a pulp, and mix them with the water in washing, as a substitute for soap, for which it 
answers finely. The leaves are generally about 2 feet in length, and are very fibrous. 
In order to remove the bast, the leaves are first soaked in water, then pounded with a 
wooden mallet, at the same time occasionally plunged into water to remove the liber- 
ated epidermis. Then if not sufficiently clean and white it is returned to the water for 
a time and again put through the beating process; generally the second course is suffi- 
cient. The fibres of the leaves being strong, long, and durable, are adapted for Indian 
manufactures, and the savages of Southern California make therefrom excellent horse- 
blankets. All the tribes living in the country where this plant is found use it to make 
ropes, twine, nets, hats, hair-brushes, shoes, and mattresses. 

“The Diegeno Indians of Southern California have brought the uses of this 
plant to notice by the various articles they make from its fibres to sell to white set- 
tlers. In preparing a warp for the manufacture of saddle-blankets, it is first loosely 
twisted; then when wanted it receives a firmer twist. If the blanket is to be orna- 
mented, a part of the warp during the first process is dyed a claret brown, oak bark 
being used for that purpose. The loom in use among the Indians of to-day is original 


*Proceed. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. v (1874), p. 373; also, Tribes of California, p. 426 (1877). 
t American Naturalist for Oct. 1878, p. 646, 


PLANTS USED BY INDIANS. 241 


with themselves, and not borrowed, as some suppose, from the Spaniards. It is a sim- 
ple affair, consisting of two round, strong, short poles, one suspended and the other 
fastened to the ground. Upon these is arranged the warp. Two long wooden needles 
with eyes are threaded with the filling, which is more loosely twisted than the warp in 
order to give substance or body to the blanket. Each time that the filling is thrust 
between the threads of the warp by one hand, the Indian female, with a long, wide, 
wooden implement in the other hand, beatsit into place. This tool resembles a carving- 
knife, but is much larger and longer. One edge is thin, and in this is made a number 
of teeth or notches not so sharp as to cut. 

“Y. whipplei—This plant in bloom is one of the finest garden ornaments, very com- 
mon over most parts of California. The young flowering stems, while in their tender 
condition, are eaten either raw or roasted by the Indians. The seeds are gathered, 
ground into flour, and eaten. The leaves yield a very soft white fibre, which is capable 
of being made into very nice thread. Indians use this fibre to form a padding to their 
horse-blankets, the outer part of which being made of the fibre from the Yucca baccata 
is very rough. A wooden needle is threaded with twine made from the same fibre, and 
the lining is firmly quilted to the saddle-blanket, forming a soft covering, without which 
it would injure the animal’s back. : 

“Agave deserti.—This is on the whole one of the most useful of natural produc- 
tions to the Indians of Arizona, New Mexico, and Lower California. The heart of the 
plant, after being roasted, is a nutritious article of diet. From it is distilled a strong 
liquid called mescal by Mexicans; the seeds are ground into flour and eaten; the leaves 
are long and very fibrous, and are cleaned like those of Yucca baccata. Sometimes 
after the leaves are dead and quite dry they are pounded until the epidermis is separated. 
The fibre thus cleaned is not so smooth and white as that first soaked in water, but 
very strong and durable ropes, mats, nets, and sewing-thread are made therefrom. 
This is a very abundant plant, covering many thousands of acres of land unfit to grow 
anything more useful. 

“ Willow trees.—Those along the Colorado River, Arizona, yield abundance of long, 
soft bark, from which the Indians on this stream make ropes and twine for domestic 
purposes, as well as sandals and mats. The females generally dress scantily; only that 
part of the body from the waist to the knees is hidden from view. This custom is 
observed by most of the Indian females living along the Colorado River. They strip 
off the bark from the willow trees and bury it in blue mud for a few days, after 
which it is taken out, washed clean, and dried. It is now soft, pliable, and easily 
handled. Being cut into requisite lengths, they are fastened very thickly to a belt of 
the wearer. 

“Anocynum cannabinum.—The Indians of Southern Utah, California, and Arizona 
use the fibre prepared fromthe stems of this plant to make ropes, twine, and nets; and 
before the advent of Europeans it was used in the manufacture of various articles of 
clothing. In order to remove the fibre the woody stems are first soaked in water, the 
bast with the bark is then easily removed. The latter being washed off leaves a soft, 
silky fibre of a yellowish-brown color, which is very strong and durable. I have seen 
ropes made of it that have been in constant use for years. 

“Urtica holosericea.—tThe fibre of this plant is used by the Indians of Southern Cali- 
fornia to make their bow-strings. In order to separate the fibre, the plant has to go 

16 C1 


2492 TEXTILE FABRICS. 


through the same process as hemp, its fibre resembling that of the latter, being equally 
strong and durable. 

“Cowania mexicana.—This tree before the advent of Europeans was the great 
source from which the Nevada and Utah Indians obtained the materials for their dress 
goods. The outer bark is rough, but the inner is soft, silky, and pliable, and of a 
brownish color. It is removed in long strips, varying in width, a desirable quality in 
a bark that is used in the manufacture of clothing, sandals, and ropes. These articles 
were formerly made by braiding strips of bark together, or woven with the hand-loom. 
Females made skirts from strips of this bark by braiding a belt, to which they sus- 
pended many strips of the same material, hanging down to the knees like a long fringe; 
the rest of the person was naked in summer. Mats were also made from this bark, 
which were used as beds.” 


Turning our attention now to the textile fabrics found in the graves 
at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, and on the islands, we find that they corre- 
spond with the native work of the present tribes of Central and Southern 
California, and, with the exception of the linen cloth found in the Swiss 
Lakes, that there is a marked resemblance between the articles from the 
graves in California and those from the lake habitations of Switzerland, 
as can be seen by comparing specimens side by side in the Peabody 
Museum. 

From the graves of California several examples of the ancient fabrics 
have been preserved in consequence of their having been charred by 
partial burning, probably at the time of their burial, while a few other 
fragments have been found in the ashes of ancient fires on the shell- 
heaps of Santa Catalina Island, or have been otherwise preserved under 
exceptional conditions. Other specimens, again, have been preserved by 
contact with iron and copper articles placed in the graves, which, of 
course, show that such burials followed European contact. Not only have 
unquestionable fabrics of native work been preserved by contact with 
iron and copper, but also other fabrics, woven of linen and of wool, in | 
regard to some of which there can be no doubt that they were made after 
European contact. The latter, however, may have been in part the work 
of native weavers after the missions were established on the mainland by 
the Jesuit fathers. 

One very interesting lot of articles (P. M. 13189) taken from a grave, 
at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina, by Mr. Schumacher, con- 


FABRICS PRESERVED BY CONTACT WITH COPPER. 243 


sists of a large copper dipper, 8 inches in diameter, with its contents and 
attachments, which have been preserved by the action of the copper.* At- 
tached toa portion of the bottom of the dipper, on the outside, is a fragment 
of the skin of some animal with long light hair; over this, in patches, are 
fragments of a thick coarsely-woven woollen cloth. This woollen cloth, 
which may or may not be of- native make, was probably wrapped about 
the body of the person buried, and also over the dipper, which was placed 
on the head over the basket-cap. With the cloth is a fragment of a net 
with meshes nearly an inch in width, made with a mesh-knot which is 
identical with that in the pieces of nets from the Swiss Lakes. This is 
evidently of native workmanship, and the material is probably the fibre 
of the Yucca made into a tightly-twisted cord of two strands. Inside 
the dipper, about its edge, is a piece of stout linen (?) cloth, and under 
this cloth, in the bottom of the dipper, is a small basket of native work, 
identical in material, shape, and method of manufacture with the small 
baskets of the present Indians of some parts of California. (A piece of 
similar basket-work is shown on Plate XIV, Fig. 3.) Inside of the basket, 
which was unquestionably placed on the head as a cap, are fragments of 
the human scalp with well-preserved straight black hair. In the dipper, 
and in some places still attached to its sides, are the remains of a long 
string of small shell beads like those figured on Plate XII, Figs. 4-6. 
There are about 50 inches of this string still intact; and as twenty beads 
occupy 1 inch in length, there are at least 1,000 of them now with the 
dipper, and many more were taken from the same grave. In addition to 
the articles already mentioned are three fragments of twine, of two strands 
and about one-eighth of an inch thick, probably made of twisted bark-fibre. 
In other graves at the same place copper articles have preserved frag- 
ments of similar fabrics, and, in addition, on one copper platter was a hand- 
ful of the long stems of a species of Juncus, such as were split for the basket- 
work. Other fabrics (P. M. 13135) of interest, from these graves at the 
isthmus, are a small coil of fibre made from the inner bark of some tree, a 
mass of twine of two strands, made of the same kind of fibre, well twisted 


“See page 38, where Dr. Yarrow mentions that a similar copper vessel was found over a skull at 
La Patera. 


244 ' TEXTILE FABRICS. 


and about a tenth of an inch in diameter, and two pieces of bark rope, 
about half an inch in diameter, composed of three large strands. One of 
these pieces of rope, 4 inches long, is wound with a fine twine, which is 
probably also made of the bark-fibre. 

A piece of cord, about 10 feet in length, was obtained in a charred 
condition by Mr. Schumacher on the island of Santa Cruz. This (P. M. 
9311) is made of three closely-twisted strands, apparently of bark-fibre, 
though it may possibly be the-fibre of a Yucca. 

The graves on Santa Cruz Island have yielded to Mr. Schumacher 
several fragments of twisted and plaited fabrics made from the long, flat 
and tough eel-grass (Zostera). A piece of rope of this character (P. M. 
9309) is now about 6 inches long, and was made by bending a cord of 
two thick strands upon itself, then by twisting all together a strong rope, 
half an inch in diameter, was formed. The most interesting of the articles 
made of eel-grass are several small pieces of coarse plaited work. In 
these pieces the strands in one direction are of a simple twist, while those 
in the opposite direction are divided, one half passing under and the other 
half over the single strands. 

During the excavations at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, Dr. Yarrow’s 
party were fortunate in obtaining the remains of fabrics of several kinds, 
which, although very brittle and much decayed, are represented of their 
natural size in the photographic copy, Plate XIV. Of these, the piece 
marked on the plate as Fig. 2 is of special interest, from the manner in 
which it has been woven, for it seems to me that this example, so far as it 
goes, is confirmatory of the statement made by Dr. Palmer, that the Indi- 
ans of Southern California possessed the hand-loom. The substance of 
which the cloth is made is probably the fibre of a species of Yucca. A 
loose mass of slightly-twisted fibres, apparently the same as those of which 
the fragment of cloth is made, was also obtained by Dr. Yarrow, but from 
another grave. What I consider as the warp in this specimen are the 
fibres which run from right to left in the figure, while the woof is made 
of two strands crossing the warp in such a manner that the strands alter- 
nate in passing over and under it, and at the same time enclosing two alter- 
nate strands of the latter, making a letter x figure of the warp, united at 


NETS. 245 


the centre of the « by the double strand of the woof, as is well shown 
in the figure. 

Fig. 5 of the same plate is a small piece of a net made of a fine-twisted 
fibre, very likely of the Yucca; and Fig. 6 is a piece of a similar net from 
another grave, both at Dos Pueblos. The illustrations are such perfect 
representations of these specimens that further description is unnecessary, 
and I will simply call attention to the resemblance which these fragments 
of nets have to the fishing-nets from the ancient graves at Ancon, in Peru, 
and also to those from the remains of the Swiss lake-dwellers ; the mesh- 
knot in all being the same. 

Fig. 1 of the plate represents a fragment of what I take to be a coarse 
cloth made on a hand-loom. Its condition is such as to make it impossible 
to determine the fibre, though it is probably that of the Yucca. That this 
piece of cloth was made after contact with the Europeans is evident from 
the fact that a small bead of blue glass is woven in the cloth, as shown on 
the left of the figure. 

Among the fragments from the graves at Dos Pueblos are two bits of 
twine, probably of twisted Yucca-fibre, which are formed by evenly braid- 
ing four strands, and not simply by twisting, as noticed in the case of the 
rope made of eel-grass. It is also of interest to note that the fragments of 
net from Dos Pueblos are in close contact with a mass of fur, as shown in 
Fig. 6, as if the net had been lined with the skin of some animal. 

Figs. 7-10 of the plate are taken from portions of a utensil evidently 
made for holding liquids. There are other parts of the same vessel, 
found in a grave at Dos Pueblos. The various portions of this utensil 
show it to have been a bottle-shaped basket made of grass and reeds, and 
covered inside and out with asphaltum. Fig. 7 shows a piece with the 
asphaltum still in place on a portion of the outside, while on the left of 
the figure the impression of the basket-work lying between the two coats 
of asphaltum can be seen. In Figs. 8 and 10 the asphaltum has been 
broken away from the outside, leaving the remains of the charred basket- 
work. Fig. 10 is a piece of the curved bottom of the bottle; its base is at 
the right of the figure. In Fig. 9 is shown a portion of the asphaltum. 
The surface represented was in contact with the inside of the basket. 


246 ASPHALTUM-COVERED BASKET-WORK. 


The top of this vessel is also preserved, and shows that the basket had a 
narrow bottle-shaped neck of about 1 inch in diameter, on which was a 
flaring mouth 2 inches wide, thickly coated with asphaltum. Portions of a 
similarly-made vessel were also obtained by Mr. Schumacher from a shell- 
mound on the island of Santa Catalina (P. M. 13399). On one of the 
fragments of the latter there is a large circular piece of abalone shell, which 
is held in place by the asphaltum. 

Mr. Henshaw has called my attention to the following statement by 
Humboldt,* relating to the Indians about Santa Barbara at the time of the 
establishment of the missions in 1769: ‘‘They constructed large houses of 
a pyramidal form close to one another. They appeared benevolent and 
hospitable; and they presented the Spaniards with vases very curiously 
wrought of stalks of rushes. M. Bonpland possesses several of these vases 
in his collections, which are covered within with a very thin layer of asphal- 
tum, that renders them impenetrable to water or the strong liquors which 
they may happen to contain.” 

Mr. Bancroft,t in his account of the Indians of Southern California, 
also mentions, on the authority of Mr. Reid, that ‘the vessels in use for 
liquids were roughly made of rushes and plastered on the outside and in with 
bitumen or pitch, called by them sanot.” It is undoubtedly the remains of 
such vessels as these that were found by Dr. Yarrow and Mr. Schumacher. 

I now have to call attention to the few remains of baskets that have 
been obtained from the California graves. It has already been mentioned 
that among the articles preserved by the copper dipper taken from a grave 
on the island of Santa Catalina, there was a small basket found in it, 
which was evidently used as a cap, and was still in a good state of preser- 
vation. Portions of similar fine basket-work were also obtained from other 
graves at the same place (P. M. 13133), and a few fragments were found in 
a charred condition in the shellheap on the island (P. M. 14854). 

There is also in the Peabody Museum (9312) a small fragment of a 
basket, identical in character with the one found in the dipper. This was 


* New Spain, vol. ii, p. 297. 

tNative Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, p. 408. The account by Mr. Reid is from the Los 
Angeles Star. A similar basket, made water-tight by a covering of pitch, was obtained from the Ute 
Indians by Dr. Palmer, 


BASKET-WORK. 247 


found by Mr. Schumacher during his early explorations on the island of 
Santa Cruz. 

Dr. Yarrow’s party were fortunate in saving a few fragments of baskets 
found in the graves at Dos Pueblos and La Patera. They were very much 
decayed, but two are shown on Plate XIV, Figs. 3 and 4. The basket, of 
which Fig. 4 represents a portion, was probably filled with the small black 
seeds, or chia (Salvia Columbarie), which must have formed an important 
article of food with the old Californians, judging from the abundance of 
the seeds in the graves. These-seeds were placed with the dead in various 
receptacles, such as stone pots, shells, and baskets as in this instance. 

That basket-making is a very old art cannot be doubted, and while it 
was probably practised to a greater or less extent by all, or nearly all, the 
Indian tribes of America, it is of importance to note that these oldest known 
baskets from the graves in California are not only made in the same man- 
ner, and with the same materials, as those now employed by the present 
tribes of the State, but that they are the same in method of construction, 
and of closely-allied materials, with those from the graves and tombs of 
Peru, as shown by many examples in the Peabody Museum. 

Mr. Schumacher has sent to the Peabody Museum an account of the 
manufacture of baskets by the present Indians in Southern California, with 
an instructive series of specimens representing the materials used, and also 
the basket-work in its several stages. As this account is applicable to the 
method employed by the former tribes of the coast, I copy the following 
from his manuscript, and also introduce two illustrations taken from his 
drawings : 

“The manufacture of baskets I also observed among the Techahet, a tribe of the 
Cahuillos, at Agua Caliente, Los Angeles County, California, while making researches 
for the Peabody Museum during the last year, and also on a previous occasion in North- 
ern California and Southern Oregon while in the employ of the United States Coast 
Survey. Substantially the same method is employed in these several regions, though 
the material slightly differs, and likewise existed in former times among the Coast 
Indians of California, as is demonstrated by fragments found in their graves. 

“The Techahet use the reed-grass (Juncus robustus), which I found growing in the: 
small fresh-water marshes and creek-eddies at the beginning of the desert, and the tall 
thin grass ( Vilfa rigens) found thriving with the Yucca, which flourishes in such great 


varieties in that neighborhood; both are used in the dried state. The former species 
is used for binding the body of the basket, which is made of the latter. The reed- 


248 BASKET-WORK. 


grass is split, and some of it is dyed in different shades, usually brown,* with which to 
produce the figures, mostly straight-lined or zigzag. The grass of which the body is 
made is worked in its natural state. The 
basket progresses from the centre of the bot- 
tom, as shown in Fig. 121, which represents 
that part of natural size for baskets not ex- 
ceeding a foot in diameter, while the thickness 
of the coil of larger ones is slightly increased by 
adding more of the grass of which it is made. 
The beginning of the stitch, for which the hole 
is made by a common bone needle or borer, is 
shown in Fig. 122a, and is made by fastening 
one end of the binding by the succeeding over- 
lying stitches, and is thus neatly disposed of 
on the inside of the basket. Fig. 122 b shows 
the manner in which the coils and stitches 
are arranged and the way they are bound 
together. When the length of the binding is 
used up, the end is similarly secured as at the 
beginning, Fig. 122¢, or, at the finishing of the basket, under the preceding stitches. 
The shape of the basket is easily formed by lengthening or shortening the circuits of 


RG iy ye 3 
ya aet 


Bottom of a basket. 


Fig. 122, the coil, and by changing the stitches 
a b @ slightly towards the side of the con- 


cavity to be formed. In forming the 


me bottom of the baskets the split twigs 
wie of a shrub [probably Rhus aromatica] 
ye are generally employed in place of 
Paty the Juncus, probably for the greater 
Wig strength. Often this material is 


used for the sides as well as the 
bottom, but generally the Juncus is 
‘used after about a dozen or twenty 
coils have been made. The Juncus 
is also used without splitting, from 
which is made a coarse basket with 
loose meshes similar to a net, but with- 
Method of winding the grass in basket-work. out knots.” 


The Indians from Southern Mexico to Northern California make for 
their use hair-brushes of very much the same character, and as several of 


these brushes have been found in the California graves a brief notice of 


*Dr. Palmer informs me that the Indians of Southern California make a black dye by steep- 
ing in water plants of the Sueda diffusa, and that a yellowish brown dye is derived in the same way 
from plants of the Dalea Emoryi and D. polyadenia. Both of these dyes are, according to Dr. Palmer, 
used by the Indians at Agua Caliente for dyeing the rushes of which baskets are made. See also Dr. 
Palmer’s notes on plants used for dyeing, in American Naturalist for Oct. 1878, p. 653. 


HAIR-BRUSHES. 249 


Fig. 123. 


them will not be out of place here. As will be 
seen by reference to Fig. 123, these articles of 
the Indian’s toilet closely resemble in shape our 
modern shaving-brushes. Those from the graves, 
not only at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, but also 
from the islands of Santa Cruz (P. M. 9305 and 
13847) and San Clemente (P. M. 13188) are all 
made of the same material, after the one pattern, 
and vary little in size. On comparing the mate- 
rial with the root-fibres of the plant commonly 
called soap-root in Southern California, it will 
be seen that the brushes from the graves were 
made of the little fibrous rootlets, and that the 
Indians of old times used the plant as those in 
California do to-day. Dr. Palmer (in Amer. Nat. F 
Oct. 1868, p. 649) writes of this plant as fol- 
lows: “ Chlorogalum pomeridianum, common soap- Esa 


root of California, and called by Indians and a i 


== f. 
= aM 


Mexicans Amole. It produces a large bulb, \\ 


SS 


which yields a great quantity of saponine, very 
good for washing, for which purpose it is much ff 
used by poor people and the Indians of Califor- )//M 
nia. The rough covering of the root is formed |} 
into bunches, tied up, and used for hair-brushes 
by the Indians.” As the fibres, when pulled 
from the old roots, are somewhat like so many 
long separate bristles, some method had to be 
devised by which they could be held together 


at one end and allow the other to be used as a 


TE Za 


Sof 
LELFZ 
LZ 


brush, and for this purpose the ever-ready asphal- 
tum was adopted by the former Indians of South- 
ern California. All the brushes which I have 
seen from the graves have a handle of this sub- 


F. = - — > ——_— $ — “ be 
a 4 Soe Za —— A S H 
- ZZ, === Zz 
a = = ——— iPad - 
—= =e Tp GPT Oe iw 
en . = Z —— 


stance like the one represented in Fig. 123. Brush made trom soap-root, with 
handle of asphaltum. 


250 HAIR-BRUSHES. 


At the present time the Indians of the region about White Water, in 
Los Angeles County, also make hair-brushes of the tough fibres of the 
stalk and root of the Agave, which are bent and tied upon themselves, 
bringing the ends of the fibres together to form the brush portion, the 
handle consisting of the part where the fibres are bent and tied. A brush 
of this character, about 4 inches long, is in the Peabody Museum (No. 
14943). Dr. Yarrow informs me that brushes of this character are used 
by the Pueblo Indians, especially by the squaws, for washing the hair. 
Similar hair-brushes are now made from the same material and are in 
common use by the Indians of Mexico (P. M. 17687), but they are made 
with more care than those from California, often having a mass of soft 
fibres surrounding those which are thicker and stiffer in the centre of the 
brush, and they are also generally bound with twine made of the Agave 
fibre, in such a manner as to tightly bind the fibres together and form a 
handle of about one-third or one-half of the brush. This binding is also 
often ornamented with a figure in bright colors. Dr. Palmer has brought 
from the Pah Ute Indians hair-brushes (P. M. 12103, 9419) of a similar, 
though ruder, character. These are made of the coarse fibres of the Agave 
Utahense. A handrul of the fibres are securely bound with sinew which 
passes two or three times around the bundles 2 or 3 inches from the end 
to be used as the brush, and this binding is smeared with pitch. One of 
these brushes is made of fibres about a foot in length. The Brazilian 
Indians also make brushes, for the hair and for other purposes, of this 
shape, but of a different material. 


i Iain 1 


aay 


EF’ 100 MERIDIAN 


PLATE XI 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 


ORNAMENTS. 


Unner this heading I have brought together, for brief description, a 
large and varied collection of articles obtained from the graves on the 
coast and islands of Southern California, nearly all the forms of which 
were found by the officers of the Survey during the excavations at Dos 
Pueblos and La Patera, and are represented on Plates XII, XIII. In fact 
néarly every large collection which has been made on the coast and islands 
since Dr. Yarrow’s party first explored the region about Santa Barbara, so 
far as I am aware, shows that the forms of the articles and the materials 
used for their production are, with slight variations here and there, the 
same throughout the region designated. Particularly is this the case 
with the objects made of shell, of which material the Californians have 
been lovers from the time of the burial of the ‘‘ Calaveras skull” (in which 
was found a shell bead identical with those found at Dos Pueblos) to 
a few years ago, when a horse could be had in exchange for a single 
shell of Haliotis rufescens. It is well known that since the settlement of 
the State some shells, particularly Dentaliwm, in their natural condition, 
and others which were cut and ground into various shapes, had, like the 
“wampum” of the early days in New England, a well-understood standard 
of value in all transactions of trade with the Indians. 

While from the shells of. mollusks, as here intimated, ornaments of 
various kinds were made in great number by the California Indians of 
former time, other materials were also used to a considerable extent for the 
same purpose, particularly stone, from which were made beads, pendants, 
and other articles for personal ornament; and even asphaltum, so often men- 
tioned in the preceding pages in connection with its varied application, was 
also employed for ornamental purposes. The claws and teeth of animals, 
and objects made of bone, were also choice possessions and articles for per- 
sonal adornment. In addition to these were the little trinkets, of which 

251 


252 ORNAMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTS AND UTENSILS. 


fragments only have been found, though possibly some of these may 
have been children’s toys. I have also included under this general term 
of “ornaments” the materials used as paint, which, judging from its 
abundance in the graves, was largely employed to decorate the bodies 
of the Indians of ancient as well as of recent times. 

The fact that the Indians of California, in common with savages gen- 
erally, often decorated their implements and utensils with the same mate- 
rials which they employed for personal ornament, is proved by articles 
collected from the graves; as, for instance, the decoration of the rims of 
the large stone mortars, on which, held in place by asphaltum, are pieces 
of the pearly shell of Haliotis, or, sometimes, the perfect shells of two or 
three beautiful species of Cyprea ; C. spadicea particularly being employed 
on the mainland. Another method of ornamenting the rims of these mor- 
tars consisted in cutting away the dorsal portion of the shells of Cyprea and 
fastening them to the mortar, by their cut surface, with asphaltum, so as to 
exhibit the lips of the shell, with their serrated edges. Such a cut shell is 
represented on Plate XIII, Fig. 52. 

On a previous page a figure has been given of a wooden sword, the 
handle of which was inlaid with small pieces of pearl shell, and on Plate 
XII, Figs. 30, 31, 82, are represented portions of such inlaid work of shell, 
which probably once formed part of a handle of a sword buried with its 

Fig. 124, owner in a grave at 

, La Patera. Mention 
ae ey CE has zee been made 
of a portion of another 


NA he 
“ If Hy 


inlaid handle of a 
sword from a grave 
on Santa Catalina Isl- 
and. 

Fig. 124 is an 
engraving of another 


Handle with shell ornaments. handle, very likely of 
a knife or sword, found by Dr. Yarrow’s party ina grave at Dos Pueblos. It 
consists of a mass of asphaltum placed over the wooden handle of the imple- 


ORNAMENTED IMPLEMENTS. 253 


ment, which has decayed except where preserved by direct contact with the 
asphaltum. Around the upper part of this handle, and partly embedded 
in the asphaltum, a string of beads has been twice wound. Both ends of 
this string are shown in the figure. These beads are small disks of shell 
resembling, except in size, the one shown on Plate XIU, Fig. 6. Dividing 
the handle lengthwise into two equal portions, are two rows of the small 
shell beads set in the asphaltum, as seen on the under portion of the 
figure. Between these rows, on each side, there are two perforated disks 
of Haliotis shell partly embedded in the asphaltum. The end of the han- 
dle is flat and smooth, as if there had once been a piece of shell on that - 
. portion. 

From the same locality as the interesting handle just described was 
obtained the circular mass of asphaltum of which Fig. 125 is a representa- 
tion of natural size. This mass is flat on its under 
surface, convex above, and about half an inch in 
thickness. In the centre above, as shown in the 
figure, there is a circular, perforated piece of Haliotis €® 
shell, and around this are two rows of the small ea 
shell beads like those shown on Plate XII, Figs. 
3, 4,5. This probably once formed the end of a § 
handle similar to Fig. 124; but it may have been 
of the same character, on a larger scale, as the lit- 


tle ornament obtained by Mr. Schumacher from a 


< > a End of a handle? with shell 
grave on Santa Catalina (P. M. 14550). ‘This lat- ornaments. 


ter consists of the articulating portion of one end of a leg bone of a small 
mammal, cut off nearly flat; the cut surface being covered with a thin 
coat of asphaltum, in which are embedded six small shell beads like those 
in the larger specimen above figured. This little globular ornament is $ 
an inch in diameter. 


In connection with the description of the whistles on a preceding page, 
it has already been stated that small shell beads were fastened by asphal- 
tum, on some of the instruments, simply for ornament. 

A very interesting little ornament from Dos Pueblos is shown on 
Plate XIII, Fig. 68. This consists of three teeth of a small rodent, 


254 ORNAMENTS OF TEETH AND CLAWS. 


held side by side in a mass of red paint mixed with an adhesive sub- 
stance, of which mention will be made further on, and in the mass are nine 
minute shell beads arranged in three rows, as seen in the figure. The upper 
portion of this peculiar little pendant is perforated for the passage of a 
small string. Fragments of two other, in all respects, similar little pendants 
were obtained from the same grave with the one figured on the plate. 

A few shark’s teeth were obtained in the graves opened by Dr. Yar- 
row’s party, but they do not now exhibit any signs of having been utilized ; 
though the fact that a tooth of a shark found in a grave on Santa Catalina 
(P. M. 14856) has two holes through its base is proof positive that, in 
common with many other ancient people, the Californians used such teeth 
for ornaments. 

From a grave on the island of San Clemente there was obtained a 
little pendant (P. M. 13538), which I think is made from a small tooth of a 
cetacean. This tooth has been rounded, and has a groove cut about one 
end. In its present state it is 14 inches in length and $ an inch thick. 

The present Indians of the Rocky Mountain region, as is well 
known, have necklaces in which the claws of the grizzly bear and other 
large animals form the most conspicuous objects. Such a necklace, 
from the mouth of the Yellowstone, is in the Peabody Museum (7885), and 
consists of fifteen large claws of the grizzly bear, alternating with large 
beads of blue glass, all of which are strung on a piece of soft deer-skin. 
These claws have been slightly altered from their natural shape by cut- 
ting away portions of the bone at the perforated end, and also by scrap- 
ing the under portion so as to make a flat surface, which, with the bone 
and skin at the perforated end, has been covered with red pigment. 
In the graves at Dos Pueblos were found several perforated claws of 
animals, probably bears and panthers. Some of these have been slightly 
altered in shape, like those of the grizzly bear above mentioned, and 
it is reasonable to suppose that they once formed part of a necklace. 
On Plate XI, Figs. 5, 6, 7, are represented three of the claws from Dos 
Pueblos, one of which has not been perforated. Fig. 8 of the same plate 
is from a specimen found on Santa Cruz Island by Mr. Schumacher (S. I. 
18202), and still has the horny covering. Dr. Rau has figured one of the 


ORNAMENTS OF BONE AND STONE. 255 


same lot, which he has identified as the claw of a panther (Jelis concolor). 
The Peabody Museum (13398) also has two claws like Fig. 7 of the plate, 
which were found in a shellheap on the island of Santa Catalina, and also 
several claws of a different animal (P. M. 13303), from a grave on the same 
island. Fig. 4 of the same plate represents a piece of bone, which has been 
cut in such a manner as to imitate a claw, the upper portion being enclosed 
in a mass of asphaltum. 

Ornaments of bone seem seldom to have been made by the Cali- 
fornians, and with the exception of the vertebral epiphyses of cetaceans, 
of which disks there are a few examples with central perforations, and 
a few fragments of worked bones, which may have been either ornaments 
or implements, I can only refer to the carved bone, probably representing 
a claw, as indicating the occasional use of this material for ornamental 
purposes. 

While bone was rarely employed in the manufacture of ornaments, 
stone was often used, and numerous articles, particularly in the form of 
pendants and of beads, were made by the Californians of early times. 
Several such objects have already been mentioned under the heading 
of ‘Miscellaneous articles made of stone,” and a number of beads made 
of stone are described further on by Dr. Haldeman. It is therefore only 
necessary here to mention ‘that similar specimens to those described by 
Dr. Haldeman, and figured on Plate XIII, have been found during the 
later explorations on the islands of Santa Catalina, San Clemente, and San 
Miguel. Several of these beads, although made of the same minerals, are, 
however, much larger than those from Dos Pueblos and La Patera. 

Portions of two well-made rings of talcose slate (P. M. 13152) were 
found in the graves at the isthmus on Santa Catalina. The stone is care- 
fully worked down to a thickness and width but slightly exceeding 4 of an 
inch, while the diameter of the ring is 2 inches. 

As already stated, by far the largest number of articles that can be 
classed as ornaments were made of shell, and for these the shells of two or 
three species of Haliotis, and of the large bivalve, Tivola, were well adapted. 
As they were easily obtained on the coast, they were used more than all 
other kinds for beads, pendants, and other articles of ornament. As will 


256 ORNAMENTS OF SHELL. 


be seen by the figures on Plate XIII, other shells were, however, used for 
special purposes, particularly several univalves, from some of which the 
lips, and from others the central spiral portion forming the columella, were 
cut; in both cases the object made being a pendant. Other species of 
small univalve shells, like the Olivella, Fig. 66, Plate XIII, were used, 
nearly in their natural state, as beads, the apex being ground off for the 
purpose of stringing. Small rings were also made by cutting through the 
shell, around the natural hole, of the limpet shown on Plate XIII, Fig. 67. 
Such rings are thus far known to me only from Santa Cruz Island, where 
they were collected by Mr. Bowers (P. M. 13776), although the shell figured 
on the plate was found in a grave at Dos Pueblos. Of the shell beads gen- 
erally, in the form of short and of long cylinders, perforated lengthwise, 
it is only necessary, here, to state that they were principally made from the 
thick shells of Tivola. Some are, however, nearly spherical. Beads were 
also made in immense numbers by cutting the small circular pieces from 
the body of the shells of the little Oliwella biplicata (Plate XIII, Figs. 28, 
29), a species to which Mr. Stearns has particularly called attention as 
having an important bearing upon the question of the route of trade or of 
migration of Indian tribes from the Pacific coast.* 

Referring to the notes on the shell beads by Dr. Haldeman on a subse- 
quent page, I shall simply here introduce a figure of an Indian woman of 
Central California, for the purpose of calling attention to the profuse use of 
shell money as ornaments by the California Indians even of the present 
time, and to state that the shell disks strung and hung about the neck of 
‘Captain Tom’s wife” are of the same kind and made of the same species of 
mollusk shells as those found in such abundance in the graves on the coast 
and islands. This figure, 126, is kindly loaned by Prof. J. W. Powell, from 
the volume on the ‘Tribes of California” by Stephen Powers.t 


*Mr. R. E. C. Srrarns, of San Francisco, has for several years paid particular attention to the 
interesting subject of ‘‘ Aboriginal Shell Money,” and has published several important papers contain- 
ing a great amount of valuable information, particularly relating to America. In his paper above 
referred to, American Naturalist, June, 1877, p. 344, he has covered the subject of California shell 
money in a brief and admirable manner, and the paper should not be overlooked by all interested in the 
subject. See, also, an important and suggestive note by him on p. 473 of the same journal. 

Dr. L. G. YATES, also in the same volume, p. 30, gives a short notice of shell ornaments from 
California. 

+ Contributions to North American Ethnology, Vol. III, Department of the Interior, U. 8. Geogr. 
and Geol. Survey of the Rocky Mt. Region, J. W. Powell in charge, Washington, 1877. 


ORNAMENTS OF SHELL. 257 


Mr. Powers* has given an interesting account of the shell money of 
the Nishinam tribe, with a notice of the comparative value of the several 
forms and the names by which they are designated. He states that “Cap- 
tain ‘lom,” a Nishinam, was provided with FIG. 126. 
nearly half a bushel of shell money and trin- 
kets, having a value of 5458. From this 
statement it is not singular that the shell or- 
naments should be found in such abundance 
in the graves. Plate XII, Fig. 40, from Dos 
Pueblos, is a disk like those about the neck 
of Captain Tom’s wife, Fig. 126, and is by 
the Nishinam tribe called ‘‘ hawock.” They 
are cut from the large, thick clam-shell, Tivola, 
which is, according to Mr. Stearns, peculiar 
to the southern coast of California.t The 
small pieces of shell attached to the woman’s 
girdle, as: seen in Fig. 126, are like the thin, 
more or less triangular pendants, made of the 


CAN CHO. 


shell of Haliotis, from Dos Pueblos and La’ A Nishinam woman of Central Califor- 


Patera, shown on Plate waa Fies. 36, 37, nia, with shell money and conamenta 
5 such as are found in the graves in the 


38, and are called “uhllo.” According to vicinity of Santa Barbara. 


Mr. Powers, the perforated shells of Olivella biplicata compose the “cheap 
jewelry” of the women, and are known as “colcol.” 

A glance at Plate XII will convey a general idea of the forms into 
which the thin shells of the Haliotis, or “abalone,” are cut. Many of these 
are circular pieces of various sizes, with a single central perforation, as 
Figs. 34, 35, 43, or with two holes, as Figs. 10, 11, 16, 44; others are square, 
or nearly so, with one, two, or even four perforations, as Figs. 8, 12, 13, 
14, 42. Fig. 15 varies from this shape -by being deeply notched on two 
opposite sides. Other pieces, which were probably securely sewed to some 
garment, have the holes for the passage of the thread near the edge, as 
Figs. 33, 89. Another form, also probably intended for close attachment 


“Contributions to North American Ethnology, Vol. II, p. 335. 
tThis clam having been identified for me as Tivola crassatelloides, I have retained that name in 
these pages. Mr. Stearns, however, refers it to the genus Pachydesma. 
li ct 


258 ORNAMENTS OF SHELL. 


to some article, as a belt or head-dress, are the small thin pieces represented 
by Figs. 17, 1, 19, 20. Still another group were probably strung as 
pendants; such are shown in Figs. 21, 22, 23, which are made with care, 
while more common forms of pendants are shown by Figs. 36, 37, 38. 
These irregular pendants are made by simply perforating, at one end, any 
piece of abalone shell (all parts of which are utilized), and thus easily 
making a brilliant and more or less pearly ornament. Many of these irregu- 
larly-shaped pieces are six or more inches in length and from one to three 
inches in width; others are of sizes between these large specimens and 
those shown on the plate. All the forms of these articles are often more or 
less notched or marked around their edges, as shown in Figs. 9, 13, 35, 42. 
Another kind of pendant was sometimes made from the thick shell of the 
Tivola; such a one from the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13527) is of an 
oval shape and nearly three inches in length. Another similar pendant, but 
less regular in shape, is cut from the shell of a Pecten (P. M. 13301), and 
was found in a grave on Santa Catalina Island. 

A number of specimens of singular little pendants (P. M.-13397), 
unlike any others I have seen, were found by Mr. Schumacher in a shell- 
mound on Santa Catalina. These are from $ to # of an inch in length and 
about 4 of an inch in greatest width. They are apparently cut from a 
small univalve shell in such a manner as to retain the natural curvature of 
the shell, which gives a concave portion to one-half of the pendant. 

On Plate XIII are shown a number of pendants of a different charac- 
ter. Fig. 65 is made by detaching the overlapping thick rim of the shell of 
a large Haliotis. This form of ornament is very common in the graves, 
both on the mainland and islands. The pieces vary according to the size 
of the shell from which they were cut. Often such a piece as that shown 
by Fig. 65 has been cut into three or more portions, of which Fig. 53 
would represent one, and sometimes these shorter pieces are perforated 
at each end. Many of these pieces are ornamented along one edge by a 
series of carefully-cut v-shaped marks about a tenth of an inch long. 

Another form of shell ornament, and one much less common than any 
heretofore mentioned, is made from the columella—the central spiral por- 
tion—of a univalve shell. Such a columella roughly cut from a shell, evi- 


ORNAMENTS OF SHELL. 259 


dently for the purpose of making a pendant like Figs. 58 and 59, was found 
at Dos Pueblos, and is represented by Fig. 60. A columella of this character 
was ground down to the required size and shape and made into a pendant 
by boring a hole through the large end. In order to make this pendant 
still more attractive, the spiral groove was filled with asphaltum, or a mix- 
ture of that material and red pigment, as is the case with the specimen rep- 
resented in Fig. 55. Sometimes the spiral groove was so nearly, or even 
wholly, obliterated in the process of grinding the columella into shape, as to 
make it necessary to enlarge, or even to recut the groove, in order to make 
a place for the much-loved asphaltum. Pendants of this character are shown 
in Figs. 54, 55, 56, 58, 59. Still another form of ornament, made from the 
columella of a different shell, is shown in Figs 61, 62, 63, 64 of Plate XIII. 
In making these, great care has been taken to obtain a smooth and sym- 
metrical ornament. The spiral whorls of this shell are loose and open, so 
that a natural tube exists throughout the length of the spire; at the same 
time the spiral groove in this central portion is very narrow; consequently 
it has been artificially enlarged for the insertion of the asphaltum, which 
thus winds spirally about the shell, as is well shown by the black bands in 
Figs. 63 and 64. As the natural orifice at the large end of the shell seems to 
have been too large for properly adjusting and confining the ornament as 
desired, this difficulty was overcome by inserting a small shell of Dentalium, 
as shown in Fig. 63, or by making a little plug of shell, which was carefully 
fitted and bored, as shown in Fig. 61. A fourth form of pendant was made 
by cutting out the serrated lips of the shells of Cyprea, as shown by Figs. 
47, 48, 49, 50,51. Fig. 52 of the same plate represents one of the species 
_ of Cyprea used for this purpose, from which the dorsal portion of the shell 
has been cut. 

Fig. 57 shows a long and slightly (naturally) curved and rounded piece 
of shell cut from the great clam ( Tivola) of the coast. This is a common 
form of ornament, and pieces of this shape, generally with a flattened sur- 
face on one side, at each end, have been found of various lengths, most 
of which are perforated lengthwise. The drilling of the small hole through 
so long a piece of hard shell must have been a difficult operation, and one 
which required great skill and patience, as many of the pieces are 4 to 5 


260 TATTOOING AND PAINTING. 


inches in length, while the hole is no larger in diameter than an ordinary 
pencil-lead. From the shorter pieces of this character, the passage is easy 
to the small cylinders of shell, and to the beads. 

Mr. Bancroft, in his volume on the “ Wild Tribes of the Pacific Coast,” 
has mentioned many instances of tattooing and painting the face and various 
parts of the body by the different tribes of California, as noticed by the 
early writers; and Mr. Powers, in his ‘Tribes of California,” has shown 
that the custom is still followed; particular designs, principally tattooed 
on the chin and cheeks, being characteristic of each tribe. From the 
prevalence of the custom in modern times, and resemblances in other 
respects, we have every reason to believe that the former tribes of the 
islands and coast of Southern California followed the same method of 
adornment of the person; and that red and black paints were used to a 
very great extent by the earlier tribes is conclusively demonstrated by their 
abundance in the graves which have been explored. 

Mr. Bancroft quotes from Mr. Hugo Reid that red ochre was used by 
the Indian women of Los Angeles County to protect their complexion from 
the effects of the sun. Dr. Yarrow also informs me that at the present 
day, in New Mexico, Arizona, and Southern Colorado, the Mexican women 
and Pueblo squaws smear the face with the juice of red berries and some- 
times with a paste of white clay. This procedure is said to protect the 
complexion from the sun, and also to greatly improve the appearance of the 
skin. Mr. Bancroft also quotes a passage from Viscaino, who saw natives 
on the southern coast painted blue and silvered over with some kind of min- 
eral substance. From the graves of every locality thus far explored on the 
southern coast and adjacent islands, masses of red ochre* have been ob- 
tained. These masses are sometimes loose and crumbling, but more often 
they are cut into various shapes. Many are in the form of square, oblong, 
round, and conical pieces of about 1 inch to 3, or 4, or more inches in length 
or diameter. Sometimes several of these cakes have been found carefully 
placed in a small stone pot, made of serpentine or steatite, or in one of the 
small stone mortars. In several instances large Haliotis shells have served 


*This has often been mistaken for cinnabar. I submitted specimens from Dos Pueblos to Dr. M. 
E. Wadsworth, of Cambridge, and he has kindly given methe following note in reply: ‘‘ The specimens 
of the so-called cinnabar are red ochre (Hematite, ferric oxide).” 


RED PAINT. 261 


as the receptacles of this valued substance. In addition to being carefully 
cut into various shapes, these cakes are often ornamented with lines and 


Fic. 127. 


Cake of red paint. 
punctures. Several of these cakes from the graves at Dos Pueblos and La 
Patera are shown of actual size in Figs. 127, 128, 129, 130, and 131. 


Fig. 129. Fie. 130. 


Cake of red paint. 


Small pebbles, with one face cut and artificially smoothed, often more 
or less discolored by the red ochre, have been taken from the graves, and 
Fig. 131. 


Cake of red paint. 


it seems probable that they were used for rubbing the paint when mixed 
with water, or other substances, before being employed. 


262 MIXED PAINT. 


Another kind of paint, bluish-black in color, is also abundant in the 
graves. This is a prepared material, and is sometimes found in small ir- 
regularly-shaped masses, which were probably hardened while in shells, or 
in such a little ball as Fig. 132, from Dos Pueblos, or still more carefully 

Fig. 132. moulded into conical forms and ornamented with punctures 
Cx: like some of the cakes of red ochre. More frequently, how- 
ever, this prepared paint, when taken from the graves, is in 


receptacles of various kinds. The very small cups made of 
aie serpentine are often filled with this paint, and the little conical 
Ball of black paint. eups formed from the vertebre of large fishes seem to have 


been often used as receptacles for this particular kind of paint. These 
little vessels have already been referred to, and are figured on a previous 
page. By far the most common receptacles for this paint, however, are the 
smaller shells of Haliotis, several common bivalves, and the larger limpets 
of the coast. The paint itself is probably that mentioned by Viscaino as 
blue and silvery, and consists of a mixture of wad with some resinous sub- 
stance. In its present state it can be softened by heat, and if burnt gives 
off a peculiar pitchy odor. At first I supposed that the wad was mixed 
with asphaltum, but this does not seem to be the case. A mass of the wad* 
in its natural state (P. M. 13139) was found by Mr. Schumacher in a grave 
at the isthmus, on the island of Santa Catalina, and its determination by Dr. 
Wadsworth led to the proper understanding of the character of the black 
paint. . 


*Of this mass Dr. Wadsworth says: ‘“‘The black material given me is wad or hydrous oxide of 
manganese (bog manganese), with some hematite, specular variety.” 


U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ ME RIDIAN_ ; 
VOL. VII ARCHAOLOGY PLATEXE 


2. ne Aa ses 
3° 


Ne 


Ree 
© 


%)- 


ORNAMENTS OF STONE, GLASS &C. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 


ATTY Tt aTekT, 


BEADS. 


By S. S. HALDEMAN. 


Beaps have been extensively used in ancient and modern times by 
savage and civilized nations, which gives them a value in ethnology. Upon 
the western or Vesperian continent certain forms are spread from ocean to 
ocean, particularly such as are made of molluscous shells, and constitute 
wampum. Among the materials used are seeds, nuts, and other vegetable 
productions; fossils with natural perforations, such as encrinites; worked 
stone, burnt clay, metal, bone, claws of beasts and birds (the latter some- 
times made into rings by inserting the points successively into the open 
bases until the ring is closed); teeth of men, deer, bears, wildcats, peccaries, 
monkeys, alligators, sharks, &c.;* wing-cases of beetles, and the shells of 
mollusca, univalves of various sizes being strung entire,t the larger, together 
with bivalves, being shaped into disks, cylinders, and irregular pieces used 
as gorgets. Besides these, during the last three centuries, Venetian glass 
beads have been widely spread, their varieties of color, form, and size mak- 
ing them attractive. Even when these occur in mounds and graves, they 
are not to be regarded as older on this continent than the Columbie dis- 
covery, notwithstanding several of the patterns are ancient Egyptian, As- 
syrian, and Phenician, whence the manufacture was somehow inherited by 
modern Venice, perhaps in connection with Rhodes, where Greeco-phenician 


“The Caribs of Guiana ‘‘decorate themselves with beads made of fishes_teeth.”... Henry Bo- 
lingbroke, A Voyage to Demerary, 1807, p. 145. ‘‘ Women [of the Indians] wear a little apron of glass 
beads,” p. 153. 

The Fingoes of S. Africa use wolf teeth as ornaments. Mrs. Harriet Ward, Five Years in Kaffir- 
land, 1648, vol. i, p. 251. 

An Abyssinian necklace in my collection is composed of European beads, cowries (Cyprea shells), 
a triangular plate of brass, two small copper coins, small spheric brass buttons, carnelian, date seeds, 
numerous cloves pierced through the side, a fragment of wood, a bit of cane, and an Arab phylactery. 

tSee Lartet and Christy, Reliquiew Aquitanice, B. plates v and xi. C.C. Jones, Southern In- 
dians, chapter xxii, pl. xxx. 


263 


264 BEADS OF COPPER AND STONE. 


examples occur as early as B. C. 500-850, a period suggested to me by Mr. 
A. W. Franks, of the British Museum. 

The early date of A. D. 1500 is connected with the appearance of beads 
on the western continent, for in that year Cabral discovered Brazil and pur- 
chased supplies with ‘‘ beads, bells, and such trinkets.” 

The beads collected at Dos Pueblos and La Patera include some inter- 
esting examples. 

(1.) The first of these is a stout bead of the rare material copper, 
probably native,* bent from a beaten strip originally 14 millimetres in 
width, this forming the length of the bead. The diameter is somewhat less 
than the length, the form cylindric, with the edge of the terminal angles 
rounded off. Plate XIII, Fig. 8, actual size. Copper beads formed of 
curved flakes occur in mounds of the Mississippi region,t and in graves 
in Eastern Pennsylvania. 

(2.) Several dark gray, cylindric, or barrel-shaped specimens of tale 
slate from 4 to 3 inch long, and from 4 to ? in diameter; perforation from 
4to inch. Plate XIII, Fig. 3. Dos Pueblos. 

(3.) A single specimen of polished stone resembling a pale-green feld- 
spar, 4 of an inch long, shaped like the preceding figure. La Patera. 

(4) Resembling black serpentine with yellowish veins; cylindric, sur- 
face polished; length about 4 inch, diameter nearly 4 inch, Plate XIU, Fig. 
7. Ihave a larger ancient Peruvian specimen (2 inch) of polished, light- 
blue stone, but with the perforation contracted at the middle. See deserip- 
tion of No. 8. 

(5.) Blue fluorite, some with pale bands; subcylindric, varying in 
length from 3%; to inch. In some of the shorter examples the hole is coun- 
tersunk at both ends, Plate XIII, Figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. La Patera and Dos 
Pueblos. Mr. Lorenzo G. Yates{ mentions beautiful cylindric beads of what 


he thinks a magnesian silicate, banded or mottled in white, brown, and 


* John R. Jewitt (Adventures, ed. 1824, p. 170) mentions copper arrow-points at Nootka, 1808. 

+R. J. Farquharson, Exploration of Mounds near Davenport, Iowa. Proceed. Am. Assoc., vol. 
24, 1875, p. 297, pl. 6. Jones (Southern Indians, 1873, pp. 47 and 520) mentions gold beads and copper pen- 
dants as occurring in Georgia. In a mound in Ohio alot of about five hundred copper beads were found 
and are now in the Peabody Museum (8992), where are also several other lots from mounds in the South 
and West. See Tenth Report Peabody Museum, pp. 60, 63, 1877. Small beads of copper were used by 
the ancient Egyptians. 

t American Naturalist, Jan. 1877, pp. 30-31. 


BEADS. 265 


yellowish. With these we may compare allied stone specimens collected 
by Mr. E. A. Barber in the ancient pueblos of the Pacific slope * 

Shell beads for ornament or money have been and are still in use, either 
unaltered, or ground into shape, varying greatly in length, from short disks 
to long cylinders, made on the coast from species having the requisite thick- 
ness of shell, or from fresh-water mussels (Unio) in the interior. Mr. Yates 
mentions that the disks represented by his figure B (about ¢ inch in size) 
are valued by the Indians at eighty for a dollar. 

The most popular Atlantic species of wampum-shell was the clam 
(Venus mercenaria), and on the Pacific the Tivola crassatelloides, of which 
the former has parts where the white is varied with blue, and the latter with 
blue externally and brown within, giving a pleasing variety to the resulting 
work. Mr. Yates figures a specimen (C) made of Haliotis and shaped like a 
keystone, resembling a mound example in silver (but without a curved side) 
figured by Brett.t 

(6.) Includes disks about 3; inch thick and 1-13 in diameter of white 
shell. In some cases the perforation is out of centre, but not marginal. 
Plate XII, Fig. 40. Dos Pueblos and La Patera. Mr. Yates figures a 
Californian bead like the preceding, about 4 inch in diameter, with the 
hole countersunk on each side, a form which occurs in mounds in Mis- 
souri and West Virginia, and Mr. Thomas Masterson (Columbia, Pa.) has 
it from graves in Tioga County, Pennsylvania.t There are also many 
hundred of these in the Peabody Museum from the burial mounds and 
caves of Tennessee. 

(7.) Disks, short cylinders, and nearly spheric forms of shell, the sur- 
face disintegrated by age (Plate XIII, Figs. 34, 35). In one spheric 
specimen, about 3 an inch (12 millimetres) in size, the hole is bushed at 
one end with a small (3 millimetres) cylindrie bead as if to diminish the 
size as made by the boring-tool. La Patera. 

(8.) Shell cylinders (Plate XIII, Fig. 38) from about an inch to nearly 
2 inches long and +s to Ys in diameter; surface decayed; largest specimen 


* American Naturalist, May, 1877, p. 273, fig. 6a. 

t Indian Tribes of Guiana, London, 1868, p. 440. 

¢ See Mr. Stearns on “Aboriginal Shell Money,” American Naturalist, June, 1877; and Dr. Rau on 
the Archwxological Collection of the National Museum, Washington, 1876, p. 69. 


266 BEADS. 


bushed at one end, but narrowed about the middle by the shape of the 
boring-tool, the workman being satisfied with any perforation that would 
permit a string (commonly a sinew) to pass. An irregularity of perfora- 
tion in which the two parts are not in line is common in perforated stone 
beads, and often to such an extent as to forbid the passage of a needle. 
The smallest of the shell cylinders (about x’ inch diameter and 12 long) 
has a perforation but little more than a millimetre (or less than ys inch) in 
diameter, and the difficulty of making it must have been very great. Cut 
from Tivola. La Patera and Dos Pueblos. 

(9.) Several curious subcylindric beads, cut from Tivola, and exhibit- 
ing the blue and white coloring. The longest is 13 inches long, about 4 
diameter in the middle, and tapering to each end except on one side, which 
is rectilinear. The perforation (of about 1 millimetre) is so small that it 
would be difficult to pass a thread, and probably on this account a rounded 
notch occupies the middle, where more than half the thickness has been 
cut away as if to free the perforation and permit threads to be passed from 
each end and knotted separately or together at the middle. In a second 
specimen the notch nearly reaches the perforation; in the third the notch 
is quite superficial, and does not reach the centre.* In some cases the 
notch may be due to the fact that the borings from each end did not meet. 
Plate XIII, Figs. 42, 43, 44, 45, 46 La Patera. 

(10.) Slender blue subcylindric shell beads made of Tivola. Plate 
XIII, Figs. 36, 37. La Patera and Dos Pueblos. 

(11.) Small thin wampum disk beads (Plate XII, Figs 3, 4, 5), from 
about 4 to 4 inch in size; cut from univalve shells, and therefore slightly 
concave and convex on the opposite sides. One specimen is not completely 
rounded, and the unfinished perforation has been commenced on one side. 
A few are flat as if worked from the solid shell. Plate XII, Fig. 6. La 
Patera and Dos Pueblos. 


* Other examples of this form received since the beads were examined by Dr. Haldeman show 
that the notches were subsequently filled with asphaltum even with the surface of the shell. One 
specimen with the asphaltum filling removed from the notch, and shown under the figure, is represented 
by Fig. 42 of the plate ; and a second specimen with a bunch of asphaltum in place, the outline of 
which can be distinctly seen by using a lens, is shown in Fig. 43. Figs. 44, 45, and 46 exhibit the three 
specimens referred to in particular by Dr. Haldeman, in two of which the notch has been but partly 
cut to the intended depth.—F. W. P. 


BEADS. 267 


(12.) Akin to the preceding, } to % inch, convexity and concavity 
greater, giving the appearance of little saucers.* Plate XII, Fig. 7. 

(13.) Whitish cup-shaped fragments about § inch in size. Plate XII, 
Figs. 28, 29. They are roughly shaped from the univalve shell of Olivella 
biplicata, specimens of which (Plate XIII, Fig. 66) occurred with the beads ; 
hole central, varying in size. Similar beads have been figured by Yates.t 
The shell itself, with the apex ground off, is strung for ornament by the 
natives of Oregon. 


(14.) Several small univalves (probably Oliva), 3 inch long, with the 


oD) 

apex rubbed off to allow them to be strung lengthwise. Plate XIII, Figs. 
39, 40, 41. Dos Pueblos. Small allied specimens treated thus are found 
upon the string in old Peruvian tombs. 

A small Marginella (M. apicina) of the Atlantic coast occurs in graves 
in New York and in mounds in Western Virginia, Tennessee, and Missouri, 
the side of the apex being rubbed off to make an opening. The occurrence 
of an Atlantic species in Missouri shows an extensive commerce.{ The 
popularity of a small white oval Venetian bead among the aborigines may 
depend upon its general resemblance to such small marine univalves. 

(15.) Dentalium indianorum and D. hexagonum (as labelled by the late 
Mr. Anthony). Santa Barbara, La Patera, Dos Pueblos. Mr. Yates (already 
cited) figures a species, and says they are imported from Europe for trade. 
In the Adventures of John R. Jewitt, we are told that at Nootka the ife- 
waw “forms a kind of circulating medium among these natives, five fath- 
oms being considered as the price of a slave—their most valuable species 
of property.” He describes the laborious native method of fishing for them. 
This was in 1803. 

(16.) Apparently very small perforated wampum disks (14 to 2 milli- 
metres diameter) aggregated in little cylinders, but too regular for hand- 


* The small shell beads, referred to by Dr. Haldeman as belonging to his groups 11 and 12, have 
proved to be a very common form in California, and the later explorations have resulted in the collec- 
tion of many thousands from the graves, particularly on the Santa Barbara Islands. From the graves 
at the isthmus on Santa Catalina alone Mr. Schumacher has sent to the Peabody Museum (13282) nearly 
a bushel of these small beads.—F. W. P. 

t American Naturalist, Jan. 1877, p. 30, fig. G; the shell, fig. Fr. 

{See Dr. Rau on Ancient Aboriginal Trade of North America, in the Smithsonian Report, 1872, 
pp. 372-83. 


268 BEADS. 


work. They are probably branches of a recent crinoid or other radiate. 
Plate XII, Figs. 1, 2. Dos Pueblos. 

(17.) Cones of brown asphaltum roughly moulded as if by hand, about 
2 inch long, the base about 4 inch in diameter, the truncate apex $ inch 
or more, with a small hole down the axis, but not reaching the base. Plate 
XIII, Figs. 9,10, 11, 12,13. They seem to belong to the class of pendants 
used on fringes, and being probably moulded upon the string which was to 
suspend them: the decay of this would leave an opening. Abundant in 
the excavations at La Patera and Dos Pueblos,* but an uncommon form of 
ornament. Some of these clove-shaped asphalt ornaments were found by 
Dr. Yarrow’s party, in the holes of which were small pieces of what were 
supposed to be dried grass. 

Glass beads from } to 1 inch in size, of various shapes and colors 
(transparent, translucent, opake), were found abundantly in the excavations 
at Dos Pueblos and La Patera. These, with perhaps some exceptions, are 
Venetian, green and red being the predominant colors. 

Among the articles shipped in England for trade on the Northwest coast, 
Jewitt (already quoted) mentions, as part of a cargo in 1802, “looking- 
glasses, beads, knives, razors, &c., which were received from Holland”; and 
when Cabral discovered Brazil in 1500 he mentions using beads in trade 
with the natives They are found in Indian graves on both sides of the 
continent and in many interior localities. 

(18.) The figure (Plate XIII, Fig. 18) represents an oval bead of white 
glass or enamel, which occurs in graves at Dos Pueblos and Santa Cruz 
Island. Another specimen is modern Ute, got in Colorado by E. A. Bar- 
ber, 1875. Mr. W. H. Holmes, of the Geological Survey of the Territories, 
found one with the polish nearly removed by time among the deébris of 
ruins on the Mancos River, Southwest Colorado, and both Drs. Rothrock 
and Loew, of the Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, 
have found them in ruined pueblos in Colorado—a possible evidence that 
this deserted locality was occupied since the Columbic discovery, although 
it must be admitted that the specimens may have been dropped by recent 
Indians. 


“These singular ornaments (?) have also been collected from graves on the island of San Miguel 
by Mr. Bowers (P, M, 13728). 


BEADS. 269 


(19.) Known as the “coralline @’Aleppo”; has a great range over the 
world Itisa spheric or cylindric Venetian bead of many sizes, externally 
red, with a white, whitish, yellowish, or pink interior; spheric. Length, 
4 inch diameter, or little more. A single bead, among others, from Dos 
Pueblos and La Patera. A specimen (? inch long, diameter) was found 
by Mr. W. H. Holmes in 1875 near the trail on the Mancos River, South- 
west Colorado. 

(20.) Akin to the preceding, outside red, inside black. Dos Pueblos 
and La Patera. Plate XIII, Fig. 22. 

(21.) Small yellow; glass fresh looking. Same locality 

(22.) Small white; fresh. Same locality. 

(23.) Two beads about g inch long, 4 in diameter, of deep blue glass, 
one alone retaining its polish, with four pentagonal facets at each end, meet- 
ing in a central, transverse zigzag line. Same locality. I have this variety 
from graves near Columbia, Pa. 

(24.) A five-sided dark glass bead, § inch long and wide, surface some- 
what worn. Plate XIII, Fig. 32. Dos Pueblos. 

(25.) Fragment of a large deep-blue oval bead somewhat oxidized and 
the fracture not fresh; medial diameter 3, length probably 14 inches. Dos 
Pueblos. 

(26.) Spheric, inch diameter, of dark-blue glass; polish deteriorated. 
La Patera. A smaller specimen of the same character is represented on 
Plate XIII, Fig. 28. 

(27.) A trifle smaller than the preceding, surface with more polish, 
mottled with light brown; these parts oxidized upon one side. Plate XIII, 
Fig. 33. La Patera. 

(28.) A flat bead of bluish translucent opalescent glass, 4 inch diame- 
ter. Plate XIII, Fig. 26. La Patera. 

(29.) Various specimens from La Patera and Dos Pueblos, exhibiting 
oxidation of the glass from lying in the soil, perhaps for several centuries. 
Three of a conical shape are represented on Plate XIII, Figs. 16, 17, 
23, and three others of an oval form in Figs. 29, 30, 31. 

(30.) A blackish purple cylindric bead about an inch long and 4 inch 
diameter. La Patera. 


270 BEADS. 


(31.) Small ruby-colored beads of irregular shapes, spheric, oval, and 
facetted. Plate XIII, Fig. 24. 

(3 2) Spheric, ruby-colored, } to 2 inch in size, marked with white 
foliate lines. This'and the next example are of well-known Venetian pat- 
terns. Plate XIII, Fig. 25. Dos Pueblos and La Patera. 

(33.) Slender, about 3 inch long, dark blue, hooped with raised lines 
of white or yellow. Plate XIII, Fig. 27. La Patera. 

(34.) Two star-pattern, polychrome, cylindric beads. Plate XIII, Figs. 
14,15. A pattern called “rosetta” at Venice, where spheric and cylindric 
forms of it are still made. The larger is nearly 1 inch long and 3 diameter. 
They are composed of glass or enamel of several colors, one surrounding 
another, so that they are visible only at the ends, until these are rounded 
or ground in sloping facets, when all the colors appear. The inner colors 
are arranged to form a star or zigzag line in section, the edge of the rays of 
which often appear through the translucent exterior color in longitudinal 
lines of a paler blue when the exterior of the bead has this color, and the 
outer rays of the star are white. The Venetians seem to have inherited the 
art of making them, for they are known to Egyptian and Pheenician an- 
tiquity; they occur in graves in Europe and America. On this continent 
they have been found in Canada, New York, Pennsylvania, Florida, and 
California. The Smithsonian Institution has specimens from New York, 
Santa Barbara, Cal., and one from a mound in Florida, in connection with 
which I have given various details and bibliographic references.* In the 
archaic specimens I have seen in Europe and America the outer layer is 
blue, the modern Venetian examples being blue, red, green, and yellow, the 
last striped with black. 

The Smithsonian Institution has recently secured a collection of about 
five hundred varieties of modern Venetian beads. That Institution and 
also the Peabody Museum at Cambridge have many specimens from abo- 
riginal natives and their graves, and collectors would do well to add to those 
collections from all sources. Interesting examples occur in the Cesnola and 
Egyptian collections of the Metropolitan Museum, New York, and my own 


* Since published in the Smithsonian Report for 1877, p. 203, fig. 1. 


BEADS. 271 


cabinet includes specimens illustrating this branch of the ethnology of 
various ancient and modern nations. . 

(35.) Numerous glass beads of various shapes and colors from La 
Patera and Dos Pueblos. Plate XIII, Fig. 19, cylindric, pink color; Fig. 
20, round, green; Fig. 21, cylindric, green. 


IRON IMPLEMENTS AND OTHER ARTICLES OBTAINED 
BY CONTACT WITH EUROPEANS. 


THE ancient cemeteries thus far examined on the coast and islands of 
Southern California, furnish indisputable evidence that the native tribes, 
whose remains are found in that region, not only came in contact with the 
early Spanish explorers of the coast of California, but, also, that they, for a 
long period after they were known to the white race, continued to bury 
their dead in the same manner and in the same tribal or village cemeteries 
as before. In consequence of this continued use of a burial place, and the 
admixture which has taken place by the disturbance of old graves to make 
room for the new, it is now impossible to separate, in most instances, the 
articles which came from the very old graves from those of comparatively 
recent date, so that while a large number of the graves are known by their 
contents to have been made since European contact, others in the immediate 
vicinity belong to an indefinite period of the past. 

The only object of metal which has the appearance of being native 
work is the single copper bead obtained by Dr. Yarrow and figured on Plate 
XIII, Fig.8 This may be of native copper, and perhaps was obtained by 
trade or warfare with other tribes. Articles made of copper, bronze, brass, 
silver, and iron are, however, of very frequent occurrence in the graves, and 
many such were not only of unquestionalle value to the Indians with whom 
they were buried, but also to their previous white owners. The peculiar 
forms of the bronze cups, goblets, platters, and many other articles, leave 
little doubt of their having been brought from Europe during the early 
years of Spanish exploration. Of a later period, probably, are the silver 
spoons and four-pronged forks; the brass thimbles, which have been per- 


972 


mle 


YY A » . * 
< a, > 


U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 1007 MERIDIAN 


ill ARCHEOLOGY 


wriwe (2 220 Devwesxxe 


? Berton 


IMPLEMENTS OF IRON. SOUTHERN CariRnenia 


ABSENCE OF POTTERY. 273 


forated and strung for necklaces, many of the glass beads, and particularly, 
the tin can found at Dos Pueblos. The majority of the articles, however, 
are of old Spanish forms, and among them should be particularly mentioned 
the brass buckles, portions of bits and other parts of the accoutrements of 
horses. Some old china cups, and a piece of red pottery stamped and 
glazed, with numerous brass buttons and other objects, have also been found 
in the graves, but they do not furnish any particular evidence as to the time 
they were obtained by the Indians during the three hundred years of con- 
tact which they had with white people of various nations. A small leaden 
erucifix was also found at Dos Pueblos, near where the comparatively mod- 
ern china tea-cups were found, and was very likely obtained from one of 
the Missions. 

Of ordinary pottery, similar to the bowls more or less common to 
nearly all the Indian tribes of the region east and south of the southern 
coast of California, a few specimens have been found and are in the Smith- 
sonian Institution and the Peabody Museum. A few fragments in the Pea- 
body Museum (13738) were obtained by Mr. Bowers on the island of San 
Miguel, associated with a bronze cup. A bowl was found by Mr. Schu- 
macher (P. M. 13215) on the island of Santa Catalina, in one of the graves 
at the isthmus, in which were also many articles of iron, bronze, brass, 
&e., of European make. This bowl has the appearance of rude, wheel- 
made pottery, and is unquestionably of a late date. As far as can be 
_ proved from the large collections made by the officers of the Survey, and 
the gentlemen who have explored the region under the auspices of the Smith- 
sonian Institution and the Peabody Museum, the Indians of the coast of 
California have always been without the art of making vessels of clay.* 

Many articles of iron have been found in the graves, particularly in 
those on the isthmus of Santa Catalina, from which were obtained several 
axes of early form, an old-fashioned grubbing-hoe, knives, heads of board- 
ing-pikes, a small sword, nails, pieces of gun and pistol barrels, small can- 
non-balls, and many other objects of like character. Among the most inter- 
esting of these implements of iron are a few which show that they have been 


* Recent letters from Mr. Bowers and Mr. Schumacher confirm the statement here made, that all 
the pottery that has been found on the islands and also on the mainland opposite is of late date and 
insignificant in amount. See foot-note, p. 14. 

18 OI 


274 ADAPTATION OF EUROPEAN ARTICLES. 


adapted to native requirements and customs. Of such is a fragment of a 
short knife-blade, probably made out of a piece of hoop-iron, which has 
been inserted in a wooden handle by the use of asphaltum. This was found 
at La Patera; and from the same place is an iron nail over the head of which 
a mass of asphaltum has been placed, so as to permit the nail being held 
in the hand, probably for use as a boring instrument. 

From Santa Cruz Island there was obtained a small triangular piece 
of iron, like an arrow-point, which was inserted in a piece of wood and 
probably served as a knife (P. M. 9313). This iron point is represented of 
actual size in Fig. 8 of Plate IV, for comparison with the stone knives of 
the same shape. 

Another adaptation is shown by Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 of Plate XV. These 
short blades are probably made from hoop-iron, in imitation of the short 
swords of bone of which a description has already been given. They may, 
however, have been forged into their present shape by the early traders with 
the Indians, for the purpose of supplying a desired form of implement. At 
all events, they are tolerably common in the graves; and that they were 
highly prized seems to be shown by the fact that they were either enclosed 
in a cloth or a fur-lined scabbard, or that they were carefully wrapped in 
these materials at the time of burial. The photographic figures on the plate, 
taken from specimens from La Patera, are good evidence of this, inasmuch 
as the fur and woven cloth, preserved by the action of the iron, can be dis- 
tinctly seen. Another of these iron blades, also from La Patera, is repre- 
sented by Fig. 133. At the time of its burial, this blade had also been en- 

Fic. 133. closed in cloth, the remains 
of which can be traced on 


* the sides near the rounded 
Tron sword, ¢. end and in such a manner 
as to lead to the belief that these blades were not inserted in wooden han- 
dles, a view which is sustained by the fact that of all the specimens of this 
character in the Peabody Museum not one. shows signs of having been in 
contact with wood, although many other of the iron implements have por- 
tions of the wooden handles preserved. 
In connection with the adaptation of foreign metallic articles to their 


IRON AXES. Me 


own native designs, should be mentioned an ornament from the isthmus 
(P. M. 13205), which is made of two thin concavo-convex and circular 
pieces of copper or bronze, 3 inches in diameter, perhaps once forming orna- 
ments on an old Spanish horse-bridle. These pieces have been fastened 
together with native-made twine passing through holes which have been 
roughly punched at the edges of the plates, so as to form a double-convex 
object. One surface of this has been coated with asphaltum and closely 
covered with seven concentric rows of small shell beads. In this manner 
a large ornament, with a hole for suspension, has been formed, closely resem- 
bling the little article made of bone, and the larger one of asphaltum, which 
were also ornamented with shell beads, and of which descriptions have been 
given under the head of “Ornaments” on a previous page. 

Fig. 134 represents a small iron axe found in a grave at La Patera. 
Several axes of this and allied forms were also found 
in the graves at the isthmus on the island of Santa 
Catalina. 

Another form of iron axe from La Patera is shown 
on Plate XV, Fig. 5, and is of particular interest, as 
the oxidation of the iron has preserved the form of the 
feathers over the surface shown in the figure, and the 
structure of cloth on the opposite side, in such a way 
as to prove that this valuable article was either care- 
fully enclosed in a fabric made of coarse cloth and 
feathers, or was in contact with such materials forming 
part of the dress or coverings of the body with which it 
was placed in the grave. 

It will be remembered that several of the copper 


axes found in the mounds in Iowa, a few years ago, 
: : = Iron axe of European 
furnished undoubted evidence that they had been make, }. 
wrapped in cloth at the time of deposit, and it seems very natural that 
all valuable articles, particularly cutting-tools of metal, should be depos- 
ited with care by the surviving friends for the use of the departed 


in his future state. To the firm and wide-prevailing belief that such 


276 BURIED RECORDS. 


articles as were of value on earth would be required in the after-state, we 
owe the opportunities that are now given us, not only of learning much 
of importance in relation to many nations of whom history does not make 
mention, but also of carrying back the record of tribes and nations of 
modern times far into the dark prehistoric past. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE CRANIA FROM THE SANTA 
BARBARA ISLANDS, CALIFORNIA. 


By LUCIEN Carr, 


Assistant Curator Peabody Museum American Archeology and Ethnology. 


Tue series of Crania from the Santa Barbara Islands numbers about 
three hundred and fifteen specimens,* and is divided somewhat unequally 
between the Peabody Museum of Archeology at Cambridge, Mass., and the 
Army Medical Museum at Washington City. In the former of these institu- 
tions there are over one hundred and thirty skulls representing Santa Cruz 
of the northern, and San Clemente and Santa Catalina of the southern, 
group of islands, while in the latter and larger collection are to be found 
numerous specimens from the mainland, from San Nicolas of the southern 
and San Miguel of the northern group of islands, as well as from Santa 
Cruz. Thus it will be seen that, to a certain extent, these collections sup- 
plement each other; and although it is with the former that I shall chiefly 
have to deal, yet, thanks to the publications of the Army Medical Museum 
and to the personal kindness of its curator, Assistant Surgeon George A. 
Otis, U.S. A., there is abundant material for a comparison of the results 
arrived at by a careful study of the crania from each one of these different 
localities. To simplify this as much as possible and at the same time to 
make future reference comparatively easy, the average measurements are 
here reproduced and tabulated, not only according to the place from which 
the crania were originally obtained, but also according to the collection in 
which they are now to be found. 


* This estimate is limited strictly to adults from the islands. In it the specimens in the Army 
Medical Museum are put down at one hundred and cighty-two, though, in point of fact, they largely 
exceed that number. My estimate was taken from the Check-list published in 1876, since which time 
that collection, including the crania found on the mainland, has probably been doubled. 


278 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA 


TABLE I—MEAN MEASUREMENTS OF CRANIA FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS, CALITFORNIA.* 


Q S = 
wD g 3) 
= Locality. = 8 2 2 lies ‘ Depository. 
a pea eae eet Cece eae ee 
g g = Pe Petal ek eee ate r= 
5 5 a 5) = 2 5 q = 
A A iS) Se | ei | 2) | ol | & 
1 |} Santa Cruz.—Males. -..---..-------- 73 | 1,302) 177| 140] 184 | .789 | .750 |...... | Army Medical Museum. 
2 Wemales.......---.--- 62} 1,175} 170} 135] 128 Do. 
3 | San Miguel.—Males. ...-....-.------ | 18] 1,318} 176} 140} 131 | Do. 
4 Memales-------------- 18 | 1,246] 172| 187] 128]. Do. 
5 San Nicolas.—Males -...----.------ 7 | 1,326) I8t || 137 || 132 Do. 
| 6} Memales 2 2-2--=--==-- 4] 1,253] 173] 140] 194 Do. 
7 45] 1,365) 178 | 138) 132 Peabody Museum. 
8 35 1, 219 172 134 128 Do. 
9 26 | 1,470 189 | 183] 130 Do. 
10 12 1, 279 178 | 130 | 124 Do. 
11 | San Clemente.—Males.........-..--- 9) 1,452) 186) 137] 131 Do. 
12 Females..-..-...-- 6| 1,315 179 | 135 125 Do. 
13 Average of males...-.-.-.-.-- | 178] 1,372] 181! 187] 131 
14 Average of females ...--.-..--- 187 | 1,248 | 174 | 185} 126 
15 Average of the whole .....--.-.|.---- 1,310 | 177 136 | 128 
Maxamum seen seas asee eae 315 | 1,747] 195 | 154] 145 | | 
WIV see mcaogsesesseness||sssece 990 157 tee} )) ati eee 
URRT Ossett | aes 757 38 32 | 29 


*These measurements are given as follows: Capacity in cubic centimetres; length, breadth, and height in 
millimetres. 


Historically speaking, there is but little that can be learned about the 
people who formerly inhabited these islands, and with whose skulls we have 
been making somewhat familiar. In the brief summary that Mr. Putnam 
has elsewhere given, this coast is. shown to have been occupied by numer- 
ous tribes, living in different villages, speaking different languages, or dif- 
ferent and scarcely intelligible dialects of the same language, and closely 
resembling, in these respects at least, the Indians of the Atlantic seaboard 
at the date of the first settlements in Virginia and New England. This, 
with now and then a small and imperfect vocabulary, comprises the sum 
and substance of all that the early chroniclers have told us about these 
people for the two centuries immediately succeeding the discovery of this 
country by the Spaniards, and it is so very meagre and unsatisfactory that 
we turn, with a certain sense of relief, to the study of their crania and of 
the other contents of their tombs in the hope that some further light may 
be thrown upon a subject that otherwise must forever remain shrouded 
in darkness. But while this revelation of the spade and pickaxe—infal- 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 979 


lible so far as it goes—enables us to reproduce truly the phase of civiliza- 
tion to which these people had attained, it does not aid us, except per- 
haps in a negative way, in forming a correct opinion as to the precise 
period of time at which they lived and flourished. Indeed, so far as the 
evidence of the graves is concerned, there is no reason for assigning a very 
- great antiquity to any of these remains. 

Among the crania themselves there is, of course, nothing to indicate 
that they represent different phases of civilization; and the implements and 
ornaments of native manufacture, found buried with glass beads, brass rings, 
eannon-balls, and other articles of European origin, do not differ, either 
in degree or kind, from those taken from graves in which there is no such 
evidence of intercourse with the whites. As the one class of interments 
undoubtedly belongs to the people inhabiting these islands subsequent to 
the Spanish conquest, there can certainly be no good reason why the other 
should not be assigned to the same people, though, of course, it is possible, 
and even probable, that, taken together, they cover a period of time of 
long duration. Indeed there can be but little doubt of this, in view of the 
decayed condition of many of the skulls—so much so that their removal 
was impossible—and of the fact that the articles of European workman- 
ship were found in graves of a comparatively late date. How long these 
people were in possession of these islands before the coming of the 
Spaniards, we can never know; but we do know that, be that period 
long or short, so far as the testimony of the graves is concerned, there 
was, from first to last, no advance in any of the arts by which we are 
wont to estimate the progress of a people in civilization. Bearing these 
facts in mind, we shall be better prepared to examine some of the points 
in which these crania are found to agree or disagree among themselves and 
with those from the mainland, and thus, perhaps, to arrive at a more cor- 
rect understanding of the ethnology of this section of the Pacific coast. 

Assuming, for the present, unity of race in the people formerly inhabit- 
ing these islands, and dividing the skulls according to the features that dis- 
tinguish the sexes, it will be seen that there are one hundred and seventy- 
eight that are probably those of adult males and one hundred and thirty- 
seven of adult females. The average capacity of the former is 1,372¢¢, and 


280 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA 


of the latter 1,248°¢, showing a difference of 124°° in favor of the males. 
The largest skull in the collection—Peabody Museum No. 13550, from 
San Clemente Island—has an internal capacity of 1,747°°; while the small- 
est*—Army Medical Museum No. 1327, from Santa Cruz—is less than 
two-thirds of that size, reaching only to 990°e. Of the whole number there 
are sixteen that range above 1,500¢°, and fifteen that fall below 1,100°. 
The mean of the whole, or, more properly, the mean of the averages from 
the islands, is 1,310°¢, which is less than that of the American Indian, 
1,376°°, as given by Dr. J. Aitken Meigs,t the Tennessee Moundbuilder, 
1,341¢,t the Eskimos of Greenland,§ 1,392¢¢ and of the Northwest coast,|| 
1,404°¢; but is somewhat larger than the ancient Peruvian,{ 1,230°¢, and 
the Australian,** 1,224°°. Proceeding a step further in our classification, 
we find that the index of breadtht+ is .768, and of height, .726, which 
brings the entire collection within the class of orthocephali{{ and of platy- 
cephali; i. ¢., the average cranium is neither long nor short, but occupies 
the middle position between the two, and its breadth is greater than its 
height. These resemblances and differences, however, can be seen to better 
advantage when the measurements are brought together in tabular form, 
and, to this end, I have arranged the following table, which may be found 


* Check-list, Army Medical Museum, p. 49, Washington, 1876. 

tCatalogue of Human Crania in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- 
delphia, by J. Aitken Meigs, p. 10. 

tEleventh Annual Report of the Peabody Museum of Cambridge, p. 224. Jones’ Aboriginal 
Remains of Tennessee, p. 110, Washington, 1876. 

§ Check-list of the Army Medical Museum, Washington, 1876. 

|| Cheek-list of the Army Medical Museum, Washington, 1876. 

{Fourth Annual Report of the Peabody Museum, p. 18, Cambridge, 1871. Dr. J. Aitken Meigs, 
l.¢c., p. 17, Philadelphia, 1857. 

**The Native Races of the Pacific Ocean; a paper read before the Royal Institution of Great 
Britain, by Prof. W. H. Flower, of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. In this connection it 
may be well to say that, in measuring the internal capacity, Professor Flower used mustard seed, the 
Army Medical Museum, No. 8 shot, and the Peabody Museum, selected pease. To any one familiar with 
the discrepancies in the results obtained by using these different methods of measurement, it is needless 
to say that absolute accuracy cannot be claimed for either one of them, though all three can be made 
to approximate sufficiently close to the truth for purposes of comparison, especially when taken in con- 
nection with the length, breadth, and height. 

tt The index of breadth = breadth >< 1000 iL) 
length 
formula will give the index of height. 
ttI adopt the classification of Dr. Thurnam and other English authorities: 
I Dolichocephali, or long skulls with index at or below .739. 
II. Orthocephali, or oval skulls with index from .740 to .799. 
III. Brachycephali, or broad skulls with index at or above .800, 


Substituting the height for the breadth and the same 


a 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 281 


not wholly devoid of interest, though it is not claimed to be of any great 
value as the basis for an inductive argument. It is limited, as will be seen, 
to crania from North and South America, and, as far as possible, the dis- 
tinction based upon sex has been kept up. This, however, has not always 
been possible, as in some instances the records from which I have copied 
have made no difference in this particular, but have massed the two sexes 
together and given the mean measurements conjointly instead of separately. 
Where this is the case the comparison is to be instituted with the mean of 
the whole number of crania, as given in No. 15, Table I, or it may be 
omitted altogether without any very great sacrifice of craniometrical lore ; 
but in all other instances males are to be compared with males and females 
with females. By pursuing this latter method, approximately accurate 


results may be obtained. 
TABLE II—MEAN MEASUREMENTS OF CRANIA.* 


>) 3 43 
& 3|% 
‘ | ‘3g : dl Ne 

g Locality. ne 2 ¢ a % % : Remarks. 
a | ae 3 = = a “ w 3 
| BP} eB leleglaisis| 2 
4 a o eae |) aie nel cass é 
1 | Santa Barbara.—Males ....... Pan | 178 1,372 | 181| 137] 131 | .760 | .725 | .93 | Islands. 
2 Females .....-. «veee] 187] 1,248| 174] 185) 126) .777 | .727) .89 Do. 
3 | Total Santa Barbara...........-..-.| 315} 1,310] 177] 136| 128] .769!.726| .91 Do. 
4 46} 1,285] 175| 138] 133 | .777|.754]...... Mainland 
5 40 | 1,195 | 170] 135| 129] .793| .762|...... i)» Da 
6 10| 1,288| 174] 139} 133 | .789| .761]...... Do. 
7 Females....|. 6) 1,137| 160] 140| 130 | .863 | .807 |.-.... Do 
8 | Navajo.—Males.............-.-..--. | a7| 1,428| 174] 141] 137] .817 | .786 
9 Females 5| 1,348) 170| 142 | 132 | .839 | . 781 
10 | Apache.—Males. ....... 19} 1,355| 170] 146| 132 | .861 | .776 
ca Females 10 | 1,267 | 166} 140] 123 | .847 | . 742 
12 | Greenland Eskimo.—Males..........| 55 | 1,433] 186] 132] 141 | .710 | .755 
13 Females .......| 21 | 1,275| 180] 127] 133 | .709 | .741 
14 | Alaskan Eskimo.—Males ........... |} 81] 1,449] 177| 148] 131] .835 | .743 
15 Females.... ... 10} 1,281| 170] 141| 127] .836 | .747 
16 | Pah Ute (Shoshonee).—Males ....... 13} 1,823] 178| 136| 128] .771 | .720 
17 | Females...... 3| 1,212| 175] 186] 127 | .773].7: 
18 | Huron.—Males........ to [tues 187 | 139 139 | .743 | .743 
19 yor Uae ee eames) BM 1) erm emeed is iim Wg A 
20 | Tennessee Mounds.—Males......... 43 | 1,401] 164] 146/ 145 | .891 | .886) .95 Flattened posteriorly. 
21 Females ......| 34| 1,301 | 159] 142] 140|.893|.871| .90 Do. 
22 | Peruvian.—Mixed.................-. | 50] 1,206] 155] 148] 126] .924].814| .92 Do. 
23 | Algonquin, Canada.—Mixed .... .... $2 |......-. 184} 141) 136 | .766 | .739 
24 | Algonquin, New England.—Mixed...| 30 |..-....-. 179 | 136 | 136 | .759 | .759 \ 


*In this table, Nos. 4, 5, 6,7, 8,9, 10,11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 are taken from the Check-list of the Army Medical Museum. 
Nos. 18, 19, 23, 24 are taken from Prehistoric Man by Dr. Daniel Wilson, London, 1876. Nos. 20, 21, 22 are from the records 
of the Peabody Museum, and are not intended for comparison save in those measurements that have not becu aflected by the 
posterior flattening to which the crania have been subjected, such as capacity, width of frontal, and, ister on, the facial 
measurements. 


282 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANTA 


Up to this point in the effort to assign the typical skull from these 
islands to its proper class the averages of the two collections of Washing- 
ton and Cambridge have been taken. In what follows, however, owing to 
a difference in the methods of measurement employed, my observations 
must be limited to the collection in the Museum at Cambridge. For- 
tunately this is quite large, and as the crania from the islands, as well 
as from the mainland, now in the Army Medical Museum, agree very 
closely, both in shape and size, with those now held in Cambridge from 
the same group of islands, it is safe to assert that the conclusions drawn 
from a study of the one collection will apply with equal force to the other. 
Supplementing, then, the results heretofore obtained from a consideration 
of the two series by the additional measurements taken of the specimens 
in Cambridge alone, and continuing the process of classification, it will 
be seen that the mean breadth of frontal,* at the narrowest point on the 
‘temporal ridge, is 91"". This is a little less than that of the Peruvian from 
the coast,t though the average capacity of the skulls now under considera- 
tion is greater. Its deficiency in this quarter, as well as in breadth, seems 
to be more than compensated by the increased development of the occipital 
portion of the head. In one: hundred and twenty-two out of one hundred 
and fifty-one specimens examined, or 81 per cent., the distance between the 
temporal and frontal bones, measured along the line of the spheno-parietal 
suture, was found to be more than half a centimetre, thus forming what Dr. 
Broca calls the Ptéreon in H, which, according to the same high authority, 
is the normal condition in European skulls. In thirteen it was less than 
half a centimetre; in one the two bones were in contact, and in fifteen there 
were small, extra (‘‘epipteric”) bones in the upper part of the great wing 
of the sphenoid. Turning now to those peculiar conditions that strike the 
eye, but of which no measurement can give us a correct idea, we find that 
in fourteen of these crania wormian bones were developed in the lambdoidal 


*TIn the Eleventh Annual Report of the Peabody Museum, p. 368, the mean frontal diameter of one 
hundred and three ‘‘crania from Santa Barbara” is put down at 98™™. This was a clerical error, as 
the diameter is much less. Information received since the publication of that report assigns most of 
these crania to Santa Cruz Island, and in Table No. I they will be found correctly placed and the meas- 
urements accurately given. 

tAverage of Tables II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII, in Fourth Annual Report of the Peabody Museum, 
p. 14 et seq. 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 283 


suture, five of them being in the form of epactals or “Inca” bones. In 
two the interparietal suture was still open, and in three, or 2 per cent., 
metopism, or persistence of the frontal suture, was present. Among Eu- 
ropeans this latter peculiarity is stated to exist in one in seven, or a little 
over 14 per cent. 

In thirty-five, or 23 per cent., of these skulls, there is evidence of pos- 
terior flattening, due without doubt to cradle-board pressure, though in no 
case was it sufficient to interfere with the accuracy of our measurements. 
As a rule, it is limited to a slight flattening of the parietals at the obelion, 
much as if a small slice had been taken off the skull at that point. Rarely, 
if ever, does it extend down as far as the inion, though the lambda is not 
unfrequently included. Sometimes one or even two, and in one instance 
three, small depressions were found on this flattened surface. These may 
have been caused by some unevenness in the wad or pillow upon which the 
child’s head rested. In only four specimens (and in these it was so slight 
as scarcely to exceed the limits allowed in cases that merely show a marked 
want of symmetry) was found that form of occipital flattening so common 
among the Moundbuilders’ skulls, in which one or the other of the parietals 
is pushed forward and the whole of the posterior portion of the head is 
forced out of shape. In three of these it was the right parietal that had 
been so deformed. This was probably accidental, though it is worthy of 
remark that in a large majority of the crania from the mounds in Tennessee 
that have been so flattened, it is the same side of the head that has suffered. 
In a hundred of these, taken at random and including males and females, 
it was found that fifty had the right parietal so distorted, twenty-eight the 
left, while in twenty-two the skull was either normal or the pressure had 
been so evenly applied as not to cause any perceptible difference. In one 
case two crania taken from the same grave* were found to be distorted to 
about the same extent, though on opposite sides. This is believed to be 
decisive of the point so far as the Moundbuilders are concerned, and it is 
hardly probable that any special significance should have been attached by the 
Santa Barbara Indians to the results of a process that is shown to have been 
accidental among the people among whom the practice was far more common. 


* Peabody Museum, Nos, 17281 and 17282. 


284 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA 


The great difference in the position and extent of this flattening, as seen in 
these two peoples, is believed to have been caused by the character of the 
board on which the baby was strapped, and possibly it may also have been 
influenced by the length of time during which the child was so confined. 
A solid board, to which a child is strapped, neck and heels, affords but little 
room for growth or expansion in any part of the body with which it comes 
in contact, while on the contrary a frame-work of twigs,* such as is some- 
times used, even now, by the squaws, as a bottom to their cradles, fur- 
nishes just as little resistance to the growth of the child. In the one case 
the back of the head, pressing upon a hard, inelastic substance, is absolutely 
prevented from attaining its full development in that particular direction, 
while in the other, its growth is more or less interfered with, it is true, though 
to nothing like the same extent. Both of these forms of cradle are to be 
found to-day among the Indians of Arizona and the California coast. the 
former being in general use near military posts and in other quarters where 
planks or boards suitable for the purpose can be easily obtained. Among 
the wild Indians, however, or those situated at some distance from the white 
settlements, and beyond their influence, the latter or aboriginal form is still 
preserved} in much the same shape in which it probably existed among the 
people whose crania I am now considering. Separating these crania 
according to the islands from which they were obtained, this process or 
custom does not seem to have been confined to any one of them in par- 
ticular. The dolichocephali of Santa Catalina practised it as extensively 
as the orthocephali and brachycephali of Santa Cruz, though among neither 
was the deformation so general or so great as among the Moundbuilders 
and Peruvians. 

Thus far my observations have been confined to the calvaria alone, 
and the measurements are believed to be sufficient to give a correct idea 
of their outlines and dimensions, with some of their individual peculiari- 
ties. The facial measurements are now to be considered{; andas they are 
regarded as of much importance in indicating racial characters, I have pre- 


* A Pah Ute cradle now in the Peabody Museum, No. 12112. 

tDr. E. Palmer is authority for this statement. . 

These and other measurements of the crania in the Peabody Museum were taken by Miss Jennie 
Smith, assistant. 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 285 


pared a table of them, and, for the sake of comparison. have included the 
same measurements upon a series of crania from the mounds of ‘Tennessee. 


TABLE UT.—FACIAL MEASUREMENTS. 


A ‘ 

o u 

aise Be lew te hes 

ty. y| =) 3 $ Bs S) 

8 a lee eed |e |con as 

E She aule@les | tele 

& =| 3 0 S 

EI Bi 2|2/3]28| ® 

4a 4241/ae|/Oo/A4]xHIN 
1 45} 101 91 49 69 | 135 
2 35 | 101 93 49 65 | 126 
3 26 99 93 49 73 | 135 
4 12 99 95 53 70 | 127 
5 9 97 92 47 71) 135 
6 6 97 93 47 68 | 128 
7 43} 98; 90| 50] 74] 139 
8 34} 98] 92] 51} 69] 129 
9 | Average from Santa Barbara Islands.—Males. ..........-..------..----------.-- 20 99 92 48 Tl | 135 
10 DRDO EE Se stcee cok hesncnsoceeesseec oo. 53 99 93 49 67 | 127 
11 | Total average from Santa Barbara Islands..............--.-----------+---es---+ 133 99 93 49 69 | 131 
12 | Total average from Tennessee Mounds .............-----.---------------++----- 77 98 91 50 71 | 134 


By reference to the above table it will be seen that the average length 
of face* in our typical skull is 69", and that the zygomatic diameter 
amounts to 131™", in both of which respects it is somewhat smaller than the 
average Mound skull. The gnathic index} is found to be 99, the nasalt 
49, and the orbital§ 93, or, translating these numerical expressions into their 
scientific equivalents, that the face is mesognathic, mesorhine, and mega- 
seme.|| 

Summing up these results and adding those peculiarities that are appar- 
ent to the sight, but of which the calipers cannot take cognizance, we find 


* Measured from the centre of the nasal suture (Nasion) to the alveolar point. 

tif the index is between 98 and 102, the face is mesognathous; if below 98, orthognathous; if 
above 102, prognathous. Ina very well-formed English skull the gnathic index is as low as 92.—Flower, 
Native Races of the Pacific Ocean. 

¢The general mean of all races is given by Broca as 50. Those skulls in which the index varies 
between 48 and 52 are said to be mesorhine; if below 48, leptorhine, or narrow-nosed ; if above 53, 
platyrhine, or broad-nosed.—Recherche sur UV Indice nasal, Revue d@’ Anthropologie, Tome I, 1872. 

§ The general average of all races is given by Broca as 86, or mesoseme; if above 89 the skull is 
megaseme, or has a large open orbit; if below 83, it is microseme, or has a low orbit. 

|| These terms are some among the valuable contributions of Broca to science. For a full account 
of these contributions and of the methods of arriving at the facial indices, ete., see Mémoires de la 
Société d’Anthropologie de Paris, Revue d’Anthropologie, and Bulletins de la Société d’Anthropologie 
de Paris, etc., in which these papers have at different times been published. 


286 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA 


that the typical or average skull of this collection is small and low and 
of medium length as compared with its breadth; that it has a retreat- 
ing forehead, a prominent occiput, and is slightly seaphocephalic or roof- 
shaped along the sagittal suture. Its chief development is in the occipital 
region; so much so, indeed, that a plane perpendicular to the horizon 
drawn through the auricular openings would divide the skull into two 
unequal parts, of which the posterior portion would be much the Jarger. 
The face is small and narrow, even as compared with the Peruvians. It 
is more prognathic than the white man, though it by no means reaches 
the extreme in that respect. The nasal opening is of medium size, while 
the orbit is large The malar bones are broad and slope back from the 
median line of the face, differing widely in this respect as also in the 
prominence of the nasal bones from the Greenland Eskimo, whose face 
is flat. 

Tried by any craniometrical standard, this cannot be said to be a high 
order of skull; but if judged by the contents of their graves, this people, 
except in their ignorance of the manufacture of pottery, had reached a 
phase of development equal to anything found on the eastern slope of the 
continent. Certainly their work in chipped and polished stone and in shell 
is not surpassed by anything yet revealed by the mounds; while their large 
stone mortars (portable mills), and their steatite ollas and comalis used for 
cooking purposes, indicate an advance in the domestic arts that, so far as is 
yet known, is peculiarly their own.* 

Compared with the other collections of crania in Table II, it will be 
found that in the indices of breadth and height this skull approaches some- 
what closely the Pah Ute and what Dr. Wilson calls the Algonquin (Canada) 
type, though smaller than the latter in every way, when its measurements 
of length, breadth, and height are considered absolutely and not relatively. 
From the broad, high, square head of the Moundbuilder, with its rounded, 
dome-like crest, it is separated by an impassable barrier. Between the Es- 
kimo of the Northwest coast and those from Greenland, considered solely 
with reference to the index of breadth, it it occupies a medium position, though 


* See “sg RFE oan: by Mr. Putnam, pages 17, 18, for the reasons for placing the Califor- 
nians in the ‘lower status of barbarism,” ohana anding their want of knowledge of the potter’s art. 
Also, pages 14 and 273 in relation to the absence of pottery. x 


= 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS.‘ 287 


its relations with the former are, perhaps, closer and more clearly defined. — It 
is true the one skull is decidedly orthocephalous while the other is brachy- 


cephalous, and that in the entire lot of three hundred and fifteen crania from 


the islands only 45 per cent. reach the very moderate grade of brachyceph- 
alism of the typical Alaskan, and under these circumstances it does seem 
like straining a point to claim that any resemblance at all exists between 
them; still, as a matter of fact, there are individual crania in this collection. 
with an index even higher than that of the Alaskan; and, from the most doli- 
chocephalous to the opposite extreme, they shade into each other by a series 
of almost imperceptible gradations. With the typical cranium of the Green- 
land Eskimo, Nos. 12 and 13, Table II, however, the differences are of a 
more radical character, as, besides being smaller in every way, the one 
skull is platycephalous, or broader than it is high, and the other strongly 
hypsicephalous, or higher than it is broad. These conditions seem to be 
very general in the two collections, as out of the seventy-six Eskimo crania 
there are eight, or 11 per cent., in which the breadth is greater than the 
height, while of the three hundred and fifteen crania from the California Isl- 
ands, there are but eighteen, or 7 per cent., in which it is not so. In the facial 
bones, too, especially those of the nose and cheek, these skulls are found 
to differ as essentially as in the size and form of the calvaria. In view of 
these fundamental differences it is impossible to assign these crania to one 
and the same class, even if our comparison be limited to the delichocephali 
from Santa Catalina; and for the same reasons, so far as they relate to 
the indices of height and breadth, the same remark will apply a fortiori to 
the averages of the two branches of the Eskimo, as given in Nos. 12, 13, 
14, and 15, Table LI. That they indicate a difference in species, using this 
term in the sense in which it is usually employed in Zodlogy, it would be 
premature to affirm, as the range of individual variation, even among peo- 
ples of a presumably pure race, is found to be very great, and affords a 
convenient alternative to any one desiring to escape this conclusion. That 
they do, however, represent a very marked differentiation—call it species, 
race, variety, or what you will—is believed to be beyond cavil; and this 
may be admitted, be it understood, without carrying with it the full accept- 
ance of the polygenistic theory. The uniformity with which the Greenland 


288 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA 


Eskimo, the Algonquins of Canada, the Moundbuilders of the Cumber- 
land Valley, andthe Peruvians from the coast adhere to their respective 
and widely differing types is decisive upon this point; for while it is unde- 
niably true that in a collection composed exclusively of either kind of these 
crania there will usually be found a percentage, be it great or small, of 
skulls that differ from the “typical” form, yet it is equally true that, after 
making all due allowance for the range of individual variation, the one 
form will be found to be so overwhelmingly predominant that the presence 
of any other at once suggests an intruder or gives good reason for doubt- 
ing its authenticity. 

Upon this point it is probable that a study of the present collection 
may throw some light; at all events a comparison of the series from the 
different islands with each other will show how sharply marked are these 
differences, and within what narrow geographical limits they sometimes 
occur. Taking the collections from the islands, and those from Santa 
Barbara and San Luis Obispo Bay—stations on the mainland—as a whole, 
and it will be found to be, as stated above, decidedly orthocephalic; but 
if the specimens be divided according to the cephalic index there will result 
fifty-five dolichocephali, two hundred and nineteen orthocephali, and one 
hundred and twenty-four brachycephali, as in the following table: 


TABLE IV. 
— = 
oS a 3s 
2/3 |4 
S Locality. = uh S 
° i) 
3 eS lies 
E 2/2/28 
° zB & 
a a 3° A 
1 | Santa Cruz uf 53 17 
2 | Santa Catalina 31 8 0 
3 | San Clemente 6 9 0 
4 | Santa Cruz 5 75 i | 
5 | San Miguel 0 17 16 | 
6 | San Nicolas. .----------- jaeccae scosnutedeeesoseecemwecosceseen samp oes sms nen ——<see==———n~amen nema 1 6 4 
7 | Santa Barbara, mainland.......-.----------------- +--+ ++ --2--2 sere eee ee eee eee tenn 4 44 2 
8 | San Luis Obispo Bay .---------------++ e----+ sone ee eee e ee eee ee en eee nee een nn teeter eee il 7 7 
55| 219| 124 


Examined with reference to the individual variation, and it will be 
found that the cephalic index ranges from .654, Peabody Museum, No. 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 289 


14249, from Santa Catalina, to .890,* Army Medical Museum, No. 1351, 
from Santa Cruz. This is certainly a wide gap to be bridged over, and yet 
so closely are these skulls connected with each other that if the space sep- 
arating them be measured by intervals of 10 each, there are skulls in the 
Cambridge collection alone that will cover each one of the intervening 
steps. Regarded from this point of view, it would be difficult, if not im- 
possible, to draw any line of distinction between these crania, and say that 
here one race ends and another begins; but if we proceed a step farther 
and subdivide these skulls according to the islands from which they were 
obtained, we shall find other factors entering into the calculation that can- 
not be explained save on the hypothesis that different races occupied these 
two groups of islands at the time represented by this collection. Take, 
for instance, San Miguel of the northern group and Santa Catalina of the 
southern—extreme cases, it is true, but all the better for my purpose. In 
the collection from the former of these islands there are sixteen brachy- 
cephalous and seventeen orthocephalous crania—not a single dolichoceph- 
alous specimen among them; while in the latter there are thirty-one do- 
lichocephali and eight orthocephali, but no brachycepheli. Eliminating 
the orthocephali as common to both, and we have in one case sixteen short 
skulls against thirty-one that are long in the other. This condition of affairs 
is not reconcilable with the theory of a difference in cranial forms among 
people of the same race. If it were, then we ought to find on each of these 
islands crania belonging to the opposite class ; 7. e., among the dolichocephali 
there ought to be some brachycephali, and vice versa. Especially would this 
be the inference in view of the fact that on each of these islands we do find 
orthocephalic skuils, a form that is supposed: to have resulted from an ad- 
mixture of the other two, and also because on Santa Cruz and the other 
islands the three forms are found, but in different proportions. If, on the 
other hand, it be admitted that a difference in the form of the head indi- 
cates a difference in race, then the presence on these two islands of one 
distinctive form of cranium to the exclusion of its opposite takes its place 
at once as a fact in the natural order of events. So, also, in those cases in 


“There is one cranium with an index of .901 from the mainland; but I prefer to confine my fig- 
ures to the collection from the islands. 


19 oI 


290 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA 


which the two extremes of crania are found together, or in which their 
coexistence is a legitimate inference, the presence of the stranger is ex- 
plicable on the theory of adoption or intermarriage, or by any of the 
other customs by which the Indians in other portions of the country were 
in the habit of recruiting their ranks. The third form, orthocephalic, or 
intermediate would then follow as a result of the union of the two ex- 
tremes. Plausible as is this explanation, it acquires additional force from 
the fact that it accords with the historical account of the existence of 
numerous tribes along this coast, speaking different languages, as given 
in all of the early chronicles, and especially since this account is confirmed 
by the philological researches of Mr. Albert S. Gatschet,* who shows that 
the people formerly living on the mainland opposite Santa Cruz, spoke a 
different language from those living immediately to the south, just opposite 
the southern group of islands. Basing his conclusions upon the very in- 
complete vocabularies that have come down to us from the Spanish Fathers, 
and also upon the more recent and satisfactory researches of Dr. Horatio 
Hale of the United States Exploring Expedition, and of Dr. Oscar Loew, 
he calls one of these tongues the “Santa Barbara” (a dialect of which was 
also spoken on Santa Cruz of the northern group of islands), and the other 
he claims as a dialect of the widely-extended Shoshonee stock of lan- 
guages. With this conclusion I certainly do not take issue, for though it 
does not by any means definitely settle the question as to what language 
was originally spoken on Santa Catalina Island, yet it does show that the 
language in use on the mainland, opposite, differed from that spoken by 
the Santa Barbara Indians, who lived on the same shore, immediately to 
the north, opposite Santa Cruz. As the people on this island spoke the 
same language as those on the mainland just opposite, it is not improbable, 
to say the least, that the inhabitants of the southern islands spoke the same 
language as the people living on the coast opposite them, and therefore 
differing from that spoken on the northern islands. 

Thus it will be seen that these lines of argument reénforce each other, 
and the difference of race between the people inhabiting these two groups 
of islands, rendered probable by a study of the languages, is made com- 


* Annual Report of the Geographical Surveys west of the 100th meridian, Lieut. George M. Wheeler, 
U.S. Army, in charge, p.330. Washington. 1876. See also map in Contributions to American Eth- 
nology, Vol. III, in which the same linguistic distribution is adopted. Washington, 1877. 


FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 291 


paratively certain by the presence of the two different forms of crania under 
the peculiar circumstances under which they are shown to have existed. 
While admitting fully this conclusion, and believing that the original 
inhabitants of Santa Catalina were of a different race from those of Santa 
Cruz, I do not wish to be understood as asserting that they were of the 
same race or spoke the same language as the people living on the mainland 
opposite. Indeed, the evidence of the crania is decidedly opposed to this 
view, and in this respect there is a very marked difference between the 
people found on the two groups of islands. Between the crania found on 
Santa Cruz Island, and those from Santa Barbara on the mainland (Nos. 1, 2, 
7, and 8, Table I, and Nos. 4 and 5, Table IT) there is little or no difference. 
Practically they are of one and the same form, and belong to a series that 
may be styled orthocephalic, with a very strong infusion of brachycephalism 
This is as it should be among peoples shown by their idioms to belong, prob- 
ably, to the same race. But between the crania from SantaCatalina and those 
from the mainland there is no such uniformity. The one skull, as has been 
_ shown, is decidedly dolichocephalous; and while it is impossible to say 
what the typical form of the Shoshonee skull may eventually turn out to be, 
yet so far as now known it is decidedly orthocephalic (Nos. 16 and 17, 
Table II),* and differs but little, if at all, from the average cranium of the 
northern group of islands. This difference in form marks a break in the 
line of argument that connects the inhabitants of Santa Catalina with the 
Shoshonees of the mainland, and while it increases the doubt as to whether 
these two peoples spoke the same language, it does not affect the conclusion 
as to the difference of race between the inhabitants of the two groups of 
islands. In other words, the question is not, who were the people of Santa 
Catalina, and what language they spoke, but, were they of the same race 
and did they speak the same language as the inhabitants of Santa Cruz? 
Granting, then, the existence of two different races on these two groups 
of islands, and the question at once arises as to which of the two is the more 
ancient. Upon this point nothing is known historically, and we are therefore 
reduced to a study of the crania fora solution of the problem. In themselves, 
as has been said, they do not help us, but in so far as they indicate relation- 


*The Pah Ute are classed as ‘‘Shoshoni” on the Map showing the Distribution of the Indian 
Tribes of California, to illustrate Reports of Stephen Powers, esq. Washington, 1877. 


292 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA. - 


ship with the tribes from the mainland they throw a flood of light upon the 
matter. Referring again to Table II, it will be noticed that there is a great 
similarity between the collections of crania from the northern group of 
islands and those from the mainland. Especially is this noticeable in the 
case of the Pah Ute, a member of the great Shoshonee family. All are 
orthocephalic or of a low grade of brachycephalism; and this form, so far 
as known, prevails up and down the coast, and as far inland as the hunting- 
grounds of the Apache and the Navajo. Nowhere except on two of the south- 
ern group of islands, and on them in differing proportions, do we find the 
dolichocephali in such numbers as to justify the conclusion that they were 
ever the prevailing race. Everywhere else they are, when found at all, in 
such limited numbers as to give the impression that they were the survivors 
of a people in course of rapid extinction rather than the precursors of an 
incoming race of conquerors. Even the prevalence of the orthocephalic 
type of skull, on the northern group of islands, and its presence in such 
large proportion on the Santa Catalina group, where the dolichocephalic 
type so distinctly prevails, taken in connection with the powerful leaven of 
brachycephalism and the small percentage of dolichocephalism on the main- 
land, speaks of battle and defeat and the wholesale appropriation of women 
by the victors. Read in the light of history, we probably have here the 
story of a contest in which the original dolichocephalic possessors of the 
soil were worsted by their brachycephalic invaders and driven back, some- 
-what as the Basques were in Northwest Spain, until they were finally cir- 
cumscribed within the narrow limits of San Clemente and Santa Catalina, 
with nothing but the broad expanse of the ocean between them and the 
Hawaiian Islands, hundreds of miles away. Here, unable to retreat farther, 
shut in between “the devil and the deep sea,” they were found at the time 
a miserable 


the Spaniards overran California, and here they lmgered 
remnant—until about the beginning of the present century, when they were 
removed to the mainland by the Catholic Fathers and collected around 
the different Missions. In this new home and with their mode of life 
changed they were soon reduced to a condition of peonage in which con- 
querors and conquered alike became the “ hewers of wood and drawers of 
water” to a superior people. 


APPENDIX TO PART J, VOL. VII. 


TRANSLATION FROM THE SPANISH OF THE ACCOUNT BY THE PILOT 
FERREL OF THE VOYAGE OF CABRILLO ALONG THE WEST COAST OF 
NORTH AMERICA IN 1542. 


WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTES BY H. W. HENSHAW. 


In the following pages is presented a translation of the diary of the voyage of 
Cabrillo made in 1542 along the west coast of North America. Although accounts of 
this voyage appear in Spanish, notably that of Herrera, of which Burney * gives a 
brief résumé, it is believed that it is now for the first time published in English. t 

The translation was made by Mr. Richard Stuart Evans from a volume which 
consists of a collection of documents made, by Buckingham Smith, from one of the 
public libraries at Madrid. The full title of the volume is as follows: Coleccion | de 
varios documentos | para la historia de la Florida | y tierras adyacentes. | Tomo I. | 
En La Casa de Triibner y Compania, | Num. 60, Paternoster Row, | Londres. 

The chief value of this manuscript to the student of ethnology and archeology 
is due to the fact that it contains an account of the earliest contact of the white race 
with the Indians of California. Additional interest is given to the narrative in its 
present connection from the fact that the intercourse of the Spaniards with the natives 
was principally with the tribes inhabiting the Santa Barbara Islands and the adjacent 
mainland, or the people to whom the first part of this volume relates; while the de- 
seriptive portion of the narrative is closely connected with the places where were made 


f *A Chronological History of the Discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean, by James Burney. 
Vol. I, pp. 220, 225. 
tThe following is a list of works, kindly furnished by Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of San Francisco, Cal., 
which contain more or less extended references to Cabrillo’s voyage: Brown, Explorations of Lower 
California, pp. 18-19.—Capron, Hist. Cal., pp. 2, 121-2.—Farnham, Life and Adventures in Cala., p. 127.— 
Findley, Directory, I, p. 314—Forbes, Hist. Voy., p. 448-9.—Fuguet, La Cal., p. 9-26.—Gleeson, Hist. 
Church, I, p. 70-2.—Greenhow, Oregon and Cal., pp. 61-3.—Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. VII, lib. V, cap. 
II-IV.—Hutchings, Cal. Magazine, IIT, p. 146; IV, p. 547; V, p. 265.—De Mofras, Explorations, I, p. 96; 
Montanus Neuwe en Onbekende Weereld, p. 210-1.—Murray, Travels in North Amer., II, pp. 79-80.— 
Payne, in Loi Mex. Geog., II, pp. 199-209.—Roubaud, H., Les Régions Nou., p. 26.—Saint Amount, Voy. 
Cal., p. 393.—Sutil y Mex., introd., XXIX-XXXVI.—Taylor, in Cal. Farmer, April 18, 1862; May 4, 1860; 
May 15, 1863; Aug. 14, 21, 1863.—Clavigero Storia, I, p. 154-5.—Laet, Novus Orbis, p. 306-7.—Tytler, 
Hist. Discoy., p.78-9.—Burney’s, Voyages, I, p. 221-5.—Humboldt, Essai Politique, I, p. 329.—Marchand, 


Voy., vol. I, p. viii. 
Bs i) 293 


294 INTRODUCTORY NOTES. 


the investigations of the expedition, the results of which are given in the present 
volume. 

Notwithstanding the accounts given of the natives and their habits are often 
meager and unsatisfactory, it is chiefly to this narrative that the ethnologist must turn 
for information bearing on the history of the Indians of California prior to the destrue- 
tive influences of civilization, especially fatal as they appear to have been among these 
inoffensive tribes. 

The diary throughout presents evidence that the supposed narrator, Ferrel, was 
a sailor, probably with but little education, and by no means overzealous in gath- 
ering facts concerning the tribes encountered. Hence, not unnaturally, the events 
chronicled with most minuteness are the number of leagues sailed each day, the ap- 
pearance of the coast, depth of water, and direction of the winds; in fact, those matters 
appealing more particularly to the interest of the mariner, while incidentally appear 
his observations on the natives and the manner of their reception of the strangers. 
These, however, when combined are sufficient to enable general deductions of consider- 
able value to be made. 

The account, in the main, appears to have been intended as a straightforward 
and honest narration of events, and, although statements occur that it is difficult or 
even impossible to reconcile with the now known facts, the discrepancies apparently 
result from a commingling of things seen and accounts imperfectly understood from 
the Indians, but probably fully believed, and are, perhaps, not greater than was to have 
been expected from the attending circumstances. As, for instance, when cows and 
sheep are spoken of, in the course of the narrative, the account must be considered 
somewhat apocryphal, and attributed to the natural desire of the Spaniards to discover 
as many good things as possible in the new land, so as to enhance its value as a pos- 
session of the Spanish Crown. It should be remembered, too, that all the information 
received from the Indians was obtained wholly by signs—an extremely hazardous 
method at best, and one peculiarly liable to confuse and mislead the unskilled. 

To present Ferrel’s narrative without an attempt to identify and fix with precision 
the various points visited and named by the Spaniards, was deemed little less than use- 
less, and accordingly an effort was made in this direction by Dr. H. C. Yarrow and the 
writer. It was soon perceived that to accomplish this in a satisfactory manner our 
efforts must be supplemented by the aid of some one who was personally and intimately 
acquainted with the coast and who also possessed a sufficient degree of nautical knowl- 
edge to follow the not always perfectly intelligible courses laid down. For this no one 
could be more fully qualified than Lieut. Commander H. C. Taylor, of the Navy, whose 
long service on the west coast in connection with the labors of the Coast Survey has 
made him perfectly familiar with nearly every cape and anchorage from the Columbia 
River to Cape St. Lucas. Commander Taylor entered with a hearty codperation into 
the work, and it is to his aid that the results here given are largely due. 

As discovery and exploration formed important objects of Cabrillo’s expedition, 
the plan followed by the Spaniards naturally was to coast along close enough to land 
to afford a good view of its nature and capacities. The dangers of an unknown shore, 
with its rocks and shoals, were fully guarded against by anchoring each night, which 
course added materially to the closeness of the examination, while the small size of the 
vessels and the danger of parting company made this precaution doubly necessary. It 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 295 


follows that the coast was examined with a considerable degree of minuteness, and a 
fair percentage of the anchorages made are described with sufficient accuracy, even 
when considered without reference to the distances and latitudes given, to enable them 
to be identified. Examples are Cape St. Lucas, Puerto de San Pedro [Magdalena Bay], 
Isle of Zedros [Cerros Island], Isla de Juan Rodriguez, or de Posesion [San Miguel], 
Cabo de Galera {Point Concepcion], and others. . 

While perhaps of itself of no special importance that each and every point visited 
by the Spaniards should be determined, the certain identification of a sufficient number 
of these to enable a proper check of latitudes and distances to be established was all- 
important, since only in this way could the most northerly point reached by the discov- 
erers be ascertained. 

That the latitudes designated throughout the narrative were erroneous to a greater 
or less degree has been well known, but no systematic attempt appears to have been 
made to ascertain the amount of error and apply the corrections. Burney prefaces his 
résumé of Herrera’s account of Cabrillo’s voyage with the statement that they—i. e., the 
“material parts of Cabrillo’s navigation ”—‘“ afford no other than a general agreement with 
the present charts,” seeming thus to imply the futility of any attempt toglosely follow 
him. It is probable that had Burney’s acquaintance with the coast described by Cabrillo 
been more intimate, his attempt to trace the route and follow the distances given would 
have met with greater success, and the above statement have been correspondingly modi- 
fied. However, when giving the probable identity of the island of Santa Cruz and 
Capé Mendocino, he notes a probable discrepancy in the reckoning of about two degrees 
in excess. This result it is found necessary to reduce by about half a degree. 

Upon applying the latitudes laid down in the diary to such points as could be 
fixed beyond reasonable doubt, it was found that after leaving Cape St. Lucas, for which 
the nearly correct parallel of 23 degrees was given, an error of about three-quarters of 
a degree at once crept into the results. Thus the Point of Trinidad (Cape Tosco), the 
first anchorage after rounding the cape, is placed in 25 degrees instead of, as correct, 
about 244. This error was found to increase at a tolerably regular rate until near Point 
Concepcion, and to the northward the discrepancy reached its limits of a full degree and 
a half. 

It was occasionally found necessary to make considerable allowances in the dis- 
tances given between the various ports and islands touched at, as well, too, in the 
dimensions of several of the latter, which are too large. It is quite possible, however, 
so for as the latter are concerned, that certain of them have decreased in size very mate- 
rially since the date of the narrative, and that in this way the statements made are to 
be reconciled with the present state of things. In support of this supposition, as 
Lieut. Commander Taylor informs me, it is a well-known fact that at least one islet, 
the existence of which was attested by its presence on an Admiralty chart of less than 
fifty years ago, has been entirely swept away by wind and wave, its former site being 
now indicated only by a corresponding shoal. 

It is to be remarked, too, that very great precision in respect to distances was 
hardly to be expected, and, indeed, was evidently not intended by the Spaniards, since 
the statements in leagues are frequently qualified by the term “about.” Assuming, how- 
ever, the league to represent three nautical miles, it will be found necessary to make in 
most cases nothing more than a reasonable allowance for errors, while not infrequently 


296 INTRODUCTORY NOTES. 


the correspondence will be seen to be remarkably close. In the general facts indicated 
by the descriptions of the shores along which the Spaniards sailed, there is to be noticed 
a remarkable coincidence between the state of things then and now; and it thus appears 
that the three centuries and more that have elapsed have witnessed comparatively slight 
changes in the natural aspect of the country. This fact is of no little interest, since 
the evidence thus afforded is directly opposed to the popular belief, especially as regards 
the former presence of heavy coniferous forests along the shores and on the islands of 
the southern portions of California. As indirect proof of this the possession by the 
Indians of an abundance of large canoes has been frequently cited. But it by nomeans 
necessarily follows that the trees which furnished the material for these grew on the 
spot. In fact, the narrative of Cabrillo contains evidence implying the contrary, forin 
several places attention is called not only to the canoes, but to the presence on the 
shores of the islands and near San Diego of “thick and large trees” which “the sea 
brought ashore”; this drift-wood, in fact, being to the explorers one of the chief indica- 
tions of the “great river” flowing from the interior, for which they so eagerly sought. 
These trees are described as like “‘eypresses” (probably redwoods), and as being ‘‘more 
than 60 feet in length, and of such thickness that two men could not clasp one of them”. 
The dimensions here indicated would, of course, more than answer the requirements of 
the largest canoe, and doubtless we have in these logs the source of the islanders’ boat 
material. The stranded trees mentioned probably came from the Columbia or some 
other of the large streams to the northward, which now, as then, at certain seasons, 
carry down immense quantities of drift. The islands are described as clothed simply 
with cedars, as at present (that is, Juniperus), although it is likely that then, as 
now, the cafons furnished cottonwoods of large size. Nor does there appear to 
be anything in the accounts of the other early Spanish explorers subsequent to 
Cabrillo implying that any very marked change in the amount of ‘timber along the 
coast has taken place. Upon Vizeaino’s chart, it is true, “trees” are indicated 
about San Diego, which locality is certainly not now a well-wooded one. From this 
fact authors have argued an extensive deforestation here. But Ferrel not only notes 
the presence of trees in this locality but is particular to inform us that they resembled 
“ silk-cottonwood trees” (probably cottonwoods), which certainly never grow as exten- 
sive forests. In fact, upon the Pacific slope the forests are usually composed almost 
exclusively of the conifers, and had these been found, either about San Diego or upon 
the islands, it appears almost certain that Ferrel would so have stated, especially as 
he appears to have been careful to mention the presence of timber wherever seen, 
usually, indeed, endeavoring to particularize the kind. 

Nearly all the names bestowed by Cabrillo upon his discoveries are given upon 
present maps; but it is evident that none of them have been adopted with reference 
to their original application, as they appear haphazard anywhere along the coast. 
Vizcaino, in 1603, certainly renamed many of the points discovered by Cabrillo, and 
most of the remaining appellations are probably traceable to the Spanish settlers and 
priests, by whom they were doubtless given without the intention of perpetuating the 
names of Cabrillo, or perhaps the slightest knowledge of their prior use by him. In 
christening their discoveries the early Spanish explorers, as also the priests and set- 
tlers, kept in-mind the same objects, viz, to honor the saints and the titled patrons of 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 297 


the expeditions. Hence the remarkable duplication of names observable on all the 
early charts resulting from Spanish exploration. 

The difficulties met by the Spaniards after leaving Care Concepcion to the south, 
which they did late in October, very faithfully reflect the experience of the mariner 
of to-day on this coast. A suecession of foul winds with cloudy weather and heavy 
fogs are to be expected in the natural order of events, while, in addition, as is 
evidenced by the account of snow-covered mountains thus early in the winter, the 
Spanish explorers had to contend against the serious disadvantages of an unusually 
early winter. Under such untoward circumstances, with their small and unwieldy 
vessels, one being without a deck, upon a strange coast, with a crew worn and 
disheartened by the privations and sufferings they had already undergone, and, added 
to all, the loss of their captain, it is simply a matter for wonder that they carried 
perseverance so far and achieved such remarkable results; for remarkable they must 
be esteemed when are considered the means by which they were attained and the 
circumstances which attended them. With reference to the latter, as remarked by 
Burney, it seems singular that a voyage having for an object the examination of such 
high latitudes should have been begun so late in the season, when, even with the 
imperfect knowledge of the seasons on this coast possessed by the Spaniards, its 
partial failure on account of winter’s storms might readily have been predicted. 

It is in the account of the latter portion of the voyage around the Santa Barbara 
Islands, and particularly after passing Point Concepcion, that the narrative becomes 
more or less confused and difficult to follow, and that several conflicting statements 
oceur. Several of the Santa Barbara Islands were intentionally renamed, San Miguel, 
for instance, receiving no fewer than three distinct appellations. Furthermore, the 
Spaniards, in beating about, appear to have been misled by approaching the same 
islands from different quarters, and thus to have been induced to rename as fresh 
discoveries several of the group—facts which will sufficiently account for the some- 
what confused statements that occur in the relation, and occasionally render it almost 
impossible to fix with certainty the particular island mentioned. : 

Passing to that portion of the narrative which applies to the coast north of Point 
Coneepcion, it is easy to understand how the narrow Golden Gate, which permits 
aecess to San Francisco harbor, may have been passed unperceived in a storm or fog, 
But how it was possible for the Spaniards to overlook such a marked indentation as 
the Bay of Monterey, to say nothing of the several minor harbors and anchorages of 
this part of the coast, is beyond comprehension, especially when, as the narrative 
states, they ran along all the coast, point by point, from Cabo de Pinos (Point Arenas) 
to them (i. ¢., the San Lucas Islands, Santa Barbara group), and they found no harbor, 
so that of necessity they had to return to the said island (San Miguel). To run along, 
“point by point,” in careful search of an anchorage without finding one or more of 


’ those indenting this coast, which, contrary to Ferrel’s statement, was well populated 


by Indians, as indicated by recent archzeological discoveries, seems so highly improb- 
able as to demand some other explanation than the one of mere ordinary oversight. 
It appears probable that, relying to some extent upon the fact that nothing like a bay 
was observed on the upward trip, which, it will be remembered, was made with foul 
winds, which compelled them to keep to sea much of the time, the downward passage 
was really made hastily, and under the natural desire to speedily reach a known and 


e 


298 INTRODUCTORY NOTES. 


safe port, where could be had the necessary water and provisions. Hence the declara- 
tion that no harbor could be found was possibly made in all honesty and sincerity; 
but, whether so or not, was evidently, from the care evinced in the statement, intended 
to serve as an- explanation, and, if necessary, an excuse, for the temporary abandon- 
ment of the voyage of discovery. 

With reference to the most northerly point reached by the Spaniards, there can 
be no doubt but that the latitude “ about 44 degrees,” as given in the narrative, is con- 
siderably too high. On the other hand, there is reason for believing that Cape Men- 
docino, which has usually been considered as marking about the turning-point of the 
expedition, is somewhat too low. Deducting a full degree and a half from the figures 
above given, which, from a careful analysis of the distances sailed in connection with 
the localities identified, appears to represent the most probable error, a point near the 
southern border of Oregon is indicated, or 424 degrees. It was just about here that 
the storm was encountered that caused them to finally put about and abandon the 
further discovery of the coast. That Cape Mendocino was doubled there can be no 
possible doubt. 

Of the character and motives of the voyage of Cabrillo littleneed be said. Unlike 
many of the expeditions sent out by the Spanish grandees, it appears to have been 
prompted by a desire to extend geographical discoveries, with doubtless the primary 
purpose of adding to the possessions of the Spanish Crown, and not by the insatiate 
thirst for gold which urged the “‘ conquerors” on their usual paths of rapine and blood- 
shed. Cabrillo appears to have well deserved the character of ‘“ good man” as well 
as “skillful navigator” bestowed upon him by his contemporary Herrera, and his 
conduct towards the natives was marked by a moderation and good-will that had their 
full effect in securing for him from this naturally inoffensive and well-disposed people 
a full return in kind. His untimely death doubtless had its effect in retarding the full 
exploration of the coast, while probably his own account of the voyage, had he lived 
to write it, would have been in every way more complete and satisfactory. 

Throughout the narrative the identification of the localities visited by the Span- 
iards as made are given in brackets, with, occasionally, such short notes as appear to 
shed light upon the subjects mentioned, or as are rendered necessary by the doubtful 
nature of the identification. These, however, have been made as brief as possible, the 
diary being left to tell its own tale in its own way. It was deemed preferable to make 
the translation a literal one, it being thought that whatever was gained by a rendition 
into good English would be lost in other ways. 

A sketch is appended to show the position of the burial places near Santa Bar- 
bara in which excavations were made by the expedition, as also the location of many 
other ancient burial-places and shellheaps* along the coast and on the islands, of which 
the greater portion have been examined with more or less thoroughness. Numerous 
as these are, it is probable that many more are still to be discovered. 

It only remains to express the great obligation the expedition is under to Lieut. 
Commander Taylor for the assistance which, not alone upon this, but upon other 
occasions, his courtesy has prompted him to extend. 


*The term ‘‘mound” as used upon the map is to be understood as apptying only to shell mounds and 
refuse heaps, and not to true mounds in the sense of the term as applied to the tumuli of the Mississippi 


Valley. 


pany marrny ey 


Bd 


prypoun 


(pnbyyams) 
frog apayung. UM bbe MW 


_— 


vue 


| « 
- Z 
| ~aper may 
| i ? WY 
ha 44 
. pl POPPED 
| [See PPV seg f \ 
. SOU 
! | 
i | ee ff 
\ Z fe pel 


A 
fi 


Pb aamaQy rT) 


NSTPOYOON; Pat 
\ 


Se = pie! 


‘SONVIST DNIXTLIO 8 
‘LSVO) VINUOAITVO HLAOS 


AHL NO 


‘SHOW Id TVR Pue SCNION 


qunmuy jo sanyo] LiaMoys 
DPW HILAYS' 


HU UL) ve’ 


SS eS 


iD 


SUponyy UD; Ce: 
2S 


wasapurl Dea 


VA VAHUVEPLNPS™ 


a) 


pi 


SATIN 4° TTVOS 


ADAMI] JO Momny ey 2y9 WUso-1f 
OLD SISPYUTUAIDT U2 SPUDAL O47, 
nes pene aus 
PRUNUDKD SIM PRINT PUP spUnOW “LON 


Bs 
oS 


(neayng ep 0777) 
aupolbennaay 


JONOTOXY HIV 


NVICHUUWN NOOO AML AO LSAM SAHAUNS TVOIHdVE9OND ‘S11 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 299 


SOUTH SBA, 1542. 


RELATION, OR DIARY, OF THE VOYAGE WHICH JUAN RODRIGUEZ CABRILLO MADE 
WITH TWO SHIPS, FOR THE DISCOVERY OF THE PASSAGE OF THE SOUTH SEA 
AT THE NORTH, FROM THE 277TH OF JUNE, 1542, WHEN HE DEPARTED PROM 
THE PORT OF NAVIDAD, UNTIL THE 14TH OF APRIL OF THE FOLLOWING YEAR, 
WHEN HE RETURNED 10 IT, HAVING REACHED THE LATITUDE OF 44 DEGREES; 
WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF THE COAST, PORTS, CREEKS, AND ISLANDS WHICH 
HE EXAMINED, AND THEIR DISTANCES, ON THE EXTENT OF ALL THAT COAST. 


Juan Rodriguez set out from the port of Navidad [a port on the Mexican coast 
about 315 miles north of Acapulco] to discover the coast of New Spain on the 27th day 
of June, 1542. 

He was delayed from the port of Navidad to Cape Corriente a day and a night, 
40 leagues, with a southeast wind. 

From Wednesday to the following Thursday they held their course along the 
coast 35 leagues. , 

Sunday, the 2d day of July, they had sight of California:* they were delayed in 
crossing over, by the weather, which was not very favorable, almost four days; they 
anchored the following Monday, on the 3d of the same, off the Point of California, and 
were here two days, and from this place they reached the port of San Lucas [San 
Incas Bay] the following Thursday, and took in water; they saw these days no 
Indian; they say that this port is in 25 degrees, and from the point to the port it is 
clear and soundable, and the land is bare and rugged [as at present). 

They departed from the port of San Lucas Thursday, in the night, and the 
following Saturday, on the Sth of the said month, they cast anchor on the Point of 
Trinidad [Cape Tosco], which is in 25 degrees; it is from San Lucas 5+ [doubtless 
intended for 35, the actual distance] leagues; it is a clean coast, without any deviation ; 
within, on the land, appear high and bare and rugged ridges [a description which applies 
to this day]; they were at anchor here on account of contrary winds from west-north- 
west until the folowing Wednesday. 

Wednesday, the 12th day of said month, they departed from this place. In 
Puerto de la Trinidad [Santa Marina Bay, which adjoins on the south Magdalena and 
Almejas Bays}, an island [Margarita Island] forms the port which is here, and it is a 
good port, sheltered from the west-northwest winds ; the port of the island is at the 
head of the island on the southeast side, and the port is clear and soundable; it has 
not water nor wood [nor has it now]; the island has 10 leagues of length and 2 leagues 
of breadth ; they anchored that night. 

They departed the Thursday following, and passed by Puerto de San Pedro 
[Magdalena Bay], which is in 254 degrees; in this port there is no water nor wood; 


* Respecting the origin and meaning of the name California, Professor Marcou offers the follow- 
ing explanation, which appears reasonable: ‘‘Cortes and his companions, struck with the difference 
between the dry and burning heat they experienced, compared with the moist and much less oppres- 
sive heat of the Mexican tierra caliente, first gave to a bay, and afterward extended to the entire coun- 
try, the name of tierra California, derived from calida fornax, which signifies fiery furnace, or hot as an 
oven.” (See Appendix NN, Annual Report Chief of Engineers for 1873, p. 1650.) 

tSo in the original, without doubt by mistake. 


300 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


its direction is southeast [and northwest]; it has a good shelter from the west winds ; 
they continued sailing along the coast, which forms a large creek, the head of which is 
in 26 degrees [creek indicated on present maps, but without name]; the land is low and 
covered with sand-banks, the coast white and clear [as at present]; they proceeded, 
sailing along this coast with fair winds as far as 27 degrees, and Wednesday, the 19th 
of the said month, they landed ata port which they found, and going on shore they 
found a path used by Indians, and followed it the distance of an arquebuse shot, where 
they found a fountain of water; the land is level within and bare and very dry; they 
gave the name of Puerto de la Madalena [Pequena Bay]; it is 40 leagues from the 
Lay of San Martin to this port. 

The following Thursday, on the 20th of the said month, they departed from this 
port and proceeded, sailing along the coast with bad winds, and about 6 leagues from 
that place they found an anchorage behind a point, which they called Punta de Santa 
Catalina [noted, but not named, on present maps], and so they continued sailing along 
the coast. And the Tuesday following, on the 25th of the said month of July, they 
discovered a large bay in 273 degrees ; they made very little progress these days on 
account of the bad weather; they cast anchor in this port and gave it the name of 
Puerto de Santiago [Abreojos Bay]; itis distant from Puerto de Madalena 23 leagues ; 
there are from Punta de Santiago for 5 leagues some very dangerous shoals and rocks, 
and they do not appear except when the sea breaks upon them [the present condition] ; 
they are 1 league from the land and ina little over 27$ degrees; they are called 
Habre Ojo (Look Out) [Abreojos Shoals]. They proceeded, sailing on the same course 
along the coast as far as 28 degrees, and there anchored under shelter of a point 
[Hipolito Point, except the island. The close correspondence of the distances attests the 
correctness of this location. The island mentioned has doubtless been washed away, and 
a shoal is all that at present remains]. Here are groves of trees which they did not see 
from the Point of California; it is from this point* to Puerto de Santiago at the 
northwest point 23 leagues. [Without doubt an error. From the distance given it would 
appear as though San Pedro Vineula (Port San Bartolome) was intended.] There are high 
and broken ridges with some woodland. We gave it the name of Santa Ana [anchor- 
age behind Hipolito Point]; it has a little island about 1 league from the land. 

Thursday, on the 27th of the same month, they departed from said Puerto de 
Santa Ana, and cast anchor about 6 leagues from that place in a port which they named 
Puerto fondo [bay east of Asuncion Island] on account of the great depth which it 
had, as near the land it had 30 fathoms ; it is clear; and they departed the following 
day from the said port, and turned back three times to the said port with contrary 
winds, and they were in the said port until the following Monday. 

Monday, the 31st of the same month, they departed from the said Puerto fondo 
and anchored about 8 leagues thence that night, and the next day departed on their 
voyage. 

Tuesday, the 1st day of August, they left that place, and they proceeded about 
10 leagues [actually 13], where they anchored in a port to which they gave the name of 
San Pedro Vineula [Port San Bartolome]; this port is in sight of the Isle of Zedros 
(cedars). [Probably intended for Cedros ; now known as Cerros Island. It was discovered 
by aoe and named Isla de Cedros—not Cerros (ae) See Burney, vol. a pp. 243 ars 


“He speaks of the port where they Sorin in 28 desea 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 301 


This port is in 285 long degrees, (a little over 285 degrees) ; the land is high and rugged 
and bare; from California to this place we have seen no Indian. 

Wednesday, on the 2d of the said month, they departed from this port, and the 
wind was contrary, and they proceeded beating ; they cast anchor at an island which 
is 4leagues [actually 3| distant from the southeast side of the island of Zedros, and 
they named this island San Esteban | Natividad]. With the extremity of the point of 
the mainland running east and west, the coast is northwest and southeast; it is a 
league from the mainland; from this point [Point Pugenio| the mainland turns the 
coast towards the northeast and makes a large creek, so that the land does not appear. 
Between the island and the mainland there is a good channel, and they had to pass 
close to the island, for there are shoals which extend in a ridge from the point for a 
quarter of a league. There is much vegetation on the water, which grows from the 
bottom and is tangled beneath the surface [kelp]. This island [i. e. Natividad] runs 
with San Pedro Vincula northwest and southeast; this island has 3 leagues in 
compass. We were at this island with the wind contrary until the following Saturday, 
the 5th of the said month of August. It has a good port on the side of the southeast. 
There is much fishing with a hook, and many birds are found. 

They departed from the island of San Esteban Saturday, the 5th of August, and 
anchored at the island of Zedros [Cerros Island], where they remained until Thursday, 
the 10th of the said month, taking in water and wood. They found no Indians, 
although they found some sign of them. The leeward point of this island on the south 
side is in 29 degrees, and it has on this south side good ports and water and wood, and 
it is on this part bare, as it has only some small shrubs [so at present]. The island is 
large and high and bare, and runs almost east and west [at present north and south], 
and is on this side of the south 12 leagues in length [the island is much smaller than 
is here given). 

They departed from the island of Zedros on Thursday, the 10th day of the said 
month of August, to pursue their voyage, and proceeded on the side of the mainland, 
sailing to the north. They went this day about 10 leagues, and the following Friday 
east anchor in a port which they called Puerto de Santa Clara [Playa Maria Bay]; it 
is a good port. They landed and found four Indians, who fled. This port is in 30 
degrees scant; it runs with the island of Zedros, northeast and southwest, and this 
coast runs from the port towards the creek north-northwest and south-southeast. 
The coast is clean and soundable; the land is bare and is not rugged. It has plains 
and valleys. They were in this port until Sunday, the 15th of the said month, on 
account of foul winds. 

Sunday, the 13th of the said month, they departed from this port and went sail- 
ing along the coast with slack winds, anchoring each night; and the following Tuesday 
they cast anchor on a point which forms an inlet, which is in 305 degrees‘; it affords 
very little shelter; they called it Punta del Mal Abrigo (Point of Bad Protection) 
[Point Canoas]. 

The Wednesday following they were sailing along the coast, and had a heavy 
northwest wind, which was contrary, and they lay by at night without making any 
progress; and the following Thursday they held on with heavy rains and adverse 
winds and calms, so that they made‘ no headway, and this following night they had 
much wind from the west-northwest, and lay by; and the following Friday they pro- 


302 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


ceeded with fair winds, and they found themselves to windward of the Point of Mal 
Abrigo 6 leagues; and so they held on until the following Saturday, the 19th of the 
said month, when they cast anchor off a small island which is half a league from the 
mainland. It may be 10 leagues from the Point of Mal Abrigo; it is in 30} degrees; 
it has good anchorage and good shelter; they called it San Bernardo [Geronimo 
Island]; it extends one league north and south [actually one mile]. The coast of the 
mainland runs north-northwest and south-southeast, and is a clean coast. The land 
within is of very good appearance and level, and there are good valleys and some 
trees, and the rest is bare. They did not find these days a sign of Indians. 

Sunday, the 20th of said month of August, they departed from the island of San 
Bernardo, and approached Punta del Engaiio (Point Deception), which is seven leagues 
from this island, which point is in 31 degrees. [This point noted, but no name on present 
Coast Survey charts.| 

The coast of the point toward the island runs north-northwest, south-southeast. 
On Punta del Engaiio the land is not high, and appears in itself a good and level land. 
The ridges are bare. We saw no sign of Indians; and so they continued sailing until 
the next Monday, following the coast to the north and the northeast; and about 10 
leagues from Punta del Engaiio they discovered a good port, in which they anchored, 
and took in water and wood. It is in 314 degrees. It is a port suitable for making 
some repairs for the ships, placing them under the mountain. 

The following Tuesday the captain, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, went on shore and 
took possession of it in the name of His Majesty and of the most illustrious Senor D. 
Antonio de Mendoza, and gave it the name of Puerto de la Posesion [Port St. Quen- 
tin]. He found a lake which has three large* ; and they found some Indian 
fishermen, who immediately fled. They took one of them, and, giving him certain 
presents, they released him, and he went off. The land in the interior is high and 
rugged and has good valleys, and appears to be a good country, although it is bare. 
They were on shore here until Sunday, the 27th of said month, repairing the sails and 
obtaining a supply of water; and Thursday they saw certain smokes and went there 
with the boat and found about thirty Indian fishermen, who were peaceable, and they 
brought to the ship a boy and two Indian women, to whom they gave clothing and 
presents and let them go; from whom they could understand nothing by signs. 

The following Friday, going to take in water, they found at the watering-place 
certain Indians, who were peaceable, and these showed them a pond of water and a 
salt pit which contained much, and they said by signs that they had not their habita- 
tion there, but in the interior, and that there were many people. This same day, in 
the evening, five Indians came to the shore, whom they brought to the ships, and 
they appeared intelligent Indians; and entering in the ship they took note of the 
Spaniards who were there and counted them, and made signs that they had seen other 
men like them, who had beards, and who brought dogs and cross-bows and swords.t 


* An equal blank in the original. Reference probably made to “three large” villages. 

+See also many other similar references beyond. As there was no expedition in the interior con- 
temporaneous with Cabrillo’s it is evident that the Spaniards were misled as to the date of presence 
of these “bearded” white men, of which they here for the first time received notice, as they doubt- 
less were, too, in their evident belief that the Indians were eye-witnesses of what they narrated, the 
sign-language here, as elsewhere, leading to error. Ulloa’s and Alarcon’s explorations in the Gulf of 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 303 


The Indians came anointed with a white bitumen on the thighs and body and arms, 
and they had the bitumen applied in the manner of slashes, so that they appeared like 
men in slashed doublets and hose; and they made signs that five days’ journey thence 
were the Spaniards. And they made signs that there were many Indians, and that 
they had much maize and many parrots.* They came covered with deer-skins, and 
some had the deer-skins dressed in the manner in which the Mexicans dress the skins 
which they carry in the cutters.” It is an advanced and well-disposed people. They 
carry bows and arrows like those of New Spain, the arrows tipped with flints. The 
captain gave them a letter, which they should carry to the Spaniards who they said 
were in the interior. 

They departed from this Puerto de la Posesion, Sunday, the 27th of the said 
month of August, and sailing on their course found an island 2 leagues from the main- 
land; it is uninhabited; there is a good port in it; they gave it the name of San Agus- 
tin [St. Martin]; it contains 2 leagues in cireumference; and so they held on along the 
coast with slack winds, plying to windward, until the following Wednesday, the 30th 
of said month, which gave them much wind from the northwest, which made them put 
into the island of San Agustin. In this island they found some sign of people, and two 
cow-horns [see foot-note, page 307], and very large trees which the sea had cast there, 
which had more than 60 feet in length, and were of such thickness that two men could 
not clasp one of them; these appeared to be cypresses, and there were cedars. There 
was a large quantity of this wood; it contains nothing else. Ifa good port, it is not a 
valuable island; they were in this island until the following Sunday. 

On Sunday, the 3d day of the month of September, they departed from the said 
island of St. Agustin, and proceeded, sailing on their course, and the following Monday 
they cast anchor about 7 leagues distant on the weather shore, on a coast running north 
and south ; and immediately they set sail and held on their course with fair and light 
winds, on a coast running north and south until Thursday, the 7th day of the said 
month of September, when they cast anchor in a creek which the land forms [Todos 
Santos Bay]; and here ends the coast, which runs north and south and turns to the 
northwest. On this creek there is a large valley, and the land is level on the coast, and 
within are high ridges, and rugged land good in appearance. All the coast is bold and 
with a smooth bottom, as at half a league from land they were at anchor in 10 fathoms ; 
here there is much vegetation on the water [kelp]. 

On the Friday following, on the 8th of the said month, they held on with slack 
winds, plying to windward, and they found here contrary currents; they cast anchor at 
a point which forms a cape, and affords a good shelter from the west-northwest ; they 


California, 1539 and 1540, the latter of whom sailed some distance up the Colorado, may have furnished 
these Indians the first meager accounts of the existence of a race of men different from their own. 
With little doubt, however, it was to the expedition of Coronado in search of the seven cities of Cibola 
in 1540, discovered the year previous by Friar Marcos de Niza, that these special references were made. 
The horses and strange weapons, as well as the savage warfare waged by Coronado against the oppos- 
ing tribes, were well calculated to make a deep impression ; and no one aware of the celerity with which 
news is transmitted by means of Indian runners will be surprised that the full knowledge of such 
important events had long before reached the coast tribes, but four or five hundred miles distant. 

* The Pueblo Indians are now, and doubtless were then, in the habit of keeping birds in captiv- 
ity, chiefly birds of prey, to obtain the feathers for ornamental and ceremonial purposes. The birds in- 
dicated were doubtless not ‘ parrots,” whatever they were, as this region is entirely out of the range of 
the parrot family. 


a04 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


gave it the name of Cabo de San Martin [apparently no name for this cape at present] ; 
there is an edge of land on both sides; here some high sierras which come behind 
throw out spurs and begin other small sierras. There is a large valley and many others; 
in appearance it is good land; it is in 325 degrees, and is a clean port and soundable; it 
runs with the island of San Agustin north and south. 

Being at this Cabo de San Martin, they went on shore for water, and found a small 
lagoon with sweet water, where they procured water, and at this watering-place came 
forty Indians with their bows and arrows; they could not understand each other ; they 
came naked; they brought roasted agaves to eat [probably either Agave Shawii or 
Yucca Whipplei, both being indigenous to this region] and fish; it is an advanced race; 
here they took possession ; they were at this cape until the following Monday. 

Monday, on the 8th of the said month, they departed from Cabo de San Martin 
and sailed about 4 leagues on a coast running from north-northeast to south-southwest, ° 
and thence the coast turns to the northwest. The land is lofty and bare ; and the day 
following they sailed also with foul winds about 4 leagues on a coast running from 
northwest to southeast. On the land there are high and broken sierras ; and the follow- 
ing Thursday they cast anchor at about 3 leagues in advance at a point which projects 
into the sea, which forms a cape on both sides; they called it Cabo de Cruz; itis in 33 
degrees; there is no water nor wood, nor did they find any signs of Indians. 

Having departed from Cabo de Ja Cruz, they found themselves the following 
Saturday 2 leagues from Cabo de la Cruz on account of the foul winds on a coast from 
north-northwest to south-southeast, and on shore they saw Indians in some very small 
canoes. The land is very lofty and bare and dry. All the land from the extremity of 
California to this place is sandy like the sea-beach. Here begins land of another char- 
acter, as it is a country of beautiful vegetation and better appearance, like orchards. 

Sunday, on the 17th day of the said month, they set sail to pursue their voyage, 
and about 6 leagues from Cabo de Cruz they found a good port well inclosed, and to 
arrive there they passed by a small island which is near the mainland. In this port 
they obtained water in a little pond of rain-water, and there are groves resembling 
silk-cotton trees, except that it is a hard wood. They found thick and tall trees which 
the sea brought ashore. This port was called San Mateo [San Diego Bay]. It is a 
good country in appearance. There are large cabins, and the herbage like that of 
Spain, and the land is high and rugged. They saw herds of animals like flocks of 
sheep, which went together by the hundred or more, which resembled in appearance 
and movement Peruvian sheep, and with long wool. They have small horns of a span 
in length and as thick as the thumb, and the tail is broad and round and of the length 
of apalm.* It is in 33$ degrees. They took possession of it. They were in this port 
until the following Saturday. 

Saturday, the 23d of the said month, they departed from the said port of San 
Mateo and sailed along the coast until the following MESURE , in which time they made 


* The sane here doseribea seems to have been the aie bE Repo eqanl parts of fact nnd 
imagination. Without the wool the account would apply tolerably well to the antelope (Antilocapra 
americana), which it probably was. The only animal with a woolly fleece indigenous to this region is 
the mountain goat (Aplocerus montana), but this animal inhabits only the highest mountains, and hence 
could not have fallen under the observation of the Spaniards. The last statement applies, too, to the 
mountain sheep (Ovis montana), the remarkable horns of which are besides not at all indicated in the 
foregoing description. 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 305 


about 18 leagues. They saw very beautiful valleys and groves, and a country flat and 
rough, and they did not see Indians. 

On the Tuesday and Wednesday following they sailed along the coast about 8 
leagues and passed by some three uninhabited islands.* One of them is larger than 
the others, and extends 2 entire leagues, and forms a shelter from the west winds. 
They are 3 leagues from the mainland; they are in 34 degrees. This day they saw 
on land great signal smokes. It is a good land in appearance, and there are great 
valleys, and in the interior there are high ridges. They called them Las Islas Desiertas 
(the Desert Isles.) 

The Thursday following they proceeded about 6 leagues by a coast running 
north-northwest and discovered a port inclosed and very good, to which they gave the 
name of San Miguel [San Pedro Bay]. It is in 344 degrees; and after anchoring in it 
they went on shore, which had people, three of whom remained and all the others fled. 
To these they gave some presents; and they said by signs that in the interior had 
passed people like the Spaniards. They manifested much fear. This same day at 
night they went on shore from the ships to fish with a net, and it appears that there 
were here some Indians, and they began to discharge arrows and wounded three men. 

The next day in the morning they entered further within the port, which is large, 
with the boat, and brought away two boys, who understood nothing by signs, and 
they gave them both shirts and immediately sent them away. 

And the following day, in the morning, there came to the ship three large In- 
dians, and by signs they said that there were traveling in the interior men like us, 
with beards, and clothed and armed like those of the ships, and they made signs that 
they carried cross-bows and swords, and made gestures with the right arm as if they 
were throwing lances, and went running in a posture as if riding on horseback, and 
made signs that they killed many of the native Indians, and that for this they were 
afraid.t This people are well disposed and advanced; they go covered with the skins 
of animals. Being in this port there passed a very great tempest, but on account of 
the port’s being good they suffered nothing. It was a violent storm from the west- 
southwest and south-southwest. This is the first storm which they have experienced. 
They were in this port until the following Tuesday. Here Christians were called 
Guacamal. 

The following Tuesday, on the 3d day of the month of October, they departed 
from this port of San Miguel, and Wednesday and Thursday and Friday they pro- 
ceeded on their course about eighteen leagues along the coast, on which they saw 
many valleys and much level ground and many large smokes, and, in the interior, 
sierras. They were at dusk near some islands, which are about seven leagues from 
the mainland, and because the wind was becalmed they could not reach them this 
night. ° 

Saturday, the 7th day of the month of October, they arrived at the islands at 


*If the islands here mentioned still exist they doubtless are San Clemente and Catalina, the lat- 
ter of which always appears to the passing mariner as two islands on account of a depression, which 
has the effect of cutting it intwo. Both these islands, however, were unquestionably inhabited by a 
considerable population, as is evidenced by the extensive collections of implements, etc., recently made 
here, many of them of considerable antiquity. Failing perhaps to discover smoke or other signs of 
human habitation, the Spaniards took it for granted they were “ uninhabited,” and hence passed by 
without landing. 

tReference probably here made to Coronado’s expedition in 1540. 

20 oI 


306 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


daybreak, which they named San Salvador [Santa Cruz] and La Vittoria [ Anacapa, | 
and they anchored off one of them, and they went with the boat on shore to see if there 
were people there, and as the boat came near there issued a great quantity of Indians 
from among the bushes and grass, yelling and dancing and making signs that they 
should come ashore; and they saw that the women were running away, and from the 
boats they made signs that they should have no fear, and immediately they assumed 
confidence and laid on the ground their bows and arrows, and they launched a good 
canoe in the water, which held eight or ten Indians, and they came to the ships. They 
gave them beads and little presents, with which they were delighted, and they pres- 
ently went away. The Spaniards afterwards went ashore and were very secure, they 
and the Indian wemen and all. Here an old Indian made signs to them that on the 
mainland men were journeying, clothed and with beards like the Spaniards. They 
were in this island only until noon. 

The following Sunday, on the 8th of the said month, they came near the main- 
land in a great bay, which they named la Bahia de los fumos [Bahia Ona Bay; 
recently named Monica Bay| on account of the numerous smokes which they saw upon 
it. Here they held intercourse with some Indians, whom they took in a canoe, who 
made signs that towards the north there were Spaniards like them. This bay is in 35 
degrees, and it is a good port, and the country is good, with many valleys and plains 
and trees. 

The following Monday, on the 9th day of the said month of October, they de- 
parted from la Bahia de los fwegos, and proceeded this day about 6 leagues, and 
anchored in a large inlet [laguna near Point Mugu], and they passed on thence the 
following day, Tuesday, and proceeded about 8 leagues on a coast northwest and 
southeast, and we saw on the land a village of Indians near the sea, and the houses 
large in the manner of those of New Spain; and they anchored in front of a very large 
valley on the coast. Here came to the ships many very good canoes which held in 
each one twelve or thirteen Indians, and they gave them notice of Christians who were 
journeying in the interior. The coast is from northwest to southeast. Here they gave 
them some presents, with which they were much pleased. They made signs that in 
seven days they could go where the Spaniards were traveling, and Juan Rodriguez 
was determined to send two Spaniards to the interior. They also made signs that 
there was a great river. With these Indians they sent a letter at a venture to the 
Christians. They gave name to this village of el Pueblo de las Canoas (the Village 
of Canoes). [Near Buenaventura. ‘Pueblo de las Canoas” has usually been identified with 
Santa Barbara, but the distance places it below that point, while the beautiful valley de- 
scribed certainly does not apply to the location of Santa Barbara, which can scarcely be said 
to be in a valley at all. The Santa Clara Valley and mountains agree exactly with the 
description.| They go covered with some skins of animals; they are fishers and eat 
the fish raw; they also eat agaves. This village is in 354 degrees. The country 
within is a very beautiful valley, and they made signs that there was in that valley 
much maize and much food. There appear within this valley some sierras very high, 
and the land is very rugged. They call the Christians Taquimine. Here they took 
possession ; here they remained until Friday, the 13th day of the said month. 

Friday, the 13th day of the said month of October, they departed from Pueblo de 
las Canoas on their voyage, and proceeded this day 6 or 7 leagues, and passed two large 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 307 


islands which extend 4 leagues each one, and are 4 leagues from the continent. They 
are uninhabited, because there is no water in them [the account is doubtless in error: here ; 
these islands must be identical with others mentioned farther on as inhabited| and they have 
good ports. The coast ofthe mainland runs west-northwest; the country is level, with 
many cabins and trees; and the following Saturday they continued on their course, 
and proceeded 2 leagues, no more, and they anchored opposite a valley very beauti- 
ful and very populous, the land being level, with many trees. Here came canoes with 
fish to barter; they remained great friends. 

And the Sunday following, the 15th day of the said month, they held on their 
voyage along the coast about 10 leagues, and there were always many canoes, for all 
the coast is very populous, and many Indians were continually coming aboard the ships, 
and they pointed out to us the villages and named them by their names, which are Xueu, 
Bis, Sopono, Alloc, Xabaagua, Xotococ, Potoltue, Nacbue, Quelqueme, Misinagua,® 
Misesopano, Elquis, Coloc, Mugu, Xagua, Anacbue, Partocac, Susuquey, Quanmu, Gua, 
Asimu, Aguin, Casalic, Tucumu, Incpupu. All these villages extend from the first, 
Pueblo de las Canoas, which is called Xucu, as far as this place; they are in a very good 
country, with very good plains and many trees and cabins; they go clothed with skins; 
they said that inland there were many towns, and much maize at three days’ distance ; 
they call the maize Oep; and also that there were many cows.* They call the cows 
Cae; they also gave us notice of some people with beards, and clothed. They passed 
this day along the shore of a large island which is 15 leagues in length, and they said 
that it was very populous, and that it contained the following villages: Niquipos, Maxul, 
Xugua, Nitel, Macamo, Nimitopal. They named the island San Lucas [Santa Rosa]; 
itis from this place to Pueblo de las Canoas 18 leagues; the island is from the conti- 
nent 6 leagues. 

Monday, the 16th day of the said month, sailing along the coast they proceeded 4 
leagues, and anchored in the evening opposite two villages | Dos Pueblos]; and also this 
day canoes were continually coming to the ships, and they made signs that further on 
there were canoes much larger. 

The Tuesday following, the 17th day of the said month, they proceeded 3 leagues 
with fair weather, and there were with the ship from daybreak many canoes, and the eap- 
tain continually gave them many presents; and all this coast where they have passed is 
very populous ; they brought them a large quantity of fresh sardines very good; they say 
that inland there are many villages and much food; these did not eat any maize; they 
went clothed with skins, and wear their hair very long and tied up with cords very long 
and placed within the hair, and these strings have many small daggers attached of flint 
and wood and bone [many of which were excavated by the survey party, in 1875, from 
the graves|. The land is very excellent in appearance. 

Wednesday, the 18th day of the said month, they went running along the coast 
until 10 o’clock, and saw all the coast populous, and because a fresh wind sprung up 
canoes did not come. They came near a point which forms a cape like a galley, and 
they named it Cabo de Galera [Point Concepcion], and it is in a little over 36 degrees ; 


*The animals here mentioned, and which were understood by the Spaniards to be cows, were 
doubtless bisons, which formerly ranged to the eastern foot-hills of the Sierras, and accounts of which, if 
not skins, must have reached the coast tribes. Althongh cows were introduced into the New World by 
Columbus, and into Mexico as early as 1525, if was not until many years afterward, upon the perma- 
nent settlement of California by the Spaniards, that these domestic animals found their way here. 


308 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


and because there was a fresh northwest wind they stood off from the shore and dis- 
covered two islands, the one large, which has 8 leagues of coast running east and west 
[Santa Rosa, but with only 5 leagues of coast running as described], the other has 4 
leagues [San Miguel, with only 2 leagues], and in this small one there is a good port 
[ Cuyler’s Harbor], and they are peopled; they are 10 leagues from the continent ; they 
are called las Islas de San Lucas. [Zhe name is here applied to but two islands, but sub- 
sequently the whole group appears to have been thus designated.| From the mainland to 
Cabo de Galera it runs west by northeast, and from Pueblo de las Canoas to Cabo de 
Galera there is a very populous province, and they callit Xexu; it has many lan-— 
guages different from each other; they have many great wars with each other; it is from 
E] Pueblo de las Canoas to El Cabo de Galera 30 leagues; they were in these islands 
until the following Wednesday, because it was very stormy. 

Wednesday, the 25th day of the said month, they departed from the said islands, 
from the one which was more to the windward ; it has a very good port, so that from 
all the storms of the sea no damage will be suffered by those within its shelter; they 
called it La Posesion [San Miguel previously with Santa Rosa called las Islas de San 
Incas]. This day they advanced little, as the wind was not favorable; and in the 
middle of the following night they had a wind, south-southwest and west-southwest, 
with rain, so that they saw themselves in difficulty, for it was a side wind and they 
were near the land, and they could not double the cape on one side or the other [they 
were probably between Point Arguello and Concepcion]; and the following Thursday 
at vespers the wind sheered off to the south, and they proceeded on their course 10 
leagues on a coast running north-northwest and south-southeast; all this coast is 
inhabited and in appearance good land; this night they kept out to sea, for they had 
a side wind, and the Friday and Saturday and Sunday following they were beating 
about from one side to the other with foul winds, and could gain nothing, and they 
were in 364 degrees, 10 leagues from Cabo de Galera [off San Luis Obispo]; and in 
the same manner they held on Monday and Tuesday to the 31st day of the said month, 
the eve of All Saints’ Day, beating about on one side and the other; and they wished 
to approack the mainland in search of a great river of which they had notice, which 
was on the other side of Cabo de Galera, and because there were on land many marks 
of rivers, and they found no river. [The great river for which they were constantly on 
the watch, and of which they evidently received confused and perplexing accounts from the 
Indians, was probably the Colorado. Its proximity renders certain the supposition that 
the Indians were well aware of the wonderful river, its whereabouts being evidently wholly 
misinterpreted by the Spaniards.| Nor did they anchor here for the coast was very bold. 
They found during this month on this coast the weather as in Spain, from 34 degrees 
and upwards, and with much cold mornings and evenings, and with storms, dark and 
cloudy weather, and the air heavy. 

Wednesday, at midnight, on the Ist day of November, standing off, a heavy 
wind from the north-northwest struck them, which did not let them carry a palm of 
sail, and by the dawn of day freshened so much that they could do no less than seek 
shelter, and they took shelter tinder Cabo de Galera, and anchored there and went on 
shore, and because there was a large town which they call Xexo, and wood did not 
appear to be very much at hand, they agreed to go to Pueblo de las Sardinas [Goletta 
Anchorage], because there water and wood were very near and accessible; they called 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 309 


this harbor of Galera Puerto de Todos Santos [Cove Anchorage]. The following 
Thursday they went to Pueblo de las Sardinas, where they were taking in water and 
wood three days, and the natives of the country aided them and brought wood and 
water to the ships. This village of the Puerto de Sardinas is called Cicacut, and the 
others, which are from that place to Cabo de Galera are, Ciueut, Anacot?, Maquinanoa, 
Paltatre, Anacoat, Olesino, Caacat®, Paltocac, Tocane, Opia, Opistopia, Nocos, Yutum, 
Quiman, Micoma, Garomisopona. An old Indian woman is princess of these villages, 
who came to the ships and slept two nights in the captain’s ship, and the same did 
many Indians. The village of Ciucut appeared to be capital of the other villages, as 
they came there from other villages at the call of that princess; the village which is 
at the cape is called Xexo. From this port to Pueblo de las Canoas there is another 
province which they call Xucu’; they have their houses round and covered very well 
down to the ground ; they go covered with skins of many kinds of animals; they eat 
oak acorns, and a grain which is as large as maize, and is white, of which they make 
dumplings ; itis good food. They say that inland there is much maize, and that men 
like us are traveling there; this port is in 353 degrees. 

Monday, the 6th of the said month of November, they departed from the said 
port of Sardinas, and that day they made hardly any progress, and until the following 
Friday they held on with very little wind. This day we reached Cabo de Galera ; 
through all this course they could not avail themselves of Indians who came to board 
them with water and fish and showed much good disposition; they have in their villages 
their large public squares, and they have an inclosure like a circle, and around the 
inclosure they have many blocks of stone fastened in the ground, which issue about 
three palms, and in the middle of the inclosures they have many sticks of timber 
driven into the ground like masts, and very thick; and they have many pictures on 
these same posts, and we believe that they worship them, for when they dance they go 
dancing around the inclosure. [See Introduction, Part I, page 27.| 

The Saturday following, the day of San Martin, on the 11th day of the said 
month of November, they proceeded, sailing along the land, and they found themselves 
this morning 12 leagues from the cape, in the same place where they arrived first [i. e. 
off San Inis Obispo]; and all this day they had a good wind so that they sailed along 
a coast running northwest and southeast full 20 leagues; all this coast which they 
passed this day isa bold coast without any harbor, and there extends a chain (cordillera) 
of sierras along the whole of it, very lofty, and it is as high by the sea as on the land 
within; the sea beats upon it [this description applies exactly to the coast between Cape 
Saint Martin and Point Sur]; they saw no population nor smokes, and all the coast, 
which has no shelter on the north, is uninhabited ; they named the sierras las Sierras 
de San Martin; they are in 374 degrees; the spurs of these and of the sierras on the 
northwest form a cape which projects into the sea in 38 degrees; they named it Cabo 
de Martin [Point Sur]. This same night of Saturday, at four o’clock in the night, 
being in the sea about 6 leagues from the coast, lying by waiting for the day, with a 
southeast wind, so great a storm struck them from the southwest and the south-south- 
west with rain and dark cloudy weather, that they could not keep up a handbreadth 
of sail, and it made them run with a small foresail, with much labor, all the night, and 
the Sunday following the tempest fell upon them with much greater violence, which 
continued that day and night until the following Monday at noon, and the storm was 


310 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


as great as can be experienced in Spain. On Saturday night they lost sight of their 
consort. 

Monday, the 13th day of the said month of November, at the hour of vespers, 
the weather cleared up and the wind veered to the west, and immediately they put on 
sail and went in search of their consort at the turn of the land, praying to God that 
they might discover her, as they much feared that she would be lost; they were 
running to the north and to the north-northwest with the wind west and west-north- 
west; and the following Tuesday at daybreak they had sight of the land, and they 
were able to hold on until the evening, and they could see that the lend was very high, 
and they cruised along the coast to see if there was any port where they might take 
shelter ; and so great was the swell of the sea that it was fearful to behold; and the 
coast was bold, and the sierras very lofty, and at evening they lay by at anchor ; it is 
a coast running from northwest to southeast ; they perceived the land at a point which 
projects into the sea which forms a cape, and the point is covered with trees, and is in 
40 degrees [| Point de Arenas]. : 

Wednesday, the 15th of the said month, they had sight of their consort, for which 
they gave many thanks to God, as they considered her lost; and they came up with 
her and joined her at evening. They of the other ship endured more danger and risk 
than those of the captain’s vessel, on account of its being small and having no deck. 
This land where they were sailing is to appearance very good, but they saw no Indians 
nor smokes. There are grand sierras covered with snow; there are many trees. At 
night they lowered the sails and lay by. 

On the following Thursday, the 16th of the said month of November, at daybreak, 
‘they were upon a large inlet [Bodega Bay?], which came from a turn of the shore, 
which appeared to have a port and a river, and they went beating about this day and 
the night and the Friday following, until they saw that there was no river nor any 
harbor; and to take possession they cast anchor in 45 fathoms. They did not dare to 
land on account of the high sea. This creek is in a little over 39 degrees, and it is 
all covered with pines to the sea. They gave it the name of la Bahia de los Pinos 
[Bodega Bay]. The following night they lay by until the next day. 

The following Saturday they were running along the coast, and they found them- 
selves at night off el Cabo de San Martin. All the coast they passed from this day is 
very bold, and there is a great swell of the sea, and the land is very lofty; there are 
mountains which rise to the sky and the sea beats upon them. While sailing near the 
land it appears as if they would fall upon the ships; they are covered with snow to 
the summit. They gave them the name of las Sierras Nevadas [the Sierra Nevada 
thus christened], and the principal one forms a cape, which projects into the sea, which 
they named Cabo de Nieve [not identifiable]. The coast runs north-northwest and 
south-southeast. It does not appear that Indians inhabit this coast. This Cabo de 
Nieve is in 382 degrees, and always when it blew from the northwest it made the 
weather fair and clear. 

Thursday, on the 23d day of the month, they approached on a backward course 
the islands of San Lucas |the group collectively here meant], and one of them named 
la Posesion [San Miguel]; and they ran along all the coast, point by point, from el 
Cabo de Pinos to them, and they found no harbor, so that of necessity they had to 
return to the said island, on account of having these days a very high west-northwest 
wind, and the swell of the sea was very great. From Cabo de Martin to Cabo de Pinos 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 311 


we saw no Indians, because of the coast’s being bold and without harbor and rugged ; 
and on the southeast side of Cabo de Martin for 15 leagues they found the country 
inhabited, and many smokes, for the land is good ; but from el Cabo de Martin as far 
as to 40 degrees we saw no sign of Indians. El Cabo de San Martin is in 374 degrees. 

While wintering in this Isla de Posesion [San Miguel], on the 3d day of January, 
1543, departed from this present life Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, captain of the said 
ships, from a fall which he had on the same island at the former time when they were 
there, by which he broke an arm near the shoulder. He left for captain the chief pilot, 
who was one Bartolome Ferrelo, a native of the Levant; and he charged them much 
at the time of his death that they should not give up the discovery, as far as possible, 
of all that coast. They named the island la Isla de Juan Rodriguez.* The Indians 
call this island Liquimuymu, and another they call Nicalque, and the other they 
call Limu. In this island de la Posesion there are two villages; the one is called 
Zaco” and the other Nimollollo. On one of the other islands there are three vil- 
lages; one they call Nichochi, and another Coycoy, and the other Estocoloco. On 
the other island there are eight villages, which are, Miquesesquelua, Poele, Pisqueno, 
Pualnacatup, Patiquiu, Patiquilid, Ninumu, Muoe, Pilidquay, Lilibeque. 

The Indians of these islands are very poor. They are fishermen; they eat noth- 
ing but fish; they sleep on the ground; all their business and employment is to fish. 
In each house they say there are fifty souls. They live very swinishly; they go naked. 
They were in these islands from the 23d of November to the 19th of January. In all 
this time, which was almost two months, there were very hard wintry storms on the 
land and the sea. The winds which prevailed most were west-southwest and south- 
southwest and west-northwest. The weather was very tempestuous. 

Friday, the 19th day of the monthof January, 1543, they set sail from the island 
of Juan Rodriguez, which is called Liquimuymu by the natives [San Miguel], to go to 
the mainland in quest of some supplies of provisions for their voyage, and in leaving 
the port a heavy storm from the west-northwest struck them, which made them put inte 
the other island of San Lueas, and they anchored off the island of Limun, to which they 
gave the name of San Salvador [Santa Cruz], and they found it necessary to weigh 
anchor again because it had no port more under the shelter of the islands, and the 
wind veered round obliquely, and they sailed round these islands eight days with the 
winds very foul, sheltering themselves by the islands from the bad weather; and on 
the 27th day of the said month they entered the same port of the island of Juan Rod- 
riguez where they were before. The greatest obstacle they had was because the 
winds were not fixed, but went veering about from one to another. Those which are 
most constant are from the west-northwest and from the west-southwest. 

Tuesday, the 29th day of the said month of January, they departed from the island 
of Juan Rodriguez {San Miguel] for the island of San Lucas [Santa Rosa here intended ; 
although the confusion resulting from the Spaniards’ having named and renamed certain 
ones of the group renders it difficult to fix them with precision), which is in the middle of 
the others, to take up certain anchors which they had left in a storm, not being able 
to raise them, which they took, and took in water. 


of the island of San Miguel, evidently then well populated. It has become barren and desolate in the 
extreme by reason of the drifted sand, which lies on it to the depth of many feet, and which will 
doubtless always preserve the secret of Cabrillo’s grave, 


312 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


They departed from this island of San Lucas Monday, the 12th day of the month 
of February, which they could not do sooner on account of the bad weather, which 
gave them winds and much snow. It is inhabited, and the people are like those of the 
other island. The Indians call it Nicalque. There are three villages in it, which are 
called Nicochi, Coyeoy, Coloco. This day they went to Puerto de las Sardinas [ Goletta 
Anchorage], to take in wood and other things necessary for their voyage, as they were 
not to be obtained on those islands. 

Wednesday, the 14th day of the said month, they departed from El Puerto de 
Sardinas, having taken a boat-load of wood, and they did not dare to remain longer 
there on account of the great swell of the sea; they did not find so many Indians as 
before, nor any fishing on account of the winter; the natives eat oak acorns and other 
seeds and herbs of the field without cooking. From this place they proceeded to the 
island of San Salvador [Santa Cruz], because they were there more secure from the 
storms, that they might be able to make sail and run along by the sea. 

Sunday, the 18th day of the said month of February, they departed from the isl- 
and of San Salvador with a moderate wind to the northeast, and they ran along to the 
southwest, because they were told that there were other islands toward the southwest ; 
they were at dusk this day about 12 leagues from the island of San Salvador, and they 
saw six islands, some large and others small. [The southern members of the Santa 
Barbara group, of which there are actually but five; but Santa Catalina has the appear- 
ance of being cut in two.| This day a sailor died, and the following Monday, at day- 
break, they were at sea about 10 leagues to the windward of the islands, and with the 
wind west-northwest they were standing off five days to the southwest, and after they 
had proceeded about a hundred leagues they found the wind more violent and the sea 
high; and Thursday, the 22d day of the said month of February, they again stood in- 
shore to endeavor to reach Cabo de Pinos [Point de Arenas], with the wind south- 
southeast, which continued three days, and was increasing each day; and the Sunday 
following, at daybreak, they gained sight of Cabo de Pinos, and they were this day at 
dusk 20 leagues to windward on a coast running northwest and southeast, and it is bold 
and without harbor; there was no smoke seen on the land, and they saw a point which 
formed the extremity of the land which turned the coast to the northwest; in the mid- 
dle of the night the wind suddenly shifted to the south-southwest, and they ran to the 
west-northwest until day, and in the morning the wind shifted to the west-southwest 
with great violence, which held on until the following Tuesday; they ran to the north- 
west. 

Tuesday, the 27th day of the said month, the wind veered to the south-southwest, 
which held on all day ; they ran to the west-northwest with the foresails lowered, for 
it blew violently; at the approach of night the wind shifted to the west; they ran all 
night to the south with but few sails; there was a high sea which washed over them. 

The Wednesday following, the 28th day of the said month, at daybreak, the wind 
shifted directly to the southwest, and it did not blow hard. This day they took the 
latitude in 43 degrees. [Allowing the necessary error of a degree and a half, this would 
place the ships somewhat above Cape Mendocino.| Towards night the wind freshened 
and shifted to the south-southwest. They ran this night to the west-northwest 
with much difficulty, and Thursday at daybreak the wind shifted to the southwest 
with great fury, and the seas came from many parts, which harassed them much, and 


VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 313 


broke over the ships, which, not having decks, if God should not succor them, they 
could not escape, and not being able to lay by, of necessity they ran aft northeast 
towards the land; and now, holding themselves for lost, they commended themselves 
to our Lady of Guadaloupe, and made their wills, and ran thus until three o'clock in 
the afternoon with much fear and labor, for they saw that they were going to be lost, 
and already saw many signs of the land which was near, as small birds, and logs very 
fresh, which floated from some rivers, although from the dark and cloudy weather the 
land did not appear. At this hour the Mother of God succored them with the grace 
of her Son, and there came a very violent rain-storm from the north, which made them 
run all that night and the following day until sunset to the south, with the foresails 
lowered ; and because there was a high sea from the south it broke over them each 
time by the prow, and passed over them as if over a rock, and the wind shifted to the 
northwest and the north-northwest with great fury, so that it made them run until 
Saturday, the 3d of March, to the southeast and to the east-southeast, with such a 
high sea that it made them ery out without reserve that if God and His blessed Mother 
did not miraculously save them they could not escape. Saturday at noon the wind 
moderated and remained at the northwest, for which they gave many thanks to our 
Lord. They suffered also in provisions, as they had only biscuit, and that damaged. 

It appeared to them that there was a very large river, of which they had much 
indication, between 41 degrees and 43, for they saw many signs of it. [Probably the 
drift from the Columbia was here noticed, although all the smaller rivers of this coast carry 
down more or less drift-wood.| This day, in the evening, they recognized Cabo de Pinos 
[Point Arenas], and on account of the high sea which prevailed they could do no less 
than run along the coast on the return course in search of a port. They experienced 
much cold. 

Monday, on the 5th day of the said month of March, 1543, at dawn, they found 
themselves off the island of Juan Rodriguez [San Miguel], and they did not dare to 
enter the port on account of the great storm which prevailed, which dashed the sea 
on the entrance of the port in 15 fathoms; the wind was north-northwest; the en- 
trance is narrow; they ran into the harbor of the island of San Salvador [Santa Cruz] 
on the southeast side; and the night before coming with a violent tempest, with only 
two small foresails, the other ship disappeared, co that they suspected that the sea had 
swallowed it up, and they could not discover it any more, even after daybreak ; they 
believe they must have been in 44 degrees when the last storm took them and com- 
pelled them to fall off to leeward. [The allowance of a degree and a half would place 
the highest point reached in about 424 degrees, or at about the southern border of Oregon, 
and it is believed that this is not far out of the way.| 

Thursday, the 8th day of the said month, they departed from the island of-San 
Salvador, to stand in for the mainland in search of the other ship, and they proceeded 
to Pueblo de las Canoas [ Buenaventura] and did not obtain news of the other ship; and 
here they took four Indians. 

The Friday following, on the 9th of the said month, they departed from Pueblo 
de las Canoas and proceeded to the island of San Salvador and found no signs of their 
consort. 

Sunday, the 11th of the said month, they came near Puerto de San Miguel [ Saint 
Pedro Bay), neither did they find here their consort nor any news of her; here they 


314 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 


waited six days; here they took two boys to carry to New Spain for interpreters, and 
left certain signals in case the other ship should approach. 

Saturday, the 17th day of the said month, they departed from the said Puerto de 
San Miguel; the following Sunday they arrived off Bahia de San Mateo [San Diego 
Bay] and found no more signs of the other ship. 

Sunday, the 18th day of the said month, in the evening, they departed from this 
bay of San Mateo, and the Wednesday following, on the 21st of the said month, they 
arrived at Puerto de la Posesion [Port St. Quentin], and still obtained no news of their 
consort; they waited two days without entering the port, for they did not dare to 
enter it on account of the heavy northwest wind which blew, and, as it broke their 
cable, of necessity they weighed anchor. 

Friday, on the 23d day of the said month, they departed from Puerto de la 
Posesion, and the following Saturday at midnight they arrived off Isla de Cedros 
[Cerros Island], and being there the following Monday, the 26th day of the said 
month, arrived the other ship off Isla de Cedros, at which they rejoiced much and gaye 
many thanks to God; this ship put into La Isla de Juan Rodriguez [San Miguel], by 
night, passing over some breakers so that they expected to be lost, and the mariners 
promised to go in procession naked to her church, and our Lady delivered them. 

On Monday, the 2d day of the month of April, they departed from Isla de Cedros 
on their return to New Spain, because they did not have a supply of provisions to 
renew their attempt to discover the coast. They arrived in El Puerto de Navidad 
Saturday the 14th day of the said month of April. 

Came as captain of the ships, Bartolome Ferrel, chief pilot of the said ships, in 
default of Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, who died in Isla de la Posesion [San Miguel]. The 
men came in the said ships. 


Found without the name of the author, in the general archives of the Indias of 
Seville, in the letter of the time, among the papers brought from Simancas. File 9 of 
Descriptions and Populations. 


Examined and approved. 
MARTIN FERNANDEZ DE NAVARRETE. 


Another copy in the collection of Muiioz, vol. xxxvi, in which he inserts after his 
certificate of approval: “At the head and on the cover of this narrative occurs three 
times, De Juan Paez.” The differences which are noticed between this and that are, 
4, 30° and 2. 5. Northeast southwest. 6. The last two names are united thus: Quan- 
nuegua. 7. Anacoac. 8. Caacac. 9. Xuca. 10. Caco. 


U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN. 


Ist Lizut. GEO M. WHEELER, Corps or ENGINEERS, U. S. ARMY, IN CHARGE. 


PART TT—(Vou. ViI—Arcuzoroey.) 


THE PUEBLO RUINS anp THE INTERIOR TRIBES. 


BY 


FREDERICK W. PUTNAM, 


CURATOR OF THE PEABODY MUSEUM, CAMBRIDGE, MASS, 


315 


‘ai ; 4 
>. 7 ‘ 
— Sy - ! 
® . . : K 
c | : | 
- oo : 
@ - * 
5 - 
i? 
% " : ‘ 
J 
; : 
- 
; / 
: [ 
| ler 
_ 3 ‘ 
7 ‘ 


LNEEODUCTION: 


Durine the progress of the survey of the territory west of the 100th 
meridian, several of the officers connected with the field parties in New 
Mexico, Arizona, and Colorado had opportunities for collecting a number 
of objects pertaining to the Indian tribes. They were also able to record 
many observations of considerable archzeological and ethnological import- 
ance and interest in relation to the ancient and present pueblos. 

A few of the accounts were furnished by their authors for publication 
in the annual reports on the progress of the Survey, while others have 
remained at the office in manuscript. As there is yet wanting a full and 
correct account of the people who, while formerly more numerous than 
now, still inhabit the great interior portion of ‘our country, principally in- 
cluded between the 32° and 38° of north latitude and from 104° to 113° 
west longitude, every addition that is made to the meagre history of this, 
ethnologically considered, important development of village life on the 
western continent is of interest. 

Whence came this once numerous people? How long since they 
reached the high position of village and agricultural life? What has been 
their influence on the history of American tribes? All these are ques- 
tions which are yet without satisfactory answers. Of speculations there 
have been many, but until a more thorough record of facts is obtained all 
theories are comparatively worthless. As yet we are hardly possessed of 
anything more than the preliminary observations which lead us to the belief 
that there is here an extensive field for research. 


When an expedition, properly equipped, with no other than ethnologi- 
317 


318 INTRODUCTION. | 


eal and archeological work to perform, with plenty of time allowed for the 
work, shall have been over the region, it will be time to offer theories with 
some hope of their leading to satisfactory results. It is, therefore, with this 
feeling of the importance of placing on record every reliable fact and obser- 
vation possible, in relation to the present pueblo tribes, and the ruins of 
the former more or less extensive towns, and probably communal houses, 
that the observations of the officers of the Survey are here incorporated, 
with short descriptions of a number of stone implements, pottery, and 
other objects found in the pueblos and about the ruins. 7 

Various objects were also obtained by the officers of the Survey from 
the Indian tribes of the interior and are briefly referred to in the following 
pages, though, owing to the rapid disappearance of these from Indian life, 
their importance is such as to justify a more extended notice than it is 
possible to give in this connection. 


NOTES ON THE PUEBLOS AND THEIR INHABITANTS.” 


By G. THompson, Topographer. 


In figure and stature, the people of the pueblos are noble looking and 
beautifully formed. Generally of medium height, they have complete 
muscular development without knottiness or sinewy appearance; their 
chests are full and deep. Standing easily and lightly on their feet they 
are erect and graceful. Their countenances are noble and dignified, and I 
have seen among the men those who were as courtly, polished, and hospita- 
ble in manner as a Spanish grandee of the olden time. 

Judging from my own experience they are cordial and even jovial in 
manner toward a stranger. Although probably of one people, each pueblo 
has its own government. The Oraibe are offended if called Moqui, while 
the Jemez ridicule the Pueblo of Silla, and believe the Jemez to have been 
once the only great tribe, and delight to talk of their former numbers and 
greatness. Notwithstanding the pursuits of this people are of a peaceful 
and pastoral character, as warriors they have always been valued as allies 
and dreaded as enemies. For proof of their stubborn and desperate courage, 
one has only to learn of their resistance to Spanish usurpation, when many 
a doughty Spaniard went under at Jemez, Ildefonso, and around Santa F¢. 
Our own government found them invaluable as allies to act against the 


*During the field-seasons of 1572, 73, and ’74, Mr. Thompson had favorable opportunities for 
visiting eight of the inhabited pueblos in New Mexico, and of making examinations of the ruins of 
four of the ancient pueblos. While in Southern Utah, in 1873, he also met with indications of the 
former existence there of a people who were probably of the same stock with the pueblo tribes. The 
results of his observations were briefly recorded in a manuscript which is here printed.—F. W. P. 

319 


320 THE PUEBLOS AND 


Navajos; and as a proof of their magnanimity, many Navajos are now 
living in the pueblos, intermarry with the people, and are even admitted to 
their ceremonies in the spring. Towards Mexicans they are exclusive, 
and at Isleta they are not allowed to live in the pueblo. Each pueblo 
has its own art or furnishes its peculiar product. Thus the Jemez do not 
own a single sheep, but raise fruit and corn. Cochiti is noted for its 
pottery, the Oraibe and Navajo are the weavers, while the Moqui are the 
song-inakers. At Jemez, during a dance, a Moqui song was sung in the 
Moqui tongue, and it was learned that the song-leader of the Jemez went 
each year to the Moqui to learn new songs, for which he paid ‘ money.” 
On his return, previous to the time of the dance, he gathers the robust and 
sweet voices of the tribe, when the song is repeated after him until all are 
equally proficient. At the ‘‘ Pinon Dance” in Jemez we were admitted to 
the dressing-room, and the leader was assiduously engaged in making the 
performers perfect. They are singing at all times, and it forms the greater 
part of their ceremonies. At Oraibe singing began with the first break of 
the day, but did not, however, last late at night, as they evidently are early 
to bed and to rise. At Nambé I went into one of the houses, and a singer 
entertained my companion and myself with several songs, each with different 
words, time, and melody, accompanying himself with beating on a small 
drum. One of the songs was so pleasing that I had him sing it three times. 
They are keen at a trade; and, though holding to their price, are not extor- 
tionate. They are honest and industrious, proud of working, and ridicule 
those Indians who live in wigwams and are lazy. They are found to be 
valuable workers in land office survey parties as flagmen, etc. 

That they have a religion of some character, which is in some way 
connected with the estufas, seems probable. These estufas are circular and 
are found in all the inhabited pueblos and also in the ruins. They are gen- 
erally regarded as sacred places, not to be entered except by a few. Ihave 
understood that in some there was an inner room, which only one priest 
once a year enters, and alone. At Jemez the use of the estufas seems to be 
less restricted than in some other of the pueblos, and has more the char- 
acter of a council-house. J have heard that in former time fires were kept 
burning in the estufas, but it may be that the custom had more of a prac- 


THEIR INHABITANTS. 321 


tical aid to every-day life than a part of their religion. This people have 
many traditions among them, which are of interest in reference to this 
matter, and some one should collect them. 

Their belief is in Montezuma, who is to come to them again in the 
morning at sunrise, and at Oraibe Mr Gibbons told me the people went 
upon the house-top and would sit looking to the east at sunrise. This has 
led some persons to regard the Pueblo tribes as sun-worshippers. It may 
be that they worship the sun and the moon, “ the captain of the night,” and 
the rain bringing the harvest. Mount Taylor they call ‘mother of the 


rain;” 


and it is a sacred mountain, where, as Hosta told us, ‘they go to 
pray to their gods that they may have rain and good harvests.” Upon the 
summit of Mount Taylor is a small cave, which is used as an estufa. This 
cave is closed with large rocks when their meeting is over. Near it were 
found sticks of different patterns, ornamented with feathers, each pattern 
indicating the tribe offering it, and the herders told us that little bows and 
arrows, moccasins, plows, ete., were found after they had left. The Indians 
never allowed the herders to come near them during the time, but dancing 
and singing is believed to be the main part of the ceremony. Hosta hoped 
we had disturbed nothing, as we would have found only acave. This cere- 
mony takes place about the middle of June. These “ mountain places of 
worship” seem generally to consist of an inclosure, occupying the highest 
part of the peak, and made of rocks piled up, against which earth is some- 
times thrown. Leading from the inclosures are one, two, or three trenches, 
about 18 inches wide and a foot deep. The herders told me that the Indians 
danced in the trenches. Broken pieces of pottery, beads, and pieces of marine 
shells were found near them. I found a little bow on Mount Taylor, some 
pretty bits of marine shells on one of the Jemez peaks, and beads on the 
White Mountain at Camp Apache. On the mountain peaks in lower New 
Mexico there are indications of similar ceremonies having taken place as in 
the north, but as we do not know of such ceremonies among the Apaches 
it may be that these places in the south were simply ‘“lookouts.” 
According to the tradition which we heard, Montezuma was born at 
Pecos, of a poor woman, a virgin; and as he grew up herded sheep; and 


an eagle came and kept him company. After awhile the eagle would place 
2101 


322 THE PUEBLOS AND 


himself before Montezuma as though he would have him sit upon his back. 
At last Montezuma did so, when the eagle flew without rest to Mexico, 
where Montezuma founded a great people. He is to return again, and at 
sunrise.* The eagle is regarded with peculiar veneration by them in con- 
sequence, and upon the roofs of the houses may be seen huge cages made 
of logs of wood and covered, containing eagles; and their feathers are used 
in the dances. I saw at Ojo Caliente an eagle so tame as to be loose about 
the house. 

Hosta said, when telling of Montezuma, ‘the old people still believe 
all this, but the young people do not care.” 

I could not discover any method of recording events, and their history 
finally assumes the form of tradition. As a people they do not make many 
inscriptions, although I saw quite a number on the lava rocks near Santa Fé. 

Their trails are remarkable, extending as they do in a straight line 
from one pueblo to another, and even traced from ruin to ruin. These 
deeply-worn paths, even on the rocks, passing without swerving to right or 
left, over valley, plain, or ascent of mesa—as though the trail was older than 
the mesas, or before the canons, gnawed into the plateaus by erosion, had 
reached their pathway—speak more powerfully than all else of how old a 
people they are. 

The character of the country and the. habits of the people brought 
Scriptural stories continually to mind. The Mormons regard them as the 
lost tribe of Israel, and have, in their religious zeal, attempted their conver- 
sion. Tuba, an Oraibe, is a convert, and Jacob Hamlin, ‘ Mormon Jacob,” 
is regarded with great respect and affection. Mr. Gibbons told me that 
it was once understood that the Moqui language contained Welsh words, 
and when he went out to their towns Brigham Young sent a Welshman 
along to see if it were so. The Welshman gave a humorous report of his 
success, which I cannot recall. 


*Asa general account of the Pueblo people would not be complete without a reference to the 
‘‘Montezuma legend” in some one of its many forms, the above rendering of the myth is here retained, 
although the legend itself probably refers simply to one or more great leaders of the Pueblo tribes at 
periods preceding the Spanish conquest. The name of the composite hero, and his final journey to 
Mexico, are so evidently due to early Spanish interpretations and additions to the original legend, that 
until the legend is known as it existed at the time of Spanish contact, its consideration is not of the least 
ethnological importance.—F. W. P. 


THEIR INHABITANTS. 323 


Some of the Zuni are very white, and seem to be a class by them- 
selves. We found them at Ojo Caliente, a sort of summer resort for the 
Zuni. I saw an albino at Oraibe, and also one at Jemez. 

The Moqui bury their dead upright, facing the east, in any convenient 
place, and, I am told, with but little ceremony. The grave is closed by a 
flat rock, and other stones are placed at the sides. A person not knowing 
what these graves were would take them for feeding-places for sheep. 
The grave-stones were not marked. The same kind of graves I saw near 
Zuni. At Jemez there is a regular grave-yard, which is walled in, and the 
graves have headboards—probably due to Spanish influence. 

The towns are generally of one or the other of two ground-plans. 
The first being a single building, with one, two, or three sides, facing a plaza 
inclosed by a wall. I believe it will be found that this manner of building 
is used when the pueblos are in a plain without natural features of defense. 
Such buildings are sometimes four stories in height, each story facing the 
plaza, but falling back the width of the room below it. The Pueblo Pin- 
tado probably had towers at the angles of the wall. At Tule Spring the 
pueblo was a row of buildings facing the east and the spring. The second 
class is laid out in streets, sometimes with a plaza, as at Jemez. The 
present Pueblo of Jemez is built of adobe, while the houses of Old Jemez 
are of stone. 

The Moqui towns were very irregular. The present Pueblo of Zuni 
has the appearance of being built on a knoll, but the hill is really the dirt 
of the town, and as it accumulates the houses are carried up a story. In 
the court-yard of the ruin of Pueblo Pintado are large mounds from the 
same cause, and if dug over much of interest might be found. Isleta is very 
fine in appearance. It contains a large Catholic church, and the walls are 
covered with a light cream-colored stucco, adding much to its appearance. 

I have never been able to find a fire-place in a ruined pueblo, and this 
may go to prove that the method of making a fire-place of adobe in the 
corner of the room after the walls are built, in the present pueblos, is also 
the old one. At the ruins of the Pueblo Pintado many of the windows are 
so small that they appear to have been loop-holes for defense. 

In the inhabited pueblos sheets of mica are used in the windows as a 


324 THE PUEBLOS AND THEIR INHABITANTS. 


substitute for glass. The huge oval ovens for baking, sometimes placed 
upon the roofs of the houses, give to the towns a peculiar appearance. I 
never heard of any metal being found in the ruins. At the Moqui Towns 
there is a ruin on a mesa. 

There is no doubt that the people were once more numerous than at 
present ; and I judge at one time there must have been quite an emigra- 
tion, probably to portions of Mexico. Hosta told us that the Pueblo Pin- 
tado was deserted at that time. There may have been through trails from 
these towns to the Pacific Coast. 

From personal knowledge there are indications at Pipe Spring, Utah, 
of houses built of stones, and Prof. A. H. Thompson has informed me that in 
the canon of the Escalante, and in the Colorado cafon, there were remains 
of stone houses; and Mr. Harris, a Mormon—some seventeen or twenty 
years ago (I understood)—went with an expedition sent out by Brigham 
Young into the country between Grand and Green Rivers, and found 
stone houses two stories in height in a country where now there is no 
water, nor has there been any within at least two hundred years. I judge 
that just north of the Colorado was the northern limit of this people. 

To the south, there is a ruin at the Hot Springs on the Gila, which is 
south even of the ruin at Tule Spring and near Milligan’s ranche—no doubt 
quite in old Mexico. 


THE PUEBLO OF ACOMA. 


By Dr. Oscar LoEw. 


[From notes by G. L. McGee. ] 


Acoma is about 45 miles south of Old Fort Wingate, N. Mex. It 
is built on a barren sandstone mesa some 300 feet above the plain. As we 
filed around the base of the rock, the Indians, on their high perch, shouting 
in their peculiar wild notes, presented a scene more weird and savage than 
anything that I have ever seen before. The town can be approached only 
by two narrow and very steep paths. We ascended by the foot-path on 
the west side over a drift of sand which the wind has piled against the 
side to within 15 or 20 feet of the summit, and then by steps cut in the 
solid rock we reached the town. This town is built in the usual style of 
the pueblos of New Mexico. The houses are of adobe, and of two and 
three stories. There are neither doors nor windows in the first story, except 
in the roof, which is flat and reached by means of ladders. The town has 
about 600 inhabitants, and is divided by three parallel streets. The surface 
of the mesa on which the town is built comprises about ten acres. There 
are from 60 to 70 houses, the doors of the upper stories of which open to the 
south. The time was, unfortunately, too short to collect a vocabulary for 
comparison with the other Pueblo languages. Some of the Indians were 
able to converse a little in Spanish. Cooking is done in earthen pots of 
their own manufacture. We noticed spoons made of horn and of wood. 
Furniture is unknown, and the people sleep on sheep-skins spread on the 
floor. 


The bread is unfermented, and resembles very thin wafers which are 
325 


326 PUEBLO OF ACOMA. 


rolled up. Most of the houses are clean and orderly, and some of them 
are whitewashed inside. There is no spring on the mesa, and the water is 
obtained from a large tank on the top of the mesa, which is filled with snow 
in winter, and in which the rain-water collects during the rainy season. 
This tank is about 150 feet long, 20 feet broad, and 4 to 5 feet deep. 

The antiquity of the pueblo is unknown. The archives of the Mexi- 
can Government show that a Spanish Jesuit Mission was established in the 
place as early as 1687. The description of the topography answers to 
this locality, although no particular name is mentioned. The Jesuits’ régime, 
however, has ceased, probably within the last forty or fifty years. In but 
very few of the pueblos have the Jesuits held their power up to the present 
day. The church is still there, but there is no use for it, and the surround- 
ing yard is occupied by sheep and goats. The church is about 150 feet 
long, 30 feet wide at one end and 40 at the other. It has a tower about 
40 feet high, and has two church bells, one of which bears the inscription 
“San Pedro, A. D. 1710.” There is a grave-yard on the sandy portion of 
the mesa. The sand may have been carried up and placed in a depression 
at this point. 

[The date, 1687, given above as the time when the Jesuit Mission was established 
at Acoma is not justified by the annals of the order, as shown by the following note, for 
which I am indebted to Mr. Ad. F. Bandelier:—“ Not long after 1628, Fray Juan 
Ramirez, a Franciscan monk, founded the mission of San Estevan de Acoma, naming 
the place after Saint Sebastian on account of its rocky sides and the large number of 
pebbles accumulated on and about it (por lo pedragoso). Eray Ramirez returned to 
Mexico, and died there in 1664. His successor was Fray Lucas Maldonado, from Tri- 
bujona, Mexico, also a Franciscan. In fact, up to the uprising of the Indians of New 
Mexico, under Popé and Catité, in 1680, the Franciscan order controlled all the mis- 
sions among the pueblos. On August 10, 1680, twenty-one Franciscan friars were 
murdered in various parts of New Mexico, and among them Fray Meldonado of Acoma. 
About twelve years later Vargas reconquered the territory, but for several years after- 
wards there were occasional disturbances and bloodshed. In 1687 there were no 
priests of any order among the pueblos.—Compare, Fray Augustin de Vetancurt 
(Leatro mexicano, Mexico, 1698, part 4, Cronica de la Prov. d. Sto. Ev. de Mexico, p.101; 


also, Menologio franciscano, p. 86).—Also, P. Joseph Stécklein (Der neue Weltbott, 1726, 
vol i).”—F. W. P.] 


THE PUEBLO OF TAOS. 


By H. C. Yarrow,* Assistant Surgeon, U. 8. A. 


WE were surprised to find that in this pueblo, in lieu of a single estufa, 
or council-chamber, as is usual in other pueblos, each headman had a pri- 
vate one of his own, there being five in all. For a small sum of money 
we were permitted to view the one appertaining to the capitan de la guerra, 
or war-chief, of the tribe. It was found to be a large circular chamber 
under ground, the entrance being through a small trap-door on top, sur- 
rounded by a circular stockade, containing numerous antlers of deer, and 
having a narrow opening. Descending to the chamber by a ladder, it was 
found to be probably 25 or 30 feet in diameter, arched above, and about 
20 feet high; around the wall, at a height of 2 feet from the ground, was 
a hard earthen bench. On the floor in the center was an oblong pit, 2 feet 
deep and nearly 3 feet long. In this, it is said, the sacred fire is kept 
burning, and we were shown some live embers beneath the ashes. Behind 
the fire-pit is a sort of altar constructed of clay, in shape similar to the 
accompanying figure — ; the use of this it was impossible to ascertain. 
From a peculiarly sweet aromatic odor, which seemed to fill the atmosphere 
of the room, we inferred that probably in their rites sweet-smelling grasses 
or wood are used as incense. The war-chief informed us that it should be 
considered a great favor to have been permitted to view the interior of this 
estufa, as such a favor was seldom shown to an American, and never to 
Mexicans. 

The government of these Indians, who appear to be ruled by no single 


* Abstract from general itinerary report for field-season of 1874, Annual Report of the Chief of 
Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL. 
327 


328 PUEBLO OF TAOS. 


individual, is somewhat interesting. The cacique, or high priest, is the 
oracle and spiritual ruler, having the power to punish for irreligious acts 
and to solemnize marriage ceremonies; in fact, his consent must first be 
obtained before lovers may be betrothed. In the temporal affairs of the 
people he seems to be clothed with no authority. It is pleasing to note the 
great respect and reverence always paid to these aged men by the people; 
and a singular custom among them is that of drawing lots by the young 
men of the tribe to determine who shall support and take care of the cacique 
each year, and the successful competitor is deemed very fortunate. 

The governor, or alcalde, of the village is in reality the ruler in all 
temporal affairs; he orders work, regulates the hours of labor, and in short 
performs all the functions of a chief magistrate. Unlike the cacique, who 
holds his office for life, the alcalde is elected yearly. The emblem of his 
authority is a cane, which serves the double purpose of a writ when offend- 
ers are to be summoned before the bar of justice, and as a weapon to inflict 
such punishment as may be ordained. 

The capitan de la guerra, or war-chief, holds his office by hereditary 
right, is responsible for the defense of the town in time of war, and leads 
the fighting portion of the population. He seems to exercise the right of 
supervision over the common pasture-field, or ‘‘vega,” and likewise claims 
the ownership of the hunting-grounds near the village. There are also 
several minor officials who act as constables and police, called alguazils. 

Although these people are ostensibly Roman Catholics, there is no 
possible doubt but they are sun-worshippers, as each night and morning 
the greater part of them are to be seen on their house-tops chanting hymns 
of praise to this orb as he departs and reappears. These hymns are inex- 
pressibly sad and mournful, though beautiful and melodious, and similar 
in character to the droning song in a minor key of the negro; the words 
appear to be a succession of monosyllables, with frequent repetition. In 
the event of any occurrence of interest to the people, a public crier an- 
nounces it from a house-top. We had an instance of this in our own case, 
as before we were permitted to encamp near the village a council was held 
to decide whether to treat us as friends or enemies. The decision being in 
our favor, the fact was publicly made known in the manner indicated. 


= 


PUEBLO OF TAOS. 329 


These people seem to be particularly fond of having near their houses 
birds of different kinds, and a number of hawks and eagles were observed. 
The latter bird is looked upon as having a sacred connection with Monte- 
zuma. 

The character of the Pueblo Indian is singularly at variance with that 
of the other tribes of New Mexico, being affectionate and childlike, inno- 
cent in manner and very honest, exhibiting none of that brutal and ferocious 
element common to most of the nomadic tribes. These Indians are es- 
sentially a pastoral and agricultural people, tilling the soil with energy and 
industry. They claim a patch of land covering a radius of three miles 
from the center of their town, and this portion of the Taos Valley is most 
fertile, and a veritable garden-spot. On all sides were seen fields of corn, 
wheat, oats, and barley, interspersed with large numbers of fruit-trees. 

Mr. Miller stated that he annually purchases of the Indians about 6,000 
bushels of fine wheat. They claim that they desire nothing from the gen- 
eral government but protection against squatters on their lands, and appear 
to be abundantly able to take care of themselves. It was particularly 
pleasing to note the great degree of affection manifested by parents for 
their children, and also that they do not make beasts of burden of their 
women, as do the wild Indian tribes of the plains and mountains. Their 
laws in regard to thieving, adultery, and other crimes are severe, and 
offenders after trial are punished with commensurate severity. 


Lieut. Cuartes C. Morrison, Sixth Cavalry, in his report* for the field 
season of 1877, gives the following notice of the pueblo of Taos: 

The next point of interest is the Taos pueblo, the most important, 
excepting perhaps Zuni, of the Indian pueblos in New Mexico. Witha 
history back to the first Spanish occupancy of the country, an existence 
dating indefinitely long before that time, a prominent center, in whose 
council chambers the plans of uprising took form in the first determined 
expulsion of the Spanish from the country, it can but be regarded with 
interest. Here they have raised their crops, herded their goats, manufac- 


*Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1878, Appendix NN. 


330 PUEBLO OF TAOS. 


tured their pottery, lived their apparently objectless lives for hundreds of 
years, seemingly with no ambition other than the privilege of existing. 
They have not changed; they are living proofs of the truth of the Spanish 
reports concerning them over three hundred years ago. 

The same two principal houses stand which Vargas attacked in 1692, 
in all their quaintness, built of adobe, or sun-dried bricks, five or six stories 
high, each story receding the depth of a room, without doors, entered from 
above by ladders; they are faithful witnesses of the lack of change in this 
section, while ruins of similar edifices point to the great changes that have 
taken place farther south in the Territory. 

We afterward passed through Picuris, an Indian town, dating back 
probably as far as Taos; it is smaller and more squalid-looking, but as 
intimately connected with Santa Fé’s early history. 

[The pueblos of Taos and Picuris are on the eastern side of the Rio 
Grande del Norte, in Northern New Mexico. ] 


THE PUEBLO OF SAN JUAN. 


By H. C. YArrow,* Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A. 


Tus town differs materially from the Taos town, being built around a 
hollow square, the buildings rising two stories in height, instead of five or 
seven. In the vicinity the Indians own most of the fertile lands near the 
river, and raise excellent corn and wheat, and, besides, a great quantity of 
fruit; peaches, apples, and watermelons predominating. At this season of 
the year they abandon their villages and erect temporary structures in their 
fields, in which they live, to watch over their crops and protect them from 
unscrupulous trespassers. From the alcalde of the previous year an inter- 
esting vocabulary was obtained. It may be interesting in this connection 
to mention the Indian method here witnessed of thrashing grain. A 
suitable piece of firm ground is selected, perhaps 20 feet in diameter, and 
is carefully cleared of stones and gravel; water is then poured on it from 
time to time, and a‘herd of goats is driven round and round until the sur- 
face is as firmly packed as possible; a circle of posts is then driven into the — 
ground, and the whole is inclosed with ropes, on which are hung old bags 
or rags. Into the inclosure ten or fifteen mares are introduced and driven 
around in a circle, the straw containing the grain having previously been 
spread out. Inavery short time the grain is beaten out by their hoofs and 
is gathered into a heap, being afterward winnowed from the chaff when a 
sufficiently strong wind will admit of it. These thrashing-floors are called 
by the New Mexicans “era.” 

[The pueblo of San Juan is about 40 miles south of Taos and on the 
same side of the Rio Grande del Norte.] 


* Abstract from general itinerary report of field season for 1874. Annual Report of the Chief of 


Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL. 
331 


THE CACHINA: 


A DANCE AT THE PUEBLO OF ZUNL 


By Francis KLEtT?T, 
Assistant, United States Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian. 
& 


Tue illustration forming the frontispiece to this volume is from an 
original sketch made during a visit to Zuni, New Mexico, in 1873. 

The meaning of the word Cachina is unknown. Vocabularies of the 
Zui language show a great many words terminating in chee-nat, although 
the preposition ca or ka is not observed. Davis, in his book, “ El Gringo,” 
makes brief mention of the Cachina as a dance suppressed “by the 
Spaniards when they first made a conquest of the country and forced their 
religion upon the nation.” There is no doubt that the Zuni Indians are 
very circumspect in regard to whom they permit to witness this dance, and 
perhaps for this reason the Cachina has not before been described to my 
knowledge. 

The slow measure of the chant, the beating of drums, the rattling of 
gourds, and of shells of the land-turtle partly filled with pebbles, are men- 
tioned by many writers as common to many tribes and nations in America, 
from the Atlantic to the Pacific. 

The Cachina, according to the statements made by the prominent men 
of the tribe, is rarely danced, and is seldom witnessed by outsiders. It is 
only performed in time of great drought, and by order of the spiritual ruler 
of the nation, the cacique, through his official mouthpiece, the governor. 

The dancers approached the place selected for the performance headed 
by a master of ceremonies, or leader, the men first, the “‘women,” who are 
personated by young men, following, all in single file. Col. R. B. Marcy, 
in his book, “Thirty years of Army Life on the Frontier”, pages 105-7, 

332 


A ZUNI DANCE. Joo 


describes a dance of the Moqui Indians, in which young men dressed as 
women took part. 

The costumes of the dancers at Zuni were extremely picturesque, and 
there is but little doubt that the various parts constituting the same are used 
only for this ritual dance or ceremony, since, during our entire sojourn at 
Zuni, none of the various articles of dress used on this occasion were seen 
to be worn by any of the tribe. The blankets, tilmas, serapes, tunics, 


sashes, and feathers are of a far superior workmanship, fabric, and texture 


to those used for everyday home or outdoor life, and even in the design 
of their patterns and selection of colors show a superior artistic skill. 

The costume of the leader, pictured in the center of the illustration, 
consisted of dark-blue knitted worsted-leggings, covering the calf from 
the ankle to the knee, leaving foot and knee bare. A sort of skirt, or kilt, 
of rich and harmonious colors, worn around the waist, fell in graceful folds 
from the hip to above the knees. A blue tunic, bordered with scarlet, with 
long flowing sleeves, exposing the arm to the pit, completed the costume 
proper. The only ornaments observed consisted of plumes made from 
eagles’ feathers, dyed of a rich yellow hue. These feathers were, apparently, 
carefully selected from the down of young birds. Five or six feathers were 
tied in a knot or bunch, and fastened to the top of the head, forming a fine 
contrast with the long flowing jet-black hair. The insignia of the leader's 
office were a staff, adorned with similar, but smaller, yellow feathers, and 
a small earthen vase of basket form, painted and ornamented in black and 
brown, and containing flour. 

The male dancers, as depicted on the left in the plate, were rather 
sparingly dressed in a small blanket, which extended from the waist to half- 
way down to the knee, and leaving the right leg entirely bare. These 
blankets were of a rich white woolen fabric, with a colored border of a 
diamond pattern. A green and red sash held the blanket about the waist, 
and to this was attached a bunch of white strings, which hung down the 
right leg, and, behind, a fox skin, the tail of which nearly reached the 
ground. On top of the head was a yellow plume like that worn by the 
leader, and over the face was a mask made of hide and painted sea-green, 
with a horse-hair beard attached. Around the neck was a skein of black 


334 ; A: ZUNI DANCE. 


yarn with beads. Just below the knees were garters of the same color as 
the sash, and to the one on the left lee there was fastened a turtle’s shell 
containing pebbles. Garlands of hemlock and fir, interwoven with berries 
and flowers, encircled waist and ankles. Each held in his right hand a 
gourd partly filled with pebbles, which were used as rattles. In the left 
hand some of the dancers held a bunch of hemlock and flowers. 

The costume of the dancers representing women is shown by the figure 
on the right in the illustration. This consisted of blue worsted-leggings, a 
dark-blue blanket-gown, and a white tilma or serape, cut in the shape of a 
cape, with a wide colored border. On the head was a wig, very ingeni- 
ously constructed and made of long, fine glossy hair.* Their faces were 
also concealed by masks; and they had anklets of hemlock. 

The dance itself is accompanied by a low rythmical chant and the 
beating of drums, which are constructed of large ollas, with a goat-skin 
stretched over the opening. The noise of the gourd carried by the dancers, 
and constantly shaken by them in time, resembles the sound of the castanet. 
The male dancers stood in a row, the ‘‘ female” dancers facing them, the two 
rows being about four feet apart. The leader placed himself at one end 
between the lines, so that all who took part in the dance could see his move- 
ments and regulate theirs accordingly. He started the chant, which the 
others took up simultaneously, at the same instant lifting their right foot in 
a kind of stamping movement to the time of the chant. During the inter- 
vals between the verses of the song, the leader took a pinch of flour from 
his vase and scattered it in the direction of the four principal points of the 
compass, commencing at the east. This they believe will induce their tutelar 
deity to send them rain. The words of the song could not be obtained, 
and the information that it was in one of the Moqui dialects was only 
reluctantly given. Information from Mexicans and Indians show that there 
are various dances in use among the Zuni, and some are said to be of a 
very obscene character. 

During the field season of 1874, members of the survey had an oppor- 
tunity of witnessing another interesting dance at the pueblo of Jemez, 


* Similar wigs are worn by the ‘‘ female” dancers among the Moqui, and are mentioned in a descrip- 
tion of a Moqui dance by Dr. T. G. S. Ten Broeck, surgeon U. 8. A. Schooleraft, vol. I, pp. 73-77. 


A JEMEZ DANCE. 335 


New Mexico. The dance is called Ko-petulé-tablé. According to Hosta, 
an ex-governor of the tribe, whom Lieutenant Simpson mentions in his 
book, Ko-petulé-tabla means the Dance of the Firs. 

The Dance of the Firs resembles very much that of the Cachina, at 
least as far as the costumes are concerned, which are almost identical with 
that of the male dancers of the Cachina, with the exception of the addition 
of a peculiar head dress called tabla. *This consists of a thin board, the 
upper end of which is of pyramidal form, and the lower end is cut so as to 
admit the head. A band passes over the forehead, and to this a kind of 
coronet of feathers is attached. The board is painted white, and is orna- 
mented with symbolic and cabalistic designs, such as lightning-sparks, 
stars, and half-moons. 

The female character is not represented, but instead a comic element 
is introduced by the presence of clowns or jesters, called tab-oe, or misery, 
as it was translated. These clowns do not really participate in the solemn 
dance, but imitate the same in a grotesque manner on one of the flat roofs 
in the neighborhood. They are dressed in similar fashion with the dancers, 
but instead of fine blankets they wear dirty rags, and have garlands of 
straw and sunflowers instead of fir and hemlock; their bodies are painted 
white with black stripes, outlining the ribs and the bones of the arms and 
legs, thus presenting from a distance almost the appearance of dancing 
skeletons. 

The words of the song are, like those of the Cachina, in the Moqui 
dialect; the dialogue of the clowns in that of Silla. 

The musical instruments are drums, gourds partly filled with pebbles, 
and notched sticks drawn across each other. The movement is somewhat 
different, beginning in the middle of the line and spreading towards both 
ends, with an accasional face about. This dance is performed thrice a day, 
at sunrise, noon, and at sunset, and is a kind of thanksgiving celebration. 
At the conclusion of the performance the jesters go from house to house 
and are liberally rewarded by donations of fruit and all kinds of provisions. 

At the same pueblo of Jemez, I observed a peculiar custom or game, 
which I was told was always observed on the eve of the feast of San Juan. 
The young unmarried men of the pueblo parade the streets before dusk in 


336 A JEMEZ CUSTOM. 


gay attire on horseback or burros, according to their wealth. Upon dark- 
ness setting in they appear again, this time entirely naked, and ride at a fast 
gait through the streets, while the dusky maidens watch them with great 
interest and show their particular favor by throwing water at and over 
them. This sport creates a good deal of amusement and is kept up till 


late at night. 


REPORT ON THE RUINS IN NEW MEXICO.* 


By Dr. Oscar LOEW. 


Amone the few regions that were found, on the discovery of this con- 
tinent, inhabited by people far advanced towards civilization, New Mexico, 
no doubt, occupies a leading place. The first notices of these people were 
published by Cabeza de Vaca (1536), who, during his adventurous and 
most remarkable wanderings from Florida to the Gulf of California, tra- 
versed New Mexico from east to west. All the Spanish records, though 
sometimes very untrustworthy, agree in one point—the large number of 
inhabited towns. If the statements of the Spanish writers are founded on 
truth, the number of these towns was ten times that of the present pueblos, 
or Indian towns, while, by a close examination, we arrive at a number 
only about four times as great. Some Spanish writers estimated the whole 
pueblo population at about 50,000; others, however, that of a single prov- 
ince at 25,000. As a proof of Spanish exaggeration, however, I may 
mention Castaneda’s description of Acoma, a town which, according to his 
estimate, was inhabited by 5,000 persons, and was built in three parallel 
rows of houses. Now, I have visited this town and found the three rows of 
houses still existing; they extend from one side of a steep precipice to the 
other, occupying the entire width of the precipitous bluffs about 300 feet 
above the plain. But these rows of houses, which could never have been 
any longer, could not have held more than about 1,000 people. At present 
the population of the town is 800. Still it is an undeniable fact that New 


* Abstract from the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL. 
22 O1 F 337 


338 ; RUINS AND PUEBLOS 


Mexico had a much greater Indian population formerly than now—a fact 
clear to any one on viewing the numerous ruins. If asked how this reduc- 
tion was brought about, we can give but three reasons, viz: First, the 
change of climate that prompted emigration from certain parts of the 
country; second, the wars with the Spaniards, whereby wholesale slaughter 
was often ordered by the Spanish generals ; and, third, a gradual mixture of 
Spanish and Indian blood, whereby the Indians lost their customs and lan- 
guage; Abiquiu, for instance, is such a town, where the characteristic 
Indian type still prevails, although they call themselves Mexicans. Such 
Mexicanized towns often received the name of a saint. The names of other 
pueblos, in which the inhabitants were not a mixed people, were, in a num- 
ber of cases, also abolished, and those of saints substituted through the pious 
zeal of Spanish priests. 

Looking over the names of towns mentioned in the Spanish reports, 
we found ourselves in many cases unable to locate them, not even ruins 
were found where, from the description, we would suppose they existed. 
Not only was this the case with the towns, but we often encountered the 
same difficulty with the provinces, as the name of each town in a province 
seems to have been used to designate the latter; often the province is 
named after valleys or after mountains. The truth is, the pueblos had no 
provinces, each town having its own government; the maire being elected 
every year. But if we would distinguish provinces, the language alone 
should be used as a criterion. 

Marata, Acus, Totonteal, Acha, Tabasas, Sumas, Jumanes, Conchos, Pas- 
saguates, Jerez, Piros, are names of provinces, the positions of which are 
difficult to determine; most of them were in Southern New Mexico. At 
present there is no pueblo existing there, except, perhaps, Isleta, below El 
Paso, which now belongs to Texas. But ruins are found here and there on 
the Rio Grande, Rio Gila, Rio Francisco, Rio Blanco, Rio Bonito, &e. 

Hubates and Tanos, comprise the region of the Placer and Zandia Mount- 
ains and a portion of the Rio Grande Valley below Albuquerque. Ruins 
are quite numerous in these regions; for instance, those of Shi-na-na, San 
Lazaro, Guika, San Marcos, San José, Los Tanques, Guia, and of some 
buildings in the cation of the Rio de Santa Fé near Cieneguilla. 


IN NEW MEXICO. 339 


Cicuye, Querez, Cunames, seem to signify one and the same region be- 
tween the Rio Jemez and Rio Grande. At present five pueblos still exist 
here, but ruins of extinct towns are also seen near Silla and San Felipe. 
Diego de Vargas also applies the name Querez to Acoma. 

Taos and Picuris. These two provinces are represented by two pueblos 
at the present day. 

Tutahaco. Castanedo mentions (1542) eight cities of this province, the 
position of which is southeast of Mount Taylor. At present there still exist 
five pueblos, also several towns in ruins on the Rio San José, west of 
Laguna. The Mexican town Cebolleta was probably formerly an Indian 
pueblo. Mr. G. Marmon, school teacher at Laguna, informed me that ruins 
of a fortified place exist on the foot-hills of Mount Taylor near the pueblo 
of Pojuate, or Povate. The name Tutahaco, used by the Spaniards for this 
province, is not known there by the Indians, nor are the names Tiguea, 
Cunames, and Cicuye. They call themselves Tse-mo-é or Si-tsi-mé; the 
pueblo of Laguna, however, uses the name Kanayko to signify the inhabit- 
ants of their town (Ko-stét¢é), while the pueblo of Acoma is called A-ko. 
I may mention here that there are two parties in this town (Laguna) the 
Ka-paits, who cling to their old rites and ceremonies, and the Kayo-masho, 
who have progressive, liberal, Protestant ideas. They are antagonistic to 
each other, and would once have come together in battle had not Mr. Mar- 
mon interfered at the right moment. The four other pueblos all belong to 
the Ka-paits. 

Tiguex was a province in the valley of the Rio Puerco, northeast of the 
former, and was twice used by Coronado’s army (1540-1542) as winter- 
quarters. At present, no pueblo exists in this region; ruins only—Pobla- 
zon, for instance—are seen here and there. Castaneda reports twelve cities 
in this province, and that it was rich and_fertile, and full of fine grass. At 
present the valley of the Rio Puerco looks poor and barren. 

Tehua, or Tegua, is a province which, if the Spanish reports are correct, 
must have been situated in the Rio Grande Valley, about eighty miles south 
of the present seat of this tribe. A Tehua town, Puara, is often mentioned, 
but of which nothing is known at the present day; some old ruins near San 
Felipe might be related to it. There are still seven villages belonging to 


340 RUINS AND PUEBLOS 


this tribe—six in the Rio Grande Valley and its vicinity, and one upon the 
Moqui mesas in Arizona. How this emigration was brought about was 
explained to me by Hosta, the former governador (maire) of Jemez. These 
Tehuas had inhabited San Cristobal, in the vicinity of the Placer Mountains, 
but were driven off by Mexicans some hundred years ago, whereupon they, 
the Tehuas, were invited by the Moquis to live with them. Three miles 
above the Tehua town Tesuque is a town buried 3 feet below the present 
surface of the river bank. This stream, usually but a small rill, was once, 
several years ago, increased to a tremendous torrent by a cloud-burst, 
whereby much of the former river bank was carried off, and exposed a 
number of buried houses in the vertical wall of about 20 feet in height. 
The houses were of two stories, built of adobe, with walls double the thick- 
ness used nowadays. The fire-places were easily recognized. All the wood 
found was charred, and it would appear as though the houses were burned 
before they were gradually covered with sand. It may be that a neigh- 
boring hill had fallen in and thus covered the houses. In the vicinity, 
about two miles northeast, I discovered a mass of charcoal 6 feet below 
the ground, in a narrow gorge. 

Quivira—This province occupies the territory adjacent to the Manzana 
Mountains. Here we find the ruins of Abo, Quivira and Quarro; also several 
Mexican towns, which, according to Spanish writers, were probably once 
pueblos (Manzana, Chilili, Toreon). At Quivira, also, are seen the ruins of 
a Jesuit mission and of habitations of Spanish miners. When Coronado 
visited this province, it was, as he described it, very fertile; at present it 
resembles a desert. 

Ctibola—This province embraces the Zuni towns, of which seven once 
existed; at present there are four in ruins. 

Tusayan embraces the six Moqui towns in Eastern Arizona. No ruins 
of towns are seen here.* 

Aztlan—This province émbraces a portion of Northwestern New 
Mexico, the valley of the Rio San Juan and its tributaries. No pueblos 
exist there at the present day, but ruins of former fortified towns are quite 
numerous. The discoverer of the ruins in the Cafion de Chaco is Lieuten- 


*Mr, Thompson states that there is a ruin on a mesa near the Moqui towns. See p. 324.—F. W. P. 


IN NEW MEXICO. 341 


ant Simpson, who made a reconnaissance in 1849, while we are indebted to 
Lieutenants Whipple and Rogers Birnie, both of the survey west of the 
100th meridian, for the discovery of a number of interesting ruins on the 
Rio Mancos, Rio de las Animas, Rio San Juan, Canon Largo, and Canon 
del Governador. Some of the fortified structures had as many as five 
hundred rooms. Over the surrounding plain, solitary round buildings 
were profusely scattered. Lieutenant Whipple describes one of these ruins 
as being fifteen miles distant from any water; the climate, then, appears to 
have changed and become drier. Among the pueblos of New Mexico there 
exists a tradition in regard to these ruins Hosta,* a very kind, intelligent 
old Indian, denies that these ruins were the result of Spanish wars, remark- 
ing that, the rain falling less and less, these people emigrated to the south- 
ward long before the Spaniards arrived in the country, being led by Mon- 
tezuma, a powerful man, who was born in Pecos, and had settled with the 
Pueblos on the Rio San Juan. Montezuma was to return and lead the rest 
of the Pueblos also to the south, but he failed to come back. 

During the expedition of 1874 I had occasion to visit the ruins of 
Pueblo Bonito,+ at the head of Canon de Chaco. The ruins consist of one 
large building with a yard surrounded by a wall, which forms a square, 
the sides of which are nearly 200 feet long; the doors of the building open 
on this yard. The walls are 14 to 2 feet thick, and are built of plates of sand- 
stone, like those found in the immediate vicinity. The south and west 
sides of the square are formed by a three-story building, which descends in 
terraces toward the interior of the square. The lowest story is 7 feet high, 
the middle one 9, and the uppermost 6. The exterior row has ten rooms 
in length; these rooms are 20 feet long by 6 feet wide. Into some of the 
apartments no ray of light could enter, and they were probably rooms for 


* Hosta informed Lieutenant Simpson, in 1849, that the Pueblo Pintado ‘‘was built by Monte- 
zuma and his people when they were on their way from the north towards the south; that, after living 
here and in the vicinity for a while, they dispersed, some of them going east and settling on the Rio 
Grande and others south into Old Mexico.”—Simpson, p. 77 (Senate document). This tradition seems 
to me simply of value in expressing the belief held by some of the pueblo tribes, that the many ruined 
towns were once the homes of the ancestors of the present pueblo tribes.—F. W. P. 

+ This description does not agree at all with the Pueblo Bonito of Lieutenant Simpson, and Jt is 
very likely that Dr. Loew has followed Mr. Gregg in retaining the name of Bonito for the large ruin at 
the head of the cafion, described by Lieutenant Simpson under the name of Pueblo Pintado, and by the 
latter name it is generally known. In this connection see the notice of the Pueblo Pintado by Licu- 
tenant Morrison, on page 366.—I’. W. P. 


342 RUINS AND PUEBLOS 


provisions. The interior, or front, rooms of the first story were 20 feet long 
by 9 wide. We made out altogether one hundred habitable rooms in the 
building, forming two sides of the square. If we take it as probable that 
every room was inhabited by a family of four persons, the former popula- 
tion would have been 400. The rooms were all connected by openings in 
the walls, 3 feet by 2; the window-openings were about 2 feet square. 
The wood used for the construction of the doors and windows was juniper, 
which grows profusely on the sandy mesas, requiring but little moisture; 
it is in a good state of preservation. As no steps were found leading to 
the upper story, the ascent was probably made by ladders, as is still the 
custom among the Pueblos of New Mexico. In the southern corner of the 
yard are the walls of two cylindrical buildings, 20 and 30 feet in diameter, 
having six pillars on the periphery, equidistant, most likely remnants of 
the estufas. The bottoms of these buildings were about 3 feet lower than 
the surrounding yard. Pieces of painted pottery, an article seen in many 
localities in New Mexico, were found scattered about profusely. Similar 
fragments were also found by the survey parties on the heights of the Sierra 
Blanca in Arizona, on the Mogollon mesa, in the San Francisco Mountains, 
on Mount Taylor, in the Canon de Chelle, and, in short, everywhere, in 
deserts as well as on the forest-covered peaks. 

I searched the surrounding ground for the former -burial-place, but in 
vain. No trace of former irrigating-ditches can be found in the neighboring 
valley of the Chaco, but there are traces of a former road to Abiquiu, sixty 
miles off, where ruins have also been found, two in the immediate vicinity 
and three between Abiquiu and El Rito. Dr. Yarrow made excavations in 
these ruins, and in the old burying-ground about four miles below Abiquiu, 
on the Chama. 

The province of Jemez—One of the most interesting pueblos is Jemez, 
on the river of that name, sixty miles southwest of Santa Fé. This town 
has a language of its own, and one which is unintelligible to any other 
tribe. About forty years ago the then existing pueblo of Pecos, on the Rio 
Pecos, used the same dialect, but the inhabitants, becoming reduced in 
numbers, joined the pueblo of Jemez, which is one of the most prosperous 
in New Mexico, having fine fields, large irrigating-ditches, and extensive 


IN NEW MEXICO. 343 


flocks of sheep. ‘If you wish to see,” said the kind old Hosta, ex-gov- 
ernador of the town, “what a great people we once were (que gran pueblo 
los Jemez eran), you must go upon the mesas and into the cations of the 
vicinity, where ruins of our forefathers are numerous. Our people were a 
warlike race, and had many fights not only with the Spaniards but also 
with other Indian tribes, the Navajos and Taos for instance, and were thus 
reduced to this pueblo of Jemez, which now forms the last remnant.” 
Hosta’s son led me to some ruins in the vicinity. A ride of six miles up 
the river brought us to the junction of the two great canons, Guadalupe 
and San Diego. Where the mesa between these cafons narrows itself to a 
point are the ruins of two pueblos, one upon the lower prominence of the 
mesa, named Batokvd, the other upon the mesa proper, called Ateyala-keokvd, 
and only approachable by two narrow, steep trails, the mesa everywhere 
else being nearly perpendicular and 750 feet high. The view from the 
mesa is picturesque and imposing in the extreme; far beneath, to the right 
and left, a stream makes its way between the colossal walls of sandstone, 
which are penetrated by trachytic dikes; upon the narrow width of the 
mesa, near frightful precipices, are the ruins of a town of eighty houses, 
partly in parallel rows, partly in squares and partly perched between the 
overhanging rocks, the rim and surfaces of which formed the walls of rooms, 
the gaps and interstices being filled in artificially. Nearly every house 
had one story and two rooms; the building material was trachytic rock, as 
found upon the mesa. Broken pottery, charred corn, and millstones for 
grinding corn, were found in some of the rooms. The roofs had all fallen 
in, and so also had many of the sidewalls, in the construction of which 
wood was but little used. Pinon-trees have taken root within many of the 
former rooms. Upon asking my Indian guide whether the former inhabi- 
tants of this town were obliged to descend the steep and dangerous path- 
way every day to the creek to procure water, he replied that there were 
cisterns on the mesa, in which rain, formerly plentiful, was caught. He 
then called my attention to some conical heaps of stone along the rim of 
the precipice, which was the material for defense. Although the position 
upon this mesa appears impregnable, the Spaniards succeeded in taking it, 
probably forcing the inhabitants to surrender by cutting off water and 


344 RUINS AND PUEBLOS 


provisions. ‘When the Spaniards came up,” said this Indian, ‘the despair 
of the people was great; many threw themselves headlong into the frightful 
depths below, preferring suicide to humiliating death at the hands of their 
conquerors. Suddenly the Spirit Guadalupe, who is the custodian of the 
canon, made his appearance, and from this moment the people could jump 
down without any danger, and since this remarkable episode the image of 
Guadalupe has been upon the rocks.” On descending, I viewed this image, 
which is a white figure, about ten feet in length, painted high up on the 
vertical bluffs, apparently a difficult task for the unknown artist. 'The only 
place from which the spot could be reached is a narrow prominence 30 to 
40 feet below the picture. As there is a sort of halo around the head, such 
as we are accustomed to see in pictures of saints, I believe this image to be 
the work of a Spanish priest who desired to impose upon the people, for 
which purpose he might have secretly made this picture, which to them is 
a miracle. Again, in the valley, the Indian called my attention to a num- 
ber of peach trees along the river-margin, which he said were planted by 
the former inhabitants of Ateyala-keokva, but, from the fact that these 
trees still bear fruit, it would seem that the impositions on the credulity of 
these people by the Spanish priests are not of a very remote period. 

The reports of the Spaniards frequently mention Jemez. Castatiada, 
who accompanied Coronado on his marches through New Mexico, as early 
as 1541~43, speaks of two great provinces in that vicinity, Jemez, and 
north of it Juke-yunke. He also speaks of strongly-fortified places difficult 
of access, and of a town, Braba, that was called by the Spaniards Valladolid 
on account of the resemblance of its situation with that of this Spanish 
town. I think that from this word is derived the name Vaillatoa, used at the 
present day by the inhabitants of Jemez to signify their town. In the 
years 1692 and 1693 two war expeditions took place, under General 
Diego de Vargas, against the Jemez, who had destroyed the churches, 
murdered the priests, and declared themselves free from the Spanish yoke. 
In the Spanish account of these occurrences, it is mentioned that the In- 
dians fled to a high mesa and there bombarded the Spaniards with a shower 
of stones Trustworthy Mexicans told me that there are ruins of twenty- 
five or thirty towns upon the neighboring mesas and in the canons, and 


IN NEW MEXICO. 345 


those of five large churches. In the vicinity of the Hot Springs (Ojes 
Calientes), twelve miles above Jemez, in the Canon de San Diego, are the 
ruins of one of them. The walls are fully 7 feet thick, and the interior 
space 100 feet long by 35 feet wide, with a tower attached on the north 
side. The destruction of this church probably took place in 1680, at the 
time of the great Pueblo revolution against the Spanish priests and soldiers. 

It may be added, with regard to the Pueblo people of the present day, 
who hardly number more than 8,000 souls, that, taking difference of language 
as a base, there are eight tribes, which occupy the following towns: 

Zuni—Zuni, Nutrias, Ojo de Pescado. 

Moqui—Hualvi, Tsitsumevi, Mushangenevi, Shongobavi, Shebaulavi, 
Orayvi. 

Tanos.—Isleta, below Albuquerque; Isleta, below El Paso; Zandia. 

Taos.—Taos (Indian name, Takhe), Picoris. 

Querez.—Santa Ana (Indian name, Tomia), San Felipe, San Domingo, 
Silla (Indian name, Tsia), Cochiti. 

Kan-ayko or Sis-stsi-mé—Acoma (Indian name, Ako), Laguna (Indian 
name, Kanayko), Povate (Indian name, Kvishti), Moguino, Hasatch. 

Tehua.—Nambé, Tesuque, Ildefonso, Pajoaque, San Juan, Santa Clara, 
Tehua (with the Moqui Pueblos in Arizona). 

Jemez.—Jemos (Pecos, extinct). 

The language of the Kanayko tribe resembles closely that of the 
Querez tribe; and, on the other hand, the languages of the Tanos and Taos 
tribes are closely allied to each other. With these two exceptions the 
languages of these tribes differ so much that, in order to understand each 
other, those speaking them have recourse to the Spanish language. 


REPORT ON RUINS VISITED IN NEW MEXICO.” 


By Linut. RoGERS BIRNIE, JR., Thirteenth United States Infantry. 


Tue evidences that there were former inhabitants in localities now en- 
tirely depopulated were numerous, being observed along the Canon: Cer- 
resal, Canon Largo, Canon de Chaco, and the San Juan and Las Animas 
Rivers. Traveling through the Canon Cerresal, they were first observed 
as rude walls built upon the rocks, at the top of the walls of the canon, 
where these latter were from 150 to 200 feet in height. 

On September 16, 1874, I visited, with Mr. Rowe, a topographical 
station at the head of one of the branches of the Canon Cerresal, where we 
found some yery perfect specimens of old pottery, though no signs of any 
habitation. It is one of the highest points in quite a large area, a small- 
topped sandstone mesa about 100 by 40 feet, the upper terrace as it were 
of a series, and well-nigh inaccessible. It is difficult to conceive for what 
purpose this place could have been frequented, in the present aspect of the 
country, situated as it is probably twenty miles from any permanent source 
of water, unless, with the positions of the dwelling, it may tend to corrobo- 
rate the idea that these people were driven out of the country by roving 
tribes of Indians, and sought refuge in these naturally-fortified places. 

Returning to the party from this station, we visited one of the stone 
houses built upon the rocks above the side of the canon. The ascent to 
the rock upon which it was built was by two pieces of wood about 10 feet 
long, with notches cut for steps and forming a rude ladder. There were 


*Abstract from Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL. 
346 


| 
RUINS ON THE LAS ANIMAS. 347 


six rooms, some nearly perfect, the walls of rough stone and roof made of 
pieces of cedar stretched horizontally and covered with earth; patches of 
plaster remained upon the walls, but much of the roof had fallen in; the 
ceilings low, not more than 7 feet above the ground; doors very small. 
Broken pieces of pottery were scattered about. 

On the next day I visited another of these ruins, making the ascent of 
the rocks with considerable difficulty. Several small dwellings were found, 
nearly covering the space upon the rock, which descended very abruptly 
on every side. In one of these houses, just above a fire-place, and upon 
sticks stretching across the room, supported by being imbedded in the wall 
on either side, I found the leg-bones of a man’s skeleton; the remainder 
must have been carried away, as I could not find any of the other parts. 
Near the dwellings were several cavities in the rocks suitable for holding 
supplies of water, although they seemed to be natural formations. The 
rubbish on the floor was an inch or two thick. 

In the Canon Largo, a few miles from its junction with the San Juan 
River, we found in the valley a curious mound that had every appearance 
of having been constructed by man, from the heterogeneous substance that 
composed it as well as its shape, roof-like, with sloping ends, being about 
100 feet long by 50 feet wide at the base, and 25 feet high. At either end 
were little circles of stones, and digging down through the sod a quantity 
of black earth was found, as though the place had been frequently used for 
fires. 

The most extensive ruins met with were on the right bank of the Las 
Animas River, about twelve miles above its junction with the San Juan. I 
had been previously informed of this, my informant stating that he had 
counted 517 rooms in one pueblo. On visiting the ruins we found what 
had once been, apparently, quite a town, with two main buildings and 
numerous small ones about them. One of the main buildings, situated 
nearest the river, extended to and was built into a bluff separated a few 
hundred yards from the river by a flat. The plan was rectangular, with a 
small court on the south side, the court flanked on either side by two cir- 
cular rooms or towers at the corners of the building; two more of these 
rooms at the other corners, and three through the center and parallel to 


348 RUINS ON THE LAS ANIMAS. 


the longer side of the building; the walls supporting the towers on either 
side of the court were square-cornered, but had re-entrant angles. The 
remainder of the building was divided into rectangular compartments, 
apparently of three stories, the two upper ones nearly in ruins, on two sides 
of the building, which was about 150 by 100 feet; the wall was quite perfect 
and in places 25 feet in height still standing.* Entering a room nearly 
altogether in ruins, it was found connected with an interior one by a door- 
way 4 feet 4 inches by 2 feet 4 inches, cased with nicely-dressed soft 
sandstone in pieces about the size of ordinary bricks; the walls were 2 
feet 4 inches thick, many of the stones being marked with crosses (+), 
&c., and some with inscriptions, though these latter were nearly obliterated. 
The interior room was 14 feet 4 inches by 6 feet 4 inches, and the roof 
fallen in. An entrance was found to a lower room, apparently one of the 
lower story, through a door of about the same dimensions as the other men- 
tioned; the lintel was composed of small, round pieces of wood well cleaned, 
fitted, and bound together with withes; the dimensions of the room were 14 
feet 4 inches by 6 feet, and 7 feet high; the walls, which were well plastered, 
remained nearly intact, and were covered on all sides with curious figures 
and signs scratched upon them. The floor must have been of earth; the ceil- 
ing was supported primarily by clean pine or spruce beams about 6 inches 
in diameter and 30 inches apart; these were crossed by smaller ones of the 
same kind, and across these latter were split pieces, small and half-round, 
and fitting closely together, supporting the earth above. The room was in 
good condition, though sand had washed in and partly covered the floor. 
No entrance could be found to the numerous other rooms constituting this 
floor, except in one case where an interior wall was found broken through. 
This room was like the other, but higher and without plaster, the floor 
covered with débris fallen from above. Near the center of the building was 
a rectangular shaft about 8 feet by 6 feet. Through a hole already broken 
in the roof, and by means of a rope, I descended about 12 feet to a floor- 
ing, the beams supporting which had given way and only part remained ; 


*A heliotype plate, made from a photograph of the interior of the building here mentioned, is 
contained in the Report of the Chief of Engineers from which this account is taken, and is here alluded 
to, as it gives the best presentation I have seen of the method of building the walls of these ancient 
structures.—I". W. P. 


RUINS ON THE LAS ANIMAS. 349 


a little below loose earth filled the shaft, but whether resting on another 
floor or the ground I could not tell. No connection was found between 
this and any of the rooms. I regretted that I could not reach the bottom, 
as I had here hoped to find entrances to those rooms which appeared to 
have none from the outside. Holes, as if for ventilation, but not large 
enough to admit a man, and now filled with dirt, seemed to extend through 
the exterior walls of the building in places. 


The other main building, which is the larger of the two, is about 200 


g 
yards to the west of this, and quite remarkable in plan. What was proba- 
bly the principal part is on the north side, the roof fallen in and much débris 
about the exterior. We found a number of much larger rooms than in the 
other building, and interior walls at least 30 feet high. This portion of the 
building is about 200 feet long and regularly supported on the exterior by 
buttresses; from either end two wings connect and run out, making the 
interior angles about 100°; these wings extend about 150 feet, then their 
extremities seem to have been connected by a circular wall, now entirely 
in ruins, but showing the remains of a gate-way. Above the buttresses, on 
the exterior wall of the main portion, the wall is quite perfect, and shows 
a very pretty architectural design. The masonry is not only built with 
courses of different thicknesses of stone, but also of different colors. There 
is seen a projecting cornice, plain, composed of three or four courses of very 
thin reddish sandstones, and again a course of nearly white stone, perhaps 
a foot thick, both very even, and then other courses of different shades and 
thicknesses alternate. In this building there are remains of three circular 
rooms, one at each of the angles above referred to, and one in the center of 
the court. A great deal of broken pottery was about, but confined to cer- 
tain portions of the building, principally the extremities of the wings. Want 
of time prevented me from making measurements and obtaining much accu- 
rate data that I desired 

Many years must have elapsed since these buildings were in ruins, but 
some of the walls, where supported, are well preserved. Very heavy sage- 
brush was growing in many places upon the mounds of the ruins. The 
remains of a circular building were found midway between the two main 
buildings, and it has been supposed that these circular rooms were places 


350 RUINS ON THE CHACO CANON. 


of worship. But little analogy could be observed between these and the 
Indian pueblo at Taos that I afterward visited; but stone ruins seen at 
Nacimiento and near other (now occupied) Mexican towns were very simi- 
lar, except as to plan, to those described, the ruins about the towns being 
entirely different from any of the present habitations. 

In many places along the San Juan River pieces of old pottery were 
observed and remains of several small stone houses. In one of these I, 
found a very fine specimen of a stone hammer, of a natural oval stone, 
with the ordinary groove cut about it for attaching the handle. A number 
of important ruins were also observed along the Cation de Chaco. None 
of those so minutely described by Lieutenant Simpson in 1849 were visited 
by us, as we did not follow his route only, perhaps, a very short distance. 
The Navajo Indians ascribed some of the figures and signs seen in the 
lower room of the ruins to Apaches and Comanches; but their explana- 
tions were very vague, principally from the difficulty of understanding 
them. 


REPORT ON THE REMAINS OF POPULATION 
OBSERVED IN NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO.* 


By Pror. E. D. Corr, Palwontologist of Bxpedition of 1874. 


WHILE encamped on the Gallinas Creek, at the point where it issues 
from the Sierra Madre, I occupied intervals of time in the examination of the 
traces left by the former inhabitants of this portion of New Mexico. Had 
time permitted, the exploration of these remains might have been much 
extended, but under the circumstances a mere beginning was made. The 
observations show that the country of the Gallinas and the Eocene Plateau 
to the west of it were once occupied by a numerous population. Now 
there are no human residents in the region, and it is only traversed by bands 
of the Apache, Navajo, and Ute tribes of Indians. The indications of this 
ancient population consist of ruined buildings, pottery, flint implements, 
and human bones. Broken vessels of baked clay are frequently found, and 
the fragments occur in all kinds of situations throughout the country. 
They are usually most easily discovered on the slopes of the hills and hog- 
backs of Cretaceous and Tertiary age, and, where abundant, generally lead 
to a ruined building standing on the elevation above. 

The hog-back ridges, described in geological report (Appendix G 1), 
extend in a general north and south direction on the western side of the 
Sierra Madre, south of Tierra Amarilla. They vary from two to four in 
number, and stand at distances of from half a mile to three miles from the 
mountain range. The Gallinas Creek flows between two of them near their 
southern extremities for perhaps fifteen miles. At one point the hog-backs 


*From Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL. 
vol 


352 ANCIENT POPULATION IN 


of Cretaceous, Nos. 3 and 4, approach near together, and the creek flows 
near to the foot of the eastern front, or escarpment, of No. 3. The rock of 
this ledge is a hard sandstone, and resists erosion; hence its outcrop forms 
continuous sharp ridges, with distant interruptions, which are termed by the 
Mexicans the cuchillas, or cristones. The hog-back of No. 4, being com- 
posed of softer material, is worn by erosion into a succession of subconical 
eminences. 

My attention was first called to the archeology of the region by 
observing that the conic hills just mentioned appeared to be in many 
instances crowned with stone structures, which, on examination, proved to 
be ruined buildings. These are round or square, with rounded angles, and 
from 15 to 25 feet in diameter. The walls are 2 and 3 feet in diameter, 
and composed of stones of moderate size, which have been roughly dressed, 
or built without dressing into solid but not very closely-fitting masonry. 
The walls remaining measure from 10 feet high downward. The floor 
inside is basin-shaped, or like a shallow bird-nest, and frequently supports 
a growth of sage brush (Artemisia) of the same size and character as that 
growing on the plains below, and other shrubs. Sometimes they contain 
pifion trees (Pinus cembroides) of 1 and 2 feet in diameter, which is the 
average and full size to which they grow on the adjacent ridges and pla- 
teaus. Within and about them fragments of pottery abound, while flint 
implements are less common As these are similar in all the localities 
examined, they will be subsequently described. A building more or less 
exactly agreeing with this description was found on the summit of every 
hill of a conical form in the vicinity. Their form is probably due to the 
shape of the hill, as they were differently built on the level hog-backs. 
None of the circular buildings were found to be divided, nor were any 
traces of such buildings observed on lower ground. 

The hog-back of Cretaceous No. 3 is the locality in question, only one 
or two hundred yards distant from the eastern of the hills just described, 
from which it is separated stratigraphically by a bed of lignite. At some 
points this stratum has been removed by atmospheric erosion, leaving a 
ravine between the hog-backs. Near the middle of a section of the hog- 
back No. 3 a portion of this formation remains, forming a narrow causeway 


NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 353 


connecting it with the ridge just behind it. The eastern face is a perpen- 
dicular wall of sandstone rock of about 300 feet in elevation; the western 
face is the true surface of the stratum, which here dips about 45° to 55° 
west by north. The top of the ridge varies in width from 4 to 11 feet. 

In riding past the foot of the precipice, I observed what appeared to 
be stone walls crowning its summit. Examination of the ridge disclosed 
the fact that a village, forming a single line of thirty houses, extended 
along its narrow crest, twenty-two of them being south of the causeway 
and eight north of it. The most southern in situation is at some distance 
from the southern extremity of the hog-back. I selected it as a position 
from which to sketch the country to the south and west. (See Geological 
Report, Appendix G1.) It is built on the western slope of the rock, a wall 
of 12 feet in height supporting it on that side, while the narrow ledge form- 
ing the summit of the ridge is its back wall. It is square, 3.355 meters on 
a side, and has a floor leveled with earth and stones. Two stout cedar- 
posts probably once supported the roof; their stumps remain, well cracked 
and weathered. Bushes of sage, similar in size to that of the surrounding 
plain, are growing within the walls. The second house is immediately 
adjoining, and is surrounded by an independent wall, that on the lower side 
of the ridge being still 12 feet in height. The length of the inclosure is 
4.69 meters and the width 2.68 meters; full sized scrub-oak and sage brush 
are growing in it. The stumps of two cedar posts remain, one 5, the other 
8 inches in diameter. The third house adjoins No. 2, but is surrounded by 
a distinct wall, except at the back or side next the precipice, where a ledge 
of rock completes the inclosure. The latter is 4.02 meters long; it con- 
tains a scrub-oak of 3 inches diameter, which is an average size for the tree. 

Beyond these ruins is an interval of 69 meters, where the summit of 
the rock is narrow and smooth, and the dip on the west side 55°. The 
walls of an oval building follow, which inclose a space of 4.69 meters. 
They are 2 to 24 feet in thickness, and stand 8 feet high on the western side ; 
the eastern wall stands on the sheer edge of the precipice. A building 
adjoins, with the dividing-wall common to the preceding house. Its east 
and west walls stand on parallel ledges of the sandstone strata, whose 
strike does not exactly coincide with the axis of the hog-back. Diameter 

23 OI 


304 ANCIENT POPULATION IN 


of this inclosure 5.37 meters. A space of 15.4 meters follows, with preci- 
pices on both sides, when we reach house No. 6. The eastern wall stands 
5 feet high on the summit of the precipice, from which a stone might be 
dropped to the ground, perhaps 350 feet below. Only 8 feet of the western 
wall remained at the time of my examination. The inclosure is 6.04 meters 
long, and not quite so wide, and is divided transversely by a wall, which 
cuts off less than one-third the length of the apartment. In one of the 
opposite corners of the larger room is the stump of a cedar post 5 inches in 
diameter. This house can only be reached by climbing over narrow ledges 
and steep faces of rock. House No. 7 follows an interval of 42.30 meters. 
Its foundation-wall incloses an irregular square space 4.70 meters long and 
3.69 meters wide; it is 11 feet high on the western side, and very regularly 
built and well preserved; on the east side it is 8 feet high, and is inter- 
rupted by a door-way of regular form. From this a narrow fissure offers a 
precarious hold for descent for a considerable distance down the face of the 
precipice, but whether passable to the bottom I could not ascertain. 

The crest of the ridge is without ruins for 52.34 meters farther; then 
a building follows whose inclosed space is an irregular circle of 4.70 meters 
diameter. A transverse summit-ledge forms its southern wall, but the re- 
maining portion is remarkably massive, measuring 3 feet in thickness. Its 
western wall is 12 feet high, and contains many huge stones, which four or 
five men could not lift unaided by machinery. Several scrub-oaks of 3 
inches in diameter grow in this chamber, and stumps of the cedar posts 
that supported the roof remain. Here follows a row of ten similar ruined 
houses, measuring from 3.35 to 6.24 meters in length. Of these, No. 13 
is remarkable for containing a scrub-oak of 13 inches in diameter, the 
largest that I have seen in the country, and the species is an abundant one. 
In No. 14 the remaining western wall is 15 feet in height. There was a 
good deal of pottery lying on the western slope of the rock, but of flint 
implements and chips I found but few. All of these ruins contain full- 
grown sage-bushes. No 18 is the largest ruin; the length of its inclosure 
is 8.62 meters, and the width 6.71 meters; its west wall is 6 feet high; the 
floor is overgrown with sage of the largest size. This building stood 51 
meters from No. 17; 12.80 meters northward the ridge descends slightly 


NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. DOO 


to the level of the causeway already mentioned. Here are five more 
ruined buildings of the same average size as the others, interrupted by but 
one short interval.* 

From this depression, that part of the hog-back which is north of the 
causeway rises abruptly in a perpendicular face. It is composed princi- 
pally of two layers of the sandstone, dipping at 45° W., which are separated 
by a deep cavity from a point 15 feet from the base upward. This niche 
has been appropriated for a habitation, for it is walled to a height of 8 feet 
from its base. The foot of the wall is quite inaccessible, but by climbing 
round the eastern face of the precipice a ledge is found at the base of the 
projecting stratum, which forms the east wall of the inclosure. This was 
sealed by means of a staircase of stones, a number of which were in posi- 
tion at the time of my visit. The remaining portion of the hog-back is 
elevated and smooth, and the foundation-stones only of several houses re- 
main. One of these contain two stout posts, of which 4 feet remain above 
ground; the last house is near the end of the ridge, and is bounded by a 
wall 10 feet in height, which forms its western side. 

The walls of these houses are built with a mortar of mud, mixed in 
many cases at least with ashes, judging from the abundant specks of char- 
coal which it contains. It is not of good quality, and has weathered much 
from between the stones. I could not discover any indications of the de- 
struction of the houses by fire either on the stones or the cedar posts. The 
latter doubtless lost by weathering such indications, had they existed, and 
the combustion of the entire contents of such small domiciles could have 
effected their stone walls but little. I found no remains of bones of animals 
or men about them. 

This town I called Cristone. The same hog-back recommences a little 
more than a mile to the north, rising to a greater elevation, say 600 or 700 
feet above the valley. The east side is perpendicular, while the dip of the 
west side is (0°, and sometimes even a higher angle. On this almost inac- 
cessible crest I could see from the valley the walls of ruined stone build- 
ings, such as I have just described; but unfortunately my limited time 


*In the Report of the Chief of Engineers from which this paper is taken, several illustrations 
are given, showing the form and position of the houses described by Professor Cope. I regret that 
the cuts cannot be reproduced bere.—F. W. P. 


356 ANCIENT POPULATION IN 


prevented me from making a detailed examination of them. In the opposite 
direction I observed a similar ruin on an outlying hill adjacent to the south- 
ern portion of the southern hog-back. ‘This one is of larger size than any 
of the others, but I was unable to visit it. 

The position of these buildings is susceptible of the same explanation 
as that of the still inhabited Moqui villages of Arizona, so interestingly de- 
scribed by Lieutenant Ives in his report on his survey of the Rio Colorado 
of the West, and of the route from its canon to Santa Fé. They were 
doubtless perched on these high eminences for purposes of defense, and 
they were conveniently located near a perennial stream, which permitted 
them to carry on a system of agriculture no doubt similar to that now prac- 
ticed by the Moquis. The inhabitants of Cristone felt, however, one disad- 
vantage not known to the Moquis; they were, so far as present indications 
go, without water on their elevated rocks, but were dependent for their 
supply on the Gallinas creek I found no indication of cisterns which 
should furnish such supply in time of siege, although they doubtless could 
depend for a considerable length of time on rain-water, which they caught 
and preserved in the many vessels of pottery whose fragments are now so 
numerous about the ruins. 

At this point the bluffs of the Eocene bad-lands are from nine to ten 
miles from the Gallinas creek. Here also the slopes are in places covered 
with broken pottery, and on the summits of some of the less elevated buttes 
circular walls indicate the former existence of buildings similar to those 
crowning the conical hills along the creek. The latter contains the nearest 
water to these ruins. In other localities ruined stone buildings occupy the 
flat summits of mesa hills of the bad-lands, often in very elevated and well- 
defended positions. It was a common observation that the erosion of the 
faces of these bluffs had undermined the foundations of the houses, so that 
their wall-stones, with the posts, were mingled with the pottery on the talus 
below. At one point foundation-walls stand on an isthmus, connecting a 
butte with the mesa, of which a width of 20 feet remains, but which is fur- 
rowed with water-channels. Here Kocene fossils, and pottery, including a 
narrow-necked jug, were confusedly mixed together. At another point the 
narrow summit of a butte, of nearly 200 feet elevation, is covered with 


NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 357 


remnants of stone buildings which extend for a length of 200 yards. The 
greater part of them had been undermined, and the stones were lying in 
quantities on the talus at the time of my visit. At one end of the line the 
bases of two rectangular walls, perhaps of towers, appeared to have been 
placed as supports to the terrace. Very dry cedar posts occur among the 
ruins, and three such, standing upright on the summit of the butte, mark a 
spot as yet unaffected by the disintegration of the cliff. In another portion 
of the ruins a row of large earthenware pots was found buried in the earth. 
The slow movement of the marl-changes of level had already fractured 
them. At another locality I took from a confused mass of ruins the tem- 
poral bones of an adult person, the ilium of a child, ribs, and other bones. 
At a remote portion of the ruins, on a remaining ledge, I found a square 
inclosure formed of stones set on edge, three stones forming each half of 
the inclosure. I excavated this for the depth of a foot without finding any 
indication of its use. In some of these localities chips, arrow-heads, and 
thin knives of chalcedony and white flint were found, with similar imple- 
ments of obsidian. ‘The obsidian knives are similar to those which I have 
seen as commonly found in Mexico. 

At the head of the Canoncito de las Yeguas there are numerous low 
hills of the Eocene marl, covered with pinon forests of adult trees. Ona 
low slope of one of these I found the burial place of one of the inhabitants, 
as indicated by his bones and trinkets, doubtless buried with him. His 
tibia was a marked example of the platyenemic type. Close to them were 
some good quartz-crystals, of course intruders in such a formation, a piece 
of chalchuitl, an apparently transported scaphite, some implements of obsi- 
dian, flint, &c., and a single perfect lower molar of a large mammal of the 
genus Bathmodon, attached to a piece of the jaw, which looked as though 
the ancient proprietor had not been ignorant of the peculiar products of the 
neighboring bluffs. 

In traversing the high and dry Eocene plateau west of the bad-land 
bluffs, I noticed the occurrence of pottery on the denuded hills for a dis- 
tance of many miles. Some of these localities are fifteen and twenty miles 
from the edge of the plateau, and at least twenty-five miles from the Galli- 


358 ANCIENT POPULATION IN 


nas Creek, the nearest permanent water. In some of these localities the 
summits of the hills had been eroded to a narrow keel, destroying the foun- 
dations of the former buildings. In no locality did I observe inscriptions 
on the rocks or other objects, which were, probably, the work of the 
builders of these stone towns; but I give a copy of figures (Fig. 135) which 


rm 


TL 


lig. 135.—Rock-carvings on the Rio Chama. 


I found on the side of a ravine near to Abiquiu, on the river Chama. They 
are cut in Jurassic sandstone of medium hardness, and are quite worn and 
overgrown with the small lichen which is abundant on the face of the rock. 
I know nothing respecting their origin. 

It is evident that the region of the Gallinas was once as thickly inhab- 
ited as are now the more densely populated portions of the Eastern States. 
The number of buildings in a square mile of that region is equal to if not 
greater than the number now existing in the more densely populated rural 
districts of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Whether this is the case to the 
south and west I do not know, as I was unable to devote the necessary time 
to the examination. I found, however, that without investigation it is very 
easy to pass the ruins by unnoticed, since their elevated positions, ruinous 
condition, and concealment by vegetation, render them almost invisible to 
the passing traveler. In general, I may say that the number of ruins I 
found was in direct proportion to the attention I gave the matter; where I 


looked for them I invariably found them in suitable situations. 


NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 359 


Perhaps the most remarkable fact in connection with these ruins is the 
remoteness of a large proportion of them from water. They occur every- 
where in the bad lands to a distance of twenty-five miles from any terres- 
trial source of supply. The climatic character of the country there has 
either undergone material change, or the mode of securing and preserving 
a supply of water employed by these people differed from any known to 
us at the present time. I found no traces of cisterns, and the only water- 
holders observed were the earthenware pots buried in the ground, which 
did not exceed eighteen inches in diameter. There is, however, no doubt 
that these people manufactured great numbers of these narrow-necked 
globular vessels, whose principal use must have been the holding of fluids, 
and chiefly of water. Nevertheless, it is scarcely conceivable that the in- 
habitants of the houses now so remote from water could have subsisted 
under the present conditions. Professor Newberry (Ives’ Report) is of the 
opinion that a diminution in the amount of rain-fall over this region has 
taken place at no very remote period in the past, and cites the death of 
forests of pine trees which still stand as probably due to increasing drought. 
It is, of course, evident that erosive agencies were once much more active 
in this region than at present, as the numerous and vast canons testify, but 
that any change sufficient to affect this process should have occurred in the 
human period, seems highly improbable. In other words, the process of 
cutting cations of such depth in rocks of such hardness is so slow that its 
early stages, which were associated with a different distribution of surface- 
water supply, must have far antedated the human period. 

Nevertheless, if we yield to the supposition that during the period of 
residence of the ancient inhabitants the water-supply from rains was greater 
than now, what evidence do we possess which bears on the age of that 
period? There is no difference between the vegetation found growing in 
these buildings and that of the surrounding hills and valleys; the pines, 
oaks, and sage-brush are of the same size, and, to all appearances, of the 
same age. I should suppose them to be contemporary in every respect. 
In the next place, the bad-lands have undergone a definite amount of 
atmospheric erosion since the occupancy of the houses which stand on their 
summits. The rate of this erosion, under present atmospheric influences, 


360 ANCIENT POPULATION IN 


is undoubtedly very slow. The only means which suggested itself at the 
time as available for estimating this rate was the calculation of the age of 
pine trees which grow near the base of the bluffs. These have, of course, 
attained their present size since the removal of the front of the stratum from 
the position which the trees now occupy, so that the age of the latter rep- 
resents at least the time required for the erosion to have removed the bluff 
to its present position, but how much time elapsed between the uncovering 
of the position now occupied by the tree and its germination, there is, of 
course, no means of ascertaining. My assistant, an educated and exact 
man, counted the rings in a cut he made into the side of a pinon (Pinus 
cembroides) which stood at a distance of 40 feet from a bluff, not far from a 
locality of ruins. In a quarter of an inch of solid wood he found 16 con- 
centric layers, or 64 in an inch. The tree was fully 20 inches in diameter, 
which gives 640 annual growths. The pifon is a small species, hence the 
closeness of the rings in an old tree. 

At present it is only possible to speculate on the history of the builders 
of these houses, and the date of their extinction. The tribes of Indians at 
present inhabiting the region at irregular intervals can give no account of 
them. But it is not necessary to suppose that the ruin of this population 
occurred at a very remote past. On the Rio Chaco, not more than thirty 
miles from the Alto del Utah, are the ruins of the seven cities of Cibola, the 
largest of which is called Hungo Pavie. These have been described by 
General Simpson,* who shows that each of the towns consisted of a huge 
communal house, which would have accommodated from 1,500 to 3,000 
persons. Their character appears to have been similar to that of the exist- 
ing Mogqui villages. 

The ‘cities of Cibola” were visited by the marauding expedition of 
Coronado in 1540, which captured them to add to the viceroyalty of Mex- 
ico. In his letter to Mendoza, the viceroy, Coronado states that the inhab- 
itants, on the fourth day after the capture, “set in order all their goods and 
substances, their women and children, and fled to the hills, leaving their 
town, as it were, abandoned, wherein remained very few of them.” There 


* Report of Lieut. James H. Simpson of an expedition in the Navajo country in 1849, Ex. Doc. Ist 
sess. Thirty-first Congress. 


NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 361 


can be no doubt that the Eocene plateau and hog-backs of the Gallinas 
offer hills of the greatest elevation in the entire region, and it is highly 
probable, if the account quoted be correct, that some at least of the exiled 
Cibolians found a refuge in this region, and may have been the builders of 
Cristone. This would place the age of the ruins described at 335 years. 
Of course it is possible that they represent villages contemporary with and 
tributary to the seven cities.* 

The inhabitants of the rock-houses of the Gallinas necessarily aban- 
doned the communal type of building generally employed by their race, 
and appear only to have considered the capacities of their dwellings for 
defense. Yet the perils of life in Cristone due to the location alone must 
have been considerable. Infant sports must have been restricted to within 
doors, and cool heads were requisite in adults to avoid the fatal conse- 
quences of a slip or fall. Intoxication must have been rare in Cristone. 
There is no trace of metal in any of the ruins of the Gallinas, and it is 
evident that the inhabitants were acquainted with the use of stone imple- 
ments only. I have already alluded to their pottery. It is usually of a 
bluish-ash color, but is occasionally black, brown, and more rarely red. It 
is never glazed, but the more common kind is nicely smoothed so as to 
reflect a little light. This pottery is ornamented with figures in black 
paint, which are in lines decussating or at right angles, or closing triangu- 
lar or square spaces. Sometimes colored and uncolored angular areas form 
a checker-board pattern. The coarser kinds exhibit sculpture of the clay 
instead of painting. The surface is thrown into lines of alternating projec- 
tions and pits by the use of an obtuse stick or the finger-nail, or it is 
thrown into imbricating layers by cutting obliquely with a sharp flint-knife. 
Thus the patterns of the ornamentation were varied according to the taste 
of the manufacturers, although the facilities at their disposal were few. 


* Professor Cope here considers the Chaco group of ruins as the remains of the ‘‘Seven cities of 
Cibola” mentioned by Coronado. In this he follows Mr. Morgan (North American Review, 1869). On 
a preceding page Dr. Loew has included four ruined and three inhabited Zuni towns in the province of 
Cibola, and the weight of evidence seems to be in favor of the Zuni group. Lieutenant Abert (Military 
Reconnaissance, New Mexico, &c., 1848) identifies Acoma and six other pueblos with Cibola. Vor fur- 
ther information on this point, reference is made to the authors quoted, and to the statements given by 
Mr. Bancroft in favor of Zuni (Native Races, iv, p. 674).—F. W. P. 


NOTICE OF A RUINED PUEBLO AND AN ANCIENT 
BURTAL-PLACE IN THE VALLEY OF THE 
RIO CHAMA.* 


By H. C. Yarrow, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. A. 


An interesting discovery was made of an ancient pueblo and burial- 
ground in the valley of the Rio Chama, about three miles east of Abiquiu, 
on the top of a mesa, rising probably 100 or 150 feet above the level of the 
river. This mesa lies at the foot of the Jemez range of mountains, and has 
the appearance of a high foot-hill from the valley; seen from above, it is 
simply a promontory of land in the shape of a trapezoid, or frustrum of a 
cone. At its base in each side were the only means of approach—two nar- 
row, steep calons, worn away by the streams of water from the mountains 
above. In case of war, these approaches could have been easily defended. 
The front of the mesa is a sheer precipice, allowing of no ingress to the 
town in that direction, and it would appear that the builders of it chose this 
spot with a considerable degree of sagacity, and with a view to a good 
defensive position, although we were unable to determine where, in case of 
a protracted siege, the inhabitants could have obtained water. The Rio 
Chama flows through the valley at the foot of the mesa, the road running 
alongside of it. There are two arroyos, or ditches, in the sides of which 
graves were found. ‘These ditches were formed in a similar manner to the 


*This account is an abstract only of portions of Dr. Yarrow’s General Itinerary for the Field- 
season of 1874. Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL. 
soz 


RUINED PUEBLO ON THE CHAMA. 363 


cafions, but subsequent to the occupation of the village. The town* was 
built in the shape of a double L, having an open area, or court-yard, on 
both sides, and with bastions or towers at the corners, one defending the 
western cafion-approach and the other the only entrance to the town. The 
front wall was 40 feet in length; the side wall, 50 feet; first rear wall, 30 
feet; a prolongation of this, 40 feet; second rear wall, 80 feet; eastern side 
wall, 50 feet; the bastions being 10 feet in diameter; the estufa, or council- 
chamber, 20 feet. These walls had been built double, and the dwellings 
were between, divided up into spaces about 10 feet square. Upon the sup- 
position that each of the spaces were occupied by one family consisting of, 
say, five individuals, and that the structure was two stories in height, we 
may imagine the population of this town to have been in the neighborhood 
of 250. If the houses consisted of five stories, like some of the pueblo vil- 
lages of the present day, the population was doubtless much greater. The 
stones composing the walls are black basaltic lava, and have probably been 
brought from a considerable distance, as we were unable to discover any 
large deposit of this material in the vicinity. At the present time these 
walls are but 18 inches in height, and are gradually crumbling down, but 
enough débris is scattered about to show that an enormous quantity of the 
stone was used in the construction. 

Interspersed with the stones are great quantities of broken pottery, 
exhibiting the same peculiarities of markings and colorations as the frag- 
ments found in other ancient dwelling-places in this part of New Mexico. 
In addition to the fragments of pottery, we found chips of black obsidian, 
of red porphyry, and carnelian, white and red; but not a bead, an arrow, 
a lance-head, nor an axe-head of stone or metal, rewarded our long and 
eager search, which may perhaps be accounted for from the fact that the 
present Pueblo Indians have a great degree of regard and veneration for 
ancient stone implements of all kinds, and treasure them with great care. 

The estufa, or council-chamber, was carefully examined, and appeared 
to have been similar in its character to those at present used in modern 


* A diagram showing the ruins of the town and its position on the mesa is given in the Report 
of Engineers from which this account is taken.—F. W. P. 


364 RUINED PUEBLO AND BURIAL-PLACE 


pueblos. These chambers are formed by digging in the ground a circular 
pit from 10 to 20 feet in depth; a wall, in some cases of 2 or 3 feet in 
height, is built around the rim of the hole, and on this branches of trees or 
beams of wood are laid, forming a roof, which is covered with brush, and 
earth packed firmly on top. At the pueblo of Taos each head man has an 
estufa of his own, but in this ruin, and in other villages visited, only one 
appears to have been in use. 

After carefully examining the remains of the village, we set out in 
search of the graves, and found that bodies had been buried within 30 feet 
of the walls of the town. The arroyos, as already stated, had been washed 
out by water, and the falling away of the earth disclosed the remains. The 
first skeleton found was in the right-hand or eastern arroyo, some 6 or 8 
feet below the level of the mesa, and had been placed in the grave face 
downward, the head pointing to the south. As the body lay, we had a fine 
section of the strata of earth above it. Two feet above the skeleton we 
noticed two smooth black. ‘“ ollas,” or vases, which, when dug out, were 
found to contain charcoal, parched corn, and the bones of small mammals 
and fowls which had, doubtless, been placed therein at the funeral-feast; and 
the remaining earth to the surface contained nothing but pieces of charcoal. 
Not a vestige of clothing, no ornaments, implements, or weapons were 
found near the corpse, and apparently no receptacle had been employed to 
contain it. By carefully digging away the surrounding earth with our 
knives, we were fortunate enough to secure every bone belonging to this 
skeleton, and it has arrived in Washington in good order, and is now in the 
Army Medical Museum. 

A further search in both arroyos revealed more bodies similarly buried, 
and we secured several skeletons, but in some cases the crania were want- 
ing. Three or four skeletons of children were also discovered, but the 
bones were in such fragile condition as to crumble on exposure to the air, 
consequently we were unable to preserve them. 

There seems but little doubt that at one time this part of New Mexico 
was densely populated, as in the valley of the Chama we have undoubted 
evidence of the existence of the ruins of at least six or eight towns which 
must have been sufficiently large, from present indications, to have con- 


IN THE VALLEY OF THE CHAMA. 365 


tained a total population of two or three thousand. General Simpson, in 
his valuable report, has made mention of his discovery of quite a number 
of these ruins south of the Jemez range on the Rio Chaco, a tributary of 
the Rio San Juan, the most interesting being called the Pueblo Pintado. 
This town, unlike those visited by our parties in the valley of the Chama, 
was built of compact reddish-gray sandstone in tabular pieces. 


NOTICE OF THE PUEBLO PINTADO AND OF OTHER 
RUINS IN THE CHACO CANON." 


By Lizur. C. C. Morrison, Sixth United States Cavalry. 


Our route lay to the south, our objective point being the pueblo Pin- 
tado, + an ancient ruin situated on the south side of the Chaco Creek; creek 
simply because it flows water in the rainy season, but perfectly dry nine 
months of the year. Its southern and western walls are still standing, 
showing in its present state at least four stories; the outlines of one hundred 
and three rooms are easily traced on the ground-floor. The walls on the 
east, south, and west sides have been at right angles to each other; that on 
the northern front facing the water has been an arc of an arch, with three 
large towers built so as to defile all the ground between the building and 
the stream. In the interior has been a court with several circular rooms, 
like the present estufas, or assembly rooms, of the Pueblo Indians of New 
Mexico. 

The whole structure is of stone and wood; no evidence of iron is found. 
The masonry consists of thin plates of sandstone, dressed on the edges, 
laid in a coarse mortar, now nearly as hard as the stone itself. HKvery 
chink is filled. The usual stone is from half inch to an inch thick, with 
occasional layers of stone 2 or 3 inches thick occurring regularly every 
15 to 18 inches interval, evidently to strengthen the masonry. The exterior 


* Abstract from report for the field-season of 1875. Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers 
for 1876, Appendix JJ. 
tLieutenant Morrison states that this ruin has been referred to in former Annual Reports of the 
Survey as the pueblo Bonito. He probably refers to Dr. Loew’s notice of the Chaco ruin, concerning 
which see p. 341.—F. W. P. 
466 


THE PUEBLO PINTADC 367 


face of the walls is as smooth as one built of brick ana beautifully v..mbed. 
At the base, 24 feet through, the wall at each story decreases in thickness 
by the width of a slight beam, on which rest the girders of the floor, the 
larger ones setting in the wall. There are no doors opening on the side 
away from the court, and the only means of light seem to have been 
through the inner rooms, and through some small port-holes opening out- 
ward on the stories above the first. There are no perfect arches found in 
the building; the only approach to such being the successive layers 
over the windows, where the stones extend one beyond the other till one 
stone can span the space. Usually the doors and windows were capped by 
lintels of wood, which were slight round poles, with their ends, as were those 
of the girders, hammered off, apparently by some stone implement. In 
one of the circular rooms was found what appeared to be an altar, built out 
from the side of the wall in the very center of the building; it was probably 
here that their worship, since lost or perpetuated in an altered form in the 
present Pueblos, was carried on. 

The most striking peculiarities of the buildings were the wonderfully 
pertect angles of the walls, the care with which each stone had been placed, 
the perfection of the circular rooms as to their cross-section, and the great 
preservation of the wood. With an architecture so advanced in other 
respects, their glaring inability to tie joints in corners, each wall being 
built up against and not united with the others, makes it comparatively 
weak; indeed, it is to be wondered at that the walls are still standing, 
depending as they do each upon its own base, without abutments. 

Usually the Chaco is dry; doubtless at one time there was plenty of 
water, for an apparent difference in the weeds and grass just above the 
building indicates that the ground was once cultivated. We found no im- 
plements other than a section of a metate, or hollow trough of stone, similar 
to those now used by the Indians and Mexicans, in which they grind corn 
and coffee. Innumerable fragments of pottery were found very similar, 
although none perfect, to that made by the present Pueblo Indians. 

A few hundred yards down the stream, as also above the buildings, 
are found traces of other buildings, with, in some cases, the outlines of the 
walls easily distinguishable. In the canon, which commences less than 


368 RUINS IN THE CHACO CANON. 


three miles below, are seven or eight other ruins, equally well-preserved, 
on the cliffs above; these were, apparently, watch-towers. 

South of the Chaco the country rises to a table-land, presenting on its 
southern and western slope, for about 30 miles, but two places to descend 
the cliffs, which are about 300 feet nearly vertical. On the southern face, 
probably 120 feet above the valley, with no visible way of getting up, nor 
could we reach them from above, we found several smaller buildings, 
probably coeval with the larger ruins, built under the overhanging walls of 
the cliff rocks. 

On the level surfaces above were found numerous cisterns from 24 to 
8 feet deep, hollowed out in the rock by the action of water, possibly aided 
by the hand of man. 

Descending from the table-land, we camped on a small drain, tributary 
to the Chaco from the south. A mile north of us was the mesa Fachada, 
an isolated mass which looks like a grand old church and marks the outlet of 
the cation Chaco. On another drain just west of this we found another ruin 
similar in the main features to the others, but differing in that it had a tower- 
like room running clear to the top, inclosed in rectangular walls, so that the 
perimeter of cross-section was a square on outside and circle internally, 
the segments where the wall was thickest being filled up by rubble- 
masonry. ‘The ruin was on a slight elevation above the valley. From 
opposite the face of the former ran a built wall of earth, with stone revet-- 
ment across the drain, possibly a roadway with bridge, more probably a 
dam, 10 feet across the top, 5 feet high, and 15 feet across the base. Here, 
as at the other ruins, was found much broken pottery. In one of the ruins 
on the main Chaco drain, the topographer entered a room now almost under 
ground from débris of the falling walls. It was entirely destitute of furni- 
ture or tools of any sort, but was very interesting in that it showed the 
manner of making the floors; also that the interior walls were plastered 
with a mortar containing but little lime. In the walls were small square 
recesses, as if for shelves. The ceiling, which was the floor of the room 
above, consisted, first, of heavy poles about 5 inches in diameter placed at 
intervals of about 3 or 4 feet; on these, transversely, were placed smaller 
poles, and again across these in juxtaposition were laid small square poles, 


RUINS IN THE CHACO CANON. 369 


all held down by withes. There was no evidence of the people leaving 
suddenly, for, though the hole was barely big enough to admit of a man 
crawling through, and had only lately been unearthed by the rains, there 
was no sign or trace of anything manufactured by man left behind; noth- 
ing but the bare walls. In this we were much disappointed, for it was but 
reasonable to suppose, if we could find a room in fair state of preservation, 
that some articles of household furniture might remain. 


24 01 


CLIFF-HOUSE AND CAVE ON DIAMOND CREEK, 
NEW MEXICO. 


By H. W. HrEensHAw. 


Tue mouth of Diamond Creek, a tributary of the Rio Gila, is not 
far from Camp Bayard, New Mexico. On the first day’s march up the 
ereek, when perhaps eight miles from its mouth, the attention of Mr. How- 
ell and myself was attracted by a wall of cemented rocks, which evi- 
dently had been raised to inclose a natural cavity in the rocks. The canon 
at this point was very narrow, and the sides of voleanic rock rise perpen- 
dicularly to a height of perhaps 600 feet. The wall, which was perhaps 30 
feet above the valley, was 15 or 18 feet long, and composed of volcanic 
débris plastered together with mud, and further strengthened and supported 
by stout timbers, which had been cemented into the interior face. Two 
principal openings had been left, one to serve as a doorway, through which 
we entered by stooping slightly, the other, perhaps a foot in diameter, which 
apparently answered the double purpose of admitting the light and serving 
as a loop-hole for the discharge of arrows. The position and strength of the 
wall indicated that the intention of the builders had been to provide a secure 
retreat in case of attack. On entering we found ourselves in a small room, 
about 14 feet long by 10 wide, out of which a second smaller apartment 
opened, the two being separated by a wall similar in construction to the 
first. The latter room had two small loop-holes or windows commanding 
the pass below. 


To the right of this structure, which had the appearance of having 
370 


CAVE ON DIAMOND CREEK. atl 


served as a permanent habitation, and perhaps 20 feet above, was the 
entrance to a large open cavern, and on making our way up to this we 
found that the rock had been broken into the semblance of rude steps. The 
floor of the cavern was inclined at an angle of fifteen or twenty degrees, and 
covered to the depth of probably 2 feet with the excrement of rats. Near 
the head we noticed a large pile of broken bows and arrows, upon which 
some heavy stones had been placed. An effort was made to dig through 
this in the expectation of finding skeletons, but, having only our hands 
and the small pieces of sticks composing the pile, we were compelled to 
desist without being able to satisfy ourselves whether the cave had been 
used as a burial-place or not. The arrows were made of reeds, with 
sharpened points of hard wood inserted in the ends. The points, however, 
of a few were slotted and wound with sinews, showing that regular heads 
had been used, one of which, of obsidian, was found united to its shaft. 
It is safe to say that in this mass there were over a thousand arrows broken 
into fragments of various sizes. 


RUINS IN THE CANON DE CHELLE. 


In the Canon de Chelle, New Mexico, there are many ruins of cliff- 
houses and pueblos which were first brought to notice by Lieutenant (now 
General) J. H. Simpson in his Journal of a Military Reconnaissance from 
Santa Fé to the Navajo Country, made with the troops under command of 
Brevet Lieutenant-Colonel Washington in 1849. Some of these cliff-houses 
or fastnesses are said to be at a height of 400 feet above the river-bed, and 
are ow without any evidence as to the means by which they were reached. 
The Navajos who now inhabit the valley do not have any traditions relat- 
ing to the former inhabitants or builders of these ancient places, all of which 
have long been in ruins. 

The most interesting of these ruins is described by Lieutenant Simp- 
son in the following words: 

‘Seven miles from the mouth we fell in with some considerable pueblo 
ruins. These ruins are on the left or north side of the canon, a portion of 
them being situated at the foot of the escarpment wall and the other por- 
tion upon a shelf in the wall immediately back of the other portion, some 
fifty feet above the bed of the canon. The wall in front of this latter por- 
tion being vertical, access to it could only have been obtained by means of 
ladders. The front of these ruins measures one hundred and forty-five feet, 
and their depth forty-five The style of structure is similar to that of the 
pueblos found on the Chaco, the building material being of small, thin 
sandstones from two to four inches thick, imbedded in mud mortar, and 


chinked in the fagade with smaller stones. The present height of its walls 
372 


NOTES ON THE IMPLEMENTS OF STONE, POTTERY, 
AND OTHER OBJECTS OBTAINED IN NEW 
MEXICO AND ARIZONA. 


Durine the several field-seasons, particularly those of 1873, ’74, and 
75, a number of valuable and interesting objects were obtained in New 
Mexico and Arizona, especially by the party to which Dr. Yarrow was 
attached, that gentleman being constantly on the lookout for objects illus- 
trative of the archeology and ethnology of the region through which he 
passed. A portion of this collection was placed in my hands with a few 
brief notes, which are here reproduced with slight descriptive additions. 
Many other specimens, I understand, are contained in the collections of the 
Smithsonian Institution. A number of the objects collected were beauti- 
fully represented in water colors by Mr. H. J. Morgan, under the direction 
of Dr. Yarrow, and a portion of these have been accurately reproduced on 
the accompanying colored lithographic plates representing some of the 
forms of implements made of stone. 

Plate XVI* contains representations, of natural size, of seven imple- 
ments which can well be classed as knives and spearheads. Fig. 1 is a 
beautifully-chipped knife or spearhead obtained from the Pueblo of Taos 


* Reference figures are not given on these plates; therefore, in referring to the plates, I have 
in each case designated the figure in the upper left corner as Fig. 1 and counted to the right and down 
the plate in natural order. The short description given of each object will make the reference clear in 


doubtful cases. 
374 


v0 
vol 
4 


STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM NEW MEXICO. 375 


by Dr. Yarrow. It is made of a piece of translucent chalcedony, of a yel- 
lowish tinge, exhibiting distinct bands when held towards the light. Its 
greatest thickness in the center is not over one-quarter of an inch, and its 
edges and point are thin and sharp. 

Fig. 2 is a chipped implement, possibly an arrow point, with regular 
serrated edges, slightly thicker than the preceding, and is made of a yel- 
lowish jasper containing minute red spots. This implement was obtained 
by Dr. Yarrow from the pueblo of Santa Clara, a few miles from San Ilde- 
fonso, in New Mexico. 

Fig. 3 represents what is probably a knife, with a long stem below the 
notches for attachment to a handle, and was obtained with the last men- 
tioned at the pueblo of Santa Clara. Its surface is quite smooth, as if by 
long use, or weathering, the little ridges left in flaking seemingly having 
been worn away. The material is chalcedony, with similar red spots to 
those noticed in the chipped point with serrated edges. 

Fig. 4—The specimen represented by this figure is not among the 
objects forwarded to me. It is very likely a slender dagger-like knife, 
which was formerly mounted on a short handle. 

Fig. 5 is a leaf-shaped knife of yellow jasper, about a quarter of an 
inch in thickness in the center and chipped down to a sharp cutting edge 
all around. In size, shape, and material this implement is like many that 
have been found in other parts of the country. It is a common form in 
New Jersey, as shown by the specimens like it in the Abbott collection 
of the Peabody Museum. This was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at the pueblo 
of Taos. 

Fig. 6 represents a knife with a short stem, which has evidently been 
made from a large flake of the jasper. The edges and the stem have re- 
ceived slight secondary chipping. This is also a common form east of the 
Mississippi. It was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at the pueblo of Santa Clara, 
New Mexico. 

Fig. 7 presents a form of large chipped implements common to nearly 
all parts of the country, which, while adapted for cutting, are not yet fully 
understood. They are often called large knives, spear-points, or “‘toma- 
hawks”, and they may have been so fastened by the center to a handle as 


376 STONE IMPLEMENTS 


to have permitted the use of both points. This specimen was secured by 
Dr. Yarrow at the pueblo of Ildefonso. Its worn and weathered surface 
may possibly indicate considerable antiquity. It is made of hard brown- 
ish quartzite. 

A few other chipped implements from the same region as those figured 
on the plate are in the collection before me. One of these is a small drill, 
or perforator, the point of which is broken, with a broad flat base as if to 
give a firm hold for the thumb and forefinger. It is of a light-colored chert, 
and was obtained with the other specimens from the pueblo of Santa Clara. 
A well made arrowhead, about an inch and a quarter long, of a light- 
colored chert, with serrated edges, straight base, and notched on the sides, 
is from the pueblo of Taos. From this place was also obtained a leaf- 
shaped implement of about the same size, made of black obsidian. This 
may be an arrowhead, but, although it is finely pointed at one end, it is flat 
on one surface and the broad end is rounded and chipped, which gives it the 
appearance of a scraper. At Coyote Creek, near Black Lakes, New Mexico, 
Mr. J. C. Russell collected two chipped implements. One is of argillite, 
Ad inches long and about 1 inch wide in the centre, where it is $ an inch 
thick. It is rudely chipped to a point at each end, and has a close re- 
semblance to many of the rude implements from the Atlantic States. The 
other implement is made of a piece of white chalcedony. This is oval in 
shape, nearly flat on one surface and convex on the opposite. It is about 
13 inches long and half an inch thick. The chipping has been principally 
around the edges on the convex portion. Four small arrowpoints are also 
in the collection, without a special label. One is of white quartz, nearly 
three-quarters of an inch in length, with notched sides and straight base. 
The others are of obsidian, two of which are broken. The perfect one is 
less than half an inch wide and is three-quarters of aninch long. It has 
serrated sides and a notched stem. 

The grooved “axes,” eleven of which are represented on Plates XVII, 
XVIII, and XIX, are of more than ordinary interest from their marked 
peculiarities. Of these, eight, including six of those figured, are available 
for description. Three of these seem to have had cutting edges, but they 
are now so blunted that they appear to have been used more for giving 


FROM NEW MEXICO. oak 


blows than for cutting purposes They are of small size and may have 
been mounted for use as implements of war, similar to the iron tomahawk 
of a later date. Five others ought rather to be called axe-shaped ham- 
mers than axes, for they evidently never were furnished with anything 
approaching a cutting edge, and their rounded and fractured edges show that 
they have long been used as hammers. In this respect these axe-like im- 
plements differ widely from the sharp-edged axes of the country east of 
the Mississippi, nearly all of which were cutting implements, and some 
were probably used as weapons. These pueblo “axes” are highly polished. 
They are made of hard materials* of various colors and form a pleasing 
and striking contrast with the majority of similar implements which are so 
abundant in the Atlantic States. Another prominent character is shown in 
the manner of grooving the stones for the purpose of attaching them to 
handles by means of withes. This peculiarity will be best understood by 
examining the figures on the plates. It will be noticed that the grooves 
are not simple, as is usually the case with axes from the Mississippi valley 
to the Atlantic coast, but that they generally consist of two or three dis- 
tinct indentures. In some, there is a principal groove which passes 
round the stone, and a second consisting simply of grooves on the oppo- 
site edges, as shown in Fig. 5 of Plate XIX. Another interesting variation 
from the simple groove is seen in Fig. 2 of Plate XVII, which in addition 
to the double cross-groove above has a deep notch on one side only. Fig. 
4, of Plate XVIII, shows three well-defined grooves extending round the 
stone. Occasionally an axe with two grooves has been found in the Eastern 
States, but they are so rare as to be marked exceptions to the rule. Dr. 
Abbott has figured such an axe from New Jersey. In these pueblo speci- 
mens the but-end is rough or but slightly worked, while the rest of the 
implement is highly polished. This may indicate that the head was 
inclosed by some material when hafted. 

Plate XVII, Fig. 1, represents, of natural size, an axe-like hammer with 
a blunt or much worn edge. This is of a grayish actinolite, with dark 
spots and lines, as shown in the figure. It was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at 


*Dr. Wadsworth has informed me that these implements are made from highly metamorphosed 
rocks composed now chiefly of actinolite. Most of them contain magnetic or tibaniferous iron, and part 
appear to be altered diabases. 


378 STONE IMPLEMENTS 


the pueblo of Ildefonso, New Mexico. Fig. 3, of this plate, is taken from 
a somewhat larger implement of this character from the same place with 
the last. The head of this specimen is broken off, as shown in the figure. 
The fractured surface, however, is comparatively smooth, and the imple- 
ment was probably used after its fracture. The two other specimens 
represented on this plate I have not seen, but they are very likely given 
of natural size, and are either from the pueblo of Ildefonso or that of Santa 
Clara. 

Plate XVIII, Figs. 1, 3, and 5, represent three small implements with 
an approach to cutting edges, and double grooves. I have not seen the 
original of Fig. 1 and cannot state the exact place where it was obtained. 
Fig. 3 is the smallest of the axes in the collection and is from the pueblo 
of Taos. Fig. 5 was also obtained at Taos by Dr. Yarrow. These last 
two are made from a hard, reddish actinolite, which receives a high and 
beautiful polish. Fig. 2 of this plate represents, of one-third size, the 
largest of the grooved implements. It is 54 inches long, 24 inches wide, 
and 14 inches thick Its edge is half an inch thick and rounded by use. 
This beautiful specimen is of the same mineral as the others, and is from 
Taos. Fig. 4, of the same plate, is remarkable from the character of its 
grooves, and apparently has a sharper edge than the majority of the speci- 
mens, but I have not seen the original and cannot give anything further 
about it. 

Plate XIX, Fig. 1. This specimen is not in the collection before me. 
Fig. 5, of this plate, represents a beautiful little axe from Taos. It is of a 
mottled actinolite, and is figured of full size. The notches on this imple- 
ment, just below the groove, are so near to the cutting edge as to give the 
impression that it was once much longer and has been reground after a 
fracture. 

Two other grooved implements are unquestionably hammers. One 
from the pueblo of San Ildefonso is of the same hard mineral of which the 
other grooved implements are made. This hammer is 3 inches long, 2 
inches wide, and 14 inches thick. It has a well-defined groove, and the 
edge is very much worn and rounded. The second has the appearance of 
being made from a thin, oval pebble, of the same mineral as the last, 


ro 
=, 


380 ANCIENT PUEBLO POTTERY 


nearly meets the one on the under side. It may be that these holes were 
simply the beginning of the excavation of the central portion of the object. 
I cannot conceive any use to which this piece of sculpture could be put, unless 
it was intended as an ornament. That it is a rude, and perhaps somewhat 
conventionalized, representation of a marine shell there can be no doubt. 
Thinking this was the case I submitted the object to Professor Hamlin, of 
the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, who has kindly given me the fol- 
lowing answer to my question: 

“The maker of this specimen did not copy any known shell. The 
narrow longitudinal aperture merging into the canaliculated spire corre- 
sponds fairly to a cone like the well-known East Indian marmoreus, Lin., 
while the elevation of the spire may have been borrowed from the West 
Indian species testudinarius, Mart., to which, on the whole, it is most like. 
On the other hand, the sharp inner lip, situated where a wide and smooth 
columella is found in cones and most other marine gasteropods, the sudden 
bend in the lower part of the otherwise straight aperture, and the swollen 
lower portion of the shell, where cones taper regularly in a straight line, 
are, taken together, unlike a cone or any other known shell. The specimen 
is, besides, several times larger than any described recent or fossil cone that 
has been found in North America. It was apparently carved by one who 
had a good general conception of a dextral gasteropod shell, and was con- 
tent to follow that in his work rather than the features of any individual 
specimen.” 

Although the various members of the surveying parties noticed the 
great quantity of fragments of ancient pottery found along the old trails 
and in the vicinity of ruins in New Mexico, very little seems to have been 
collected. 

My. 'T. O'Sullivan, while at a ruined pueblo on the San Juan River, 
New Mexico, in October, 1874, picked up a number of pieces of ancient 
pottery, eight of which are before me. ‘Two of these fragments are red and 
the others are gray. The ornamentation on all is in black, and consists of 
the characteristic geometrical figures and parallel lines. On one fragment, 
between two groups of parallel lines which passed around the inside of the 
bowl, of which this fragment is a portion of the side, there is a band, 


FROM NEW MEXICO. 381 


exactly an inch in width, which contains a series of connected half spirals 
of symmetrical arrangement. On the outside of the fragment there is a 
portion of a border which was made of lozenge-shaped and zigzag figures. 
Another fragment from this lot shows that both sides of a bowl were very 
prettily ornamented, and that its edge was also marked with squares, which 
united with the black line forming the upper edge of the border on the 
inside. As figures are necessary in order to give a proper idea of the pat- 
terns of ornamentation on this old pottery, I must refer to such as have 
appeared in several publications, particularly the plates in Lieutenant 
Simpson’s volume and in the third volume of the Reports of the Pacific 
Railroad Survey.* 

A comparison of this ancient pottery with that made by the present 
inhabitants of the pueblos shows that a great deterioration has taken place 
in native American art, a rule which, I think, can be applied to all the more 
advanced tribes of America. The remarkable hardness of all the fragments 
of colored pottery which have been obtained from the vicinity of the old 
ruins in New Mexico, Colorado, Arizona, and Utah, and also of the pottery 
of the same character found in the ruins of adobe houses and in caves in 
Utah, shows that the ancient people understood the art of baking earthen- 
ware far better than their probable descendants now living in the pueblos of 
New Mexico and Arizona. The gray clay seems to contain a large amount 
of siliceous material, which, on being subjected to a great heat, becomes 
slightly vitrified. The vessels made of the gray colored clay have appar- 
ently received a thin wash of the same, upon which the black ornamentation 
was put, before baking. The intense heat to which the vessels were after- 
wards subjected has vitrified this thin layer of clay, which now appears like 
a thin glaze. The polish is probably due to smoothing the surface with 
a stone before the thin wash was applied, as is now done by several 
tribes in the United States and Mexico. The black substance, uniting with 
the clay-wash, was burnt in and became a fast color. The red color was 
produced by the addition of a large proportion of red ochre, or oxide of 
iron, with the gray clay, and thus, according to the greater or less amount 


of iron used, the clay is more or less red throughout. To some vessels a 


*The latest contribution to this subject is contained in the Report by Dr. Hayden for 1876. 


382 - ORNAMENTATION OF PUEBLO POTTERY. 


thin wash of clay, containing a large proportion of the ochre, was applied 
before baking, which resulted in a deep red color, and in these the black 
ornamental lines were burnt in with the ochre-clay wash. The same method 
is probably followed by the present pueblo tribes, but as their pottery is not 
so well baked the colors are not as permanent, and the vessels made are 
generally far inferior in construction, as they are thicker and more porous 
than the ancient specimens. 

Among the many fragments of ancient pottery that I have examined 
from the region named above, I have not seen a piece in which more than 
a single color was employed in its ornamentation. With very few excep- 
tions, in which the ornamental lines are of a brownish color with a metallic 
lustre, the pattern consists of black lines and figures on either the red or 
the gray ground-color. In the modern vessels from the pueblos on the Rio 
Grande, the prevailing colors are white and black over a red clay. In 
some, however, the black figures are painted directly upon the red or pri- 
mary color of the vessel. 

It is a little remarkable that, both among the ancient and present 
pueblo tribes, the ornamentation on the vessels of clay should be so con- 
fined to figures expressed in color. Ido not remember having seen a 
specimen of this class of smooth red or gray pottery on which incised work 
appears, and I may further remark that, so far as my examination has 
extended, I have seen, on pottery of this character, only expressions of geo- 
metrical figures. On the recent pueblo pottery there is now and then an 
attempt to represent natural forms, such as leaves, birds, and deer, but 
this realistic ornamentation is poorly executed, so far as I can judge from 
the limited material at my command. It is also worthy of remark that 
while the present pueblo tribes, particularly the Zuni, often model vessels 
and other objects in clay, to represent men, birds, and other natural forms, 
so far as my knowledge extends only a single fragment of such a form 
has been found under circumstances indicating antiquity. This single 
exception consists of a portion of a small vessel which was made to 
represent some quadruped. It was presented to the Peabody Museum 
by Prof. N. 8. Shaler, and is marked as having been found on the Rio 
Gila, in New Mexico. The gray clay of which it is made and the char- 


PUEBLO POTTERY. 383 


acter of its ornamentation have a close resemblance to some of the bird- 
like vessels from Zuni, and it is not so well baked as the fragments of un- 
doubted ancient pottery. Probably belonging to about the same period 
between ancient and modern art with this fragment of animal form, is the 
nearly perfect mug, made of gray clay and ornamented with black lines, 
lozenge-shaped and other figures, which was “found by Mr. Francis Klett 
in 1873 at the ruins of Pueblo Viejo on the Rio Gila.” In shape this is like 
an old flat-bottomed beer mug with a handle extending the whole length 
of the side. Portions of somewhat similar mugs have been found among 
the fragments of ancient pottery, but, so far as I know, none of these had a 
broad and flat bottom. The clay of which this vessel is made has been pretty 
well burned and is hard and firm, its thickness, however, gives to the mug 
arude and clumsy appearance, such as is not seen in the older specimens. 
Another vessel, which I am inclined to regard as not very old, is a nearly 
perfect bowl of red clay about ten inches in diameter, which is said to 
have been obtained from a ruined pueblo in New Mexico. Although this 
vessel is very well made, it has not been burnt to that degree of hardness 
common in the ancient pottery, and its ornamentation is not so well done. 
In favor of its comparatively recent origin is the fact that the black lines 
are drawn over a white wash, as is the most common method of orna- 
menting the modern pottery made at the pueblos in the vicinity of Santa Fé. 

There have been often found at the ruined pueblos and old cliff-houses, 
as well as in the mounds and caves of Utah, vessels made by coiling bands 
of clay upon themselves, but of this form specimens do not appear to have 
been collected by the surveying parties, although Professor Cope refers to 
pottery of this character in the account of his explorations of an ancient 
town given on a previous page of this volume. Many such have been 
found in the mounds formed by the ruined adobe houses in Southern Utah, 
and others were obtained by Dr. Palmer from caves in Utah. A number 
of perfect vessels and many fragments from these places are in the Peabody 
Museum.* 

The most interesting object of clay obtained by the survey is the large 


* Mr. Holmes has figured vessels of this character found in the cliff-houses, in his recent valuable 
paper contained in Dr. Hayden’s Annual Report for 1576. 


384 PUEBLO POTTERY. 


olla secured by Mr. Francis Klett at Zuni, with which is the following mem- 
orandum: ‘The olla was found at the pueblo of Zuni, where it was manu- 
factured. Its age cannot be given. However, it is certain that it had not 
been used for a long time previous to my visit, and was found stored away 
among broken pottery and other objects.” This olla is 14 inches in greatest, 
diameter, which is at a line drawn through its upper third. From this 
portion above it is symmetrically rounded to its shoulder to which is joined 
the oblique neck, terminating in a slightly retroverted rim about its mouth, 
which is 8 inches in diameter. Below its widest portion it gradually 
decreases in diameter to within an inch and a half of the bottom, measured 
vertically, whence it rapidly decreases to its round concave base of 
only 4 inches diameter. The total height of the vessel is 12 inches. It 
is very nearly symmetrical, the slightly irregular outline of the rim being 
the only thing that catches the eye in this respect. There is much in the 
style of the colored ornamentation on this vessel that has a general resem- 
blance to what is called Phcenician art, particularly to some of the patterns 
found by General Cesnola at Cyprus, which is of considerable interest 
in the study of corresponding developments among widely separated 
peoples. The vessel is made of a gray clay, is thin and light, and is 
well baked, approaching in these respects the character of the ancient 
pottery more than to that obtained from the pueblos in Eastern New Mexico. 
On its inside and around the rim is a slight red wash, probably consisting 
of avery thin mixture of red ochre and clay. Its base and about 3 inches 
of its under surface are also red, but the color is much deeper than on the 
inside. Above this red basal portion the vessel has received a thin but per- 
fect wash of white clay, and this portion is divided into four zones, formed 
by parallel black lines, painted over the white, which are evenly drawn 
around the jar. 

The upper of these zones is defined above by a narrow black line 
just under the lip of the vessel, and below by two bands, each of which 
is about one-fourth of an inch in width. These were painted on the 
shoulder of the jar, and the very narrow white line left between them 
adds much to the artistic effect produced. From some peculiar freak the 
decorator has left a very narrow white border, where the two ends of these 


PUEBLO POTTERY. 385 


bands meet, carefully finishing the dark bands with this object in view. 
All the other bands about the jar are continuous, and do not show where 
they were joined. In this upper zone there are six geometrical compound 
figures, each of which is a copy of the others. These are carefully painted 
in black upon the white ground, and a small portion in each figure is filled 
in by narrow parallel lines in red. 

The second zone is wider than any of the others, and occupies a 
vertical space on the jar of 34 inches. In this zone there is a proces- 
sion of seven deer or elk, with branched antlers and male organs. These 
animal figures are represented in profile, without any attempt at per- 
spective, and with little regard to proportion. The antlers, ears, and legs 
of both sides are shown by placing one in front of the other, and the 
double hoof is represented by two short parallel lines, one of which is 
over the other. The legs are remarkably straight and slender, the joints 
being indicated by slight protuberances. A white portion is left around 
the dark oval representing the eye, and another white crescent-shaped 
portion is left on the rump. Extending from the nose to over the fore 
legs is a dark line, outlined by the white ground, which terminates in 
a triangular figure, the centre of which is red. This evidently is intended 
to represent the heart and lungs of the animal and probably expresses 
life. Under this line from the nose are four white blotches which seem to 
have some connection with an idea of expressing a mouth and throat. In 
front of each of these animal figures, which are drawn in black and brown, 
there is a peculiar branched figure painted in red. This figure may be 
intended to represent a plant, but its regular, geometrical design makes 
it difficult to determine. It consists of five divisions branching from a 
root. Three of these branches terminate in coils to the right, one to the 
left, and the lowest branch of all is simple and short. 

Between the two black lines defining the third zone, which is not much 
over half the width of those above and below it, there are eight deer, repre- 
sented in the same manner as in the zone above, but they are not as large, 
and, in order to get the figures into the limited vertical space, the animals 


are represented with very short legs. 
25 OI 


386 PUEBLO POTTERY. 


The fourth, or lowest of the zones, contains six more of the animal 
figures which are drawn in a similar manner and are of about the same size 
with those in the second division above, except that the figures of the male 
deer with antlers alternate with figures of females which are represented 
without antlers and with young. The foetus is drawn in profile, standing, 
with its head in the posterior portion of its mother’s body. The figure of 
the young animal occupies the total length and width of the body of the 
parent. Between these male and female deer are branching figures of the 
same character and color with those in the second zone. 

Altogether this vessel is a most interesting study and is of a style of 
ornamentation entirely unlike any other that I have seen. It is probable 
that others of a similar character will be obtained from the southern 
pueblos, as it is evidently a characteristic style of ornamentation. 

A number of ollas and Jarge and small bowls were obtained at Santa 
Fé by members of the Survey. These are all of a red-colored clay, 
thick and heavy, and not very well baked. In every respect this class of 
pottery is very much inferior to the large olla from Zuni described above. 
They are generally more or less covered exteriorly with a thin wash of 
white on which figures of various kinds are drawn in black, principally 
consisting of circles, zigzags, lozenge-shaped figures and waved and parallel 
lines. Some of the bowls have the ornamentation on the inside; in these 
the interior is whitened and.the outside is of its natural red color. In one 
or two the ornamentation is in black, painted on the red ground. Several 
of the vessels in this lot seem to have been slightly polished by rubbing the 
partly-dried clay with a smooth stone before baking, as is done by many 
Indian tribes. When well performed this method of polishing the vessel 
gives a fine lustre which resembles and has often been mistaken for a thin 
glaze, particularly in pottery from some parts of Mexico. None of this 
modern pueblo pottery, however, has been so highly polished as that to 
which I have alluded. On some of these modern bowls a rude attempt 
has been made at a little naturalistic work, such as the figure of a bird or 
of a vine 

With these ollas and bowls there are a number of small objects of the 
same material and style of ornamentation, all of which were brought in 


PUEBLO POTTERY. o87t 


from Tezuque, Ildefonso, and other pueblos in the vicinity of Santa Fé. 
Among these smaller vessels are rude representations of birds with an 
opening on the back. 

The collection also contains several small bowls, mugs, and pitchers 
made of red clay, some of which were probably designed after common 
Mexican forms. Several of these were apparently coated, before baking, 
with a thin wash of clay containing pounded mica, which has given to the 
objects an appearance somewhat resembling gilt-bronze. 

A number of solid terra-cotta figures were also obtained from Santa 
Fé, among which are some ornamented with white and black, and others 
are coated with the pounded mica, as described above. These small figures 
represent birds, men on horseback, and nude men and women. Some of 
these have a tendency to obscenity, which is very likely the result of 
contact with the vices of civilization. 

A water-bottle, of considerable interest from its shape, was obtained at 
the pueblo of Ildefonso. This is made of red clay, like the ollas and bowls 
of the same region, and is ornamented with black figures on a white ground. 
Three of the figures rudely represent large birds, one in profile and the 
others with the wings and feet extended to the right and left of the body, . 
and the head turned so as to be shown in profile, while the tail is expanded.* 
The jar itself is evidently designed to represent a bird. The small neck 
terminates in a mouth, which may be regarded as the head of the bird. 
The tail is formed by a projection in the center of the jar opposite to the 
mouth, and the two handles on the sides probably represent the wings. 
When one of the smaller bird-like vessels is compared with this bottle its 
general resemblance to a bird is readily seen. 

Several pieces of lustrous black pottery were also obtained at Santa 
Fé, and are supposed to have been brought in from the pueblo of Isleta on 
the Rio Grande. Many of the objects made of this black pottery which 
I have seen are imitations of ordinary cups and saucers, pitchers, ete., and 
it is very likely that the knowledge of giving the black color to the clay 


*Many of the vessels in the Cesnola collection from Cyprus are ornamented with similar rude 
figures of birds, painted in black on a light ground. 


388 OBJECTS FROM THE PUEBLOS. 


was obtained from the Spaniards or Mexicans. In Southern Mexico a 
similar black ware is made by the Indians and sold in the towns for ordi- 
nary use. This, as shown by samples of the clay and coloring matter 
brought to the Peabody Museum by Dr. Palmer, is made black by the 
admixture of oxide of manganese. The black ware from Isleta, however, 
is colored by a coating of plumbago. Among the black vessels are two 
large ollas with covers, a shallow dish, and three small bird-like objects. 

Lieutenant Russell, during the expedition of 1873, obtained from one 
of the Mogui pueblos, in Arizona, an object carved in wood and rudely 
representing a man. By the collector this was thought to be a doll or toy, 
which is probably the case, but by others, as I understand, it is considered 
as ‘a portion of a sorcerer’s outfit for producing rain.” The head, body, 
and legs, are cut from a single piece of wood. Although the body and 
legs are fairly carved, the head is represented by the conical termination of 
the wood into which small pieces have been inserted, probably intended 
for the ears and nose. The arms are made from separate pieces and are 
attached to the body by pegs. In one hand is a piece of wood which 
probably represents a rattle. The wood is painted red, yellow, green, and 
black, in a symmetrical pattern. Around the neck there is wound a small 
twig of pine. Hanging from the shoulders is a square piece of canvas 
upon which a border of red and black has been painted. The space between 
these borders on the outside has been covered with white paint. This 
peculiar object is entered in the Smithsonian Institution catalogue, under 
No. 31342, as ‘‘ Dressed and painted Rain God.” 

Several of the little bows and arrows, ornamented sticks and other - 
objects, such as are mentioned on preceding pages, were found at one of 
the “Sacred places” on the mesa upon which are the ruins of Old Zuni. 
Of these objects only three are in the collection before me. They consist 
of sticks about six inches long to which eagle-feathers have been fastened. 

Since the above was written I have seen three similar objects, found by 
Mr. G. Thompson on the top of Mount Taylor. One of them is a short stick 
to which feathers are tied, another is a twig which has been smoothed at 
each end, and the third is a short flat stick in which notches have been cut 
on each side. Mr. Thompson informed me that there were thousands of 


OBJECTS FROM THE PUEBLOS. 389 


similar objects on the peak of Mount Taylor, and that he understood that 
each tribe left offerings of a peculiar character at this “Sacred place.” 

In volume III, page 41, of the Reports of the Pacific Railroad Survey, 
there is a short account, with a figure, of one of these so-called altars at 
Old Zuni. 

A number of articles of which extended descriptions would be of little 
value, unless accompanied with illustrations, were obtained from some of 
the Pueblos and from the Apache and Navajo Indians. Those before me 
are as follows: 

17352.* War-shield of Hosta, an old chief of the Jemez, whom 
Lieutenant Simpson mentions as governor of the Pueblo of Jemez, and 
of whom he gives a full length figure in his report. Hosta is represented 
in this figure with a similar shield, the two differing slightly in their 
decoration. The shield before me, which was secured by Mr. Francis 
Klett in 1873, is made of thick leather and is painted on the outside. 
Across the centre is a broad band of red; above this band the shield is 
painted yellow, and below black. On the lower or black portion are two 
stars with a red centre and four rays of a yellowish-green color. Around 
the upper border and hanging down the sides is a piece of red flannel to 
which numerous feathers are attached, as represented on Lieutenant Simp- 
son’s plate. A cover of soft buckskin protects the shield when not in use. 
On the inner side are two long bands by which the shield was fastened to 
the arm or suspended from the shoulders. 

17351. A similar leather shield was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at the 
Pueblo of Isleta, but is more elaborately decorated. The colors used are 
red, yellow, and green. The central design consists of a crescent on each side 
of which are two figures terminating in arrow-points, such as are usually 
regarded as symbols of lightning. Like Hosta’s shield, this has a fringe of 
feathers fastened to red and purple flannel. 

17350. A pair of child’s moccasins, from the Pueblo of Santa Clara, 
New Mexico. Dr. Yarrow, 1874. These are neatly made, with soft buck- 
skin uppers and a sole of undressed skin with the hair still remaining on 
the outside. The upper leather terminates behind in a fringe, and in front 


* These numbers are those ‘under which the objects are cate balogued i in the Smithsonian Institution. 


390 OBJECTS FROM THE PUEBLOS AND APACHES. 


is neatly ornamented with a few green colored lines. These moccasins are 
made as ‘‘rights and lefts.” 

17337. A bridle made of braided strips of raw hide and horse-hair, 
from the Pueblo of Nambe, New Mexico. Dr. Yarrow, 1874. 

(47.) Eighteen iron-pointed arrows from Pueblo of Santa Clara, New 
Mexico. These are furnished with thin iron points varying from | to 24 
inches in length, on wooden shafts 2 feet in length, with three feathers. 

In a bundle of thirteen arrows, marked Navajo, from near Fort Defi- 
ance, all with iron points, are five with wooden shafts like those from 
Santa Clara. The others are much longer; the short wooden shaft of 8 or 
10 inches is inserted in a reed over 2 feet in length, giving a total length 
to the arrow of about 3 feet. The feathers on the reed shafts are not as 
long as those on the wooden. 

17331. Apache bow, quiver, and ten arrows, from Arizona. Lieutenant 
Wheeler, 1871. The bow is 4 feet 8 inches long. The quiver is made 
from deer skin with the hair on the outside. The arrows are about 3 feet 
long. Four of the points are of light hornstone, with deeply-notched base 
and slight notches on the sides. These are held by gum in a notch cut in 
the end of the short wooden shaft, and made secure by sinew, which is 
wound round the shaft and over the base of the arrowpoint to the side 
notches. The wooden shafts are inserted in reeds, the same as noted in 
the Navajo arrows. 

17327. Bow, bow case, and quiver, from the Pueblo of Santa Clara. 
Dr. Yarrow, 1874. This is a beautiful bow, covered on the upper surface 
and on the sides with raw hide lashed with sinew. 

17333. Apache quiver of skin, Arizona. Lieutenant Wheeler, 1872. 

17355. Apache saddle-bags, ornamented and fringed, New Mexico. 
Lieutenant Wheeler. 

17359. Two Apache tunics, made of buckskin, richly ornamented with 
beadwork and fringed. 

17356. Apache leggings, made of buckskin ornamented with bead- 
work. 

17345. Jicarilla Apache leggings and moccasins combined, New Mex- 
ico. Lieutenant Wheeler. 


NOTES UPON HUMAN CRANIA AND SKELETONS 
COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITIONS OF 1872-14. 


By Mark SrpLEY SEVERANCE AND Dr. H. C. YARROW. 


959, 964*. Cranium, with the skeleton of a pappoose, from a rock-grave, 
Beaver, Utah. On a hill-side east of Beaver is a collection of Indian 
graves of recent construction, half way up from the plain on which the 
town lies to the top of a barren hill of volcanic nature. These graves 
are formed of piles of lava rock, heaped to great size, and presenting 
somewhat irregular forms on the declivity where they are built. No 
particular shape nor direction could be discriminated, and no theory 
deduced as to their probable erection with axes directed toward a 
definite point of the compass. They were mere piles of irregular stones 
thrown together as any wild tribe would be likely to throw them for 
the concealment of property or the preservation of their dead. A growth 
of stunted cedars covers the hill-side on which they lay, and supplied 
the material for a part of their interior construction, as deseribed below. 
Westward from the site of the graves is a long view across the valley, 
in which Beaver stands, to a rough range of sierras bounding the plain on 
the west and to receding mountains beyond—a picturesque outlook for this 
rude aboriginal burying-field. 

The first grave opened was about 10 feet long, 8 feet wide, and 6 feet 
high, with the longitudinal axis pointing nearly north and south, and the 


* These numbers refer to the Catalogue of the Army Medical Museum, and also to the following 


table of measurements. 
391 


392 BURIAL PLACE IN UTAH. 


general rounded form of a mound. Two feet below the top was found a 
layer of cedar trunks and boughs, somewhat regularly placed, inserted in 
the sides of the grave and supporting the superposed stones, which were of 
various sizes, from those of a few pounds to those of a quarter of a ton in 
weight. A space about 6 feet long, 4 feet broad, and 4 feet deep had been 
left below these cedar boughs, and in this were found the two skeletons 
numbered 959 and 964 in the Army Medical Museum catalogue, being 
those of a pappoose and a squaw, respectively. A buffalo-robe enveloped 
the skeletons, which still retained much of the clothing in which the bodies 
were buried. Around the skeletons, outside of the buffalo-robe, was a 
heterogeneous collection of tin pans, tin cups, knives, forks, spoons, 
blankets, and other articles of domestic use, with a looking-glass and care- 
fully disposed piece of vermilion, for personal adornment in the Happy 
Hunting Ground. 

The skeleton of the squaw lay underneath, on its back, with the feet 
pointing nearly directly to the west, and head slightly declined on its left 
side; this declination was evidently merely a result of superposition, the 
weight of the pappoose on the breast serving to deflect the head from the 
upright position. The covering of the skeleton of the squaw had mostly 
fallen to decay, while that of the pappoose was comparatively well pre- 
served. The pappoose, from the nature of its burial, was the most 
interesting skeleton secured. It lay, tightly swathed in a wicker-hood 
peculiar to the Indians, on its back on the breast of the squaw, with feet 
pointing westward like the squaw’s. A neat little pillow, 6 inches long 
by 4 wide, and about an inch thick, lay under its head, within the hood. 
A blue and white checked cotton shirt, covered its body, and a red flannel 
blanket, of originally fine texture, enwrapped the whole skeleton. A string 
of blue and white beads was about its neck, with a couple of nickel cents 
suspended on a string. I regret to state that this small coinage was stolen 
from the hood, as it lay outside my tent door in Beaver. My impression is 
that one of the cents bore the date of 1856, so recent a date that the story 
of the Mormons, to the effect that the skeletons were those of Pah-Utes, 
who had died from natural causes, appears entirely worthy of credence. 
The imperfect preservation of the wicker-hood and the envelopes of the 


MOUNDS IN UTAH. 393 


pappoose rendered it difficult to transport it intact as found, and the decay 
of the epiphyses and other tender parts of the skeleton marred its symmetry. 
The cranium is believed to be perfect. 

960. Mummified cranium, of unknown tribe and date, secured in Gun- 
nison, Central Utah, by Mr. Francis Klett, of the expedition of 1872, 
from a rock-grave on a hill-side west of Gunnison, similarly constructed 
to those near Beaver. The bones of the skeleton were too much scattered 
for collection. 

961. Unknown skull, from Camp Apache, Arizona, secured by Mr. G. 
K. Gilbert, geologist, during the expedition of 1871. 

962. Miscellaneous bones, from ancient mounds, Provo, Utah. Provo, 
a prosperous Morman town, lies fifty miles south of Salt Lake City, on a 
broad plain between the Wahsatch Mountains and Utah Lake. West of 
the town, on its outskirts and within three or four miles of the lake, are 
many mounds, of various construction and in different states of preserva- 
tion. Mormon farmers have leveled some of them, plowed into others 
on the edges, and removed from others the rich soil for use elsewhere; in 
no case has there been a special attempt at exploring them. Those ex- 
amined were on low ground, almost on a level with the lake and with 
Provo River, a mile distant on the north. Overflows from both the river 
and the lake sufficient to inundate the area of country occupied by the 
mounds are not at all unlikely to have occurred during the long lapse of 
time since the building of the mounds, though at the present time the 
climatic character of the region is such that overflows are of rare occur- 
rence; not infrequent to a mild degree, however, after the melting of the 
snows in the lofty Wahsatch Range, from which Provo River issues. This 
fact of periodic overflows is mentioned as bearing on the question of the 
origin and use of the mounds in which the miscellaneous bones of No. 962 
were obtained. Mounds of various sizes and shapes, in different parts of 
the plain, were dug into and examined, and these miscellaneous bones 
found at all depths, and in every mound entered, scattered without order, 
and without evidence of careful arrangement or systematic distribution. 
Some of the larger bones were found near the skeleton numbered 965. 

963. Cranium, with part of the skeleton of a Pah-Ute brave, from a rock- 


394 ROCK-GRAVE AND MOUNDS IN UTAH. 


erave, Beaver, Utah. The particulars of the burial and finding of this 
skeleton differ but little from those attaching to Nos. 959 and 964, already 
described. The Mormons give Nabbynunck as the name of this brave. 

The rock-pile, from one end of which the skeleton was taken, was 
about 25 feet long, 20 feet broad, and 10 feet high, with the longitudinal 
axis pointing north-northeast. It lay on the same hill-side, about 5 feet 
above the grave of the pappoose and squaw already mentioned, the lower 
edges of the two graves merging into each other. The southwestern corner 
alone was opened, and the same character of structure discovered as in Nos. 
959 and 964; cedar trunks and boughs supported the rocks and inclosed 
the open space in which the skeleton was found The body lay on its 
right side, with knees slightly bent and feet pointing in a northwest 
direction. Decomposed clothing, an old gun-barrel fallen from its stock, a 
bridle bit of Spanish make, several bullets, a cloth containing a mass of 
red paint, and other relics were found near the skeleton. 

965. Cranium, with part of a skeleton, found in the outer edge of an 
ancient mound, Provo, Utah, about a foot below the level of the surround- 
ing fields. Of unknown date and tribe. 

Northwest of Provo, on the level fields mentioned in describing No. 
962, half way from the town to Utah Lake, is a field containing a number 
of mounds more or less perfectly preserved; some are entirely untouched, 
except on the outer edges, where the Mormons’ grain patches encroach upon 
them; others have been almost completely leveled with the surrounding 
field. The skull had been dug up by a farmer while engaged in digging the 
shallow irrigating ditch, and presented to Lieutenant Wheeler on his arrival 
in Provo. Guided to the spot where it was exhumed by the farmer himself, 
digging was commenced where he directed, and the remainder of the skele- 
ton was brought to light after a few minutes’ work. Mounds 1 and 2 are 
higher and less disturbed than Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6, which are almost entirely 
demolished. The excavation made in-mound No. 1 was continued for 
about 12 feet from the outer limit, with a breadth of about 8 feet. The 
mound was 45 feet in width, 60 feet in length, and 10 feet high in the 
middle. A few pieces of pottery and broken bones were also found. 
Across the shallow ditch, and only a few inches below the surface of the 


MOUNDS IN UTAH. 395 


ervound, the remainder of the skeleton was discovered, with many bones of 
animals scattered near it in the soil. The skeleton was apparently lying 
on its right side, with feet pointing about northwest. There was not a 
remnant of clothing nor a trinket to testify to the age of its burial. 

It is proper in this connection to remark that the Mormons tell of 
an Indian battle about twenty years ago between two rival bands very 
near this field of mounds, and of their opening the old mounds in order to 
bury their own braves who fell in this fight. This may be true or not. If 
so, the position of this skeleton on the very edge of the mound, and so 
lightly covered, might point to its belonging to one of these recently-killed 
Indians rather than to those of a more ancient date. The Utes and 
Mormons coincide in their entire ignorance of the origin of these 
mounds, which are scattered numerously through Utah. The former say 
that their oldest men remember them in youth, and that their fathers had 
told them nothing in regardto them. The fact of this recent fight and proba- 
ble utilizing of the old mounds for modern burial is mentioned for the sake 
of candor, and for the perfect understanding of all the facts in the case, 
rather than to cast doubt upon the antiquity of this particular skeleton. 

1171. Cranium of unknown race-—This specimen was found in 1869 at 
the abandoned town of Gran Quivira, seventy miles west of Fort Stanton, 
New Mexico. Tradition ascribes to the Spaniards the building of this town, 
and states it was abandoned by them on account of an Indian insurrection, 
and that the town was built of cut and hewn stones and not of the ordinary 
brick adobes. The remains of a carefully constructed aqueduct are still 
to be seen, and it evinces, from the skillfulness of its workmanship, a higher 
order of civilization than that possessed by either the Indians or the present 
race of New Mexicans. It has been rumored that at the abandonment of 
this town much treasure was buried, and several attempts have been made 
to recover it, but without success as far as known. Secured by Dr. J. 
Symington, and presented to Dr. J. T. Rothrock. 

"1172, 1173. Crania of Mexicans removed from near foundation of the 
old cathedral of Santa Fé, N. Mex. In removing a part of the founda- 
tion wall of the old cathedral to make way for that of the new edifice a 
number of skeletons and crania were exposed, and the two specimens in 


396 CRANIA AND SKELETONS. 


question were secured by Prof. E. D. Cope and Dr. H. C. Yarrow. They 
are supposed to be very old. 

1174. Cranium of Pedro, an Apache Indian —This individual was the 
leader of the massacre at old Camp Grant, Arizona, in the spring of 1874. 
His head was brought into the San Carlos Agency three or four months 
after by Indian scouts. Collected by Dr. J. T. Rothrock. 

1175. Cranium, supposed of Ute Indian—Found on divide 20 miles 
south of Colorado Springs, Colo., by Dr. F. F. Gatchell, and by him pre- 
sented to Dr. H.C. Yarrow. 

1176. Cranium of Apache Indian, secured at Camp Bowie, Arizona, by 
Dr. Freeman, and by him presented to Dr. J. T. Rothrock. 

1177. Part of cranium of supposed Ute Indian—Collected at Pagosa 
Springs, Colo., by Mr. C. E. Aiken. ; 

1178. Cranium of supposed ancient Pueblo Indian, from a burial-place 
without the walls of a fortified town, discovered three miles east of the town 
of Abiquiu, N. Mex., in the valley of the Chama River. See page 362 
for description of this town. Collected by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, Prof. E. D. 
Cope, and R. H. Ainsworth. 

1179. Skeleton, almost complete, from same locality as last. This speci- 
men is the most interesting of any exhumed, for the reason that it was 
found in situ, face downward, the head to the south. No coffin or sur- 
rounding of stones had been used to inclose the body, but just above it 
were found the remains of funereal urns, in which had been placed char- 
coal, and the bones of small mammals and _ birds, showing clearly that food 
had been prepared for the journey to another land. No ornaments of any 
kind were found in this grave. It is interesting to note the peculiar flat- 
tening of the occiput in this specimen. Collected by the same persons as 
the preceding specimen. 

It is greatly to be regretted that the crania of three other skeletons 
could not be secured. The bones were found as they were originally 
placed, but the crania had dropped out from the sides of the arroyas and 
were probably covered with a débris of perhaps 20 feet in thickness. A 
number of skeletons of very young children were discovered, but in such 


conditions as to prevent removal. 


397 


"pro ‘goayzodury 
; ‘Saguva 
FLY Tworjs9a 4yoy {goozrodmy 
“TIOM-OULT} puv Joozsodmy 
“000 ‘sSayidg 
oper0[og mor ‘qoozr0duy 
“umozIKy ‘ meyorg 
od 
‘XOW'N ‘Sul yULG WoIT 
“XO 'N ‘Vayamnh wery wo1y 
“mIoA\-omT} ‘goayrodmuy 


od 
“qoojaodury 


mULte} 
*qoogaodury ‘Log: 


JOTMO OF {TONE AN 


oa 
*a}0[Cu109 TOJo[9HG 
“TIMTTBIO JO oWOM * BAO 


TIOM-IOWIBOM | Joojsoduy 
“mo Jey * pep yy 
‘gooyroduar * pIMTO 


MEASUREMENTS OF CRANITA. 


“SyAvMa yy 


eats 


*- op: 
“UMOMSUTY "HT "tL 
pae ‘odo "q “a ‘MOLIeX “OH 


“WORTV “TO 
* HOoIqIOW WL L 


oeveeeeeeseese=*-* MOTIVE ‘OH 
seeeeteeeees -=9 = HQOTIION “LL 
oettteeeseseeeeeeseeess Opereees 
---ed09 “(“@ PUL AOMIEX “O TT 
->* SOOITION. WL “L 


fore ee teense ee eeeee ees Qpeetses 


so seeeseeeeeeseess MOUUX ‘OH 
see etee tee eeeeree sees = Qpereses 


sores eeeees -==* HOOITIOM “LL 
ieaanie opt 


eeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees Qpereees 
seeeeeeccescesesseeeens Qpeeeees 
Sane opts 


beet teeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Qperese: 


PEGS CO NACHO NET 


so tetteeeeeeeeeeereeees Qpreese: 
sec teteceeeeeeseeeeeess Qpeeeees 


sett eeeeeceeeeeeees sees Qpetses 


sreceeccce cons" BOUBIOADS 'S "TL 


SaaS ena se == TON TTL) OS 
Pict lelectra! U2) by nh) Oecd g 


ssecveces see*-* GOUUIBANS '§ “FT 


*10}00][09 Jo OUTe NT 


“unasnyy yoopayy fiuap ayy yo uayn; ‘sabnd Burpoooad oy} uo pazow muni fo spuduainsvoyy 


Z8 | &2L| OT | O&1 | SIL) 909 | see 
68 | OOL| EST | 921 | SIT | 9SF | The 
Sol ea ape ge gf be 
GL |°"* "| OLT| 881 | 0ZL| 81g} ~~" 
seecyeseste="") SPT | SPL | Shs | LOP 
LL | G8 | €8L| SET | 92T | old | OLE 
€L |°~*°| SLT] LET | OZT| Sos | Soe 
GL | CBL|69T} O€T | 941 | C6F | TOE 
"sr ")""" 1 09T| Z2T | OTL] TSF | ee 
LL | 981 | OSL) 82L| SIL | cor | 9¢8 
€8 | SPL} GST | O&T | Sal | 169) 88s 
6L |GET} IST) 981 | ET | LIS | OLE 
Femur | atom emu Oca CSTD LADD | me Ae 
GL | O&T|99T| E21 | CLL | 28h | OFF 
LL | GZ | 891] €21 | LIL | OLF | Se 
GL | S&T | ELT] 62T | 21 | FOS | cE 
08 |°"> |G8T| #21 | €2T | ETS | LEE 
“* | Z0T| EST | ScL | 90T | OOF | EE 
08 | OFT | EST} La | LIT] 90¢ | 098 
LL | 980 |G9L| 221 | SIT | OLF | FE 
6L | 621) GLL| FIT | 121} F6F | LEE 
LL | 881] O08T| O€T | OZT | G0 | 9SE 
8L |°~""|#LT| SET | OTL] OTS | L9E 
“"""/06 |O0ST|86 |66 | 82h} TOE 
wi NN] oO] > QO; a 
glalelelzials 
B 5 Sal Py E oe 
e/sl/E/ElF) eB] 2 
| 5 | a|e 
& | eu g| eB 
5 e\8 
3 
® ees | & 
g 5 


—jo qysu0'T 


886 808 | 826 | 020 ‘T 


Pre tla 


G08 | £26 


“1 ORL 


$98 


a 


ao 


1d1990 

“Wore [eyoned 
“yore TROT 
“HPV 


“youre [ey 


“TINS BUL MA UIeLO.T 


—jo xopuy 


as 


a § 


quater | 


Gal 


‘eywoay Jo ppearg | S 


est 


Gol 


est 
Ist 


8LT 
69T 


£6 
T8r 
9LT 
GLT 
oot 
GLT 
L8T 
Os 
BLT 
TLL 
OLT 
O8T 
BLT 
pol 


O8T 
09T 


TLT 
TLt 


LLY 


or 


“Wypeerg 


a 


ic} 
8 
5 


“<prondeg 


6LIT 


SLIT 


LL 
OLIT 


SLIT 
PLIL 
€LIT 
GLI 
TLIT 
8801 
L801 
980T 
csor 
LUOT 
9TOT 
GL6 
TL6 
0L6 
696 
896 
196 
996 


996 
$96 
£96 
G96 


196 
096 
656 


“LIQ uUind TnIesn yl | 


“=s-)-== (quoyoun) oqond 


-=-]--=-(posoddns) 03.9 
tema wee wee oqoudy 
“s=*}>=*(pasoddns) 03.9. 
Fella] PE SEECOSCEOC( )1 (3,11 0-2 
tec tleeeee seers cog 
sees [ereees co* MOIKOPT 
vreleereee ss TEM OMIA, 
seee[eees se es++ oqondy 
vets eeeeeeeneess sop 
seee|eeseee sees sso 
wae fa oceenonn=* OBAGI 
veeeee sess og 
seeeteeeeees og 
|-eeeeeeee es og 
veeeseeees=s 0g 
sJereeeeeeee og 
om 
sereee sees og 
seeeeeeeeees ogy 
nce g 
*(qUg.Q ‘oaorg 
moiy) UMouyIQ 
om 
og 
"OF -T8L 
‘(aqoudy darep 
Mory) UMoTHIy 
“og 
“on - aed 


“xog | 


OUEKT 


U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN, 
ist Lizut. GEO. M. WHEELER, Corrs or ENGINEERS, U. 8. ARMY, IN CHARGE. 


APPENDIX. 


LINGUISTICS. 


-PREFACED BY A CLASSIFICATION OF WESTERN INDIAN LANGUAGES. 


BY 


ALBERT S. GATSCHET. 


—$<$—$— 


Wasuineton, D. C., April 5, 1878. 


Dear Sir: Your request that I should arrange the linguistic material 
gathered by members of your Survey in harmony with the principles of 
science, and preface it with an introduction appropriate to the subject, 
gives me the welcome opportunity of presenting to the public the first 
comprehensive classification of the extensive family of Numa or Shoshoni 
dialects ever attempted, and hence I comply with pleasure. Portions of 
the linguistic collection which are offered to scientists in your volume are 
very valuable on account of their novelty. The Pa-Uta branch of Numa, 
for instance, of which no less than six vocabularies are given below, is 
a linguistic field new to investigators, and I do not know of any publica- 
tion in existence treating of these dialects, with the sole exception of the 
Chemehuevi. 

Respectfully submitted. 

ALBERT S. GATSCHET. 

Lieut. Geo. M. WHEELER, 

Corps of Engineers, in charge. 


26 01 401 


- hae 


=! 


CLASSIFICATION INTO SEVEN LINGUISTIC STOCKS 
OF WESTERN INDIAN DIALECTS CONTAINED 
IN FORTY VOCABULARIES. 


By ALBERT S. GATSCHET. 


The languages spoken by the Indians of the eastern part of the 
United States have in more recent times been studied industriously, and 
partly reduced to writing, but of the languages spoken on the Pacific coast 
and in the western territories, scarcely more than a superficial knowledge 
has been attained. The forty vocabularies, with the appendix, given 
below will therefore form a welcome addition to the linguistic material 
published previously, and help to elucidate many points that heretofore 
have remained doubtful. These word-collections were made by various 
members of the Expedition during six field-seasons (1871 to 1876) from 
information of trustworthy Indians, in portions of our territory widely 
separated from each other. About two hundred of the most current terms, 
comprising the words applied to the parts of the human body, for the 
degrees of consanguinity, some objects of nature, the adjectives of color, 
the numerals, the pronouns, and twenty verbs, were taken down with the 
earnest endeavor to overcome the difficulties of fixing alphabetically even 
the most unwieldy of the dialects studied. 

Not only is the linguist aided by such evidence in establishing 
phonetic and other grammatic rules for each of the dialects, but quite as 
important must be considered the help afforded the ethnologist in investi- 
gating tribal connections and affinities, and in studying the psychology of 


Indian life. This latter purpose, however, can be attained only by a close 
403 


404 CLASSIFICATION OF THE VOCABULARIES. 


and rigid comparison of the terms with others throughout all the dialects of 
the same linguistic stock, which convey to our mind related ideas, or 
even with terms taken from other stocks; and to reap all the information 
that can be derived from this source, the etymologic dissection of the terms, 
according to approved rules of Indian phonetics, is a point which cannot 
be neglected. 

The manual which served as a guide to the collectors of the forty 
vocabularies was George Gibbs’ “Instructions for Research relative to the 
Ethnology and Philology of America,’ Washington, 1863. (Smithsonian 
Miscellaneous Collections, No. 160.) Some of the collectors, especially 
those of European birth, have also availed themselves conscientiously of 
Gibbs’ scientific alphabet given below (pp. 22-24), while others have used 
English orthography, being more familiar with it. To render linguistic 
comparisons easy it certainly would have been preferable, had all used one 
and the same scientific method of notation; for any subsequent translitera- 
tion cannot always be made by others with a perfectly satisfactory result. 
Persons born on the continent of Europe have some advantage over 
English-speaking people in initiating themselves into the use of Gibbs’ 
system, or into any other scientific alphabet; for all of these are based - 
upon the value of the letters, as sounded on the continent of Europe, or 
large portions of it. From this the historical English alphabet deviates 
much, especially in its vocalic elements. 

Where accuracy is sought for, scientific alphabets must be used in 
writing down foreign unwritten languages, and each sound in them must 
be represented by one and the same letter only. We may safely say that 
in this collection the vocabularies of Dr. Oscar Loew form the nearest 
approach to a scientific notation of the Indian dialects, the strange utter- 
ances and the nasalized vocalization of which often seem uncouth or even 
barbaric, and are repugnant to the ear trained to European speech only. 
Study and experience can teach the correct use of any scientific alphabet ; 
but there is another quality required of the successful Indian word-col- 
lector, viz. ‘a good Indian ear”; this necessary adjunct is certainly more the 
gift of nature than of studious concentration of the mind, for it is, in fact, 


CLASSIFICATION OF THE VOCABULARIES. 


405 


a well-developed natural faculty for the apperception of sounds of a specific 
character. 


DIVISION INTO LINGUISTIC STOCKS. 


The former unsatisfactory state of western linguistic topography has of 


late been remedied effectually by an abundance of new and reliable data, and. 


therefore, availing myself of the labors of the most diligent of my predecess- 


ors in this vast field, I am enabled to present the following classification : 


27. Tonto or Gobun 


. Navajo -..- 


. Shoshoni 
. Pa-Uta.. 


. Southern Pa-Uta .--- 
. Pa-Uta of California - 


. Kauviya = 
. Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano). - - |: mee 
. Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
. Kechi(of San Luis Rey). .-....---- 
. Mohave 


. Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
. Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. -.-.---.-- 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo...--....----- oee 
LEE AE Se eee cae 
. Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. -.--- ena prea 
JN Ly LT ee oe bene 
Acoma and Lagana Pueblo ......-.--.|---- 


LIST OF TRIBES AND THEIR DIALECTS. 


Tribe and dialect. 


Location. 


Date. 


SeMURS TM ettecee sas ccc secse-- ccm 


Arivaipa .. 


TROUT oe Re Ee oe aes 


Silla Pueblo 


Kasua at Santa Barbara ...........- 


Camp Grant, Arizona . ..... 
JA ese ce eroce ney © ae 
New Mexico 
Tierra Amarilla, N. Mex .... 
Utah and Nevada.......... 
Hyko, Nev.--....-...- 

Las Vegas, Nev. . 


ATIZ008..<-2<.<-=60=- = 
Arizona and California. ....- 


New Mexico....... 
GU sescce snc 55 


--}..-.d0 


-| June, 1875. - . 


--| August, 1874 
-| July, 1873......... 


December, 1871 -.- 
September, 1873. -- 
June, 1873. ..----- 
September, 1874... 


-| Summer of 1871 . -- 


September, 1871. -- 


November, 1872... 
September, 1875. .- 


July, 1a7Bs- seen 


October, 1872...... 
September, 1873. -- 
August, 1875...... 
March, 1876....... 


July, 1873 


August, 1874..... 
June, 1873 


-| November, 1873 . . . 


September, 1874... 


San gee BRR ee aad BEES Ce ey ee 

| Colorado (original home | August, 1874...... 
Northern California). 

2 |G Hfornine-< o>.<b screens ems June, 1875 .....--- 


Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 


Collector. 


G. K. Gilbert. 

Dr. O. Loew. 
Do. 

Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 
Do. 


(W. Loring. 


E. M. Richardson and Fred. 


Theo. V. Brown. 
Francis Klett. 
Dr. W. J. Hoffman. 
Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 
Dr. O. Loew. 

Do. 

Do. 


.| M.S. Severance. 
September, 1874- x 
.| December, 1874 ... 


Dr. H. C, Yarrow. 
Do. 
Dr. 0. Loew. 


Lieut. Eric Bergland. 
.| E. M. Richardson. 


Dr. 0. Loew. 
Do. 

M. S. Severance. 

Dr. 0. Loew. 
Do. 

Lieut. Eric Bergland. 

Dr. O. Loew. 
Do ° 


Dr. 0. Loew. 

Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 
Dr. O. Loew. 
Francis Klett. 
Dr. 0. Loew. 


406 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


The forty vocabularies printed in this volume belong to seven linguistic 
stocks, and subdivide themselves as follows: 
I. Tinné stock: four vocabularies, Nos. 1-4. 

II. Numa stock: eighteen vocabularies, Nos. 5-22. 

III. Yuma stock: seven vocabularies, Nos. 23-29. 

IV. Stock of Rio Grande Pueblos: six vocabularies, Nos. 30-35. 

V. Stock of Kera Pueblos: three vocabularies, Nos. 36-38. 

VI. Wintin stock: one vocabulary, No. 39. 
VII. Santa Barbara stock: one vocabulary, No. 40. 


4 


AREAS AND DIALECTS OF THE SEVEN LINGUISTIC STOCKS. 


THE TINNE STOCK. 


The Tinné family of languages, or as it was formerly called, the Atha- 
paskan, extends over one of the widest areas known to belong to any of 
the American stocks. The hunting occupation and erratic habits of the 
Tinné tribes confined them to inland countries, and nowhere do we see 
them touch the sea coast, except at the outlet of Atna or Copper River and 
around Cook’s Inlet, Alaska. The ancient and principal habitat of the 
Tinné race, which we may call a truly northern race, was the western part 
of British America and Alaska’s interior. The tribes found to reside or 
rove within the boundaries of the United States or Mexico must have 
detached themselves, in prehistoric epochs, from the main stock inhabiting 
the ridges of the Rocky Mountains north or south of the Polar Circle, and 
the endless rolling plains north of Saskatchewan River. We cannot here 
undertake to enumerate all the northern Tinné tribes, nor those which have 
migrated to the Pacific coast between Puget Sound and Mad River in 
Northern California, but we subjoin a list of the more important Tinné tribes 
now wandering through or settled in the south, as having special reference 
to the vocabularies given below. 

This southern branch of the Tinné race detached itself in early ages 
from the Chipewayans or from such other tribe in their vicinity, to which 


THE TINNE STOCK. 407 


the dialectic affinities of both may direct us after a close investigation. 
They followed the buffalo herds along the eastern base of the Rocky Moun- 
tain ridge to the Pecos River, and then took possession of the arid regions 
along the Upper and Lower Rio Grande and the Gila River. Before the 
Apaches were brought on Indian reservations, they mainly subsisted by 
hunting and raiding, and through their rapacity have always been the 
scourge and terror of the Texan, Pueblo, Yuma, Pima, Opata and Mexican 
Indians, of the Spanish colonists settled in Mexico and on its northern 
borders. Of all their tribes, the Lipans have reached the southernmost 
points in their predatory excursions, and are now roving along the Rio 
Grande; the Mescaleros and Chiricahuas have caused the most trouble to 
the United States troops, while the warlike, self-reliant Navajos, numerically 
the strongest tribe among the southern Tinné, have acknowledged the 
authority of the American Government only after long-contested struggles. 
The southern Tinné tribes are all comprehended under the general denom- 
ination of Apaches, a Yuma term meaning “ men”. 

Three of the northern or British Tinné dialects have of late been 
elaborately studied and made public by the Rev. E. Petitot. But of the 
Western and Southern Tinné we do not yet possess anything besides long 
lists of disconnected words and a limited amount of grammatic data con- 
tained in H. H. Bancroft, ‘Native Races,” III, part 2. All Tinné dialects 
have a profusion of laryngeal and guttural sounds, some of difficult utter- 
ance; phonetic rules exercise important functions in the southern as well as 
in the northern dialects. The noun undergoes a few inflectional variations 
only, but the conjugation of the verb is exceedingly rich in forms. The 
negative particle to or fo .... ta (‘‘not”), in its doubled form, will be noticed 
in a few compound words of the Apache vocabularies. 

The principal Apache tribes are as follows: 

Arivaipa, settled with the Pinal Apaches on San Carlos Agency, 
Arizona. The population of both tribes is stated, in the Report of the 
Indian Commissioner of 1877, to be 946. Their dialect was studied by 
Messrs. G. K. Gilbert and O. Loew. 

Coyotero, settled with the Chillon Apaches on San Carlos Agency, 
and counting, in 1877, 1,560. 


408 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


Chiricahua, on same agency, and with the Cochise Apaches ‘number- 
ing, in 1877, 285 

Mescalero, on Mescalero-Apache Agency, in New Mexico, west of the 
Rio Grande; in 1877, 1,400. 

Lipan, real numbers unknown, because roving; a few have been 
gathered with Ténkawa Indians on a reservation near Fort Griffin, Shackle- 
ford County, Texas. 

Navajo, on a very spacious reserve in Northwestern New Mexico and 
Northeastern Arizona, on the Canon de Chelle and other streams; in 1877, 
11,868 Indians and 26 mixed-bloods. 

Jicarilla, in 1877, 326, on Abiquit Agency; 442 on Pueblo, formerly 
Cimarron Agency, in northern part of New Mexico. Their dialect has been 
investigated by Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 


THE NUMA STOCK. 


For the first time a considerable number of Shoshoni dialects is here 
presented to the student of linguistic science. Equally useful for rapid 
reference and ready comparison, this comprehensive table of eighteen 
vocabularies will be of interest to the lexicographer as well as to the inves- 
tigator of the phonetic laws of these dialects. 

Instead of Shoshoni, the term Numa has recently been suggested as a 
comprehensive designation for the whole race and its language. In its 
several dialectic forms it means ‘‘ people,” ‘men,” and is found in most of 
our vocabularies under “man,” “Indian,” and ‘“people;” scientists will there- 
fore scarcely hesitate to approve its choice. 

The Numa race of aborigines is an inland race extending over a large 
portion of the great interior Basin from Middle Idaho southward to the Colo- 
rado, the Colorado Chiquito, and the Rio San Juan; one of its subdivisions, 
the Comanche tribe, has overrun the vast plains extending between the Ar- 
kansas and the Rio Grande, while another branch has in early days occupied 
portions of Eastern and Southern California. This is the only Numa off- 
shoot which, as far as we know, has settled on the shore of the Pacific Ocean, 

The interest taken in this great inland race is increased in a peculiar 
manner by its linguistic connection with the Nahuatl languages of the 
Mexican States. The Nahuatl race includes not only the various tribes of 
the Aztecs and of the historical Toltecs, but also the cognate mountain 


THE NUMA STOOK. 409 


tribes to the north—Tepeguanas and Tarahumaras, Coras and Cahitas ; 
further on the Yaquis, Opatas, and Eudeves, and the southern neighbors 
of the Yuma race: the Papagos and Pimas in the Pimerfa alta, of which 
the southernmost part of Arizona forms a part, the Sobaipuris, and the 
Pimas in the Pimeria baja, forming a portion of the Mexican State of Sonora. 
Numerous discrepancies between the Numa tongues as the northern, and the 
Nahuatl as the southern portion of the stock tend to obscure their common 
origin, so that their affinity becomes apparent only after a close investiga- 
tion of the subject. The coincidence of a number of radicals which can- 
not be simply borrowed, joined to that of grammatic affixes or formative 
syllables and to the remarkably vocalic character of all dialects in both 
sections, removes the doubts concerning a common parentage, though they 
are now separated from each other by a wide belt of territory, inhab- 
ited by the Yuma, Tinné-Apache and Pueblo races. From all that it 
would be, nevertheless, preposterous to conclude that the Aztec civilization 
came from the north; but we gain the evidence that the originators of the 
national Aztec legend, which professes this people to have issued from seven 
eaves in the north, were cognizant of the affinity of their nation with some 
tribes living north of Anahuac. 

As far as known, all Numa dialects (though not the Nahuatl) possess 
a plural in the verb, the substantive, adjective and pronoun. They prefer 
the deep vowels a, 0, u to the clear-sounding e and i; softening into ii, ii, 
and nasalizing of vowels is not unfrequent, and the phonetic structure of 
these languages is, without exception, as sonorous and vocalie as that of 
many Nahuatl languages. None of the dialects seem to incorporate the 
subject- or object-pronoun into the verb, as it is done in Aztec. 

As the result of information gathered of late from various sources I 
present the following classification of this most important of our western 
linguistic families: ; 

A. Snosnoni.—This appellation is most generally applied to the north- 
eastern group of the Numa race, residing in Northern Utah, some parts of 
Wyoming, along the Snake River of Idaho, and in Eastern Nevada. This 
group comprises the following subdivisions : 

Washaiki, on Wind River, ranging towards Green River, Wyoming. 

Hokan-tikara, or Diggers, on Salt Lake, Utah. 


410 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


Tussawehe, or ‘‘ White Knives,” chiefly residing in Eastern Nevada. 

Pavidtso, or ‘‘Athlets,” in Western Nevada (on Pyramid Lake Reser- 
.vation), partly called Payutes. 

Bannock, or Panaiti, now mostly located on reservations in Southern 
Idaho. 

Gésiats, commonly called Goshi-Utes, Goshoots, from Salt Lake to 
Eastern Nevada. 

Tuka-rika, “‘ Mountain-sheep-Eaters,” or Salmon River Snakes, Idaho. 

B. Snaxe.—The designation Snake Indians applies to their former set- 
tlements on Snake River of Idaho; it is confined now to the northwestern 
group of the Numa race, ranging between Snake River and the Cascade 
Range of Oregon, and comprises also most of the Indians of Numa origin 
settled on Malheur and Klamath Agency, Oregon. 

Wihinasht, a term used by Horatio Hale to designate the Western 
Shoshonis or Snake Indians of Owyhee River and west of it; this name 
has now become obsolete. 

Walpapi and Yahtskin, formerly hunting in southern and eastern 
parts of Oregon ; since 1864 they were partially settled on Klamath Re- 
servation, around Sprague River. 

To make a more detailed classification of groups A and B possible more 
information must be obtained regarding their tribes and tribal subdivisions. 

C. Pa-Ura.—The section of country from which the Pa-Uta (Payute, 
Pa-Yutah) have spread into several adjacent countries is Central and 
Southern Nevada. The singular form of this name is Paiuta-at, meaning 
a Payute man. It is their custom to live in small bands, and the most popu- - 
lous of these in Nevada are the following: 

Pa-Uta, on Modpa Reservation, on Muddy River. 

Pardniguts, or Pardnagats, in Pardniguts Valley; 171 souls in 1873. 

Tsauwarits, in Meadow Valley. 

Nudguntits, in Las Vegas Valley ; 161 in 1873. This subdialect was in- 
vestigated by Messrs. Francis Klett, Theo. V. Brown, and Dr. W. J. Hoffman. 

Mowiats, on Cottonwood Island, in Colorado River. 

Chemehuevi, or, as they call themselves, Tiintawats, mainly on Cotton- 
wood Island. Vocabulary by Oscar Loew. 


THE NUMA STOCK. 411 


The Pa-Uta of Arizona are settled on Shivwits Plateau, in the Ufnka- 
rets Mountains, and numbered 284 souls in 1873. 

The Pa-Uta of Utah Territory consisted, in 1873, of 528 Indians, divided 
into eight tribes, among which that of the Kafvawits is the most populous. 

The Pa-Uta (Pyedes, Piutes) of Oregon were partly settled on the » 
Malheur River Agency; the Report of 1876 gives 462 Indians. 

D. Pa-Ura or Carirornia.—The Californian Pa-Uta hold the longi- 
tudinal valleys of the Sierra Nevada in Mono and Inyo Counties. Their 
language differs considerably from the Pa-Uta of Nevada, and, in fact, 
from those of all other Numa tribes, and if a suitable national name were 
found to exist, they should be distinguished by it from the other Pa-Uta. 
The languages of the Panamint and Ké-at Indians have not yet been in- 
vestigated, and hence they are excluded from the subsequent enumeration : 

Pa-Uta of Bernardino County. 

Pa-Uta of Owens River Valley, comprising also the majority of the 
Mono County and the Kozébi Pa-Uta. 

Pa-Uta of the part of Mono County, west of Owens River, between 
36° 40’ and 37° 40’. They call themselves Nut/has. 

Pallegawonap, east and southeast of Tulare Lake, on southern spurs 
of the Sierra Nevada, which they have conquered from the Yékuts Indians 
in the valley. 

Tillie and P’hallatillie, in southwestern portions of Kern County. 

EK. Ursa.—Tribes of the Uta reside in Eastern Utah, Western Colorado, 
and in Northern New Mexico. The valleys drained by Green and Grand 
Rivers, affluents of the Colorado, most probably formed the ancient habitat 
of the race Exclusive of the nomadic Uta, the Report of the Indian Com- 
missioner for 1877 gives 2,900 Uta Indians for Colorado, 1,207 for New 
Mexico, and 773 for Utah; 134 Pa-Vants were not under an agent. The 
singular form of the name is Utawat; the plural form, Utawdtsu. The Uta 
dialects do not differ very considerably among themselves, and Mr. Edwin 
A. Barber, who has given comparative tables, states that the Weminuche, 
Capote-Uta, and the Muache speak one and the same dialect. 

Some of the principal tribes are : 

Pa-Vant, in Corn Creek, near Fillmore, Utah. 


412 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


Uinta, on Uinta Valley Reserve; 650 in 1876. 

Weber Uta, northeast of Salt Lake. 

Yampa, on Bear or Yampa River. Their full name is Yampa-tikara, or 
‘‘root-eaters”; they associate with the Grand River (or Middle Park) tribe. 

Weminuche or Wimint-ints, on Los Pinos division of the Confederated 
Uta Reserve and north of Tierra Amarilla. 

Muache, on Los Pinos Agency. 

Tabewache, on Los Pinos Agency. 

Capote, in southeast angle of Utah Territory, on Confederated Uta 
Reserve and on Tierra Amarilla (Abiquit: Reservation), New Mexico. This 
dialect was studied by Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 

Tash-Uta, in Arizona, north of the Moqui mesas. 

F. Moqur.—The Moqui Indians, or, as they call themselves, Shinumo, 
inhabit six pueblos or villages located on the top of four high, steep mesas 
in Arizona, north of the Colorado Chiquito. They selected these bluffs to 
be their natural bulwarks against the raiding Apaches, Navajos—perhaps, 
also the Comanches—and they cultivate the few patches of agricultural 
land situated below the precipitous cliffs. The Moqui language is certainly 
Numa, but seems to contain many archaic words and forms not encountered 
in the other dialects, and many vocables of its own. One of the Mogui 
towns, the seventh in order, called Héno or Hanoki, speaks Tehua; the 
inhabitants came from the Rio Grande. Mogui is an opprobrious nickname 
taken from their own language, originally referring to one of the towns 
only (méki: dead, stinking). Shinumo, hépi Shinumo, Shé-noma, or “‘fowns- 
people,” is the name they give to themselves, answering somewhat to the 
Iroquois term énkwe hénwe, ‘real men, true men”. In Pacific Railroad 
Reports, Vol. III, part 2, page 13, the Moqui and Zuni names of the seven 
towns are given. Population, according to Report of 1874, 1,409; of 1877, 
1,339. 

G. Kavvuya—tThe various Kauviya tribes of California are settled in 
a few portions of the counties of San Bernardino, San Diego, and Los 
Angeles. Their dialects differ considerably from the inland Numa dialects, 
and no less among themselves, as far as the coast tribes or “ Playanos” 
are concerned. The term Kauviya is the orthography adopted by Oscar 


THE YUMA STOOK. 413 


Loew for the name of one of the “Serrano” or mountain tribes. This 
group subdivides itself into : 

Kauyiiya, on the oases in Cahuillo Valley, at the Gorgonio Pass, at 
Temecula, and in the Jacinto Mountains; written also Cahuillo and (in- 
correctly) Coahuila. 

Takhtam or men—called Serranos or mountain Indians by the white 
population—in the vicinity of San Bernardino, Colton, and Riverside ; 
dialect almost identical with Kauviya. 

Dialect of San Luis Rey (de Francia) Mission, founded in 1798 ; for- 
merly called Kechi dialect. Vocabulary taken by Lieut. Eric Bergland. 

Dialect of San Juan Capistrano Mission, founded in 1776, formerly 
called Netéla dialect; Oscar Loew calls it Gaitchim (houses). The Juaneno 
Indians inhabit six or eight villages in the interior. 

Dialect of San Gabriel Mission, founded in 1771. Called Kizh dialect 
with that of San Fernando Mission by former investigators; O. Loew calls 
the tribe of San Gabriel: Tobikhar. 

Dialect of San Fernando (Rey de Espanta) Mission, founded in 1797. 
Said to be closely related to the San Gabriel dialect. 

H. Comancue.—A division of the Numa race wandering in company 
with Kiowas and Apaches through Northern Texas and on both sides of 
the Rio Grande. After many bloody contests with whites of Spanish and 
Anglo-Saxon descent, portions of them have recently surrendered to the 
authority of the United States, and have been settled on the Kiowa and 
Comanche Agency, Indian Territory, where, in 1877, they numbered 1,545. 
The ancient range of this tribe of equestrians extended from Nebraska and 
Northern New Mexico to Durango and Zacatecas (22° Lat.), in Mexico, 
and of about twelve subdivisions the national names have been trans- 
mitted. Their language is closely related to that of the Shoshoni of Wyo- 
ming, Idaho, &c., and kémass means estranged, severed off, separated; two 
facts which indicate a comparatively recent secession from some Numa 
tribe further north. They call themselves Némue, the living ones, the people. 

THE YUMA STOCK. 


The dialects which in their totality form the Yura language extend 
not only over the valley of the Lower Colorado, the western and interior 


414 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


sections of Arizona, and over Southern California, but are spoken also in 
the larger portion of the Californian Peninsula, and most probably through 
the whole of it. The Cochimi vocabularies of Dr. William M. Gabb and 
Mr. Robinia, of Guaymas, forming part of the Smithsonian collection of 
linguistic material, furnish satisfactory proof that Yuma dialects are in use 
in the Peninsula as far south as the 26th degree of latitude. 

The seven Yuma vocabularies presented in this volume do not, however, 
go beyond the latitude of the mouth of Colorado River. Readers will soon 
perceive, in glancing over them, that in the eastern dialects the vocalic ele- 
ment prevails largely, while it diminishes when going westward. Dieguefio 
(and Cochimf) have indeed elided their vowels to some extent, and thus ren- 
dered their speech consonantic; clusters of consonants are gathering chiefly 
in the final syllables. The Yuma dialects inflect the noun by means of 
cases and postpositions, and the verb possesses a so-called plural form. 

The term Yuma adopted for designating this linguistic stock was taken 
from the Yuma or Kutchan tribe living at the junction of Colorado and Gila 
Rivers, around Fort Yuma. The term Apache is frequently used in designa- 
ting some Yuma tribes, as Mohave-Apaches, Tonto-Apaches, Yuma-Apaches, 
and the Kutchdén Indians call the YAvipai and Tonto: Apahuatche or 
“fighting, warlike men”. Apache means man, Indian, and is composed of 
ipa, epa, man, and a suffix -tch appended to substantives in the Colorado 
River dialects of the Yuma stock. This word becomes Ap-ahwa-tche 
through the incorporation of the term ahwa, ahua, war, warfare; thus the 
compound word Apahuatche distinguishes the bellicose, indomitable tribes 
of the sierras from Apache as the more peaceable and numerous Indian 
populations of the Arizonian valleys. Both terms are correctly applied to 
tribes of the Yuma as well as of any other race; but to avoid the utmost 
confusion in ethnologic, linguistic, and historic publications, we must con- 
fine the terms Apache and Apahuatche either to Tinné tribes, as is generally 
done, or drop them altogether. 

A list of the dialects of the Yuma stock follows, to which are added 
various historical spellings of the tribal names and the earlier habitat of the 
Yuma tribes, before they were settled on reservations. The ending -pai, 
-pa, occurring in most Yuma tribal names, means “‘ people.” 


THE YUMA STOCK. 415 


Yavi-pai (Yam-pai, Yabi-pai) west and northwest of the Aztec Mount- 
ains, west of Prescott, Arizona. 

Kénino (Cosino, Cochnichno), a tribe inhabiting Cataract Creek, a 
southern affluent of Colorado River, and calling themselves Avésti-pai, 
““neople down below.” A locality called Kénino Caves lies in the Tonto Basin. 

Tonto (Locos, Ké-un, Gohun) in the valleys of the Rio Salado and 
Rio Verde, northern affluents of the Gila River. They call themselves 
Tolke-paya, K6-un. 

Marico-pa (Coco-marico-pa), an agricultural tribe, the friends and allies 
of the Northern Pimas (Pimas altos), with whom they have inhabited the 
Middle Gila River for centuries. 

Huala-pai (Walla-pai, Hawal-co) from Lower Colorado River to eastern 
end of Black Mountains and to the Cerbat and Aquarius Mountains. Asso- 
ciated with Chemehuevis. Their dialect has been investigated by M. S. 
Severance and O. Loew. 4 

Mohave (Hamukh-habi; Spanish, Mojave, Amuchaba), the most popu- 
lous Yuma tribe; in portions of California desert and on both sides of 
Lower Colorado, between Kutchan and Huala-pai. Studied by E. M. 
Richardson and O. Loew. 

Kutchan (Yuma, Yuma-Cuchan; Spanish, Cutgdnes), a populous tribe 
living in a wide circuit around Fort Yuma. Studied, in 1876, by Lieut. 
Eric Bergland. 

Cocé-pa (Cucd-pa) on mouth of Colorado River. Distinction has to be 
made between the River Coco-pa and the savage Mountain Coco-pa. 

Comoyei (Spanish: Quemeya, Comeya), including all Yuma dialects 
spoken in the arid country between the Lower Colorado and the Pacific 
Ocean, between 32° and 34° latitude. They are the Diegueno around the 
roadstead of San Diego, the Comoyei in the country east of it, the Como- 
yei near San Tomas Mission (Hta-ii’m, San Tomaseno, Kiliwi), and other 
dialects and subdialects. 

Cochimi, occupying northern and middle part of the Californian 


peninsula. STOCK OF RIO GRANDE PUEBLOS. 


The languages spoken by the Pueblo Indians of New Mexico (for 
Moqui Pueblos of Arizona, see Numa Stock) have to be classified into three 


416 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


linguistic families: Zuni, Kera, and Rio Grande. The Rio Grande Pueblo 
languages cover an area somewhat larger than that of the Quéres or Kera 
Pueblos, and offer many characteristic peculiarities not found to occur else- 
where. A leaning towards the Numa dialects is perceptible in many 
instances, though more in the lexicon than in the grammatic elements. 

The most remarkable characteristics of these dialects, which have 
prompted me to separate them from all surrounding ones, and to unite them 
into one linguistic family, are as follows: 

1. They agree most generally in their radicals in the following impor- 
tant terms: head (pe), hair, face and eye (tché), bone (ko, go, also occurring 
in forehead, arm), tooth, beard, neck (kawva, of Numa origin), hand, finger 
and nails (ma), chest ( po, pz), foot and toes (en, un). The majority of the 
dialects also agree in the terms for man, woman, sun, water (pa, of Numa 
origin), fire, wind, knife, hatchet. 

2. All show a tendency towards monosyllabism; this tendency is even 
perceptible in the Taos dialect. 

3. The numerals from one to ten agree generally, but one, two, three, 
and four more than the other numerals. Jemez shows the most discrepancy. 

4. In corresponding words of the different dialects the consonants, 
especially the mutes, undergo a sort of mutual alternation, or “sound- 
shunting” process. 

5. Na is demonstrative pronoun, personal and possessive pronoun of 
first person, and, when connected with nouns, the definite article. In Taos 
-né seems to be a postpositive definite article. : 

6. Final -i is found in most adjectives designating colors. 

7. Some dialects use a strongly emphasized final syllable, -da’, -oda’, 
in nouns designating relationship, animals, and phenomena of nature. It is 
found suffixed to such terms, as suggest the idea of locomotion or change. 

8. Syllables and words usually end in vowels. 

Oscar Loew subdivides the stock into four groups of subdialects, to 
which I have added Piro as the fifth. 

I. Taio, comprising Sandia above Albuquerque, Isleta below Albu- 
querque, and Isleta in Texas, near El Paso. 

II. Taos, comprising Picuri and Taos; in Indian, Takhe. Investi- 
gated by Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 


STOCK OF KERA PUEBLOS. 417 


III. Tehua (Tegua, Téwa), “houses”, comprising the pueblos San Ilde- 
fonso, Los Luceros near Plaza del Alcalde, San Juan, Santa Clara, Pojoaque, 
Nambé, Tesuque, and the Tehua town on one of the Moqui mesas. 

IV. Jemez, comprising Jemez (or Gemez, Hemez, Vallatoa) and Pecos 
Pueblos on Jemez River. O. Loew derives Vallatoa, which is the national 
name of these Indians, from an ancient Spanish settlement in New Mexico 
called Valladolid. 

V. Piro, of Sinecti, in Mexico, in the State of Chihuahua, near El Paso, 
and on the border of Rio Grande (31° 40’); obtained by Mr. J. R. Bartlett. 
The dialect given is not more closely connected with Tehua than with 
Jemez, Tao, or Taos, but remotely with all. It shows that this stock has 
extended far down south, along the Rio Grande, and may possibly be traced 
further into the interior of the Mexican States. The majority of the words 
—even some verbs—end in the accentuated -é, which is evidently either a 
declarative particle or a demonstrative pronoun. 


STOCK OF KERA PUEBLOS. 


The Indians speaking Quéra or Kera dialects are settled on a tract 
on the Upper Rio Grande, where they hold both shores of the river, and 
on its western tributaries: the Rio Jemez and the Rio San Juan in its 
middle course. The dialects known to us do not differ considerably among 
themselves, and hence should be appropriately termed subdialects. A few 
words are held in common with Tehua, while others agree with terms in the 
Zuii, Tinné, and Numa Janguages. The sounds |, th, b, d, f do not occur 
in O. Loew’s collections, and r is rarely met with. But the structure of the 
words shows a greater capacity for consonants than the Rio Grande stock, 

and only one-half of the words end in vowels. The system of numeration 
is in both families based on the number ten. Many of the adjectives given 
terminate in -atse, a term corresponding to our adverb “ very”. 

A historical sketch of the Kera population (and of the other pueblos) 
in New Mexico was published by Oscar Loew in Petermann’s Mittheilungen, 
1876, pages 209-216, accompanied by an ethnographic map. - Loew divides 
the stock into a northeastern and a southwestern portion. The former is 
by him called— 

27 Of 


418 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


Quéres: it crosses the Rio Grande at San Domingo, a town formerly 
called Ge-e-wé (Simpson); the other pueblos on the western side of the 
river being Santa Ana, formerly Tomfya; Silla (Cia), in Indian: Tséa; 
San Felipe, anciently Kalistcha; and Cochitt. ; 

Sitsimé or Kawaiko is the name by which the inhabitants of the south- 
western pueblos call themselves, viz. those of Moguino, Povuate, Hasatch, 
Laguna, and Acoma. Acoma is the ‘rock pueblo,” the Acuco of the 
Spanish invaders in 1540-1543. Vocabulary No. 36 was taken at Acoma 
by Mr. Francis Klett, while O. Loew collected No. 87 at Laguna, collating 
it afterwards with Acoma. 


THE WINTUN STOCK. 


The Winttn race of Northern California was not visited in its own 
domain by’any party of the Expedition; one of the members, while passing 
through the south of Colorado, happened to find a colony of Winttn settlers 
at Huerfano Park, and, seizing the opportunity, took down some 220 words 
of their vernacular. 

The Winttn and their congeners, the Patwin (both terms mean men), 
hold the western part of Sacramento Valley from the river to the Coast 
Range, and from Suisun Bay to Shasta City ; northwards from there they 
extend over both sides of the Sacramento up to Mount Shasta, the Lower 
Pit River Valley, and Upper Trinity River, and are also found on Feather 
River. Of this extensive area the Patwin form the southern, the Wintun 
the northern division according to Stephen Powers, to whom we are in- 
debted for the first thorough ethnologic investigation of the Central Cali- 
fornian Indians. Powers gives about twenty-five names of bands and 
tribal subdivisions of the race, and supposes the Datipum Wintin or “ Val- 
ley Indians” on Cottonwood Creek to form the nucleus of the northern 
division (Overland Monthly, June, 1874, pages 530-540.) 

The words of O. Loew’s vocabulary, when compared with the other 
Winttin dialects, show most affinity with those of Tehama and Trinity River, 
and hence we may safely conclude that the colonists seen by him had come 
from the northwestern abodes of the Winttin race. The language is sono- 
rous, not unpleasant to the ear, lacking d, f, and th, but showing instead a 


THE SANTA BARBARA STOCK. 419 


few sounds of difficult utterance. The plural is formed by the suffix -t, pre- 
ceded by the reduplicated vowel of the radical syllable; this points to a 
law of vocalic harmonization observed also in other Central Californian 
languages and not unlike the one observed in the Dravidian and Uralo- 
Altaic language-families of Asia. 

THE SANTA BARBARA STOOK. 


In want of a national historic name applicable to all the tribes that 
speak these dialects, I have used the above as a momentary help. The 
uncertainty in which we are concerning the geographic area and the sub- 
divisions of this stock renders the publication of O. Loew’s vocabulary in 
its present form doubly desirable, for none of the materials published here- 
tofore could be fully relied on by competent investigators. The phonetic 
habitus of the language is rather consonantic, and most words end in con- 
sonants ; the distributive plural in the verb and in the substantive is formed 
by duplication of the first syllable. 

In the Annual Report of 1876, Appendix H 16, I have given my reasons 
for believing that San Antonio (Telamé) and San Luis Obispo may possi- 
bly belong to this same family, for out of fifty or sixty words known, about 
fourteen were found to agree with corresponding terms of Kasua, Santa 
Barbara, and Santa Cruz Island. 

As far as known the dialects are as follows : 

La Purisima, spoken around the Mission La Purisima Concepcion de 
la Virgen, on Sa Inez River, founded in 1787. 

Santa Inez, spoken by the Alahulapas around Santa Inez Mission, 
which was founded in 1804. 

Santa Barbara, the dialect of the Silpalils, Aswalthatans, &c., along the 
coast and around Santa Barbara Mission, founded in 1786 by the Padre Palou. 

Kasua, the dialect of Indians living at Kasud or Cieneguita ((‘‘little 
marsh”), three miles north of Santa Barbara Mission. 

Mugu, spoken at Point Mugu, on the outlet of Canada Creek, Lat. 34° 8’. 

Santa Cruz Island, an isle once inhabited by Indians related to those 
of the adjoining mainland. It is probable that dialects of the same family 
were formerly spoken in the whole northwestern part of the archipelago, 
though we have no historical evidence to that effect. 


430 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED. 


REMARKS ON THE MISSION INDIANS OF CALIFORNIA. 


After the abolition of the order of the Jesuit Fathers, in 1767, the mis- 
sions established by them in the Peninsula of California were abandoned, 
and the order of Franciscans entrusted with the conversion of the natives in 
Alta California, or what is now the State of California. From that epoch 
down to 1833, the year of their secularization, twenty-six missions were 
established by the Franciscans on the coast of Southern California, or at a 
short distance inland. By persuasion and by military force they prevailed 
upon the Indians of the vicinity and the interior to settle around the mission 
buildings, and in concert with their families to work on certain days of the 
week for their spiritual advisers. Some of the missions reached a high 
degree of power, wealth, and influence, and the most flourishing of them 
all was that of San Juan Capistrano. 

To render their christianizing efforts more efficacious, many of the 
Fathers acquired the language of their numerous Indian converts, and to 
some of them we are indebted for the preservation in writing of dialects 
which seem to have disappeared since. They gathered Indians from many 
districts of the interior; herewith the ancient distribution of the languages 
became disturbed and changes in the extent of their areas were produced. 
We know that a Yuma dialect, probably the Comoyei, was once heard at San 
Luis Rey and further to the north; that the whole aboriginal population has 
now disappeared from Santa Cruz Island; that Tatché Indians of the Yékuts ~ 
stock lived around San Antonio Mission; that Nopthrinthres Indians, also 
of Yékuts origin, were settled at San Juan Bautista, among the Mutsun 
tribes; that the San Luis Obispo vocabulary is largely mixed with Mutsun 
words, and that the lexicon of the Mutsun tribes on the northern shore of 
San Francisco and Suisun Bays became to some extent mixed with ele- 
ments from the languages of the neighboring Indians. 

But though at the present time the reduced Indian population of these 
tracts shows a mixture of languages and indistinctly traceable linguistic 
areas, many other tribes have remained in their old homes and retained 
their paternal dialects. This can be said of the Dieguenos, of most Indians 
of the Kauviya branch of Numa, and of the natives at Kasua; and though 
the ancient order of linguistic distribution has been disturbed, the diction- 


: CALIFORNIA MISSION INDIANS. 421 


aries composed by some industrious Padres are of great assistance to us in 
establishing the outlines of the areas as they existed at the beginning of the 
nineteenth century. They give us five linguistic areas in which missions 
were established, or four if we consider the San Antonio to form one stock 
with the Santa Barbara. Going from south to north these are as follows: 

Yuma, with a mission near San Diego (and one among the Maricopas 
in Arizona). 

Numa, with several missions mentioned above, under Kauviya. 

Santa Barbara, with the missions of Santa Barbara, Santa Inez, &e. 

San Antonio, with San Antonio, San Miguel, and San Luis Obispo 
Missions. 

_Mutsun, extending from the vicinity of San Antonio to San Rafael 
Mission, north of San Francisco Bay. 


CONCLUDING REMARKS. 


Having discussed the phonetic and other grammatic features of most of 
the languages spoken of in your Annual Reports of 1875, pages 180-187, 
and of 1876, pages 330-343, studénts of the forty vocabularies will have to 
refer constantly to them, and, in fact, these ‘Analytic Reports” form an 
essential and integral part of this present Introduction. 

The linguistic material of this volume is a faithful reproduction of the 
orthography of the original vocabularies. 

To enable the investigator to comprehend fully the mode of pronun- 
ciation in O. Loew’s vocabularies, I subjoin the scientific alphabet of Gibbs, 
recommended by the Smithsonian Institution, and followed by O. Loew in 
all but a few particulars. The few additions and changes made by him he 
describes in the following remarks : 

“ For nasal vowels I have substituted for n superior (a") the more con- 
spicuous circumflex (a, 1), and the dumb nasalized sound between o and u 
I have expressed by ti. tch was preferred to ch; ny to the Spanish letter n. 
The rh is the vocalic r occurring in Sanserit,* and zz is s pronounced with 
a buzzing sound. An apostrophe within or after a word indicates arrested 
sound or sudden stoppage of the voice; p’a, water ; ko’, bone.” 


*This isa slight mistake. By the digraph rh O. Loew sought to express the uvular r, and not the 
yocalic r of Sanscrit, which sounds almost like r in bittern, slatternly. 


422 GIBBS’ PHONETIC ALPHABET. 


G. GIBBS’ ORTHOGRAPHY.* 
VOWELS. 


as long in father, and short in German hat (nearly as in English what). 
as long in they (‘long a” in face), short in met. 

i _as long in marine, short in pin. 

o as long in go, short in home, whole (as generally Sroncateea in the 
Northern States). 

as long in rule (00 in fool), short in full (00 in good). wu as in union, 


i=] 


pure, &e., to be written yu. 
& as in all (aw, au in bawl, taught). 
a as in fat. 
u__as in but (0 in love, oo in blood). 
ai as in aisle (‘long i” in pme). 
au as ow in now, ou in loud. 

The distinction of long and short vowels to be noted, as far as possi- 
ble, by the division into syllables, joining a following consonant to a short 
vowel, and leaving the vowel open if long. Where this is insufficient, or 
where greater distinctness is desirable, a horizontal mark above, to indicate 
a long vowel, a curved mark a short one, thus: @, @, @, é, &e. A nasal 
syllable, like those found so commonly in French, to be marked by an 
index, », at the upper right-hand corner of the vowel; thus 0”, a”, a”, uv”, will 
represent the sounds of the French on, an or en, in, and un, respectively. 


CONSONANTS. 


bas in English dlab. 
c not to be used excepting in the compound ch; write k for the hard 
sound, s for the soft. 

d asin English did. 

f asin English fife. 

g asin English gig, never for the soft sound, as in ginger; for this use 

always j. 
h as in English how, hoe, handle. 


* Instructions for Research Relative to the Ethnology and Philology of America, by George Gibbs; 
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 160 (1863), pp. 18, 19. 


— pe Se 


a a 


GIBBS’ PHONETIC ALPHABET. 423 


as in English judge. 

as in English kick. 

as in English lull. 

as in English mime. 
as in English noon. 

as in English pipe. 

not to be used: for qu write kw 
as in English rear. 

as in English sauce. 

as in English tight. 

as in English vow. 

as in English wayward. 


not to be used: write ks or gz, according to the sound, in wax, example. 


as in English you, year. 

as in English zeal, buzz. 

as ng in English singing. 

as in English shall, shoe. 

as 2 in azure, s in fusion. 

as in English church. 

as in English thin, truth. 

as th in the, with. 

a surd guttural aspirate, the German ch in ach, Loch, Buch, and some- 
times approaching that in ich, recht, Biicher. 

a sonant guttural aspirate (Arabic ghain); other compounds, like the 
elucks oceurring in Chinook, &e., to be represented by H, thkl, tlk, 
&c., according to their analysis. 


424 


Tribe and dialect. 


Pa-Uta of California :.........-- 
Chemehuevi 


Kauviya 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) -------- 
Mohave sso cs iss eee ees 


ualapaie=n a. a, Se eee 
ualapalsee esse esseaeee oe 
Tonto or Gohun.--..---------.-- 
Diefneho Bote ee see ee i 
Yuma or Kutchan .---. 
TsletaPueblo -=22-22--6-- esse 


Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo -..-- 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ..-.---. 
Taos Pueblo 
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo .....-. 
Acoma Pueblo 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 

SillatPoehlbes---ssssee-- ee 


*y, a8 consonant. 


2. Woman. 3. Boy. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Be’ . 
seh-ahnan-na. ---- 
shi-o-tesh .......-- 
hatcha-za -.. 
hatch-tche ...--.. 

hatch-tche, u-mo- - 


mah-mats-chee ....| 


mah-sah-wahts - --.| i 


2 (GNE@ Se soes sess 


LST ee eee ea 
-| i-gutch ....... - 
-| hoh-ma’l-eno-ka - 
| o-va-o-da@! . .-.-.-- 


a-loo-ghé ...---.-- 


nei-ntz ..-.. 
nan-zitch’....-. -..<.' 


trh = peculiar uvular r. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 495 


6. My father (said | 7. My father (said | 8. My mother (said | 9. My mother (said 
5. Infant. i; son). ba tars se son). : ne decgiief 10. My husband. 
mes-ché! ........-. taché-ta...........| tachd-ta ........... tsché-ma .......... tsché-ma .......... ——— -cheu’-| 1 
a. 
(ons see re rs radtisse) SVG oS Re ee TO ee ater moe 2 
au-v a eer Eero reed fit Slat 3 
ee eae chi-kah-éh ........ chi-kah-éh ...-.... chin-née .-.. ....-- 4 
eh. 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
2 etic ced |My pe Sec hes SRE ROE SRE EEE eiSecne| Ceeceneceancseeeeres Receeasce pases aa ian ory aes ll 
socectccend OSG BAAS SS -ESBE Re SCO E PO ee SESE eee ILO o TSmer mer Sse ner Pesceiers re mac SO" \ rk ieee eee 12 
nec coc8 US We see Be ae BSE SE file Ca A ey Ree eecee eased fh ot ee ea 13 
Me-pots ...........| na/-na co-mas || ..-.| na/-na pi-a’ta ..... |..-..-.-. Ses ece cel RReasiaaoaes ceases na/-na to-wats...| 14 
me-A-po-witch-ee ..| mo-oh ..........-.-]------seee---2 eee FS eae ASN ee a ae ee nina tah-wats-| 15 
chee. 

SS ees né-nah pio.........| néndh pie .........| néndh tah-ah-pol| 16 
Bens - nos ss- es. i HE ERR Spe ceee es Peecc croc .-| ivo-u-shing-va...) 17 
Oe spss dete eee a A ae Se ee a nu’atchau ---..-. 18 
os SSC ES NEY pep SSE neene --| no-ual-eso’ ......| 19 

| ame’-ebekelen rey (ee =. Ss eee .| ni-itehka ........ 20 

aa ni-o/-ok...---..-.-. ee .| ni-a/shun .....-.. 21 

| pul-je-nis.-. pd ROO Ngee acess =| UMA 20 ans -~so 6 PUQh-JO =< senmns = ns j-jo . .| NO-cong .....-.-. 22 

tho-mari-qui'lva - -.. Pale 2 om Bidets saceos h(er)chow-ya....} 23 

hi/tehuik........ 24 

Bee ed poser eee o eo Poe eee 25 

nate simian mie win hag Sl Palen mie i an Stee | peace om me ae et i lar 26 

Via aoa cce ee 27 

ni-gutch ........| 28 

-| en-va/ph ......-- 29 

hin-sau-ve-e ..... 30 

navi sho’........ 31 

na-vish-yoh ..... 02 

NAVI ZO ~..=5..= 33 

ened eae «| Un-can-ah -........|..........--.....<..| WOtn-G..........] 34 

Ope eee ee OP pasac cece seo seh| HEC Osseo enSaee VIA cons geen senetea | eep eens O-p6-& ........... 35 

00 7 certs gets be a eee Pee ES eS 

o-ak...... soo) IO MELN EE \esese orang] bastcasaneceseee ores ne TRS SSeS See MAES Seong --.| 8a/-tche ......... 37 

eae sec c ead TEES ec taeea hood REESE EEE rose. Vi ate HESS MS soc sede ee sa-tche .......... 38 

eee LGM ee icctennaccs tl facts ankaueeuaeserns oe Oe ERE SS ae Se eee ese =F net-vi ...........| 39 

ts-ta‘nugh......... ER eer eencee as | sect aeacandaccerwat NOME anes easel eee eee ku-ni-vue ...... 40 
§shi: my, pron. poss. || nana, nina, nun-nu, (in Pueblos; navi,) before names of relationship : my, pron. poss. 


426 


CaonNtank® On 


Bee eee 
OnrkranrHs 


weowwwwwanwowdwdinrDdns nn NNNN NYDN K FE FS 
SCMOARBKMAEFEANEFSHEOANAAREHONE SCHOaANY 


cs 
So 


Tribe and dialect. 


li. My wife. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


12. My son (said 
by father.) 


13. My son (said by 
mother.) 


14. My daughter (said 
by father). 


Arivaipa 
Arivaipa 


Gaitchim (ofSanJuan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 


Hualapai 
Tonto or Gohun 
Dieguefo -.-.- 
Yuma or Kutchan 
Isleta Pueblo -----..---.-.- 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ge 


Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo 


Kasu4 at Santa Barbara. 


-| hin-u-ve-e 


tsché-at’ ..- 


na/-na pih-wan!.... 
nina pé-wee 
nénah p’hew 


i-vu/-ete 
nuw/-ingtava 


nik-ni-ya/ga ...---- 
nanya/-ak 
louyva-va 


na-man-ya 
nia/-nitch 
en-que/r-ack 


sau-kve ....-.----- 
sau-kve 
net/-biig-an --.- 


-| tzi-zha/-ha -- 


-| too-watch -- 


nina to-wats 
né-nah to-wahts- - - 


nan-na ah-ko-wa--- 


é-keeja 
hintchienk 
kyva-tova 


sa-mut’e 
sa-mut’-e 
net-go-rash 
kta/nu . 


na/-na to-wa’ts-in..Y na/-na to-wats’-in. -..| n 


ha/h-pah-check - ---- 


nina pah-chits 
nénah pah-tchiteh--. 


nayi ey-on-ke - ...--- 
na-vi an-ick-ah 


navi e’, navi a! 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


15. My daughter 
(said by mother). 


16. My elder 
brother. 


yo'-be-an ......-... 
-| na/-na pai-bi'ts-in -. 
nina tceha-kats. . - -. 
nah-nah po-pah- 
witch. » 


hintchi-enk . ...-.. 


en-che’ng.-.---..-- 
-| hin-pa-ve-e 


cha-cle/tch 


17. My younger 
brother. 


na’-na sko/-chin -.. 
nina teha-kats .... 


nenah to-e-carim- 
pah-witch. 


ni-be’-et...-...-..- 
ni-pe’-ets 
na-kan-ye-nea 
BO \ tet ae ce 


427 


18. My elder sis- 
ter. 


na/-na na-mi/-chin 


A eS See 20. An Indian. 


Sister. 
1 
2 
3 
3 4 
nano settee eect a=ce-] DO 
na-mintz ..... «----, ne/owh. 6 


pah-chits ......... pah-chits ......... po-gaih-reh ...... 15 
nah-nah po-patch..| nenah_ to-e-carim- | noonts .....-.--- 16 
patch. 

T-KO-EDB. ...2 20. - 22] eee ane coe e nes =n ences fo enee nn een ne == oe Ww 
OG REECE SEO SSeE become cetece sence ee takh-ton .-....-- 18 
ATLGS TI BS o's = ccna 5 A | am oct a scecetel eee em khentil* .....-.. 19 
nage/-e-es -| nebi-it ..-.....-... atakh -.......--.. 20 
ni-pi-its ...........| takhat ........-. 21 

-| no-ah-hal-le . ...... ab-tab-ha...... | 22 

.; V-nyAaka ........- hih-mitk-Ava ....| 23 


en-che’ng -.--. --- en-yock ....-...... cu-cha’ng ... .--.| 29 
hin-to-te-e .... ..-.|- pee .| tai-o’-da’ .. ...... | 30 
TAWA KBR o-oo oes eeece anaes ean en| eee n eae 31 
eee eet ae ede oy | Cette tener sdh-veh ... ....| 32 
A BEE acme cemtey E Bava wah ne anaes Reve ee me. 33 
tu-ti-mah .......-- um-be-tin-ah. .....- seh-al-nan-ah .. 34 
$odest ce nelke ce wes maa] une mn ee was a enw a ad awcetmicaneus Gieeus | 35 
CE TSR E Reser aad Beccoecros ae ced ost) Cos ere er gae =o 36 
BOG VItS sacte ets -s| een, aes Sea e sere as eee rede anmiee came 37 
BS VItS 222m acee oso ee cece cceecebeceon| wseenneenven aqme 38 
lay-gat ...-. ..22--|----ss-c-neeseseeee vin-tu ...........| 39 
ga-mute ........--- ga-mute .......... BO wvnsen 550-55 40 


* Adopted from the Mormons, who founded San Bernardino in 1851. 


4928 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 
Tribe and dialect. ~ 21. People. 22. Head. 23. Hair. 24. Face. 
1 | Arivaipa -Kai! 22. s-)see== 
2 | Arivaipa 4 BecasanonteeaneZsa5 
3 | Navajo ...-.-.. Baayen ee 
ZA ARCO IE. 5 tee senccosscesacecces tah-an-s0-tin-tét-ée 
By || SINE OW see oeec sao seesiccoses| |sosnessestesesecsee ||[-as2- 
6) Shoshoni@ee=- =e as eee neo-wo'wh .--..--- 
Tf ||LEO RED eee Seo etenconasene saeso> soedsodcosonecccess 
G3 LEO os ese eencen ceneen scan lotas seecccecebeseiee 
OY || TED oes a ess Seesoes sero so|peeosocccecctsesnces 
1)! LEE AVEN Beteososasasoencnccce= a5) heer cesoncestesansse 
THD | Sa aGiart 12 OR eo seca senes|peeconeascesccaccses 
i120 bPe- Oita ote alitonnia seer | pene eee eer 
13 | Chemehuevi ---..--- .---.------- aya/no-oab ..-..--- 
THB | Of ee oe ese eenee be pSSearo tu-wi-cho!-von. . -- 
15 | Capote Uta............-...----.--| co-quat-chee -.-. -- tsoots-séh -.---.--- tot-sib-eh-wah. ------ 
16 | Uinta Uta..-- tohts-sibi-wah. ------ 


17 | Moqui Pueblo. ..........--....-- 
18 | Takhtam. -. 


no/-aye .--... .------- 
ni-yuluk .--..... ... 


20 | Gaitchim(ofSan Juan Capistrano) 
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) -.----- 
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey)-------- 

283 || WESTERN enone eee se cecossocenas 
PUT ISEB NR enaG pemsanoceeassone 
26 | Hualapai .......-...-. ...-----.- 
27 | Tonto or Gohun..--...-...------- sesoese¢ .---------| K0-vau-va .------.--- 
28 | Diepueno).------2----= ----0=-= 
29 | Yuma or Kutch4n..-............- 
30) | disletasPueblosssss= ase ae | eee ee eee eee 
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa .......-..|.--....--.----------| pong --------.-----| p’-ho--------.---.-.- 
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo - --.. sSiekee Ssh aos 
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo.....--- PEN eRecmonse| I te boce seesceecosees 
34))|"Taos ‘Pueblo! -----<--o-=<-m== ==" 
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .-..---} hé-i ---- 
36 | Acoma Pueblo ------..----.-----|------- 
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo..----- kau-ay-ko-me. --.-- 
STE ai] 0 CBR RP ease eee Re men Peers kaceseonses sos 


nasca-én ---. 


nash-gain .- - - 


*&{—uas in but; ¢. e., with dumb sound. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


25. Forehead. 


26, Ear. 


TRE mend n = == == neaga’/v ........--- 
nu-vuy-ye-6 ..--..-- nenaka-a ......---- 
nakuey’-um ......- nanakum......---- 
a-konin ..........- ana’/nakh........-- 
na-ku-0 ..... -...-- na-na/-ka .......-. 
thiim-0-poola -- .- -- ismé/hl-k&. ......-- 


khu-malkh 
scehmalk........... 
t’-a-khlo-a t 


dah-se’h-ah-tah . -. 


smailga .........-.| i 


yash-tyesh 
hie’-pén 


yo-pen 


27. Eye. 


28. Nose. 


29. Mouth. 


po-uib’h ...... ..-- 


PRU aoe aac 


po-uim - 
po-i/m .. 


nepw’lum-netle’-ule 
atso’/tchon ...-.. - 


shka-na, ho-ana. .-. 
ho-ana-an 


shin-chi’ ...... .-.. 


tehi, i-tchi.........) i 


-| &wump! 


tapé-ie ..-- 


na-tam-U ....--.--- 
ee!-yih .2.......--- 
RWicdss eee ee 


429 


30. Tongue. 


nu’n-nu 
hee-pah’-li 
ipaylya 


.| tie-kva’ ... 
.| hui-can.. 


-| anepa/ilkh 


eh-pelh, eh-pal -- 


30 


30 | Isleta Pueblo 
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa - 
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo-.- 
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo- 
34 | Taos Pueblo .-..--.-----.- 


8 | Dieguefio .--.--- -.-.-------- eae 
9 | Yuma or Kutchan. . 


5 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo -- 


36 | Acoma Pueblo ---...------------- 


37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo..-.--.- 
38 | Silla Pueblo .....-...------------ 


40 | Kasud at Santa Barbara. -....-- 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


BEY soemssenos ceenes 


Tribe and dialect. 31. Teeth. 32. Beard. 33. Neck. 34. Arm. 

1 shi-cOs! ..-..-- shi-cun! ...-..-...... 
2 i-guss ---.--.- =) | eg esse = = 
3 -| se-na-khan --- .| khan, gan -....-....- 
4 BG-CO8 22 -eae eee shee-kah-neh -.... -- 
5 | Shoshoni.....-.--.--------------|-------e++ 2-2-2 22 fee eee eee ne en fen ee ee ee nee eee cee ne fe ee nee eee eee eee 
6 | Shoshoni mon-chump ..-..--- coo-rap’h.-.......--- eng-awap -------.--- 
7 | Pa-Uta COOL SSE = 5 We ee ee 
8 | Pa-Uta MO-ZOP ------------ cur-rabee ..-.-.. .--.| ana-bob ..-..---..-.- 
9 | Pa-Uta .....-. ------------ +--+ +) |--- =e een een ee een |e ee ee eee ee eee [oe eee eee eee eee eee eee | oon ee ee ee eee eee ee 

AOU PasVian tics cece ce amen cee oe | pe eee xe reteene ain | Oetete tele ale aa eee ieee et ee poo-rets’ .-..-.-.---. 

11 | Southern Pa-Uta...-.----------- mu-shuim ---. --- kura-am..-.--------- anga/-vu-um......... 

12 | Pa-Uta of California i-mushui ---..--.-- Tea ieee es 2e Sac eo i-vu'ta ...... -..----- 

| 13 | Chemehuevi..-..-.-------------- montsob ---- ------ hoyo’ngo-tso-on -.... anga/vu-um ..-...--- 

Tee Reece: cacoeeeses eapeobssece me-chu’'k-wa ----- iko-rupy-=--5-4 = (po!-ram. ---22- eee 

15 | Capote Uta...--.-.-.------------ miuts-up ---- ------ 

16 | Uinta Uta. .....-.-.--------.----| tOw-e-.----- ------| mumtz.----------- 

17 | Moqui Pueblo... ---------------- sho-ui’-tchi-mi-.-.- 

189] alch tameeee= seen -| nia/-gang-am -....- 

19)| Keamvitya------------ <<. -------= niul-tamam .. .-... 

20 | Gaitchim(ofSanJuan Capistrano)| tomat --.----.------ numush .. 

21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). ------ ata/tam ..... ..---- apehan ..-.. ---.-- 

22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) -------- chem-tum -.-..----- nu-mu-sum .--..--- 

23) |iMohawesessess=-sa5-e--——< roe hee’-thou---------- yutto-qué-thah’ ...| mul-a-klay-ké-mét- -. 

OA INGE @aoes soe sas cee oe See TOY eee es cases | VE GY eso asso se male‘kay ....--.-----] i 

25 | Hualapai.......--...---.--------] YO-0.--------------] yavemi-me-e - -----.) 1-puk.--.------------ 

26 | Hualapai........-.-.------------ yoh ..-..-.-...----| ya-bin-i-mi’----.---|.----------..--.--.-.. 

27 | Tonto or Gohun..--.------------ yo ..---- ------.---| yami-mi---.---..-.|----------------------| Vu-ye-boka.....--.-- 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 431 


35. Hand. 36. Fingers. 37. Thumb. 38. Nails. 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
sa-peurf .... ......| ning-a-wap’h....| 6 
7 
8 
9 
mu-ninch’ ......... TERT STENT SoS od Bs one eee eed peep soerer cesses =| vero secc esses aces| Phen peep eee ns 10 
mo-om ...-.- .----- ma-se/-um -..-..... mato-om .......--- mase’-tchumb ..... MEU. cescnctan- as ne-vu-am.....--. ll 
ivu-@la ..... ......| ivu-yu’ge ..... .... i-ma-tog-va. ..---- i-mashi-tu ........) imu/-um.........-. i-nu-na've ....... 12 
CASTS =a eee Mmashu-um......-.. mato’-rhon ......-- | mashi-tsu-um -.... Ec ee nuna’‘ko-ovan . ..| 13 
BORGIR ose hc ates 2 ma-shum ......--.- awa’-tum ma-chu'm zet/-sum .... ......| no’h-wam .... ..- ni-a/-bum...-.... 14 
PERE <6 ois oSenie's ma-shin .......... a-wat-to-ma-shin -.| sée-chu..-.....--.- | monivasecnceeecee8: poh-inv- 5.5.2.2 15 
mo, mo-ii, mu’-u...) mah-se’-uf.........| pe-em-tomb -....- BOR TON. enim no-eh -.. nin-onf... ...-... 16 
inakh-de.-...-. -. ma/-la-tchi ....-... maku’m-la-tchi. ...| shu’-ki.--.--.-.--- tehung-e’.. ta-u’its-ka....... 17 
Been, oe 5 no/-uvatchim. nitatkha .. nitunu ..........| 18 
n’-sa/lo .... n’-takh-au.. . TIOTAU! i053 oeceees 19 
| mush ...- natakhau ......... na-a/lum ... ....} 20 
atchu’/tchur . --| atcho-on .... -..... atu’nun .........| 21 
num-ma -. Splaslas--.<----ss0es nu’-shu-lu - --| Sup-po-lep ........| chum-ta......... 22 
saal-tho'rdpa ......| saal-qto-tho'rap& .. saalté-ciibitah .... saal-cilii-ho.......| hee-mah*taé ...... yut-0-ku’ra ...... 23 
hathbink ..... .... Salgo-haraba ......|---..----------..--- pal gokyO-ho 5 <= - =.) eee weep wl anaes = m 
RON Epic noel Sind salti/dya -........ salgu-vete-e .....-- sete-ho’-a.......... MAG: ccc ce nnchoR ees tigo-oga......... 25 
- hat os oes Seine een aise sm me mee ae oi ace ewe mn een a | Sammie Sen ee 
BMA oo lass Sess sha-la-gay-te ......|-------------------- Bhia-lehUy) . 2. os eeme ae eee ecn neon DWescemecs cesce- | ST 
AMP opto ns Seca TE 8 ES |S oe gee selke-shau .... -.-.| Co Yee eae i-tchikh ......... 28 
22 Sees eae sah-_| is-ra’/hl-cheb-at-tah is-rahl-kah-yoh- ee-ma/th ...... ...: ee-wah (heart) 29 
rap o/h. 
REM ec anise aos p(t qs] eee | > Skane ee ma-shi-er........-- ka-to-a-ve-e. ....... po-au-Va ........ 30 
AEs wean eee - |mang-ko ......... mang-ko-shoyo’ ...| ma/lye .......----. 1) UPR eee == 5 PING) -s-2s255555 31 
LSU DE eee MOANA © 2.2 oon cal Vatmanemnnnneneseiee man-yah . ........ tu-odh. ... By ee ne 32 
DOs tetse Cee cermin mang-ko ........-. mang-ku-so . ...-.. ma-nya/ ........... TOD) storein jn dee aa pe ee ee eA hs 
man/-e-nah ........ ENR sais eaten a qual-we ..--.......- fay-tchal-was...... se-ab-nan-nah ..... pah-whedl-e ..... 34 
marten. <2< 23 ie ee) Oe = ee eee | 7a-8-ONO, «== =0c3| MVE -=se se eeeesees Peli Resco 35 
hamish-te......... kamashté ......... eps | hi-titshé . ....... tenn ecssesc sa ska-uitzin ....... 36 
ish. 
sh-ka-mas-tsi ...... sh-ka/-ma-tcha/-tehil........-..--.------ sh-taen-l-fohi a so5 se) eascewaunsensanen sae sh-kau-i-tsi...... 387 
sh’-ka-mas-tsi ..... RNA Mp) acs eae ae = as ca ene seen sh-tsau-i-tch.......|.- Se eee sh-kau-i-tsi...... 38 
sem-ut (pl.)........ ka-hait (pl.) ....--..| tche-tche-muk..... ka-hat (pl.).-..-. BS ho eee ean SEMAN. eee conse 31/00 
(i noose nie Soe eR) Bese Pe Gen CREE EEE Eee eee eee gsi’-khua-e ........ g’-amon..... ......| ko/ugh ..........] 40 


432 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Tribe and dialect. 41. Belly. 42. Female breasts. 43. Leg. 44. Foot. 
1 || ASEM OP enacoeseceotiocononsenasc shi-pit .....-----.-|1-p6 --------.------| shi-cha ...-...-...... Shi-k@ = <-.-.---e-eeee 
25) UNGER cca acconsosocconsasesecs 1 ee eoeseeeoso sas -||T Oaoscemcensssccs| MOON asa cossceeces KO! is: canoe eee 
SU) SEVEYD seeece cess. Seteesececeesc Ditiee= ea | EO oe eee eee 
EN) SCS ie ceceesesoossocccss shee-pee’ shit-schék..-...----- 
Di ISHOSHOMeeeeeee eee eee ee ease | SAD ieee ee eee -| em-pa/h - 
6 | Shoshoni........--.-=----------- sa-peurf.-----.--.- nam-bap’ 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 | Southern Pa-Uta ...-...--.------| Sabu-um----..-....|-------.------.----- yu-u/um, yu/-av -.--- namba-am...-...---- 
12 | Pa-Uta of California ...-.-...--. inh-o!-he eee ee eseee | pea eel i-sha/-e ..-..--.--.--- BoP oe eee eee 
13) iChemehuevileeseesessee ee snes Sa-pun .-----.-.-.. pe-in'.-----.-----.- punga/van .....-..-.|Ma-amp.---..-...---. 
14S | ita ls= ace otc eee cise aS sce oeee tsa/-puh --..-..-.-- pich-o-pu/-rab - ...- to-bu/-ram ..--....-.- na/m-pubp .-....----- 
15 | Capote Uta -..----..------------ sa-pi-ah....-..--. peb-in .----. ...... toe-wWy -------------- nab-pan ..--..----<-- 
AG) |MintaUtase seses-—2- ee es o- ee sah-why----------- pe-e, ta-to.....---. WT ceee mem ae SaaSn ao MAMD << 55 eee 
17 | Moqui Pueblo. ...--------------- 1S eesceseeeecor Biche <a. 22. ceeoen: | Bashifiees ease neers gi-gi!--<..-e eee 
1S akhtamisesseeseese sss. ose ees i inai DINSV, =< === ss ase 
1G) || Me. seo scene scoeecoescess ne-eto’e .--..-.---... 
20 | Gaitchim (ofSan Juan Capistrano)| nele/-um.-..-..-.-.. socosscesccoseacss: ne’-6 - .| me-e-nope’le-e ~ 
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ------ akho’nan ....-.-..-. api-pi/tchu - ahorkuk - 
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) --------| n6-sha-eh---..----- nup-pe - -| nut-ta-je. 
23) | Mohavel-ccsces-cseesaeo= eels hee-tho’w -----.-- ny-ma/h .-...--.--. hém-mée'h 
CEE INTER) aeasocoeccssesenusonoocac ito .....---------+-|-------------+------ methilya 
20) | Hualapaieces.eee= secon neem OED soe sseecesaos||ccdaascossosanes se: Meth senascs= =e 
96) literwalapais- Se ee -4 st ghas See occ ee ee toe Sane a | eee eee teen cea [neem ee eens eee 
27 | Tonto or Gohun ---...----..--- al | WE beso sceacrooss ma-no-na.......---| bata_...-.....-..----- 
28 | Diegueno --.--------------.-.--- DU Bee iene oe oo Sasso socssecssc: ren gees eee ee nae [Poa se seo 
29 | Yuma or Kutchén ----.---------- 
30 | Isleta Pueblo. .....-.-.--------- t6 
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa --.-.------ 
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo ...-- 
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ---..--. 
34 | Taos Pueblo -...-...----...--.-- 
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo ------. 
36 | Acoma Pueblo ...--.---.---.---- 
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. .--.- 
Silay ene blo nee eee 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


tat-suro-wam 
tah-see’-weo 
piér-tomb ...:.... 
voko’-kve-kvo-shi 


tng-hab........... pech-tng ...... ..- 
ang-ka! > 25 |DIN eee oie 
2 to. eee tu-ab-fwal-e --..-. 
TENN nnn os— ns DU, HO ..-.--.<..- 


se-mutch.......... hash-ga-shu --.-..- 
may-shle-khleles -.| bak .....-..--...-. 
Rewmensemenscnssccss| OO .--0-5--002---- 


pii-ye ....... pab-ap . .......-.5. 
ue/-nang-va . TNE V8 0 = acesecee 


nohun .. 


nu-shin 
hee’-w4h 


i-tchikh ........... akhoat ....-...-..-.- 
ah-or eh-wah . ....- njah-whit/.....--.- 
Gla < oosenewveinews NG-B.---.--------- 
DEO ance eee pene eee 
irae ace eae ) eee” 
tom-o'-why-e ....-. tksu-dh-meh ...-... 
Wie-Ohen ek cem cee bets ODEs eeerw ee weeen 
ya-kirk-sén....... mi-atzé ...-- 


khan-neh-and.. 


e-pah qua-tau-yah- 
see. 


na-ti-ai ....-..-... 


45. Toes. 46. Bone. 47. Heart. 48. Blood 49. Town, village. 50. Chief. 
shi-ka-kin.........| ai-tzin............. pL eels Ye ere eh-G-tV .........-.. ti-chi(n)! ..-.<<---. nun-tan’......... 
ki-e’-shush ....... SRLS! Zo wens << UEOHi-ccsesteteeee sa pole eee pees ee eee NEA Seesass awe 
ERMAN i eeecic sw su) THON. cece cc wee Meets cuss naan sees GHD 2 5 ciewnncs aivslawaesnzasnteeancenes na-ta-ni ......... 
shee-kees-kin .. shit-sen-its-én ..... shits-séh ........-. AGH. << anteitaceaecee tchah-ém-bi-gah...| nan-tan.......... 
Seeenetuss ene ence} |an~ ele cca-sece sean et ccncee Sapiweaa WGC vous as ooo tee nS nc Ree ty-gwu'n-up ..... 
ta-cheup'h ........ CA Wess ae peeeices pee-up’h .......... Dal-ip ...ce<asecte canina-arrup’h ....| towendum ...... 


ter-chin’-was .... 
Kiva. cocens === 


e-pab tah-hon- 
na‘h. 


tuyo’... 
chah-bac-ah-weh 
fuish, fui‘ 
hé tshin 


433 


| 22 


30 


33 
| 34 


434 


Sceontanrtk Oh = 


He 
a 


bo 


= 
=) 


14 


Ss 


wpnww nw wp wo 
Ana fF OD 


a 


| 28 


| Uinta Uta 


Tribe and dialect. 


51. Warrior. 


52. Friend. 


53. House. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


54. Skin lodge. 


Arivaipa 
Arivaipa 
Navajo 
Jicarilla. - 
Shoshoni 
Shoshoni 


Pa-Vant 
Southern Pa-Uta 
Pa-Uta of California 


Capote Uta 


Moqui Pueblo 
Takhtam 
Kauviya 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) - --- 


Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ------.--- 
WE )\s525 caosdoscecsesdsase=ss2 
WIEN eenmeacnseascectess os 
Hualapai 

Hualapai 

Tonto or Gohun 

MieenenoOwe- pose ne ee) eee 
Yuma or Kutchan .....--..--..--. 
Tslets Pneblocss- ssc ees 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ---...----- 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo ..--.-- 
Tebua, San Juan Pueblo 

MAOStE NSH eee sso aaa = eee 
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .--..--. 
Acoma Pueblo ---. -.--...-...-..- 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo ..-...-. 
Silla Pueblo 

Mig hE See Saco Seeseeececoresacs 


nah-wo-quoy 
nauch-nee-av- --- 


na-goi-ya 


quin-ne-mage 
kom-nin 


kli-ko-pu-ra 


-| mata/vik-yi --. .-.. 


| 
| 


-. Sau-gin 


Kasué at Santa Barbara...----.<-.|) 2.22. cecereeneecceses 


| 


shi-dek’-é 
shte-ke 
SILKS h 5.155 eo 


tig-a/-boo 


i-ha/-itch 


novo-aghk 
novoa’-haga 


kungu-ay 
| e-pah vah-han-nah-| meh -trah - kih-| 


week; me-to-so’-pos 
in-poey-va-e .--.-- 


k’-ema 
poo!-wy-u 
gya’-bo, abo 
s’an-kin 


shu-ma-na 


| nad-hti 
UA )S Sossscesose | 


tha-wah .... - 
te-hua 
tcha-men, tah-men 


-| moh-tive-khan 


it-yél’-(m)a-kowa.. 


coh-tsiin-pin-e . - .-. 


5 ld 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


. 


| 58. AX, hatchet. 


= 


kut-su’-buk . - 
pah-poon’-ah ...... 
timb-wim-bam-boon 
shi-vatch-kap-ta’ -. 


U epee 
tiis-kee’-ni -......- 


kwo-gai’-ké - -..... 


kve-ushe-eo . 
qua-giim-beh. 
ko-a/-kum-be’ 


| 
57. Arrow. 
| 


MerchO\, c2-2.5.2=. |ono..... raises 
BIG oo -s-0cc<ns OU-O-0 et 8. coe 
(ISA oreo ioe hota eee 
nepatchk ..... .... chy) ir eeeeney Sree 
tehukenupsh - .... huyal ............. 
gu’tupsh .......... EE rade ae 
ni-pay-tulkh ...... | tohu-ar ..... .-...- 
nu-uj-i-ta-wah ..... imi-jel---2—-5-.--. 


-| op-kaun........... 


oko-pan-a/ni ---- -. 
tche-ha-mos ...-.-- 


59. Knife. 


hi-ishgai ....-..... 
hi-ishgai .......... 
to-bosh ........... 


que-pan/-nump - --. 

vuka‘ni-nanu’mb .-, 

Sete See eereshec | vui ....-.. ........! parh-a’ba-anumb 

ku’-pa-nab .....-. I welts 2: 2. AoE a/-tum-pur ...... 

que-pan-nump. . -- | wo-ni'tch....-..... 

me-puch-pan-nump, ti-weetch.......... 

pi-kai-vua .... ... PIAYM w225seseccnse 

Beam ceteris oe MPR Yee pease 

BP er Sms SER SEBAEE nitokova ...... 

PPR RE ee 5 Se MOD) saans see eeanee 

»cawseae see sasascasaf DARDS = epee aoe 

acha (Spanish) ....| tuk-was........... é 

tok-ya/t ........... hé-quee’........-. 

Si eee te ae akh-kvu-e ..----.-- 

SSS nae eee Vi) Seek aes 

eb ott e- fae ak-wa/...... 

eae ald setae eas a-kva’......- 

- | akh-goa’ 

tah-kee-yot.-....-. ahrk-to-ko-vickt. -.| 

| 

shi-a-ko-a....... me | HSE Ta are aie pelts eRe 
.| ku-elo ... -| tehi-iyo ...........| pe-me-hele ...... 

ku-it-whe. So) ee coo’-phe...-...-. 

ku-uy -....- .| ti-yo..... .......-] ko-f'-hem-be .... 

quan-nah -| tehay-ab-na ....... | tsah-mu-no.....- 

Helse weedeat ieingh-ts-=5 2-22 tie’-to-ba ........ 
| o-cupain Pes hs eee eens an eae 


to-le-tel-ok ...... 


435 


* kh = German ch in lachen. 


436 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Caranr one 


Bee ee 
ar DONDE S 


Bee 
ononta 


Tribe and dialect. 


61. Moccasins. 


62. Pipe. 


63. Tobacco. 


LEDAV EN a So mnosneroneseseesesecescc 
Southern Pa-Uta-. 
Pa-Uta of California 
Chemehuevi ..-- 


Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 


Pera plese eee 
Hualapai. 
Tonto or Gohun....--..----- sonssod 
Diegueiio 
Yuma or Kutchan 


Isleta Pueblo 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo 
Acoma Pueblo 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo 


ké-or-ky6 ----------- na-tos-t6 .....- .--. 
BikOeee eee eee nato-stse! 

tkhe’ ...-.-.---- -| nato-stse! 

TA RGD ees ooess ancoss nah-tso-séh 
Swaobenccosdseasso5se =O" eee ane 
par-rap..--.--------- chung-oop..--.---. 
eae naw een ene eanewan ane zoOn-OOp! .--------- 


hum-en’-yd 
nima-haruya 
mahinyo’-o 
ma-hin- 
na/-yo 
mokuin 


ang 


Ixy-ah-bén-ah 
e-in-dnish -.--.. 


t-so/ng -------..--- qu-ap -..---- -..--- 
tchung-ub..--..--. to-kvab ...-..----- 
WU 225 seeccce: pa/-h’mo.....-.-- 


-| to-u/vetava't 


tu-u/mba-yav---.-- 
to-rhumb.- .-.--.--- 


tsung ..-----------] quo-ap-6- ...-.-.--.| tu-wum-pe-ay ----. 
kui-tsingva’ . 

vuykt 

Sql eee oeasise 

nohu’-hukup -.--.---| nepiv -....---. ----| tu/-ubitch -.--.---- 
i/t-chit .--.......-- bi/-wat ....-------- tuk-was ......----- 
mal/-hé ...--------- #-ouba ...--. .----- my’-ya .....--..--. 
mail-ho! .......---- a/-V ..----------- amaya..........-.. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


66. Moon. 


man-e’-goots ...>.. 
mai-ro-pitz 


Seis ies ee es en-yal-too-obuck ; 
hel-yah. 

eerie os p’-a/-i-da’ .......... 
OLS SHES reese Lr Sshe Sectneeeeces 
eee po-Oh-sen-lo -...... 
pan-sen-do .... .... (Os ea peaeeaes 
tah-tah ........... kah-nah .....-..... 
“a: ate MMP ae ene ei oa = a 
Ouzatz.............| ti-uatz ........-... 
o-shatch...........| tau-atch........... 
o-satch ............ tau-atch ......... 


RD CCRREVERS PREMERCERUNER?S CREEPS TIT 
= Se 
Boye 


67. Star. 


poo-chi'ts 
po-tsiv’b 
tatsi-nu’b 
I PRONE Sie ten = 
po-i’-tich 
podts-e 


| hum-miis-ra/y ...- 
| 


a-kho-tlal 


69. Night. 70. Morning. 
pes cece cana sa neepenn|su=slsanwacveseen= ace po-eech’-i-co.....) 5 
ta-wai.......-...--. toog-wan ....--..- eur-jeuk ........ 6 
am niem a sais mn 'el ental ieie| Smet aaa entre aie simran ee 7 
Re sec erence nd beac ccenea eect cee: uh-chuc.........| 8 
esac eee tu-bits - ah-uk-a- | urtch-uk........| 9 
muck. 

Renae tate sien ieee to-ca’n .......---..| po-e/-chi-co......| 10 
CAV B Ys < came nerc tu-von .. ui-tchuk ........ 11 
tave-va/no .....-.- @Qa-RUIOND wont == see aeee eae ae 12 
OTE ceaee -| to-vab’h -- tashe/-ang’vh ...| 13 
ta-bi - - ta-wahn’ .... wits-kuch’ ..... 14 
tab-bi-a toe-wab-nee .-.-..-. witch-quo ....... 15 
two-gwelrry .----.. | two-gwan ......... wee-chuch -..... 16 
pée-i- Ki -) Kabel 225 <csceen) 20 
atuk guits-guva ........ mota/va-em...... 18 
tamyat-bik ........ tuk-meabs. ....--.- motul-akna/-a ...| 19 
tcho-on-temet ..... | tu/-uk-met ....-... omu’-poto’-okole | 20 
poku-tamet ....... WaukGeweseeeestacss yamden ......... 21 
ip (?) ha/-bas-bii‘k-ke..| 22 
n’y4h sayn’-tik ....| teen’/-yump’ mé-tha’bé ...-... 23 
anyato-o/ruk anya’/-bilk .......| 24 
naval-iga .| tu-uyga AES: 
Uaietias me Wann tniloae IOnclaee anna e See | Nee eee 26 
nashe-ta ..........| he-pa .......--.... he-pa-teke......- 7 
INVA. c2.s == khil-shia’.......... numesab .-...--. 28 
en-yam-mu’'ck ..... vin-yam-muck... .| en-yib-pelk ..... 29 
t0-i-da’*........... TUG onan ee tom-da’ ......... 30 
bf ee Ane em Ee nat-ke-lo’........-. tan-te .......-...] 31 
tah-ree ............ koon-deé-ree ....-- her-én-dee--.-.-- 32 
DE Gel sooo cen nakhu®............ lnie-tels- aches ce 33 
thee-éy-ban -.-...-| pay-in-ye ..--..-.. i-lu-wan (?) ...... 34 
bo-shur ........... ta-ha-& ............ se-tale .......... 35 
Ka-sta-d <0 oscceae [COL TAA Tene na-tchim........ 36 
se-tcho-ma .......- kop-sho ......-..-- na-tcha-ma .....- 37 
sai-i-tcho ........-. SD Y- 98 onan ae eeaes teha-ma......... 38 

tche-bu-e’ ......... | hontche-be ...... 39 

sul-kukh ......... vash-na‘khiet ...| 40 


437 


*a@ pronounced as the 4 of Gibbs. 


438 


IA wow He 


ld 
On & OM eH S © 0 


| Kauvuya 


Tribe and dialect. 


71. Evening. 


Pa-Uta of California 
Chemehuevi 


Capote Uta 
Uinta Uta.-.---- 
Moqui Pueblo 
Takhtam 


Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ---- -- 

Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 
Mohave 
Hualapai 
Hualapai 
Tonto or Gohun.-.---...--.--.----- 
Dieguefio 
Yuma or Kutchén 


Isleta Pueblo 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo -.---..-.-.. 
Taos Pueblo 


Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo 


wish-upa-pay 


72. Spring. 


73. Summer. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


74. Autumn. 


tah-keh-los-kéh..-. 
te-ah’/-bun 


wish-up-up-pa 

tashe/-aba!_.........- 

Te an Se nee eee tazzavalno. -..----.|-=--«2a-sene===-eane 

fi-gab-n-8.....-....- tarn!-ukvay -----<-| <==. 2-==5===—e ee 

to-wur'-re .-.---.--.- 

tab-é-e-iquay 

te-ave-e-y-aky 

ma-shim-hi.-....---- 

MEUM Reems Ganon as||zosteasonsecsssccacs etche-tamyat ...-..|.------------_--- === 

tamyat-bakhkon (-..)2-2---.22--- ssp seom atsa-e.---..--. 

*poyn’/-ukuk...----... pesstesaseneses .| ta/-ashk ........--- 

asi-ama .....- ororibe ......-. 

puj-hi-i/k-ke ta‘m-me-vah 

n’ye’-tho/rubk. ------ hétwah-soak ...--- nik-a-pilk’..-...... 

Err PAI 2 eee e me ecne Pam peceenaeaeeaaaces nya-kabilk ----.... 

tigu-Vel-iga.. 2-525. 2| caw etaen nena anya-atuyga.-..-..|---...--..-----.---- 
pe-tu-vo-hoye 

PANE Y) aa ssn noe Se el | eee ee Cae aS 

en-yah-yoursk.------ no-co-tem-pilk. --.- pil-kee-namp’h --..| nok-en - temp - ha- 

churg-ah. 

ki-mi-en ...-...-.---. ByLe-lUlieasceeen eee ta-ui-ni-da’ * 

na-ki-eng ...-.. ...-..| ta-ven-te -.- .| yo-ke-tish ...-. 

teh-@r-e .----. .-..-.. tah-an-dee---...-.- pan-n-e-ree --...-- 

Marte eece === sean taran-d@\s = s-n-— == 4) DS-¥O-CLG == =. ceeeee | enna ae 

hah-lo-pay-an-e ---.-- hah-ld-wy-ché-wan | hah-lo-An-ye 

ho-mak-ye.....-...-. tem-tem-ho.-....-. p’-esh,p'-0. <= nn os| oc ne 

GEG (a eto etaee | Persea Sea se ceee se eeeeeeeeerre ee Perr error eee 

s-tchap-ka.....-. a-to/-ma-tse.....--. 0 ke ase 

tchap ka-sha-it 

keno-ana ba-a-bela 


shi-sha’vuy 


* da'=suflix indicative of change or spontaneous motion. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES 


OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


43) 


akopuetche .....-- 
yuim atsa-e 
shovo’-ut 
otcho/-tchibe 


khi-teburt -......-. 


hah -churg-ak - ta- 
han-wa’‘h. 


to-ui-ni-da’* 


gui-mi-gais-tai .... 


bo-me-she-na 


hi-gang-oi ---- 
shuvuit .-..--.-.- 


gu-na-tehatch 
ko-yo-tau 
ka-ha 


skunta’-hua 


tSlightly aspirated. 


77. Thunder. 78. Lightning. 7%. Rain. 80. Snow. 
i | mn — ~ | 
RRB ener eee a-dt-kish .......... na-wi-kth't ...--..- OT 1 
i-ti-nti........ | ha-ta/-ti-tla’ ....... natl-ti 2 
2] Ih Br RC cena sce tsa-ni-tlish ......-- natl-tin... 3 
e-tich-nee’........- e-tas-chitl .........| kuh-nah-ckée ..... zas-nah-ckée... | 4 
ACOO-VOR! ROY nce 3. sons onan eae alee ..| tuck-e/-bit....... 5 
-| O-warri-ar-rai.....- o-warri-to-nan .... . ..| neu-babe . . 
toocmee Anca pu-wa'p-py - ----| 10 
u-vo’ro-tu-non. ... - u-vor...- meovav.......... ll 
tagu-e-gisi/va...... pa-yu-a/ve ........ neva/ve ......... 12 
-| tonanok-ovar . ... | ova/‘natsuk........ yg | eee 13 
poe u-nu/-no-pa-ga ....| pah-er-wuhr....-..| mer-wurp/ .......| 14 
Renin arias | pab-lox-kd-seh ..- .|numah ............|meh-wah-we .....| 15 
Seamer wahr-en-ton ......| phh-weh ...... .-. | ne-wah-weh.... | 16 
u-mu-e-gi...-...... da-lui-pi-ki ......--| yo-gi..-..-..-..-- ho-nau-@’ ........| 17 
3) UPS se cee Eesrrocescegse seer Wl ain pati. 6 cial a = anne ane 18 
TACIT O Therese alee acta sae mle a cent YE WINT CY Sere aes ar ce cn eats 19 
pong-ro’-oy ..-.- -- tomat ....--...... O GVRR-SSHG oo. ook oo 6) come cenn a= aas ne 20 
GSES pe ee RA) bee eee cr osececasse akva/-kin.......... Vy Baten ose 21 
-| tau-su’/m-ma....... te-wil-te-wil-las....| ih-w6/-wo-ne .....- eh-jii/ja. ........ 22 
-| hd-kAtha .......... COTAYES 2 =5-/saene= cé-wAwi .......-.- hop&ca ...... .. 23 
-| uka/tha ........... Tarabe << sec—— ko-vauk .... ...... OHO RE arom can 24 
=| vu-u'go .. 22.2225... lathoga -..--.-.-.-. kui-voga .......... hanaba’-tiga.... | 25 
S| SSO a Sandy ee ccerest essere ce receeccoes eethenss| scace See secs cs 26 
WOEO!-G ee nesee enna vo-ta-be ...-.....-. VA Per nome sence Prensa aoe 27 
-| shulgh-tau -....... O-EN cen eee PVG) ain fae aennalcine nee 28 | 
-| hdh-ku’sk ......--. ah-rah-buck ....... ah-ouck ........--- pah-hah-nah-| 29 
patchk. 
.| ko-a-ni-da’ ....... o-pi-ni-da’ ......... florida!" 225 «cee 
i-kve-ta-la......... tehi-ko-eno ........ i-kva-a-& ...... .... 
tseh-gom-weno ....| quan .. 
.| tehi-ua-ano ......-- ti-kui-na .......--. 
tah-wéh-uf -. --| satch-che........-- 
| to-kvi ... -| num-kva .......--- 
-| ka-mots . .| pes-tata ..........- ; 
ka-au-mots .. po-tcho-oish-te ....) ka-atcha .......... 
| ke-moks -. | vai-lo-ka .......... lo-bcenenians see, 
sokh-ko’..........., skunta/-hua ......- shtu/huigh ........ 


4A0) FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Tribe and dialect. Si. Fire. 82. Water. 83. Ice. 84. Earth, land. 

1 | Arivaipa 

2 | Arivaipa -- 

3 | Navajo.--...------- 

cA) |S PCORAT RY <- ose oe ecoesssesseece 

5 | Shoshoni .....-..---.--------------| Koo-nah’ ..-.-. ------| pah -..----.-------|.------------------- shog-up! ..-... -.-- 

6 | Shoshoni téu-ash-up .--.---- teu-weep - = 

YO | AR Os Sse see ceosee semosb ao|| CON ee eeeccen Seec| fl ee mee Sone foe eens oree toad eeseccs : 

(| [GROSS ono c octet ce ose saecees eee scene 

GO) a2 ROY oo ee a eee eee come) NY see oases cor) |P oesacsaen sac!) coscetesssesctsSes|/ssc< - 
10) $PasVantie sae een ae tesh-pa‘h .-....--- tee-wee'p S 
11 | Southern Pa-Uta.......-----.----- QU) - 2eecncccesc Ssse Te ecornas sacccon: para/-ashub ----. -- GH=VI D2 == 
12 | Pa-Uta of California.......-..-----| Kosh ....-- ...-.-----] pa‘ya ------- «----= ku-tushiva -------- OVE =e 
13 | Chemehuevi ------------ ---------- arene cess eaaeesnene WED ccocosssesscs: pare’-eshib ---..--- TOVID ===> =n ose 
TES) ORES oe eee scee one gseetsoncosse iku/-ne fn eee pall 5 ace sence aS ee ant See ee 
15 | Capote Uta ....-.. .---.-----.----- ku-nah .---..-.- al (pale ee pahb-ar-se ---------. te-wit-poo....--..- 
16 | Uinta Uta..-......-............--. qQkooner=s—a Pee reae THE ~casebe cesses pah-cup ----------. te-weep -----.--.-- 
17 | Moqui Pueblo. -.-.----.-----.------- t8-vua.....-..--.---. Ing! nee ececestens to-tcha! ..._.-- ._..||thi-vmai- --= == === 
TA Ga No eo ns ce teceososesco||faiitiocassce aascese sc) PIO ones Sods booceanecosscescec ae te'vetch .....- .... 
TA) | |G APNE en seer ssacecescccone| Oh sso eeematc soc) | EM Seco soteeeeincse| Pe Sasrsesessconssess temol = s-soeeeeea=s 
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)| gut ........--.-. ----| pal----.--..----.-.|.-----.------------- ekhal ...... --...5 
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). .--..--- VUaG A os ee olkhor:=-<-5-2—== “| 
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) hju-ju-hun --. ---- hit-ta-ho/n .....--. 
28) | |W Geen een sensanooson seco ness a -| h’ndpa’ché ..-. ---. him-i-tah -........ 


2s} IOGeren). 524552555 eesti ascse aaa -- 


29 | Yuma or Kutchan..--..-.--------- 

30 | Isleta Pueblo.-..-....------------- pa-a-i-da! 

31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa .---...----- BORE eee oe Seespeneics 

32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. .... -- Sc 

33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo.....-.--. PMs eee a asec es 

34 | Taos Pueblo ..-..------....-.------ 

35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. ..-..--. UU Ee rey ene he eee sere Pens Wi-Saee soe hol Seana 
36 | Acoma Pueblo .-.......--..--..-- hha-gan -.--...---=--- FN Tose ree eine  peSicnn weer mene PRoo-oeeseseemeases 
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo...-.--- ha-gan ..-..--------- NGS eee ere ee | ku-is-tsiama ...... Noe es Seay 
38 | Silla Pueblo. ........-..--..--.---- ha-gan ....--.-----.-- tsits ....-. ...- -=] ha-anve --.22--.-.- yau-0-ni..---....-- 
89) Wanttin .fes=2 5. 2-2-3. - Seaneseeee WE eceeoahscccsaccse mem feeees eee ee ke-ke)2us8ee = sess Peay sss aso 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


85. Sea. 86. River. 87. Lake. 


satsib ............-] pa-huitch ....... ..| tu-vumb .......... 
173 See See UD iseceee ee eee | PAGHIAG sence nae 
Putidedoce=tss505- TUE ee PRE eee enn 
ah-val-e pah-al-e...| pah ........-....-- pah-lah-gee........ 
pah-ahl-e .....-..-- pah-nu-quint ...... pah-ahl-o ........-. 
oy OFs cee tene| peoeceeeeesice Bosed Mer eesee re semsoeesos 
ORE Caleta te | eaten wrens amie | westerns advise misininincntm| a 
(255s esoee Spee SUS eee eee neds elem aaa aie rkin Se 
momt ..----.-..--- vunuitch .... Reeoain sila eiaaee 

mo/mot ....--- .--. Oy OTA ee he ee ol BRE eet 
ma-mut ..-..-..--.| wha‘n-nish ........ el jisten< ane ae 
hath-d-ee’-lyd...... haévee’-lyé ....... hiin-yé-thay . ..---- 
ee een sen dao cs os) AMBYA --2- 255-6. 
Reeanmen se ences cone RPC te nee am |e nena nnn a ae mn 


oo ee a Be ASS 0 ES Reece! 


po-shd-weh - 

o-ku-e" . 

peh-ah-se’ 
neh. 


-| pe-dh-eh. . 
po-k’-ef 
pah-am-pah 


pah-ain- 


pa’-shtyo ......- 
e-o-mitzén 
shkak-o’-e .....-..- 
shkauk-oye’ 


---| pa’-kva, -- 


88. Valley. 


89. Prairie. 


90. Till, mount- 
ain. 


yu-nu/-ni-b 
me-gv/ub! ... 
yo’-noib 


koan-a’kya 
mat-akva-ta 


i-wah. 
tesh-kua .......--. 
bavaika ........... 


qO-possascn- ccna 


gu’nak-chee- veel’- 
chee-vee'lk. 


hal-tya/-te ........-. 
amata-tchikvara .. 


| tsikhl-nas-& 


tzitl, konis-chil - 


to-yab-by-..----- 
QOYADs -oeeencee 


ka/ive ..- a 


pet-ton-a-chit- 
tsee. 


pi-avf... - 
tii-ti-kvi, sis-kia. 
kaitch ..- 


vuy-taya ........ 
umate-te’.......- 
hah-beek .....-.- 


na-p-yan, pe-yan. 
ma-he"-kvi 


441 


442 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


WAM rt wNWH 


ld 
oF WNr OO 


BS BS TO be RS ESRS by ep IS 
San an OnrFoveaorta 


c~ wow wwww w 
SBSSEASRESRSS 


| Mohave 


Tribe and dialect. 


91. Island. 


92. Stone, rock. 


93. Salt. 


TED ENN he snc gooaannesceasebocentee 
Southern Pa-Uta..-..-.---------- 

Pa-Uta of California. .-.....-..----- 
Chemehuevi . - - 


VOB WP ncn gg soosesassasscosass 
Mogui Pueblo. .-.-.-.-------------- 
Takhtam. -- 4 
IK eo ee nSasssseo S205 23 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). .--.---- 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 


ala pisee eee 
Pos ap alee eee eee 

Tonto or Gohun...----.--.-------- 
IBS EW) seeeee Se oeaa scarce case 
Yuma or Kutchan..--.---.--------- 


Isleta Pueblo 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ----.-------- 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo-.------ 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo... ..---- 
Maos}PueblOfese- ees ae 

Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. 
Acoma Pueblo ...-.-...--.-------- 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo....................-.. 


pah-ro-no-quitch .--. 


pan-d-se-ah (Span.) - 


pan-ah-se-ah (Span.) 


henau-et-tyi 


--| ish-shoéns 


Be = |he-n-walees=ese=== 
Ses | nitihe Giana 
== ..| ath-e/ta 


kau-wis ------ 


uvi-ge'tya -.---. -- 
Garnet Ne) s-=55-555-|sccseocsse-secosse 


-| henat-tyi .--. 


oun-e/-bit 


-| oh-ab/-bit -- 
asump, u-av 
OMaING Se ae ae 


ung-0/r ------------ 


-| athi’-e 


min-ni’ (Span.) -- -| 
-| mina (Span.) --.-- 
mina (Span.) .--. - 


| pa-na-kat..-------- 


-| pan-a/-ka-ra’ . 


| nan-qua-roo .------ 


poo-e/-weo. 


whim-je-hon..----- 


sur-reh-wack-quer- 
rah-quer-rack. 


ku-y-yo-a..--.----- 


goa/-ko 
sah-qu/im ...--..--- 


ku-mash-got-gh --- 
tche-mush-tchai-.-- 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


95, Forest. 96. Tree. | 97. Wood 
tzi(n)-tala ... tzin-tun-i.....-...- i itlnnee eo neaeenas 
MOB ow scans oy we Raat aaimetaerersin CONIR cosmo aes 
BPA Eihetalai cistern nie «=< WATS bene ae eee COHIBD ie eceeet een 
MIAN. ce nna eos << tzets-zd .... .| tohits ............ 
O22 cats ect oate ce] BOS eee | ho-pit .. = 
mah-ryp’h.....- mah-howb>...... .. CONUS enaees=~ <<. 


ene cite 3 ele eer era eae) ADO aoe cae inn 

> loncchésed ae eseo. | SRA Re eeereeoneee ee tenes 
22525 S5s07cReedag kokevalieo- cs... ---) KOKVAD) ....-....- 

oon ete a =| BR vo've eee 
Pepneieemnie tran cerias| oa =a acnewwee=--= | RORVaD)--- == os oes 
sow-wit-tee -...-- Balam obi-qua-we, o-witch-chee ....-- 
MMe sees MANE 5 ecae UNE aac ecan 2s. cee 
si-he-vo .....-.... Jes-tavi--..-- +... - kvoh-he...-....-.. 
a . | vua‘mat. ..| Kotchat ........... | 
sor se Tate) Meee kelauet .... .....- 
yumi'-itch. - | gula’-ut - .| Kelauet............ 
osessotese 5 boshivkite< ---. 5 --)s<--=-----5-0 ssc... 

wa-ah-um -....... | pah-ot-ul-la .. .. | kla-a-ut ......... 

ha/-hich-motiim -.) u-hah ... .... 


tchi-tchu-pi 


na-be/-sa ....------ Ufo) Re eee oe 
po-lo-lu.......-.+  gah-a/n-neh.....--. 
poi-ye-lo, bi-i-lo... (Kvi-é) shti-e’....-- 
ha-pau ............ kotz......... joe 

La STE aaa eine Pe est Sococteead 
DATE ee eee O-ts > -oe ncn oo 
bohe me.......---- OUA == sees oe ee 
Meee eet eee ae po/n eras 


Kee eae eee ee ne eae terre i | tkhlo! 


cu-quoeb .......--- 


443 


OS. Leaf. 99. Bark. 100, Grass. 


pit-a-tzla ......... 
tchil tu-tlishi .... . .. 


tsets-sdh-wee-tan _ kats-tas-o-ched ....| t-klo .........- 
Bee ee | esagieeer eo ce sho-nee’p...... 
nan-kahk ......... ah-ce/akh ......... ogueb . 
= Seceeanso<n Sacer Pee ee REA Kite pith oe sk 
RE eee eran nL Po nce enh Rats | hu-gwib........ 
ROC EPEC Ree ACE ce osdc the eer ees | oh-wee’p ......- 
L-Renie ears sisi aiecaie's eee WecGlivisasvsees. 
shu-nav ......-.... | vo-akave......... | pau-f-hive ...... 
eee ae Rene ase/-ak ............| pau-a’shump . -. 
| 
| sah-wah-al-ce ko-pd-que -... ... | oh-wed-.......- 
nank-uvf....-. .. BOBVD s 2 aoe see ca) TaN eee 
shi-la-ko-bue’ khol-bu-e’ .... .. tfi-shaga .... 
BASEV- cao ehnl nanan [iscoetaaeeee core [earonhle ee ee anode. 
Se ret eet pa seeee--- -----.) SAM0E 
paaky = -3~=~ se... 5| see se eee eee shamt - nae 
fesse ones cae eat tara mawa’-har ..-.-.! 
pi-quin-num Bu-Wal--2--- 2 =... 


ha-homahlya chee-vee'-ly 


vonat-kovoia’ 


| pen-yah-vee..... 
pen-ya’-ve......- 
bah-An-ne 


| ku-peo-vats-i-si--| 


a-shan-nyi-tse-e .) ¢ 


444 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Tribe and dialect. 101. Pine. 102. Maize. 103. Squash. 104. Flesh, meat. 

1 | Arivaipa pé(l)-kim....-...-. BO 1A (ei =< 

2 | Arivaipa 

3 | Navajo--- 

4 | Jicarilla. 

5 | Shoshoni 

6 | Shoshoni 

Tf | JEP a noos ames sssessoecsRecosec 

fy || ERO ae seems oetocooseonse nas 

fh) || PERU ooo coc aces sn cSroosdesseeese 
110) || JEDAVEMNH — soo seobnsoeeossecsse=se 
11 | Southern Pa-Uta....--.----.------ yuvimb, hosi-svab -- 
12) §Pa-Utalon Calitommiaes= sae = == =n == | eae 
1B} || CHGTTGINT CT eens ceegcorasceoisns4| booeescecesesecséascs 
TE |) OND cence steno ceecosescoatasses |fpsssocacesscecsscseces 
15 | Capote Uta -.......--------- ----| te-wa-ap.------------ 
16 | Uinta Uta....--.-...--.----------- O-wump .------------ 
17 | Moqui Pueblo. ..........----.-.--- te-va-G! ...- eas 
TE} || MURR RNS - eo eooocsossesseces to'vmat.----- ==. ~~ carne (Span.) ..--- 
19 | Kanvitiya.---------------- = ee TOV AN ooesocesssoseee huminot...----..-. 
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)| tova’t -----.----.---- ¥a/-20Ch n= seen 
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel ..-.----. ushi-a/gar ....-..--. geebsctooietocesc 
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ---------- GUM eae steesas sac) [scescototocesserese calabas (Span.)... | wa/-es.------------ 

| PMOL. eee h’-wali .----.-------- tee-chi-hi -.....-..- miat-arrh .....-.-- ché-thowg!.....-.- 
24 | Mohave -.- tari‘tcha ......---- akh-mata ......-.. Tate conse 
25 | Hualapai. acec|Hrescmemscrenessecsocs|| Heneceosnesenanecice| boo sstcgcoosasocso: FEY ease seis 
26 | Hualapai-.--.-. tee soos sen sece esses Gon emenrp see Saeee oe Sees aaeeee -eeo ee ee | meena 
27 | Tonto or Gohun - -| ya-la - a|beoscé coaSceintoscset ye-ma-ta/....-. .-.- 
280 Peon Osean eee sapere asa> Ab aee= see peshee cousos ko-kvaib .--------- 
29 | Yuma or Kutchan tah-ditch hah-ma/b-tah ....--} que-quivo’ ..-..--- 
30 | Isleta Pueblo .....-......-.-...--. i i WORD, Seeres scascaces 
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa 10 ane oh et 
32 | Tehua, Los Lucerus Pueblo ped-wee - - 
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo .......-..|---------------------- JEG) sesdeco oso snose TY sceeme aeccan Sone IEA 
34) /|Maos!Punebloi--en=nm==i-eetee eee USE neroboscoactiest yah-ho ..-.-..-.--. pab-ah ......--..-. to-an-nah 
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo - ..------ kuan-tesh .-.....--.- [WOD-sacessotte ose mu-é, han-ish--.--. [S0-n@seeeeee ee 
36 | Acoma Pueblo ..--.. ---- eee eee VWRARS srassoesstee | ENGe sasss2ssscc se shean ~-2----<—5=—3 
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. -...--. ENS Were gop respce aces ya-ga ..---.-----.- (EST once cess ase i-shi-ane’....--.--- 
38 | Silla Pueblo.----..2----..-. ==. WEEN pecirem seme scse VR Rane eee aaa ae Ih Neseencsemceesce i-shi-ane! ...-.-.--- 
GE) || Wiatini 35 ce cesoca seageneucssssod | o-leme..-.-.----.---.|.--------- +222 02 ----[-- eee eee ee ee eee eee nub-tchile ....-- -. 
40 | Kasud at Santa Barbara. .....----. | to/-molgh...--. BEA STS ee aerate Sons Sestea sec neat ES ga/man ...---....-- 


105. Dog. 106. Buffalo. 


107. Bear. 108. Wolf. 


e-yan-oh ....-...-. 
kood-sin’.....- .... 


--| quit-se’n .... 


hah-cho’t-choke ...|............-22.-2-- 


-| queo-ga’/nd 
-| pa-pa/o ............ 


SH-BS omen c2~--| I DEORD anon ence ne m-ba-rotl-jé .-..... 
Ghali. so 2252 oe sens m-ba/ (coyote) ....-. poh vuaen tame eee 
GbOSR a= oe cn 2 ns ORGAO! sancew sce —-) SOME oc cece ane ae 
ANBSAi eee secee= =n bite-201 <oseoee care 


que-ar-amp ~ -..--- se-ndh-weh - ...-.. 
yo'-o-vits ......... 


na-ka-tya/-........ 


MAMIOI-EHICN- 2 ~.| ccc ac ncedacn ease son}ece= 


hah-tel-way, 


mah-whi-vat, nah- 
tel-a-wah. 


wha-tah. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


109. Fox. 


seh-lah-kay-é . ....| peh ...-........- 


-| kauve’-u-utch ..... 
khau’rat .... 


to-vash-shf-fi-da’ .. 
---| PAy-en-a! .......... 
hu-mah-tin-eh ..... 
hu-ma-tu-ge ....... 
Bee to-wah-chodl-e . ... 
ton-kan-0......... 


-| Shugat .-- 


445 


110. Deer. 


shock-e/-re-ah . . . 


pa’‘shuput . 


suk’-kat .. 


pceceee| oe 


pas, bae...... 
peh-dh-nem . 
kia-lesh ... 


446 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


eomntaurk ww FE 


a 
[a 


Tribe and dia‘ect. 


11. Elk. 


112. Beaver. 


113. Rabbit, hare. 


114. Tortoise. 


IMA ess case socanste aecccoes5 
Arivaipa - 
Navajo ---- 
Jicarilla - 
| Shoshoni 
Shoshoni 
Pa-Uta 


| Southern Pa-Uta 
| Pa-Uta of California..-....-....--- 
Chemehuevi 


Capote Uta 
LORE LER po rmeme Séccotsesemoncocs 
Moqui Pueblo 
Takhtam 
Kauviya 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 


Hualapai ...---- 
Tonto or Gohun 
| Dieguefio 
Yuma or Kutchain 


Isleta Pueblo.-.....--- -.-. .----- 
| Tehuaon Moqui Mesa. ..-....----. 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pucblo 
| Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 


| Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .------- | 


j Acoma Pueblo ---.-..--.....-.---- 
| Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
| Silla Pueblo 
| Winttn 
Kasué at Santa Barbara. ..-.-...-. 


(Wbaess: Aececcaen eae ee ee | 


| bashgat 


nah-gats-chee . ------ | 
Pal-te sess =e eee | 


pah-winch-chee - -- 


pah-wintch 


hal-yaugh, nil-yah- 
wah. 


pe-ui-da! 
ku-eng --- 
pd-00 


te’-tgh 
pat-keles 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 447 


115. Horse. 116. Fly. 117. Mosquito. 118. Snake. 119. Rattlesnake. 120. Bird. 


t0-As-ta-s6 ........ klish-né-zho-zhé -. 
wédedacactes} SBRDUADMY scan aes tkhlish-li-pi’ ......| t]6 -.........---.| 2 
aaa ata tchat-il-kush....-..| tei-ti .........-..| 3 


-|Mom-PO/O ....-. «.)----+----- + =e ee eee en fee e ee 
-| mo-wurp ..---...-. | nin-eurnap ---.. 


OU ed 6 ee eee MONASH oe nae on ene fone en ee ae <n ee 
kva-a/rov, pungu’.| mubits .....--...-- TOBY hectare ae cas OX0P0seoe=-5 =e noes 
kavayo .....--. .---] muw/-ivi...--..--.-- i ese aceersoen torho’/kva 


Ga-vah ...-.. -.---- mu-Av-6 ...-..-.... a-van-it-pit-u .... .| pas-seé-a.......-..| to-Ab-a-we .... .... we-chit-se ....--.| 15 


kah-vah ....-. .-. mu-piteh .....----. mo-whay ......---- MO WY: <== sane MOWED asin == ma we-cheetch..... | 16 
kau-vai-o -.-.. .--- USL AC Eee Seen ee [rete et tetesestereeee toha-Sali 2.2 sc. Penecnnncnansaennane La ec 17 
pa/-akhkvat . ..---- pi‘tehutcha ....... hauvauvam ....--- U9 eeepeeeee ned peace cre eee tepatch ......... 18 
pa/shogat .......-- Ganee Sep adel Ap Besen eee meeneee | pokauet... .......| se’-uet.............| Vi-gitmol....--../ 19 
na-a’-atch kva-amol ...-..-..| lu-gu’-utch ...... .- shu-ti’, pakha’ ....| sho’-ut ..........-. ehe’/n-mol -..... - 20 
Kavay ...-. prtehukvar .-...<-|------.-2--.-<<=---- vakhorkhat --.---. sho/-ot ............ kho’nikh....... 21 
pa’sh-a-kiit 1S Ee een mum-muk ....... so-whut ....--.-... BO-Whnls.- 2.2.22. wa-guek-mal ... | 22 
hatoo-walaiway ---.| hil-ya-mo fim-poel’/-ga .....- BY. oo. eee ws em lo esa chee-ye'-ra ...... 28 
ahato-o'love..-....- hiliagh-mo’ .| sambuilga ........ Privaserecinnesetre RAVE oo dece aces atsi-ye'ra........ 24 


9-0ln'S =. - pe humburga. .- PRY aos met areg fr iranian Kki-pay---<-o----. 25 
cere disease! PE Se eee Seeereereaecememerad ecco t ree ro Core 26 
CS oe eee wre, |p See eR eed (Sn ee eee T= Vie ce na eens ti-sha’........... 27 
SCC) ee mitch-kapul gn Peer ae beta eater peed SBbia 22. 3255-29541 28 
meh-seen ..... .--. hah-smaw ..--..--- soom-pulk’ ........ | hah-mah-veel’ ..... hah-vah’, ah-bahh.| hah - see - quah | 29 
(blackbird). 
ga-ni-da’ ...... ..--| tchi-kui-ron ...-...- puy-un POET ase eet aee| tcha-ral ........... | ka-shi-ra ....... | 30 | 
sha-ni-ya ........-- 31 
quan-yee ... ....-.. | 32 
CS 33 
kah-ah-win ....- .- tchee-in ...........| yah-dh-ten ......-. Tess ee Seren 3 peh-tchin ......... su-leén-ah. . 34 
Kka-vayo ........--- fu-ya, fu-yesh -... | tso-ku-ye..-.-...--. pw-ha-ly-a......... ki-a-pé-lo.......... se-ye, se-yush... 35 
0 eo, BEY See Seer semese <u ss=a\aneSna- _ 36 
RAVEID Soya ae wns pclae eeeicee ser Bee cesdecceaweadece 4) ADM an ccedtensenea| <aceS anna = sae eee kaya’-tanish.....| 37 
Kkavayo .... ...... a er SS aera Shv-U-l ....-. -.----|----eneeeenwnenscens si-i-sek .... 38 
shukn............. Sit ee [iyuscnch sc eek eee ores een renee tet INI oe eee tehil-tebil .......| 39 
kni-su’tap..-.-.-.. akhl-pes ...... <... pola-0! <.2-asnaoe | tso-ko’igh .-......- EHSAN 2s on sw cone tchui-vue ...... | 40 


*kh = aharsh guttural. 


448 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


35 


Tribe and dialect. 


Shoshoni 
Shoshoni 


-| D0-ba/ve. - 


tsi-ti-ye'-shi ...--.--- 
oh-he-pee-a-g6..----- 


Pa-Uta of California ---. -| ano/yo. - -. 
Chemehueyi---> -----. ------2---<- no-ba/b’h .----------- 
WU hah - aoe pent nae ee eae eee eee eee 
Capote (Uta 222s s-sseae ee eee nah-pah-be 
WintaUtaseenae = saan eee MO-PAV- =<" sea 
Moqui Pucblo:. .-2s\---ee- = == = mO-NWe oe) ese eee 
Pakhtamtee se -nese see ee aba‘num ..-.-.------ 
LGA sesh soosccossecm esseones Danyit esses 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)| pa‘-anum...-.. ------ 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)---...-.- akha/khni-et ..-..--- 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) .----..--.| pa/n-nit .-....-...-- 
Mohave * ses anc~ ceanaecee seen chee-thoge .--...-.-. 
VIG 1.8 ieee goyo-o'nya ...------. 
Hualapai. - -| sakaua .-- 

Hualapai: o-oo ean se aecesecinnecee sence 


Tonto or Gohun. 
Diegueno 


Yuma or Kutchdn.-.-..-.---.-..-- ei 


Isleta Pueblo: 2-6 222-2 -eseseenn ns 


Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 


Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo..-..--.. 


Acoma Pueblo 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 


Silla Pueblo: -ceses<ne-<e seen nee aee 


naw-kee-lee-yau -. -- 


b’-a/-gue’, pa/-gue..-. 
NGG) Gacesecosedso=sec| 


pum-pi/-ih........- 
see-vee-li 


pa-woa-ke/h 
hee-vée.-......---- 


mel-lah-hoh’...-..- 


122. Feathers. 123. Wings. 124. Goose. 
He Seno ceces sees bif-s ~~~ == 342s NAS-6-86 ...---.---- 
1-tsa..---.--------- tsa .----- Eaton seq saeceecenosceeecces = 
TY eee enessccmoss- a-tsa/...---.-...-.- na-e-gli-........... 
HEN Mette second oe pee-tah-séh.......- see-géh-tso-ki ..--. 


beé-and-lillo. .-...- 
hivla, gi’-a-tash. --. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


449 


125. Duck (mal- 
lard). 


126. Turkey. 


127. Pigeon. 


kan-wis-so’-il 
né-mo’wh 


ol-khuosh-ko’-loigh 


-| yah-pits-see 
.| i-tiv ..-.... 


maka/yov . 


veangar 
ma-hje’l......----- 


peen-tseé-reh...... 


ho-oga 


palonio (Span.)....| 


128. Fish. 


pan-gwi'tch 
pah-gitz..... 


shga/-ash. 
shga’-ash. 


129. Salmon. 


tehe-rut.. 


130. Sturgeon. 


chi/m -8-cdd1a 
(trout). 


450 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Tribe and dialect. 


133. Black. 


coontauwnrk Oh 


et et 
cl) 


a 
a 
Q 
p 

Ls] 
° 
= 
e 
q 
+ 
2 


a 
7) 


21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
23 | Mohave ......--. 


24 | Mohave ..-.-. 
25 | Hualapai ....--.....-- 


34 | Taos Pueblo...--- .... 


-.| Klee-sghée - - -. 
-| to-e/-bit - .- 


Southern Pa-Uta....-.----.--..--- 
Pa-Uta of California....-...--..--- 
13 | Chemehuevi 


toshava-nagi'te.-.. 


a 
iss 
q 
= 
2 
‘ 

‘ 


(Uinta Uta -= sco ese ee ares 
17 | Moguai Pueblo. .-....-.--------.--: i-i 
TBH | WRakhtamsa oo 2so. shee e te estes 
19 | Kauviiya.....-- Seewhad ces steceoes 
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 


to-sith-gah .-..... 


senoos apsse6 ons seesss ye/ranka ..-..---. 


Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ---- 


2 Geiceed | nay-eel’-ik - 


26) |ualapar: soc. = Succ see Sane, con das| ssseaee (eee eae ncaa ss || teeee eee eme eee! 
(P| CUT CPM EO il eee socom een ae) bs eee gene eee a 

CT OG Teens one tered mae ee rsd keecaanecbgeeeeabectie 
29) Mma or Kutenan. ce ofc scar ee ce see tae nae eitron 

30 | Isleta Pueblo.--..-...-.-.---.----- 
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa. -....-...--.|.-------------=--000- 
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ..-.-----.|..---<:25---0----00-= 


35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .....--.|.----------------.--- 
38i||Acoma Pneblo)-sscn, soo en enc en ese econ ee aoed 
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
a8) Sills) Poebloses-o- <o-- sa see secon en one asee eee Seer 


.| tikh-ikhl - - 


tkhli-shin - - - 


to-pai*. 


to-humunu-gi'te - -- 
tobagar -...-...... 


-| anga’/-garum ...... 


astavana-gi'te . . -. 


to-qué-reh -....--. an-kah-gah-reh - --. 
to-que..-.-----.--. an-kar-eh ...---- .- 
kolm-vi . ..--------| ba-lang-bu-e-.---.- 
tu-na/-ankum. ----- khiri/-inkum..-. -- 
tulniksh ...... .--. selniksh -..--- .--- 
| yevat-hant .-....-. koya’-kyi-itch - ---. 
yu-bi/kha .......-.. kvaho/kha ---.----- 

| tul-niks -.......-- | quat-toqu/at-is --- 
h’-wah-tiim.--..--. 
vanilgh -.- agho’-athum ---.-- 


-| kokhoa/t .... ---- 


n-ya’ ..- 

Mil eh .---4-- sess Khoat .---...-.--=: 
nee-eelk! .......... chee-whit/-..---.-- 
po-ni-i ...---..-.- pay-mu-i ---..--.-- 
(MONE es Se ese Dist c- eee eee 
TRE cosa ecaas 0-0 so een= ee ote 
hen-ti, fen-ti-. ..-.-- DPisio-ca- soe eee 
Bes hse te ac coe fe-ci-lu -.-.. ..-2-- 
ho-shu .....-..---- ho-shulo .... ..---- 
mish-ts-3 .--.....-. ko-ugan-o! -..... -- 
mu-e-na/-ga-an ....| Ko-ugan-e’...-..... 
teho-lo-let ......-.. TE-t8 nan eaeie eee 
akhi'ma ........... "tal-BEN- oe deem 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 451 


| 
137. Light green. 138. Great, large. 139. Small. | 140. Strong. 


135. Light blue. 136. Yellow. 


Se ee ' 

suemes veneee |S aPS S  EAR e R Paet Cs  ee | as-te-tz’...........| nal-gyad.. cans} 1 

SAN Caer tliteu.........-.-.| to-tli-sha..........| ntch-kha! ........./ al-tee-se.......... | mal-gut..... ....| 2 
a si-tsu, se-tso/ ..... te-né-tlish .... ... NiUHAN sc co=7 bene | al-tehi-si ......... Bite Soci § | 
tah-klee-iteh ....-.. WIGREAD tec ccude tah-klée .... ......) nits-sah ...... .... ants-tsits-aéh......) nah-lgd ........ 4) 
it ......| o-we'e-bit ......... sha-go’-e-bit. ...... peah-up’ ..........| te-titch’. ... ....| nar-re/-ent......| 5 


moo-choon-tem..| 6 

sava/-garum. ...... AiG Oia ara aim mama akraned 3 } ita S255 eee mi-a/buts........-. 

pubivana-gi’te --..| oahani’te .......... | tefi-vue............ Davai 5... 5 .csn tu-utsi’-e ......... 

gavagar .......... oa’sagar ...... ... | parhet ..........- i ipeant.ceseeren. | mi-i-obutch ...... 

sah-wah-gah-reh .. wah-kér-reh .... . pah Teor pcre a-vah-teh.......-. un-pi-wit-chee .... 

gah-reh. - 

sah-Ahr-eh........- wah-ke ....... ... | sah-Ahr-eh ..| mapiteh .... | 
sas-kvan-bu-e .... | gas-ka-vi .......-. | she-he-vi......... rue’-pa! ...........| tehai-o*.... ‘ 

ra/-unkan .......- khakhi‘tebin ......| auvake............ ita’- anyi’-itchi. ........ okopé/-raukht ..| 18 | 
OT ES a eee teset-niksh ..... .. | inyi-sikil -eeees --| ivuak, ivo‘k. .. | 19 
mulum-liteh....-.. kono’kiniteh -..... asso kum tainlatcaiain 4) pee ere iil eee a/lvitch 

OO ee tako’pi........:..-| -nit ............| tehi-muigh .... ... | hu-u’'rka 

0-wo-ha’-vis ....... kun-nu-ka'n-is ....| wha-wo-ha-vis.... | i-un-nis ....-.. .... | d-gul-ja............ la-d-lii-as ....... 

ae AE ne | na-tla-mf-i........| yuru-u ........... kua/-mi-i -- | 
ee Un | ee ee ee p’-o/-si-vi ........-. | gi-hay-i-.---..--.. hinya‘i -..... --+.| na-kye’... ..--.- 
fodn-ah-zoon ...-- tehu-lee ........... tehal-quay ........ yah-ah’........... yah-ah/-tel .... ... 
SRRmianas =H oanncess hé-yo-shulo. .......| va-yo-shulo . ......) ya-be-@... -... peas|toacs Sac n enti Seer oe 
EE SEUSS Eee ns ee PEPE pane | eae ane EE Se Re mT Mareen = eee oe 
ku-ishk ...........| ko-ka’nish. ........ gshta’-tim-atse . .. | tsi-ya Sats ee | teu-istish ........| thats ......... 
ku-ishk ........... ko-o-tchi-ni....... gsh-ti‘m-atse ...... | me-tsi-a ........... ro-osh-kish ........ 
Saisie atest Bee ereer ey jie: taney se 


452 


coaontianrtrnnd & 


Bee eee 
anrwnre 


DNNN YK ee 
BFOoOnrowana 


to 


owwwww WwWwwnbd & wp 
SBAIATARANE SCHEAANA TD 


me 
oo 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


Tribe and dialect. 141. Old. 142. Young. 143. Good. 144. Bad. 
J NUN EN Da segon ses =seusscoscaaoe 20 ASH... ccs ces ce ese UN-dI-nirVvars ese. - un-(d)za .-.. ..----) dun-(d)zii-na ..-..- 
DER EM sceoasoacdectece cansaSboS= hag-ti8h ee eee aeeer ha-tla-te -.-. ...--- n-sho, ni-sho --.--. n-teh0... 222s 
Navajo -.. -| khas-ti? ..-.......--.|-------------------- to-ya-sh0-ta ..... .- 
SCE. inciocesosassrsooaccsses has-ke-yéh ---.-.---. ne-t0on...-...-.--- 
SHOSHON je ease eee === eee tsoo-goo’-pet-sy 
GSM os ose Seino sesossasecese- 
TERROR secoccodanese soonbsossoseo: 
Pa-Uta ..-. 
LEAD) Seoacce eeesacesasoosescees 
Pa Vian tenes e ae acces 
Southern Pa-Uta.......----....--- 
Pa-Uta of California nanai-gvi'-e ..-. --- tsau-it..2...2-.--- gap’.--- 
Chemehuevi .......----------.---- abits-its ...-..-...- torhoyak ........-. 4 ova/‘yune 
LOR ele se Re SaaS Sea poo US oponcaces SanSbcoracacoceassesou beads oasoteacecesae Bible eee ease kats!-at ....-.-.-.- 
Capote Uta na-nah-pi-witch-chee i nah-gah-me -...--- 
LORE Goasosbteasssescsesscine nan-nap ..--..------- katz-ing-whah..... 
Moqui Pueblo.....--.----.-------- vue’-taka.--..-...... 2 to-toye .--.-------- 
Takhtamencesetsene sas naecee eae votche/-vyuetch ....-. a/-aetchtak . ...--- gekha/nishtak -- .- 
Rar yat eee oes renee ea oe nakhalo-ol...-..--.-- pashualis ......-- Ot88-O oc een n= mukan (sick) .....- 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)| nakha/nmol ..--..--- amayomol .... .--- Molotov aeseee- eee hitchi-guta -.... oad 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). ----..--- era/kh-bu .....------ pu-vatchun - ...---. ti-hurko...........| ma-ha/ikh ..-.....- 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ----.----- mis-lo/-vole . 2-22-22 bis-wu'Llis . ..| eh-cha/-eh .- 6L-61-is- --- 4 
IMIGTEG) oaccmsagscscaseseqeanns00s guaraa/-ga.......... mi-high .... ......| a/-howtk*.......... hé-chémi-yak...... 
ING) Ea osnsbaobcoaaecesberenosaNe kyora-aga....--.---- akhotk ..... ......| alaik .--.---..-._-. 
Hualapai pata/-iga ............ akha/nega ......-- hiano-maga . ...... 
Hualapai....-. 2-2-2 - 2-22-22 e een fee n eee cee cee cece ee [eens eee eee nen oe ene een nee ee lane nen eens concn mes 
Tonto or Gohun Kane ..----- kal-ye'-ve ---...-.. 
Die neriowe eee sea eae shan Sonnets iku/-tsikh-litch.... 
Yuma or Kutchan ...--- .--.------ neg-co-viack’....---- hant-ne-quits 
Isleta Pueblo ..-.-.----.  ----.-.. ku-au-ay-i......-..-- 0-0-a-da/ -... ...-.- IQS 3S eeon cance 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa .--..-..---- she-eno..-....-.--..- SPAY ey cao 0-e-na-bo!-vimo - . ..| na-he! ..-.--.-.---- 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo .-| tsen-ddch ...- .| tsam-bée .-........| he-wid-ee ......-.. 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo. -......--| sen-to..--.----.----. e-nu-ke...--....--. hi-uo’-te ....-. ..-. 
Maog lene blo esas enee esas e eee thus-lee ..---...---.- o-sas-leén-ah ..-...- co-0-wap -- soe 
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo..-.-..-.-- {Va ba hen seeiee eee O-NS eee nese eee ees VO-fieoeeeereso ten 
Acoma Pueblo .....--------------- TRI NE aesoce oadenocs||sorsce sono sososeosee ta-u-atze ...----- 


Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo. .-.--.-..---.-.......- 


.| has-tehi-tcha . - 


me-tchi-tcha 


ba-ui-nto - -- 


tupneksh 


tceha-la .- 


me-pshuma/vuish - 


tsiu-va-sa 
tcheb-ka-la-.-.-..-- 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


145. Dead. 


7 
146, Alive. M7. Cold. 148. Warm, hot. 149. I. 
tai-en-da .......... UZ-CH-Z0........... ORE-GUR! conc ecicens 
inta/-hinta/........ @as-ZoS............ ku-is-tuk 
| Seeeesce ee Aaa | GOS-{as-e! ... .... | khots-to.........-. 
cos-kats ........... cos-toh..-..--..:.- 
Se eee aie eee ear-rint/ .....-..... 
stoo-wint, stoo-wy |texxows-2 5 = soeee 
| shet-oid .......-..-| tar-oid ............ 
Ben eeeiee seem | ONG LOI br ae se | ta-roid ............ 


niyoutchipoo’k -. 
i-puik . 
BURG ces cces aes. 


.| na-na/-mo 


HUY-VOcnenemcsat ===} 3 


mututchan-a‘ne ~~ 
goa’/bekon . - 


Un seeete one - 
mé-paytik.......-. 
amailki-nyak..... 

akha‘-niga 


ua’-e 


wAp-u. ............ 


-| tu-wits-chee-e 


niv-ti-e. - 
ke-b 
He Si eee conee. ECAe 
flu-vwi-ve-wah .... 


S| GFORM =~ ae tonnes 


10-matzén 
ga-ish-tai.......... 
ga-ish-tai--. 


O00-02= 2 oases aan 

ha-tin-gun ...--- es 
hatchotiwik -.----- hee-peelk’ ......... 
hatehu-urk .| matai-mibuik. -. 
Tt Pee ae ee ee ya-a-tuvok ........ 
po) ee ee | tu-ye.......-..2.. 
kitchur .....-----. Whe iticnse.s See eset 
hah-churg’ . .-..--. pilg-e-namb’....... 
na-shi-em ....---- na-tli-ram ..-...... 


-| na-teha-va 


...| ka-a-tche 
.| takh-teha ......... 
Slentsu. . .......c.- D 


tagu-ay 
urn”™-u"t .... 
tarw’-utch 


tu-wits-tu-quo-wits- 
chee. 


| n-Ah-reh 
ati-hi-t 
akup-etche 


se’-ungma -... 
ha‘lok 


tsang-weh......... 
na-tsa/-ua 


a-to-ma-tse 


453 


150. Thou. 


454 


Pe oN 


on 


Sona aS 


Tribe and dialect. 


Southern Pa-Uta 
Pa-Uta of California 
Chemehuevi>=2--==----=2---------- 


Kauviya 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 


Diegueiio 
Yuma or Kutchén.......-..------- 
|iWaletasPnoblass-ee- eee oe 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 


Acoma and Laguna Pueblo - --.--- 
Silla Pueblo 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


153. Ye. 


tchemem.-_--_-/_. sthcanteanesseccares 
teha/-a-am.--....-- vona/-alam ...-...- 
yo’/muma ---.-..--. ™mamum-omo'ma..-- 
chum-mum. .| y-ab-was .-. 

tee-yempi ...-...- py-kee-yem - ..---- 


suh-wach-en-yich’ 
na-tchim-ba .-.-... 


vuya/u-khumau - -- 


maw-sah-kah-veek’ 


tehim-ba-i® 


omo‘’ma. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


het resene iss 4—- 
wee’-than-yo 


SNS ae a == «2 
-| ua-uim-hu .. 


.| pay-te-me 
-| khamerei 
-| cham-mil-yah! .. .., 
..| tehimba 

-| te®-gi ... 


-| vaye-ke ... 


157. All. 


158. Many, much. 


159. Who. 160. Far. 


tam/-o-wa - 
it-al-tso 
tah-ah-tsii 


tha-kee -.-. 


ni-sad, ni-zzad . .. 
an-dih .......... 

mee-one........ 

OND 6 seve cedeatd eaeeagenannaac=nnetleskipe ener 
po ls Geren ae! haere eee eee ee, oo) Caen ee ag 
VAD oe cea hanp-is.----0----ee La Epa 
CS EUS ee see ey Eas Be ee = gvay-na’........ 
ava/-atum ........ hunga’-yungay ....| miot .-.... ...... 
ah-van-nee ........ e-nah-ar-mah -..... BSE Se axceee on 
@h-Van,.cssceassson SP tence aaa eae ING) os Se gnowedes 

shikh-pan-ta/ -.... J ee Ur) Se 
SKOVGE-VURAM - 53, b-aacnnsartnawecean He kopuyan -........ 
PWS tion oan peptone 

Rakion. eee vua/-am ........ 

akim-be’ma........ po-a/ne ......... 
hah -,.-..5.--.-.-.|’wal-um 2-5 ..-3 

mik-ki-che/e...... hoo’-wee ....... 

makati-tum ....... ami-itchk . ...... 
.| maka/-a .... ogu’‘tume........ | 


yt ee oe 
-| ni-sad, ni-zzat ... 


na-ko-ta to-vay-ye . .... 

umau -- Gin se 2.225. 
ah-taig’ -| may-ken’ -. fh eee 
uay-am pay-u". ku-au-ay ........ 
ti-mai’-ye.......-.. to-a of Sooo ce ck 
hehi-yan-yo --2802 Sees. kes soe es aes kan-yé ......... 


onwre 


455 


456 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


CaodIounprpw wry 


ll 
Ce Co a) 


15 


Sar sy 


to ww pw wy 
on 


o 


Tribe and dialect. 


162. Here. 


163. There. 


164. To-day. 


Pa-Vant .........-- 

Southern Pa-Uta -- -| Lan, i-vay --- --| ti/- mye, ma/-vanto-. 
Pa-Uta of California Herd Nie ea = oe o-gva-na/gva .----- 
@hambhuevites#ss22-2et Ae ee ivantum --.-.. ---.) uv-h---.---..- ._. 
DUD sp oer nee sncscororcascacsecce lessee secceseceece cel ceereestocecescceces 
Capote Uta--22:--=2---<2--2----=--|'Sah-gate-chee_-=-2- )(@-anaes--225- 2-22 ofwan:.2 222 as ee 
Uinta Uta. ...-... sah-rat-chiv - 

Mogqui Pueblo. ....-..--..-----.-- Tia 6-0 eee ate 

Mach Game eae nee tear OPIDS sen anes 

TCT TE een cerecoreenceneeacene Bunch 32-2 eee 


Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 
Mohave 
Hualapai 
Hualapai 
Tonto or Gohun 


Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo- 


Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo 
Acoma Pueblo 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo 


yau-a-tin 
he-e'te 


-| he-na-nah . -.....-.. 
hi™re'......=- 


ah-wa’h-o 
ho-beé.-2-2-=--s--5 


Jocteahe se | SIND See te ene eee ee 
i cetaetaneee TG? Se eee ee OTR ae 
Neh-wee:as=-. 22s oh-o-wéh -..--.---. 


.| tu-vé-ban 


en-yah-vah-thu‘n - - 
yan-t-hi 


ka-la-shur .... .--. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


457 


| 
165. Yesterday. 166. To-morrow. 167. Yes | 168. No. 169. One. 170. Two. 
ka-ges-kau ...-....- es-ka-go .... ...--- eee Ree ead 0-ta .. cao nsecaunne PLIST leer Se TRO). sans caemes 1 
oon DSc eas ea Se OA-kh-Po -<.-.. ---.| hO-9t!’ ..o5e0 ws---- W Face ane aces nas] COL eee fe wae seer 2 
a-to-na .......-.-.. es-kii-go .... ...--- peep Rees eee Weta aa acke naan a-khlai ............] Se eae enn 3 
a-tau-tah .-........ is-kah-gd .....-.--. Be wes anatase to=tah cccud cess | tah-chled.......... | nah-kee ........| 4 
oo a ee | 008 ....----.-..-:- | kay otediedeaewes sim-i/-tich ..-...... White passssceeees| | D 
keu-owh ...---.--. AADsUCuae snes ace aes | CUL-CUL.- seen 2) GRGhO'. S2ac. ecccee - Shou-i-.-..--..---. Wil-l'-s=fcsceu=- a 6 
(ec 58 SES SA BR --| ugh-ugh. ........- Hob olii=r=cs da /esce tease ere ee | eee 7 
soe tenho gee SS sce ee bbaeeBececen (PLT | cocteh | 8 
| uh-uh c 9 
-| oo-ah! 10 
Coe ee Bee eee | ato: .<--s-5ee5=5 PSHM sons neces [Waly sc fe noe canes 1 
«COTO ae au-va‘hu --......- itrasome: ooe- coon os i csuracan; cde eee shu-mu’/-ue ........ voa-hay ...... 12 
j ta-ayk............ ithhok a cows oatanen ss Kkatonieoesscen saan SNO-09s-2-2-— === WEY ss cssi cae ew 13 
hoe ER eas Ice guainmelnemecs po cee emanate cee cre crete yl mele alm malate tector 
| wéts-chu .--....--- U-WY «<:---0--000-- | katche!vss.-.8ee 800-is ....... .....-| wy-lime*.......-| 15 
we-chue -...-- oa iiv-eh, ii-ting ...... katz-he-he ......-. BO-O18 pence an 
ESV O) = cene neon sit le eee ee falicmwe eee ee shukh-ga....-..... 
[ie Ae Se epeee CUE ie eeee Seal | RADI IE aha cotati auk-pe’ya .......-. 
-| paye’pa ..---.---- (Eee eee ATL seem ree BOD once 
-| poto’-okole .-...-- olin t eee AL semen ete oles eee et coe 
-| hi-amne ....-.-.--- COG eee ces NAR eee enene pu-ga'.--.....-.-.. 
tuk-ko-mai..-...-- TE eS einen Hee Pee es seeccrcnece sup-léj 
-| yim-i-tham Olivas ecrenseaesa= cavarré . .| asayn’-tik .. 
yamba-tham .... .-/ 6" ..............-.. gavarik. - ., ase’-entik ... 
hi-a‘gum .... EA elect teeta at Dae si-tik ....... 
.| nye’-gso ..-..- -| CY ----22--2---+---] OME -.-.-- si-si, shi-ti .- 
.| metin-ya’-ilgh . Ta ee eee ara-khamau - khink . ..... 
ton-nigh’ kollee-yo’m - HOW G enh= wocoee sas key-va't-ack thin-tay-kay - hah-vick’........ 29° 
u-ki-yan .. ...| kom-da’ . ...- FeO esac in-ta/-a ...... uim-a ....... frites eee eee 30 
tehan-di ...... ....| tan-di FOise cas casas wel WARY oN oe seme | vuy-ye, va-ye ...) 31 
tsan-yé ..... ...... tah-in-de yoh, wo-na-peé....) we-d......-. --.--- we-yé ...........| 32 
RABANNE. 225-5. 55. ta/-nde WO csedensenhmcecn en | | WILUM aang aeenet sar vuy-ye, vu-ye ...| 33 
oo Se eS ha, hna.....-..----| ho-én-ah ...... ....| wem-tem......--..| way-en-ah..-....| 34 | 
hom-ba, ho-timba. .) se-di-le..........-- YE fon vaaiacasssess|/Sicnseaweyuscnecana) DWacneswesoceesace vue’sh ...... .-- 35 | 
=n ca eS Jenene ee nnn ee eee e ee] ee ne ee eee eee eee e eens] enee ne ceeees --e----| iSh-Ke -.....--.----) tju-wai -..--..--.| 36 | 
BRIE ax tcdesrakie his - na/-tehu-ma ......- iii eo ata canteens ll 2a. rastasaae SADE cancenbce | tiu-ve ....... al 37 
BOB RW oan cncccna. na-ka/-go......----| ha-@ -.---- ..---+-- TAM Cocca el Sahin S -o.cusssscewe p-Biesceeeee 38 
[Ee eee ae WM ae asso | ho, o-mem......... 6) 0 sseeeee eee ket-otio-s- .c.c2 wt} Del-@l <.2a.352-—% 39 
gshta’-pin ......... uash-na‘khiet -..-. BG Gaaiesasxs woneqc se’-uilgh ...... ... DW-Ba wo.  Aeeevce. i-shgo'mo ......- 40 
i 
* i= French u. : 


458 


mB wonw ee 


on 


22 


25 


a) 
a 


Tribe and dialcct. 


171. Three. 


172. Four. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


173. Five. 174. Six. 


Arivaipa --- 


Southern Pa-Uta 


Pa-Uta of California 


Chemehuevi. .----- ---------------- 


Capote U 

Uinta Uta 
Mogqui Pueblo 
Takhtam 


Kanviuya --------- 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ------ ---- 


Tsleta Pueblo 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa .--..- 
Tebua, Los Luceros Pueblo 
Tehna, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 


Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo- 


Acoma Pueblo 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. --. --- 
Silla Pueblo 


Chii-mi -----...-..... 


voa/tsa-gve! 


vatchu’-e 


va-tcha/ 


| 5 
| wit/-cho -..-.----- 


zumpapk 


vatchu’-e..-------- 


-| harabk 
-| hata/buk .....-.--. 


TENE = sence see na-vay .----------- 
-| manegi .-.. -.----.| napa/hi.-..--...-.. 
=| IE yee navay -..----.----- 


nay-e-ii-ne 
na-ve-iine 


pa-ahave’.- 
-| namu-kuanon ---. | kuan-sople -------- 
-/ maha/-ar .......--.| auva/-khanueteh -- 
mahi ney eee eee =ne pa-va‘he.......--.- 


-| sup-loj-nam-e-hon - 


my-sayn’-tik 


| mol-tla 


miesh-tye ....---- 
(TNS So accees secs tae See | shish-ta .....-.---- 
Calan eae eee CAD ieee sae aera 
-| gi-a’na, tia’n..----.] ta-ama --- 
HOR Dif clea een = tsan-sem .----- -- 
Bgu/m .-.... .----- yi'ti-paga 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


175. Seven. 


| 


RO ivasp ss s)<~ == =< 
cos-set-eh 


tat-su’-it 


nah-vé-chi 
na-ve-key-iine . .. . 


Otte te pere tow 


176. Eight. 


179. Eleven. 


180. Twelve. 


-| 8¢-pi .- See 


177. Nine. 178. Ten. 
‘n-go-sta "n-Gz-nun .... ..--- 
ng-gos-tai gu-tes-non ........ 
nas-tai ........-... nes-tua............ 
nus-te-6 ........... co-nez-nan ......-. 
shim-er’-o-me’n ...,| Shim-mer’ ....-.- ..- 
you-weep . ..-. 
sur-rom-su’-ene .. .| tom-su’-ene-.--.---- 
Wol-witeeeseeesn ees Mash of oeecae ceases 
Magis Ls SB. nee shi/-vanl..----- =~. 
yue'pa .....- .....- MASH, cannes 
Jeewatis sag, oan cess [eae owe ne een 
s0-oro-0-sii-ii-me .. | t0-wu'm-su-ii-ne ... 
su-mah-rum-su-ne tOm-su-iine .-.-.- . 

| 
DE-VO esas Seen aoa | pak-te ...---..-.. 


.| vehes-mahar ...... 


mahar-kabya’ . - . 


myké-mokin rappowik.......... 

mu-uga’ ara/-aba’..........- 
| 

hamu'-geshbek. . -. | Vua’ruk ........... 
| 

mo-gesh-be... .--. hal-se-ye ....--.-- 

niok-hamuk ---..-- nitchi-bab....... 3 

hay-pok’ ......... | ham-hah-mok’ ..... sah-hok’ .......... 

ka-a-be.........--- UsHO yocee eee Ve eee eee 

wheh’-lee.......... QUG aI sen ns a2 a0 ta-go’-tah-mah ... 

Res eh ene | I NS = est Cabs Se eS 

euc-cumish. ...... PIMAYOOR sn cnc.c cco. KUEH nn eens ens ce. 

ko’-go-mish .... ..| ma-yu-ka .,.......| gats........ ...... 

ko’-go-mish .-.. ... ma-yuka ..........| gats........... 

se-tla-uit -.-.-..... ke-te-teles aes 


- ti-uim 
-| te-e"-vuy-i 


klats-.t-teh-eh ... 


| shim - mer - sim -cr- 
titch-ma-do-ick. | 


tom-sa’ - ene -svos’- 
spinko. 


hugu-tchiping-va.. 


shomu’-tsuvuy-gut 
hugu-tchiping-va.. 


so0s-quods-spinko - 
sooks-spingua . -.. 
shukh-ga-a 
| voa-hamatch-kopo-| 


| auk. 
| pata-sople ......... 


| rappowik - osayn - 
tne-thwik. 


ase’-entik-nitauk .. 


sitigi-a/laga 


| niekhin 
| sah - hok’ - mike - 
thim-tay-kay. 
tabn-weé 
ta-d-vuy-i 
tah-woh-mah ... 


| gats-ishka-sitchi . 
} gats-ishk’ 


| ti-kha-les-ket-et -. 
tu-lu-u 


nuh-keé-tsats-eh- 
éh. 


shim - mer - wat- 


ma-do-ick. 


tom-su’-ene - Wy- 
une-spinko. 


voihagu-tchiping- 
va. 
voahama-tsuvuy- 


gut. 
voihagu-tchiping- 
va. 


wah-qués-spinko 
wats-spingua. ... 


ley-ga-a 


voa-hamateh- 
varm. 


pata-vuy --..--- 


rappOwik-ha- 
wik-¥-thow. 


havik-nitauk .. .. 
hovak-tia‘lik ... 


niekh vab - gush - 
baib. 

sah - hok’ - mike- 
hah-vick’. 

ti-ui-se .......... 

te®-e"-vu-ve 

tabn-weé-eh .. 


ta-re/-vu-ye .... - 
tah-wih-nah ... 


gats-tiuve-sitchi 
gats-tio-ume. ... 
ti-kha-les-bal-el. . 
mas-khe-sgumu . 


459 


460 


= 


mem Ww DD 


32 


Tribe and diaiect. 181. Twenty. 
JATIN EN ones = cersceceseesecosse safe Wes ee 
DANS GASP ipa te mae eee RD ee 
NEVA Oirsssecocessegccees seeesece=: Ma GU a= ee 
ART EY eo ee esscecoeeass se mah-tin)-<==-- <------ 
Shoshoni===--22=== -----=—25===-=—= wam-i/-no .--..-.--.- 
Shoshoni ..-.-----..--------------- wai-matshoui-....... 5 
JESU oo sos see ses sees ssSsscnncs bores ssesosscsecessse 
TEA pee monsec coenesesses seasss4 boososescasonce 
LEO oo a re eteccensceecs aes ecergcecsccesseossoss 
TERAVEN TU cose ns ce cena ones sss Wamp-su’-ene ..--..- 
Southern Pa-Uta--......---------- voyha/-mashu -...-..- 
Pa-Uta of California --.-..---..--. voaha-vanoy -.-..--- 
Chemehuevi ..-.--------------.--- voyha’-mashu ~ 
(OU 2o2 2 nestoseo sesescsosstsseccess| | scorssciceee stsecsess: 
Capote Uta.--.--..-.--.--..----__- Wah-mas-see ....-- -- 
ints Witae ao onan ene Wam-su-iine -...----- 
Mogqui Pueblo-.-..-...-..----------| shu-na-ti...........- 
Takhtam<<---<-. ---- == =. coe yvoa-va/-hamatch. -.-- 
Kanviya...-..-.......--------.._- vuys-nami-tchumi- .. 


Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano), 


Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ----..--- 


Hualapai 
Tonto or Gohun 
Diegueno 
Yuma or Kutchén 


Isleta Pueblo 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tebua, Los Luceros Pueblo 


Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo 


Acoma Pueblo ...-.-.--- 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo 
Silla Pueblo 
Winttin 


Kasua at Santa Barbara........... 


hurura-vehe’ - 


rappowik - takathon- 
che-hawik. 


ara’bavik - takavuts- 
havi‘k. 


vava-hovak 


selgh-hoa/k 
sah-hok’-bah-vick -- - 


vuy-u-te®-e" ...... ... 
weh-tan .....--- 


vuy-ta-a 
weé-tah 
vue’sh-ta 
dua-k-atz 
tiuve-gats 
tio-a*-gats 
bal-el-ti-kha-les. 


.| pay-mashu! 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


182. Thirty. 183. Forty. 184. Fifty. 
ka-tin ...--.-----.- [nea Ne hee ea es-tla-tin .......--.. 
rha-ge-tin - -- .-....| ti-i-tim ............ ash-tla-tin..-..-... 
TAI 2 ecco te-finy - eee as-tla-tin ..-......- 
kah-tin-.---.----- tints-tshin ...-..-- ach-lah-tin .......- 
pam-i/-no ------..- wat-su’-wee-my -..| man-i/-gen-ny ----- 
pahi-matshoni. --.- wachui-matshoui -.| manek-matshoui -. 


pam-su/-ene 


pay-mashu’ 
pahi/-vanoy .----- - 


paha-va/-hamatch - 
pays-nami-tchumi - 


hurura-pahi’ . 


rappowik-taka- 
thouche-himske. 


ara’ bavik-takavuts- 
hamo’k. 


yvaya-hamok....-- - 


ba-tcho-a-ti 
poy-ter-e" 
poh-wen-tah 


tche-me-gats 
tchi-mia-gats 


-| ba-nokhl-ti-kha-les 


i-shgomsh-gel-shgomo 


masesh-gel-shgo’mo 


wats-u’-ene tom-su’- 
ene. 


vatchu’/-mashu -..- 
voatsa-vanoy 
vatchu’-mashu ---- 


wat-su-to-wom-sii- 
ene. 


wats-su-e-su-line -- 
nale-pak-te 


rappowik - taka- 
thouche-zumpapk. 


man-i’-gin tom-su/- 
ene. 


maniki-mashw’ .--- 
manigi-vanoy ----- 
maniki-mashu’ .... 


man-e-gin-to-wom- 
sii-ene. 


man-eh-gin-su-iine. 
tchibu-shiki-pak-te 


mahatch-yo’ - ham- 
atch. 


namu-kua/‘na nami- 
tchumi. 


rappowik - taka- 
thouche-the'rapk. 


sho-nen-te®-e" 
yoh-nén-tah 


dianoa-katz ----.-. 
tsian-aua-gais 
tian-aua-gats 
tla-nit-ti-kha-les-. - 


shumush-gel-shgo’- 


| pan-to-ti 
pa-non-te"-e" 
un-dn-tah 


pa-nan-ta-2 
un/-yoh-tah.- 
pen-to-kya-ta. - 
tama-a-katz --- 
tama-aua-gats 
tam-aua-gats 
tsan-sem-ti-kha-les 


yi-ti-pa - gesh - gel- 


mo. 


shgo'mo. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


185. Sixty. 


iS6. Seventy. 


us-ta-tin 
cos-kah-tin 


nay-i-te’-wee-ny -- - 
nawi-matshoui. - -. 


nay-i/-une tom-su’- 
ene. 


nayay-mashu 
navahi-vanoy 
navay-mashu. -.-.- 


nah-ve-ii-ne-to- 
wom-sti-ene. 


nah-ve-su-iine 


na-vai-shiki-pak-te 


kuan -sople-nami- 
tehumi. 


rappowik - taka-| 
thotiche-mysayn- | 


hok. 


mdh-lee-tah ......- 
miesh-tye-kva-ta - -| 
shish-ta-a-katz .... 
sh-tsis-ana-gats. -.. 


yiti-shgomsh-gel- 


shgo’mo. 


go-sti-tin 


us-tsi-ki-tin 
su’s-tsit-tin . ...... 


cos-sit-tin ........ | 


tat-su-e’t-wee-ny -.| 


| 
moquesi-matshoui | 


tat-su’-ene tom-su’- 
ene. 


tatsu/-u-vanoy...-. 


nah - ve - tah-to- 
wom-sii-ene. 
nah-ve-kven-su-iine 


tseng-ge-shiki-pak- 
te. 


187. Eighty. 


ISS. Ninety. 


gé-vit-tin .......... 


tse-pi-tin 


se-pi-tin 
tsah-wit-tin 


ni-wat-su’-it - wee’- 
ny. 
niintz-matshoui .. 


ni - wats - su’ - ene 
tom-su’-ene. 


voshu’/-u-vanoy. -- 


‘n-go-sta-tin ....... 


ng-gos-tai-tin 
nas-tai-tin 
nos-tsat-tin 


shim-me’r-o-men-ny 


youweep-matshoui 


tom-su’-ene. 


wat-su-to-wom-sii- 
ene. 


wah - ats - sum - su- 
ine. 


nan-al-shiki-pak-te 


.| voa/-otch - tchava’- 


hamatch. 


80-0r-0-g0-mus-tom- 
sil-ene. 


sah-ar-rum-sum-su- 
une. 
pe-ve-shiki-pak-te . 


rappowik - taka- 
thoiche - myko- 
wikai. 


tche-gin-te™e" 
say-wen-tah 


may-tyan-ana-gats. 
may-tyan-aua-gats. 


lo-lo-khat-ti-kha-les_se-tla-uit-ti-kha-les | 


| 
yi - ti- maskhesh- 
gel-shgo’mo. 


| ka’-vin-ta-& 


rappowik - tak a- 
thouche - myko- 
mokan. 


sah-hok 


‘-hay-pok’ 


hue’-re-ti . - 
ka-ve-gin-te™-e" 
kah-weén-tah 


whe’-lee-tah . 
fol-kva-ta ..- 


ko-go-mish-ana-gats 
ko-go-mish-aua-gats 


malauash-gel-shgo’- 
mo. 


. whe'-eh-tah -.. 
-| hol-kva-ta-. 


rappowik - taka- 
thoiche - ellyou- 
thouk. 


mok’. 


.| kve-non-gin-te-e" — 
.| tan-én-tah 


wag-én-tah .... 


gua-vin-ta-& 


ma-yu-ka-ana-gats. 


--| ta‘h-tah 


isd. One hundred. 


190. One thou- 
sand. 


| 


| ko-nézna-tin...... 


| 


gu-tes-non-tin 
| nes-tua-tin 
conés-not-tin 


shim-mer’-shin-mer 


matshoui-matshoui 


shu-mashu/-mashu‘ 
shu/-u-vanu-va‘nu . 


such-sii-muh ...... 


sooks-miih ...... .. 
| pakte-shiki-pak-te. 
haukto’-om...-.. -- 


namitchumi- nami- 
tchumi. 


suple-set-a-hon-e -.| 

rappowik - taka-| 
thoiche - rappo- 
wik. 


| ara/bavik-hir- har- | 
rabavi‘k. 


va'va-va'va 


sah-hok’ sah-hok’.. 


shu-mashu’-mashu’ |. 


ti-ni-ta-ti 
te-gin-ter-e 


| ti-nao-kva-ta 
| mi-tia-noa-katz. .. 
| gats-aua-gats 


ma-yu-ka-aua-gats.| gats-aua-gats......| ishk’ mil .. 


| 


ke-te'-teles-ti- kha- |... 2... 2.2.2 2cccccns|ececes cocrenseese- 
les. 


tspa’-esh-gel-shgo’-| ciento (Span.).....|.----- desi aentame! 
mo. 


ko-néz - non - ko- 
néz-na-tin. 


mil (Span.)..---- 


yah-chet-tin-sas- 
quo-in-to-god. 


matsou-matshou- 
matshou. 


to-go-me-sii-muh. 


tom-sooks-miih -- 


sum-mule’ 


cig pe aka- 
thoiche-rappo- 
wik-dchin] a- 
rappowik. 


va'ga. 


sah - hok’ sah- 
hok sah-hok’. 


mil (Span.)..---- 
mil (Span.)...-- 


‘tan-én-tah-tan-én- 
tah. 


461 


19 


BSRES 


462 


| Tribe and dialect. 191. To eat. 


193. To run. 


Arvivaipa 
| Arivaipa 
Navajo. --.---.. 
AOR. oe poesresasssessc co sc= 
Shoshoni 


TEESE meee codec sooasacosnines se 
Southern Pa-Uta...... 
Pa-Uta of California 


to-kay ...-----------| hi-bi, hi-vi -- 


| el(khan-tash 


| in*l-gitr 
akh-rhate-ti-tas -.- 
e-tens-kah 
| nook 


pun-ker’-ro 
no-kyvi...--. 
poyo-ha’t 


tra/-vuits.-.--.-.-- 


| Capote Uta..----------------------| te-ca/h-we ----------- 
Uinta Uta -.= s-eceee tee Sones he-que) ees reset Eset eed A see 
| Moqui Pueblo. . | nish-ni, nish-a ..--- | hi-i-kon ...-..-- 
| Makhtamy<¢-e S212: se cameo eed | wilais) -.2ece cedeneee pa-akain .--.-. -- 
| Kanviiya..-..--------------- i | nu-vayak-nik -....-- } m’-pa/-aka 
| Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) | na/-atch-khon ------- 
Tobikhar (of San G vbriel) .--. - Kkvarakh .-----------| bakh -.....--.-.-_- 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) --. ----- paar betty) se eee = 
Mohave ctehér-mahm -.-.. -- 
Mohave MEN <2 sssocsestssss: 
| Hualapai VEE = Seen eee ae 
Mualapai,.----<2sscsces8aence inne || seee= nae S aimee = 
Tonto or Gohun...-.-.---- Seo: teeeeeceeees se ae 
DieP neo] eee e eee eee eee ASAD e eee 
Yuma or Kutchdn...-. ...-..-.--- ah-mahm - ----. ---. | es-sém’.-.... -..-- 
Isleta Pueblo.......--2 ------ ah lett" Nenn] eee ee eee lasnie ers 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ... -...--. |te-hni-yami ........| tai-shom-i... 
Tehna, Los Luceros Pueblo ...--..) yan'-ko.-----.--..--- | yan-sung-ah....... 
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ...--. -- gang-ko! ........--. | ga-8U"-a ......----. 
| Taos Pueblo -...-. -....- -....---. | coo-cal-buyo.-..-----| ap-pa/h-zoh..--..-- eon ines eee 
| Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo .--..--. | te-ku-el-yo, tse-le-le..| se-sh0-sho...--.--. me-neso ------ --- 
‘Atcoma Pueblo, cs) enon see ne e@o ran (()) ese [oe epee ee ce secisse | |eeeossessesoce a ose 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo-....--.- | Mob-8i ---------- -- -| ni-esh-ga-si..---.-- ko-mi’-tsa --..-.--. 
Silas nebloe ges -s0 esses te nob-si, tchup’e- -- - -- - ni-esh-ga-si -.--. -- ko-mi-tsa..-. .--.- 
| MARU Ee Bae nee ee eee ence -sSrcscscose bu-la .------------- kai-sha .--.-. ----- 
Kasud at Santa Barbara..-.....-... shalshun ...--.------ sakmil ....-- eoeces| palpat.......-.---- 


FURTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


194. To dance. 


| a-te-shish 


we-6p-pabh-wil-e --. 


tchatchokin 


-| hentchen-enka ..-. 


| tcho-o-so 
pash-co-a-tzan 
ke-tset 


tcohu-na ..-.----.--. 
pne’-ugh .-.... Sass: 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


195. To sing. 


idn-ar, ldn-& ..----. 
i-tish-a 
ko-te-trha-l .....-. 
hah-tish-éh 


hu-vi’-tuy 
huvi-eru’t....-.... 


n'takha-moka . --- 


oe 

aos z ; 
= eae 

& 


shgi-yau .......-- 
ah-swark’ 
a-tcha’-ai 

to-kau-a-mi-.....-- 
ich-cha-wan-meh -- 


rea 

} 49 ? 
B24 

= 


tchau-aua 
pekh-pe’tch 


196. To sleep. 


197. To speak. 


198. To see. 


ins-hish 
ish-kush .-...-.- 
i-te-skush 
disch-kéh 


yanl-ski .......... 
yal-ii-le ........... 
yantl-ti 


at-a’m-bar 
peshe’-toni 
yaro-hat 


199. To love. 260. To kill. 


gar-vic. 


Basen eee sey! yt YS 

aya/-vuay ...-..... pa-kay .......... 

avi-zzavi-tini/-emu’-| avatsat..... Pa 
no. 

aya/vuay.......... pagarha ...... .. 


MUU) nerwiarwe'ele vane ah-pah-gah - ah-tu-pu-le-ché ....| pi-ke .-. ---| pab-ke .. 
h-pwui ..--. -| um-bar-reh . -| My --------..------ Ar-sen-te . puck-ke 
GRE = sa sinew ya-a-ata’.... tish-ta-a..........]. ni-na ... 
kumunikin . ..-... vera’-verenkain LE) oh MRR ese Ep PP meyka/n-akin 
hengup-ka .....-- hengo’-taska . .| penta/huik ..-..... penmeknik ..... 
ku-uple ....---.--- ad Glee tlre ele LVN eae | Mes piece soe oe eis MTG seen eee 
| ya-ta’n-kuan...... Si-ra'ua ......-.-.- TWALOR «2 =. cae ee | nee cennncnemenns nn muka’nakh . .... 
kup-kut -..... .--- mu/m-mul-kun.. .-| da’-o-ah ..... ....-.| e-mak-muk ....... mu’k-ku-eh...... 
éss-mahm .......-- Sa-quar-ro ...--. -- &’-chée-ook .......- maark ...... ...... ta-piw-dgee ..... 
MAME one see 6 tcha-koark .......- hi-samk . .......... mu-hank .......-.. tapu-yum ....... 
smag. ...... ....- a eee akha’muk ........- maha/nik.......... tokva/naga . .... 
UST Ee arene OAS -qo-s-5e-- 0-0 2222 n0 2s cnveccn|eanwadennnnnn=ancens oy isseedrece- 
akhuma’ .......--. BG lew swears ReYID «cee cocscuceammucewncaes saceaa=e amotch ......... 
| sm-a-o-mah’ ....... es-wh-querk’ ....-. ah-see-youk’....... ah-may-homkey ...| ah-tay-pourk . - - . 
a-tehi-abe’..... .. BEM Se ein sesm= cums KO =... 22S cecne| eee Sn enanes enamels BNO penne eeeenns 
| oyo-ka-mi ......... PRI coors heros eee |e ee ohay. 28k 
| e-ne-yok-i-wee ....| o-héh-an .....- .--. nah-mi-ree ..-.. ..| nah-yun-dar .. .... nah-héh ...... .. 
oyo’-ku.......--..- o-hi-a . == ----0-| D&MO-TO ....--.--5 Ot) <-< secre eens vo-khe’-vue ..... 
oon-co’-ah .........| el-ti-hah .:-.....-- OR-W-ON Sow ews cec lean <a, ceed Ceceaaege ho’h-yar. .......- 


463 


464 


oCoanti aur wnd ee 


BPE eB ee ee eee 
SCHAAMTHRANHES 


20 


Tribe and dialect. 


201. To sit. 


202. To stand. 


| Tonto or Gohun 


Arivaipa 
Arivaipa 
Navajo -. 
DRG Ee oo oss onnncosesnsoes sssS56 


Pa-Vant 
Southern Pa-Uta 
Pa-Uta of California 
Chemehuevi 


Capote Uta -. 5 
Uinta Uae ee eee 


Kauviiya.-:-----.-..--.------.---- 
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) 
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) -.-.-.---- 
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) 
Mohave 
Mohave 
Hualapai 
Hualapai 


Diegueftio .---..--... 
Yuma or Kutchin 
Isleta Pueblo.-..:..------.-------- 
Tehua on Moqui Mesa 
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. 


Tehua, San Juan Pueblo 
Taos Pueblo 


Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. ...-..-. 
Acoma Pueblo 
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo - 
Silla Pueblo: --<--- -- == 2 


o-sha-age! 


-| tehi-go-ya ....-..--- 


tchi-go-ya -.--.--.--. 
ken-khla-a’ - 
le’-ge-ene.-..-..----- 


-| a-le-gaya - 


tan-neb-hish-sha -- 


way-nee 


ti-a’-kay-tat 
kay-tat-yi 


203. To go. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


204. To come. 


(Me cemrao teecce ess 
in-al, ni-lo 
nah-tes-ih 
me-a/-ro -.-- 


pi-quayees--- 


pey-kve -..---.---- 


pike-way 
pi-en-nuck-que -.-. 


nekhnuma’-kain. -- 
nitchika 


gi-yamkam . .-...- 
yab-moum’ - 
MSIE! os eeireesss 
te-a-to’-oye 
weh-pe-tim-ah 


| kau-ma-na 
ka-u-ma 


pepeeche 
pike-ee 


nuk-ku... 
kee-theék 


hara .. 


FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 


205. To walk. | 206. To work. 


207. To steal. 


208. Totelllies.| 209. To give. 


.| ko-tehau-a 


bare To laugh. 


211. To ery. 


ko-yu-petch . .. 
ko-yu-petch 
Daelaiccececcass 
pkho’-ugh.. .. 


.| &i-tehique. .... 
.| gush-gaits .. .. 


gush-ga-itsi ... 
watch-a ....... 


465 


‘n-da-two...--.-- na-i-zit..-..----- ‘dn-il............| Klen-st6 .... .. é-wam-ban-t...| i-tlo.........- | nez-giish ...... 1 
ne ee 5 4s ara nay-sit .......... : se See era Heer mee sre) ie. 
eSsnce Pee son 4 base ssea 3 | 
nah-shah - - nab-is-ceé . .... | in-dish-shed..... -| in-nat-tchld ...) con-déh ....... 4 
eaa=s B= ae mem ner en secea: [esse ceaeeees nanan ----------| YO-An-net...... 5 
SENN oo. == -| mah-nik .... ..-.] eur-yungi .......| quee-tan ......| mah-rang ..... kee-ahne . 6 
eee ee ea ag ra econ adidas [anda oni wo ead mak doh [suoucem anaes amas [nan nnnieraniasaen |ananece nasa ape 7 
NE eo decode oh ae cata "| atsacacsasacnes|sececeee eee ee | Meee eee 8 
Sees tee fori a eee ans onan in newemnancun [eonndvicteneesaticlemcss BOSE |e ac acee re neste eee ase 
MMR WH orig mama rn ce cctcas vnnnn-|evewieesescsccccdes|snesascnscossecs| MUG |... kee-en’........| yah-gi.....- 10 
pane-parhay -- ..| bara’-nini -.-.--- ui-ingi .... .....-] kui-ta‘n .......] mau-in ........ ki-ene ...... -. yarhai........ ll 
nu*-uit .....---.- voa’-git ......... noka-gat ....-...| isheab’ ........] age’-at ........ nishus-it--.34 |vos>-tessso 12 
| Se See ae see Ln EO eee eee) HOSS SOCCER en Caen Perro Err rested Peace ererraass | se ei ye a iy Re veces Cea 
Oo sage ey ESS SR SR SS Reel (Pee eee ee eee an poe ps ata aa ed 14 
pah-gah-neh..-. | o-ree-e ...... ....| ink-ah ...... ... | tu-wish-er-er -. --| ke-ddgeh ...... kah-bah-bah. ..| 15 
pi-way .....-..-. un-nik ....-..-- kee-we-ne . .----. tu-wish-er-eh. . --.| key-en-ne .....| yéh-reh ....-.- 16 
kai-nang-go ..-- | te-maya-ita . ....| t-fyi ....... ....] atcha-ta’..... .| tab-ki......... ma/-ni'; =: 25... tchele-u-va....| 17 
bumannsssneen=es~ PEGE RAVAN = << || OF WEIN os nciccn anu fsmeeseuwcn~nnuu|aannnaenannns ae meakain ...... vuinkain ...... 18 
Seats ah <= seeeee TOTES A ELSA e 8 SPE SS eee | eee renee pee sce sms se a semka........ m-vaika....... 19 
Beles sistas 0 =i ovo'-okhtch .... | eyo’-otitch .... ..]....-........... sama tn cee eee MDL a's creel aU 
yungino ..-. .... me-hue’khvua. ..} pu-kitcha’ .... ..| ya-ga’re ....-..|.-.------.--.-.- MCA. 20.452 pau-e/nakh ....) 21 
wa'k-sil-6 .....-- té-wa/h-ho ...... i-tu/-il ...........| i-is-tot ........| 6k’/-kom ....... sas-si/-um ....| nun-ni-kut ....) 22 
hée-bak .......-. izzumkYook .. ..} co-cheét-wuk. ...| mat-woh-toy ..| Ayim-..-.. .... chi-ko-warum .| e-meém .......| 23 
0 oe noge Scho) esssaniS ee Bee Re] BARR eS] PER tchego-varum .| himim ........| 24 
ood Ein St oSeer EA es bls, osacgs-ee-| Mote Geese tigu-va’/tuga. ..| mi-iya .. ......| 25 
oer SESS se- 2h ce| Sa SE eee! See = 26 
Hictie’NU-VOLO) <= dnenca= n-ne nnnns[smeenn cnncnns o<[uanwebentwonsmes te-ku-e’-te .. 27 
: matakhual .....- EU) a Re ee PEE Scere rem Pmecnet eee eno ee ence Cee ae eee} 28 
ach-yem-a-voo’m.| quot-chich . -| 8in-yee! .-.. ...]. -| es-que-va'r-ack | ah-meem’......| 29 
+ ae og | ee Pe ee -| koko-ata-ma .. ------| ha’-su-day.....| a-tehi-ru .. ....) 30 
Be Snindacwistenaas i-sheng-a memes --| na-bay-i.......| kay-na-bay....) 31 
an-to-th-me .....| en-sem-dh-me . ..| en-hay-Ah-me. - nah-pah-é ..... nah-kee-éh ....| 32 
.| ya-khan-to-ame’ | en-sa-mo-me.....| m’hoyo..---...| na-teyi.....-.. o-ba’-ka ....... nekyl--3:t--=: 33 
.---| en-chee-te’ -..... en-tlat-é-yah ... | en-klat-wat-é- | mil-e-chek’- | net-tu-moy-ah .| co-hee-hoh-ah..| 34 

yab. wee-ah. 
Basco base eee va-get-no. so see este) 


APPENDIX. 


ADDITIONS TO THE VOCABULARIES, CONSISTING OF TERMS NOT INCLUDED IN G. 
GIBBS’ LIST OF WORDS, AND OF A VARIETY OF PHRASES AND SENTENCES. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


The long list of 211 English words, which has served as a guide for obtaining 
Indian vocabularies during the last twenty years, is in its main features much older 
than G. Gibbs’ time, for printed lists embodying most of its terms were issued in the 
form of circulars by the War Department as early as 1804, and most of the vocabula- 
ries published by Albert Gallatin were obtained from this source. If abstract terms 
had been entirely rejected this old list would have been even more useful than it has 
really proved to be. 

The old list of words, as well as the more recent one of G. Gibbs, shows deficien- 
cies which it is quite important to notice in order to judge correctly of the merits of 
the present collection of forty vocabularies. Of the true character of the Indian lan- 
guages, and of the great differences observed among the various Indian languages, 
the originators of the lists had a very imperfect idea. They did not specify with ae- 
curacy the terms to be submitted to the Indian informants, and, therefore, some 
Indian dialects closely related to each other strangely differ in the present collection 
in some terms in which we expect them to coincide. Facts like these cannot be charged 
to the word-collectors of the volume before us nor to their Indian informants. A few 
examples will suffice to put this in evidence : 

When asking for the terms bear, deer, rabbit, wolf, the investigator will get words 
the real meanings of which he does not know; what he obtains he will know only when 
he inquires for black bear, cinnamon bear, grizzly bear; for white-tailed deer, blue- 
tailed deer, mule-deer; for white, gray, jackass- and cony-rabbit; for gray wolf, 
coyote or prairie-wolf. The same may be said of the majority of classes of animals ; 
in inquiring for snake, the word-collector usually gets the name of the snake species 
most frequently found in the country visited. 

The word feather will convey no distinct meaning to some Indians unless asked 
for tail-feather, wing-feather, or down. In maize the terms for the various portions of 
the maize-stalk must be obtained separately. Most Indian languages have different 
terms for clear sky and clouded sky, for the moon as a divider of time and the moon as 
appearing in four different phases, for cold, lukewarm, warm, and hot, when referring to 
the weather, and when said of animal temperature or the temperature of the water. 

Our term friend has no meaning to most Indians, wnless you inquire for “ com- 
panion,” or ‘one who goes with you, or him.” The idea of warrior is obsolete now 
among most tribes of the Pacific States. Valley as well as autumn are unknown in 

467 


468 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


that sense which we desire to convey, for valley is to them either a grassy plain, or a 
cafion, deep vale, dell, and their terms for autumn mostly refer to the temperature 
of the weather at that season of the year. In most languages stone and rock, hillock, 
hill, mountain, and ridge are considered separate ideas, and are therefore expressed by 
terms differing widely from each other. 

In inquiring for verbs, the sense of the query must be still more specific and unmis- 
takable than in inquiring for nouns. Indians possess an infinity of verbs of going, 
coming, walking, standing, falling, lying, speaking, seeing, according to the various 
modes in which these acts are performed; nevertheless, it is true that some of their 
dialects possess generic terms to express them, like the European languages. The 
clearest and most definite information for comparative vocabularies can be obtained 
here when we inquire for terms unmistakable, and therefore expressed by one Indian 
equivalent only, like to bite, to pinch, to scratch, to cough, to breathe, to bend, to twist, to 
swell up, to snap in two, to break in two, to break at one end, ete., with their passive, me- 
dial, causative, reciprocal, reflective, impersonal forms wherever such are found to exist. 


ARIVAIPA—VocaBuLARY No. 1. 


Like all the other Tinné dialects, those of the southern branch of this family present 
uncommon difficulties in rendering them phonetically. A long acquaintance with one 
or several dialects is required to express any of them with accuracy by means of one 
of the modern scientific alphabets. This remark applies as well to the present vocabu- 
lary, taken by Mr. G. K. Gilbert, a geologist of the Expedition, as to Nos. 2, 3, and 4. 

List No. 1 was obtained, by means of the Spanish language, from Concepcion, a 
Mexican, who had been taken captive by the Arivaipa Indians in his childhood. He 
spoke this dialect with fluency, but his Spanish was rather defective. 

Mr. Gilbert’s sch is the German sch in Eschen; his tsch is a compound of ts and 
English ch; ’n is a strongly nasalized n standing without a vowel; ii is the German t, 
and kh the guttural aspirate. Macrons (a, i) often serve to mark emphasis, not quan- 
tity of syllables. 


Slin-sn6-sa, star (67); tzitl, hill, mountain (90); inl-gutr, to wn (193). These three words are but very poor approxima- 
tions to their true sound. mba is prairie-wolf, coyote-wolf; klish-né-zhé-zhé (118), lit., ‘snake without rattles;” ka-di! 
enough! that’s the end! 


ARIVAIPA—VocABULARY No. 2. 


Dr. O. Loew obtained this series of Apache words at San Carlos, Camp Apache 
Reservation, collating it afterwards with the interpreter, Marcial Gallejos, a Mexican, 
who had lived fourteen years among the Apaches. Here, as well as in the other vocabu- 
laries obtained by Dr. Oscar Loew, the diacritical marks adopted by him for the ti and 
the nasalized vowels, as described in “ Classification” above, had to be, in many 
instances, replaced by fi and by n superior: e*, i, etc. Softened vowels were written 
either a°, 0°, u°, or a, 6, ii. 

Additional words and sentences: * 


Tin pot, vase ..-......--...-.. pes-tus. Bean-plant. -.... .-----.---- mi”. 
ole peesces meen ee ate --oyan. Soapweed (Yucca baccata).- ..koye-tsose. 
Squirrel ....... SQoODERISHOCTIES tseskosi. Mullein (Verbascum) ....----- tseshi. 


Crow; TaVON«n<6cnsesssces ose tchishuki. Sunflower (Helianthus). ..-...-na-tlitso. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 


469 


ARIVATPA—VocABbuLary No. 2—Continued. 


Many, much.........---....-- tlao, tli-o. 
Just now, presently ......--.. titchi*. 
SLO! ee tu-ntchi. 
Beer made from Indian corn. .tukhl-pai. 
Rp eee pon cieis susie aleneesis nal-tsos. 
Leather ....... -kat-il-tehir. 
Saddle. -.-- .tkhli-vi-gil. 
Stirrups --- - tkhli-tares-es. 
(070 eee «2+... t0-Ya. 
Pra no oeenal'-apoee-co----.-..i-tkhin. 
Ass, mule ....................tul-kay-a. 


Os 5s ee Se eee 


..--. Shi®-tsal-pay-e’. 


Monmnnik <-..2----.-......-.-.estla'. 

- shi estla’. 

-ni estla’. 
a-guan estla’. 
shi to’-estla-ta’. 
-shi estla’-go. 


shi il-estli-khn. 
The water is very far..-... - n-sa"t to’. 
The water is good .to’ n-sho". 
Where is the water?..--...--. kha-e-la to’? 
I have wood .........-.-...-.. shi tehish h6-tli. 
I have no wood. shi tchish e’-ti. 


.-shi tish-i® i-nte. 
.’nte to-hasti"-ta. 
an itkli hotli. 


I have three horses. - -- -shi itkhli rhage hotli. 


He has meat...-.-.-- .an pi-i-tsi hotli. 

Ihave tobacco .............-- shi nato hotli. 

T have many rocks ....--...--shi tsd tkhlotash nil hotli. 
I give you tobacco. - shi nato shne’. 

Iam a good man.....-.--..--- ni shi ‘nte ken ni-sho. 


OCU esse nen ans enese~ensce NZzZe. 

To possess, OWN........--+ .- hotli. 

To want, require .........---- ashti", 270-221. 
To masticato ............-... tish-al. 

RG PAVO sees aus nae shne’, 

Not to givo................... to-shne’-ta. 
Oloudzeoeee eases eae ya-guss. 
Tobaceo-Dapg. c.<.se<as es dee a a= nato-zzis. 

MOG good een. = ee eee to-sho-ta. 

Bad (said of weather) .... .... hai-go. 

1 eae BEE Aaa tli-tchi, tli-teho’. 


Day after to-morrow. -.. .-naki-ski-go; ef. naki, two. 


What? ... 


WENO Ween ob see 
UP prt fee ae a shi. 


He 8 P00 cocccccenanceneon=s an n’ sh6. 

The grass is good. - 

He knows nothing. - . 

I do not know .... 

I want nothing -.. -to ashti® ta. 

Tam hungry...-. .. shi 'nta-a sitsd. 

It rains hard ...........-..... tli-o natlti>. 

‘nta haigo; na to-sh0-ta. 

. nakate n'yul (or nal) itchi". 

This mountain is very high...tsikhl n'tcha hi. 

I believe it is very near ...-.. shi akhane nzze. 

I have seen many people .....shi shi* tau vatye. 

| Green, tu-tli-shi, occurs in 98, leaf. 

| Here, n-tsi-ge, No. 162, is the demonstrative pronoun this. 

| There, a-koy-ya, No. 163, is the demonstrative pronoun that. 

Rattlesnake, No 119; compare the tribal name Lipan. 

Prairie, ku-til-k6, No. 89, is given in other MSS. of Loew for 
mountain, hill. 

Hill, tsikh)-nas-a, No. 90, is given in other MSS. of Loew for 
island. 


NAVAJO—VocABULARY No. 3. 


Obtained by O. Loew at Fort Defiance, New Mexico, in June, 1873: 


- tchan-es. 

.- kha-nil-ai. 
922-122. 
.tkhli-vi-gel. 

. te-e-tits-khis. 
..te-el-tokho-ka. 
-- kh-khat. 

.. na-tyes-kai. 

. tsi-nil-tsil. 


Le ee 


..--pe-ke-tlal. 


Willow 


eee ..as-trhal, ko-te-trha-l. 

To: sealps. =--=.2--=.5= -. tsetsetsokhiskhan. 

I do not understand -- ... to-tisa-ta’. 

M): mine, kha; kha-tsi-tsin, my head. Possessive pronouns 
are constantly prefixed to the parts of the animal body. 

All, ital-tso’, No. 157; in other MSS. of Loew, sit-al-tso, cf. 
al-tso’, we, No. 152. 


To sing..- 


JICARILLA—VOCABULARY No. 4. 


“The Jicarilla tribe consists of about seventy families, averaging from five to six 


persons to a family. 


“This vocabulary was obtained from a very intelligent Indian, son-in-law of the 


470 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


chief. After giving it he insisted upon its being read over to him for any corrections 
that might be needed.”—Dr. H. 0. Yarrow. 
Additional terms: 


Jicarilla Apache (tribalname).Tan-nah-shis-en ‘‘men of the | Whisky ----------- ecessaeorse kush-che-heh. 

woodland.” Tobacco-pouch .--..---------- pe-nab-sis-en-déh. 
Goatee (sort of beard) -.-..--. shit-ta-gah. ISB) noe cesses asscaaces cats-tzo. 
Knuckles.......--------------shil-las-gos-e-téh. 


SHOSHONI—VocABpuLARY No. 5. 


This vocabulary contains: 1, words obtained from natives of Western Utah; 2, 
terms copied from “D. B. Huntington’s (printed) vocabulary of the Ute and Shoshone 
dialects,” subsequently verified with the help of the Shoshoni Indians visited in West- 

ern Utah. Additional terms: 


DEM osboesoeodsas seers cysesee oo-réts-ey; the generic term | Hat -----...-----------.------- tits-o/-mo. 
for beast. EIVEONIG yee ete eee lay-pe’-ase (Chinook jargon : la 
TAGE) ene coo secersseesosse ss tun-bip. piece.) 
Scose -een---------------S00p-She/-bit. Milk 222-2 = 2 pees - === = -- DUE SOR, 
age Soe eee so-bi/-gush. Noon --..----------------------tab-by’-pant. 
eereco chosocoscssesesssses yo-pe. Sate) pee esee eee ee cabo EH) 
Scenes oreo Secr ese kit-tank-nook. Sen Een ee eseeseesooestel iit 
notdieesooss Good pan-gwitch-mo-wick. pe ee Rapes seo scccee ea ees 
De eseetsesecScosseace my-beck! imperat. ofma-wash. -tab-by ti/-wick. 
Wilsecece aconterosetess me-a’-ro! = | Sunset..---. ----------------- tab-by ti-ei-i. 


SHOSHONI—VocapuLary No. 6. 


Obtained from Shoshoni Indians at Hyko, Nevada. 


Good water. ..-..-.-.-----.--- a-op-ne pah, i-van pah. Mountain sheep na-ah. 
Gunpowder .coo-chop. Mule -moo-retz. 
(Duastieee se ee eee eee 6-coomb. Lizard sigopitz. 
Cottonwood tree (Populus wip, sa-wip Frog wa-ra-tatz. 
monilifera). Black beetle. . -oh-00-cooby-chatch. 
\NMU Gy oS25-26sses2 cosass2ec¢ ma-ap’h. Gra nes eee eee ya-ap’h, ya-if. 
Species of prickly greasewood moo-lou-nup. 
IDM ihe - 6 5 s-< S25 22 ssescesses== po-war-rant. 
White man ---. --hyko. 
--pah-rap. Sick white man. .-byko na-ram-me. 
-ky-chotz. IYO ase seieeesee ance acess Sess week-a-too. 
py-you. INGEND ge osiegeeascacoscseneeacse char-rip. 
-na-pop. Mireden ssa ..toon-toombi. 


mou-kof’p. A long way off ...-..--.------ me/-oné. 
- sou-quarup. A short distance. ..--.-------- cha-ip. 
sape-chanum Something.-..-.- 


Littl Gm psenceecccnbecer aese ese OO oh Anythi 
Gun, bow arche. 
Carbmos--s-4ssucnace essere toom-pien. .-oh-nee, ohnee-wan. 


SHV pean stseerosecscsce tar-ra-pitz. To know .-.- -- poo-tootchaway uhkum. 
Midday. towai ta-wi. To strike a light - ----man-ik cone. 

oh-wee’-coo-nup. To smoke tobacco .....---.-- quot-ki. 

o/-omp. To break c.o.scesecsescecas o~ co-po qtianak, manik copoqna- 
shee-nap. nak. 


Give it to him! ..........-.... neen marang! I know it, over there ..-..-.-.00-woo-quaroi, poo-qwant-qua- 
Give it to me! .- neur-’ne marang! roi. 


I give it to him. neene marai. Is he going?......-..--..----. ooro-uns-kiiting ? 

What time is it?......-. ah-noko-quit-youi ? Iam going ..- - -roo-ong-bau. 

Where is it?...-...-... -ah-ra-wa-co-do-jin ? Be quick now be-tengass-oning, pe-teng-On 
Where? ..-..- ah-ra-wa ? ing. 


Where is he?...-............. ah-ra-wa-qua-eeing ? Go home! go back!...-.....--- pi-equéiy-i-wan! 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 471 


SHOSHONI—VocaBpuLary No. 6—Continued. 


Renee siass 2-vaneh ss =< win-e-wan ! | Do not tell him!..............cateh tenay! 

UGH a a ee rs ker-kari-van ! Come tome! her-beur wa-king-o! 

Tomes tO Sing. .-.--..-..... hoo-wee-tong-oo. Too much . ah-wan. 

‘To ask to speak ...........-.- em-parang. Plenty of tee-weetz. 

Pe ene) = 2 enn en ssn = weeto-wano. To give away without equiva- nawash marai. 

[am going to sleep ........... opwi-i-wan, opwi-i-ban. lent. 

To travel -.. 00-TAW-quoi. By and by rain comes on .....peki pah-gur-nap pee-pee-che. 
I will not do it catcho wan. 


PA-UTA—VOCABULARY No. 7. 


Vocabulary No. 7, with these additions, gives the Nuéguntits dialect of the Pa-Uta 
Branch, spoken in Las Vegas Valley, Nevada. * 
0 orn hee zamitamop. | Blanket 


-- kai-zot. ST emer eter 
hungitz. Saddle 


tepera-bo-ye. Carbine 
-.maha-gone. PIstOL = nces oh aeae =e towittee-patch. 
paritchive. ISS eee ee ne piavee. 
Old man ..............-..-.--.nap-po. Seabbard . see . -zit-ny-ook. 


REMARK.—The Pa-Uta will not tell a ‘‘Hyko,” or white person, their name for ay or anything else they hold dear, 
believing it would bring ill luck to the object of their regard. 


PA-UTA—VOCABULARY No. 8. 


Same dialect of Pa-Uta as vocabulary No. 7 


Stop!...............-.--.0...-muck! cai-zat, cai-tchot. 
Spring of water. .........--.-- pah-punip. he-ba-nub. 

Shirt za-me-ti-moeb. 
LO Oe te-pe-ra-boi kanap. 

Blanket haug-gize. 


PA-UTA—VocABULARY No. 9. 


This vocabulary, with the additions subjoined here, gives a Pa-Uta dialect as spoken 
at Cottonwood, a short distance northwest of Las Vegas. 


hy-ko. Horse-fly 

.-tau-wats. Blanket - - 

. Tmamau-mitz. Balteeee n= na-pup. 

.-ta-toi. Scabbard . wa-cu-nu’ec. 

se-me-ta-mup. Matches. - 

he-ben-up. Penis. ....-...---. ---+-------- wah-um. 

--pa-poon-up. Canteen) ---.:...- 2-0. 2ns-s<<-> oats. 

.- ki-chaw. Pine (Pinus edulis) .....-.....te-wa. 

..- 1a-Tow. Mountain mahogany tree (Cer- he-bo-ma. 
.-koos. cocarpus ledifolius). 

pack-up. |) Cedar bree. 25. aa. ewe cnen es saw’-we (nasal). 


PA-VANT—VocABULARY No. 10. 


“Many of the words given here are taken from D. B. Huntington’s (printed) 
yocabulary of the Ute and Shoshone dialects, but were verified by myself from Indians 


used as guides and others.”—Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 
By inadvertence this vocabulary was placed among the Pa-Uta dialects, while its 


proper place would be with the Uta vocabularies, Nos. 14, 15, and 16, 
29 oI 


472 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


PA-VANT—VocABULARY No. 10—Continued. 


Additional words and phrases: 


Lodge-pole ....-.-------------wahn-din’. INUAG Biecetectoodeste essence wan-zi'ts. 

Arrow-point ---pan-no/ w-nup. Boaters sages an ee o-bi’s-hock. 

UG Clecacsoss seesecdsesscdsse wei-tch (pronounced with | Bed ..---.----.. ...----------. sham-u’p. 
forcible expiration). Beads .- -tso. 


Clock ; lit., ““sun-trap”’. ------ tab-by-nu/mp. Comb. -nan-zu’r-inump. 
Beaver-trap ..--------. --pow-inch’-yearinump. Chair. .- car-ry/-nump. 
“Tish-hunting’’. -- -pan-gwitch’ pushager. Cloud ..:--- -pah-ge/r-nump. 


Red shirt..-.....-..---- -an-ka/r tah. Cedar-tree -----. --- <== waap. 

Yellow, or brass-colored- -.--- wah-ke’r (also name of a ce- | Cat .._.-- .---moo-chich. 
lebrated Uta chief). Doctor >2-2-23 eee ee poy-gan’d. 

Oldimanies. ance eeee eee eee nan-i-peds. DMovilis i. Se ec est eee ee shin-no’b. 

To be drowned; lit., ‘to pah-e-i-’. Flour.. _tn-shu/-kent. 

water-die.” : Gunes 

All gone.------------------__. to-pic’-quay- Gone away; lit., ‘not stay- katz ka’-ra. 

Go with me!. -tam-my/nab-wah! ing.” 

Ue te nen cheno seerccensece sd tu-wish’-er-er. Interpreter .-.-.. .----------- tin-ne’-ah. 

I do not know ..-..-----------um-pio’; katz poo/-soots-a-way. [ What do you call this? -...--- an-na/-neah ? 


SOUTHERN PA-UTA—Vocaxutary No. 11. (Additions inserted after Voe. No. 22.) 


PA-UTA OF CALIFORNIA—VocasuLary No. 12. (Additions inserted after Voe. 
No. 22.) 


CHEMEHUEVI—VocABULARY No. 13. 


The few additions to this vocabulary, obtained on Cottonwood Island, are as follows: 


Forefinger.--:--.....--------- iaku/-uyon. Little finger-..--------------. 
Middle finger. . --Ia-o/ran. Cottonwood tree. 
inp tin vers ae aee=— ee mako/-avun. Mesquite tree .----- ---------- 


UTA—VOcABULARY No. 14. 


The author makes the following additions: 


AN phtic yeas eceen a= eeee mono-na-ai’-maik. Sittdownleeesnee eee eee ka/-di! 
toi! | Sage-brush (Artemisia) - ------ sho-wa/hp. 
-.a-wu'mpf. | Sweet elder-.......-.---. ---ku-nw/-wup. 


na/-nung-tsup. 
Branch-lodge (hastily con- wick-y-up. 


structed). | 
Gooseberry bush - ------ a po-su’-ge-wu'mpe. | 
1b Wiesecacosccssoncens osnccet ka/h-tsop. 
Honeysuckle - - --poh-nt-sum-ab. | 
Moustache : - -mu-chu'mp. | 
Quaking asp......------------ tsi/‘ng-up. 


CAPOTE UTA—Vocanunary No. 15: 


Obtained from Chi-u-ma, the councillor or third chief of the Capotes, who under- 
stands Spanish himself and was aided by an interpreter. The Capotes live near the 
Jicarilla Apaches and intermarry with them. 


WRG fem eesecensessecencs= to-wo-to-wah-e. Don’t understand! . ...-...-.. kats a-pn-suts-away! 
How do you call it?...-..---.- ah-gal-e né-ah? What is your name?.-----.--- ah-gah-ah ne-ah? 


UINTA UTA—VOCABULARY No. 16. 


Obtained from a young Ute Indian, Richard Komas, who was educated at Lincoln 
University, Chester County, Pennsylvania, and died at Philadelphia in 1876. He was 
thoroughly familiar with the English language. In comparing the Uta yocabulary 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 473 


inserted in “ Zw6lf Sprachen,” taken from the same informant by Dr. O. Loew, some 
differences in pronunciation will be observed. 
We insert the following additions : 


Cloth, dress, garment .........ta. Leather shoes or boots ....... pig-ah-wats. 
tohts-sibe-wooy. Jackass-rabbit .......-..----- to-sah-cam, 
ah-och ; also,cup made of the | Little hare ................... tah-woots. 

horn of mountain sheep. va‘nursk. 


mu-n; also, stone-pestle. Wee indeedll!. 2. . scccawcacactas iiv-eh car-rim ! 
pance-se-khan. TO) PO ieas see sasemsettecaeae quo-e. 


pe-e, tato; also, milk. To tell lies . mo-Wa-pu-re. 
Ax; lit., “large hatchet”. .... a-va-timp pan-nump. 1. Eee -ne-nah. 
i) Soconccees gkoon-ah-pah (translation of | Our .......................-..tah-me. 
Span. aguardiente). 
What is your name?.-.........an-neh-um neh-ere? TG @ BOIGLED <n wannoue eno ae ne-ere sojur sut-que-uv. 
iWho‘are youf.....--..--.2.-. an-ah-rom ? in-a-rum ? Tam a friend to the Indian ...ne-ere nun-zu tig-av vo-vent. 


MOQUI—VocaABuLaRy No. 17. 


Vocabulary taken in Tsitsimodvi Pueblo, on the northeastern mesa. Additional 
terms and specimen of verbal inflection : 


Trail pLhl. 

Cloud . --0-Mau-e, 

Lizard. --na-nau-e. 

Sheep .ka-nel-hu. 

No more, enough eyi. 

IR ale tet pense ne nishni. They eat). -s-2=s aw etea wer mi/wa nishni. 
‘Thou eatest - --um nishni. donot ent.---5- 22 ancenscue ne ka nishni. 
He eats. . - bam nishni. Thou dost not eat -. --um ka nishni. 
We eat... -itam nishni. I have eaten ..... .na ne nishni. 
CCE bocos Sea ee eeees uma nishni. I have not eaten.............. na ne ka nishni. 


TAKHTAM—VocABULARY No. 18. 


Additional nouns, verbs, and sentences : 


Dos ee noyutchavam. 

My eyebrows . --nuvayuhuyum. 

PI RNIGA ee cites 5 xian cnn ane nitei’ke. 

Pot, vase (Span. olla) ....-.--. pa-at. 

PRE ieee eats Jessa neastamu’, neatchu-wne, pa- | To possess, own -yanumnkain. 


To smoke... -bivt. 
To scratch . -itakhn. 
To cough... --koimukteh. 
To spit --- ---ne‘ahatch. 
hakoputehu. To sneeze --- ahatchiskin. 
kopinhavak. OVO see ota te ee bishin. 
ne-ne/atchnu-une. | I stay in the house ..........- ipin katchaka nikivin; nikivin 
ka’tchaka. 


KAUVUYA—VOocABULARY No. 19. 


~ The formation of a plural in the substantive is shown by the following instances, 


to which others are added in the “*‘ Comparative Table,” inserted after Vocabulary No. 22. 

10S 2 Seater oes nakhantch,pl.nakha/nitchum, | Horse .......--.--.--..---.---pashogat, pl. pashogtum. 
nankha/nitchim. Coyote-wolf (Canis latrans) .. -isil, pl. istum. 

nietchil, pl. ningitchum. OO Sere SESE ae ceases = BES tukut, pl. tuktam. 

tiat, pl. tigitum. TAM oe oe se eaenoncee eas ki-yul, ki-ul, pl. kinlem. 

nau-ishmol, pl. nau-ishmoilum. | Fly ..---- ------------.-.---- a-avat, pl. ava-atum. 

ne-abush, pl. hembush. NGKG). ope aweradweetaceor or ar pokauet, pl. pokanetum. 

aual, pl. aualum, aualme. Tei ee sno vigitmol, pl. vigitmoilum. 

ta/vut, pl. ta’vatim. can aip a aeeietes Sines a panyit, pl. panyitum, 

ayil, pl. ayilum. 


474 


APPENDIX T0 LINGUISTICS. 


KAUVUYA—VocaBuLary No. 19—Continued. 


The following nouns, all inanimate, do not inflect for number: house (No. 53), 
bow (No. 56), arrow (No. 57), hill; stone, rock (Nos. 90, 92). 


Where do you come from ?. .--mivakha tuekat ? 
Where are you going to ? .....mivikin ihitsakal ? 
What do you want? ---.------ mi-ikhuan ? 

Tam seared. ------ - ni yugekal. 

We go together- ---------.---- umuntehu nitchi-im. 
Why do you go?.--...---.---. mi-ikhon ihitsakal ? 
I want work..---------- --entu vakha/-aka. 
How are you? ...---. --mi-iakhon e-okal? 
find Dyanlls se ccacecsseccersss6 ni-a/-atch ! 


I have seen you .---..---..-... junte-okval. 

I have one dog ....---.---.--- pinyaukal auval 
I know you... gcc ene’-eninkal. 

I tell you--- -’-i kue’-ekhkal. 


- --hemakilbene/-nauk. 
penyakon atsa-e. 
---etaka. 

erect ne-etaka. 


GAITCHIM (OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO)—VocapuLary No. 20. 


The Indians speaking this dialect inhabit a number of farms and towns situated 
on the coast of Southern California, near the San Juan Capistrano Mission buildings, 


and in the Santa Ana Mountains. 
No. 22.) 


Cf. below: ‘“‘ Comparative Table” (after Vocabulary 


Additional words, phrases, and sentences : 


Milky way, galaxy ..-..------ ohu’-ute. 
Silver 
(Gold eoee eee eee 
ry ool Ch eens anes ee pa-al peya’-alinge. 
---mokyni't. 
puvu'y 
va/-anot 
---posho’-o 
--a-akhgap. 
--ano’. 
voltu 
non na’ - atchkhun; non 
na‘atchkonk. 
Thou eatest -.......-..------- om na’-atehkhun. 
He eats, that man eats --.--.-vuna‘] na/-alchkbun. 
Wie Cab eeeeeese naan ee tcha/-am tchem na/atch-khun- 
von. 

VEN eionecespocecsoscsesecs omo/m na/-atchkhunvon. 
They, those men eat---.------ vuna/-alum na/atchkhunvon. 
T have eaten -.--- --non omu na/-atchkhungat. 
I have not eaten-- --non kai na/-atchkhungat. 
Tam going to eat - ---ati-i na na/-atchkhunlet. 
House 
Houses (collectively) - 
My house 2d 
hy Wouke teense eee e kiom. 
IAs OUsG een eae ee pi ki vunal. 
Our houses - teha/-am tehum ki. 
Your houses. .--.--.----------- 
Their houses ..-.---.---.----- 
How many houses? - 
My house is large 
Thy house is small ....-.-.---e ki olusekela. 
Our houses are large ---..---- teha-am tchum ki mamtakara. 
My house is in the mountains-ni ki pu kanvinga. 
0) Ones ewecSseceenes mo‘num. 
When will you go?.-......-.-. miknosho-om mongot ? 
Where do you come from?..-..metche so-om mana’ ? 
I go up the mountain......-.. no’n-e kauvi'-ik mana’. 


We go together........--.. 
Where do you go to?. --me‘tehi iksa ? 

Why do you go?....- -- hi’t so-om hikhlot ? 

Tsee one man.......... .--.-- non tele/vuak supul yi-i’-iteh. 


---hani ma-agotum tcho’-o-onum. 


Tired, exhausted -.......-.--- mo’-ik 

Heavy vuymkhant. 
Light heme’khmitch. 
Round tchoro’khont. 
Costly - polo’-ov. 

IPT Git ypeee sana eee gava’yovitch. 
ROCOVER MPs =a-2 ee aaa yumu'le. 

To break 

Toxind | 5-2-=~ --22:e=2=c=e--=s- 
Wojlos@e-—-—-~ a5 ses =e a 


Water is better than wine..--pal ivi huikhnot pal geletch 
poto. 
I want to speak to you (lit., non oik te‘levtchok. 
“‘to see you"). 
IT have rheumatism --...---...- non lamlonk. 
Did you not see my father ?... kaiso-om nanai tele‘yuak ? 
The fish is in the ocean tusukha momnga. 
(momt, ocean). 


Iam going to cook beans. .--. non kalelet tolo’vt. 

The wind blows hard .....--. hu‘ngal khoyak po’/manok. 
Wait a moment! .-..-..---.-. ni gua’‘te hi-ikmonga! 

How do you do?..-...- ---mitcha/ so-om i-ik? 

Thank you, lam well .-.--.. -- non lo’-ovokon kai mitcha-i-ik. 


How many horses have you? -hiktchum na-a’-atchumkalvon? 
The moon is smaller than the temet magat, moil poto hu/ikh- 


sun; lit.,“‘sunislarge,moon nunga. 
small is more.” 
HUW ieoe osceeres cece non oya’-ak. 
I know you .... ----.--..----- non oyo/nank. 
I do not know . kai no aya/luek. = 
I like it much ..-... ...--...- non oyma’mak po’manok. 
Dam jatraid 9.3. ooeee aes non shuvo’-ok. 
Deidre ee = te See Roose non mushuvuvoik, non pushu’- 
unpuvoik. 
I own, have, possess ; lit., ‘‘ It nobnimi-ikh. 
is mine.” 
Perhapiinsnssee see = nee te’-espoko-oho’. 
Behind .. poma’-atchukh. 
Before. -- yemaik. 
Together ; lit., ‘‘One all” ....supul teho’-o-onum. 
To the right........-......... o’plek. 
Molthelleruessesesees= wees saat e‘tchvuk. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 475 


GAITCHIM (OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO)—VocasuLary No. 20—Continued. 


A few instances will show the formation of the plural in substantives : 


\O CT shumal, pl. shushngalum. THO Senne es ee on eee Ae na-a-atch, pl. na’-atchum. 
US St eee ee tot, pl. to’-otum. Indian..............,--.-.---.atakh, pl. ata/khum. 


TOBIKHAR (OF SAN GABRIEL)—VocaBuLaRy No. 21. 


When Dr. O. Loew visited the country around San Gabriel Mission in June, 1875, 
he was told that only two old men able to speak their paternal language were living, 
the rest of the Indians having exchanged their vernacular for Spanish. He visited 
them both, and from one of them, Fernando Quinto, a nonagenarian chief, who seemed 
to be near his dissolution, he obtained the vocabulary with additions. This old man 
remembered having seen one of Colonel J. C. Frémont’s expeditions. 


UGE set OSCE ee nonim kva-a’kh. Onxihandsteen. aes eee ees iyo’m ama‘n ue’. 
Thou eatest .......--.-..----.o0a kva-a‘kh. Wour Tantei ~aeeeees anor ee ue’ nuperko iyom aman. 
He eats......-........ aera nates pe-es kva-a’/kh. SUITES AGF i ee Saas se ue’ nuperko iyom aman. 
I do not eat .........-........ khai ni kva-a’/kh. My first son mu piar varake. 
I shall eat .-........------..-.nonim kva-a/ron. My second son .....-----..- ayan ni ikok. 
T shall not eat ................ khai ni kva-a‘ron. Mig iO AON aa =n os seman ane apayan ni ikok, 
yamo ni kva-a/kh. The water is good ............ tiribit par. 
khaipo ni kva-a/kh. IT have two burros (mules)....nona vauhe eni-in buroa’. 
onam aman. T have bought a burro....... no nahuat buroa’. 
aman para, I shall buy a burro .......... ne hua/ron naik buroa’. 
aman hurura. My burros are white -........ raua/nat nihin buro. 


KECHI (OF SAN LUIS REY)—VocapuLary No. 22. 


This vocabulary, taken at San Luis Rey April 24, 1876, differs considerably from 
the one obtained at the same town twenty-five years ago by the Hon. John Russell 
Bartlett (Pacific Railroad Reports, vol. iii, part 2, page 77), and seems to represent 
another subdialect. Cf. Buschmann, Spuren der aztek. Sprache, page 550. 

Additions : 


CIN =< he es moah-mo/as. BDO Wi <n.cn acne anon aapese ener chem-me-ka‘-wah. 
PASE MW ERG Missing oan as cc ane wak-ke-li-ni-yu ! Wrist ls < cei nweewe v see ok-sa’k, 

OUTT aS Sa e ah-wa-wun-nik, [Mine aca eor ac ee chuk-ku-chuk-was. 
USTED? 22S SERS SSR eee oes no-ta’/m-ih. TTOMNEGZG -~ ae ae ence ae ean nok-sa-eh. 


COMPARATIVE TABLE OF TERMS OBTAINED IN FOUR NUMA DIA- 
LECTS AND IN MOHAVE. 


Substantives. 
EEE a 
Southern Pa-Uta. Pa-UtaofCalifornia Kauyuya. Gaitchim. Mohave. 
| English. Vocabulary No. 11. Vocabulary No. 12.) Vocabulary No. 19. Vocabulary No. 20. Vocabulary No. 24. 
| ULAR sen te EAE SER S| ESE SRE Gy (SE arene at pl. tuluik-  tehi-mutch-mutch . magua’-kui niu-hata 
| | chim. 
Fanon te] beet iororecticcse = ba/-at..............| okhe’-u-ut 
ye ENR Te Do aoe RE RRS | eae soa? 
| riga). 
LO he aS Se SS Dee see coe 1a SU Wee Ree prey LEE 7] AS 2 Oy Ree See 
| | lum. 
ES te Se EE er a ee tukut, pl. tuktam .|.. & PANN ep cone eaten 
| MOORE s.ce52 Sas 552: pu-ny-tchats ...-. - | Kauvil ...... wade is Masccnes tsi] BUG coac pecans 
| tako’pi-it......... 
| Mang csie va'pagvits ...... ..|. TORUS oon ay cox 
Tick, louse, dipteron | pa-atsiv -.--....-- itsi-paya’.......... 
Azt (small hlack)-..| pase’-ab.........--.\..-2--cecncae sace- Soitennsacceteeee lcs cateccecameatess | ORO cco csen acs 
' | ' | 


fod 


476 


APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


Ant (small). ---- 
Cricket 


Grasshopper 
Frog, toad 


Butterfly 
S DIGG Rese 
Horned frog 


Demented, lunatic -- 
Medicine man 
Devil, spectre 
Sagebrush 
Cottonwood-tree - -.- 


Bunch-grass 


Mesquite 
bean). 


(screw 


Mesquite (flat pod) - 


Grease 


Potatoes ...-.- --.-- 
Cup ollacc----0--5>- 
Small cup. 
Large cup, pot ------ 


Basket.......--.-... 


Afternoon 
Sundown 


Midnight 


kanga/vitsits - --- 
sau-ivab, mugvu’e 


atrha’bits ----.---- 


kvaroyau 
ata/bits 


mobuat 
mobuat ..---- ----- 
po/-arhant. .-- 


a/rhump -- 


o/-ob -- 
purhu-an 
maheigon 
vuytsan.....----- 


potungavum 
ashubota/rugutsin. 


tuvi/-no-ob ..-..-- 
hivinump 


tako’-o 
tava/va-aug 


toroy-tavay 
vui-shu’/ba-bué 


ogangunauk 


| torhoi-tovan 


hogn'vitsits -.--.- 


| 
voa'-atats ..-. ---.| ya-rhua’s 


mugit, kaynida -- -- 


| 
a/gish, hua/-tata --- 


tave’nu 
tave-zzopa’/b 


toshumi/b 


menikish 


seklalmolm - --.--- 


pokauet .... -.---- 

Vu elinees setosece 

vokhatchil, pl., vo- 
a/khaslum. kela. 

khanamw’ ...--.-- ga-khaut 


negi/-matse -.--- -- 


novaya-vasek 
nosho/-okum 


nete/melekum 
nitiho’-ongum 


-| hay-u/nya 


-| hido-koyo-oya - - 


-| hiv-thu-uk . - 


English Southern Pa-Uta. Pa-Uta of Cal. Kauvuya. Gaitchim. Mohave. 
MELE Vocabulary Ng. 11.| Vocabulary No. 12. | Vocabulary No. 19. | Vocabulary No. 20. | Vocabulary No. 24. 
Ant (large, red) ----. -| hano-po/oka..-..--- 


tchamathu'lye - --- 


aya’, ana/lya .----- 


-| matmagnilya - ---- 


salgo-nepa/-napa -- 
memovai'lya 


yoko’-ora’ 


hitchi-e’ragik 
kamtchul-gvili- 
vinya. 


bread). 


anya-hauvk 
tinya’/mbin-ve-uk. . 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 477 


English. Southern Pa-Uta. | PaUtaof Gal. | Kauynya. _ Gaitehim. Mohaye. 
Vocabulary No. 11.| Vocabulary No. 12.| Vocabulary No. 19. | Vocabulary No. 20. | Vocabulary No. 24. 
Daybreak......-.... (US Ogee) Porro eas beeen pre serocna | Here oe aha/-abk .... ...-- | 
Clouds ...... .-.... | auva-puy-getu"....} to/-umb’ .... ....-. vue/-vunish ....... tuvi’-itch.......... nuha/vuk ......... 
LO GEE se ne eee HSDLS Sees eeesee) ie ic = 22 siae= Se ee) Pee eet Serpe) en havi/lya........... 
ee eran ste c= -| CIDINEP > cnn sonen-|-oneescenewseceraces puku-u............ po-to/u-ul ..... .--. BSIUM .< oa rex'smarctes 
Road, trail. --.-..--..- REO Seen asa ORG D teem woen tas PN eseesossccees sa) peeece sole tee avu'nya..-..-.--- 
SUNT oo oe eee TAO ace aan SttVAD oe ecesee 22 temal ...... @RNVAL Ae ae cncoes lenaeeeeasee nese esas 
Bad smell........... Pinte as See <A esses soci | Peesine dos seg sce Wes sees sete cess huilyu-uik ........ 
Pain (in the bowels) | saroya-aya’......-. kohe-gamat . ..... rhe Ee ae a == hito‘ravk.......- ¢ 
Pain (in the head) --| totsiva-gang-aya’..|...-.-...--...-..... emuk-nikal . ...... ni-yw’-u-huguk ....| tchuksa/ravk...... 
DEST pee ease Tg oe ae PE ee ea ee Be eae Rese ence etnilia-mosaba .... 
Handkerchief ..-. -- PACS eps eS eee Ss) [ee a FY ec see hamushu-guailpa. . 
Suspenders ...--....| NANAD ..-- ...2.2-.|----.-2-ne ween ee nen leone ne cena an sencnnne See eee eee eae hani’-iba .......... 
Shirt. ........-...-..| naro/-otsi.......... meee caseeencad Poeecen scene ssecrcned pecses Sone deen ios: emata-kohava..... 
Pantaloons ---..---. LRU De Sse Ee eS a memtoko-hava .... 
EES rps eee SS kaitchotch ---..--. pas eens ee es mokupura......... 
Leather strap. --.--. anga/siurub ......-|.--..--- Secneeetes ayu’-ula ..... 
Leather bag ......-- kunab.!----- 4 Macnotcreadases sand Esecoocd scescc ost --| aghmalia - - . 
TOT ee ee kare‘nump ----.-- nateno’-0 - - -| hi-inivil .......... -| hata-ghlal .. 22 
Bridle-bit .-....--.-- tumpa/nurhump ~-) topa‘sa-niga/-am. -- --| hati-a‘nik ......:.. 
NES eerste ee 3 tayo’po-vonu’mp -.| tirama/n --.. -| ahat-kagham . .-.. 
GREEN eee: enn coe tane’-ginump. ----- ; Nara-gara/-a -| me-aghdam .- ...... 
Rope ...--- joeeoae ae HEWES Dy eSoasesesd tu-uhap ...-....---. ovuish-kha’got ....| va/-amot . .- ..| tchu-kve’va ....... 
Us ee ee eee pana-marhib ...... pele hiy Te eng) Peet ee mere «er ee) Baer meer eee eer shalda’-ab .......-. 
Adjectives. 
Sih cs-csssnse5-%50. narha/-mavitch. ...|.........-...--..--- miko) 05/35 cae nese itchagnok .....-.-. 
NS Oe eae ivOk, 220-2 .-2-<--- bara’brhitch -...-. hithperum .....-.. 
eS a ae ea ow cn | owns eww ni aeniewnweGs an |aawenaGnnanemnaanan yi-makant .... .... mavi’-ithum. ....-. 
Poor (not good) .--.. AAO 6 ye pee Beye Sie Se ae) ASS AE eer ece seas] bsnesnessoce eos ala’-cbetitch......- 
Cone SR RTeT 8s ae el a os ER Sart RR eno NoPE moe R Cesena aman Reem acR seen okha’-ark ......-.. 
Sea eee ac ned ease esse ied rosiocsn gece: 3S avi'-hiu’omotum. .. 
-| benesh-ga’-atch .. | anu’-uk ..-.... .... 
See tse ce ehosseosad besser eee estas se hese costa-soee + | matchame’-buik ... 
-| nawngvitch ........ mailgahauk ....-.. 
tomovit ........... thoma’-amk,  tho- 
lak. 
potum-ga/-atch ....| tchagvoa/ro-motum 
YOO. se oe anaes aha‘yum ...... .... 
auva/khov .... .--. hero’-obk.-.-.-.---- 
laka/va-khant ..-... hithpermutum . ... 
galektel ...... .... kumu-vuil ........ 
ma/-a-anik.........| kitcha’-kuithk .... 
emengev .......--- aku-utchum ....-- 
VAY RRUIG = sco 6 fad <nn ene averse asses 
vottu ........ 
-| 80-0/ut ..... 


oo eeeeesSe taruy-auv, kutu’tsi|.......-.....--.-- Gane - ‘ 
mnansenescss gatch-narhami-uay}.........-..--+-.--- we ecnenen|saceenascenscenscans 


478 


APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


Verbs. 


Southern Pa-Uta. Pa-Uta of Cal. 

English. Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 12. 
ROOWihe sess DUA So ae eee eee | we eee ee eS 
To wash ----.--.---- TOL, oes Sere aes tometer 
Momhinkens sees mMUta ae = as eee 3 | eee eee 
To blow (a fire, etc.)| pokvoy.-.-..------ sents secenscss 
To cough ---..--..-- (URN) ssmeseceseee|[-cosdodsenenesncoeae 
To hunt ..-----.--- pusha/rhaye..-.--. koynu/-itim .- 
To burn (fingers, etc.)| kvashotsan. ------- kutait, goss .--..-. 
To paint oneself .-..| nan-a/-buy -.-----. ina/vishan...-...... 


Kauvuya. 
Vocabulary No. 19. 


penyaukal 
henpas-khamka -. . 
pinsa’tchumink -.. 


Gaitchim. 
Vocabulary No. 20. 


Mohave. 
Vocabulary No. 24. 


BYK = scscesc 
kaya-vu-é 


mushuyu-voik, pu- 
shu-un-puvoik. 


-| avki/ogo 


hathu-wilk 


numu-bu’lya, 
e’ta. 


gutsu’narha ---.--. nava/gi-at,tukhit! .| pake-tcho’-inkal ..| techukh-e .......--. hi-hatche/yok-muk 
vu-u/kuib....--..- nata-gvuene-et ....| paputsakal........ i hitchibsk .....-... 
vu-ey-guts .-...-. | kva-toha’t .--. .- | na-aminkal. hin-ailk -....-..... 
to-tn/nanang .---.- agu/apunat, to-ma/ _;----....----.--.---- tchutch-gamk ..-.. 
totsav-mano’verha |------..-....-...--.|----------------.... he’-etauk...-...... 
oshu’-guya’.-...-.. | goshu-huvie’rutim | m’-kvyuy-vuyka.-...| hu-ike.-..-......-.| tchoho-ik ......... 
Poiscratches=< 255 -n (eos smeqseec se ee | eae eee ese | pingi/liayka ....... sho’-oke -==--=--=-- shague/ilk......-.. 
To vomit S oyi/-u . | empiviska. -i 
Tojbitersecas-ncseeee to-o/vant tu-gu-kokvat .....- pin-ge/-aka 
To smoke (tobacco) .| ko-o’tokay .-.-.-.--. pa-hmu"-it .......- | mbivo-ok.......... athipa, a-o/vathib - 
To make.-..-...---.. tsarhay, uni/ga-.--.| uabait..-........-- | pengulkal ......-.. kitcha-ok ...-.. -:. 
LO tGK@ 5: == ea amen | NTO VM Ren an ace Se DSR LS ee kita-ok ......... <== 
WNL Oa apomcnahs| beeaaspcntossnsenes| baoosiPseeseecensods muvika -....-..... atchu’-isk ..-....-- 
Toishuti(theidoor)ie-|paseseree seen eee | ee aee eee eee | te‘Mivuin ..-....-. Kisape/-etum ...-.. 
To open (the door)..|.--------.---------- | tastigva ...-.-.....| ake-vuin -------... ko-ta/-akum ......- 
Tolerind faqee- =e tushuy, pa-a/ro-oy -|.-..---------------- | tchutchukal....... tauva’-am ......... 
To swim ....-....... nava/gurha ....-- -| nava/-giat.-....-.- hena/mika ...--... hamo’-o-otuk --...-. 
Molaske-e een sees rene cee e eee erie seeia| sect ee cee pena/na-alkal. ..... tuvi-w/nga..-...- -| kutchumule- --.--- 
U — 
Particles. 
Ontaide eeeese meer | seas eee huvina/gne.....--- kimuy-kan ----.--- pesa/-onga...--..-- 
TONS) ceene sce cena wha, upa-a/n-i-i ...} ive..-.-...---..--- petuk ...----..-... pushu/n-nga 
-| tu-umbay-au ..----. bamare ...-.....-. tuksa/mika.- e-etch -----..----. 
UUs Coocosederase tarohe’........-...| temai-kan........- to’-okh .-.......--. 
(BELOLe TON heen | Pees omete tel ee tess eee Cee eee amutchi...-.-.--- NAMEN REE rote oe cel emesoceaticee sos 252 
[Behind eectemesreees | pariare teem eee niet eens teeter hungay-kan .....-- poma’/-atchukh ....|...--.........--..-- 
With, together-.---- INE fae so nas oo) oconsmessose os Ie 2os) makamkainuk. --.. supul-tcho’-onum.-| payahana -.------. | 
On other side yonder) kyaya/ntovat .-.-.- -| gitchamgu-muk --.| akh-ke’-el . - > 
Rothe p ht eeesa es | helicases oplek===— <---.---- shal-yahana --.---. 
Mothe le tteeee eee | esteeie = see ees e’tchvuk -...--.--. shal-gvathara ---. 
1D cose | oe ee eee 


te-es-peko-oho’ ..-. 


alye’-etum 
home’re - - 


tcha-a/hama-hana - 
akhotk (good!) ---. 
tchivil 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 479 


WORDS OBTAINED ONLY IN SOUTHERN PA-UTA (No. 11) AND IN MO. 
HAVE (No. 24). 


Southern Pa-Uta. Mohave. 
=o Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 24. 


Southern Pa-Uta. Mohave. 
— Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 24. 
—_——— J — 
Charcoal. .......... al ibe Re eo) hee eit 6 eae aes 
SRBHGA acc scrcses: koshau-uy-..--..-...| ham-o/lye ......... 
Box....-...........| havingunab ...... NGG cnet nre ae ot 
INGedla seco... - 5. tsabi’ganump. ....) auga (Span.aguja) | 
CUT CSS <6 S855 ecosoae sara‘nump .-.--. -. ho’-oshak....-..... | 
WEOD ccs ence. - careta (Span.)....- 
Button............ matoko- havak i- | 
vatech. 
Bottle .........--..| hayko-o'tsav ...... hapuruy ......... 
osh--... <........| parhab..... 5 -| nihamaroyekulye . 
UL Boe tauvi-pi-atch ...... oti-isha-hitau......| 
PNM ete resin oon tsonakanak ....... PL COU Sees 


-| hararu?...... 


SOUTHERN PA-UTA—VocaBuLaAry No. 11. 


The following instructive forms of nominal inflection are added to the vocabulary 
and terms above; also specimens of verbal inflection and of conversational sentences. 
The dialect is spoken in the southern parts of the State of Nevada. 


kva-arov, pl. kva-arovim. 
pa-a’tsiv, pl. pa-a/tsivim. 


sa oe nara/vungg, pl. nara/vunguts. 
PIMORetirins sda) Sao See mo-un, pl. mo-ov. 

tukibun, pl. tukibuvum. 
ATO 2585.5 See eee vuay, pl. vuayum. 
A eee pa-ay, pl. pa-ayum. 
Noses =~ tas «----+--- ----mobuat, pl. mobuatum. 


MG@SGteeecnseoca-<cs--~soc5s~'-- KUM tokay. 
UC a u-um tokay. 
He eats. ..............<...-.--i-ing tokay. 


Ihave eaten................ --nuni tokayan. 

I have not eaten............-. katchun tokayan. 

What is this for?...........- hane’-aik ? 

MARU SING Blacast. <5 <-s22--2. hano‘k? 

How long ago? .............. pi-gay? 

OU oydl (ae eee bini‘nu! 

SUSY en) bes -4 a kaga’te! 

DO ee mani-ve'samang! 
SS ae ho-uruok. 

LO ee oe umi nuni ha’-ushtui. 

I like (Pa-Uta) Indians. ....-.. nuui ha’-ustui nou"-nou". 
My friend is sick . ........... nuni tukibun narhami. 
Where are you going to! ...-. hara'ru wrukvay ? 
Ihave no more........-...... gatch ava-an urua-vaya. 
Lo fa od | pa yaru a’-in! 

The stone is hard..........--. tu-ump mutchunt. 


How do you make fire?....... na aytoo kun? 


Many ...... -.-.--,.0--.------8Van, pl. ava/-ataum. 

hun, pl. huna’m, huna’-arha. 
WilloW? 225 <- -cectes ieee kanab, pl. kanabarha. 
Cottonwood-tree. .-...-.-----. sovib, pl. sovibarha. 
HOUSE acrnas seen tana ee gan, pl. ganigarha. 


nanga-aik, pl. nanga-arhay. 
karenump, pl. karenumparha. 
yu-uv, pl. yu-uv. 


Wie G8 <i 2o==ceccseew dase noes mam tokay. 

We eat together. - - ---mam tokay kavaro. 
WOU G86) oo oe odes ues ees eeeeee mu-um tokay. 
RB QR Sa ee tea mamu" tokay. 

TE Wik G86 —(2.0Wes an sanceesenee tekavan. 


I will not eat .................katchun tekavauva. 


LO WRG = us <u ceeenes easeen ae po-onum. 
The friend is in the house ....gan-upa ne mata’vikyi. 
How many horses have you ?. hanopayok pung-gu-va? 


How old are you?............. hanopayok to o’rha-i? 
How do you do?.............. hare’ru ? 

T have drunk much water ....pa-ay avan hiviga. 
Lig CM See See oe ae eee nou-vats ha-u’i. 


The chief knows much ... ... kapitan avan potu‘tsu arha’. 
I don’t know ........... . kva-aiga. 

What do you have?!...... ... hanok uruai? 

What is this? ...............-hi-im pitchu’-ay? 

- maka’ vaukvon! 

What have you seen? ....... himpu® poniga? 

All is gone ................... tobik tchauk. 

| Lhave eaten a horse..........00" pung-gu tokava, 


480 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


MOHAVE—VocABULARY No. 23. 


Mr. E. M. Richardson, who obtained his word-lists among the ‘‘ Mojaves” on Sept. 
14 and 15, 1871, gives the following directions for their correct reading: 

“The scanning marks (~ macron, ~ breve) show length and brevity of the syllable. 
Letters in parenthesis are pronounced with a half sound only. The circumflexed a (a) 
is pronounced very broadly; e with the acute (e’) represents the French 6.” 

Additions to his vocabulary are as follows: 


White man ------------------- hi-eeko. Money «.....---. ------.- - -aweé-si-tyk. 
White woman --hi-eeko hin-ya-ga é-pip-hom. 
Mohave man -----.------------ we/y-muckaba. nets steree sees eee eee am-por-ta. 
Indian woman .-.-..-. .--hah-wy-ah. Cottonwood-tree.-.--.-------- a/-hah. 
(ON ccorscenscesccoccteco sees yetto-quo-thah. SWillow?:22 -ecsssnte eee eee e-thow. 
Perforation in ear ------------ ho-sak. TE Ye eee oreo me nase ea See ath-pih-hah-mahl-yé. 
Ute senem eso asesecesesssonses: yaqua-o0-la. Tye 22 ssoe -.----+----D’yak-qua-row. 
Mustache=-----------=-- =.= -- ye-wom'-be. pabni. 
Palm of hand ..-...-.- ..sal-sa-pily-yina. - matty-quo-héba. 
MMI 8 ooceoccscesecenor - Sal-sa-vara-wesser. tolu-cope. 
Moon ailsissssse eaeeeee -muck-ulu-ho. iBreech-cloutsss--eeeee- erates wey-co-ba. 
nagaoanoeocopabsonosescos me-may’-i-poka. All of them .........-----.--.py-ya-hahn-ya. 
He ssdnteeoomanSoasdsoc6es me-may’-i-theé-la. SAM) wONGE ee oe ere DOE. 
acereg ¢oeenesscerasssscss me-sow-whera. By and by, presently -.-...----ho-me-ra. 
sesgecaseacoagsaggocstss rhdw-wa. To whistle.-....-...-.-----. --chan-a-weé-kit. 
-e/h-youl. ; To eat beans - ma-reé-ka cha-pok. 
-maht-ky-aal. To eat bread.......-----..----mo-theé-lyi mahm. 
> -quil-ho. To eat beef .----2--..-----=--= kee-quai-va a-thow. 
anoseo Ooeesostese mik-a-peélk. To go back .--.- -0-bed. 
abhoteooncaroyeobes2ose eé-qui. To go away -.----..----- -co-bed. 
-wit. To smoke tobacco ---.- -o'-wa theé-pa. 
Stick hoo-wahl-yeh. Give me a smoke! ......-..--- atheép ! 
Hill -n’yeé-u-mee. To strike light, to make fire --awah wha-lik. 
Autumn . ah-see-yuk, n’i-chee-heélk. Goodsbye!aeaseseseeee ee cory-yém-mah ! 
WENA) ence -ecocsenosseonedas teé-cha-hi, teé-cha-wa-soge. Tired, exhansted-.-.-..---..---hip-powik. 
Maize as horse-fodder ..--.. -- teé-ché mile. --chee-nahm. 
Grizzly bear-=-=-------..----- meh-wata. ..--hee-peelk, he-peél-quotch*. 
Cinnamon bear -- -méth-watmuk-kora. .§ ‘| Pretty.-.--------------------- ahdwt-pah. 
Maggot -..-- .-hee-eél-ka-ndke. = | Ata great distance..--.------ ameé-gee-hum. 
Large feather ------ .-thou-may’. = | Atashort distance..-. ------ heé-par-nuk. 
Crackers, hard bread ---.----- mo-theél-ya-roba. . hah-you. 
Strapless eee eee eee a VOL Allright! .-.---..-.- -hodw-tén-tah ! 
Matches--....--..----: --owshi-qué-oka. Good water. --------- dhé *howt-ka. 
Beads -chuk-6-00-la. Clean water .....-.-. .--.----dhd quar-rige. 
Cards... --oto-wah. Give it to him ...--...-..----.ho-wahn k’yim. 
Pen Gil eee eee te ee eee itch-e-nyo-ra. Give it tome.--. ...-..------ in k’ayim. 
Earrings .---....--..----. ----iss-mfhlkit. Beiquicks eases een oe codri codra! 
I do not know .-.-.-.-----.--- sum-d-theék. I will give you something ..-.mfhnyér ha-you n’ayim que 
What is your name?.....----- kodch pé mod-la? i mihm. 
When are you going away ? --ken yado-ma yi ma? 


MOHA VE*—VocABULARY No. 24. 


Various additions to Dr. O. Loew’s vocabulary, and to his word-list above: 


Wettlos soeececcaeos fase ee tashge’-ene. north. 2:02 --es2 esse mata/k. 

SONG) a2s-c6 ootancroassessases itchi-halyw/luve. SOUth = -—eekese == eae =ae nae kave’-ik. 

Fireplace .-----2-a/0-tagva/tove. PAS al ere eee eae hata, aha’t. 

LN NY eon po onaenececessecce tal-tal’. Rheumatism.-.-----. .-himataravk. 

Jew’s-harp .--.---..---5------ tro’-ompa. Toned -===ee === .-hipaile. 

LOS) see enenipooesocccoceescos anya/-ak, Throat bone (hyoid) . - -melage-ge'nya-han-wvlye. 
WAC Nesscsncco psacedon sosscens anya/-havuk. Fun, nonsense ..-..-.----.---- itchimag. 


* More linguistic material on Mohave and other Yuma dialects, collected by Dr. O. Loew and others, will be found in 
my article “ Der Yuma-Sprachstamm,” published in Bastian and Hartmann’s Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Berlin, 1877, pages 
341-350 and 365-418. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 481 


MOHAVE—VocAsuLary No. 24—Continued. 


Ate a eee ago/-atum (?). | The Great Spirit ............. amay. 
Tears.........................hitonotha’. re -- homik. 
matago’-opa. tauvanik 
itcha-guera. ara-a/rum. 
vasha/-huera. | .-- heva/-abk. . 
avuya’. | WHY fooea tn ceeescoumecneaeaes wa,? ka-a-to/-otm! 
Well (of water)..........-...- ahatchopa. Elcrwr ORlan toon cea pe wenn eens ha-uilk kalyavi’-i/a? 
TSAO bee =e Oe itchanyo-ora-ahoia. | OW. Semon senna eee a ka-atum akhotk! 
PSL ENGI cceis's can cose son- =~ itchanyo-oro. Something. ................... itcha. 
USS ee akhotk. AOE <ccucsse ananas akhotk tahana. ASE cnsccvesuae akhotk-taha‘n-taha/n-taha/na 
Lo coe cen SS ape cpr sere i-ye’ma. AWC) Oana eee eee inyetch-i/yema. 
PEDO OORG- =< - = <=~2 = === <== == match mi-ye/ma. COW BOs scewedeeem acess eeeee match miyema ma/-ama. 
UEP) SS OR eee hovatch-i-ye’ma. SUH Y) LO 'sac oot ene Ae aaa ee tcha-am ti-ye’ma. 
NIE Saw mae wa o- = nea nas iye-moto. SW G0 ccc actnee gee eee iyema. 
T have not gone .... .......-. iye-motum tetchuma. | RVG SUNG aman eens ene o ae iyema tetchuma. 


| What do you have to eat? ....gutch mama’ ama’? 


What is the matter?.......-... gutch midam? 

Where do you come from ?. ...maki-i-mi ti-ika? Tots Bee) Sos 22s eae eee a i-u/do! 
Take aseat! .. .............. inak! I don’t understand -.--... ..-. ya/nya a/romotum. 
These are my children.....-.-. inyepa inye ho-mara. My friend, how do you do? . ..enova’-agh, kama-uy? 
My eyes hurt me .......-..-.. inyep i-ido theravk. am welll sooo. -esnee ee inyep evatch a/khotk. 
I want to talk to you...-.... ekotchun a/vaim. | Ihave three horses......-..- inyepa ahat-o-o'love hamok. 
My friend is in the house. ..-.enova’-atch ava’ liu-va/-aga. | Get up! .-.......--.-...---.--. kumuvilk! 
The fish lives in the water... atchi intch aba liuva’-aga. I will not tell you ..........-. noko namota. 
I will come to see you after a home’re eva/-ak ini-yova. DUO Wy Otis aeeniea/ seme nisto opa/-um. 

little while. aha gi yak! 
I did not cough hama kavapuitan ataim shu- 
Iam frightened ba-um. 
When do you return?...-....-. Kanyato’-oma takave’-ikva? The scorpion kills flies - ..-- mani’-is entch thiliagmo’ ta- 
I was there....... ---@pa-a’‘mpitchum. poyo. 
What do you say?.........-.. gatug-mi? What are you talking about!.kutch him tehigvark me i/lyo? 
My teeth are white. ..........inyep ido namasa/vum. You talk too much >........-- metchagvara me a/taik. 


HUALAPAI—VocABULARY No. 25. 


The following elements of verbal inflection are repeated here from the “ Analytic 
Report,” page 562: 


DIGS ose 5S ee ene REECE EES kvimago. I will not eat ................. kvimago ta o’paka. 
I shall eat; lit., ‘I go eat”...miama kvimago. I will eat nothing ......-...... kvimago tuya o’paka. 
Pate yost now .....-..-..--.-- kvimago vam. What do you want? .......... kutchu kanaba? 


I have eaten some time ago... kvimago kure’. 


HUALAPAI—VocABuLARY No. 26. 
Four additional terms are as follows: 


YUMA OR KUTCHAN—VocasuLary No. 29. 


Substantive nouns obtained in addition to the preceding vocabulary : 
hah-mus-ra’hm. 


va-no-kos. --- hoos ki bah. 
énya’-hab-buk. - ah-cah. 
kor-row-poon’. --nea-choh. 
pah-may-kip. ah-wi-n'yo’ra. 
uh-okh’. oh-tok-ka. 
am-ih por-ta‘h. --- oh-teh-shna-ha. 
mah-dahr. en-sah-guill. 
hah-ma’h. hah-cheok. 


482 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


ISLETA PUEBLO—VocaBuULARy No. 30. 


The following additional material was obtained at Zandia: 


WGA hagcasescscecscaccns sess = ku-kal. I have not eaten.--........--. ha-ro-ta/-a’-gar-me. 
[shall Gatien es eee ko-o-gara. I shall not eat .........-.---.-ha-ro-ko-o-gar-me. 
I have eaten. --.---.-------._. ta-tai-gar. Ohieh pees ae seer uit-la-ve-da’, ta-voi-da’. 


TEHUA, LOS LUCEROS PUEBLO—VocaxBuLary No. 32. 


Obtained from the former alcalde of the tribe, an old and intelligent Indian, who 
spoke Spanish with fluency. 


Goverore==--e ee eee ti-yoh. Many, much...-....--.....-.. heh-yan-yo, nyan-gé-pe. 
General, commander ...-..-- a-con ti-yoh. Boliage o-oo answer téh-kah. 
Farm, rancheria.-...--..----- the-ah. lamar cease eee ee su-beé kung. 


Sunseb-c-2.-4-65-, -=-22-1-+-e-gah-an)gah-0. Very far off ..---...-.. .---. ka-e-nah-nah. 
Sea; lit., ‘much water” -.... po-shd weh. We, who have found it -.-..-. to-a-quan-néh-hah. 


TEHUA, SAN JUAN PUEBLO—VocapuLary No. 33. 


Words, phrases, and sentences obtained at Tesuque, a pueblo distant about fifteen 
miles south of San Juan and speaking the same dialect. 


Coyote-wolf --. | 

Ant ..-... . 

Spider -...---- | 

IND -ecSecncassoocssesacssceet 

Catse=== =e eee 

SHIGE =-o sss sceeceneeescrssess 

Op SWilleses== eee eee Cedaritneetses-oaen see aa hu. 
Grasshopper - - - Red pepper, chile. - tsin-di. 
Saddlemecessa pe eee b Potato....... -8a-gom-be. 
SIAC Bacsekton esa =ssescecinod ye’. Bean ...-.- tehua-tu. 
LEGG ceaeemeneeneansssare one i-e. Wel 3331 aoe ee eee ga. 

Blanket -- MONO Ys eee eee as pun-ya &-"bo. 
Room ..-. ia eet -ua’-bo. 

BOXe soe sone - esssenses eee é MLV OR ese cone ee kya-ko-tsa*. 
SDS fee ee ee a ee IBGR Se eerse eee ane oe kya-a. 

Knees’ -s.- 4-5 Aes |) Something =.22.. <-22.. 22. os yuy-ha*-vuy. 


The following terms are borrowed from Spanish: Wine, binto; gold, oro; jield, nava; pot, vase, oya; mule, ass, bunto. 


ERO Minister ssa (neta ta*-kiho-imbo-vay. Rodishikeee sees eee yolihi-a/mbi-i. 

To receive --ay-ho-ni-ha*i-is 

To accompany..-.....---.---- na-viny0-tse-e. 

HIRE S| eon a Arememsescatesmoc! a‘-ma-bay. Moihwyiteccsa ee ee aaa ....toku-mat-at; toku-me-kito. 
AW Ge same oarcereeeee cone ba‘re-bi-ire. Toiselly-s-- ose = -toku-be’-keto. 

MUN ONE Son mabeoaronsosecees sa®-na-kokh-ki. To seek, search o-tungva. 

BPO diese ee wlan natiu. To have searched. .-.---.----. to-nungyva. 


I have a horse .........-.....-.navim kava/yo ginya a°.* The fish lives in the water -..p’a p’o we'na ta’. 
I have two horses -......----- vuye kavayo ginya é®. Where is the water?.......--- vehenya na p’o-i? 
Ihave no horse .. --vuy gin kava/yo am be. I want to drink water - -navi (or vi) p’e ri ma*. 
I have many horses. - vayaku ing kava‘yo ko. Tam thirsty --- -vip’o ti ma osa-a. 


[ have three horses. -- - poye kavayo navi ing mo. | It rains............ ikuando-o. 
I have one horse only - . kavayo gingkvo. The sun is very hot - -pi/watan tsw wa; natan tsa’ wa. 
We have two horses. - --na-inta vuyie kava/yo ginyaii®. | The sun has risen . -na tam pi. 
Ihave nothing ....... -h& moa wingkvo be’. I have seen you . -vny mu na/re. 
I have many friends....-..... hehenya k’ema gingkvo. WeamraiGk= == 2s seas eee eee male. 
Ihave much meat.-...--.....- hehenya pivi gingkvo. What is this? ---.----..--... ha-ay hi" na mo? 
T have bread - Tavim pan sa. Much timber is in the mount- ua’-a nakana. 
I have water navi p’o ti ma". ains. 
The water is good ........... p’o hiwo'te; or, p’o hewo'ntye | Ido not know .-.---.--.----- vo gihan gina. 
na mo. | These victuals are good ...... hiwo'te na mo nako’ye. 


* Nasalized vowels are marked with n superior, or a tilde, a. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 483 


TEHUA, SAN JUAN PUEBLO—VocasutLary No. 33—Continued. 


Let us go fast ................ yaho anyogi yamoy. T have looked out for my don- ni bunto hehenyotatonungva. 
I think there is hope .. - niire an kha‘ ma-intsi karinko. key. 
I shall sell. ....- .....tokub’e ne. Where is the donkey gone?...veheni to-o bunto nayi-i? 


DOANE DIY cnc cnenccnsudesces ni roku mii® ii, How old are you? .........-.- henyo pi-ayo unkvo wii*? or, 
I am going to sell a donkey ni rokube kito hii® bunto. henyo piiya ngvo! ayi? 

(ass, mule). How do you do?.............. hay ho-o mii*? or, hayun kawa/? 
Tam going to buy a donkey..n& vuy bunto lokume kito. Tam doing well .............. niera/ 0-omii®; or, hiwo’te o-omii®, 
I will sell this donkey ........ n& okube ta-a hii* bunto hiii-i. | I have slept well ............. hiwo-u vi huyo’ko. 

I will sell two donkeys ...-.... na okube ta-a vuyie bunto. Good) day \i2 75-27. aecteaae oseng-ge ta‘ mo! 
T have lost a donkey.......... na vuy bunto ti beri. My horses are white.......... navi kava’yo tsa/-i-ge mo. 
Tam searching formy donkey.na vuy bunto-o tungva mii, The horses are black ......... kava’yo fente. 


TAOS PUEBLO—VocaABuLary No. 34. 


Taos is located in closer proximity to the homes of the Uta, Apache, and Navajo 
Indians than any other pueblo of New Mexico; hence the tribe became extensively 
intermarried with the above Indians. But this circumstance does not seem to have 
influenced their language to any extent, if we can judge from the vocabulary submitted. 
It was obtained from a Mexican adopted into the Taos tribe from his childhood, and 
married to an Indian woman. <A few additions are as follows: 


LUND SS eee seh-ah-nan-na, shdy-en-em. Moon; lit.,‘‘ the mother of kaAh-nah. 
(2 RU TUS 3-08 eee i-e-re, sow-ah-vé-hu. the sky.” 
Large town, city........--.-.. pah-ho mé-neh. | Tiina dl nate etal ater tah-wéh-uf, tay-th-mah-a-wah. 
Sun; lit., ‘the father of tah-tah. Hawk, or eagle . chu-e-unah. 
the sky.” 
~ Morning call of the Sirviente of Taos. 


The following metric lines, sung every morning by the town-crier of Taos Pueblo for gathering the 
Indians to their daily labor, was communicated by the alcalde of the village to Mr. Alfred R. Conkling, 
of New York City, one of the geologists of the Expedition. The town-crier goes out every morning 
at seven o’clock to chant this strain of words, repeating it frequently, and another song is sung by him 
in the evening to close the day’s work. For this service he receives the liberal allowance of three dol- 
lars a month. 

I wrote down the Indian text to the best of my ability and added the Spanish translation given 
by the alcalde, presuming that it will render the original more faithfully than any English translation 
of a text not yet fully understood. 


Nokei méwa oha weimo Vaya a trabajar a priesa, 

okue neiga, heyo eba dayo Vaya a trabajar, porque no esta tarde. 

hiya tawe yoho A donde te mando que andas haciendo, 

pa nomtcha wi yaho Que uegocio traes. 

yoho mého yupé-o De donde vienes que aqui andas, amigo? 

i-a towe yaho pato Si traes algun negocio por aqui, te pagamos, 


meho tawat. Huya! Y si no tienes negocio, ahora puedes decir. A Dios! 


JEMEZ PUEBLO—VocaBnuLarRy No. 35. 


About twenty years ago the Indian population of Jemez was increased by that of 
Pecos, who rejoined their congeners after leaving their old homes on Pecos River, now 
inruins. The language of both tribes belongs to the same family, and some of the 
existing differences have been recorded by the collector. : 


484 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS. 


JEMEZ PUEBLO—VocABULARY No. 35—Continued. 


Additional terms and sentences: 


INS sencooceenccsceneceses wawe', ua-ue’. | Donkey, mule.- ---...-------. bo-ula (Span. burro). 
(Horned frog s-.---s<ese= === hanavela. | eiritle -a-ne asa eee giushtebo. 

Up Ne acco See seeoo ses p’o. | kiunho. 

(OTS bone socescercce cess tisala | tso-ku-ye, tso-hu-ye. 
Spider=e---—--- Ss sccce git-i>. | o-vesh, 0-mesh. 
Centipede ............-.-.---. tiamon. | mos-tsa-ay, mos-ta-ay. 
m3 27 <) FC; ee eee hua/oda’. 

URES ieee emeascoco-aSsescese tekuelyo, tselele. Yesterday it was very cold. ..ho-iimba ho-au no-o. 

T have eaten.-..-....--------- tse tekue’yo, ne-in tokve’yo. Ihave many horses -.--------- ne gela kava’yo giyo. 
I am through (eating) -------. yo-tse. I have three horses. ---.--.--. ta antcho kava‘yo giyo. 
I shall eat -....-.---..--..-..- tekue’yo sa. I will see about it ---.-.------ ta m0 ho-o. 

Jemez is a nice pueblo. ------- Vallatoa ho-au f-0. Iam going to see a friend --...uete tchapo nome-e. 
The hair is very long.--..---- yavay iya-oho fola ta. The trees are green. ...--.---- biilo ba tishie’. 
To-day it rains much .-...-..-- kvalashur sfiyu. How do you do?......---..--. a/kin e-e’} 

To-day it is very hot........-.kKvalashur ho-au nosh tila. 


A‘COMA PUEBLO—VocaBuLaRry No. 37. 


Additional terms and sentences : 


To burn, v. intr.....-.--...--- tsoiak. 

Somebody - ishk. 

LION cece ossssecee sesecesceese tchiga. 

Coyote-wolf ---..-.....------- tchoshk. 

I do not eat .--..----. -.--.... sa tsi-nobs’-kono. I do not understand ---.----- sa ts’-ish kan. 

I have not eaten............-. sa tsi-nobs’-ko be. I own three horses. ----.-.----- tchome-e kava‘yotitsia hinomé 
Let us eat -..-......--..-..... sho tsau’-eta. To-day itis very warm..--...:.tek ato’m-atse. 


SILLA PUEBLO—VovoaBuLary No. 38. 


Additional words and sentences : 


tsiu-a-sa. |) IRE Sapo seco Se Seecersese es mu-e-na’-ga-an, mish-ts. 
-ro-osh-kish, me/-kotch. 
shotsona’, ‘Very: go0d22-< 322 - eae ke-rau‘a. 

hoshtian. Wicked enemas aeeaceasereee tcha-ti-ran’a. 


ichup’e, nobsi. A man is there -......-.....--- hatiku tcha nio. 


I have eaten. .--tchu miso be. I own three horses -.--.------ hino tchami kava’yo; lit., ‘‘to 
I did not eat--- .--tsote nobs’ ko pa. me three horse.” 

Iam going to eat ...-..-.--.-- she nobsi. Many people are there. ------- no hano. 

I am not going to eat ......... tsote nobsh kin. It rains hard ...-.....-- -nau’a tsits. 

The water is not good ........ tsate rau/a tsits. I will see a house..-...--..--- tau a‘tchin nu E'stse. 


WINTUN—VocaBuLary No. 39. 


Additional substantives : 


Seictogac te sseisecsee os khaba First finger. ........--...----. kurn-tse-sem 
scosoesce search tsu-bik Second finger. ................vene-bol-sem. 
. ---khol-tsok. hind GmPerceewcesseene eee van-sem. 
Back of head... --- te-ba-bok. Mat co -cccense tea. ceeneneneces taki. 
DRTIGO8 eee ae eee su-mik PIS po Vieche Geos sas tes gcc s eck p’-alunas. 
Hand. .20t<0< i edsccaneneseece sem, pl. sem-nt. FHGURG = as cnameecsecsveces = =-5k Ob, KBU-OL, 


‘Thum s22s5 200 -mce eo ssenesee kom-sem. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 


485 


KASUA—VocABULARY No. 40. 


Obtained from Vicente Garcia, an old Indian farmer at Kasud, who spoke Spanish 


well. 


A few Indians only are left who speak this dialect. 


We add the following terms, 


sentences, and inflectional elements of the Kasué noun and verb: 


Be acon aa ctrans ain nae a's san/-tugh ; compare ‘‘alive.’. 
--ptu-gh, ptu-gu. 


Pot, jar . ..ki-ughs. 
O@hsn2220...-..,---.-...-,....anakpuk. 

My first son ................. alush tu ke’nuk ta‘nukb. 
My second son ...-..----.---. sa ta kumusk tanukh. 
My third son - --kamaskh pik ta‘nukh. 
SNL eee ukpu 

Thy hand, his hand.... .-----. upu. 

OTE a ors yi lau ki-pu. 

Your (their?) hands -...------. gasikh-pu. 

My hand is strong. .-..----.-- shush-alk pu. 

The water is good ....-.------ tchol 0’ 


The horse is larger than the kauay-ga kha’shi go tchu-un 


dog. (kha-ak, large). 
I see a nice tree ........------ po-nis anak pna/s (po’-n, tree). 
I go on the mountain .---....- ite akti ne-alap (i-ite, here). 
Silver is harder than gold . -..kal-ut ishitch oloil plata. 
I have black hair...--...-..... sakhimai k’o-kuo’-n (ok, hair ; 
akhima, black). 


maar ule‘neneke sekuel 
(kapit, bread). 
How many horses have you? .apsht u kavay? 


The woman makes bread il kapit 


Pee ee aide eee pag-o'-voash. 
enekhe’-vuash. 

U(r Geis oceeeeeorce 2 opens psa-guotsan, ksa-kala/lan. 
. pietiets. 


a Re rr eer erence ga shu-un. 

a shu-un. 

-gugsh gala’ shu-un. 
WO 68b 5. aa awaenlinana = sens gigh guga giala’ shu-un. 
Ti AAD GBGi see tue nec ameeecn gsha’-a shu-un. 


I have eaten...- 
Thou hast eaten . 
He has eaten 
I buy a burro (mule) 


.-moe ga shu-un uash. 

.-moe pa shu-un uash (vash). 

- moe sha shu-un uash. 

Seco ga shian il bulo; il: the Span- 

ish definite article el. 

I have bought a burro (mule).ga shian auvash il bulo. 

I shall buy a burro (mule) .-..gsha’-a shia‘n il bulo. 

I buy a dog....-... ---ga shian stsu-u". 

I have bought a house......-. ga shian auvash il a/-ap. 

I have not bought a burro ke-a/ shian auvash il bulo. 
(mule). 

I shall not buy a burro (mule) ke gsha-a shian il bulo. 

I donot know -.....-.-------- ke tcha/mon. 

The fire is large 


Abbott, C. C., xiv, xviii, 49, 70, 93, 122, 125, 155, 190, 222, 234. 


Acoma, 325, 337, 361, 418. 
Acoma Pueblo dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 484. 
Acorn-like ornament, 214. 
Agassiz, A., 146, 153. 
Agave fibre, 239, 241. 
hair-brushes, 250. 
Aiken, C. E., 396, 397. 
Ainsworth, R. H., 396, 397. 
Alahulapas, 419. 
Albinos, 323. 
Allen, J, A., xviii, 206. 
Alphabet, phonetic, 422. 
scientific, 404. 
American Museum, 146, 156. 
Amuchaba, 415. 
Animal claws and teeth, ornaments, 251. 
Animals carved in stone, 219, 220. 
Anthony, J. G., xviii, 267. 
Antiquities of California, 30. 
Antiquity of man in California, 10. 
Apache, 19. 
arrows, 56. 
bow, quivers, and arrows, 390. 
clubs, 207. 
crania, 396. 
family, 10. 
leggings, 390. 
saddle-bags, 390. 
tribes, 407. 
tunics, 390. 
use and meaning of term, 407, 414. 
Apaches, 407. 
Apahnatche, 414. 
Apocynum fibre, 241 
Arivaipa, 407. | 
dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 469. 
Army Medical Museum, crania, 277. 
Arrowheads from Pueblos, 376. 
in buman skulls, 39. 
Arrow-shafts, method of straightening, 128, 199. 
smoother, 199, 200. 
perforated, 200. 
straightener, 197. 
Arrows of Pah Vant Indians, 58. 
Asclepias fibre, 240. 


INDEX. 


Asphaltum, 51, 116, 127, 128. 
mine, 40. 
ornaments, 39, 268. 
used in ornamenting, 253. 
vessels, 245, 246. 
Aswalthatans, 419. 
Athapascan, 19. 
languages, 406. 
Athlets, 410. 
Australian crania, 280. 
Avéist-pai, 415. 
Aztec civilization, origin, 409. 
legend, 409. 
Baird, S. F., xiii. 
Baking-stones, 104, 105. 
Ball, V., 137. 


Bancroft, H. H., 7, 10, 13, 20, 22, 26, 30, 70, 132, 246, 260, 293, 407. 


tribes of California, 10. 
Bandelier, A. F., 326. 
Bannocks, 9, 410. 
Barber, E. A., 265, 268, 411. 
Bartlett, J. R., 417, 475. 
Basket covered with pitch, Ute Indians, 246. 
making, ancient art, 247. 
work, 23, 239. 
covered with asphaltum, 245, 246. 
Baskets from graves, California, 243, 246, 247. 
Peru, 247. 
method of making, California, 247, 248. 
Bead-like objects, Pern, 152. 
Beads, 153. 
of blue fluorite, 264. 
copper, 264. 
feldspar, 264. 
glass, 36, 38, 44, 263, 262, 269, 270, 271, 273. 
serpentine, 264. 
shell, 35, 36, 38, 256, 265, 266, 267. 
stone, 181, 255, 264. 
tale-slate, 264. 


Beechey, 6. 


Beetles’ wing-cases, 263. 
Bergland, E., 405, 413, 415 


| Birnie, R., 341, 346. 


Blake, J., 153. 

Boats, 26, 123. 

Boat-shaped bowls, 108, 109. 
Bog manganese, 262. 
Bolas-stones, 159, 


488 INDEX. - 
Bollaert, 148. California derivation of name, 299. 
Bone awls, 226, 228. discovery, 1. 

clubs, 229. Indians, 278. 

Alaska, 231. names given by Cabrillo identified, 299-314. 
fish-hooks, 227. erania, 277. > 
implements, 40, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 230. peninsula, 1. 

and weapons, 222. Californians, character, 1. 

Swiss lakes, 228. Chinese affinities, 6, 13. 
marrow-extractor, 230. contact of tribes, 18. 
mouth pieces to pipes, 126, 228. - customs and costumes, 20, 21. 
musical instruments, 234. different stock, 4. 


needles, 230. 
ornaments, 251. 


diversity of tribes and languages, 3, 6. 
ethnical period, 17. 


rare in California, 255, Malayan affinities, 6, 13. 
perforators, 226. Polynesian affinities, 6. 
pin, 230. southern, 1. 
swords, 231. Canoe, ancient, 124. 
tube, 229. La Patera, 124. 
wedge, 229. of red-wood, 38. 
whistles, 234, 235, 236, 237. Canoes, 21, 44, 233. 
Bonito, 341. Cation de Chelle, ruins, 372. 
Boscana, 3. Capote, 412. 
on the diversity of tribes in California, 3 Capote-Uta, 411. 
Bowers, S., xiii, 31, 34, 38, 40, 45, 46, 47, 65, 82, 83, 108, 131, 163, dialect, 405. 
174, 175, 181, 182, 186, 187, 193, 195, 197, 215, 223, 232, vocabulary, 424-465, 472. 
238, 256, 268, 273. Carpenteria, xiii, 45. 
Bowl from the Atlantic coast, 108. Carr, L., xiv, xviii, 277. 
of serpentine, method of mending, 106. Carving in stone, 218, 219. 
with handle, 110. Casa Blanca, 373. 
Bowls, boat-shaped, 108, 109. R Cave, Diamond Creek, 370. 
of serpentine, 107. Cemeteries in California, their age, 272. 
stone, 106. Central American culture, 8. 
ornamented, 107, 109, 110, 112. Ceremonial weapons of the Hubd, 51. 
oval, 108, 109, 110. Cesnola, 142. 
Bows and arrows, large number in cave, 371 Chaco cain, ruins, 366. 
Brass buttons, graves, California, 273. Chase, A. W., 159. 
in graves, California, 272. Chemehuevi dialect, 405. 
Brett, 265. vocabulary, 424-465, 472. 
Broca, P., 282, 285. Chemehueyis, 410, 415. 
Bronze club-heads, 145, 146. Chia, 37, 38, 39, 40, 79, 247. 
engraved, Peru, 146. Chichimecas, 3. 
Bronze cup, 273. Chiefs, 28. 
in graves, California, 272. Chillon, 407. 
Brooks, 6. China cups and saucers, 42. 
Brown, T. V., 405, 410. Dos Pueblos, 273. 
Brushes, 38. Chinese affinities, 6, 13. 
California, 248. of American origin, 6. 
Mexico, 248. Chipewayans, 406. 
Brush with asphaltum handle, 249. Chipped flints, 58. 
Burchell, W. J., 135. implements from Pueblos, 374, 375, 376. 
Burial, 29. in handles, 51. 
place, Rio Chama, 364. pebbles, 69. 
places, 29, 41. stone implements, 49. 
and shell-heaps, Southern California, sketch | Chiricahuas, 407, 408. 
map, 298. Chisel of slate, 120. ‘ 
Buried records, 276. Chiuma, Capote chief, 450. 
Burney, J., 293. Chlorogalum, its uses, 249. 
Cabrillo, death of, 311. Chungke-stone, 154. 
discovery of Upper California, 2 perforated, Tennessee, 155. 
exploration on coast of California, 82. stones, perforated, Ohio, 155. 
journal of voyage, xix, 293, 299. Cibola, cities of, 360, 361. 
place of his death, 45, 46, 311. e Cinnabar, 22, 260. 
Cachina dance, xiv, 332. its use questioned, 22. 
Cahitas, 409. Clarke, H., 7. 
Cahuillo, 9, 19, 413. Claws of animals, ornaments, 254. 
Calaveras skull, 11, 251. grizzly bear, necklace, 254, 


California Academy of Sciences, proceedings, 30. Clay rings, 186. 


— 
7 


INDEX. 


Cliff-honse, Diamond Creek, 370. 
Club, Australian, 143. 
Pern, 161. 
stones, 194. 
with bronze head, from grave, Pern, 146. 
Club-heads, 135, 203. 
bronze, 145. 
Chili, 145. | 
Pern, 145. 
Scandinavia, 145. 
Clubs, 143. 
with stone heads, Christoval, 144. 
description of, 144. 
Island of New Britain, 144. 
New Guinea, 143, 144. 
Solomon Islands, 144. 
Tahiti, 144 
Coahuila, 413. 
Cochimi, 414, 415. 
Cochise, 408. 
Cochnichno, 415. 
Coco-marico-pa, 415. 
Cocé-pa, 415. 
Columbia Valley, 8. 
Comali stones, 99. 
Comanche group, 413. 
distribution, 413. 
Comanches, 9, 19. 
Comeya, 415. 
Comoyei, 415. 
Conkling, A. R., 461. 
Cooking plates, 99, 100, 101. 
irregular shape, 102. 
Cooking pot, method of mending, 97. 
with asphaltum, 97. 
Cooking pots, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 
ornamented, 95, 96, 98. 
Cooking utensils, 38. 
of stone, 36. 
Cooper, antiquity of man in California, 11. 
Cope, E. D., 351, 396, 397. 
Copper bead, grave, California, 272. 
La Patera, 264. 
Copper beads, 264. 
mound, Ohio, 264. 
southern mounds, 264. 
dipper and contents, 243. 
graves, California, 272. 
pan, 38. 
Coras, 409. 
Cortés, exploration of peninsula of California, 1. 
Cosino, 415. 
Council-house, 27. 
Cowania fibre, 242. 
Coyotero, 407. 
Cradle-board, 284. 
Cradles, 284. 
Crania, 38, 39, 40, 391. 
Alaska, measurements, 281. 
Algonquin, 286. 
measurements, 281. 
ancient Pueblo, 396, 397. 
Apache, 396. 
measurements, 281, 397. 
average size in different races, 280. 
California, comparison, 282. 
facial measurements, 284, 285. 


489 


Crania, California, observations on, 277. 
shape, 285. 
table of measurements, 278, 281. 
Camp Apache, measurements, 397. 
classification, 280. 
distinct forms, 287. 
Eskimo, measurements, 281, 286, 287. 
flattened, 283. 
from rock-graves, Utah, 391, 393, 394. 
Santa Barbara Islands, 277. 
Gran Quivira, measurements, 397. 
Huron, measurements, 281. 
measurements, 280, 397. 
Mexicans, 395. 
Moundbuilders, 283, 284, 286. 
Navajo, measurements, 281, 397. 
Pah Ute, 286, 396. 
measurements, 281, 397. 
Peruvians, 284. 
measurements, 281. 
Tennessee mounds, 281. 
facial measurements, 285. 
Utah, measurements, 297. 
Cranium, Arizona, 393. 
Gran Quivira, 395. 
mound, Utah, 394. 
Cremation, 29. 
Crinoid stems for beads, 268. 
Cristone, name of ruined town, 355. 
Crucifix, Dos Pueblos, 273. 
Cuca-pa, 415. 
Cunningham, 159. 
Cup made from vertebra of whale from Orkney, L168. 
of steatite, 104. 
Cups made of vertebra of fishes, 116. 
of sandstone, 106. 
serpentine, 106. 
stone, 112, 113. 
ornamented, 112, 113. 
Cuyler Harbor, 45. 
Cyprea, cut for ornaments, 259. 
Dall, tribes of the northwest, 12. 
Dall, W. H., 6, 7, 12, 16, 34, 226, 230. 
Dances, xiv, 29, 332, 334. 
Dancing place, 40. 
Darwin, 148. 
Datipum Wintin, 418. 
David, M. J., xviii. 
Davidson, 6, 239. 
Dentalium shells, 251. 
used as money, 267. 
Derby, O. A., 150, 152. 
Desor, 139. 
Diegneiio, 19, 414, 415. 
dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465. 
Diggers, 409. 
Digging-stick of Bushmen, 135, 136. 
Hottentots, 136. 
Digging-sticks, 157. 
California, 160. 
Chili, 149. 
Pacific Islanders, 160. 
Zulu myth, 137. 
Dish of shell, 115. 
Disk of serpentine, 207. 
Dolichocephali, the oldest type, 292. ¥ 


490 


Dolichocephalic people of Northern ancestry, 219. 
Domestic utensils, 23. 
Dos Pueblos, xiii, 40, 45, 46, 73, 78, 79, 92, 93, 95, 96, 101, 107, 110, 
123, 124, 126, 175, 182, 186, 192, 195, 202, 204, 209, 
210, 211, 214, 223, 228, 242, 244, 245, 247, 249, 251, 
252, 2538, 254, 255, 257, 261, 262, 264, 266, 267, 268, 
269, 270, 271, 273. 
sketch showing excavations, 41. 
Drilling implements, 66. 
Dyes, plants used, 248. 
Early man in America, xvii. 
Epilobium fibre, 240. 
Eskimo, 7, 8. 
an early type, 12. 
erania, 280. 
Eudeves, 409. 
European articles, adaptation, 274, 275. 
in graves, California, 272. 
Evans, 138, 142, 147, 187, 199, 204, 293. 
Explorations in California, 30. 
the vicinity of Santa Barbara, 34. 
Fabric of cloth aud feathers, 275. 
Fabrics, 239. 
from California graves, 242. 
of the moundbuilders, 154. 
resemblance between California and Swiss lakes, 242. 
Farquharson, R. J., 264. 
Feather work, 275. 
Ferril, journal of Cabrillo’s voyage, 293. 
Figuier, L., 139. 
Fire-drill, 154. 
Fish bones and teeth, 37. 
hooks of bone, 222. 
shell, 223. 
method of making, 223. 
Fishing nets, 245. 
Flax, 239. 
Flint flakes, 65, 66, 69. 
hammers, 205. 
knives, 59. 
Florida Indians, 14. 
Flower, W. H., 280, 285. 
Food vessels, 93, 105. 
Forbes, 2, 6, 25. 
Forks, graves, California, 272. 
Foster, 30. 
Franciscan friars, 326. 
Franciscans in California, 2. 
Frauds from New Jersey, 111 
Gabb, W. M.. 414. 
Gaitchim, 413. 
dialect, 405, 
vocabulary, 424465, 474-478. 
Gallatin, A., 445. 
Gallinas Creek, traces of former inhabitants, 351. 
Games of Californians, 181. 
Ganowanian family, 7. 8. 
Garcia, V., an Indian at Kasua, 463. 
Gatchell, F. F., 396. 
Gatschet, A.S., xiv, 290, 401, 403, 446, 458. 
Gibbs, G., 404, 422, 445, 
Gibbs’ alphabet, 404. 
orthography, 422. 
Gilbert, G. K., 393, 397, 405, 407, 446. 
Glass beads, 36, 38, 44, 263, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273. 
Gohun, 415. 
Goshi-Utes, 410. 


INDEX. 


Goshoots, 410. 
Gésiats, 410. 
Gran Quivira, cranium, 395. 
Grass for basket work, 247, 248. 
Gregg, 341. 
Griesbach, C. L., 136. 
Grooved axe, California, 203. 
pebbles, 203, 204. 
as hammers, 206. 
stone for balance weight, 207. 
stones, 200. 
Hair brushes, 248, 250. : 
Brazilian Indians, 250. 
California Indians, 250. 
Mexican Indians, 250. 
Pah-Ute Indians, 250. 
Pueblo Indians, 250. 
Hair, mode of wearing, 21. 
of Californians, 243. 
Haldeman, S$. S., xiv, xviii, 255, 263. 
Hale, H., 290, 410. 
Haliotis, cut for ornaments, 255, 257, 258, 265. 
fish-hooks, 223. 
shell dish, 115. 
its value, 251. 
Hamlin. C. E., xviii, 380. 
Hammer, Sioux Indians, 206. 
Hammerstones, 135, 138, 141, 203, 204, 205, 206, 379. 
method of hafting, 206. 
Hamukh-habi, 415. 
Handle with shell ornaments, 252, 253. 
Harford, W. G. W., 34. 
Harpoon point of bone, 223. 
Harpoons of bone, 224, 225. 
Alaska, 226. 
rare in California, 225. 
Terra del Fuego, 226. 
canes, 225. 
Harris, 324. 
Hartt, C. F., 15, 151. 
Hawal-co, 415. 
Hematite, 266. 
in carved masses, 22. 
Henderson, J. G., 194. 
Henshaw, H. W.., xiii, xiv, xvii, xix, 34, 46, 87, 106, 207, 219, 246, 
370, 379. 
notes to journal of Cabrillo’s voyage, 293. 
Hoffman, W. J., 405, 410. 
Hokan-tikara, 409. 
Holmes, W. H., 268, 269, 383. 
Hook-like implements of stone, California, 214, 215. 
Hosta, 341. 
war shield, 389. 
Houses, 26. 
Hta-i’m, 415. 
Huiila-pai, 415. 
Hualapai dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 481. 
Human bones in stone vessels, 37, 45. 
femur, united fracture, 38. 
hair, 38. 
skeleton, ancient Pueblo, 296. 
Cafioncito de las Yeguas, 357. 
in canoe, 38. 
papoose, rock grave, Utah, 391. 
Rio Chama, 364. 
skeletons, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 391, 


\ 


INDEX. 


Humboldt, 2. 
Humpbreys, A. A., xv. 
Huntington, D. B., 448, 449. 
lllustrations, xv, xviii, xix. 
size of objects represented, 47. 
Implement of wood from Connecticut, 122. 
Implements from the shell-heaps compared, 15, 16. 
See bone, iron, stone. 
stone, peculiar forms, 216. 
wood, 222. 
Indian cemeteries, 35. 
crania, 280. 
dialects, classification, 403. ~ 
graves, 34, 36, 40. 
enclosed, 38. 
marked, 35, 38. 
towns, 42, 43. = 
Indians of California, 32, 33, 42. 
at time of European contact, xvii. 
first contact with white race, 293. 
Inlaid work of shell, 232, 233. 
Innuit, 18. 
Interior tribes, xix. 
Tron, 126. 
axes, 275. 
from graves, California, 272. 
implements, 37, 38, 39, 42, 272, 273. 
knife, 274. 
swords, 274. 
Tsleta, 323. 
Pueblo dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 482. 
Ivory, its use questioned, 21 
Temez, 320, 323, 342, 417. 
custom, 335. 
dance, 334. 
method of burial, 323. 
Pueblo dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 483, 484. 
Jenks, J. W. P., 136. 
Jesuit missions, 326. 
Jesuits in California, 1. 
Jewett, J. R., 264, 267, 268. 
dJicarilla, 408. 
dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 469. 
Johnson, C. V., 153. 
Jones, C. C., 153, 155, 191, 199, 204, 210, 225, 228, 264. 
Juncus for basket work, 247. 
used for weaving, 240. 
Kasuéd, 419. 
dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 485. 
Kanviiya, 413. 
dialect, 405. 
distribution, 412. 
group, 412. 
vocabulary, 424465, 473-478. 
Kawaiko, 418. 
Ké-at, 411. 
Kechi, 19, 413. 
dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 475. 
Kechis, 9. 
Keller, 138, 140. 
Kera, 416. 
dialects, 417. 


491 
| Kera Pueblos, stock, 417. 
vocabularies, 405. 
Kiliwi, 415. 
Kizh, 19. 
Kizhes, 9. 


Klett, F., xiii, xiv, 332, 383, 384, 389, 393, 397, 405, 406, 410, 418. 
Komas, R., Ute Indian, 450. 
Konino, 415. 
K6-un, 415. 
Kutchan, 414. 
Ladles of stone, 110, 
| La Patera, xiii, 34, 46, 70, 71, 72, 74, 78, 87, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 109, 
116, 124, 126, 202, 223, 228, 242, 243, 244, 247, 249, 251, 
252, 255, 257, 261, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 
274, 275. 
sketch showing excavations, 36. 
La Perouse, 2. 
La Purisima dialect, 419. 
Layard, E. L., 136. 
Linguistic evidence, 9. 
stocks, 403, 405. 
Linguistics, 399. 
Lipans, 407, 408. 
| Loew, O., xiii, 7, 34, 268, 290, 325, 337, 361, 379, 404, 405, 406, 407, 
410, 412, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 421, 468, 469, 473, 475, 
480. 
Loom, 244. 
| Loring, F. W., 405. 
Lubbock, J., 143, 144. 
Maces, 145. 
| Malayan affinities, 13. 
| family, 8. 
Malays, 7. 
Mannfacture of soapstone pots, 117. 
Marginella used as beads; wide distribution, 267. 
Marico-pa, 415. 
| Maricopas, 19. 
Matting, 36, 37. 
Medicine tubes, 25, 134, 191. 
Meigs, J. A., 280. 
Mescalero, 408. 
Mescaleros, 407. 
Mexican crania, 395. 
Mica, 210. 
Migrations, 7, 8, 14, 19. 
of American tribes, 14. 
Miller, D. A., 81. 
| Mission Indians of California, remarks on their dialects, 420. 
Missions in California, 2. 
Mohave, 415. 
and Numa dialects, comparative terms, 453. 
dialects, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 475-481. 
Mohave-Apaches, 414. 
Mojiive, 415. 
Mojaves, 10, 19. 
Mongolian, a primitive stock, xvii. 
Mongoloids, greatest development in North America, 20. 
Montezuma myth, 321, 322. 
Molina, 148, 149. 
Mogqui group, 412. 
image, 388. 
its meaning, 412. 
language, Numa, 412. 
| method of burial, 323. 
Pueblo dialect, 405, 
' Pueblos, 323, 412. 


492 - 


Moqui Pueblo vocabulary, 424-465, 47° 
More, A., 46. 
T. W., 34, 40, 46. 
Morgan, H. J., xv, 374. 
L. H., 7, 9, 13, 17, 153, 154, 361. 
origin of the American tribes, 7, 8. 
tribes of California, 9. 
Morrison, C. C., 328, 341, 366. 
Morse, shell-heaps of Japan, 15. 
Mortars and pestles, 70, 71. 
in stationary rocks, 83. 
Mound in cation Largo, 347. 
Mounds, Utah, 393, 394. 
bones, 393. 
Mountain-sheep-eaters, 410. 
Mount Taylor, objects from, 388. 
sacred mountain, 321. 
Mowiats, 410. 
Muache, 411, 412. 
Mugen, 419. 
Musical instruments, 26, 234. 
Matsun, 421. 
Nahuatl languages, 408, 409. 
Navajo, 408. 
arrows, 390. 
dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 469. 
Navajos, 19, 407. 
Nets, 44, 245. 
Netéla, 413. 
Netelas, 9, 19. 
Né-um, 413. 
New Jersey, spearheads, 53. 
stone tubes, 53. 
New Mexicans, 10. 
Mexico, ancient population, 351. 
ruins, 337, 346. 
Nilsson, 141, 145, 204, 223, 224. 
North American Mongoloids, greatest development, 29. 
Nudguntits, 410. 
Numa, 421. 
and Mohave dialects, comparative terms, 475. 
dialects, 401, 408, 409. 
its meaning, 408. 
language, classification, 409. 
stock, 408. 
its distribution, 408. 
vocabularies, 405. 
Nut’has, 411. 
Obsidian, 51. 
arrowheads, 58. 
Olivella, ornaments, 256, 257. 
immense numbers in graves, California, 
267. 
Olas, 94. 
Opatas, 409. 
Oregon arrowheads, 54. 
stone implements, 50. 
Ornament made of teeth, 253. 
Ornamented implements and utensils, 252. 
sword, 232. 
whistles, 253. 
Ornaments, 21, 251, 275. 
of asphaltum, 39. 
bone, 255. 
shell, 35, 38, 39, 44, 251, 255, 256, 257, 263. 
stone, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 255. 


INDEX. 


O'Sullivan, T. H., 373, 380. 
Otis, G. A., 277. 
Pah Ute cradle, 284. 
cranium, 393. 
Paint, 22, 98, 107, 111, 252, 260. 
black, 262. 
carved cakes, 261. 
cups, 105, 111. 
mixed, 262. 
rubbers, 261. 


| Painting and tattooing, 260. 


Pallegawonap, 411. 
Palmer, E., 207, 213, 240, 244, 246, 248, 249, 284, 383. 
Panaiti, 410. 
Panamint, 411. 
Papagos, 409. 
Pardnagats, 410. 
Pardniguts, 410. 
Parks, 46. 
Patwin, 418. 
Pa-Uta, 411. 
dialect, 405. 
group, 410. 
its meaning, 410. 
of California group, 411. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 471, 472, 475, 479. 
Pa-Vant, 411. 
dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 471, 472. 
Pa-Vants,411. 
Pavidétso, 410. 
Pa-Yutah, 410. 
Payute, 410. 
Payutes, 410. 
Peabody Museum, Cambridge, xviii, 30, 31, 51, 
erania, 277. 
Pebble ornaments, 213. 
Pebbles for rubbing, 261. 
grooved, 203, 204. 
Pectens, cut for ornaments, 258. 
Pennsylvania, rude stone implements, 93. 
Perforated circular mass of clay, California, 186. 
disks, 138. 
pebble, Ireland, 187. 
pebbles, 182. 
Great Britain and California, 187. 
pieces of steatite, 155, 156, 188. 
stone, Central America, engraved, 148. 
egg-shape, 188. 
Eskimo implement, 145. 
grooved, 169, 179. 
Missouri, 155. 
Peru, engraved, 147. 
points, 146, 147. 
Santa Catalina, 155. 
stones, 135. 
Africa, uses, 136, 137. 
as weapons, 148. 
Austria, 140. 
California, 157, 158. 
description, 162. 
not now used, 159. 
ornamented, 141, 162. 
uses, 161. 
Central America, 147. 
Chili, 145, 148, 149. 
club-heads, 143, 144, 165, 170. 


INDEX. 493 


Perforated stones, cylindrical, 167. Polishing bone, 230. 
Cyprus, 142. stone, 201, 202. 
Denmark, 140. stones, 213. 
method of manufacture, 141. Polygamy, 29. 
ornamented, 141. Polynesians, 7. 
depressed-globular shape, 169. Pots of stone, 93, 117. 
flattened, 181. : Pots Valley, 119. 
from various parts of the world compared, | Pottery, 16, 286. 
161. absence of in California, 14. 
Great Britain, 142. ancient, New Mexico, 380, 381. ~ 
Hissarlik, 142. animal form, 382, 383. 
India, 137, 138, black, 387. 
irregular shapes, 183, 186. California, 14. 
Massachusetts, 155, 156. Californian, of late date, 273. 
method of manufacture, 157, 180. canon de Chelle, 373. 
New Jersey, 155, 157. Chaco ruins, 368. 
of conical form, 163. comparison of ancient and modern, 381. 
globular-conoid form, 163. Eocene plateau, 357. 
ornamented, 165, 171, 177, 178, 179, 180. | from Californian graves questioned, 35. 
oval, 168. from the shell-heaps compared, 15, 16. 
Peru, 145, 149, 150. making tribes, 14. 
polished, 170. modern Pueblo, 386, 387. 
Scandinavia, 145. New Mexican, decoration of, 382. 
star-shaped, 145. New Mexico and Arizona, 374. 
Swiss lakes, 138, 139. New Mexico and Utah, method of making, 383. 
‘Tennessee, 156. on Gallinas Creek, 354. 
thin and singular shape, 189. on the San Juan, 350. 
uniform size, 166. polishing and coloring, 381. 
used as bolas, 159. Pueblo, forms of, 382. 
with flattened sides, 187. recent Pueblo, 382. 
oval holes, 175. Rio Chama, 363, 364. 
points, Central America, 147. Rio Gila, 382, 383. 
rims, 177. Santa F6, 386. 
Perforators of stone, 66, 69. superiority of ancient, 331. ° 
Pestles, 70. Utah, 383. + 
Petitot, E., 407. Zui, 382, 384. 
Peruvian crania, 280. _ Powell, J. W., 60, 199, 256. 
Peruvians, mode of wearing hair, 21. Powers, S., 4,5, 20, 22, 25, 27, 50, 52, 83, 159, 160, 240, 256, 257, 418. 
P’hallatillie, 411. on the diversity of tribes in California, 4. 
Phallic emblems, 92. tribes of California, 5. 
Phonetic alphabet, 422. Primitive American stock, 12. 
Pickering, C., 6, 13. man, 12. 
on the Californians, 6. | race of America, 18. 
Picuris, 330. | Prisoner’s Harbor, xiii. 
~Pimas, 409, 415. | Pueblo Bonito, 341. 
Pinal, 407. | crania and skeleton, 396 
Pinart, A., 45. government, 327. 
Pintado, 323, 341, 365, 366. | houses, 323. 
Pipe of red clay, 134. lack of information, 317. 
unusual form, 130. languages, 415. 
Pipes, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 125, 126, 127, 128. of Acoma, 325, 337, 361. 
California, 24. 7 Isleta, 323. 
method of manufacture, 131, 132. shield, 389. 
of different patterns, 134. Jemez, 320. 323, 342. 
ornamented, 128, 129. war shield, 389. 
partially drilled, 131. Nambe, bridle, 390. 
perforations, 132. Picuris, 330. 
tubular from Massachusetts and New Jersey, 24. San Juan, 331. 
Piro, 417. Santa Clara, arrows, 390. 
Plates for basket work, 247, 248. bow, bow case, and quiver, 390. 
dyes, 248. moccasin, 389. 
Plates of steatite, 93, 99, 100, 101, 103. Taos, 327. 
irregular shape, 102. Zuii, 323. 
small and ornamented, 103. people, 319. 
transitional forms, 103. Pintado, 323, 341, 365, 366. . 
Pliocene man, 11. population, 337. 
Plummet-shaped implements, 192, 193, 194, 195. ruin at Hot Springs, 324. 


494 


Pueblo ruin near the Moqui towns, 324. 
on the Rio Chama, 362. 
ruins, 315. 
Pueblos and their inhabitants, 319. 
names and provinces, 338, 339, 340, 342, 345. 
objects from, 389, 390. 
of the Colorado, xiii. 
Gila, xiii. 
Mogqui, 323. 
Rio Grande, xiii. 
plans of towns, 323. 
Pumpelly, R., xviii. 
Putnam, F. W., xiii, xiv, 46, 50, 51, 52, 68, 83, 93, 103, 104, 105, 109, 
110, 111, 112, 116, 118, 121, 132, 134, 192, 193, 
195, 196, 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 211, 
212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 222, 237, 238, 266, 
267, 278, 286, 319, 322, 326, 340, 348 355, 361, 
363, 366. 
letter of transmittal, xvii. 
Quartz crystals from graves, 214. 
Quemeya, 415. 
Quéra, 417. 
Quéres, 418. 
Queues worn by various people, 21. 
Quinto, F., Indian chief, 453. 
Ran, C., 30, 108, 115, 152, 155, 204, 209, 224, 229, 254, 267. 
Red ochre in carved masses, 260, 261. 
paint, 35, 39, 42. 
Reid, H., 23, 246, 260. 
Rhus for basket work, 248. 
Richardson, E. M., 405, 406, 415, 458. 
Rio Chama, ruin and burial place, 362. 
Rio Grande dialect, 416. 
° Pueblo dialects, their characteristics, 416. 
Pueblos stock, 415. 
vocabularies, 408. 
Robinia, 414. 
Rochat, L., 139. 
Rock carvings, 358. 
Rowe, 346. 
Rothrock, J. T., xiii, xvii, xix, 25, 34, 35, 41, 46, 80, 106, 116, 268, 
395, 396, 397. 
Rubbing-stones, 199, 201. 
Ruins, age of, 359. 
canon de Chelle, 372. 
Chaco caiion, description of room, 388. 
in cation Cerresal, 346. 
cafion Chaco, 346, 350, 366. 
cation Largo, 346. 
of New Mexico, 336-346. 
on Gallinas creek, 352. _ 
the Las Animas, 346, 347 
San Juan, 346. 
Russell, J. C., 376, 386. 
Salmon River Snakes, 410. 
Salvia, seeds, 37, 38, 39, 80, 116, 247. 
San Antonio dialect, 421. 
San Bernardo, 46. 
San Clemente Island, 31, 51, 103, 134, 167, 168, 173, 176, 177, 182, 
183, 184, 200, 205, 209, 213, 216, 223, 228, 
280, 237, 238, 249, 254, 255, 258, 277, 280. 
large cranium, 280. 
Sandstone cups, 106. 
San Ternando Mission dialect, 413. 
San Gabriel dialect, 418. 
San Juan, 331. 
San Juan Capistrano, 3. 


INDEX. 


San Juan Capistrano mission dialect, 413. 
Lucas, 45. 
Luis Obispo, 45. 
erania, 288. 
Rey Mission dialect, 413. 
Miguel Island, 45, 49, 67, 101, 165, 175, 182, 186, 187, 195, 197, 
223, 226, 230, 255, 268, 273, 277. 
crania, 289. 
place of Cabrillo’s death, 311. 
Nicholas Island, 174, 176, 182, 183, 219, 277. 
the last Indian of, 43. 
Tomaseno, 415. 
Santa Barbara, 60, 108, 131, 179, 193, 194, 200, 205, 207, 213, 215, 
219, 223, 224, 227, 267. 
and Islands, collections, xiii. 
collections from ancient burial places, xvii. 
erania, 288. 
dialects, 419, 421. 
Islands, 47, 93, 111, 116. 
‘ erania, 277, 288. 
difference in race, North and South, 
289, 290, 291. 
languages, 290. 
sketch map, xiv. 
stock, 419. 
vocabulary, 405. 
Catalina Island, 31, 51, 102, 103, 109, 110, 112, 134, 155, 162, 
163, 168, 170, 171, 172, 177, 178, 179, 120, 
184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 200, 201, 202, 209, 
210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 219, 223, 232, 233, 
237, 238, 242, 246, 252, 254, 255, 258, 262, 
267, 278, 275, 277. 
crania, 284, 287, 289. 
soapstone quarry, 117, 118. 
Cruz Island, 45, 60, 67, 68, 97, 115, 123, 163, 164, 165, 173, 174, 
185, 198, 222, 228, 232, 236, 238, 244, 249, 254, 
268, 274, 277, 282. 
erania, 284, 289. 
dialect, 419. 
small cranium, 280. 
Inez Island, 238. 
dialect, 419. 
River, xiii. 
Maria River, xiii, 45. 
Rosa Island, 45, 163, 165, 181, 182, 183. 
Sancer-like vessels of stone, 111. 
Schliemann, 142. 
Schooleraft, 90. 
Schumacher, P., xiii, 17, 27, 30, 31, 34, 45, 47, 49, 50, 51, 60, 67, 84, 
97, 101, 108, 106, 109, 110, 111, 112, 115, 117, 123, 
132, 134, 157, 166, 168, 173, 174, 175, 176, 178, 179, 
182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 195, 196, 197, 199, 
200, 202, 207, 211, 212, 218, 215, 216, 219, 222, 223, 
227, 230, 231, 232, 233, 236, 237, 242, 244, 246, 247, 
254, 262, 273. 
Scraper of quartz, 120. 
Sculpture in stone, 218. 
its early development in North America, 218. 
peculiar character on west coast of America,218. 
Sculptures, 218. 
of the Southern Californians, 219. 
Seeds of Salvia, 37, 38, 39, 80, 116, 247. 
in mortar, 79. 
Serpentine bowls, 107. 
cups, 106. 
pipes, 126, 127, 131. 
vesaels, 44, 


INDEX. 


Serranos, 413. 
Severance, M. §., 391, 397, 405, 406, 415. * 
Shaler, N. S., 382. 
Shark’s teeth, ornaments, 254. 
Shell bead with Calaveras skull, 251. 
Shell beads, 35, 36, 38, 256, 265, 266. 
great abundance in graves, California, 267. 
peculiar perforation, 266. 
their vaiue, 257. 
carved in stone, 379. 
cylinder, 265. 
dish, 115. 
disks, 265. 266. 
heaps, 27. . 
Aleutian Islands, 16. 
Atlantic coast, 16. 
Brazil, 15, 16. 
California, 16. 
comparison of oljects from, 15. 
Florida, 15, 16. 
Japan, 15, 16. 
Santa Barbara Islands, 34. 
= money, 256, 257. 
ornaments, 35, 38, 39, 44, 251, 253, 255, 256, 257, 263. 
Central Californians, 256. 
difficulty of drilling, 259. 
pendants, 258, 259. 
from univalves, 258. 
Shells, 38, 39. 
as paint pots, 262. 
"receptacles, 35, 116. 
layer of marine, 35. 
small, used as beads, 267. 
used in ornamenting utensils, 252. 
Shinumo, its meaning, 412. 
or Mogni, 412. 
Shoemaker, W.L., 40, 46. 
Shoshone, 19. 
Shoshones, 9. 
Shoshoni, 413. 
dialect, 401, 405. 
dialects, 408. 
group, 409. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 470, 471. 
Silla Pueblo dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 484. 
Silpalils, 419. 
Silver in graves, California, 272. 
spoons, graves, California, 272. 
Simpson, J. H., 341, 350, 360, 365, 372. 
Sinkers, 104, 135, 138, 139, 140, 155, 156, 162, 188, 195, 196, 197, 203, 
204, 205. 
Sioux Indian hammers or clubs, 206. 
whistle, 236. 
Sitsimé, 418. 
Slick stones, 213. 
Slings, 28. 
Sling-stones, 205. 
Slung-shots, 141, 203. 
Smith, J., 284. 
Smithsonian Institution, xviii, 30, 31. 
Smoking as a burial ceremony, 25. 
Smoking pipes, 125. 
Snake group, 410. 
Indians, 9, 410. 
Soap-root brush, 249. 
Soapstone pots, 93, 117. 


495 


Soapstone pots, method of manufacture, 117. 
quarry near Washington, 121. 
Rhode Island, 121. 
sketch of, 121. 
Virginia, 121. 
Spindle-whorl of bone, Brazil, 151. 
Pern, 152. ‘ 
clay, Virginia, 153. 
sandstone, Kentucky, 154. 
stone, grave in Tennessee, 153. 
Spindle-whorls, 135, 138, 139, 140, 142. 
Brazil, 150. 
made in moulds, Mexico, 152. 
of stone, California, 159. 
ornamented, Brazil, 151. 
stone graves, Tennessee, 154. 
of terra-cotta, Brazil, 151, 152. 
Mexico, 152. 
Peru, 152. 
of wood, Peru, 153. 
Peru, 150. 
Spools, Peru, 152. 
Squier and Davis, 209. 
| E. G., 146. 
Stearns, R. E. C., 256, 257, 265. 
Steatite, carvings, 220. 
pipes, 126, 127, 131. 
plates, 36, 93. 
pots, 93. 
quarry, 117. 
vessels, 44. 
Stevens, 137, 144, 145, 194. 
Stone arrowheads, 38, 39, 40, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 
axe, California, 203. 
axes from Pueblos, 376, 377, 378. 
peculiar forms, 376, 377, 378. 
beads, 181, 255, 264. 
ancient Pueblos, 265. 
bowls, 106. 
carving representing a shell, 379. 
cups, 38, 85, 86, 104, 105. 
daggers, 49, 52. 
dish, method of mending, 39. 
drill from Pueblo, 376. 
drills, 66, 67, 68. 
hammer from the San Juan, 350. 
hammers from Pueblos, 377, 378, 379. 
hexagonal shape, 213. 
implements, 39, 40, 42, 49. 
Caiioncito de las Yeguas, 357. 
New Mexico and Arizona, 374. 
peculiar forms, 216, 217. 
rude, 93. 
used in making pots, 120. 
with asphaltum handle, 69. 
knives, 50, 56, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65. 
from Pueblos, 374, 375. 
Pah-Ute Indians, 60. 
with handles, 60. 
ladles, 110. 
metates from More’s gulch, 83. 
miscellaneous objects, 190. 
mortars, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 7, 81, 82. 
mortars from More’s gulch, 83. 
mended with asphaltum, 73, 75, 77, 79. 
method of making, 83, 84, 85. 
oblong shape, 83. 


496 


Stone mortars ornamented with shell, 71, 78. 
with feet, 83. 
handles, 82. 
seeds, 79. 


ornaments, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214. 


pendants, 208, 209, 255. 
ornamented, 208, 209. 
pestles, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 70, 87, 88, 89, 90. 
natural forms, 91. 
New England, 91. 
New York, 91. 
ornamented, 87, 91. 
used by Pennacook Indians, 90. 
Vermont, 91. 
pick, 203. 
pipes, 125, 126, 127, 128. 
pot, cover of, 96. 
pots, 36, 37, 38. 
with human bones, 96. 
rings, 181, 185, 255. 
spearheads, 52, 53. 
spear-points from Pueblos, 375. 
tubes, 134, 190, 191, 192. 
tubular pipes, 130, 131, 133. 
vessel, canoe shape, 38. 
Stones for heating, 103, 104. 
grooved, 103, 104. 
perforated, 135. 
Sturgis, A., 144. 
Sweat-house, 27. 
Sword-hilt, 39. 
Swords of bone, 231. 
iron, 274. 
wood, 124, 232. 
Symington, J., 395. 
Tabewache, 412. 
Takhtam, 413. 
dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 473. 
Talcose-slate pipes, 126, 131. 
Tano, 416. 
Tantawats, 410. 
Taos, 327, 416. 
Pueblo dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 483. 
Tarahumaras, 409. 
Tash-Uta, 412. 
Tattooing, 22. 
and painting, 260. 
Taylor, 40, 46. 
H. C., xix, 46, 294, 298. 
Teeth of men and animals as ornaments, 263. 
rodent, ornament, 253. 
Tehama, 418. 
Tehua, 417. 
dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 482, 483. 
Tennessee crania, 280. 
Tepeguanas, 409. 
Terra del Fuego, bone harpoons, 225. 
natives, 18. 
Textile fabrics, 239, 243, 244, 245. 
Thackara, A. W., 159. 
Thimbles strung for necklaces, 272. 
Thompson, A. H., 324. 
G., 319, 388. 
Thurnam, 280. 


INDEX. 


Tillie, 411. 
Tinné dialects, 407. 
stock, 406. 
vocabularies, 405. 
tribes, distribution, 406. 


Tivola, cut for ornaments, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 265, 266. 


Tobacco, 25. 
Tobikhar, 413. 
dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 475. 
Toilet cups, 111, 114. 
Tolke-paga, 415. 
Tonkawa, 408. 
Tonto, 414, 415. 
Apaches, 414. 
or Gohun dialect, 406. 
vocabulary, 424-465. 
Torquemada, 3. 
Tortilla plates, 99. 
Toy boats, 123. 
Toys, 252. 
Tribes of the interior, 315. 
Trimmed flakes, 61, 65. 
Tsauwiarits, 410. 
Tube of bone, 229. 
Tubes classed as pipes, 133. 
of stone, 190, 191, 192. 
Tubular pipes, 133. 
Tuka-rika, 410. 
Turanian family, 7, 8. 
Turner, 19. 
Tussiwehe, 410. 
Tyler, 137. 
Uinta, 412. 
Uta dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 472. 
Ulloa, exploration of peninsula of California, 1. 
Unio, cut for ornaments, 265. _ 
Urtica fibre, 241. 
Uta dialect. 405. 
forms of the word, 411. 
group, 411. 
vocabulary, 424-465, 472. 
Utah, mounds, 393, 394. 
rock graves, 391, 392, 393, 394. 
Utahs, 9, 19. 
Ute, crania, 396. 
Vaux, W.S., 146, 147, 150. 
Venegas, 2. 
Venetian beads, 263. 
wide distribution, 270. 
Venus, cut for ornaments, 265. 
Vessel coated with asphaltum, 245. 
Vickary, N., 156. 
Vilfa, for basket work, 247. 
Village Indians, 317. 
culture, 8. 
sites, 27. 
Vizcaino, 296. 
Vocabularies, 403. 
gathered, xiv. 
remarks, 467. 
Von Wurmbrand, 140. 
Wad, 262. 
Wadsworth, M. E., xviii, 147, 176, 261, 262. 
WaAlla-Pai, 415. 
Walpapi, 410. 


Wampum, 251, 265. 
Washaiki, 409. 
Weapons, 23, 28. 
of bone, 222. 

the Yurok, 50. 

wood, 222. 
Weaving, 24. 
Weber Uta, 412. 
Wedge-shaped implements of bone, 229 
Weights for digging-sticks, 135, 157. 
Welch, 41, 46. 
Welch, Mrs., 41. 
Weminuche, 411, 412. 

Whale, bone of, for pot cover, 37. 
“Whales, bones of, in burial places, 35. 
carved in stone, 220. 

Wheeler, G. M., xx, 390. 
letter of transmittal, xiii 
Whipple, 341. 
Whistles, 26, 234, 235, 236, 237. 
- double, 237. 
ornamented, 253. 
White Knives, 410. 


Whitney, antiquity of man in California, 10, 11. 


Whitney, J. D., xviii, 10. 
Whorl to fire-drill, 154. 
Wibinasht, 410. 
Willow fibre, 241. 
Wilson, D., 281, 286. 
Wimint-ints, 412. 
Wintin dialect, 405. 
stock, 418. 
vocabulary, 405, 424-465, 484. 
Wood, articles made from, 122. 
Wood in graves, 36, 38. 
Wood, J. C., 136. 
Wooden implements and weapons, 222. 
objects, 233. 
slabs joined by asphaltum, 124. 


32 Oo! 


INDEX. 


Wooden sword, 124. 


with inlaid handle, 232. 


vessel, 114. 
Wyman, J., 15. 
Yabi-pal, 415. 
Yahuskin, 410. 
Yampa, 412. 
Yam-pai, 415. 
Yampais, 10. 
Yampa-tikara, or Root-eaters, 412. 
Yaquis, 409. 


497 


Yarrow, H. C., xiii, xiv, xvii, xix, 22, 26, 31, 32, 47, 49, 50, 80, 82, 


83, 97, 99, 106, 116, 118, 126, 161, 182, 198, 202, 215, 
231, 233, 243, 244, 246, 247, 251, 252, 254, 260, 268, 
294, 327, 331, 362, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 389, 


Yates, L. G., 256, 264, 265, 267. 
Yavipai, 414. 
Yavi-pai, 415. 
Y6kuts, 411. 
Yucca fibre, 239, 240, 241. 
its uses, 240, 241. 
Yuma, 19, 421. 
Apaches, 414. 
dialects, their distribution, 414. 
group, 10. 
or Kutchan dialect, 405. 
vocabulary, 424-456, 481. 
stock, 415. 
vocabularies, 405. 
tribes, 414. 
Yumas, 10. 
Zostera, rope, 244. 
Zui, 323, 416. 
dance, 332. 


method of burial, 323. 
old, objects, 388. 
towns, 361, 


description of pottery vessel, 384, 385 


390, 391, 396, 397, 405, 406, 408, 412, 416, 470, 471. 


Il 


Mm 


| 


ll 


| 


12 0272 


| 


| 


| 


< 
z 
= 
o 
c 
78 
Ed 
Ss 
z 
I 
= 
uw 
) 
a 
i. <j 
Ww 
= 
z 
=) 


= 
a 
o 
z 
= 
o“ 
~ 
ir 
7) 
oc 


REPORT 
7 


ehttints atest 
SP ytbagra Ne 


Syeee ey 
isons 


a 5 


wares « 
eRe NCQ 
ee ies 


rely 
LA Ff oe fol gered a 


2 
Pec Vem WTe UA *y vies ‘ v 5 oes F ps : ; tgp or 
Leta tf tay, 


Soe 
oF